Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Document approval record

Accreditation
Release Number Accreditation Number Date
Authority
First Board of Directors

2
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Table of Contents

Subject Page
Preface 6
CHAPTER 1: Shared Security, Safety and the Environment Standards 7
Description of security, safety and environmental Standards 8
Terminologies and definitions in security, safety, occupational health, and environment 22
Security, Safety and Environment Roles and responsibilities 29
Consulting and Awareness of staff on security, safety and the environment (SSHE) issues 35
Risk assessment 38
Security, Safety and Environment Committee. 49
Legal requirements 55
Emergency Planning 58
Setting Objectives and Targets 89
Communication in security, safety and environment internally and externally. 92
Documents and Records Control 98
Security, safety and environment Training Plan 101
Monitoring legal and other requirements. 105
Inspection and safety patrols. 108
Investigation of Occupational accidents and Near misses 113
Statistics and reporting. 120
Internal and external audit of security, occupational health, safety and environment
124
standards.
Periodic review of Security safety and health and Environment procedure 129
Shared standards forms 135
CHAPTER 2: Security Standards 204
Physical security 205
Access control 207
ID Cards and Entry Permits 218
Visitor arrivals Control 227
Vehicle entry Control 232
Material Control 237
Keys Control 241
Information Security 251
Document Security 255
Photography Control 265
Electronic devices Control 270
Security report 274
Statistics and performance indicators 278
Incident reporting 286
Uniform 295
Maintenance 298
Storage of weapons 303

3
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Subject Page
Communication with service providers and maintenance 316
Waiver of standard procedures 319
Active threat management 322
Security standards forms 328
CHAPTER 3: Safety Standards 382
Safety Guide 383
Job Safety Analysis (JSA) 406
First aid 410
Traffic safety 414
Safety signs 423
Lifting operations 433
Handling of Goods 439
Safe storage practices 443
Handling explosives and flammable liquids 449
Safety in Project 454
Compressed gas cylinders 460
Change Management 465
Selection of contractors 470
Personal protective equipment 474
Work Permit 482
Hot Work Permit 491
Cold work permit 500
Work permit in confined (indoor) places 507
Work permit in high places 517
Diving Permit 528
Explosives Permit 535
Excavation Permit 543
Lock Out Tag Out Procedure 551
Smoking at work 559
Diving Activities, drowning protection and floating equipment 563
Noise at work 569
Lighting at work 547
Container handling 579
Maritime Safety 586
Safety standards forms 604
CHAPTER 4: Environmental Standards 659
Environmental Plan 660
Best practices in buildings 665
Air Pollution 669
Water Environment 673
Refueling ships within port limits 677
Ballast water 681
Hazardous Materials Management 686
Waste Management Plan 691

4
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Subject Page
Control of Leaks 696
Dredging procedures 700
Noise pollution 703
Biofouling 706
Environment standards forms 710

5
Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

6
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

CHAPTER 1

SHARED Standards for

Security, Safety and
Environment

7
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Description of security, safety and environmental

Procedures
HSES-P.02

First: Description of Environmental Standards and Procedures

8
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

1. Purpose
2.1 The purpose of this Standard is to describe the Enviromental Standards and Procedures and the
details of the environmental plan. Implementing the standard for environmental management, ports
will be able to identify and control activities with a negative impact on the environment, by:
Improving communication of Enviromental Issues between the Ports Managements,
operators, workers and stakeholders.
Conducting regular safety, environment and security committes meetings
Setting environmental goals.
Identifying and evaluating environmental aspects and impacts.
2. Responsibilities
Director of the Central Department of Industrial Security: Development of Security standards and
establishes review methodologies and apply security measures in accordance with the
requirements of the Saudi Border Guard and the Higher Commision for induterial Security (HCIS).
Maritime Safety Departments Director (Environmental Section): Responsible for the port
Enviroment and its Protection.
Maritime inspection: Responsible for conducting environmental marine inspection to ensure The
implementation of the Enrioemntal Standards.
Port General Manager: Responsible for monitoring and implementing the standard in the port
under his Supervision, and shows his commitment, and participation which are necessary to ensure
the proper functioning of the port enviromental standards and Procedures.
3. Procedures
Conduct the annual managemnt review meetings aiming to make essential decisions to ensure the
continual improvement of the port Enviromental Standards.
Control the process of issuing, distributing, reviewing, replacing and destroying documents,
standards, records and forms for the environment.
Respond to emergencies, environmental accidents as well as oil leaks by ensuring the full readiness
of Port authority emergency teams to deal with such cases.
Training of staff on environmental issues, especially who thier jobs has a direct impact on the
environment.
Managing operations that have a direct and significant impact on the environment such as:
Air quality.
Ballast water.
Best practices for environmental building management.
Dregging Operations
Hazardous Materials Management.
Noise Pollution.
Ships Refueling
Control of oil spills.
Waste management.
Water management.
Carrying out inspections and audits as well as responding to government environmental
inspections.
Reporting and investigating environmental accidents and incidents.
Develop environmental statistics to show the performance of the environment in ports.
During Enviromental pollution accidents and disasters:
Activate the approved National Plan and follow the Environmental Regulation issued by
the Ministry of Water, Environment and agriculture.

9
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Ports deal with marine pollution in accordance with the IMO Convention to prevent
pollution from marpol ships (78/73), activate the emergency plan to prevent oil
pollution and coordinate with the General Authority for Meteorology and
Environmental Protection.
4. Review
The Environmental Procedure shall be reviewed periodically for continuous and continual
improvement.
The Environmental Procedure should be reviewed when the Port Authority (MAWANI) decides to
obtain the ISO 14001 certificate or other certificates.
5. Forms
Form Identification Retention
SN
Number period

001

Second: Description of security procedures

Purpose
1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to describe the Security Management System (SMS) which is
implemented by the Saudi Port Authority (SPA).
Demonstrate ways to take measures to ensure that all physical security risks to operations and
businesses are identified, any risks that cannot be eliminated are reduced to an acceptable level
and that cost-effective measures are demonstrated to ensure the level of security necessary to
support the Ports operations.
Responsibilities
2.1 All permanent and temporary staff, contractors, agents and other persons, who directly or indirectly
support port operations, are responsible for ensuring that they are aware of security standards and
provisions of these procedures and comply with all, and shall report any suspected breaches to the
Industrial Security Department (ISD) and ensure that all port work is conducted in a security-conscious
manner.
2.2 The Industrial Security Department Manager is responsible for implementing these measures and for
ensuring that an appropriate level of risk awareness is maintained.
2.3 The ISD Manager, with the support of the other members of SPA Management, is responsible for
promoting standards and procedures for consistent implementation of the Policy and SMS.
2.4 The Industrial Security Department Manager must ensure the availability of proper communication
channel and liaison with the Border Forces to ensure a coordinated security solution.
Procedures
3.1 General rules:
Security countermeasures will be established to reduce security risks to people, property and the
reputation of SPA and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA).

The security countermeasures applied will:

Deter a security incident or attack in the first place if possible.

Detect attackers if they try to prepare for or carry out an attack.
Delay the attacker in carrying out his plan so that the competent authorities can intervene.

10
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Respond to the neutralization of the attacker and initiate security plans and emergency
response plans, especially if the attack occurs and the damage caused has significant or
catastrophic consequences.
3.2 Compliance with regulations:
Saudi Ports Authority will comply with all regulations and decisions issued by government agencies
and will be considered during the planning process at all ports, including instructions issued by:

Border Guards.
The Supreme Industrial Security Authority of the Ministry of Interior of Saudi Arabia.
and related Stakeholders.
3.3 Security Education/ Training:
Ports are committed to train all SPA staff to ensure that they fully perform their security-
related work and responsibilities.
3.4 Security plans and measures:
Risk-based security plans and procedures must be developed to ensure compliance to the
Security Policies.
All ports must implement appropriate security procedures and plans, based on security
regulations and agreements.
Review compliance with port security measures:

The procedures are reviewed by the ISD Department once a year and the time between each review
should not exceed 18 months:

Monitoring and reviewing to detect ineffective or missing security measures.

Rectification of defective security countermeasures.
Identify and implement continuous improvements to the (physical) security system.
3.5 The main security point of contact:
The main point of contact is the Head Quarter Industrial Security Department Manager, shown in
Form HSES-F.01.

3.6 Compliance with port security standard:

The Head Quarter Industrial Security Department adheres to the port security standard, which is
managed through these following principles:

Principle 1 (risk reduction)

Develop security measures to reduce the risks to people and property that adversely affect
the reputation of the General Authority for Ports and Saudi Arabia.

b) Principle 2 (objective of security measures)

Deter the security event or attack in the first place if possible.
Detect attackers if they try to prepare for or carry out an attack.
Delay the attackers from carrying out their plan so that the competent authorities can
intervene.
Respond to the neutralization of the attacker and initiate security and emergency
response plans, especially if the attack is successful and the damage caused has
significant or catastrophic consequences.
Security measures must be based on the hierarchy of measures, starting with the best
deterrence and ending with a response.
c) Principle 3 (security measures)
Security measures will be selected on the basis of systematic risk assessment and elements
of principle 2.

11
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Principle 4 (Security Measures)

Security Counter measures are implemented through Security Management Systems at all
ports and facilities and are the responsibility of the HQ Industrial Security Department.

Principle 5 (coordination)
Coordination between the industrial security departments of the ports and the HQ Industrial
Security Department and work like one body.

Principle 6 (review and improvement)

1. Monitoring and review to detect ineffective or missing security measures.
2. Rectification of such defective security countermeasures.
3. Identify and implement continuous improvements in security counter measures.

Principle 7 (Safety)
The security measures in place will take into account health and safety. In addition,
structures and organizations designed for security will take into account what already exists
in organizational terms.

3.7 Security range:

The HQ of the Saudi Port Authority in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia.
All ports of Saudi Port Authority and the port's Industrial Security Department is
responsible for its security.
In addition, all sites where the staff of the General Port Authority work but are not owned
by the Authority.
3.8 Description of security measures
The following figure shows how security measures interact in ports:

12
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Security Directives Issued by Government

Border Guards, Higher Commission for Security risk assessment from security
Enteties
Industrial Security (Related to the ISPS stakeholders
Code)

Board of Directors
Integrated security Counter
Standard security measures
measures

General Security Plan

Local Security risk assessment

Direction of the security
system Instructions for
Border Guards affiliate ports
and other
Joint Security government Risk assessment Determining the
Technological Procedures
agencies level of security
Committee Counter measures, risk and threats
equipment and
Recommendations
physical controls Training Summaries
ISD Manager and
instructions

Implementation of
security measures

Industrial Security
Department Quality Review, audit, inspection and
Control testing

Port
Representative
Improvements

13
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Procedures for communication with border guards, the Higher Commission for Industrial
Security (HCIS) and others:
The HQ Industrial Security Department communicates with the border guards and the
HCIS to extract approvals and permits and obtain their help in emergency situations
that require their intervention.
3.8.1.2 Operational and production facilities operating in ports must:
Security risk assessment.
Develop design concepts of Design (COD) for the security system.
Develop a security plan and organizations.
Develop the Preliminary design.
Develop detailed design.
Implementation.
Operations
At a minimum, the requirements of the border guards and the HCIS will be applied.
3.9 Inspection by government agencies:

Any government inspection is permitted in accordance with the Power granted to the entity.
Integration of port security between the General Port Authority and its ports:
As shown in figure 3.9 (security system format), there is a correlation between the General
Authority of Ports and ports of its subsidiaries.
The relationship needed to achieve this is:
Instructions issued by the Saudi Port Authority.
Joint procedures between the Saudi Port Authority and Ports.
The table below is between that bond:

Instructions and procedures:

Sections of SPA Security Policy and SMS applying directly to Ports
All Ports must plan for the unavailability of systems, and validate such preparations, so that
continuity of business operations can be ensured.
All ports will enforce security Procedures.
The minimum required content from security measures is:
Vision
Security action engine and security system
General Rules
Compliance with legislation
Security responsibilities
Security education
Compliance under the security system
Review compliance with the security system
Main security point of contact
Security Principles
Security perimeter
Integrated Security Management System Graph
Procedures for communication with border guards, the HCIS and others.
Inspections of government agencies

14
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Minimum contents of port procedure documents

Security regulatory structure at the port
The formation of the security committee at the port
The role of the security committee at the port
Emergency plans - for emergencies in Ports.
Inter-port procedures
The Following procedures will be developed and implemented by the General Port Authority in all
port facilities. Biting local operations and instructions will be developed for each port individually
according to the needs of each port:
Consultation with staff and awareness of security
Risk management - threat level.
Risk Management - Security Level
Legal requirements
Security risk assessment
Security Suggestions
Emergency plan
Security Issues Communication
Objectives and Goal Settings
Document control
Security training
Physical security (security associated with Physical objects such as gates, cameras, security
fence, etc.)
Access control
Identification cards
Visitors
Vehicle entry
Material Entry and Exit Control.
Key control
Information Security
Document security
Photography (use cameras to do photography or visual with any stomach)
Laptop permit
Security Department
Control of live risks
Audits
System review

Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

There's no. 001

15
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Third: Description of occupational safety and health procedure

Purpose
The purpose of occupational safety and health measures is to provide a safe working environment free of
occupational injuries and diseases and to continuously improve the procedures.

Defintions
There isn't.

Responsibilities
HQ Industerial Security Deaprtment Manager:
Periodic update of the standard.
Monitor the application of this standard and its procedures.
Port Industrial Security Managers:
Introducing the Standards and its application to the port Management, operators and
contractors.
Monitoring the application of the standard and its procedures in the Port responsible for.
Department managers:
3.3.1 Urge their employees, operators and contractors who reports tp them to know health and
safety procedures.
Head of Port Safety:
To inform employees, operators and contractors about health and safety measures using
all available means, periodically.
Operator and contractor at the port:
3.5.1 Urge their employees, operators and contractors who reports to them to Know health and
safety procedures.
Occupational safety and health procedure objectives:
Occupational safety and health procedures are applied in accordance with this document to manage risks
and improve overall safety performance in the ports by providing a safe environment for work and risk
elimination and reduction by taking precautionary steps to control them and prevent losses of all kinds
such as occupational injuries, damage and diseases.

Planning, implementation, verification and correction:

The Occupational Safety and Health Procedure applies the concept (plans,
implementation, verification, and correction) and shortens to PDCA, where the concept
revolves around continuous development.

16
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Process illustration (plans, implement, check, correct) (PDCA):

Occupational Safety and Health Procedure

5.1 The Saudi Port Authority is committed to carrying out all its activities in a safe manner and taking into
consideration occupational safety and health requirements in order to prevent occupational accidents,
injuries and diseases that may result from such activities.
5.2 One of the objectives of ports is to implement (zero Harm) for all employees, operators and contractors
as well as port neighbors of companies and individuals.
5.3 Safety and health are an integral part of the way ports operate.
Parts of occupational safety and health procedure:
The concept (plans, implementation, verification, and correction) (PDCA) is the basis of port safety and
health Management System and procedure, and each part of that concept will be explained below and its
parts:

Planning: (Plan plans):

A strategic activity to identify and assess safety and health risks, aims to identify the best
opportunities to improve safety and health performance continuously and continually overtime.

Leadership and accountability:

One of the most important pillars of occupational safety and health system/procedures is to
have a visible Health and Safety leadership, whether by providing the necessary resources for
the implementation and rectification of Safety and Health issues and identifying the
responsibilities of each individual in terms of safety and health, actively participating in the
implementation of the procedures by setting annual goals and pursuing their implementation.
It was described in HSES-P.04 (port structure along with roles and responsibilities in safety,
occupational health, environment and security) as well as in HSES-P.10 (goals and planning),
HSES-P.07 (assessing opportunities to improve safety, occupational health, environment and
security) and HSES-P.11 (communication on safety, occupational health, environment and port
security internally and externally).

Risk assessment
The planning process involves identifying risks and developing appropriate control Measures
to eliminate or reduce them. The risk assessment method has been described in HSES-P.06
(safety, occupational health, environment and security risk assessment procedures).

17
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Communication and consultation with staff:

The procedure should contain method of communicating and informing employees,
contractors, operators and others of safety and health and its importance, while developing
methods for communication and consultation in order to ensure its continuity, described in
HSES-P.05 (consultation with employees on occupational safety, health, environment and
security) and HSES-P.07 (assessment of opportunities to improve safety, occupational health,
environment and security), as well as HSES-P.11 (Communication with regard to safety,
occupational health, environment and security between ports internally and externally.)

Competency and training:

The training needs of employees, operators and contractors must be determined by identifying
the requirements of each safety job to ensure that all employees are competent to work
properly. The HSES-P.13 standard (Safety, Occupational Health, Environment and Security
training plans) has therefore been developed.

Emergency planning:
This standard shows how to identify emergencies, what resources are required, the training
process for staff in such cases, as well as conducting drills to determine the readiness of ports
and their teams for such situations. Therefore, the HSES-P.09 standard (Emergency planning)
has been developed.

b) Implementation:
Under the Safety and Health Management System, implementation is the second step immediately
after planning and aims to make these plans a reality that seeks in every way to reduce the risks of
port operations in accordance with the following developed standards:

Job Safety Analysis and planned Job Observation:

This standard analyzes all port activities and tasks and choose high-risk tasks and activity
and write those task/ Activity in detail containing steps and risk identification for each
step-in addition to the control Measures that the employee should follow.
This standard aims to make these hazardous tasks/ Activities clear and specific and that
each staff member be able to know the steps he or she follows in accordance with OHS-
P.02 (job Safety Analysis and planned job Observation).
Safety Handbook for employees:
The port management's responsibility is to give port users, employees, contractors, visitors and
others sufficient information to perform their work safely in accordance with OHS-P.01 (H&S
Employee Handbook) standard, which shows the risks at the ports and how to act around them.

Port traffic safety:

Ports are traffic-intensive destinations where many light and heavy vehicles are allowed in to
perform business and load goods, and for this reason the OHS-P.04 standard has been developed,
which deals with traffic risks and develops methods to control it and seeks to reduce hazardous
accidents in ports.

Safety signs and color coding:

Safety signs and color coding is a method to control risk by making a clear sign to identify the hazard
to avoid it. The signs are categories in to 5 categories which are prohibition, Warning, Fire Signs, Safe
Condition, and Mandatory signs, Therefore OHS-P.05 standard (safety signs and color encoding -
Color Coding) has been developed.

18
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Lifting, storage and handling of goods:

Lifting, storage of goods and handling of several types of goods, are continuous tasks/ Activities
conducted in the ports which bring different types of risks, such as container falling, exposure to the
contents of certain hazardous goods or during the transport of goods that may cause some
accidents. The transport and handling of goods is a routine thing that constantly occurs at ports and
must be managed uniformly, so the following criteria have been written:

OHS-P.06 - Dealing with lifting operations, this standard addresses the crane operator's duties
and precautions to be taken as well as the annual tests to be performed.
OHS-P.07 - Dealing with goods - this standard lays some foundations that will make dealing with
goods safely and show how to deal with dangerous and radioactive goods and the precautions
to be taken.
OHS-P.08 - Standard safe storage practices, shipping and unloading methods and cargo
equipment as well as the transportation of goods from ship to ship and other practices.
OHS-P.20 - Guidance on Containers Handling.
Safety in Projects:
Ports carry out many Projects internally and supervising projects carried out by companies within
the port in order to ensure the safe implementation and free of injuries and damages, the OHS-P.10
standard has been developed to establish project Health and Safety requirements that must be
implemented by contractors and operators within the port as well as companies leasing land to Build
some factories.

Compressed gas cylinders:

contractors and operators use many compressed gas cylinders, as well as truck drivers, such as
acetylene, oxygen and other gases cylinders used for maintenance and welding, which are a source
of risk when used incorrectly, so OHS-P.11 standard (gas cylinders) has been established.

Management of Change (MoC):

Ports should monitor these proposed changes and/or changes within the facility that may have
negative effects on occupational safety and health. The type of changes to be addressed
includes:
Internally:
Organizational changes (e.g., changing staff or employees).
Changes in the activities (e.g., changes in operations, equipment, infrastructure
and programs).
Physical changes (e.g., new chemicals and packaging).
Changes to the Occupational Safety and Health System (e.g., procedures)
External:
Changes in legislation related to occupational safety and health.
Developments in knowledge and technology related to occupational safety and
health.
Each time an internal change (or proposed change) is introduced within the
workplace, with potential implications for occupational safety and health, ports
should:
Identify and evaluate the underlying risks associated with (change).
Consider the Hazards and risks before introducing (change).
Implementation of control measures during or before the change.
Each time a related external change is introduced, before taking any action,
the impact on occupational safety and health processes within the facility
should be assessed.

19
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Conduct the above assessment in consultation with the appropriate

workforce.
When implementing the Change, ensure that all affected parties are properly
informed through the appropriate channel/communication channels (e.g.
e.g., newsletters, posters, presentations, brochures, etc.).
8.2 OHS-P.12 Standard has been developed to describe the Management of Change Process.
9. Procurement procedures - Contractor Selection (Pre-Qualification Process):
The Procurement Department and other departments must abide by the official documents
issued by the competent authorities while purchasing equipment and tools for ports and to
ensure that they are safe materials and equipment.
For awarding contract to contractors, ports must conduct a process of examining contractors
to ensure that they are competent in occupational safety and health and that they have the
ability, knowledge, and expertise to perform the work awarded to them in a safe and healthy
manner.
9.3 The OHS-P.13 standard for contractor selection and procurement procedures was developed
to entail the method of selecting contractors.
10. Personal protective equipment - PPE:
Personal protective equipment is the equipment or means used for professional safety,
including clothing, helmets,
goggleshttps://ar.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D8%AE%D9%88%D8%B0%D8%A9https://ar.wik
ipedia.org/wiki/%D9%86%D8%B8%D8%A7%D8%B1%D8%A9_%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%
82%D9%8A%D8%A9 or any other equipment designed to protect the wearer's body from
injuries, infections, wounds, etc. and its reduce the risks of for different hazards such as
physical, electrical, thermal, chemical or Biological, or suspended particles. Equipment cannot
be relied upon to reduce risk, as its prevention method remains limited and must be
accompanied by caution, as without caution, exposure to risk can become greater because of
negligence despite the wearing of equipment. OHS-P.14 has therefore been developed , which
shows what and how equipment is selected and what global standard those tools must conform
to.

Permit to Work (PTW):

Permit to Work aims to prevent losses by taking all precautions and measures to ensure the
effectively isolating the work area from all energy sources, which facilitates the performance
of the work Safely and precisely identifying the tasks’ responsibilities between the issuers and
recipients of Permit to Work and the effective cooperation between the issuer and the receiver
of the permit. The following standards have been developed for Permit to Work:

OHS-P.15 Permit to Work

OHS-P.15.01 Hot Work
OHS-P.15.02 Confined Spaces and Gas Testing
OHS-P.15.03 Working at height
OHS-P.15.04 Diving License
OHS-P.15.05 Cool Work Permit
OHS-P.15.06 Explosives Permit
OHS-P.15.07 Excavation Permit
OHS-P.15.08 Energy Source Isolation Lock out tag out.
Smoking:
Smoking is one of the main causes of fires, so the Port Authority has put in place counter
measures to control smoking and its effects at the port through OHS-P.16.

20
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Diving operations and protection of workers from drowning and buoyancy equipment:
Diving is an important and protect workers from drowning and buoyancy equipment, resulting
in serious injuries, so OHS-P.17 has been established to mean the risk of working on water or
near water.

Maritime Safety:
The port's work is divided into two parts: maritime and land-based work, so sea-based work
is important at the port and therefore there is a maritime Safety department to ensure the
safety in the seaside of the port.
14.2 This standard concerns maritime safety, safe access to ships and safe guidance routes, as well
as tagging, berthing, docking, navigation warnings and declarations, as well as the safety of
guides during decking and safe navigation in the vicinity of the port, so OHS-P.21 has been
developed.

Monitoring and verification:

It is the process of monitoring and measuring processes and implementing plans for occupational
safety and health. It is mainly aimed at knowing the performance and assess the implementation of
the developed plans and to verify that safety requirements have been properly enforced and if there
is any deviation from it or any event indicating that these requirements have not been implemented
or lack of those requirements and investigating it to establish the correct actions to prevent
reoccurrences.

Criteria for finding ways to measure and know the performance of the system include:

Monitoring legal requirements:

This requirement is concerned with measuring the extent to which the laws in Saudi Arabia are
enforced, it is an important part and must be measured clearly so that ports are not subject to any
legal prosecution and HSES-P.14 has been developed to ensure that this requirement is measured.

Inspection and patrols (security, safety, and environment):

This is achieved by measuring inspections and patrols, both safety and security patrols as well as the
environment, so the HSES-P.15 standard has been developed to ensure that this requirement is
measured.

Incident reporting and investigation (security, safety, and environment):

Methods of reporting and investigating incidents and following up on the implementation of
investigative outcomes is described in HSES-P.16.

Security, safety, and environment statistics:

Statistics and follow-up are important to help making decisions and monitor the safety and health
system performance, so the HSES-P.17 standard has been developed to establish statistics that must
be measured periodically.

Review and review:

It is a set of steps and actions taken to continuously improve the Security Health, safety and
Environment system and making sure that the system is achieving its objectives. It is required to
carry out a periodically comprehensive review on the system as explained in HSES-P.19.

As well as periodic scrutiny of procedures to ensure that everyone performs their duties in HSES-
P.18, which explains the internal and external audit process.

21
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Continuous Improvement
Continuous improvement is one of the essential steps in the Security, Safety Heath and Environment
system, it aims to establish new process, proposals, ideas, initiative with the overall aim to reduce
harms and improve the system performance. This is achieved through periodical reviews of ideas
and initiatives that help to improve performance significantly.

Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

There's no. 001

22
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Terminologies and definitions in security, safety,

occupational health, and environment
HSES-P.03

23
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

No. Term Definition

It is a set of procedures and controls that have been developed
1 Standard to ensure that the work is completed safely and properly and in
accordance with the requirements of the regulations.
It is a set of procedures and controls that have developed in
place to ensure that the work is completed safely and properly
2 Security standards and in accordance with the requirements of the port security
system to ensure an environment free of accidents and security
breaches.
It is a set of procedures and controls that have developed in
place to ensure that the work is completed safely and properly
3 Safety standards and in accordance with the requirements of the occupational
safety and health system to ensure that the working
environment is free of injury and damage.
It is a set of procedures and controls that have developed in
place to ensure that the work is completed safely and properly
4 Environmental standards and in accordance with the requirements of the port
Environmental system to ensure a pollution-free environment
of all kinds such as air, marine (water) and land pollution.
It is a set of occupational health and safety instructions and
5 Health and safety measures
guidelines to eliminate hazard or reduce risk level
Security, Safety and It is a committee convened periodically to discuss security,
6
Environment Committee safety, and environment at ports.
leading indicators are proactive measures that measure
prevention efforts and can be observed and recorded prior to
7 Leading indicators an injury or harms, for example, the number of risk
assessments completed, the number of safety meetings, the
number of inspections completed and others.
lagging indicators are reactive measures that track only
8 Lagging indicators negative outcomes, such as an injury once it has already
occurred.
These are the regulations and Orders issued by the KSA
Legal and other government in the field of security, safety and the environment
9
requirements that ports must abide by, implement and comply with and
other relevant regulations and agreements.
Is the exchange of views on a particular issue and it is usually a
10 Consultation 2-way communication between management and employees
and it can be done in different settings?
Communication is the act of giving, receiving, and sharing
information -- in other words, talking or writing, and listening
11 Communication
or reading. Good communicators listen carefully, speak or write
clearly, and respect different opinions.
It is a specialized and targeted educational process aimed at
giving the trainee specific knowledge and experience in the
12 Training
field of security, safety and the environment in order to
perform the functions assigned to him to the best.

24
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

No. Term Definition

13 hazard Is anything or circumstance with the potential to cause harm.

Risk is the chance or probability that a person will be harmed

or experience an adverse health effect or Environmental harm
14 Risk or security event if exposed to a hazard, and usually it is
measured by the likelihood that the event will happened along
with the severity of the evet.
It is the process of identifying and assessing the risk and
15 Risk assessment developing a strategy to eliminate or reduce the severity of the
risk.
The negative impact on human physical and psychological
Occupational injury /
16 health because of human exposure to occupational risks such
occupational disease
as occupational diseases, injuries of various degrees and death.
Risk control methods are applied in a sequential manner,
starting with the most effective solution, and ending in the
17 Hierarchy of control
least effective one, and the risk assessor must follow the
hierarchy of control.
It is employee cannot do his or her job but can perform other
18 Restricted work cases
simple work that does not require physical effort.
It is a set of results that ports are seeking to achieve in Security,
19 Goals/ Objectives
Safety, and the Environment.
It is an injury that leads to the employee not being at work
20 Lost Time Injuries
again within the next 24 hours.
It is an injury that leads functional disorder in the injured
21 High Severity injuries person and may cause temporary or permanent disability to
the injured employee.
someone in an organization who has been trained to
22 First aid
give immediate medical help in an emergency
someone in an organization who has been trained to
23 First Aider
give immediate medical help in an emergency
They are signs that provide information and instructions on
Safety and health signs
health, safety, and fire by displaying them on walls and can be
24 (safety, health, and fire
different in shape and color (Round, Triangle, rectangle and
guidelines)
square).
They are Signs placed in highly staffed locations with safety
25 Safety Signboards instructions, safety instructions and the latest security, safety,
and environmental information.
These are equipment worn by the employee to protect him
Personal protective from flying objects and may touch his body, for example safety
26
equipment glasses that protect against small flying objects, gloves that
prevent contact with dangerous objects and others.

27 Work areas all areas where the work is going on.

Is a person who does not participate in routine operations or

operational activities (e.g. construction, maintenance, project
28 Visitor/visitor
work, ship loading activities, truck driving, operating factory,
etc.).

25
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

No. Term Definition

It is a process in which a substance is burned, which is often
tobacco, and then smoke is inhaled. Cigarettes are the most
common means of smoking at present, whether the cigarette is
29 Smoking
industrially produced or hand-wrapped from bulk tobacco and
cigarette wrap paper. Other means of smoking are pipe, cigars,
shisha, and e-cigarettes.
It is a battery-powered portable sprayer that mimics tobacco
smoking by providing some behavioral aspects of smoking,
including hand-to-mouth movement associated with smoking,
30 E-cigarettes
but without burning tobacco. Known as "vaping" and the user
is referred to as "vaper" instead of cigarette smoke, the user
inhales aerosols, known as vapor.
It is a mixture of unwanted annoying sounds, which negatively
affect individuals' activity and productivity as well as their
impact on the nervous system, heart, brain function and other
31 Noise
body organs. Noise is a type of physical pollution, making it one
of the biggest pollution factors in the environment. It is usually
leads to temporary or permeant loss of hearing.
It measures the intensity of noise in a way that resembles its
32 dB (a)
effect on the human body.
It measures the intensity of noise for short surprise sounds
33 dB (c)
such as the sound of a bullet or the launch of a jet.
A hearing test provides an assessment of a person's hearing
capability, often performed by a hearing professional using a
34 Hearing audiometry test
hearing meter. The hearing meter is used to determine the
sensitivity of hearing at different frequencies.
It is the initial audiometry test conducted to the employee on
the first day he joins the organization in order to determine his
Preliminary audiometry
35 hearing level and it is compared with future tests to show
test
differences/ deterioration in hearing if any, basically it is a base
line test.
36 Hertz (Hz) It's a unit of measuring the frequency of sound waves.

37 Noise dose Number of hours an employee is exposed to noise

It's a device given to the employee to measure the noise level

38 Personal noise dose meter
he's been exposed to all day.
Is a measure of the level of noise to which the employee is
39 Exposure to noise
exposed with the time of exposure
40 Lux It's a lighting intensity measurement unit.
It is a condition caused by the sight of high light or the
41 Bright Light (Glare) reflection of light from reflective surfaces such as computer
screens and windows as well as glass
it is the engagement of employees in the decision-making
42 Participation process by giving an opinion or being present during the
decision-making process

26
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

No. Term Definition

Are external organizations and companies that provide services
43 Contractors
to ports through certain contracts and conditions.
He is a contractor who has been given a designated area (berth)
44 Operators at the port and operates it fully through a specific contract with
the ports.
It is a set of interrelated elements of the organization that aim
45 Administrative systems to achieve the objectives of the system by developing
standards, objectives and processes that will achieve this.
It is a group of individuals who are part of the hierarchy of
46 Authorized Person ports management and have the ability to direct ports
operations.
Is the ability to apply knowledge and skills to achieve certain
47 Competency
goals.
Contains certain methods and ways to perform a particular
48 Procedures
activity or process or tasks.
49 performance The results that can be measured.
It Is the process of observing and verifying the progress and
50 Monitoring and verification
performance of the processes during a given period.
It Is the process of assigned a specific number (Measurement)
51
during monitoring and to know the performance.
It is a review (conducted by competent qualified auditors)
where security, safety and environmental documents and
52 Audits records are subject to scrutiny, which enables auditors to form
an opinion on the performance of security, safety, and
environment system in the ports.
53 Compliance It is the full implementation of the requirements.
54 Incompliance It is the partial or none implementation of the requirement.
It is an unexpected and unwanted event that leads to injuries
55 Accident
and damage to property and others.
It is an unexpected and unwanted event that may result in
56 Near Miss
injuries and damage to property and others in other cases.
Near Misses (56) but the expected injuries or damage are
57 Serious Near Miss considered serious and must be dealt with in proportion to the
expected damage.
These are measures aimed at eliminating the causes of accidents
58 Corrective action or causes of Near miss and preventing the recurrence of the
same event.
It is the process of developing, improving, and modernizing
59 Continual Improvement
standards to improve the system continuously and continually.
An expression indicating that a person is in a safe state and free
from any form of risk, threat, or harm, both physically and
60 Safety psychologically. In practice, the term safety refers to
occupational safety, which are the conditions and controls that
ensure the safety of employees in their workplaces.

27
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

No. Term Definition

Any microorganisms that cause diseases to people, plants or
61 Biological agent
animals or cause material damage.
Abnormal and out of control biological cell growth and may
62 Cancer
result from exposure to carcinogens.
63 Carcinogens It is a substance that causes to cancer.
Long-term (long-term) ill health is the result of prolonged
64 Chronic diseases
exposure to a particular substance or repetitive tasks.
These are actions that are performed either to remove or
65 Control procedures
reduce a permanently anticipated risk to an acceptable level.
Events that are likely to cause severe injury or illness to staff or
66 Dangerous events
other public officials.
It is defined as a rare but high-impact condition that requires
67 Emergency
immediate action.
surroundings in which an organization operates, including air,
68 Environment water, land, natural resources, flora, fauna, humans, and their
interrelationships.
Use of processes, practices, techniques, materials, products,
services, or energy to avoid, reduce or control the creation,
69 Environmental protection
emission, or discharge of any type of pollutant or waste, in
order to reduce adverse environmental impacts.
The presence of one or more substances or factors in
Pollution of the quantities, characteristics and time periods that directly or
70
environment indirectly harm public health, life and property or adversely
affect the quality of life and human well-being.
Portable equipment containing chemicals that can be sprayed
67 Fire extinguisher
in the form of a quick machine gun to extinguish a small fire.
It is a set of values, ways of thinking, perspectives, and
68 Health and safety culture common behavior patterns towards occupational safety and
health.
It is part of the safe system of work procedure which requires
documented confirmation that certain measures have been
69 Work permit taken to remove it or control risks during a work that is
considered dangerous, such as entering Confined space, hot
work and other high-risk work.
Is the remaining risk level after applying the required risk control
70 Residual risk
procedures in accordance with recognized standards.
They are the real causes of a particular incident, and are
71 Root causes determined in terms of looking at weakness or failure in the
management systems in a particular organization.
The route followed by a health-damaging substance to enter
Chemical and biological the body, these methods can be arranged according to
72
Agent entry routes importance as follows: inhalation, ingestion, absorption, and
injection.
A written and officially documented procedure to conduct a
73 Safe working procedures work or event in a safe manner, containing a list of risks and
ways to prevent them.

28
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

No. Term Definition

Environmental management is a set of integrated
environmental management procedures and mechanisms that
make a significant use of the natural and human environment
Environmental
78 resources in harmony and harmony, from an environmental
Management
perspective, in order to protect and maintain the environment
on the one hand and ensure continuity and development
without problems on the other.
Processes through which waste-benefit materials can be
79 Waste recycling recovered, for example by separating or processing these
materials, if necessary, for recycling or reusing them as fuel.
All substances resulting from human activity are dispensed
with for the end of the benefit or increase the need and may
80 wastes
result in harm to the human being or the environment if it is
not disposed properly.
Any waste generated by industrial, chemical or radiological
processes is dangerous because of its materials or
concentrations of materials, its chemical reactions, toxicity,
81 Hazardous waste explosive or flammable, corrosion, or any other characteristics
that result in a risk to human life, living organisms or the
environment, whether alone or when connected to other
wastes.
An accident that causes damage to the environment have a
82 Environmental disaster
larger potential than normal accidents and local capacities.
It is harm to the environment that directly or indirectly affects
its natural and organic properties, or affects its function,
83 Environmental damage reducing or losing its capacity. Harm to humans, other
organisms, and natural resources as a result of changes in the
properties of the environment is also meant.
Accidents that result in pollution or degradation of the
84 Pollution incidents
environment can be combated and controlled.
These are the stored resources but regenerated by the natural
environment, namely fossil energy sources, minerals and deep
85 Non-renewable resources
water, which are vulnerable to depletion sooner or later
depending on our consumption rate.
A family of relevant standards for existing environmental
management to help companies, institutions, and
organizations:
(a) Reducing how processes (industrial works, etc.)
86 ISO 14000 adversely affect the environment (i.e. causing negative
changes in air, water or land);
Compliance with applicable laws and other
environmentally oriented regulations; and
Continuous improvement.
The study conducted for the project is to determine the
Environmental Impact potential impacts or consequences of the project, appropriate
87
Assessment procedures and means to prevent or reduce negative impacts
and to achieve or increase the positive returns of the project

29
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

No. Term Definition

on the environment in accordance with the environmental
standards in force in Saudi Arabia.

30
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Roles and responsibilities in security, safety and

the environment
HSES-P.04

31
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Purpose
Identifying responsibilities and roles in safety, health, environment and security is important to ensure that
the standard works well, prevents overlapping roles and also allows everyone to participate in the
implementation of security, safety, health and the environment standards and to ensure that everyone
applies their responsibilities well.

Scope
The scope of this standard covers all port departments by all port staff, operators, and contractors.

Definition:
Responsibility: One of the key parts of modern management is the full commitment of subordinates to
accept the manager order when he is authorized by the organization to lead a team.
Accountability: Recognition and recognition of responsibility for actions, products, decisions, and
policies, including management, governance and implementation within the role of the workplace,
including the obligation to report and explain and be responsible for the consequences.
Tasks: A set of responsibilities required by job description or standard.
Responsibilities
4.1 President of Saudi Ports Authority:
4.1.1 To provide the necessary resources to implement this standard.

4.2 Director of the Central Department of Industrial Security:

4.2.1 Monitoring the implementation of this standard.
4.2.2 Update this standard periodically.
4.2.3 Inform staff of their responsibilities and tasks in these standard and other standards.
4.3 Port Industrial Security Managers:
4.3.1 Responsible for defining port administrators, operators and contractors on this
standard.
4.3.2 Monitoring the application of the standard at its port.
4.3.3 Ensure that employees understand and know their responsibilities and roles in the
Security, Safety, Health, and the environment.

4.5 Department Managers:

4.5.1 Urge their employees, operators, and contractors under their subordinates to identify
their roles and responsibilities according to the Security, Safety Health and Environmental
Standards.
4.5.2 To Execute his responsibilities and role required of him in this and other criteria.

4.6 Head of Port Safety:

4.6.1 To periodically inform employees, operators, and contractors about their
responsibilities.

4.6.2 To perform the responsibilities assigned to it in this and other standards.

4.7 Operators and contractors at the port:

4.7.1 To play their roles and responsibilities towards the ports and their safety, health,
environment and security.

The responsibilities of President of Saudi Ports Authority

To ensure that the annual security, safety, and environment objectives are prepared at all levels in
ports and approved by them.
To set strategic objectives for ports in the field of security, safety and environment and make sure that
they are implemented.

32
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

To provide the required resources, whether human resources, material, or equipment etc., to apply
the requirements of security, safety, and the environment system.
To set responsibilities and tasks for all levels of management and staff in the Security, safety, and the
environment systems.
To lay down the foundations for communication the ports about Security, Safety and Environmental
issue communications and be part of it by going down to ports and talking about security, safety and
the environment issues periodically.
Protect employees from retaliations when reporting incidents, Hazards and anything about Security,
Safety, and the Environment.
To support the security, safety, and environment committees and chair the Central Safety, Security
and Environment Committee of ports.
Ensure that security, safety, and environmental standards are implemented, and that the system is
growing and developing continuously.
To ensure that the Royal decrees, laws and ordered issued by Saudi Arabia Government and voluntary
obligations to international bodies are identified and implemented.
5.10 To spread and build a culture of safety, health and the environment in the port and to be the leader
of that culture.
Port General Manager's Responsibilities
Responsible for the implementation of security, safety and environmental standards in the port he is
leading.
To participate and consult the staff on Security, safety and environmental issues.
Provides all the resources required to implement safety and environmental standards.
To chair security, safety, and environment meetings in port he is responsible for, periodically and to
ensure that these meetings are held periodically according to the standard.
His leadership to the security, safety and environment issues shall be clear, visible, and everyone
understands that security, safety, and the environment are important to the port management, and
that port management will spare no effort to improve and develop security, safety, and the
environment.
He is keen to ensure all security, safety and environmental requirements are met and implemented
when hiring contractors and operators.
To conduct security, safety, and environmental tours periodically and to participate in safety talks and
be part of his monthly schedule.
To ensure that the risk assessments have been successful done and that all assessments outcomes
have been implemented.
Managers' responsibility
Provide and maintain equipment, materials and protective devices and make sure they are always in a
safe condition.
Ensure that employees use machines, equipment, and materials properly and safely by educating and
training them as well as monitoring their use of these machines.
Provide information, instructions, and supervision to employees to protect employees from Security,
occupational safety and health and Environmental risks.
To select competent security, safety, and environmental staff.
Responsibility of the Head Quarter Industrial Security Department Director
Plan for managing safety and security through setting the annual targets and ensure that all ports
have set annual targets and that there is an annual strategy based on those goals.
The Director of Head Quarter Industrial Security Department represents the ports in front of the
official authorities, and he is responsible for dealing directly with the Higher commission for
Industrial Security as well as other official agencies in the field of safety and security such as civil
defense, the Ministry of Labor and other related entities.
33
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Work with the legal department to find out all new and previous decrees, laws and orders in the
field of safety and security.
Responsible for preparing Safety and Security standards and submitting them to senior
management for approval.
Responsible for the process of making people aware of the standards, implementing, and
monitoring the implementation of standards.
Responsible for Planning and attending semi-annual Review meeting on safety, security, and
present the performance review of these systems to the senior management.
He prepares and attends the regular meeting to review the security, safety, and environment
system in cooperation with the Operations and Maritime Safety Department.
Responsible to issue safety statistics monthly and present them to senior management and ports’
Management.
Responsible for the develop training programs on safety and security and to cooperate and work
closely with the General Department of Human Resources Manager to develop the annual training
plan and to ensure the competency of the internal trainers and if there is no competent trainer
internally, and external competent trainer can be hire from institutes operating in the Kingdom to
provide these appropriate trainings and can also use external training institutions (outside the
Kingdom for that).
Provide all the necessary tools to perform safety, fire, and security management roles.
Overseeing safety and security programs and making sure it delivers the intended objectives.
He attends the President Security, Safety and Environment Committee meeting along with his
deputy to function as secretary of the committee or whoever he deems appropriate.
Participation in the investigation of accidents and can deputize anyone who he deems
appropriate.
One of the most important tasks is the monitoring and inspection of safety and security in ports.
He shall establish inspection standard method and frequencies and issue written monitoring and
inspection reports, and in the event of a violation, he submitted the violation report to the General
Directorate of Monitoring and Inspection to issue the fines.
Emergency Planning with ports’ management and ensuring that emergency plans at all ports are
consistent and appropriate for those ports and the plans are dynamic and in line with the expected
risks.
Conduct the security, safety, and environmental systems audits in all ports periodically, manage
the audit process, keep audit records, as well as follow up on the audit’s findings implementation.
Develop the induction training programs for new employee, visitor or contractor entering the port
for the first time.
Responsibility of the Port's Industrial Security Manager
The responsibilities of the Port’s Industrial Security Manager are similar to Head Quarter Industrial
Security Department Manager but focused on the port assigned to, and shall cooperate with the
Head Quarter Industrial Security Department Manager and to assist him in implementing the
requirements of the system through the port.
Responsibility of the General Directorate of Human Resources Manager
The Human Resources Manager must include safety, Health, Environment and security
responsibilities in the job description of all employees.
The Human Resources Department should ensure that competent security, safety and
environmental staff are appointed and one of the ways to evaluate interviewee knowledge about
security, safety and the environment. Security, Safety and Environment should be part of the
selection criteria and recruitment process.
Ensure that employees know their legal responsibilities in the field of security, safety, health, and
environment and the job description of employees includes those responsibilities.
34
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Security, Safety and the Environment should be part of the annual staff assessment process and
staff should be informed about the expected Performance.
Maintaining employees' safety and health records and ensuring its confidentiality, such as
employee health information, as well as information about injuries and disabilities that employees
have suffered while working in the ports Authority.
To ensure that all occupational injuries and occupational diseases have been recorded with the
relevant authorities in the Kingdom.
If case of Juvenile employment, a risk assessment shall be conducted to make sure that they are
not subjected to employment hazards and a training program shall be in place. Example of Juvenile
are trainees from public schools who join the ports for a short period in their school training
programme.
When developing career development, succession planning and replacement programs, it is
necessary to ensure that a training program to improve the competency of the employee in the
field of Security, Safety and Environment and it is an important part of the employee's career
development.
Human resources shall develop a rewarding Scheme for safe actions taken by the employees. A
training program shall be developed to train management how to use this scheme and how to
reward the employees for their safe behavior, as well as rewarding excellence in security, safety,
and the environment.
To prepare training programs in cooperation with the Head Quarter Industrial Security
Department Manager in the field of security and safety and to cooperate with the Operations and
Maritime Safety Department Manager for development of training programs in the field of
Environment and Maritime Safety.
To provide high-level security, safety and environmental trainers to deliver these training
programs.
Some training programs such as "first aid" and others may require third parties to do so, the
training department should coordinate with those entities and develop and follow up contracts
to make these trainings available.
To maintain training records and training results and submit a report about the training program
in the periodical security, safety, and environmental review meeting.
Responsibility of the Director of Legal Management
Identifying the latest Royal Decrees, laws and ministerial orders issued in Saudi Arabia in the field of
security, safety and environment and share a copy of those decrees, laws and orders with the Head
Quarter Industrial Security Department and the Operations and Maritime Safety Department.
Work closely with the of Head Quarter Industrial Security Departments, Operations and Maritime
Safety Department to explain the requirements of these laws and agree with them on how to apply
them according to legal opinion.
Representing the Saudi Port Authority Infront of the judiciary in relation to security, safety and
environment issues.
12. Supervisors' responsibility
Ensure employees are committed to implementing security, Safety and environmental
requirements.
Employees are committed to wearing personal protective equipment and are following the required
instructions in security, Safety and the environment.
Advise and guide staff on security, safety, environmental as well as health risks.
Write safety instructions to employees and make sure that instructions are available to all
employees.
Deal quickly with all dangerous situations in his area of responsibility.

35
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Act quickly in emergencies as well as in the case of occupational injuries and report them in official
ways.
Follow the requirements of security, Safety and environmental standards.
Implements all his duties listed in the standards.
Responsibility of employees and workers
Take care of himself and shall not subject any of his colleagues to hazards by his omission and shall
work safely.
Use the provided personal protective equipment by the ports and to request the replacement of the
damaged person to his immediate supervisor.
Report unsafe conditions and hazards to his supervisors.
You should not damage or attempt to bypass any equipment installed for the safety of employees
and the safety of equipment.
Machinery, equipment, and tools should not be operated or used in a way that can put them at risk
and put others at risk.
Shall not perform any horseplay or pranks that can cause harm to him and other employees, whether
physical or psychological.
Employees' and workers' rights
He has the right to know the hazards in the workplace.
Participation in safety, environment, and health activities.
The right to refuse to perform any hazardous work that leads to serious injuries unless it is made
safe.

Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

There's no. 001

36
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Consulting and Awareness of staff on security,

safety and the environment (SSHE) issues
HSES-P.05

37
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to develop guidance for enhancing communication with employees,
contractors, and operators as well as to raise awareness for employees, contractors and operators in the
areas of security, safety and the environment.

Scope
The scope of this standard covers all port departments, operators and contractors at the port and may also
include third parties that may be affected by the port's activities.

Responsibilities
Head Quarter Industrial Security Department Manager:
periodically update of this standard.
Conduct safety, health, and security awareness.
To be the point of communication on safety and security matters.
Operations and Safety Marine Department (Environment Department):
3.2.1 To cooperate with the Head Quarter Industrial Security Department Manager in relation to this
standard.
Conducting environmental awareness.
To be the point of communication on environmental issues.
Awareness objectives:
4.1 Safety, Health, and Environment aware teams have many benefits, including:
4.1.1 Operations are more efficient and smoother as the time is not wasted in identifying issues
related to the incident.
4.1.2 Employees are passionate and productivity improves.
4.1.3 Everyone cooperates with them internally and externally.
Information for employees:
To make employees always motivated, information shall be shared with them through:
5.1.1 Periodic training in security, safety, and the environment.
5.1.2 Shared with them copies of the standards and procedures and provide electronic access to the
information.
5.1.3 Take their opinion on Security, Safety, Health and the Environment (SSHE) issues in the regular
SSHE meetings or through any other methods.
5.1.4 Involved them in the inspection process or writing Some standards and other things that
improve the sense of belonging to the overall effort to improve SSHE.
5.1.5 SSHE Awareness campaigns.
In addition, employees should be informed of what is new that may affect the performance of SSHE,
such as:
New precautions.
New operations
New laws
Staff SSHE Suggestions
6.1 HSES-P.07-1 sets a method to submit SSHE suggestions by all employees, operators, and contractors.
Awareness campaigns
7.1 Implementing HSES-P.11 standard for internal and external communication.
7.2 A SSHE culture can be improved through various activities such as:
Internal competitions.
Posters.
Family activities, brochures, and competitions.
Post SSHE activities on the port’s website.
38
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Shopfloor SSHE visits by the Port Department.

Periodical SSHE weeks in ports.
Issuing periodic bulletins on SSHE.
Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

There's no. 001

39
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Risk Assessment
HSES-P.06

40
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

1. Purpose
Risk assessment is an important and vital part of security, safety and environmental standards and is often
the cornerstone of building these standards and procedures in an integrated and sophisticated manner.

2. Scope
The scope of this standard covers all functions and functions performed at ports by all port staff, operators
and contractors.

3. Procedures:
3.1. The procedures in this standard are divided into three types:
3.1.1. Safety Risk Assessment - Annex 1.
3.1.2. Security Risk Assessment - Annex 2.
3.1.3. Environmental Risk Assessment - Annex 3.
3.1.4. Each method is explained separately in supplements 1, 2 and 3.

41
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Annex 1 - Safety Risk Assessment

Purpose
Risk assessment is an important and vital part of safety systems and is often the cornerstone of building
an integrated and sophisticated safety system, which seeks to lay the foundations for risk assessment.

Range
The scope of this standard covers all functions and tasks performed at ports by all port employees,
operators, and contractors.

Definitions
3.1. Danger: Anything or circumstance has the potential to cause harm.
3.2. Degree of risk: The risk is likely to turn into damage and measured using the criterion of event forecasting
and the severity of the damage caused.
3.3. Risk assessment: The process of identifying and assessing the risk and developing a strategy to eliminate
or reduce the severity of the risk.
3.4. Occupational injury/ occupational disease: the negative impact on human physical and psychological
health because of human exposure to occupational risks such as occupational diseases, injuries of various
degrees and death.
3.5. Control hierarchy: Risk control methods are applied in a sequential manner that begins in the best and
strongest way and ends in the simplest way and the risk assessor must follow this pyramid from above to
bottom.
3.6. Restricted work case: The employee cannot perform his or her duties but can perform other simple work
that does not require physical effort.
3.7. SSHE: Safety, Security, Health and Environment.
Responsibilities
Head Quarter Industrial Security Department Manager:
Periodic update of the standard.
Monitoring the implementation of this standard and conduct a training program for
employees on this standard.
Port Industrial Security Managers:
Training of the staff on this standard.
4.2.2 Monitor the port implementation of the standard.
4.2.3 Keep a copy of all risk assessments issued at the port.
Port General Manager:
Make sure that all port employees, operators and contractors are aware of this standard
and its applications.
Make sure all employees are committed to the implementation through shopfloor visits as
well as safety meetings.
4.3.3 Provide resources to carryout risk assessment, updating it, and provide resources to
implement the outcomes.
Department Managers and Supervisors:
Managers and supervisors shall conduct risk assessments in their departments and ensure
that the relevant staff participate while writing and developing a risk assessment.
Implementing the assessments outcomes.
Keep risk assessment records as well as a table showing assessment outcomes and
implementation progress.
Head of Port Safety:

42
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Monitor the implementation of the standard by Port Management, contractors and

operators.
report quarterly on the status of the standard implementation.
Train all staff of all levels on this standard at the ports.
Participate in risk assessment committees and make sure that everyone understands the
correct way to do the assessments.
Safety Risk Assessment Introduction
The main objective of Risk assessment is to reduce the likelihood and severity that employees and
property will be damaged because of these activities. When safety rules and standards are well applied,
it will protect the employee and property from hazards.
The risk assessment process is divided into a set of steps:
Identify the Task
Identify the Hazard associated with the activities or location.
Assess the risk.
Establish the control following the hierarchy of control.
Register all Hazards in Form HSES-F.04.
Review and monitor risk assessment.
Safety risk assessment
Methodology:
The risk assessor must conduct an assessment process that is sufficient and suitable and
addresses all Hazards and Establish controls.
All staff, port operators and contractors will follow the method described in the following
sections and fill out form HSES-F.04.
6.1.3 The Assessor can choose other assessment methods such as HAZOP, which is used for
operating risks and are usually during the design stage, quantitative risk assessment (QRA),
which is usually used for risks related to explosions, fire and toxic gas releases.
The risk assessment must be Suitable and sufficient, and to be so, the risk assessment must
contain the following:
Accurately and correctly identifies Hazards.
Ignores irrational risks.
Determines the probability of risk impact and determines the Severity of damage.
Considers the current controls.
Consider Legal requirement related to the specific hazard if any.
Risk assessment should remain valid for a reasonable time.
Provides adequate information and adequate control to help make the right
decisions and reflect on the latest technical developments.
To develop the right solutions and to priorities for the implementation.
Risk assessment method:
Risk assessment is an analytical tool that contains some clear steps aimed at correctly identifying Hazard,
correctly assessing risk, as well as developing appropriate risk control solutions, and the following risk
assessment steps:

7.1 Step 1: Identify the Task/ Activities:

All tasks must be listed without exception. Examples of such activities and tasks include machine
installation, machine dismantling, maintenance, operation, cleaning, programming and other activities.

7.2 Step 2: Identifying Hazards:

43
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

All Hazardous activities, such as mechanical, hydraulic hazards, radiation, movement, electricity,
slippage, falling, chemicals and biological, should be identified, and the resident should consider other
risks.

7.3 Step 3: Measuring the risk by identifying the severity and likelihood of damage:

7.3.1 The risk is measured using two factors:

7.3.1.1 likelihood.
7.3.1.2 Severity.
To measure the likelihood of damage, it considers many things, such as:
Exposure to danger.
7.3.2.2 Those who may be affected include some vulnerable groups such as:
Children and those under the age of 18.
Pregnant and feeding women.
People with disabilities.
Lone worker.
The History of Accidents
Work environment
Human factors
7.3.2.3 To measure the severity of the damage depends mainly on a range of damages:
7.3.2.3.1 Damage, human injuries and diseases resulting from exposure.
7.3.2.3.2 Properties damage.
7.3.2.3.3 Environmental Harm.
7.3.2.4 You should think about the employee's actions during evaluation as well as human errors.
This matrix must be used to assess the risk:

7.4.1 To explain: The possibility of an event:

The possibility of falling Value

Rarely obtained 1

Little access 2

Probable to get 3

Likely to get (previously obtained or known to get) 4

sure to get mostly 5

7.4.2 To explain: The severity of the damage:

Severity of damage Value

44
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Very minor injury such as scratches or paper cuts 1

Injury requiring simple first aid by a first aid and mild medical
2
intervention
A time-consuming injury that requires medical intervention and
3
may lead to cabin work or hospitalization.

Significant injuries and lead to permanent partial disability 4

Death or injury leading to a total and permanent disability 5

7.4.3 The level of risk is measured across this equation.
Risk level = Likelihood x severity

7.4.3.1 The risk level ranges from 1-25,

7.4.3.2 If the risk level is between 16-25, it requires rapid action to develop and apply
Control as the expected damage is significant.
7.4.3.3 Thus, the danger at level 1 is simple and does not require any action.
7.4.3.4 High-Severity and rare likelihood risk are considered as emergencies and must
prepare an emergency plan.
8. Reducing risk levels (Establishing Controls):
The main objective of risk assessment is to Establish appropriate controls to reduce high levels risk
and bring it to an acceptable level, as the acceptable level in the ports is equal or below 5 as shown
in the matrix in para 7.4, and if the risk level exceeds 5, Control shall be put in place to reduce the risk
level.
As a requirement and best practices is to follow the hierarchy of control, in the establishment of
control, the below hierarchy shall be followed:
Elimination of Hazard: The best solution in safety.
Substitution of Hazard: replacement of a specific hazard with a less hazardous one, for
example, replacing a caustic chemical with a safe substance on the skin.
Engineering Controls: using engineering design to reduce the risk to employees, for
example, to place a barrier on the moving parts of the machine to prevent any part of the
human body from reaching the moving part of the machine.
Administration Control and training: it is the development of Procedures and Standard
and Standard Operating Procedure and training staff in the safety procedures followed.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): A range of equipment aimed to protect the
employee from danger and from that equipment such as helmet, gloves, safety shoes,
safety dress, glasses, etc.

45
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Risk Assessment Review

Risk assessment should be reviewed in these cases:
After an accident or Near Miss.
Whenever activity changes and steps change dramatically
Change to machine design and process.
Periodically as follows:
High risks should be reduced annually.
Medium risk every two years
Simple risks every three years.
The risk level is determined by matrix at 7.4.
Training
Risk assessors should be trained on how to conduct a risk assessment.

Example of Hazards:
Risks are divided into multiple risks such as:
Physical risks.
Machinery-related risks
The dangers of chemicals.
Biological hazards.
Risks associated with the working environment and the nature of ports.

Equipment Workplace

Lifting equipment,
Slip and Trip
Mobile Cranes, machines Fire
Heat
Pressure vessels Manual Handling Storage
Ventilation
electrical equipment Traffic
Access and Egress
computer Monitors

Chemicals and biological Physical

Fumes
Viruses Vibrations Noise
Dust
Bacteria Manual lifting Radiation
Flammable materials
Fungi Electricity Repetitive Task (ergonomics)
Asbestos

Work system and working environment Operations

Working alone
Labor laws Violence Indoor Working in high places
Psychological damage Risks related to staff Hot Business Working in the sun
member's actions

Safety updates
All Legal requirements shall be assessed between 20-25 by matrix 7.4.
Forms

No. Form address/form Form/form number Retention period

46
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

001 Risk assessment model HSES-F.04 Remain until issued or modified.

002 List of all risk assessments HSES-F.05 Remain until issued or modified.

47
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Annex 2 - Security Risk Assessment

Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to determine how to develop the security risk assessment and to identify its
personnel and the exact time.

Range
The Security Risk Assessment (SRA) includes quantifying the risks of security events, identifying the
necessary countermeasures and highlighting the difference between current countermeasures and what is
required.

Definition:
SRA: Security Risk Assessment.

SPA: Saudi Port Authorities.

SSHE: Security, Safety, Health and Environment.

HQ: Head Quarter.

ISD: Industrial Department.

HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security Department

HCIS: Higher Commission for industrial Security

Responsibilities
Saudi Port Authority Project Management Manager:
Preparing security consultation contracts in coordination with other parties in SPA.
Follow-up on the implementation of security projects in SPA.
HQISD Manager:
Hiring an approve HCIS Security Consultant to develop security risk assessment.
Develop an action plan to implement all SRA recommendations.
Recommendations of the SRA is to be included in the Facility Security Plan.
Establish an implementation and tracking system to manage SRA recommendations and
corrective actions identified in the SRA through all stages.
Procedures
Develop and review SRA by:
The SRA shall be carried by an approved HCIS Security Consultant.
The Port ISD Manager reviews the SRA and approves the recommendations before
submitting them for review by the HCIS.
All SRA must be submitted to HCIS for approval.
When to develop and review SRA
Preliminary evaluation of the facility to formulate basic security requirements.
When a new facility is operational, a SRA shall be review as follows:
Class 1 Facilities shall be reviewed annually and follow up recommendations.
Class 2 Facilities shall be reviewed annually.
Class 3 and 4 Facilities shall be reviewed every 18 months.
When proposing a new process that may affect security system or as recorded in the latest
SRA recommendations.

48
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Expansion of existing facilities or any physical change to the facility that affects the fence
or gates.
When the threat changes significantly at the discretion of the operator of the facility or
when a directive is issued by the HCIS.
After a major security incident.
The SRA is conducted in accordance with any of the following SRA methodologies or criteria:
American Petroleum Institute (API) - Standard 780, Security Risk Assessment Methodology
for the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries, Release 1, March 2013.
Chemical Operations Safety Center (CCPS), guidelines for analyzing and managing
vulnerabilities of fixed chemical sites.
American Society for International Industrial Security: Risk Assessment American National
Standard Standards Institute/American Industrial Security Association/ RA.1-2015.
Regardless of the different steps of the specific methodology, all steps must be grouped under the
following headings that constitute the planning and form of the security risk assessment:
Facility and asset classifications
Threat assessment
Assessing vulnerabilities
Risk assessment
SRA recommendations are grouped into the following sections:
Facility security classification
Security measures.
Security procedural measures
Security barrier measures (including technology)
The SRA outcome shall be sketched on a readable drawing and annotated with images of all current
security infrastructure and countermeasures.
For the current facility, identify all areas of non-compliance against the HCIS Directives.
1.7 The content shall follow SEC-15 Directive- see Annex B: Security Risk Assessment.

49
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Annex 3 - Environmental Risk Assessment

Purpose
1.1 The purpose of this standard is to distinguish between the environmental aspect and the
environmental impact and to identify and evaluate how they are identified.
SCOPE
The scope of this standard covers all functions and functions performed at ports by all port staff,
operators and contractors.
Definition:
3.1 Environmental aspect: the current operation, and if possible, future operations, that may interact
with the environment.
3.2 Environmental impact: change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially
resulting from an organization’s environmental aspects.
3.3 EIA: Environmental Impact Assessment
3.4 OMSD: Operations and Maritime Safety Department.
Responsibilities:
Operations and Maritime Safety Department (Environment Department):
Conduct an environmental risk assessment process.
Follow-up environmental impact assessment and measures extracted from the environmental
risk assessment.
Coordinating the process of identifying and evaluating environmental aspects and impacts.
Environmental Risks at Ports:
Environmental risks are closely associated with construction, port operations and the entire port life
cycle:
Construction: Construction at the port is always associated with crafts, dredging, land filling,
disposal of contaminated soil and transport and storage of building materials.
Operations: During handling, movement and storage of materials, leakage of certain substances
may cause environmental pollution in water, land and in the air, as some vessels using fossil fuels
may send harmful substances such as smoke, nitrogen oxide compounds, sulphur oxides, etc.
into the air.
Port closure and repair: Intensive operations involving Land work and at sea and including the
removal, treatment and disposal of contaminated sediments.
EIA:
The requirements of regulatory bodies in the Kingdom are implemented in relation to the EIA of large-
scale projects.
Ports and port construction are works that have a significant environmental impact and therefore the
EIA process must be carried out by the OMSD in coordination with the relevant authorities.
These mandatory studies must contain the requirements referred to in this standard.
In the absence of studies of existing facilities, these studies should be initiated.
The contents of these studies are also referred to in:
Regulations in place in the Kingdom regarding environmental impact assessment.
Environmental operational measures combine preventive measures and measures to mitigate major
port impacts. However, these actions must be updated when identifying new risks.
The difference between the environmental aspect and the environmental impact
7.1 The main difference between the environmental aspect and the environmental impact is the
environmental aspect that interacts with the environment and the effects are the consequences

50
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

produced by the environmental aspect and negatively or positively affect the environment as shown
in the following table:

Activity: Transport of materials by ship

Aspect (cause) Impact
Disturbances of marine organisms and noise for
Noise from ships
people
Ship waste generation Pollution of the sea
Oil and fuel leakage Pollution of the sea

Identifying environmental aspects and impacts

In general, it considers the following environmental aspects:
Emission of pollutants to air
Leakage of pollutants to seawater
wastes
Polluting the land.
impact on communities from noise and fumes.
Use of raw materials and natural resources such as petroleum, wood, etc.
Environmental aspects are activities, services and products that can be identified by:
8.2.1 Local laws covering those aspects (if any).
8.2.2 Products and services that can have a negative or positive impact on the environment
using Process Flow diagrams.
8.2.3 noticing statistics on the environment and previous environmental incidents.
There are two types of environmental aspects:
Direct aspects, which can be controlled such as emissions to the air due to operations at
the port.
Indirect aspects: aspects that the organization can influence but do not control, for
example supply chain issue.
Once the environmental aspects and impact have been identified, they must be recorded as in
paragraph 7 (the difference between the environmental aspect and the environmental impact).
Environmental assessment and environmental impact
Once the aspects and environmental impact have been identified, they must be assessed and their
impact and focus on the most impactful and harmful to the environment. There are many methods
of evaluation to identify the most important aspects of the environment and its impact. During the
evaluation, the focus should be on:
damage they can cause to the environment.
The extent of the damage and the frequency times.
Its importance to ports and port partners.
The Department of Operations and Marine Safety (Environment Department) must approve a way to
identify the most important environmental aspects in a systematic and approved manner.
Controlling environmental aspects and its impact
For every aspect and important environmental impact, Operations and Maritime Safety Department
(Environmental Section) must appoint a person whose responsible to develop:
procedures to control that aspect.
Maintenance plan.
Training plan.

51
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

There's no. 001

52
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Security, Safety and Environment Committee

HSES-P.07

53
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Purpose
The Security, Safety, Health and Environment Committee (SSHEC) is very important to monitor SSHE
(Security, Safety, Health and Environment) in ports. It is a special committee to discuss and make
decisions on SSHE matters, and such committees also contribute to ensuring that the department is
actively involved in the process of managing SSHE.
The committee aims to make SSHE an integral part of the work of the Saudi Port Authority (SPA).
This committee should serve as a platform to discuss SSHE issues freely.
Helps develop programs to reduce occupational accidents and diseases along with controlling Security
and Environmental risks.
Ensure that ports implement Saudi laws on SSHE.
Scope
The scope of this standard covers all port departments and by all port staff, operators and contractors.
Committees are formed in each port with the participation of operators and contractors.
Definitions:
Security, Safety and Environment Committee: A committee convened periodically to discuss port
security, safety and environment.
Leading indicators: is any measurable or observable variable of interest that predicts a change or
movement in another data series, process, trend, or other phenomenon of interest before it occurs.
Lagging indicators is an observable or measurable factor that changes sometime after the economic,
financial, or business variable with which it is correlated changes.
SPA: Saudi Port Authority.
SSHE: Security, Safety, Health and Environment.
SSHEC: Security, Safety, Health and Environment Committee.
HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security Department.
ISD: Industrial Security Department.
MOM: Minutes of Meeting.
Responsibilities
President of Saudi Ports Authority:
Responsible for managing and chairing the General SSHEC.
Responsible for ensuring that everyone periodically holds a meeting of committees in
ports by receiving periodic reports.
Holding meetings of the Port SSHE Committee quarterly and chairing the committee
meetings.
Make sure that the committee's decisions are implemented, and its decisions is reviewed
during those meetings.
HQISD Manager Responsible for:
The periodic update of the standard.
Monitoring the application of this standard.
Keeping records of meeting contracts.
Port General Manager:
Responsible for managing and chairing the port's SSHEC.
Make sure that all port administrators and operators are familiar with this standard and
its applications.
Holding meetings of the Port SSHEC quarterly and chairing the committee meetings.
Make sure that the committee's decisions are implemented, and its decisions are reviewed
during those meetings.
Port ISD Managers:
Responsible for defining port administrators, operators and contractors on this standard.

54
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Monitor the application of the standard at its port.

To attend the SSHEC meetings at the port and to be a member of that committee and to
choose whoever he deems appropriate to be the secretary of the committee who prepares
the minutes of the meetings and their agenda.
Department managers:
Make sure that the committee's decisions are implemented, and its decisions follow up
during those meetings.
Port safety monitors:
Monitor the application of the standard by all administrators, contractors and operators.
Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.
Operators and contractors at the port:
Hold safety committee meetings for their companies on a monthly basis.
A copy of the minutes of the meeting was sent to the management responsible for the
operator at the port.
Security, Safety and Environment Committees (SSHEC).
These committees must be convened periodically and with the participation of all deputies, departments,
staff and others.

SSHEC - Chaired by SPA President:

Members are:
SPA Vice-Presidents and Ports’ General Managers.
HQISD Manager - Committee Secretary.
SSHE Specialists and other disciplines if required to attend.
Staff Representative: Nominated by the Staff.
Frequencies:
Meetings are held periodically every 4 months (3 times a year).
Meeting Agenda:
Welcoming members
Safety Moment (a member delivers a safety story and ends with lessons inspired by the story).
Discussing the previous MOM.
SSHE statistics (Leading and Lagging indicators).
SSHE accidents and incidents that happened over the past four months and the outcome of
these incidents, as well as whether the recommendations have been implemented or not.
Discuss SSHE proposals that will develop the system and improve the SSHE in all ports.
Introduce and explain the new standards.
Discuss the latest SSHE laws and how they are applied to the ports and details of
implementation.
Discuss the implementation of the annual SSHE objectives and present each port's general
manager's objectives as well.
Discuss SSHE issues between ports and others.
Discuss the system audit process and the most important outcomes and recommendations of
the SSHE audit.
Some employee SSHE suggestions or complaints.
Health survey outputs.
and other new topics.
Vice-Presidents SSHEC - Chaired by the Vice-President of the Authority
Its members:
Sector managers in the Head Quarters.
Secretary of the Committee.
55
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Specialists in the areas of SSHE and other disciplines if required to attend.

Employees Representative: Nominated by the Staff sector.
Frequency:
Meetings are held periodically every 4 months (3 times a year) before the General SSHE
Committee, chaired by the SPA President, is convened.
Meeting agenda:
Welcoming members
Safety Moment (a member delivers a safety story and ends with lessons inspired by the story).
Discussing the previous MOM.
SSHE statistics (Leading and Lagging indicators).
SSHE accidents and incidents that happened over the past four months and the outcome of
these incidents, as well as whether the recommendations have been implemented or not.
Discuss SSHE proposals that will develop the system and improve the SSHE in all ports.
Introduce and explain the new standards.
Discuss the latest SSHE laws and how they are applied to the ports and details of
implementation.
Discuss the implementation of the annual SSHE objectives and present each port's general
manager's objectives as well.
Discuss SSHE issues between ports and others.
Discuss the system audit process and the most important outcomes and recommendations of
the SSHE audit.
Some employee SSHE suggestions or complaints.
Health survey outputs.
and other new topics.
Port SSHEC - chaired by the Port General Manager
It is an internal committee for each port headed by the Port General Manager.
Members are:
Port General Manager - Chairman of the Committee.
The Port ISD Manager - a member of the committee and may bring whoever he deems fit
to be secretary of the committee.
Port Departments Managers.
Specialists in the areas of SSHE and other disciplines if required to attend.
Staff Representative: Nominated by port staff.
Frequency:
Meetings are held periodically every three months (4 times a year).
Meeting Agenda:
Welcoming members
Safety Moments (a member delivers a safety story and ends with lessons inspired by the story).
Discussion of the previous MOM.
Discussion of security, safety and environment statistics (Leading and Lagging indicators).
Discuss all safety incidents, environmental accidents, any security event that has occurred over
the past month and the outcome of these incidents, as well as whether the recommendations
have been implemented or not.
Discuss SSHE proposals made by staff.
Review, explain and follow up on the new standards.
Discuss the latest SSHE laws and how they are applied.
Discuss the implementation of annual SSHE objectives and the progress of implementation.
Discuss SSHE issues between ports, any event at any port and how to take advantage.

56
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Discuss the system audit process and the most important outcomes and recommendations of
the audit process.
Employees’ suggestions or complaints.
and other new topics.
SSHE Committee in Port Departments - chaired by the Director of The Port Department
It is an internal committee of each port department headed by the Director of Management.
Its members:
Director of Management - Chairman of the Committee.
Department heads in the department.
Representative of the Safety Department as an observer.
Specialists in the areas of SSHE and other disciplines if required to attend.
Representative of workers: Nominated by management staff.
Secretary of the Committee:
A member of the Committee is appointed as secretary of the Committee and has a duty to
write the MOM, distribute invitations and agenda monthly.
Durations:
Meetings are held periodically every month (12 times a year) and in the first or second
week of each month.
Meeting Agenda:
Welcoming members
A Safety Moment (a member tells a safety story and ends with lessons inspired by it story).
Discussion of the previous MOM.
Discussion of SSHE statistics (Leading and Lagging indicators).
Discuss all safety incidents, environmental accidents, any security event that has occurred
over the past month and the outcome of these incidents, as well as whether the
recommendations have been implemented or not.
Discuss security, safety and environmental proposals made by staff.
Review, explain and follow up on the new standards implementation.
Discuss the latest SSHE laws and how they are applied.
Discuss the implementation of annual SHE objectives and implementation progress.
Discuss SSHE issues between ports, any event at any port and how to take advantage of it.
Discuss the system audit process and the most important outcomes and recommendations
of the audit process.
Employees’ suggestions or complaints.
and other new topics.
Operators and contractors
All port operators and contractors must establish and hold the SSHE Committee monthly and hand
over copies of the minutes of the meetings to the port's ISD.
If the operator or contractor fails to establish or hold the committee periodically, regular measures
are taken.
Industrial Security Department
The Port ISD keeps electronic copies of these records and prepares its reports on the holding of
these meetings and their outcomes and presents them at the meetings of the Committee of the
President of Saudi Ports Authority and sends copies of those meetings also to the HQISD in Riyadh,
which in turn submits a semi-annual report on the performance of these committees.
Forms
No Form Title Form Number Retention
001 MOM of the SSHE Committee HSES-F.06 Remain until issued or modified.
002 Agenda Model (Agenda) HSES-F.07 Remain until issued or modified.
57
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Legal requirements
HSES-P.08

58
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Purpose
Applying and complying with all applicable regulations in the Kingdom, this standard seeks to determine
how to identify the systems as well as the responsibility to apply them and follow up the application.

Range
The scope of this standard includes the General Authority of Ports, Operators and Contractors.

Definitions:
Legal Requirements: it is the Local SSHE Decrees and Laws that ports must comply with and apply, and other
international conventions.
SPA: Saudi Port Authority.

Responsibilities
HQISD Director/Manager:
Update the standard Periodically.
Monitor the implementation of the standard.
Monitoring the latest Decrees and laws and inform department managers news decrees
and laws related to safety and security.
Prepare and submit a semi-annual report on the standard and its procedures.
Operations and Maritime Safety Manager:
4.2.1 Monitor the latest Decrees and laws and inform department managers of these
environmentally related systems.
4.2.2 Submit a semi-annual report on the implementation of legal and other requirements.
SPA Legal Affairs Department:
4.3.1 Collect all systems in the Kingdom and sending a copy of those systems dealing with safety
and security to the Central Department of Industrial Security in the main body.
4.3.2 It should send environmental systems to the Department of Operations and Maritime
Safety.
4.3.3 These systems must be officially sent to those departments and the correspondence
register must be kept.
Port General Manager:
4.4.1 Make sure that all port Management and operators are familiar with this standard and its
applications.
4.4.2 Make sure that all port officials are aware of the latest decrees and laws and their
responsibilities towards it.
Port ISD Managers:
4.5.1 Responsible for defining port administrators, operators and contractors on this standard.
4.5.2 Monitor the application of the standard at its port.
4.5.3 To review these systems and show their application at the port.
Department managers:
4.6.1 Once they have identified the legal requirements, they must apply them in their area of
responsibilities.
4.6.2 Inform operators and contractors reporting to him about the legal requirements and ensure
that they apply those requirements and are an integral part of the contract.
Port safety, security and environmental monitors:
4.7.1 Follow-up the implementation and keep a legal record showing the extent to which the laws
are applied in the port.
Port Operators and Contractors:
4.8.1 Apply the legal requirements when they notified by the management overseeing the
operator's work.
59
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Step 1: Identifying Decree, Laws and Orders

The ISD must identify all existing and new safety and security Decrees, Laws and Orders, and
create a Safety and Security Laws Register, by filling out HSES-F.08, and shall be updated
periodically.
The Operations and Maritime Safety Department must identify all existing and new
environmental Decrees, Laws and Orders and create the Environmental Law Register, by filling
out HSES-F.09, and shall be updated periodically.
The new Decrees, Laws and Orders are identified through the legal department, which in turn
sends these laws to the ISD and the Operations and Maritime Safety Department.
The new regulations in Saudi Arabia are usually issued in Um AlQura, the official gazette of Saudi
Arabia, which is issued on a weekly basis, and the legal department must monitor this gazette
and identify the latest Decrees, Laws and orders issued in the Kingdom through the website
https://www.uqn.gov.sa/
Other entities, such as the Royal Commission, Ministry of Water, Environment and agriculture
and the Higher commission for Industrial Security usually they post the orders and laws in their
websites.
Orders issued during the issuance of environmental licenses to ports.
Orders issued by Saudi courts related to SSHE against or with ports.
Conventions issued by the International Maritime Organization (IMO) and ratified by Saudi
Arabia.
The GCC countries Port unified rules and instructions guide and the Riyadh Memorandum.
Other requirements:
Lenders such as banks and others may require compliance with Certain SSHE standards.
Or any other voluntary requirements agreed by the Saudi Port Authority to implement.
Step 2: Specify the Legal requirements related to SPA and develop an action plan
5.11 The HQISD and Operations and Maritime Safety Department shall study these Legal
Requirements and register them in the HSES-F.08 and HSES-F.09 Legal register.
5.12 After studying the Legal requirements, an action plan must be developed for implementing it
and provide copies of the legal requirement and action plan to all managers and Ports’ ISD
Managers to supervise the implementation and provide the necessary resources to implement
them.
5.13 The new Legal Requirements shall be presented in the SSHE committee meeting and inform
the committee members of these new requirements and the proposed action plan.
Keeping records
The ISD and Operations and Maritime Safety Departments in the Head Quarter and ports must keep the
legal record and its implementation.

Forms
No. Title Form Number Retention period
safety and security Legal requirement Remains till new update
001 HSES-F.08
and other Register issued
The Environmental Legal requirement Remains till new update
002 HSES-F.09
and other Register issued

60
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Emergency planning
HSES-P.09

61
Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

62
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Purpose
Provide emergency response guidelines to ISD and operations and maritime safety Departments
management staff and other SPA departments to minimize the impact of emergencies in the ports’
facilities and surrounding communities and restore operations as soon as possible.
Identify the tasks and responsibilities of participants in emergency planning.
Identify the Emergency reporting mechanism and stakeholders.
align with national emergency plans and national pollution control plans.
National Emergency Plan for Chemical and Bacterial Accidents.
The National Response Plan for Maritime Disaster in Saudi Arabia's Regional Waters issued by the
National Maritime Disasters Response Committee.
Report emergencies to stakeholder (Internally and Externally).
How to deal with emergencies and recovery.
The tasks, responsibilities of all employees towards emergencies.
Responsibility for preparing and updating the emergency response and training plan.
ISD personnel, SPA staff, operators’ and contractors’ response plan to emergencies.
Scope
2.1 The scope of this standard covers all port staff, operators and contractors.
Definitions:
3.1 SPA: Saudi Port Authority
3.2 ISD: Industrial Security Department
3.3 HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security Department
3.4 SSHE: Security, Safety, Health and Environment.
3.5 Emergency: A serious and unexpected situation that requires immediate action.
3.6 Emergency management: an ongoing process of:
3.6.1 Preventing emergencies,
3.6.2 Reducing the emergencies frequency and its impact,
3.6.3 Preparing and be ready for the emergencies,
3.6.4 Emergency response,
3.6.5 Restore to normal operation after the emergency.
3.7 Emergency Command Center: The Central Location to control the Emergency, headed by the highest
Position on the site, it is an office or a building on or near the affected site.
3.8 Disasters: An event that affects the port operations and/or any of the facilities within the port and causes
losses to the SPA important resources and is assessed in accordance with the following criteria:
3.8.1 The importance of the site affected by the outage
3.8.2 Number of customers affected.
3.8.3 Effects on the Port outer areas surrounding the site.
3.8.4 The importance of the facilities.
3.8.5 The expected number of human and material losses (number of injuries and deaths).
3.8.6 The reputational impact of the event (determined by the Public Relations Department).
3.9 Operations/Control Centers: Equipped locations where all routine and emergency operations, event
handling, communication and technical coordination with external entities are carried out, headed and
supervised by the highest Position in the center, in accordance with the procedures, plans and
instructions of these centers and the security operations room at the facility.
3.10 Reporting: It is a clear and well-known mechanism for all that ensures that the higher management level
is informed about the event and other specific stakeholder.
3.11 Contact list (report): A list of people who must be informed and shall attend at the event site or control
centers. The list shall be updated periodically.
3.12 Incident Command and Control Centre: A specific location in the main buildings of the sectors to manage
the event headed by the highest position level in the port or who deputize him.
63
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

3.13 Potential risks: anything that results in loss of life or property, interruptions in port operations or
environmental pollution, such as: fires of all sizes and types, fuel leaks, natural disasters such as rain,
floods, earthquakes, volcanoes, storms, nuclear radiation, sabotage or explosions, technical or
operational defects.
3.14 Scene: Disaster-affected site, such as: (berth/ storage container/ passenger station/ substation/
warehouse etc.).
3.15 Mitigation or reduction: Any operations or activities undertaken to minimize the impact of the
emergency.
3.16 Prevention: All operations and activities carried out to prevent the emergency event.
3.17 Readiness: it is all steps taken in order to prepare, develop, improve and maintain an emergency
response program.
3.18 Recovery: All activities and steps taken to return operations to their acceptable limits.
3.19 Mutual Assistance Agreement is a joint agreement between more than one party and the primary
objective is to share resources in response to an emergency.
3.20 Evacuation: Is the transport of people from places that are exposed to the dangers of war, disasters and
various emergencies (natural-industrial-war.... etc.) to safe places.
3.21 Escape routes: The safe route a person takes to escape from the building to a place where safety and
security is found, which are the transport routes taken by the occupants of the building to move from
any point to reach the outdoors outside the building or to any safe place.
3.22 Refuge: An area at the end of the exit path protected from fire so that they are isolated from other areas
of the building through fire-resistant walls and doors for at least an hour.
3.23 Response Department: Any department where the emergency event occurs and carry out the initial
response process.
3.24 Initial response: These are the first actions carried out by individuals to contain the incident until the
competent authorities arrive.
Responsibilities
President of the Port Authority:
Responsible for monitoring:
Ports Performance
Implementation of the standard and
Semi-annual emergency exercises
through the periodic SSHE committee meetings.
HQISD Manager:
4.2.1 Be responsible for the periodic update of the standard.
4.2.2 Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.
4.2.3 Responsible for providing resources for the development of contingency plans.
4.2.4 Responsible for coordination between ports and external entities from the Civil Defense, Jamaa
group in Jubail, Yama Group in Yanbu and any other groups located in industrial zones.
Port ISD Managers:
4.3.1 Responsible for training port management on this standard.
4.3.2 Monitor the application of the standard at the port.
4.3.3 To develop the Emergency plan with the port management and coordinate with them.
4.3.4 Ensures the readiness of radio communication systems at the port.
4.3.5 He oversees evacuation, rescue, firefighting, fire and ambulance work at ports and ensures that
fire and ambulance teams are ready.
4.3.6 Responsible for direct coordination between the port and external civil defense agencies, the
Jamaa group in Jubail, the Yama group in Yanbu and any other groups in the port area of operation.
Port General Manager:

64
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

4.4.1 Make sure that all port Management staff, employees and operators are familiar with this standard
and its applications.
4.4.2 Make sure everyone at the port is ready for emergencies and discussed at regular SSHE meetings.
4.4.3 Provide resources to achieve the objectives of the emergency plan.
Department managers and supervisors:
4.5.1 Managers are responsible for their buildings and shall assign roles and tasks to their employees
during emergencies.
4.5.2 To develop a written Emergency plan in the foreseen events in his area of responsibilities.
4.5.3 To appoint responsible persons with specific tasks to deal with such situations and to ensure that
his staff are trained to deal with these situations and all resources are provided.
4.5.4 Keep records showing the readiness of his staff at all levels.
Head of Port Fire Department:
4.6.1 Provide all fire and firefighting equipment such as alarms, mobile and fixed fire equipment, fire
trucks and first aid.
4.6.2 Develop plans and programs in collaboration with the ISD Manager, Operations and Maritime
Safety Department and other departments to deal with emergencies.
4.6.3 Making sure fire department equipment, personnel, communication equipment, fire engines,
ambulances and other equipment are available and ready.
4.6.4 Provide the necessary volunteered fire fighter, tools and equipment to fight the fire and prepare
for emergencies.
4.6.5 Organizing the working hours of firefighters and ambulances.
4.6.6 Ensure the highest levels of readiness for individuals through training and make them fit mentally
and physically to carry out their tasks.
4.6.7 Prepare For Emergencies, evacuation plans and mock drills scenario to verify the employees’
readiness.
Port Head of Safety:
4.7.1 Monitor the implementation of the standard by all Departments, contractors and operators.
4.7.2 Submit a quarterly report on the implementation progress of the standard.
4.7.3 Support fire section during Emergencies.
Operators and contractors at the port:
4.8.1 Operators and contractors at the port review and arrange for all emergencies and develop plans
and resources to respond in cooperation with the Port ISD and with operators’ and contractors’
proponent.
Leadership and commitment
The Port Management is committed to the emergency planning programme by providing all the
necessary resources for prevention, reducing the impact of emergencies, ensuring business continuity
and returning the situation as it was before the incident.
5.2 The port leadership contributes to the development, implementation and maintenance of the
emergency program.
5.3 Review and evaluate the program to make sure it is effective.
5.4 Support any needs to improve and develop the program.
Development of each port's emergency plan
Each port must identify the possible emergencies, some general cases have been listed in the
procedure section, but each port remains responsible for developing its own emergency response plan.
That plan is reviewed annually.
Each port must conduct a risk assessment, including:
Climate risks:
Sea floods.
Storms.

65
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

6.3.2 Accidents caused by humans:

Building collapse
Fire and explosions
Spill or leak hazardous materials.
Vehicle accidents.
Collapse of water structures.
International risks caused by humans:
Bomb threat.
hooliganism.
Assault on staff and violence between staff.
Kidnapping (abduction of individuals or ships).
Hostilities.
Cyber-attack.
Theft.
Workers' strike.
Suspicious packages.
Terrorism.
The plan must contain:
Purpose.
The administrative structure of the emergency must contain the following:
Emergency roles.
Responsibilities in case of emergency.
Emergency Notification.
6.4.3.1 How to alert employees.
6.4.3.2 How to inform management.
6.4.3.3 How to tell the community.
6.4.3.4 How to tell the competent government agencies such as civil defense, the Higher
commission industrial Security and the Ministry of Interior or Civil Defense according to
the type of situation.
Emergency communication:
6.4.4.1 Emergency communication methods.
6.4.4.2 Calling on the persons, especially outside working hours and holidays.
6.4.4.3 Protocol for the use of radio.
6.4.4.4 The protocol for third-party communication and media - usually appoints a person with
high competence in public relations management or institutional communication.
Standard emergency procedures:
For all employees:
How to report emergencies.
How to deal with emergencies.
How to evacuate buildings.
How to evacuate the factory or facility.
How to deal with car and vehicle fires.
How to deal with hostilities.
How to deal with the bomb threat.
For emergency personnel:
Head Quarter Emergency instructions.
How to communicate.
How to estimate the situation and the size of the emergency.
Emergency Control Center conversion.
66
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Expand response.
Evacuation and control of the event site.
Staff count.
Prepare a response strategy.
Response methods.
Restore the situation.
Response plan:
How to deal with a particular event.
Some response departments can develop a specific plan to help the overall plan.
Attachments:
Map of the facility or port.
A list of radio users with names, functionality and code in the radio.
Calling list - A list of all emergency teams with their names, jobs, phone numbers
and radio code.
A list of special functions such as paramedics and others.
Procedures
Emergency scenarios:
Possible port emergency scenarios are:
Fires and explosions
Utility failure (water, electricity, air conditioning, etc.)
Medical accidents
Car accidents
Aggressive threat to staff
Violence in the workplace
Bomb threat/spread terror.
Suspicious package
Toxic/flammable gas emissions
Hazardous substance leakage
Structural collapse
Natural disasters
Structure of the emergency management system:
The ISD acts as the first response department during an emergency and maintains the following
emergency structure:
Security guards or staff - identify the incident and notify the security control room.
Act as first responders if they are trained to do so.
Security Control Room - Serves as a focal point for coordination and support for the
emergency response team at the scene.
Fire Chief - Acts as emergency coordinator until he is relieved by the Emergency
Coordinator of the SPA or the local civil defense.
The Emergency Response Team of the SPA is formed and mobilized in accordance with the
emergency response procedures at the facility.
Emergency Coordinator - Leads the emergency response team and ensures that
adequate resources and logistics are available to manage any emergency scenario.
Emergency Response Team develops and reviews the site's emergency response plan
periodically.
Emergency evacuation instructions:
Priorities for emergency evacuation are:

67
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

1st priority: protecting lives. Ensure that all staff at the site are properly warned
and take action to keep them safe (before taking any steps to prevent the spread of
the risk, save assets or eliminate the risk).
2nd priority is to prevent the spread of threats. Control and contain the extent
of the danger within the building if possible.
3rd priority is the preservation of assets and property in the affected area.
Prevent damage to the SPA's property, its connection and the property of the
employees.
4th Priority: Eliminating risks. Eliminate the threat (e.g., the use of fire
extinguishers).
Fires and explosions
Security Guard/ Employee
7.4.1.1 When a fire/explosion is detected, the nearest fire alarm should be activated and contact
the port's emergency number directly.
He tries to fight the fire – if he is trained to use a fire extinguisher and the fire is small.
If he can't control the fire, leaves immediately.
Do not return to the area until the emergency coordinator declares it a safe area.
Stop work immediately and stay calm and don’t be confused.
Do not ignore the warning signal (siren) during a state of emergency.
Close doors and windows when leaving the room if the situation allows.
Leave the building immediately via the nearest escape route dedicated for evacuation.
Use only Stairs and Do not use elevators.
Head to the designated Assembly Points.
Report to the Fire Marshall at the Assembly Point.
Security Control Room
The fire alarm system is monitored from the control room.
When alarm is activated, the Control Room Operator (CRO) shall contact:
The Emergency Coordinator,
The Security Supervisor and
The fire Shift Supervisor.
When the fire is confirmed by the security Shift supervisor, the control room operator
should contact the fire department directly.
Provide assistance in accordance with emergency response procedures to the
facilities.
Security Shift Supervisor/ Fire Chief
Security Supervisor/ Fire Chief and Fire Team respond to the fire/explosion site.
When the fire is confirmed, the fire team will take care of it until the emergency
coordinator arrives.
Activating the SPA Emergency Response Plan (ERP).
Assistance in accordance with the Emergency Response Plan (ERP) at the Port
Authority facility.
Inform the head of the fire and security department.
Emergency Coordinator/Event Leader and Emergency Response Team
Coordinates the Evacuation.
Act in accordance with the SPA facility Emergency Response Plan (ERP).
Declare the area safe or unsafe.
Fire extinguishers and their types
The building must have enough and proper fire extinguishers.
Extinguishers shall be inspected every 6 months, and it shall be recorded on a label.

68
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Types and uses of fire extinguishers:

Water extinguisher
Filled with water under pressurized inert gas.
Used to extinguish wood fires, leaves, fabric, plastics and solids in general.
Never use on live electrical equipment.
Never use it on oil, grease or minerals Fire.
Foam extinguisher
filled with water and organic materials producing a foam.
Used to extinguish fires of oils, greases, dyes and petroleum (generally liquid
fires).
Never use on live electrical equipment.
Dry powder extinguisher:
Packed with dry chemical powder.
Used to extinguish oil fires, dyes, gases, flammable substances and minerals
such as potassium, magnesium and sodium.
Used to extinguish electrical appliance fires (but may cause damage to those
devices).
CO2 extinguisher:
Filled with compressed carbon dioxide gas to the point of liquefaction.
Used to extinguish fires of oils, greases, dyes, electricity fires and flammable
liquids.

Figure 1 - Types of extinguishers

How to use a fire extinguisher:

Figure 2- How to use a fire extinguisher

69
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Disturbance to the Auxiliary facilities:

Security Man/ Employee
7.5.1.1 When a utility failure is discovered, the control room must be notified.
7.5.1.2 Act in accordance with the SPA Facility Emergency Response Plan (ERP).
Control Room (CR)
7.5.2.1 When notifying of the failure of auxiliary facilities- The Security Shift Supervisor/ Fire Chief
must be notified.
7.5.2.2 Contact the department supervising failed auxiliary facility to restore it, following the
confirmation from Security Shift Supervisor/ Fire Chief.
7.5.2.3 Assistance in accordance with SPA Facility emergency response procedures (ERP).
Security shift Supervisor/ Fire Chief
7.5.3.1 The Security Shift Supervisor/ Fire Chief responds to the scene until the emergency
coordinator arrives.
7.5.3.2 Confirm that your utility service provider is moving.
7.5.3.3 Act in accordance with SPA facility emergency response procedures (ERP).
Emergency Coordinator and Emergency Response Team
7.5.4.1 Act in accordance with SPA Facility Emergency Response Plan (ERP).
Work injuries and medical assistance:
Security Man/ Employee
7.6.1.1 When an employee is injured, action must be taken in accordance with the SPA Emergency
Response Plan (ERP).
7.6.1.2 Notify the control room.
7.6.1.3 If necessary, call an ambulance.
7.6.1.4 If necessary, provide direct CPR/immediate first aid if you are trained and qualified.
Control Room (CR)
7.6.2.1 When injuries are notified - the security or safety supervisor must be notified.
7.6.2.2 Provide assistance in accordance with the SPA Facility Emergency Response Plan (ERP).
Security or safety Shift supervisor
7.6.3.1 The shift supervisor moved to the Scene.
7.6.3.2 Confirm that ambulance moved to the scene.
7.6.3.3 Act in accordance with the SPA Facility Emergency Response Plan (ERP).
7.6.3.4 Ensure that the main gate security men are aware of the emergency services/ ambulance
arrival and if additional ambulance is required from outside the ports.
7.6.3.5 Report it to his direct supervisor.
7.6.3.6 Report the incident to the Occupational Safety and Health Department.
Emergency Coordinator and Emergency Response Team
7.6.4.1 Provide CPR/first aid if necessary.
7.6.4.2 Follow the SPA Facility Emergency Response Plan (ERP).
Medical Department:
7.6.5.1 Treats and assesses the injured the condition and if he or she needs an external medical
assistance.
Vehicle accidents
See vehicle accident procedures, "HSES-P.09.04 Vehicle Accidents".
Violence
Security Men/ Employee
In the event of a threat or act of aggression against the security man or any employee
- the control room or security supervisor must be informed immediately.
Cooperate with the incident investigation team.

70
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Control Room (CR)

Upon notification of the incident - The supervisor shall inform the security shift
supervisor.
Inform the security Head if requested by the Shift Supervisor.
Cooperate with the incident investigation team.
Security shift supervisor or safety shift supervisor:
Respond to the scene of the accident.
Intervene appropriately to resolve the situation.
In case the situation gets out of hand - local security agencies must be informed.
Use minimal physical force against the aggressor.
The Security shift Supervisor protects or deploys security men to protect staff and SPA
staff from the aggressor.
supervisor
Respond to the scene if necessary.
Intervene appropriately to resolve the situation.
The security shift supervisor or the Safety Shift supervisor shall be informed.
Bomb threat
Refer to Security Action - bomb threat, 'HSES-P.09.01'.
Suspicious package
Refer to Security Action - dealing with suspicious packages, 'HSES-P.09.02.
Toxic/flammable gas leaks
7.11.1 Security man/safety officer or employee
When the leak is discovered, the control room must be notified.
Control Room
The gas leak detection system is monitored from the control room.
The control room operator notifies the security shift supervisor and activates the alarm.
When confirming the leak and confirming the security or safety supervisor, the control
room operator should contact the Fire department or industrial security.
Assistance in accordance with the procedures of the Emergency Response Plan at the
General Port Authority.
Safety Shift Supervisor
Shift supervisor's response to the site of gas leaks and leakage of flammable materials.
When the leak is confirmed, he takes over until the emergency coordinator arrives.
In case of leakage, the control room operator should contact the fire department.
Activates the SPA Facility Emergency Response Plan (ERP).
Determine the facilities to suspend during an emergency.
Emergency Coordinator and Emergency Response Team
Coordination of the evacuation
Act in accordance with SPA Facility Emergency Response Plan (ERP).
Hazardous Substance Leakage
Security Man/Employee, Safety Officer or Port Operator
7.12.1.1 When a hazardous material leak is detected, the control room must be notified.
7.12.1.2 Should take the initiative to control the leak If:
7.12.1.2.1 If the size of the leak is manageable,
7.12.1.2.2 if he is trained to control the leakage and use leak control kit.
Control Room
Notify the Shift Safety Supervisor.
If necessary, sound the alarm.

71
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

If the leak is confirmed by the shift supervisor, the control room operator shall contact
the fire department.
Assistance in accordance with SPA Facility Emergency Response Procedures (ERP).
Safety Shift Supervisor
The shift supervisor responds to the leak site.
Quantify the impact and magnitude of the accident.
Informs the emergency coordinator.
Take over until the emergency coordinator arrives.
When the Shift supervisor confirms the leak, the control room operator should contact
the fire department (if necessary).
Activate the SPA Facility Emergency Response Plan (ERP).
Emergency Coordinator and Emergency Response Team
Coordinates the evacuation, if necessary.
Act in accordance with SPA Facility Emergency Response Plan (ERP).
During class B (liquid) leakage, coordinates all
vehicle or motorized road traffic. Table 1 Fire Rating by NFPA10
Coordinates the response to the situation and
Icon Use
decides which additional staff should be
A Solids
involved based on the situation. B Liquid/ Invasive Materials
Decide which facilities should be suspended Materials fires electrical
C
during an emergency. appliances
7.12.4.6 If the B-Class leak is flammable, stop all vehicle D Minerals
operations and automated road transport. K Oil fires
Collapse of buildings or Structure
Security Man/employee
When the collapse is discovered - The control room to be informed.
Evacuate the area.
Control room
The control room operator notifies the rosary supervisor of the event.
Notify the port fire team.
Safety Shift Supervisor
Go straight to the scene and work with the Fire Team.
Emergency Coordinator and Emergency Response Team
Coordinate the evacuation.
Act in accordance with the procedures of the SPA Facility Emergency Response Plan
(ERP).
Natural disasters
Security Man/Employee
Inform the Security Control Room.
Evacuation of the area
Control room
The control room operator notifies the shift safety supervisor.
Notify the fire team.
Security shift Supervisor / Safety
Asked he control room operator to contact the fire department.
Identify facilities that must be suspended during an emergency.
Emergency Coordinator and Emergency Response Team
Coordinate the evacuation.
Follow the SPA Facility of the Emergency Response Plan (ERP).
72
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Emergency training
All staff must be trained in the emergency response plan and for each scenario. This includes
orientation and periodic revitalization training.
The following training topics should be considered:
Members of
All operations
Procedure All employees the emergency
officers
response team
Emergency reporting procedures X X X

Initial emergency response procedures X X X

Use of fire extinguishers X X X

First aid and life support X X

Use of self-breathing apparatus X X

Accident command procedures X

Contingency action plans based on scenario X

Emergency wireless protocol X

Fire and rescue X

Hazardous materials response procedures X

Emergency training
The emergency response team should set an annual schedule of exercises and drills and monitor the
implementation.
One large-scale training involving full emergency regulation and mutual assistance shall be conducted
annually.
The Higher Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS) must be notified in advance of the large drill.
Small-scale drill shall be conducted in all regions/shift units for most credible specific region/unit
scenarios on a periodical basis.
Feedback must be provided to all SPA Facility staff on the drill and follow-up on the action.
Training involving actions that may harm people, damage assets or discontinue operations may not
be attempted.
Lessons learned and specific corrective actions must be recorded during the drill and tracked until
implemented.
10. Forms:
No Form Title Form Number Retention Period
001 HSES-F.20

73
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

First: HSES-P.09.01 bomb threat

Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to provide guidance to Security Staff and employees in the event of a bomb
threat at any of the SPA facilities.

Scope
This standard sets out what actions security staff and employees must take when receiving a bomb threat.

Definitions:
SPA: Saudi Port Authority.

ERP: Emergency Response Plan.

HQ: Head Quarter

ISD: Industrial Security Department.

HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security.

SSHE: Security, Safety, Health and Environment.

SSS: Security Shift Supervisor

Responsibilities
HQISD Manager:
Review and update the standard and its procedures.
Industrial Security Department (ISD)
4.2.1 Review the standard and its procedures.
Head of Security
4.3.1 Ensuring the security of the facility.
Security Shift Supervisor (SSS)
4.4.1 Ensure that the facility is secured and participate in implementing the ERP.
4.4.2 Inform the emergency control room
Emergency Response Team (ERT)
4.5.1 Implementation of the evacuation plan
4.5.2 Reporting to border guards
4.5.3 Informing the Supreme Industrial Security Authority
Control room
4.6.1 Notify the security supervisor when receiving a bomb threat.
4.6.2 Contact the emergency coordinator in accordance with ERP.
Employees, contractors and visitors
4.7.1 If the threat is received over the phone, the bomb threat information form is filled out and the
control room is notified.
4.7.2 If it is received via message, email or notes on the buildings, the procedure is followed, and the
control room is contacted.
Procedures
Receiving a bomb threat
5.1.1 Threat over the phone
5.1.1.1 Keep the caller quiet.
5.1.1.2 Listen to the caller, don't interrupt it except for the following questions:
5.1.1.2.1 Where do you call from?
5.1.1.2.2 Where's the bomb?
74
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

5.1.1.2.3 Is the bomb ticking?

5.1.1.2.4 What time it is going to explode?
5.1.1.2.5 Describe the bomb?
5.1.1.2.6 What's going to make the bomb explode?
5.1.1.2.7 What kind of explosives? Describe it?
5.1.1.2.8 Do you know why the bomb was placed?
5.1.1.2.9 How can the bomb be identified?
5.1.1.3 Keep the caller on the line for as long as possible.
5.1.1.4 Ask the caller to repeat his message.
5.1.1.5 Record every word mentioned by the caller.
5.1.1.6 Determine the sex of the caller (male or female), his accent, and his condition (normal or
abnormal, calm or angry).
5.1.1.7 Try to detect the caller's surroundings, such as engine sound, music, or any other sound that
may help you find out where the caller is.
5.1.1.8 Use the bomb threat information form to get as much information and details as possible
about it.
5.1.1.9 After the call is over, report it to the Control Room (CR) immediately. Write down your name,
department, and full details of a bomb threat. Use a bomb threat information form.
5.1.1.10 The control room informs a Shift security supervisor, who in turn notifies the ISD Manager.
5.1.1.11 Avoid using a radio, mobile radio or mobile phone to report a bomb threat.
5.1.2 Threat via message, email or notes on buildings
5.1.2.1 The recipient must guard the place and keep the staff away from the suspicious object. The
suspicious object or message must be left in the situation as found to protect any evidence.
5.1.2.2 Report to the control room immediately. Write down your name, department and full details
of a bomb threat. Use a bomb threat information form.
5.1.2.3 The control room will notify the security shift supervisor.
5.1.2.4 Avoid using a radio, mobile radio or mobile phone to report a bomb threat.
5.1.2.5 When the security shift supervisor arrives, hand over the suspected letter, email or any means
used to send the bomb threat.
5.1.2.6 Shift security Supervisor informs the ISD Manager.
Actions taken by the Head of the control room
5.2.1 When you receive a bomb threat, the controller in the control room acts as follows:
5.2.1.1 If he is the recipient of the bomb threat, he will act as stated in 5.1.
5.2.1.2 Inform the security supervisor of the activation of the SPA Facility ERP and to confirm the
threat.
5.2.1.3 Contact the emergency coordinator in accordance with ERP.
5.2.1.4 Prepare for any additional action that the SPA emergency response team (ERT) may request.
5.2.1.5 Refrain from using radios near the suspicious object as it might activate it.
5.3 Emergency response team procedures (ERT)
5.3.1 The supervisor meets with the ISD Manager and the SPA Emergency Coordinator in accordance with
the SPA Facility ERP to take the following action:
5.3.1.1 Activate the command-and-control center.
5.3.1.2 Report immediately to government authorities and request them to be ready to provide any
necessary assistance, such as requesting the explosives unit.
5.3.1.3 Estimate and determine the size of the threat.
5.3.1.4 Carry out area evacuation.
5.3.1.5 Prepare to welcome and accompany government agencies and confirm the meeting point.
5.3.1.6 Open a communication channel with the control room and share information with them.
5.3.1.7 Implementation the required measures to be taken in accordance with the facility's ERP.

75
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

5.3.1.8 Assistance for any required evacuation.

5.3.1.9 If the threat turns out to be incorrect, issue return to normal declaration.
Actions by Security Shift Supervisor
5.4.1 Implementation the ERP at the facility along with on-duty security personnel.
5.4.2 Respond to the scene and control it.
5.4.3 Surround and secure the area.
5.4.4 Along with the explosives unit try to find the suspicious bomb package.
5.4.5 Prepare to evacuate staff from the area if necessary.
5.4.6 The reception of the relevant government authority.
5.4.7 Maintain contact with the emergency response team (ERT).
Maintenance management actions
5.5.1 When maintenance staff are informed by their department, you should follow the following steps:
5.5.1.1 Refrain from starting any activities that may be difficult to stop quickly.
5.5.1.2 Review the facility's shutdown procedures during emergencies.
5.5.1.3 Stay close to control panels and reduce wireless communication.
5.5.1.4 Check the locations of contractors and their workers.
5.5.1.5 Prepare to receive any additional information from the ERT as they assess the situation from
within the Authority and its facilities.
5.6 Important observations
5.6.1 Avoid using radios (wireless). The best way to communicate is by landline (phone).
5.6.2 The emergency coordinator is responsible for official contact with all government agencies.
5.6.3 The emergency coordinator is the only authorized person who can decide to evacuate the control
rooms or suspend work at the facility in cooperation with the emergency response team.
5.6.4 Persons in in angered areas outside the facility (offices, workshops and warehouses) may be
evacuated to other buildings or areas if needed.
5.6.5 Alarms and other electronic sirens should not be activated.
5.6.6 The responsibility for detecting in a building is assigned to official bomb experts.
Forms
No Form Number Form Title Retention Period
001 SEC-F.18 Bomb threat 6 months

76
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Second: Specious packages HSES-P.09.02

Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to provide instructions and procedures to security and port staff in the event
of receiving a suspicious package at the Port Authority's facilities.

Scope
This standard determines what actions security personnel and people must take when a suspicious expulsion
is found or suspected.

Definitions:
Suspicious: Causing a person to have an idea or impression that someone or something is questionable,
unsafe or dangerous.

SPA: Saudi port Authority

ISD: Industrial Security Department.

HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security.

Responsibilities
4.1 HQISD Manager
4.1.1 Review and update the standard and its procedures.
4.2 Industrial Security Department (ISD)
4.2.1 Review of this standard.
4.3 Security Shift Supervisor
4.3.1 Ensure the facility is secure.
4.3.2 Coordinate the communication with civil defense and competent authorities
4.4 Employees, contractors and visitors
4.4.1 Inform the security shift supervisor and the security control room when any package is suspected.
Procedures
5.1 The following actions must be taken after the suspicious package has been found:
5.1.1 If the suspicious package is found by the Port Authority employee or during a security patrol of
the building, the security shift supervisor and the control room are immediately notified through
the nearest landline or in person and not by wireless devices.
5.1.2 The security shift supervisor must ensure that suspected packages are not touched or transported.
5.1.3 The security shift supervisor of will carry out the four measures:
5.1.3.1 Close the area and control the access and egress of the facility.
5.1.3.2 Control the evacuation of crowds by controlling entry and exit of buildings.
5.1.3.3 Cordon off the danger zone.
5.1.3.4 Cooperation with government agencies (bomb disposal unit) as soon as they arrive.
5.1.4 The security supervisor examines the package and after confirming that it is a suspicious package,
asks the security control room to execute the emergency plan of SPA Facilities and contact local
government agencies (border guards) and in case the situation is outside the border guards
informs the area police.
5.1.5 The supervisor may be asked to issue a general evacuation announcement.
5.1.6 The supervisor should ensure that the civil defense is notified, and that the emergency response
plan is activated.
5.1.7 The supervisor must ask the police to take care of the matter in dealing with the suspected
package.
5.1.8 Depending on the circumstances, a partial or total evacuation is carried out immediately.

77
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

There's no. 001

Third: Found items HSES-P.09.03

Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to provide guidance to security personnel if any property is reported missing or
any missing items are found.
Scope
This standard determines the actions to be taken when any of the property of the Port Authority is lost or an
item is found unattended.
Definitions
3.1 HQ: Head Quarter in Riyadh.
3.2 ISD: Industrial Security Department.
3.3 SPA: Saudi Port Authority
Responsibilities
Security Shift Supervisor
4.1.1 An investigation into the missing, what they are and what their recipes are.
4.1.2 Keep a record of all assets (items found after loss).
4.2 Security man.
4.2.1 Fill out the lost form (lost items) that were found in the absence of a security shift supervisor.
4.3 Employees, contractors and visitors
4.3.1 Report missing items found to security guards. In the event of loss of authority property, staff
members must report this to their direct manager.
Procedures
Missing items (objects)
Person Reporting Missing Items (Objects):
He must immediately report (the loss of an item, misplaced or stolen) as follows:
Report the incident to the security officers.
5.1.1.1.2 The direct manager also reports the loss of an item if the item is the property of
SPA.
5.1.1.1.3 The Reporting Employee must fill out the lost form. See Forms SEC-F.18.
5.1.1.1.4 In the event of the loss of property outside the port and the HQ in Riyadh, the staff
must report the incident to the police and inform the security supervisor at the
same time.
Security Department
All missing items reports must be referred to the Security Shift Supervisor for investigation.
5.1.2.2 The security officer receiving the first (initial) report must obtain all the required
information from the reporting employee, name and identity, description of the missing
items, when and where they were last seen and where they were normally stored.
During normal working hours, the reporting employee must be met by the Security Shift
Supervisor, who will record all the information.
The Security Shift Supervisor must inform security officers of the description of the items
lost inside the SPA facilities and ask them to conduct a thorough search and report
suspicious items, whether a person or item.

78
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Security supervisor must inform the head of the security department of the incident if
necessary.
Security supervisor visits the scene to gather any information as required:
Statement of the person who reported the missing items.
The names of the other individuals involved in the incident.
The person responsible for the missing things.
Witnesses.
Evidence of missing and missing items at the scene.
Identify potential suspects.
Take photos of the scene.
Security Supervisor Must conduct the investigation and submit the report to the ISD
Manager with its findings and recommendations.
5.1.3 Disciplinary action
5.1.3.1 Border guards should be informed of criminal conduct within their scope of operation and
the police in areas outside the border guards' work should be informed for further action.
Negligence must be dealt with in accordance with the SPA’s procedures.
Assets (lost (item) found)
Unaccompanied items in prayer rooms, toilets, etc. are delivered by staff and security personnel
to the security to keep it in a safe and secure location.
The Security Shift Supervisor must keep a record of all the found items.
Staff must be periodically informed of any items found and in safe and secure location.
Unclaimed assets (found) are disposed of within three months in accordance with SPA’s
procedures or in case of expired items such as Food and medicine, and for found money SPA
procedure shall be taken.
Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

12 months SEC-F.18 Lost 001

79
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Fourth: Traffic Accidents HSES-P.09.04

Purpose:
The purpose of this standard is to provide guidance on how to report and deal with traffic accidents that
fall within the responsibility of SPA.
Scope:
This criterion concerns the procedures that security personnel must follow in the event of a traffic accident
at the General Port Authority.
Definition:
3.1 SPA: Saudi Port Authority.
3.2 HQ: Head Quarter in Riyadh
3.3 ISD: Industrial Security Department.
Responsibilities
Security Shift Supervisor
Move immediately to the traffic accident scene which is located within the SPA’s property and
provide support and coordinate the procedures to surround the incident.
Report the incident to the supervisor.
Report the incident to the ISD Manager.
Control room
Inform the security shift supervisor in the event of a traffic accident.
Employees, contractors and visitors
Report any traffic accident to the nearest security man or security control room
Procedures
5.1 General:
5.1.1 The Security Shift Supervisor at his Port Authority facilities must respond to the traffic accident
site inside the SPA property to provide support and coordinate the procedures to surround the
incident and make it safe.
5.1.2 In addition to contacting the traffic police, the security supervisor must report the incident. The
report must include statements by the parties concerned and a sketch for the accident location,
with the causes and circumstances of the incident.
5.1.3 The incident report is not intended for the purpose of the legal action, but rather to determine
the root causes and circumstances of the accident to carry out preventive measures and to initiate
repair of the damages.
5.2 Actions in the event of an accident:
5.2.1 Report the incident to the nearest security man or control room (CR)
5.2.2 The security man or control room informs the Security Shift Supervisor (SSS).
5.2.3 The security supervisor begins to move to the scene.
5.2.4 The security supervisor takes control of the scene and may need to activate the emergency
response plan and implement it and inform the traffic police.
5.2.5 Take notes and details of the incident report.
5.2.6 Inform the head of the security department.
Types of traffic types:
5.3.1 Accident of private vehicles and no damage to the SPA property
5.3.1.1 The incident is referred to the traffic police for a "traffic accident" involving only private
vehicles (staff or visitors) in the event of an accident in the Authority and the SPA property
is not damaged.

80
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

5.3.1.2 The Security Shift Supervisor should report the incident to the ISD Head, which will be kept
in the record.
5.3.2 Vehicle accident owned by SPA.
5.3.2.1 When the SPA’s vehicle is involved in the accident, the security supervisor must be
informed immediately.
5.3.2.2 The security shift supervisor shall report to the scene and report it to traffic/”Najim”.
5.3.2.3 The Security Shift Supervisor should aid with medical support, car recovery, etc.
5.3.2.4 The Shift Supervisor must obtain the name and contact details of all parties concerned, as
well as all the information required to report the incident.
5.3.2.5 The shift supervisor must complete and submit the traffic accident reporting form (see
Forms SEC-F.20).
6. Forms
No Form No Form Title Retention
001 SEC-F.20 Traffic accidents For life

81
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Fifth: Violence in the Workplace HSES-P.09.05

Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to provide guidance to security staff on how to deal with violence at the
workplace cases.
Scope
This standard includes procedures and education for security personnel on how to deal with violence cases
or any riots in the SPA Facilities, which include employees, contractors, workers or any other group of
persons.
Definition
3.1 Competent security agencies: Ministry of Interior Security agencies.
3.2 Emergency: A serious and unexpected situation, often dangerous and requires immediate action.
3.3 Criminal assault Incidents: Act of aggression that led to serious crimes against individuals or society and
harm their safety, accompanied by a kind of violence and resistance. This results in serious harm to the
victim, such as murder, armed assault and severe beating leading to death.
3.4 Law enforcement violence: Government law enforcement agencies are the police, the facilities security
force, etc.
3.5 Incidents of non-criminal assault (misdemeanors): Less level of assault that do not amount to criminal
incidents and cause minor harm to the victim, such as altercations, verbal abuse and attempted assault.
3.6 Scene: The exact location of the attack.
3.7 Violence: Behavior involving physical force that can lead to the abuse, destruction, killing of a person or
other illegal practices of physical force or intimidation by displaying such force.
Responsibilities
4.1 Human Resources Management
4.1.1 Inform the ISD Manager of any termination of the contract.
4.1.2 Conduct awareness campaigns for SPA staff on how to deal with each other and with external
customers (Customers or contractors) through awareness messages and coordination with
training departments to implement educational programs and seminars, thereby making
everyone aware of how to deal with such situations.
4.2 Risk management in financial activity
4.2.1 Coordinate with the insurance company and loss assessors to examine the incident site and
estimate losses and damages if any.
4.2.2 Follow-up with the insurance company to collect compensation and provide the legal
management with the value of the losses.
4.3 ISD in violence Location:
4.3.1 Considering the provisions of the regulations and regulations governing industrial security and
compliance with the internal regulations of the Authority, ISD takes the following measures at
the time of a violence incident within SPA Facilities:
4.4 Cases of non-criminal offences
4.4.1 If the incident is between SPA staff:
4.4.1.1 The security officer must immediately go to the scene and resolve the dispute in
appropriate ways depending on the circumstances of the incident. If the security man
encounters strong resistance that may threaten his safety, he or she has the right to use
the electric stick until the aggressor is under control. Without accidentally exceeding and
causing serious harm in accordance with the instructions and skills he has been trained in.
4.4.1.2 The security man must inform the security control center.
4.4.1.3 The security control center should immediately contact the relevant security authorities.
Writing a report about the incident, whether the incident constituted an breach affecting
the dignity or reputation of the SPA staff.

82
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

A preliminary investigation must be conducted, and a copy of the investigation report

must be provided to the relevant security authorities.
Write the report.
A copy of the case file must be transferred to the Legal Department to assess whether
there is any violation of SPA regulations.
If the incident occurs between the SPA’s Staff and Customers or contractors:
The security officer must immediately go to the scene and resolve the dispute in
appropriate ways depending on the circumstances of the incident. If the security man
encounters strong resistance that may threaten his safety, he or she has the right to use
the electric stick until the aggressor is under control. Without accidentally exceeding and
causing serious harm in accordance with the instructions and skills he has been trained in.
The security man must inform the security control center.
Reconciliation between the two parties is carried out in accordance with ISD and border
guards’ measures and shall be documented in writing.
If reconciliation is not accepted by the parties to the incident, the security control center
summons the competent security authorities. The security supervisor must hand over the
parties and tools to the competent authorities.
A preliminary investigation must be conducted, and a copy of the investigation report
must be provided to the relevant security authorities.
You must write a report.
Follow-up investigations with the competent security authorities and provide the legal
department where the incident occurred with any events, documents, records and results
reached to ensure the preservation of the legal status of the SPA.
A copy of the case file must be transferred to the Legal and Human Resources Department
to assess whether there is any violation of the SPA regulations and procedures.
Criminal Cases - ISD:
The security officer must immediately go to the scene and resolve the dispute in
appropriate ways depending on the circumstances of the incident. If the security man
encounters strong resistance that may threaten his safety, he or she has the right to use
the electric stick until the aggressor is under control. Without accidentally exceeding and
causing serious harm in accordance with the instructions and skills he has been trained in.
The security man must inform the security control center.
The security man secures the scene and ensures that the parties and tools of the incident
are preserved.
The Industrial Security Operations Room should immediately call the competent security
authorities to the scene and hand them over to the site, the parties to the incident and its
tools.
The ISD Control Room should call on the SPA Risk Management Department to examine
the scene and assess losses before making changes.
You should write a report that includes:
Date and time.
Clear answers to the five investigative questions as much as possible (what - when
- where - who - why).
Consider the sequence of events and highlight the facts clearly.
The signatures of the parties to the incident are supported by witness testimony,
if any, in addition to the signature of the director of the department where the
incident occurred and informing The Shift Security Supervisor.
Follow-up investigations with the security authorities.

83
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Provide the legal department and human resources where the incident occurred with all
the documents, records and results reached related to the event, to ensure the SPA legal
position is maintain in safe condition.
A copy of the case file must be transferred to the Legal Department to assess whether
there is any violation of SPA Policies and Procedures.
Responsibility for the department where the incident occurred in locations where industrial security is
available:
Inform the industrial security personnel present at the site immediately.
Seize the parties and tools of the incident until the ISD officers arrive and hand over the scene
and the parties and tools of the incident to ISD Personnel.
Providing the legal department and the ISD with the latest events and findings to ensure the
preservation and integrity of SPA legal position.
4.6 Responsibility for the Department of Industrial Security in locations where the security personnel of the
Authority are not present:
Follow-up investigations with the competent security authorities.
To provide the Legal Department and human resources with the location of the incident and
the latest events and findings to ensure the preservation and integrity SPA Legal Position.
Refer a copy of the case file if any to the legal department to check if there is any violation to
SPA policies and procedures.
Implement SPA procedure during any occupational accident, in accordance with safety
procedures and fill out the form number HSES-F.17.
The department where the incident occurred in locations where the Industrial Security Department is not
present:
Implement SPA Procedure, the management in which the aggression incident occurred takes
the following measures:
Perform the same tasks as the ISD within the available tools and means.
Refer the case file to the ISD to follow up investigations with the competent security
authorities. The ISD informs the legal department of the incident and the results of the
investigation to ensure that the legal status of SPA is maintained.
Send a copy of the case file to the Legal Department to check if there is any violation to
the labor laws and the SPA Policies and Procedures for employees’ the incident.
Legal management activity:
Without violating the specific jurisdictions of legal affairs activity in accordance with SPA policies
and procedure, the legal affairs department takes the following measures:
Providing legal advice for ISD the employee’s department at the end of the incident to
ensure the maintaining of SPA Legal position.
Conducting the necessary investigations with the SPA staff and submitting the results of
the investigation to the competent authority, taking into account the compliance with
the telegram of His Royal Highness the Second Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of
interior No. 1/18/S//30575/2sh dated 05/05/1428 H regarding the need to coordinate
with the General Secretariat of the High commission Industrial Security before
conducting any investigation with any industrial security official in his field in order to
assign a representative from HCIS to participate in the investigation procedures.
Represent the Authority before the competent judicial authorities, if necessary, in
coordination with other activities, and follow up on the implementation of the final
rulings issued in favor of the SPA.
Consider the legal status of the employee in the event of a final ruling in the case from
the Shariah Court and submit the results and recommendations to the SPA authorized
person.

84
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Provide the direct employee’s superior with the incident and the investigation outcome
of the investigation which was approved by the SPA authorized person.
Provide the Human Resources Department with the results of the investigation after its
approval by the authorized person.
Employees, contractors and visitors:
Report any signs of violence to ISD personnel or ISD supervisors.
Report any act or aggressive or threat to the ISD Unit.
Procedures
Helping staff
Employees can help prevent violence in the workplace by:
Notify the security shift supervisor or supervisor of any unusual Behavior conducted by a
current or former employee or anyone else:
Constantly complains about the working environment in general.
Speaks of a real or untrue grievance against any supervisor, makes verbal threats
or makes physical threats to his supervisor or direct manager.
He has a relative or another person close to him who calls or comes to the
workplace and causes disturbance in the work environment.
He visits the Authority after the termination of his contract to talk to former co-
workers about receiving unfair treatment.
Report any threatening phone calls, no matter how unimportant they may seem.
Immediately report the ISD any threat incidents if they occur.
In the event of any act or threat of aggression against a security man, employee or property of
the Authority, report immediately to the ISD, the Security Control Room or the Security Shift
Supervisor.
5.2 Security man's actions towards individual and group altercations (fights):
5.2.1 Security man's actions towards individual and group altercations:
5.2.1.1 Individual fight
Step 1: Understanding the situation:
Always use your natural intuition.
Be clam in all cases.
Don't take a person's behavior as directed against you.
Ask what happened and show interest in a respectful way.
Think of a personal apology.
Try to understand the core of what a person is saying, this brief
understanding will make you focus your attention on the subject and what
you should do.
Step 2: Find out if the person is dangerous or not:
Act with the non-dangerous person as follows:
Put an end to the situation quietly and strictly, such as saying "Please
lower your voice and be patient so I can help you", and this phrase can
be formulated in a pleasant and gentle manner.
Ask the person to control his behavior, such as saying "inconvenience
is a violation to the law, and if you do not stop disturbing, I will call
the police."
If the person does not control his disturbing behavior, tell him that the
police will enter the arrest, such as saying, "Please go outside and if
you do not go out, I will call the police and you will be arrested, and
the matters will be complicated."
Act with the dangerous person as follows:
85
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Don't isolate yourself with this person, stay away from him, don't give
him your back and sit down.
Use a quiet and non-confrontational style, explain to him your desire
to listen to him, and understand his problem.
Do not touch the person at all, push him lightly or hold an arm that
the person may understand as an assault on him.
Impose limits on the behavior of the person you wish, such as saying,
"Please lower your voice, please stop shouting and disturbing, or I will
ask you to leave."
Send a signal to one of your colleagues to ask for help, and your
colleague should tell the immediate boss or the police.
Do not mention disciplinary procedures (request to leave or contact
the police) if you fear that this will lead to an angry reaction from the
person.
Try to pull out of the site as you say, "your questions are difficult, or
you have made the situation very difficult and I have to consult my
boss."
Don't feel obligated to fix the situation, and always reach your boss.
5.2.1.2 Act in the case of Group quarrels (fights) and crowds:
5.2.1.2.1 Work towards peaceful masses as follows:
5.2.1.2.1.1 Do not allow gathering around the location where you are stationed.
5.2.1.2.1.2 Tell the crowd to go ahead and move.
5.2.1.2.1.3 Get as many guards as possible to maintain their positions.
5.2.1.2.1.4 Place barriers, or security Taps, to determine it as a safe area.
5.2.1.2.1.5 Place barriers to help control traffic.
5.2.1.2.1.6 Be quiet, gentle, and strict.
5.2.1.2.1.7 Use loudspeakers to tell the crowd what to do or not to do.
5.2.1.2.1.8 Maintain a passable road for ambulances and equipment.
5.2.1.2.1.9 In the case of planned gatherings (ceremony, lecture, greeting) identify the
following places (ambulance locations - toilet places - phones and parking
lots).
Act towards violent crowds as follows:
5.2.1.2.2.1 Tell your immediate boss and he'll report it to the police for help.
5.2.1.2.2.2 Help the police by complying to their directives and assisting police can
include (placing roadblocks and roadblocks on the road - isolating and
assembling community leaders - guarding temporarily arrested persons -
controlling and directing traffic from cars and persons - collecting
information on organizers and leaders of the assembly, number of people,
place of assembly, weapons that may be in the possession of collection,
facility maps or figures, control and control places).
Reporting procedures
In the event of an attack within the SPA facilities, the following communication
procedures must be followed:
The Industrial Security Operations Room receives the communication and passes it
to the competent security agencies.
In locations where ISD is not present, the Department Manager where the attack
took place, or his acting official informs the competent security authorities and
briefs the Industrial Security Operations Room on the incident.

86
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

When informing the Industrial Security Operations Room or the competent security
authorities, consider the following:
Give the full name, location, incident parties, type and time of the
accident.
Mention the facts and events as they are without exaggeration or
underestimating.
Give the names of witnesses if available.
Human Resources Department:
Inform the security supervisor of any employee who resigns, or his contract terminated, shows
any tendency to violence or expresses a strong dislike of the supervisor or a colleague at work.
Follow-up with the manager or supervisor of the aggressive employee and ensure that any
agreed penalty is enforced.
Rules of reconciliation:
The Reconciliation shall be in writing and sign by both parties involved in the incident and the
Industrial Security Supervisor, supported by witness testimony, if any, before the end of that
day.
Reconciliation may not be offered in an incident relating to the public right.
Reconciliation may not be provided if the incident involves the public right.
Control and investigation:
In the event of an attack inside the SPA facilities, the limits of the control and investigation
authority must be known when dealing with the incident as follows:
The criminal control and investigation of crimes is outside the jurisdiction of SPA, based on the
criminal procedure law issued by Royal Decree No. M/39 and date 28/07/1422 H.
Industrial security seizes and arrests any person carrying subversive or terrorist materials,
illegal weapons or contraband inside SPA facilities and immediately delivers it with the seizures
to the competent security authorities.
ISD conducts a preliminary investigation into incidents of non-criminal assault that occur within
the SPA facilities and provides the competent security authority with an investigation report,
while in incidents of criminal assault, the parties and equipment of the incident are handed
over to the competent security authorities.
6. Forms:
No Form number Form Title Retention Period
001 HSES-F.17 Final incident report For life

Sixth: HSES-P.09.06 security alert levels

Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to provide guidance to security personnel on security measures to be
implemented at different levels of security threats.
Scope
This standard covers the response procedures of security personnel in the event of an increased level of
security alert in the facilities of the General Port Authority.
Definition:
5.1 Security threat level 1: The level at which minimum appropriate preventive security measures must be
always maintained.
5.2 Security threat level 2: The level at which appropriate additional preventive security measures must be
maintained for a period because of an increased risk or security incident.

87
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

5.3 Security threat level 3: The level at which maximum security protection measures must be maintained
for a limited period when a security incident is likely or imminent.
5.4 SPA: Saudi Port Authority.
5.5 ISD: Industrial Security Department.
5.6 HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security Department.
Responsibilities
6.1 SPA President:
6.1.1 Determining the security situation (LEVEL) of SPA.
6.2 HQISD Manager
6.2.1 Assessing the security situation and determining its level.
6.2.2 Inform the SPA President of the assessment and the level.
6.3 Department of Security and Safety
6.3.1 Implementing and maintaining the security situation (level).
6.4 Supervisor
6.4.1 Enforcement and implementation of security measures.
6.5 Security Man.
6.5.1 Implement security measures and report any suspicious behavior to the security shift supervisor.
6.6 Employees, contractors and visitors
6.6.1 Create a safe and secure working environment.
Procedures
7.1 Security activities will be conducted according to and consistent with the security threat level at any
given time. The threat level is set in two ways:
7.1.1 The Saudi Interior Ministry sets the level of security threat and the security situation to be
adopted.
7.1.2 The SPA President determines the security situation of Ports in cooperation with the HQISD
Manager through the advice of the ISD Manager.
7.2 The ISD Manager implements and maintains the security situation.
Security Threat/ Risk Level
8.1 There are three (3) levels of security threat/risk that apply to SPA. The procedures and their frequency
may differ from those applied in other parts of Saudi Arabia due to the nature of the threat, physical
design and conditions in the SPA facilities. Levels range from the level 1 to 3 level as 1 is the lowest level
while 3 is the highest.
8.2 Department managers and staff are individually and collectively responsible for implementing
permanent security measures during each threat level. Every employee working at SPA facility is
responsible for creating a safe working environment. The three levels of security threat are as follows:
8.2.1 Security threat level 1
8.2.1.1 Security Threat Level 1 is the level at which minimum appropriate preventive security
measures must be always maintained. This is the level at which normal operations operate
without the need for additional security measures.
8.2.2 Security Threat Level 2
8.2.2.1 Security Threat Level 2 is the level at which appropriate additional preventive security
measures must be maintained for a period as a result of a serious risk or security incident.
8.2.3 Security threat level 3
8.2.3.1 Security Threat Level 3 is the level at which further preventive security measures set for a
limited period are maintained when a security incident is likely or imminent, although the
specific target cannot be determined. The SPA must respond and implement security
measures in accordance with the instructions of the Ministry of Interior.
Security Threat Levels Implementation
9.1 Security threat level 1 - Regular Operations
88
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

9.1.1 During Security Threat Level 1, security tasks and procedures are the best basic security practices
to ensure a safe working environment for regular day-to-day operations for employees. The
security situation of SPA will not be less than the basic security measures provided for at the level
1.
9.1.2 The following basic access control measures apply:
9.1.2.1 100% ID check on arrival (visual and electronic) - for everyone
9.1.2.2 100% ID card check for all visitors
9.1.2.3 100% Vehicle Identification (VIS)
9.1.2.4 10% official search for vehicles (undercarriage, interior)
9.1.2.5 10% luggage inspection (entry)
9.1.2.6 10% official vehicle inspection (exit)
9.1.2.7 10% luggage inspection (exit)
9.1.2.8 Routine patrols on facilities and buildings - twice a day
9.1.3 When identifying any suspicious conduct, the security officer on duty must immediately inform
the security supervisor and request his presence for any/or all the above tests.
9.2 Security threat level 2 - Increasing the security situation
9.2.1 The second level of threat is applied when the General Authority of Ports or police/ Saudi army
indicates the need to increase the security situation, or when the SPA President determines that
the internal situation requires an increase in the security situation in the SPA facilities.
9.2.2 The following basic access control measures apply:
9.2.2.1 100% ID check on arrival (visual and electronic) - for everyone
9.2.2.2 100% Vehicle Identification (VIS)
9.2.2.3 50% - Vehicle inspection (undercarriage, internally, exoskeleton, engine)
9.2.2.4 50% - Luggage inspection (entry)
9.2.2.5 30% - Vehicle inspection (exit)
9.2.2.6 30% - Luggage inspection (exit)
9.2.2.7 50% - Metal detector (entry)
9.2.2.8 Routine patrols on facilities and buildings - 3 times a day
Security threat level 3 - Specific threat (high security)
9.3.1 The third level of threats is applied when this is determined by the SPA and/ or the Saudi
police/army to the presence of a specific, directed or significant threat.
9.3.2 The following basic access control measures apply:
9.3.2.1 100% ID check on arrival (visual and electronic) - for everyone
9.3.2.2 100% Vehicle Identification (VIS)
9.3.2.3 100% - Vehicle inspection (undercarriage, internally, exoskeleton, engine)
9.3.2.4 100% - Luggage inspection (entry)
9.3.2.5 100% - Vehicle inspection (exit)
9.3.2.6 100% - Luggage inspection (check-out)
9.3.2.7 100% - Metal Detector (Entry)
9.3.2.8 100% - Metal Detector (Exit)
9.3.2.9 Routine patrols on facilities and buildings - 4 times a day
9.3.2.10 Limited access or delivery vehicles to the Premises of the General Port Authority
9.3.3 Note 1: This inspection of vehicles is specifically for improvised explosive devices and explosives,
and contraband can be found.
9.3.4 Note 2: The HQISD and ISD Managers may decide that no vehicles are allowed into the Premises
of the SPA during a Level 3 security threat and all vehicles will be stopped off-site.
Forms
No Form number Form Title Retention
001 N/A

89
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Seventh: HSES-P.09.07 Security Breaches

Purpose:
The purpose of this standard is to highlight the types of security violations and best practices to avoid
stealing sensitive information.
Scope:
This standard applies to all SPA information, including printed and electronic copies of documents and
procedures for dealing with them.
Definition:
3.1 SPA: Saudi Port Authority.
3.2 ISD: Industrial Security Department.
HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security Department.
Responsibilities
4.1 ISD Manager
4.1.1 Provide resources to ensure that procedures are properly distributed and understood by staff
4.2 Security man.
4.2.1 Implementation of the measures contained in the standard.
4.3 Employees, contractors and visitors
4.3.1 Follow the measures contained in the standard.
Procedures
5.1 Types of accidents
5.1.1 The most common security breaches are:
5.1.1.1 Loss of sensitive data or equipment on which this data is stored (e.g. laptop, USB, tablet
and paper records).
5.1.1.2 Theft or failure of sensitive data or equipment on which such data is stored (e.g. laptop and
paper records).
5.1.1.3 Weak system (e.g., the use of neglected encryption protocols).
5.1.1.4 Unauthorized access to data or information systems (e.g., resulting from password sharing
or theft of credentials).
5.1.1.5 Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive information (e.g. e.g. e-mail or document sent to an
incorrect address or individual).
5.1.1.6 Malware infection - viruses software and others.
5.1.1.7 Information systems are disrupted, or service denied.
How to avoid
5.2.1 All SPA employees must:
5.2.1.1 Follow document security procedures, 'SEC-P.02.01 Document Security'
5.2.1.2 Follow the document control instructions developed by the Port Authority.
5.2.1.3 Use passwords in files with sensitive information. Password sharing is strictly prohibited.
5.2.1.4 Destroy all physical documents that are not in use.
5.2.2 In addition, IT staff must:
5.2.2.1 Follow document security procedure, ‘SEC-P.02.01 Document Security'
5.2.2.2 Create appropriate cybersecurity protocols.
5.2.2.3 Ensure installation and proper work of the antivirus system.
5.2.2.4 Use data encryption.
5.3 Recording security breaches
5.3.1 Security violations must be recorded in accordance with the Security Incident Reporting Standard,
"SEC-P.03.03 Security Incident"
6. Forms
No Form number Form Title Retention
90
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

001 N/A

91
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Setting Objectives and Targets

HSES-P.10

92
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Purpose
Setting goals is important in SSHE (Security, Safety, Health and Environment), as the goals help grow and
develop these systems and motivate staff and management to achieve them.

Scope
The scope of this standard covers all functions and functions performed at ports by all port staff, operators
and contractors.

Definitions
3.1. Objectives: A set of final results that ports seek to achieve in the field of security, safety and the
environment.
SSHE: Security, Safety, Health and Environment.
ISD: industrial Security Department.
HQ: Head Quarter
HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security Department.
Responsibilities
SPA President:
Responsible for the final approval of the general objectives.
Responsible for providing the necessary resources to ensure that those goals are achieved
Responsible for monitoring the performance of targets on a semi-annual basis through
regular meetings of the SSHE Committee.
HQISD Manager:
responsible for the periodic update of the standard.
responsible for monitoring the application of this standard and conduct a training program
for administrators of this standard in a simplified manner.
A training program is repeated in September each year, as a reminder to management of the
importance of setting goals and starting to do so.
He is responsible for compiling all the objectives and presenting them to the SPA President
for final approval and also presents some of the objectives as general targets for all SPA ports
and is circulated to all ports.
Port ISD Managers:
Responsible for port management training on this standard.
Monitor the application of the standard at its port.
Keep a copy of all its annual port objectives and send a copy to the HQISD by the end of
October each year.
Port General Manager:
Make sure that all port Management Staff and operators are familiar with this standard and
its applications.
Targets are reviewed periodically every three months at SSHE committee meetings.
Provide resources to achieve those goals.
Department managers and supervisors:
Managers are responsible for setting and implementing goals within their responsibilities.
Goals are reviewed monthly to make sure they are implemented.
Keep goal records and be ready when asked to submit them.
Port ISD – Safety Section:
Monitor the application of the standard by all.
Write a quarterly report on the implementation of the standard.
Train all levels of administrators on this standard at their ports.

93
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Participate in setting annual goals and make sure that everyone understands the application
method correctly.
Operators and contractors at the port:
Set annual Objectives and Targets, follow up objectives implementation and submit a
quarterly report on those goals to the port general manager and the port's ISD manager.
Introduction to goals
Some SSHE requirements take time to implement, and they are not instant application. Therefore, the
objectives must be set for their implementation and those objectives should be within a specific time frame.

How to Establish the goals

Setting goals is a natural process that stems from within the SSHE system, and through its standards and
procedures, for example, the objectives may stem from the following processes:
The risk assessment process which may result in some solutions that need a time frame to
implement, so the solution becomes a goal with a time frame because it is difficult to
implement immediately or within a short time.
The process of identifying local laws and their requirements. Some laws need time to
implement, and the task of implementation may become a goal.
Some employee suggestions or complaints may also turn into a goal.
The outcomes and solutions of some accidents may turn into targets, especially if the solution
is required to be applied in all ports.
6.1.5 The outputs of the internal or external audit process.
6.1.6 Health survey outputs.
6.1.7 Benchmarking outputs with other companies and ports.
and other requirements.
Goal Characteristics
characteristics of the goals / Objectives
Specific, clear and without any ambiguity.
The ability to measure goals clearly.
The possibility of achieving them is not difficult to achieve and does not depend on luck or
chance.
Realistic and fact-based.
with a specific timeframe for its application.
Each department must set at least 4 goals per year.
When to set goals
Before the end of each calendar year (September), the management of each port meets and sets
objectives in the areas of:

Safety and Health.

Fire.
Environment.
These objectives will be sent after approval by the Port General Manager to the HQ in Riyadh at the
latest in October and attach a plan to implement each goal.
General objectives
All objectives are collected by the HQISD and therefore issued general approval by the HQ for the objectives
and at the same time the HQ in Riyadh formulates central objectives to be circulated to all ports and asks
everyone to achieve those goals during the year.

Forms
No. Form Number Form Title Retention Period
94
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

001 HSES-F.10 Annual Goals Form

002 HSES-F.11 How goals will be achieved form

95
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Communication in the Security, Safety and

Environment, internally and externally
HSES-P.11

Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to describe the method:
96
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Internal and external communication procedures.

How to consult with workers, contractors, operators and visitors.
Measures to communicate with government and external agencies regarding security, safety and the
environment.
Scope
The scope of this standard covers all port departments, operators, contractors, visitors and government
agencies.

Definition and Abbreviations:

Consultation: Is to request the opinion of the other or to exchange views and ideas about a particular
subject in Security, Safety, Health and Environment.
Communication: An understanding between two specific parties such as two systems, two entities or
two persons, one party is sent at one time, and the other party has a future at another.

ISD: Industrial Security Department.

HQ: Head Quarter.
HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security.
Responsibilities
HQISD Manager:
Responsible for the periodic update of the standard.
Responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.
Submit a semi-annual report on the procedure.
Keep copies of communication with third parties in a special file on safety and security matters.
Operations and Maritime Safety Manager:
4.2.1 To submit a semi-annual report on internal and external communication in the Security, Safety
and Environment Committee.
4.2.2 To keep copies of communication with third parties in a special file on environmental matters.
Port General Manager:
4.3.1 Make sure that all port Management Staff, operators and contractors are aware of this
standard and its applications.
4.3.2 Participate in safety conversations periodically.
Port ISD Managers:
4.4.1 Responsible to introduce this standard to all port departments, operators and contractors.
4.4.2 Monitor the application of the standard at its port.
4.4.3 Participating in safety talks.
Department managers:
4.5.1 They must apply the requirements of this standard in their departments.
4.5.2 Inform operators and contractors under his command about this standard.
4.5.3 Participating in safety talks.
Head of Port Safety:
4.6.1 Follow-up the application and keep a legal record showing the extent to which the law is applied
at the port.
4.6.2 Participate in safety conversations periodically.
Operators and contractors at the port:
4.7.1 To apply the requirements of this standard by communicating with their employees as well as
with ports.
Consultation with staff on security, safety and the environment
Staff must be consulted through the SSHE meetings, and the SSHE committee held monthly in each
port department according to HSES-P.07.
97
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Staff on these committees should be consulted through a representative who conveys to the
committees the views of staff on SSHE Issues.
The port administration can use other methods to consult staff directly when required.
Consultation and communication with third parties
Consultation with government and other entities must be continuous to contribute to the development
of standards at the port, and the application and understanding of regulations as required in this
standard, which contributes to improving and developing the performance of the SPA, including third
parties, for example:
Ministry of Labor
The Ministry of Interior, which consists of:
Civil Defense
Higher commission for Industrial Security
General Authority for Meteorology and Environmental Protection
Hospitals near ports and arrange with them for emergencies.
PUBLIC who may be affected by the port business.
SSHE Consultant (External).
and other related actors.
Some topics to which can be communicated:

Subject Sender Receiver What time How to

Industrial An official letter
Security regarding a
Port operators Department Port operators Within 30 days particular
and contractors Operations and contractors (if possible) meeting.
Management and Regular
Maritime Safety meetings.
Industrial
Security
Information Department Through official
Maritime Agent Right away
about the ship Operations channels
Management and
Maritime Safety
Industrial To name but a
Security few: The
Immediately
Government Department Supreme Through official
after the audit
regulators Operations Industrial channels
is over.
Management and Security
Maritime Safety Authority
Industrial
Security
Beneficiary Department Beneficiary Within 30 days Through official
companies Operations companies (if possible) channels
Management and
Maritime Safety
Port Media According to
Media Right away
Administration Organizations requests

Official authorities may continue to request information on security, safety and the environment, as
such information must be communicated through official channels in writing so that there is no
misunderstanding between the parties.

98
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

All correspondence with government agencies must be maintained by the Department of Industrial
Security, the Department of Operations and Maritime Safety.
Communicating with port employees, contractors and operators
Employees, contractors and operators will be contacted to explain and understand the standards and
procedures for security, safety and environment, and port performance. Communicating with them
will be in the language they understand, such as Arabic, English and others. Some of the ways of
communication used at the port are:
Initial induction training received by the employee, contractor or operator on the first week
of joining ports, in cooperation with the Human Resources Department.
Daily safety talks.
Meetings of the SSHE Committee.
SSHE bulletin board.
Inspection visits to SSHE by department managers and port general managers.
Safety Observation.
Other methods can also be used.
Topics to communicate at staff levels include:

Subject Sender Future What time How to

By displaying them
in security, safety
Circular Administration All employees Continuously
and environmental
panels
By displaying them
ISD and
in security, safety
Operations
Goals All employees Annually and environment
Management and
boards and in
Maritime Safety
training.
ISD
During training
Raising awareness of Operations
All employees Periodically Awareness
SSHE Management and
campaigns
Maritime Safety
ISD Heads and
Immediately
Operations Managers of Verbally and in
Audit results after the
Management and departments at writing.
audit is over.
Maritime Safety the port
ISD Heads and
Near Misses and Operations Managers of
Right away Copy of the report
accidents Management and departments at
Maritime Safety the port
ISD
Operations Sent via e-mail
Annual SSHE Report All employees Annually
Management and system
Maritime Safety
ISD
Operations
Review
Suggestion Any employee. Management Periodically
HSES-P.07-1
and Maritime
Safety

99
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Contact the shipping agent

The shipping agent is communicated in the same way as the operators and contractors at the port, but
communication with the ship must be in advance so that the ship's captain can send the required
information indicating the procedures followed in the field of SSHE and usually the point of communication
between the port and the ship is the maritime agent and the department of operations and maritime safety.

Communicating with beneficiary companies

Cooperation between ports and beneficiary companies is important and helps ports and companies develop
plans and resources to cooperate well to achieve the best SSHE standards between these companies and
ports. The ISD and Operations Management and Maritime Safety must respond to the proposals and
complaints of beneficiary companies as well as coordinate them through the formation of a cooperation
committee between the port and those companies, all of which contribute to a greater understanding of
the requirements and impact of beneficiary companies on ports and how to respond to this.

Communicating with the media

Communication with the media is limited and under the responsibility of institutional communication
department in the HQ.

Specifications of good communication

For consultation and communication to be excellent, it must be with these specifications:
Be clear, contain correct information and be displayed correctly.
To contain the required information and to be as expected by the other party (internal and
external parties).
Awareness campaigns
Awareness campaigns usually address a particular topic and are carried out by the competent
department (Industrial Security Department, Operations Department and Maritime Safety). These
departments must develop a timetable that outlines the awareness topics that the Department will
undertake and be frequent (at least 3 times a year) and different topics are addressed in those
campaigns.
SSHE Bulletin Board
SSHE panels should be placed in prominent locations in the port, such as the department entrances,
the port entrance and buildings.
It must occur periodically (every month) and have someone responsible from each department for
updating it.
The Department Manager appoints an employee to update the safety Boards in the department and
coordinates the employee with the Departments of Industrial Security, Operations Management and
Maritime Safety to obtain the latest information that should be placed on the safety panel.
SSHE information are placed on the bulletin board and includes (example):
How to report Near misses and incidents
Emergency Response Plant and emergency number.
Staff representative of the SSHE Committee (name, photo, phone number, etc.)
SSHE statistics and objectives.
Any other safety information, such as posters, warnings, or new security, safety and environmental
requirements.
Toolbox Talks
SSHE talks discuss SSHE Topics at ports.
These discussions take place between supervisors and their staff, and it is preferable for
management staff and safety staff to attend such conversations.
These conversations should be held at least once a week.

100
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

These conversations must be recorded on a form with the address of the conversation and also a list
of attendees HSES-F. 12 Operators and contractors must do the same once a week in the morning
and record those conversations in a special record.
Port Management Staff should participate in safety talks and sometimes lead the conversation.
For example, a few topics that can be discussed in these conversations include:
Recent accidents at the port as well as impending accidents.
New hazards at the port.
Review any topic discussed and agree on something specific.
Discuss a specific topic on security, safety and the environment such as:
Working under the sun in summer.
Work permits and their importance.
Use of Personal Protective Equipment.
Control oil spill on land and sea.
Personal hygiene and chemicals safety.
Refueling and safe driving
Risk Assessment, methods and importance.
Working at height.
Scaffolding and stairs.
Port security and security measures.
Stress.
Waste management.
Work near the sea and use buoyancy tools.
Health risks at the port.
SSHE Suggestion, clarification and awareness of the procedures and their
applications.
Discuss the latest new procedures with employees.
Discuss the contents and content of a job safety analysis and its content for
management's work.
and other appropriate topics.
Security, Safety and Environment Committee Meetings
It is an internal port committee that meets the requirements of HSES-P.07.
Forms
No Form Number Form Title Retention
001 HSES-F.12 Record attendance of SSHE talks 12 months.

101
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Documents and records control

HSES-P.12

102
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to draw up, maintain and destroy standards, documents and records.

Scope
The scope of this standard covers all documents, records and standards established by the Port SSHE System.

Definition/ Abbreviations:
Records: Documents issued by the application process and forms issued by the standard.
SSHE: Security, Safety, Health and Environment.
Responsibilities
Director of the Central Department of Industrial Security:
Responsible for the periodic update of the standard.
Responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.
Responsible for monitoring the issuance, maintenance and destruction of documents and
standards.
To submit a semi-annual report on the procedure.
Department managers:
Be responsible for issuing, maintaining and destroying documents and records within his
responsibility.
General Procedures
Keeping records is very important to ensure that all activities at the port comply with the requirements
of the occupational SSHE and security system and that they are part of it and sometimes those records
and documents are requested from official and legal authorities.
Records, Documents and formally issued procedures that have an impact on SSHE must be kept,
including:
Occupational Safety and Health Plan
Internal safety audit reports
Risk assessment
Corrective and preventive measures.
Workplace inspection
Training records
Training needs assessment records
Preliminary incident report
Final incident report
Certificates
Sign up
Safety and Health Committee Meetings
Initial safety training for each new employees at ports in coordination with the Human
Resources Department.
Emergency records and emergency training
Operations records
Maintenance and safety and fire tests
Medical records related to occupational safety and health.
and other records.
Some records may be produced by a party outside ports such as consultants, safety case records, any
notices from government agencies or what the supplier and manufacturer issue.
Such records may be electronic, or paper and the authorized person may have access to those records
and documents for the following purposes:
Accident investigation and analysis
103
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Internal and external audit

Evidence to show the application of the law or not
For evaluation and review
Assess training needs.
Records
Keep records and procedures:
6.1.2 Records and forms are determined and how long they are kept in each action. The registrar must
keep special files and must be available when requested.
Keep incoming and outgoing records:
The Port General Manager, the ISD Manager and the Operations and Maritime Safety Department
Manager must keep copies of all records and reports received and issued relating to occupational
safety and health and therefore have its own file.
Defining records:
6.1.4 Each record and procedure must have a special number to be known for.
warehousing:
6.1.5 There must be a record showing all these documents and records, be up-to-date, and the storage
method should be easy and secure and ensure quick and reliable access to those records and
documents.
6.1.6 This information and documents must be well protected to ensure that they remain intact and
free of any damage.
Access to this information, documents and records:
6.1.7 This information, documents and records must be regulated in such a way as to ensure that only
the person authorized to access it must be a reliable method, whether electronic or otherwise.
Archive and destroy records
After the duration of the records and documents, Keeping or destruction of the document must be
assessed by department managers.
7.2 If you require the archiving of some documents, you must follow the iso 9001 port quality system.
Destroying Records
If documents, information and records are to be destroyed, they must be systematically destroyed.
Sensitive records must be cut with shredders and electronic copies by scanning them completely and
making sure they are erased from the trash can in the computer.
Review records
The application of this standard is reviewed during internal and external audits.
Forms
No Form Number Form Title Retention
001 n/a

104
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Safety, environment and security training plan

HSES-P.13

105
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Purpose:
The purpose of this standard is to demonstrate the importance of planning training and developing the
necessary training courses that staff, operators, contractors and visitors at ports must attend.

Scope:
The scope of this standard covers all port departments and all port staff, including operators, contractors,
visitors and others.

Definition/ Abbreviations:
Training: Training is a specialized and targeted educational process aimed at giving the trainee specific
knowledge and experience in the field of security, safety and environment to perform the functions
assigned to him to the fullest.
Training needs Assessment: The process of knowing the skills and knowledge that the employee must
master to perform his or her duties to the fullest.
SPA: Saudi Port Authority.
ISD: Industrial Security Department
HQ: Head Quarter.
HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security Department.
Responsibilities
4.1 SPA President:
4.1.1 This standard is responsible for approval
4.1.2 Is responsible for ensuring that this standard is applied in ports.
4.2 HQISD Manager:
4.2.1 Be responsible for the periodic update of the standard.
4.2.2 Be responsible for monitoring the application of this procedure.
4.3 Port General Manager:
4.3.1 Make sure that all port administrators and operators are familiar with this standard and
its applications.
4.3.2 It should be ensured that all departments at its port have developed a plan to train staff
on safety, health, environment and security and that the evaluation of training requirements
has been carried out.
4.5 Port ISD Managers:
4.5.1 Responsible for defining port administrators, operators and contractors on this standard.
4.5.2 Monitoring the application of the standard at its port.
4.5.3 To advise all departments on this standard as well as to assess the training needs of it
and its staff.
4.6 Department Managers:
4.6.1 To evaluate the training requirements of staff with department heads and to ensure that
they do so and to develop a training plan for its staff in the SSHE issues.
4.6.2 To ensure that its staff are sent for training and that staff are enrolled in training
programmes in cooperation with human resources.
4.7 Human Resources Manager:
4.7.1 Arrange for the implementation of training programs that have been requested by
departments and determine when they will be held.
4.7.2 Keeping training records and making them ready for auditing and facilitating
departmental access to such information.
4.7.3 Training some SSHE staff to be local trainers for some short training programs in the
SSHE.
4.8 Port Head of Safety:
4.8.1 Monitor the application of the standard by all Management Staff, contractors and
operators.

106
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

4.8.2 submit a quarterly report on the application of the standard.

4.8.3 Provide some simple training programs for health and safety staff.
4.9 Operators and contractors at the port:
4.9.1 Planning to train their staff in health, security, safety and the environment.
4.9.2 Holding training courses and collaborating with port departments to implement their
plans.

Assessment of SSHE training needs

Each department evaluates the training needs of staff in SSHE and the evaluation method is divided
based on the skills required by the employee's work, for example:
The skill of driving the vehicle safely.
The skill of driving forklifts safely,
The skill of driving mobile cranes safely and how to use them as well,
Safety, health and environmental auditing skill.
Knowledge required by some works, for example:
Find out how to do a risk assessment,
Knowledge of investigating incidents,
Find out how to do periodic workplace inspections.
Find out how to check league carts and before using them.
5.1.5.5 Find out how manual Handling is safe
and other types of knowledge required.
Each department must know the needs of each job and provide a document for each job to assess the
job and its training needs.
Minimum Training Requirement:
Here is a list of minimum training that different levels at ports must attend in the periodic form
specified in the table:

No Training Positions Repetition

One time.
All new staff at the port, all If more than 6 months have
Safety And Health Induction contractors and all operators and passed since the last
1
Training Program visitors (whose stay at the port lasts attendance due to the expiry
more than 8 hours). of the contract, assignment or
re-employment.
Employees, contractors and
operators associated with that
2 Emergency Reponse training At least every 6 months.
situation are only in that
department.
All general managers, managers,
department heads, supervisors and
3 Risk assessment One time.
some staff who will participate in
the risk assessment
All general managers, managers,
4 Accident investigation One time.
department heads and supervisors
All managers, department heads
5 Work permit One time
and supervisors

6 Health and Safety Principles All employees One time

Health and safety for

7 All supervisors One time
supervisors
Health and safety for
8 All managers at ports One time
managers

107
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

No Training Positions Repetition

Health and safety for general
9 All port general managers One time
managers
NEBOSH International
10 All Safety supervisors One time
General Certificate
SPA President, Vice President,
ISO Health and Safety
11 General Managers, Managers and One time
System 45001
safety and health supervisors
For safety, health, environment and
12 Internal SSHE Auditors security auditors, a group chosen by One time
the Department
Once it is repeated every 3
13 First aid 20% of port staff years when the certificate is
over.
Fire training and the use of Once it can be repeated every
14 All employees
extinguishers two years.
Is a group of employees and One time.
15 Fire Watch contractors selected as a fire Upon expiry of contract and
controller in hot work (hot) having new ID to access port.
A group of employees are selected
to perform gas Testing in a hot work
permit and Confined Space Entry.
16 Gas Testing First time, and every 3 years.
Staff and contractors who will enter
the closed space must also attend
the training.
17 Driving at the port For all employees driving at the port One time
Driving specialized vehicles
18 For drivers of specialized vehicles One time
at the port

7. Forms:
No Form Number Form Title Retention
002 N/A

108
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Monitoring legal and other requirements

HSES-P.14

109
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Purpose
The implementation of Royal Decrees and Regulations in the Kingdom is very important and the relevant
regulations must be quickly identified, and plans developed to implement them in compliance with the
regulations in force in the Kingdom.
Failure to apply and comply may expose SPA to violations and penalties contained in regulations,
regulations, instructions and circulars.
This criterion seeks to determine the responsibility of monitoring the process of identifying regular
documents and reporting on their application.
Scope:
The scope of this standard covers all port departments, operators and contractors.

Definitions / Abbreviations:
Legal requirements: Are the Laws and regulation in SSHE that ports must comply with and apply, for example
international regulations and conventions.
SPA: Saudi Port Authority.
ISD: Industrial Security Department.
HQ: Head Quarter.
HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security.

Responsibilities
HQISD Manager:
Responsible for the periodic update of the standard.
Responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.
Responsible for monitoring the latest decrees and systems monitoring the application by
everyone.
Submit a semi-annual report on the program.
Operations and Maritime Safety Manager:
Responsible for monitoring the application of the latest decrees and regulations and
informing department managers of these decrees and regulations related to the
environment.
To submit a semi-annual report on the latest legal and other requirements and the extent of
their applications at the port.
SPA Legal Department Manager:
Responsible for collecting all regulations and decisions in the Kingdom and sending a copy of
those safety and security regulations and decisions to the HQISD.
To send environmental regulations and decisions to the Department of Operations and
Maritime Safety.
These systems must be officially sent to these departments and the correspondence register
must be kept.
Port ISD Managers:
Responsible for defining port Management Staff, operators and contractors on this standard.
Monitor the application of legal requirements and issue a quarterly report.
Port Head of Safety:
Follow up on the application and keep a legal record showing the extent to which the system
is applied at the port and write a quarterly report on it.
Operators and contractors at the port:
Apply the legal requirements that they are notified of by the management overseeing the
operator's work.

110
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Procedures
The ISD should use the safety and security system record outputs on Form HSES-F.08 as a benchmark
for measurement and to know which Laws to monitor, and the Department of Operations and Maritime
Safety must use the Environmental Systems Register in Form HSES-F.09.
Some legal requirements are achieved once and for all, but some require periodic follow up and
implementation, and shall focus on both.
Some of those requirements should be on the ground and some may be on paper only and both must
be verified.
Departments concerned with applying legal requirements must prepare for this quarterly monitoring
and process information to assist the team to facilitate the monitoring.
The team issues its report and shows the degree of implementation of decrees and regulations and
sends a copy of it to the relevant department as well as to the ISD, operations management and
maritime safety as well as to the HQISD.
Records
The port's industrial security, operations and maritime safety departments must keep the legal record,
show the applications of decrees and regulations, and also keep their application records.
Forms
No Form Number Form Title Retention Period
001 n/a

111
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Inspection and safety patrols

HSES-P.15

112
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Purpose
Describe how workplace safety inspections will be conducted by ISD employees.
Description of self-inspection by other departments.
Conduct the annual inspection.
Safety patrol tasks and daily report.
Develop a specific way to conduct periodic inspections to identify workplace hazards and any
deviations from the requirements of the port occupational safety and health system and seek to
modify them and eliminate those risks.
Scope
The scope of this standard covers all port departments, operators and contractors.

Definitions and abbreviations:

Inspection: A planned proactive process, during which workplace inspections are carried out to identify
risks, and to develop appropriate solutions to eliminate those risks before the situation worsens and
leads to injuries and accidents.
Housekeeping: It is the process of cleaning the place, removing all dirt and excess materials and putting
the rest of the material in place, and there must be a place for everything, and things must be in place.
Unsafe acts: A set of acts by persons, whether intentionally or unintentionally, and individuals may be
injured, damaged and otherwise damaged.
Unsafe conditions: Any circumstance or situation that may result in individuals being injured and the
site damaged and otherwise damaged.

Figure 3- Example of unsafe action and unsafe situation

3.5 SPA: Saudi Port Authority
3.6 HQ: Head Quarter in Riyadh.
3.7 ISD: Industrial Security Department.
3.8 HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security Department.
Responsibilities
SPA President:
Ensure that the standard procedure is reviewed and approved.
To receive reports on inspection and its results periodically at safety and security meetings.
HQISD Manager:
Responsible for the periodic update of the standard.
Responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.
Responsible for collecting and disclosing inspection information.
Responsible for informing everybody of the requirements of this standard and their
responsibilities towards this standard.
113
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Submit a semi-annual report on the program.

Port General Manager:
Ensure that all port departments, operators and contractors are aware of this procedure and
its applications.
Make sure that all port officials are aware of their responsibilities towards this standard and
its application and inform their staff.
Ensure that all managers reporting to him conduct voluntary inspection of their departments
and fix all the outcomes of the inspection report.
Port ISD Managers:
Responsible to introduce the standard to all port departments, operators and contractors.
Monitor the application of the standard at his port.
Carry out periodic inspection of the port through safety patrols and walk through.
Departments Managers:
Once they have identified the requirements of this standard, they must apply them in their
responsibilities and management.
Inform the operators and contractors reporting to him about the requirements and ensure
that they apply these requirements and are an integral part of the contract.
The department should conduct a self-inspection and identify unsafe conditions in the places
responsible for them.
The Department should implement the recommendations, modify unsafe conditions and also
resolve unsafe actions in the administration.
Departments Heads and Supervisors:
Cooperation with the safety department during the official inspection of the areas
responsible for them.
Make sure that the recommendations are followed up and implemented.
Port safety inspectors:
Conduct periodic inspections with port safety patrols and issue a formal report to the
department and keep records as well as inspection results.
Follow-up the completion of the recommendations by departments and report on a monthly
basis on the extent of the department's commitment to implementation as well as the
success rate of inspection in the departments.
Port Operators and contractors:
See the requirements of this standard and inform all their employees of this, as well as report
all impending incidents and accidents and follow the requirements of this standard in this
regard.
Monthly Voluntary inspection
5.1 The Department Head/ Manager conducts a Voluntary -inspection in his area of responsibilities.
5.2 Use HSES-F.13 form to carry out the inspection.
The department head must submit a copy of the report to the Manager and agree on the
recommendations to be made in order to improve the situation.
A copy of the report is sent to the ISD outlining the recommendations and photographs can be
attached.
Operators and contractors must also conduct a Voluntary inspection at the places responsible and give
a copy of the report to the responsible department, which in turn follows up on the recommendations
and sends a copy of the report to the port's Industrial Security Department.
6. Official safety inspection:
The head of the port safety department must issue an annual schedule for official inspection of all
departments at the port.
The official inspection must be every three months for each department, contractors and operators.
114
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

The plan includes the date, location and name of the inspector appointed by the Safety Department to
carry out the official inspection.
The designated inspector will use Form HSES-F.14. The form contains values to measure how good the
place is.
A copy of the report should be sent to the relevant department, which in turn writes an action plan to
fix the situation as well as how to fix or get rid of unsafe situations and actions.
The plan is sent to the Department of Industrial Security within a period of 7 working days from the
date of receipt of the report.
The report will be presented at the port's Security, Safety and Environment Committee meeting to
discuss observations and recommendations.
Safety Tours
These are General tours by the Port General Manager as well as the Department managers.
The purpose of these tours is to focus solely on safety and health topics and note the following:
Assessment of safety and health in general.
observing unsafe situations.
Observing safe actions.
Observing safe conditions.
Observing safe actions.
These tours are aimed at:
To show the port senior management commitment to safety and health and that it is one of
its priorities.
Use that opportunity to honor and appreciate safe practices by senior staff, which may be by
words of praise or gifts.
Senior management can see and identify some of the hazards.
Encourages communication between management and staff and a dialogue between both
about safety.
Encourages continued safe practices by employees and improves overall safety.
Surveys
An inspection that deals with a particular topic such as lighting, noise and other topics.
Inspection is done by a specialist in that matter.
Safety Observations:
It is the identification of unsafe conditions and unsafe acts by all employees at the port.
Port managers should make visits to observe safety and identify safe and unsafe conditions as well as
safe and unsafe actions.
During these simple visits and tours, the focus is on identifying these safe and unsafe situations as well
as safe and unsafe actions.
The method should be an appropriate and aimed in creating a positive atmosphere towards safety, and
can be through the following steps:
At first, employees and supervisors are introduced to visit to observe safety in the workplace
and the goal is to contribute to improving overall safety and not to blame a particular person.
Start the tour and observe these practices and situations, whether safe or unsafe, and try to
ask in a way that makes the administrator comfortable with such questions:
What is the safe way to do this work?
Can an employee do the job safely?
Why are you doing this job like this?
Do you always do this work like this?
Is there a better way to do the work?

115
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

This type of question opens the way for 2-way communications between the parties and
solution is agreed between them to Fix the situation and practices safe.
These notes must be recorded in the note history in Form HSES-F.15.
A copy of these observations shall be sent to the ISD and the observed department.
The Observed Department must implement the agreed recommendations.
The ISD analyzes these observations and follows up on the recommendations.
Records
The Safety Department maintains the inspection record electronically to facilitate the follow-up of
recommendations and completion, follows up on completion with the department and sends it to
the ISD monthly showing the inspection and its implementation to the port general manager and
the port department managers.
Forms
No Form Title Form number Retention period
001 Self-inspection of work areas HSES-F.13 year
Official inspection by the Department of
002 HSES-F.14 (2) Two years
Industrial Security
003 Safety notes HSES-F.15 (1) Year

116
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Investigation of Occupational accidents and Near

misses
HSES-P.16

117
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to describe how accidents, near miss accidents and occupational diseases are
investigated, what are the requirements and steps of the investigation, how to write reports and follow up on
corrective actions.

Scope
The scope of this standard covers all departments, operators, contractors and visitors.

Definitions
Occupational Accident: An unwanted, undesired event occurs at work which causes injuries,
damages and property damage, loss of production or other type of physical harms.
Near Miss: An unwanted, undesired event occurs at work under slightly different circumstances
may result in injuries, Property damage to the facility, loss of production methods or other type of
physical harms.
High Potential Near Miss: An imminent event that could result in Lost time injury, cutting,
amputation, death or damages more than 500,000 Saudi Riyals.
Occupational disease: A disease that affects the individual because of the nature of his or her work
activity, and it spreads in a specific working environment compared to the general public area or
other working environment. The disease can be the result of exposure to various harmful
substances, which may be chemical, physical, biological, carcinogenic or radioactive.
Preliminary Accident/ Near Miss report: a report describing the event and what happened only
without explaining the causes and solutions.
The final Accident/ Near Miss report: a report describing what happened and the immediate and
root causes of the accident or Near misses with recommendations and corrective actions for that
incident as well as preventive measures.
Fatality: Loss of life because of an accident or occupational disease.
First Aid Injury: an injury that does not require medical intervention by a nurse or doctor, a First
Aider can be used for this. An example is scratches, cuts and very minor burns.
Minor injuries: Injuries that require medical intervention by a nurse or doctor, but do not require
the injured person to be absent from work but can return on the same day or the next day to work
and perform his duties.
Immediate accident causes is the visible causes that can be seen and identified directly during the
preliminary investigation, it is usually divided into unsafe acts and unsafe conditions.
The main causes of the accident are usually due to administrative failures and system failures that
have caused unsafe acts and unsafe conditions, so such acts and situations should be well examined
to identify the causes of such unsafe acts and unsafe situations.
Lost time injury or disease (LTI): any injury or occupational disease that requires the person to be
absent from work for more than one day and must be the result of an accident or occupational disease.
Car and vehicle accidents: Inter-vehicle accidents occur within the port Premiter and within port
buildings.
Permanent disability: An occupational injury that results in the injured person losing part of his body
part or completely disabling that part.
Partial disability: An occupational injury that results in the injured partly losing part of his body or
incomplete failure of that body.
Accident investigator: a person assigned to investigate an incident, and some incidents are selected
based on this standard.
SPA: Saudi Port Authority
HQ: Head Quarter in Riyadh
ISD: Industrial Security Department
HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security Department in Riyadh
118
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Responsibilities
SPA President:
Make sure this standard is applied.
Receives reports on accidents and reporting on the application of recommendations.
HQISD Manager:
Responsible for the periodic update of the standard.
Responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.
Responsible for informing every one of the requirements of this standard and their
responsibilities towards this standard.
Submit a semi-annual report on the standard procedures.
General Manager of the port:
Make sure that all port Management Staff and operators are familiar with this standard and
its applications.
Make sure that all port Management are aware of their responsibilities towards this
standard and its application and inform the staff.
To preside over meetings of severe injuries that lead to amputation of organs of the body.
Port ISD Managers:
Responsible for defining port administrators, operators and contractors on this standard.
Monitor the application of the standard at its port.
To follow up on the recommendations, attend meetings to investigate serious incidents,
monitor the investigation process and ensure that the investigation process is sound.
Be responsible for collecting and analyzing incident information and following up on
implementing accident recommendations with the relevant department.
Medical units or ambulances:
They should know this standard and its applications.
Respond to the event and send ambulances to take the injured/injured from the event and
treat them in hospital.
Receive treatment reports and find out the condition of the injured/injured.
Classification of accident (First Aid, minor, Lost Time Injury (LTI), disabling or fatal accident).
The unit should not allow anyone to interfere with the classification of an accident or
disease.
Department managers
They must apply the requirements of this standard in the area of their responsibilities and
management.
Inform operators and contractors under their command about the requirements and
ensure that they apply these requirements and are an integral part of the contract.
Lead the investigation of incidents in their department, ensure that such incidents are
reported and issue the initial report within 24 hours and the final report within 72 hours.
Supervisors and Head of the Department:
Responsible to secure the site of accident and making sure the area is safe, write the initial
report of the accident and reporting the incident via the emergency number.
Head of Port Safety:
Follow-up of the implementation of the accident recommendations with the relevant
department and keep the records.
Ports’ Operators and contractors:
To be informed of the requirements of this standard and inform all their employees of this,
as well as to report all Near misses and Accidents and to follow the requirements of this
standard.
Report the incident to the department responsible for their operations.
119
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Don’t Hide Accidents or Near misses, concealing of an incident is a serious offence that may
lead to disciplinary action.
In the event of an accident.
The Head of safety department and the safety supervisor for the area must:
Immediately call the emergency number and ask for help from the ambulance and inform
them of the scene and give them enough information to help them reach the scene quickly.
Inform the control room, which in turn informs the safety department, and this event is
recorded in the shift logbook at the duty supervisor.
Visit the event site and immediately secure the site by the security department until the
ambulance arrives and ensure that the evidence is not destroyed.
Identify witnesses and take their written testimony as well as the testimony of the injured
person (if he is in a state where he can testify about the incident) as soon as possible and
preferably in the same Shift without delay.
If the event causes injury, damage or interruption of work, you must inform his direct
manager.
5.1.6 Write the initial incident report on HSES-F.16 and send it to its direct manager for review
and then send it to everyone within 24 hours via email or electronic internal
correspondence system.
5.1.7 Fill out the HSES-F.17 investigation form after the investigation is completed and take
signatures on the form.
5.1.8 Implementing the recommendations of the accident investigation that is contained in the
form (report) HSES-F.17.
Medical units/ambulance/nurses
Provide first aid to the injured and take them to hospital for treatment.
The patient must immediately see a doctor in order to receive appropriate treatment, whether he or
she is an employee, contractor or operator.
The incident form must be filled out in the medical department and the hospital ambulance so that a
copy can be taken, and a copy is sent to the authorities for the employee to receive compensation.
The medical unit should determine the type of event as follows:
First Aid.
Minor injury
Lost Time Injuries (LTI).
Disability
Fatality
The medical unit should not allow anyone to interfere with the classification of the incident, the
classification of injuries is the responsibility of the medical unit, and this information is sent to the ISD.
The injured body part must be identified by the medical/nurse unit and that information should be sent
to the Department of Industrial Security.
According to the standard, there is a range of injuries that must be reported to the Higher commission
of Industrial and authorities, such as death, loss of consciousness, head and chest injuries, cutting of
organs of the body and eye injury.
The accident investigator.
To investigate the incidents assigned to him and to form a committee under his leadership to investigate
the incident.
The final report should be completed as soon as possible and within 72 hours.
Ensure that the immediate and main causes of the accident have been properly identified.
Make sure that corrective action effectively overcomes the main causes and must take preventive
measures to ensure that the accident does not occur elsewhere for the same reasons.

120
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Responsibility for reporting

follow the following for each incident:

The person responsible for issuing

No. Event
Preliminary report Final report of the incident
If he is a direct port employee: the staff’s department is
Injury (of all Site owner responsible for issuing the final report.
1 kinds) (management where If he is an employee of the contractor or operator: the
Near Misses the event took place) management supervising this contractor or operator is
responsible for issuing the final report.
The medical
Occupational unit/ambulance/nurse
2 The Employee’s department must issue the final report.
diseases issues the preliminary
report.
If it is between two equipment owned by the same
department, the Department Manager must issue the final
report. For the Statistics purposes, the event will be
Site owner
counted on the department.
3 Damages (Department where
If the owner has two different departments per vehicle,
the event took place)
the Industrial Security Department decides who is wrong
and the department must issue the report and the incident
is statistically calculated.
Site owner
The department where the fire occurred and statistically
4 Fire (Department where
counts on that department.
the event took place)

Procedures
All incidents within the port must be reported by port staff, operators, contractors and visitors.
9.2 The employee's management must write the initial report by filling out form HSES-F.16 and reviewing it
by the head of the department and the director of management at the Authority/Port before sending it
to all, and then sending it within a maximum of 24 hours of the accident or Near Miss incident.
9.3 An accident assessment must be made using the risk assessment matrix on the HSES-F.16 form.
9.4 The HSES-F.16 form is used to report impending high-risk accidents and accidents, damages as well as
serious accidents.
9.5 For traffic accidents, the OHS-F.10 form must also be used and the HSES-F.17 form for the final report
on the incident must be filled out by the ISD Patrol.
Reporting and investigating medical conditions (occupational diseases)
10.1 The medical/nurse unit is reported by the medical unit /nurses and the staff member's
department fills out the HSES-F.16 form after ascertaining that the disease is a work-related disease and
is caused by the profession of the employee, contractor or operator.
10.2 Normally, medical matters should be treated in complete secrecy by the medical unit/nurses
and the HSES-F.16 form should not be filled out and published to all where the employee is found to
have a particular disease.
10.3 The investigation process is conducted in a confidential manner and the reasons are internally
identified and solutions are developed, and form HSES-F.17 must be filled out for the final report.
10.4 Departments and ports must also inform staff of the risk that has caused occupational disease
and inform them of the prevention method without identifying the injured staff name.
11. Investigation and reporting of incidents
Responsible for the investigation:

121
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

11.1.1 The following persons are responsible for the incident, the conclusion of the investigation and
the issuance of the final report:
No Event In charge of the investigation.
1 Fatal injury (death) ISD
Injury leading to amputation or paralysis of
2 Head of Safety
a particular organ in the body
3 A waste of time injury. Department Manager
Department Manager along with Medical
4 Occupational disease
Unit /Nurse
5 Minor injury Head of department
6 High Potential Near Miss Department Manager
11.1.2 An investigation team is formed and consists of the following:
11.1.2.1 The In-charge of the investigation.
11.1.2.2 Representative of employees/workers
11.1.2.3 Representative of the ISD
11.1.2.4 Department Manager or Head or Supervisor.
11.1.2.5 The employee (injured or the employees involved) as needed by the Committee to
summon him.
11.1.2.6 Any persons who can help identify the main causes of the accident and contribute
significantly to getting the investigation on track.
11.2 The Port ISD maintains accident records and statistics, singles out a record, is sequential, and there
is also a special record (report) to follow up on the implementation of the recommendations.
11.3 In normal cases, the investigation must begin as soon as the event occurs and end within 72 hours
unless the extension is requested and approved by the ISD, and the request must be written
through electronic correspondence.
11.4 The final report (HSES-F.17) must include corrective and preventive actions to ensure that the same
event does not reoccur in the future.
11.5 Once the causes of the accident and corrective and preventive measures are reached, everyone
(the commission of inquiry) will sign the investigation report and the final report.
11.6 The final report must be signed from all administrative levels outlined in the final report.
11.7 The final report (HSES-F.17) must be delivered to the Industrial Security Department within a
maximum of 10 working days from the date of the accident.
11.8 Department Manager where the incident occurred is fully responsible for pursuing the
implementation of the recommendations and ensuring that they are all implemented and providing
the ISD with this to close the report.
11.9 On a monthly basis, the ISD issues a report on incident statistics as well as a brief report on the
number of recommendations as well as the number of recommendations implemented.
12. Road accidents outside the port campus
Traffic accidents outside the port campus, which include accidents occurring while carrying out work
related to port activities or involving going and returning from work, the employee must work as
follows:
If he is injured, he or she must be treated by a qualified person and ensure his safety and that
of those in the vehicle.
The accident should be reported to “Najm” if you hold a valid insurance policy at the time of
the accident at the standard number of the Customer Service Center no. 920000560
Provide basic information as possible such as (Name of the Reporter - ID number - mobile
number - license plate number - car type - policy number - name of insurance company - city -
accident site - any landmark of the accident site).
Find out whether the vehicles involved in the accident are moveable.

122
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Ensure that you have the report number and the date of the accident (received from the call
center) to facilitate future follow procedures with the insurance company.
For incidents outside the port, their estimates are left to the competent authorities.
The competent authorities must inform the port administration and submit a copy of the Najm
report or traffic to the ISD.
These injuries are included in the port's casualty register and must be included in management
statistics.
Forms
No. Form Title Form number Retention period
001 Preliminary incident report HSES-F.16 For life.
002 Final incident report HSES-F.17 For life.

123
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Safety and reporting statistics

HSES-P.17

124
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to describe the importance of safety statistics and how they are reported to
comply with the main objective: to visualize the results of the safety management system.

Scope
This standard is applicable to all ports and shall includes all statistics and data from all the ports including
its contractors and operators.

Definitions
3.1 Safety statistics: All major and post-event figures and statistics.
3.2 Leading indicators: it is an indicator that provides information which helps the user respond to
changing circumstances and take actions to achieve desired outcomes or avoid unwanted outcomes.
Their role is to help improve future performance by promoting action to correct potential weaknesses
without waiting for demonstrated failures. Indicators that measure the performance of the safety
system prior to an accident, such as the number of unsafe acts, the number of unsafe conditions, the
number of risk assessments, the number of inspections and the obligation to inspect, the measurement
of audit outputs, etc.
3.3 Lagging indicators: measure spa incidents in the form of past accident statistics post-accident
registration figures and statistics, such as number of victims, injuries, deaths and impending accidents,
disease ratios, etc. from the port.
3.4 SPA: Saudi Port Authority.
3.5 HQ: Head Quarter.
3.6 ISD: Industrial Security Department.
3.7 HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security Department.
3.8 HCIS: Higher commission for industrial Security
Responsibilities
ISD Department
Determine the statistical data of the port facility.
Update statistics frequently.
Request the necessary information from other departments to follow up.
Procedures
5.1 Safety statistics - Leading indicators:
5.1.1 Port management should measure key indicators such as:
5.1.1.1 Number of Risk Assessment conducted, and the number of recommendations completed
(Percentage).
5.1.1.2 Number of the safety committee meeting held at the port and the rate of convening.
5.1.1.3 The objectives set and the percentage of achievement.
5.1.1.4 The number of inspections conducted the success rate in each one and the number of
recommendations with the completion rate.
5.1.1.5 The number of tours and the number of notes.
5.1.1.6 Number of safe and unsafe situations and actions.
5.1.1.7 Number of impending incidents, recommendations and completion rate.
5.1.1.8 Number of audits, number of irregularities, recommendations and completion rate.
5.2 Safety Statistics - Lagging indicators:
5.2.1 The ISD updates safety statistics periodically. The following information is recorded:
5.2.1.1 Fatality: The death of a person (within the port) because of an accident or work.
5.2.1.2 Lost Time Injury (LTI): An accident causing an injury at work that results in an employee
being absent from the workplace for at least one working day (24 hours). The day of the
accident does not include the day of the accident.

125
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

5.2.1.3 First Aid: A recordable incident involving an injury or illness requiring management and
care of the patient above and outside first aider and need a Medical Professional
intervention such as a nurse or a doctor, but not severe enough to be a reported death, a
missing working day case or a restricted working day situation.
5.2.1.4 Minor: it is an accident causing an injury and the injury does not require
5.2.1.5 Restricted work Case: When a person is injured but he or she cannot perform his or her
normal duties. They are therefore temporarily transferred to some other functions (light
duties).
5.2.2 Given this information, the following rates are calculated:
5.2.2.1 Time-consuming accident rate: Calculates the number of accidents that waste working
time.
5.2.2.2 Risk rate for time-consuming accidents: The number of days a staff member is absent from
work as a result of injury is divided by the number of time-consuming injuries.
5.2.2.3 Risk rate: The number of lost working days per 1,000 workers is recorded. The actual
number of lost working days multiplied by 200,000 (a standardized estimate of the
working hours of 1,000 employees) divided by the total number of actual working hours
of all employees leads to a risk rate.
5.2.2.4 Total recorded accident rate (TRIR): The total number of registered cases multiplied by
200,000 divided by the total working hours performed by all employees during the period
covered.
5.2.2.4.1 Port casualty rates are allowed to be compared with those of other companies in
similar businesses.
5.2.2.4.2 Companies and customers often request this vital indicator of safety performance
and audit during the evaluation process in order to determine which facilities they
want to operate.
5.2.2.5 Total recorded incidents: total deaths, time-consuming accidents, minor injuries and
restricted work cases.
5.2.2.6 The equations for calculating the above rates are as follows:
𝐿𝑇𝐼 ×200,000
5.2.2.6.1 LTI accident rate =
Number of hour worked during last 12 months
Number of Days Employees of due to LTI ×1000
5.2.2.6.2 Severity of injury =
Number of hour worked during last 12 months
Number of Injuries ×200,000
5.2.2.6.3 Injury Accident rate =
Number of hour worked during last 12 months
5.2.2.6.4 Total number of accidents = number of deaths + number of LTI accidents + minor
injuries + All other Injuries.
Reporting
6.1 The ISD must:
6.1.1 Notify of the HCIS in:
6.1.1.1 Fatality within 8 hours of the event.
6.1.1.2 LTI or serious medical treatment within 24 hours of the event.
6.1.2 Keep safety records for any inspection or audit.
6.1.3 Monthly report including
6.1.3.1 Safety statistics updates.
6.1.3.2 Fines imposed. Reference to non-compliance is determined by:
6.1.3.2.1 External authorities overseeing the authority's facilities.
6.1.3.2.2 By the ISD on port contractors and operators.
6.1.3.3 Training hours showing the resources used to improve safety performance.
6.1.3.4 Safety awareness based on questionnaires answered by employees, contractors,
operators and other companies using the port facilities.
6.1.3.5 Safety meetings held, including the minutes of the meeting.

126
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

6.1.3.6 Inspections conducted, including reference to reports of Near death and near misses.
6.1.3.7 The description of future activities needs to be Isolated (Lock out tag Out) or high-risk
activity.
6.1.3.8 Describe the specific difficulties and gaps in the safety management system.
6.1.4 Any employee must report or complain about unsafe conditions:
6.1.4.1 to the ISD as a first step.
6.1.4.2 If not change, the port General Manager shall be informed.
6.1.5 Contractors and operators must:
6.1.5.1 Keep safety records for any inspection or audit conducted by the ISD within the port.
Forms
No Form Number Form Title Retention period
001

127
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Internal and External Audit of Security and

Occupational Safety, Health, and Environment
System
HSES-P.18

128
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to describe how Security safety and health and Environmental audits
are conducted and also how many audits are carried out annually.
Describe the principles of auditing and the outcomes of the audit process and how to follow up on
corrective actions.
Scope
The scope of this standard covers all port departments, operators and contractors.

Definitions and abbreviation:

Audit: Is the process of examining the Security, occupational safety and health and Environmental
system to ensure that the system can achieve its objectives and it does it in the best possible way
(System Effectiveness and Efficiency).
3.2 Audit criteria: A set of policies, procedures and requirements (used as a reference).
3.3 Auditor: A person licensed and accredited by the General Port Authority based on the standards set
out in the international standards, expertise and qualifications to audit Security, and occupational
safety and health and Environmental systems.
3.4 Principal Auditor or Head of Audit Team: A licensed and accredited person as the Authority's
principal auditor based on the International Standards and expertise and qualifications to conduct
auditing of Security and occupational safety and health and Environment systems. The principal
auditor is leading the audit team, which includes at least one auditor.
3.5 Noteworthy: good practices which is over the requirement that the entity should continue to apply
and spread its implementation.
3.6 Compliance: The state of compliance with the requirements and standards of the port system for
occupational safety and health "system" in full in terms of documentation and effective application.
3.7 Observation: Although the requirements and standards of the system are met in this case, there are
some shortcomings in the application, or the auditor considers it necessary to develop preventive
measures with a view to improving the effectiveness of the application of the system.
3.8 Minor non-compliance: An audit finding that reveals a non-conformance that does not immediately
and/ or significantly affect the integrity of the program.
3.9 Major non-compliance: is normally raised when one or more of the following are found, The absence
or total failure to meet a requirement and the failure has or is likely to result in the SPA failing to
achieve the objective of a requirement, The non-conformity is highly likely to result in a breakdown
of an requirement or materially reduce the ability to achieve the objective of a requirement and a
minor non-conformity that is shown to continue over a specified period of time or occurs repeatedly.
3.10 Corrective action: Steps that are put in place by the authority to remove the causes of non-
compliance or unwanted status.
3.11 SPA: Saudi Port Authority
3.12 ISD: Industrial Security Department.
3.13 HQ: Head Quarter
3.14 HQISD: the Head Quarter Industrial Security Department
3.15 SSHE: Security, Safety, Health and Environment.
3.16 CAPA: Corrective Action and Preventive action.
Responsibilities
SPA President:
To make sure that internal and external audit planning has been carried out.
HQISD Manager:
responsible for the periodic update of the standard.
responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.

129
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

To keep copies of audit reports and the audit outputs as well as to follow up on the
recommendations and implement of all.
To issue internal and external audit plans annually and inform all about these plans.
Select Internal auditors and conduct training for all and bring up their competencies.
Choose the external company that conducts external audits.
Participate effectively in attending the audit process and answer any questions posed by
external auditors.
Port’s General Manager:
Make sure that all port Management Staff and operators are familiar with this standard and
its applications.
Participate in the audit and ensure that all departments in the port are ready for external and
internal audit.
Participate effectively in attending the audit process and answer any questions posed by
external and internal auditors.
Port ISD Managers:
Responsible for introducing port departments, operators and operators to this standard.
Monitor the application of the standard in the port.
To participate in the internal audit at the port and follow up on the application of all outputs
and recommendations within its port and to send periodic reports on this to the HQISD.
Department managers:
They must apply the requirements of this standard in their departments.
Inform operators and contractors reporting to them about this standard.
Participating in internal and external audit and implement their recommendations.
Allow auditors working in their departments to act as auditors if asked to do so by the ISD.
When to check internally and externally:
Internal audits are done every 6 months.
External audits are done every 6 months.
Pre-audit:
Audit Timetable Preparation:
The annual audit schedule is prepared by determining which ports will be audited
considering the level of seriousness of the authority's activities, performance and other pre-
set criteria.
The formation of the audit team:
The audit team is determined based on the experience gained and the approved training
courses and consists of a Principle/ Lead auditor and a number of port auditors according to
the audit requirements.
Preparation of an audit plan:
The principal auditor develops the audit plan, and the audit plan is then sent to the related
ports.
The audit plan includes:
Meeting with the Port authority.
Opening meeting with Port authority's senior management.
Review the SSHE system documents for the SPA such as procedures and records to
ensure that the requirements and standards of the system are implemented.
Meet auditors to review and determine audit outcome.
Final meeting with port management and informing them of the audit outcome and
signing of the final meeting report.

130
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Audit phase
The audit team conducts the audit according to the audit plan using the audit checklist and following
the scope of the audit without the following sequence:
Opening meeting:
The principal auditor opens the audit in the meeting with port representatives by introducing
the audit team, agreeing on the audit plan, clarifying the scope of the audit and the
mechanism for determining the results of the audit and reviewing previous results.
Compliance assessment:
The audit team reviews all relevant documents, including the SSHE Manual and procedures
for the SPA, and reviews samples of relevant records and documents, including:
Risk Register records
Training needs records
Emergency response plans and evacuation exercise results reports
Inspection reports and internal and external audits
Records of legal requirements
Target and target programs
Accident records
Minutes of the Administrative Review Meeting
Other related documents and records.
The application of corrective actions for non-compliance with the results of the previous
report is also verified, if any.
Mechanism for determining audit results/ Outcome:
The audit team extracts and determines the audit results/outcome by using the sampling approach,
which in turn depend on the information provided by the port, so the port is responsible for ensuring
that accurate and comprehensiveness information provided to the auditors. The audit also includes
random interviews with the SPA staff and a sample of the SPA equipment, operations, activities,
facilities and locations. The Principle/ Lead auditor determines the audit results according to the
following criteria:
Port compliance with occupational SSHE system
Compare the port's compliance with the standards established.
Assess the effectiveness of the system in the port.
Assess the effectiveness of the system implementation at the port and the appropriateness
of risk assessment and others.
Assess the impact of certain practices on the safety and health of workers in general and the
Security and Environmental aspects in the ports.
Assessing the compliance performance of the authority in general in accordance with the
SSHE system.
Assess staff's understanding of their specific roles and responsibilities in the SSHE system.
However, there may be non-compliance cases that have not been identified through selected samples
during the audit process. The port must therefore ensure the quality and effectiveness of the
implementation of the SSHE system.
Final meeting
The lead auditor reviews the audit results with the port representative and signs the "Final Meeting
Report", which contains non-compliance cases identified through auditing, if any.

POST audit
10.1 The post-audit phase includes the issuance of the audit report and it’s sent to the port, and the port
then develops CAPA plans to close the non-compliance solutions identified in the reports and these
plans are reviewed and approved by the main auditor according to the following:
131
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

10.1.1 Prepare the audit report:

10.1.1.1 The main auditor prepares the audit report according to the audit outputs and then
reviews and approves it.
10.1.2 The audit report consists of the following audit results:
10.1.2.1 Noteworthy
10.1.2.2 Observation
10.1.2.3 Minor no-compliance.
10.1.2.4 Major non-compliance.
Submit the audit report:
The port is provided with audit report and key non-compliance models within an agreed period.
The port will provide the Port ISD with plans for corrective action to close non-compliance, 15
days after the receipt of the audit report.
The port industrial security audit team checks the effective application of CAPA in the next port
audit (within 6 months).
The principal/ lead auditor reviews and approves corrective action plans.
Summary of the audit process

Forms
No Form Number Form Title Retention Period
001 HSES-F.18 Non-compliance registration form Until a new one comes out.

132
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Periodic review of Security safety and health and

Environment procedure
HSES-P.19

133
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Purpose
1.1 The purpose of this standard is to describe how to review the Security, occupational safety, health, and
environment procedures/ standards and to ensure that the procedure grows continually and
continuously.
1.2 The Review of Security, occupational safety and health and Environmental management systems is an
evaluation tool used by senior management to improve and develop the systems.
1.3 The evaluation process aims to measure the level of performance of the system used and provides the
basis for the development of the action plans for the correction process and is also used as a basis for
developing a future Security, Safety and Environment strategy for senior management.
Scope
The scope of this standard covers all port departments, operators and contractors.

Definitions and abbreviation:

Review: Is a systematic way to ensure that the safety, health, security and environment management
system in the SPA is implemented effectively, efficiently and successfully the system in achieving safety,
health, security and environmental requirements and procedures.

SPA:

SSHE:

HQ:

ISD:

HQISD:

Responsibilities
SPA President:
attend regular meetings to review the system.
Approves minutes of regular meetings to review the system.
Actively participate in the system review and improvement process.
SPA Vice-Presidents:
Present system review performance at regular meetings.
4.3 HQISD Manager:
responsible for the periodic update of the standard.
responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.
To keep copies of the minutes and decisions of the periodic review meetings of the standard.
Port General Manager:
Make sure that all port departments, operators and contractors are aware of this standard
and its applications.
4.4.2 Present and review the standard performance review in periodic meetings.
Port ISD Managers:
Responsible for introducing port departments, operators and contractors to this standard.
Monitor the application of the standard at its port.
Participate in regular meetings to review the standard.
Department managers:
They must apply the requirements of this standard in their departments.
Inform operators and contractors reporting to him about this standard.
Participate in regular meetings to review the standard.

134
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Periodic review meetings timetable:

At the port level, the review meeting must be held every 6 months.
At the all port level, this meeting is held annually (once a year).
Review topics
The Port ISD Department along with the Maritime Safety department manager will prepare a
presentation showing the SSHE performance and may review these topics:
Safety guide.
SSHE measures in the SPA.
Work-related safety laws and its implementation in SPA.
Working methods.
SSHE rules and instructions in the Authority and its application
Usage of personal protective equipment.
Various SSHE committees at ports.
Engineering maintenance - its systems.
Training program and training records.
Preventive inspection.
Accident and injury investigation records.
Work permit systems used.
Accident and injury statistics and other Security and Environment Statistics.
Preparations for emergencies.
Medical services - and records of the health monitoring of employees.
Follow-up - annual evaluation of SSHE work and communication with shipping agents.
Internal and external audit outputs.
Safety culture at ports.
Recommendations that primarily seek to improve safety and health at the port depart from that
meeting.
Records
There is a secretary for each meeting who records what happened at the meeting in the minutes of
the meeting and mainly outlines the decisions taken at that meeting.
The minutes of the meeting are signed by the president of the meeting.
8. Forms
No Form Number Form Title Retention Period
001

135
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Shared standards forms

136
 ‫الصفحة ‪137 of 690‬‬

‫سياسة السلامة والصحة المهنية‬

‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.01 #‬‬
‫‪Occupat i on Saf et y and Heal t h Pol i cy‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫‪137‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪138 of 690‬‬
‫ارقام التواصل الأمنية‬
‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.01 #‬‬
‫‪Securi t y Communi cat i on Numbers‬‬ ‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫ارقام التواصل‪Cont act Number :‬‬

‫ارقام التواصل مع المسؤولين الامنين في الهيئة العامة للموانئ‪Cont act Number wi t h t he Port Securi t y Responsi bl e personnel :‬‬

‫رقم الجوال‬ ‫رقم المكتب‬ ‫الاسم‬ ‫الموقع‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفة‬

‫المبنى الرئيسي –‬ ‫مدير الإدارة المركزية للأمن‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫الرياض‬ ‫الصناعي‬
‫‪HQ - Ri yadh‬‬ ‫‪HQ I SD Manager‬‬
‫المبنى الرئيسي –‬ ‫نائب مدير الإدارة المركزية‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫الرياض‬ ‫للأمن الصناعي‬
‫‪HQ - Ri yadh‬‬ ‫‪HQ I SD Deput y Manager‬‬
‫ميناء جدة‬ ‫مدير الأمن الصناعي‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪J eddah port‬‬ ‫‪I SD Manager‬‬
‫ميناء الملك عبد العزيز‬ ‫مدير الأمن الصناعي‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫بالدمام‬ ‫‪I SD Manager‬‬
‫‪Ki ng A. Azi z Port Dammam‬‬
‫ميناء الجبيل التجاري‬ ‫مدير الأمن الصناعي‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪J ubai l Commerci al Port‬‬ ‫‪I SD Manager‬‬
‫ميناء الجبيل الصناعي‬ ‫مدير الأمن الصناعي‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪J ubai l I ndust ri al Port‬‬ ‫‪I SD Manager‬‬
‫ميناء رأس الخير‬ ‫مدير الأمن الصناعي‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪Ras Al Khai r Port‬‬ ‫‪I SD Manager‬‬
‫ميناء جيزان‬ ‫مدير الأمن الصناعي‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪J i zan Port‬‬ ‫‪I SD Manager‬‬
‫ميناء ينبع التجاري‬ ‫مدير الأمن الصناعي‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪Yanbu Commerci al Port‬‬ ‫‪I SD Manager‬‬
‫ميناء الملك فهد‬ ‫مدير الأمن الصناعي‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫الصناعي ينبع‬ ‫‪I SD Manager‬‬
‫‪Ki ng Fahad I ndust ri al‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬

‫‪138‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪139 of 690‬‬

‫سياسة الأمن‬
‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.02 #‬‬
‫‪Securi t y Pol i cy‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫السياسة الأمنية‬
‫تعمل موانئ باستمرار في تطوير ثقافة تعترف بأهمية الأمن‪ .‬ومن هذا المنطلق يجب على‬
‫موانئ‪:‬‬
‫الامتثال للوائح الأمنية المعمول بها من قبل جميع المستويات في الميناء‪.‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪ .2‬التأكد من أن جميع البيانات يتم التعامل معها بكل سرية سواءً كانت بيانات‬
‫داخلية‪ ،‬والبيانات الشخصية والإلكترونية‪ ،‬وبيانات الأطراف الأخرى‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬تطوير التدريب المناسب لموظفي الأمن والموظفين وزوار المرفق‪ ،‬والإبلاغ عن‬
‫المتطلبات الأمنية وأفضل الممارسات لتجنب انتهاكات الأمن‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬إجراء تقييم دوري لمخاطر الأمن طبقاً للقوانين الدولية ذات الصلة‪ .‬إضافة تدابير‬
‫مضادة أمنية إضافية عند التوصية بهذه التقييمات‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬تكييف الإجراءات وترتيب الطلبيات وفقاً لاحتياجات التجارة العالمية والمتطلبات‬
‫التجارية والتنظيمية المتغيرة‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬التحقيق والإبلاغ عن أي حالة غير طبيعية وتنفيذ التدابير المناسبة لتجنب‬
‫تكرار هذه الحالات‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬تسليط الضوء على أهمية دوريات من قبل المهنيين المختصين للعمل في‬
‫فلسفة وقائية والرد السريع عند الضرورة‪.‬‬

‫__________________‬
‫معالي المهندس سعد بن عبد العزيز الخلب‬
‫رئيس الهيئة العامة للموانئبتاريخ‪ 16 :‬فبراير ‪2020‬م الموافق ‪ 22‬جمادى الثاني ‪ 1441‬هـ‬

‫‪139‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪140 of 690‬‬

‫سياسة البيئة‬
‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.03 #‬‬
‫‪Envi ronment al Pol i cy‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫سياسة البيئة‬
‫مجلس إدارة الموانئ‪ ،‬نتيجة لاستراتيجيته المؤسسية‪ ،‬يضع حماية البيئة داخل الميناء‬
‫والمناطق المحيطة بها كأولوية‪ .‬لهذا السبب‪ ،‬حددت هيئة الميناء بعض الأولويات‪:‬‬
‫الحفاظ على التعامل المستمر مع الهيئات الحكومية المختصة بالبيئية وتوفير‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫آليات للتحقق من الامتثال للتشريعات والاتفاقيات البيئية المعمول بها في‬
‫المملكة العربية السعودية‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬تعزيز الوعي البيئي والتدريب للعاملين في الموانئ والسفن في جميع المجالات‬
‫مثل‪:‬‬
‫‪ .2.1‬الضوضاء‬
‫‪ .2.2‬حماية المناخ‪،‬‬
‫‪ .2.3‬تحسين كفاءة الطاقة‬
‫‪ .2.4‬وإدارة النفايات‬
‫‪ .2.5‬والحفاظ على المياه‬
‫‪ .3‬تحديد الأهداف البيئية لتعزيز التحسين المستمر‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬تطبيق فلسفة وقائية للحفاظ على التنوع البيولوجي لمياه الميناء‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬إِبراز الإنجازات والاهتمامات البيئية في مراجعات الإدارة‪.‬‬

‫__________________‬
‫معالي المهندس سعد بن عبد العزيز الخلب‬
‫رئيس الهيئة العامة للموانئبتاريخ‪ 16 :‬فبراير ‪2020‬م الموافق ‪ 22‬جمادى الثاني ‪ 1441‬هـ‬

‫‪140‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪141 of 690‬‬
‫تقييم المخاطر‬ ‫استمارة ‪HSES-F.04 #‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫‪ .6‬معلومات عامة عن تقييم المخاطر ‪General I nf ormat i on -‬‬

‫‪about RA‬‬
‫الرقم التسلسلي لتقييم المخاطر ‪S/N -‬‬
‫‪Ri sk Assessment‬‬
‫الجهة ‪ /‬الميناء ‪port -‬‬
‫الإدارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫القسم ‪Sect i on -‬‬
‫النشاط الخاضع للتقييم – ‪Ri sk assessed‬‬
‫‪act i vi t y‬‬
‫نوع النشاط (روتيني‪ ،‬طوارئ‪ ،‬غير روتيني)‬
‫‪Type of Act i vi t y (Rout i ne, Emergency, non-‬‬
‫)‪rout i ne‬‬
‫الموظفين المتأثرين بالنشاط‬
‫‪Empl oyee af f ect ed by t he act i vi t y‬‬
‫تاريخ التقييم ‪Dat e -‬‬

‫‪ .7‬فريق تقييم المخاطر –‪Ri sk Assessment Team‬‬

‫التوقيع‬ ‫المسمى الوظيفي‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫الاسم‬ ‫الرقم‬
‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Posi t i on‬‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ ‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫‪Empl oyee I D‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ .8‬مصفوفة تقييم المخاطر – ‪Ri sk Assessment Mat ri x‬‬
‫‪ .8.1.1‬ويجب استخدام هذه المصفوفة لتقييم الخطر‪Thi s Mat ri x t o be used f or :‬‬
‫‪assessment‬‬
‫المعنى (احتمالية‬ ‫المعنى (احتمالية‬ ‫القيمة‬ ‫المصفوفة‬
‫الوقوع)‬ ‫الوقوع)‬ ‫‪Val ue‬‬ ‫‪Mat ri x‬‬

‫إصابة بسيطة جدا مثل‬

‫نادر الحصول‬
‫خدوش أو جرح بالورق‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Rare‬‬
‫‪I nsi gni f i cant‬‬
‫إصابة تتطلب إسعافات‬
‫أولية بسيطة من قبل‬
‫قليل الحصول‬
‫مسعف أولي وتدخل طبي‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Unl i kel y‬‬
‫خفيف‬
‫‪Mi nor‬‬
‫إصابة مضيعه للوقت‬
‫وتحتاج تدخل طبي وتؤدي‬
‫محتمل الحصول‬
‫إلى حالات عمل محدودة‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪Moderat e‬‬
‫‪Lost t i me I nj ury or‬‬
‫‪rest ri ct ed work‬‬
‫إصابات كبيرة وتؤدي إلى‬
‫مرجح الحصول (حصل‬
‫عجز جزئي دائم‬
‫سابقا أو معروف انه‬
‫‪Maj or, an i nj ury l eadi ng t o‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫يحصل)‬
‫‪t emporary di sabi l i t y and part‬‬
‫‪Li kel y‬‬
‫‪di sabi l i t y‬‬
‫موت أو إصابة تؤدي إلى عجز‬
‫مؤكد الحصول في‬
‫شامل ودائم‬
‫الغالب‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪Fat al i t y or a maj or i nj ury‬‬
‫‪Al most Cert ai n‬‬
‫‪l eadi ng t o t ot al di sabi l i t y‬‬

‫‪141‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪142 of 690‬‬
‫تقييم المخاطر‬ ‫استمارة ‪HSES-F.04 #‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫ويقاس مستوى الخطر عبر هذه المعادلة ‪Ri sk i s measured usi ng t hi s Formul a -‬‬
‫مستوى الخطر = احتمالية الخطر ‪ x‬شدة الضرر‬
‫‪Ri sk = Li kel i hood x Severi t y‬‬

‫‪ .9‬التسلسل الهرمي للحلول ‪Hi erarchy of Cont rol -‬‬

‫‪ .9.1‬من الممارسات الجيدة إتباع التسلسل الهرمي للحلول‪ ،‬فيجب أثناء وضع‬
‫الحلول التفكير في هذا التسلسل وتطبيقه وهو كالتالي‪One of t he best :‬‬
‫‪Pract i ces i n saf et y i s t o f ol l owhi erarchy of cont rol whi l e suggest i ng cont rol‬‬
‫‪f or t he hazards whi ch are:‬‬
‫‪ .9.1.1‬التخلص من الخطر‪ :‬وهو أفضل الحلول في السلامة – ‪El i mi nat i on: Get t i ng‬‬
‫‪ri d of t he hazard‬‬
‫‪ .9.1.2‬استبدال الخطر‪ :‬وهي عملية استبدال الخطر بخطر أقل خطورة منه مثلا‬
‫استبدال مادة كيميائية كاوية بمادة آمنة على الجلد‪Subst i t ut i on: .‬‬
‫‪whi ch i s a process t o repl ace a hazardous one wi t h l ess hazardous one and‬‬
‫‪del i ver t he same f unct i on‬‬
‫‪ .9.1.3‬الطرق الهندسية في الحل‪ :‬وهي طرق يحاول فيها تصميم حلول بطريق‬
‫هندسية لحماية الموظفين من المخاطر ومثال على ذلك وضع حاجز على‬
‫الأجزاء المتحركة من الآلة لمنع وصول أي جزء من جسم الإنسان للجزء المتحرك‬
‫من الآلة‪Engi neeri ng Cont rol : whi ch i s t he pl ace or t he machi ne or t he .‬‬
‫‪act i vi t y saf e by t he i nt roduct i on of engi neeri ng sol ut i ons such as‬‬
‫‪i nst al l i ng a Mechani cal Guard, bui l di ng a st ai rcase, aut omat i on of t he‬‬
‫‪process et c.‬‬
‫‪ .9.1.4‬الطرق الإدارية والتدريب‪ :‬وهي عبارة عن كتابة الإدارة لمجموعة من المعايير‬
‫والتحاليل وأيضا كتابة إجراءات التشغيل القياسية وتدريب‬
‫الموظفين على إجراءات السلامة المتبعة‪Admi ni st rat i on and Trai ni ng: .‬‬
‫‪t hi s i s by devel opment of Saf e syst emof work and est abl i shi ng t he St andard‬‬
‫‪operat i ng Procedure and al so conduct i ng of t rai ni ng.‬‬
‫‪ .9.1.5‬معدات الوقاية الشخصية‪ :‬هي مجموعة من المعدات تهدف لحماية الموظفين‬
‫من الخطر‪ .‬ومن تلك المعدات‪ :‬الخوذة‪ ،‬القفازات‪ ،‬أحذية السلامة‪ ،‬لباس‬
‫السلامة والنظارات وغيرها‪Personal Prot ect i ve Equi pment : Provi de Saf et y .‬‬
‫‪equi pment t o be worn by t he empl oyee such as a hard hat , googl es, prot ect i ve‬‬
‫‪cl ot hi ng, saf et y shoes et c.‬‬

‫‪142‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪143 of 690‬‬
‫تقييم المخاطر‬ ‫استمارة ‪HSES-F.04 #‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫‪143‬‬
 144 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تقييم المخاطر‬ HSES-F.04 # ‫الوثيقة‬
Ri sk Assessment 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫الخطر‬
‫مستوى الخطر‬
‫تاريخ‬ ‫مسؤولية‬ ‫المتبقي‬
‫الحلول الإضافية‬ Ri sk Level ‫الحلول الحالية‬
‫التنفيذ‬ Responsi bl e Resi dual Level Hazard - ‫الخطر‬ ‫الرقم‬
Addi t i onal Cont rol Current Cont rol
Target Dat e Person ‫خ‬ ‫ش‬ ‫ح‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ش‬ ‫ح‬
R S L R S L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Responsi bl e Person t o i mpl ement t he out come of t he ri sk assessment :‫المسؤول عن متابعة وتطبيق مخرجات هذا التقييم – المسؤول عن المنطقة‬
(Area Responsi bl e)
‫التاريخ‬ ‫التوقيع‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫الاسم‬
Dat e Si gnat ure ‫الوظيفي‬ Name
Empl oyee I D

144
 145 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تقييم المخاطر‬ HSES-F.05 # ‫الوثيقة‬
Ri sk Assessment 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫ قائمة بتقييم المخاطر في الإدارة ومستوى كل‬.10

Li st of al l Ri sk assessment i n t he depart ment – ‫تقييم‬
and i t s l evel

‫تاريخ‬ ‫مستوى‬ ‫عنوان التقييم‬ ‫الرقم رقم التقييم‬

‫المراجعة‬ ‫الخطر‬ Ri sk Assessment Ti t l e Ri sk Assessment SN
‫القادم‬ Ri sk Level Number
Next Revi ew
Dat e
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

145
 ‫محضر اجتماع لجنة السلامة‬ ‫الصفحة ‪146 of 690‬‬
‫والبيئة والأمن‬ ‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.06 #‬‬
‫‪Mi nut es of HSES Commi t t ee Meet i ng‬‬ ‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫الإدارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬

‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬
‫التوزيع‬ ‫الحضور‬
‫المسمى الوظيفي‬ ‫الاسم‬ ‫الرقم‬
‫رئيس اللجنة‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫الحضور‬ ‫سكرتير اللجنة‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫نسخة لإدارة الأمن‬
‫الصناعي‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫المحضر‬
‫المسؤول‬
‫تاريخ التنفيذ‬ ‫عن‬ ‫الوصف‬ ‫الرقم‬
‫التطبيق‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫التواقيع‬
‫التاريخ والتوقيع‬ ‫الاسم‬ ‫الوظيفة‬
‫سكرتير اللجنة‬
‫رئيس اللجنة‬

‫‪146‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪147 of 690‬‬
‫محضر اجتماع لجنة السلامة‬
‫والبيئة والأمن‬ ‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.06 #‬‬
‫‪Mi nut es of HSES Commi t t ee Meet i ng‬‬ ‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫الإدارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬

‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬
‫التوزيع ‪Di st ri but i on -‬‬ ‫الحضور ‪At t endees -‬‬
‫المسمى الوظيفي ‪-‬‬ ‫الاسم ‪Names -‬‬ ‫الرقم‬
‫الحضور ‪At t endees -‬‬ ‫‪Posi t i on‬‬
‫رئيس اللجنة ‪Chai rman -‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫نسخة لإدارة الأمن‬ ‫سكرتير اللجنة ‪-‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫الصناعي ‪I SD -‬‬ ‫‪Secret ary‬‬
‫نسخة لإدارة الصحة‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫والسلامة والبيئة ‪-‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪HSED‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫المحضر‬
‫المسؤول‬
‫تاريخ التنفيذ‬ ‫عن‬ ‫الرقم‬
‫الوصف ‪Descri pt i on -‬‬
‫التطبيق ‪Target Dat e‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫‪Responsi bl e‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫التواقيع ‪Si gnat ure -‬‬
‫التاريخ والتوقيع – ‪Dat e and‬‬ ‫الاسم ‪Name -‬‬ ‫الوظيفة‬
‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬
‫سكرتير اللجنة ‪Secret ary -‬‬
‫رئيس اللجنة ‪Chai rman -‬‬

‫‪147‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪148 of 690‬‬
‫نموذج جدول الأعمال لاجتماعات لجنة السلامة‬
‫والبيئة والأمن‬ ‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.07 #‬‬
‫‪HSES Commi t t ee Agenda‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫الادارة الإدارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬
‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬

‫‪Meet i ng I nf ormat i on‬‬ ‫معلومات عن الاجتماع‪:‬‬

‫‪Dat e:‬‬ ‫التاريخ‪:‬‬
‫‪Ti me:‬‬ ‫الوقت‪:‬‬
‫‪Locat i on:‬‬ ‫المكان‪:‬‬
‫‪Agenda‬‬ ‫جدول الأعمال‪:‬‬
‫‪1.Wel comi ng at t endees‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬الترحيب بالأعضاء‬
‫‪2.Saf et y moment (one of t he at t endees‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬لحظة سلامة (يتناول أحد الأعضاء قصة‬
‫) ‪t el l a saf et y st ory wi t h i t s moral‬‬ ‫تتعلق بالسلامة وينتهي بالدروس‬
‫المستوحاة من القصة)‪.‬‬
‫‪3.Previ ous Mi nut es of Meet i ng‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬مناقشة محضر الاجتماع السابق‪.‬‬
‫‪4.Saf et y, Heal t h, Envi ronment and‬‬ ‫‪ .4‬مناقشة إحصائيات السلامة والبيئة‬
‫‪Securi t y St at i st i cs and l eadi ng and‬‬ ‫والأمن (المؤشرات الرئيسية واللاحقة)‪.‬‬
‫‪l aggi ng i ndi cat ors‬‬
‫‪5.Di scussi ng t he previ ous acci dent s‬‬ ‫مناقشة جميع حوادث السلامة وحوادث‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫‪duri ng t he l ast 3 mont hs and what was t he‬‬ ‫البيئة وأيضا أي حدث أمني حصل خلال‬
‫‪acci dent i nvest i gat i on out come and i s i t‬‬ ‫الثلاثة أشهر المنصرمة ومخرجات تلك‬
‫‪i mpl ement ed or not‬‬ ‫الحوادث وأيضا هل تم تطبيق التوصيات‬
‫أم لا‪.‬‬
‫‪6.Di scussi ng t he HSES Suggest i ons whi ch‬‬ ‫مناقشة اقتراحات السلامة والبيئة‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫‪can hel p i mproves HSES Perf ormance.‬‬ ‫والأمن التي من شأنها أن تطور وتحسن‬
‫الأنظمة بشكل أفضل لجميع الموانئ‪.‬‬
‫‪7.NewSt andards and Expl ai ni ng i t‬‬ ‫طرح المعايير الجديدة وشرحها‪.‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫‪8.Di scussi ng l at est HSES Laws and howi t‬‬ ‫مناقشة آخر قوانين السلامة والبيئة‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫‪wi l l be i mpl ement ed‬‬ ‫والأمن وكيفية تطبيقها‪.‬‬
‫‪9.Di scussi on t he HSES obj ect i ves and i t s‬‬ ‫مناقشة تنفيذ أهداف السلامة والبيئة‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫‪i mpl ement at i on by each manager‬‬ ‫والأمن السنوية وان يعرض كل مدير‬
‫للميناء أهدافه أيضا‪.‬‬
‫‪10.Di scussi ng HSES t opi cs i n t he port and‬‬ ‫مناقشة مواضيع السلامة والبيئة‬ ‫‪.10‬‬
‫‪ot her port s‬‬ ‫والأمن التي بين الموانئ والجهات الأخرى‪.‬‬
‫‪11.Di scussi ng t he Audi t process and i t s‬‬ ‫مناقشة عملية التدقيق على النظام وأهم‬ ‫‪.11‬‬
‫‪out come‬‬ ‫مخرجات وتوصيات عملية التدقيق‪.‬‬
‫‪12.Empl oyee suggest i ons and compl ai ns‬‬ ‫بعض اقتراحات الموظفين أو شكواهم‪.‬‬ ‫‪.12‬‬
‫‪13.Heal t h Survei l l ance out come‬‬ ‫مخرجات المسح الصحي‪.‬‬ ‫‪.13‬‬
‫‪14.Any ot her busi ness‬‬ ‫وغيرها من المواضيع الجديدة‪.‬‬ ‫‪.14‬‬

‫‪148‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪149 of 690‬‬
‫سجل المتطلبات القانونية وغيرها (الأمن)‬
‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.08 #‬‬
‫)‪Legal Requi rement and Ot hers Regi st er (Securi t y‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫طريقة التطبيق (شرح كيفية التزام‬ ‫الأقسام التي يجب‬ ‫عنوان المرسوم‪/‬القانون‬ ‫سنة‬ ‫رقم‬ ‫الرقم‬
‫الميناء بالتطبيق وأيضا أدلة على‬ ‫تطبيقها‬ ‫المتسلسل المرسوم‪/‬القانون الإصدار ‪LAWTI TLE‬‬
‫التطبيق)‬ ‫‪Sect i on t o be‬‬ ‫‪YEAR‬‬ ‫‪LAWNumber‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫‪Howi t i s i mpl ement ed or howi t wi l l be‬‬ ‫‪i mpl ement ed‬‬
‫‪i mpl ement ed‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪19‬‬

‫‪149‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪150 of 690‬‬
‫سجل المتطلبات القانونية وغيرها (الصحة والسلامة والبيئة)‬
‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.09 #‬‬
‫) ‪Legal Requi rement and Ot hers Regi st rar /Record (Heal t h, Saf et y and Envi ronment‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫طريقة التطبيق (شرح كيفية إلتزام‬ ‫الأقسام التي يجب‬ ‫عنوان المرسوم‪/‬القانون‬ ‫سنة‬ ‫رقم‬ ‫الرقم‬
‫الميناء بالتطبيق و أيضا أدلة على‬ ‫تطبيقها‬ ‫المتسلسل المرسوم‪/‬القانون الإصدار ‪LAWt i t l e/ subj ect‬‬
‫التطبيق)‬ ‫‪Sect i ons t o be‬‬ ‫‪YEAR‬‬ ‫‪LAWnumber‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫‪Howi t wi l l be i mpl ement ed or howi t i s‬‬ ‫‪i mpl ement ed‬‬
‫‪i mpl ement ed‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪18‬‬

‫‪150‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪151 of 690‬‬
‫الأهداف السنوية في السلامة والبيئة‬ ‫استمارة ‪HSES-F.10 #‬‬
‫والأمن‬ ‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬
‫‪Annual HSES Obj ect i ves‬‬

‫‪ .1‬معلومات عامة – ‪General I nf ormat i on‬‬

‫الميناء ‪ /‬الجهة ‪Port -‬‬

‫الإدارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫القسم ‪Sect i on -‬‬

‫‪ .2‬اهداف السلامة والحريق والصحة – ‪Heal t h Saf et y and‬‬

‫‪:Fi re Obj ect i ves‬‬

‫تاريخ انتهاء‬ ‫طريقة‬ ‫الرقم الهدف‬

‫التنفيذ‬ ‫القياس‬ ‫‪Obj ect i ve‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫‪Target Dat e Measurement‬‬
‫‪Met hod‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬

‫‪ .3‬اهداف بيئية – ‪:Envi ronment al Obj ect i ves‬‬

‫تاريخ انتهاء‬ ‫طريقة‬ ‫الرقم الهدف‬
‫التنفيذ‬ ‫القياس‬ ‫‪Obj ect i ve‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫‪Target Dat e‬‬ ‫‪Measurement‬‬
‫‪Met hod‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬

‫‪ .4‬اهداف أمنية – ‪:Securi t y Obj ect i ves‬‬

‫تاريخ انتهاء‬ ‫طريقة‬ ‫الرقم الهدف‬
‫التنفيذ‬ ‫القياس‬ ‫‪Obj ect i ve‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫‪Target Dat e Measurement‬‬
‫‪Met hod‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬

‫‪151‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪152 of 690‬‬
‫الأهداف السنوية في السلامة والبيئة‬ ‫استمارة ‪HSES-F.10 #‬‬
‫والأمن‬ ‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬
‫‪Annual HSES Obj ect i ves‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫‪152‬‬
 153 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫نموذج كيفية تحقيق الأهداف‬ HSES-F.11 # ‫استمارة‬
0 # ‫المراجعة‬
HowObj ect i ves wi l l be achi eved

General I nf ormat i on – ‫ معلومات عامة‬.5

Port – ‫ الجهة‬/ ‫الميناء‬

Depart ment - ‫الإدارة‬
Sect i on - ‫القسم‬

:Obj ect i ve - ‫ الهدف‬.6

‫تاريخ انتهاء‬ ‫طريقة‬ Obj ect i ve - ‫الرقم الهدف‬

‫التنفيذ‬ ‫القياس‬ SN
Target Met hod of
compl et i on Dat e measurement
1

:‫ خطوات تحقيق الهدف‬.7

‫المسؤول‬ ‫تاريخ‬ St ep - ‫الرقم الخطوة‬
Responsi bl e ‫التنفيذ‬ SN
person Execut i on
Dat e
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

153
 ‫الصفحة ‪154 of 690‬‬
‫سجل حضور محادثات السلامة والبيئة‬
‫والأمن‬ ‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.12 #‬‬
‫‪HSES Tool box Tal ks‬‬ ‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫إسم المشرف ‪-‬‬ ‫الميناء ‪Port‬‬

‫‪Supervi sor Name‬‬ ‫الجهة‬

‫رقم المشرف – ‪Empl oyee‬‬ ‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬

‫‪Number‬‬ ‫‪Dat e‬‬

‫المكان ‪Locat i on -‬‬ ‫الإدارة ‪Dept‬‬

‫عنوان المحادثة – ‪Tool box Tal k Ti t l e‬‬

‫الحضور ‪At t endee -‬‬

‫رقم‬
‫الرقم الموظف‬
‫التوقيع ‪Si gnat ure -‬‬ ‫الإدارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬ ‫الاسم ‪Name -‬‬
‫‪Empl oyee‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫‪ID‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫أي ملاحظات على الموضوع‪Any Observat i ons or comment about t he subj ect - :‬‬

‫‪154‬‬
 ‫رقم الصفحة ‪155‬من ‪690‬‬

‫التفتيش الذاتي على مناطق عمل‬ ‫‪HSES-F.13‬‬

‫المعلومات العامة‬
‫المبنى‬ ‫التاريخ‬
‫الادارة‬ ‫اسم المفتش‬
‫قائمة التفتيش‬
‫‪ .1‬قائمة عامة لجميع الأماكن‬
‫التقييم ‪ 5‬أفضل‬
‫و‪ 1‬أسوء‬ ‫الرق‬
‫ملاحظات‬ ‫الوصف‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫م‬
‫هل الأسقف صالحة وجميع الاسقف بحالة جيدة؟‬ ‫‪1-1‬‬
‫هل جميع الأثاث بحالة جيدة وصالحة للاستخدام؟‬ ‫‪1-2‬‬
‫هل الجدران بحالة جيدة ولا يوجد بها شروخ؟‬ ‫‪1-3‬‬
‫هل الأرضيات والأسطح بحالة جيدة وخالية من‬ ‫‪1-4‬‬
‫الشروخ‪ ،‬ولا توجد هنالك أخطار السقوط والانزلاق؟‬
‫هل الأرفف محملة بالعديد من الكتب والأوزان‬ ‫‪1-5‬‬
‫الثقيلة وتم وضع الأوزان الخفيفة فوق‬
‫والثقيلة بالأسفل؟‬
‫هل يُحظر استهلاك الأطعمة والمشروبات وما إلى‬ ‫‪1-6‬‬
‫ذلك في الأماكن المحظورة؟‬
‫هل مراوح تهوية الحمامات مغطاة بواقي يمنع‬ ‫‪1-7‬‬
‫وصول الأيادي إليها؟‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .2‬قائمة عامة للورش‬

‫هل المعدات والآلات والغطاء الواقي لها في مكانه‬ ‫‪2-1‬‬

‫وبحالة جيدة؟‬
‫هل الآلات مثبته بشكل جيد بالأرض مثل آلة‬ ‫‪2-2‬‬
‫الثقب والمجالخ؟‬
‫هل تم صيانة المعدات والآلات بشكل جيد بحيث‬ ‫‪2-3‬‬
‫تمنع الإصابات الشخصية وعطل الآلات؟‬
‫هل ضغط الهواء صحيح ومناسب بحيث لا يتعدى‬ ‫‪2-4‬‬
‫‪ 30‬بي إس آي؟‬
‫هل تم تبيان محتوى جميع الأنابيب واتجاه‬ ‫‪2-5‬‬
‫حركة الموائع فيها بشكل واضح؟‬
‫هل يتم تغطية الأنابيب الساخنة عبر واقي‬ ‫‪2-6‬‬
‫يمنع لمس الأشخاص لها ومكتوب عليها "ساخن"؟‬
‫هل تم وضع علامة لبس معدات الوقاية مثل‬ ‫‪2-7‬‬
‫النظارة الحامية وغيرها بشكل صحيح وفي مكان‬
‫واضح وهل يتم الالتزام بها؟‬
‫هل يتم عزل الآلات المعطلة ووضع فوقها علامة‬ ‫‪2-8‬‬
‫"غير صالحة وخارج الخدمة"؟‬

‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .3‬المخارج والممرات‬

‫هل الأبواب متاحة ومن دون عوائق؟‬ ‫‪3-1‬‬

‫هل الممرات متاحة ومن دون عوائق؟‬ ‫‪3-2‬‬
‫هل تم وضع علامات "مخرج" بشكل واضح وأنها‬ ‫‪3-3‬‬
‫مضاءة؟‬
‫هل يمكن فتح مخارج الطوارئ من الداخل إلى الخارج‬ ‫‪3-4‬‬
‫من دون الحاجة لمفاتيح أو معرفة خاصة بفتحها؟‬
‫هل المخارج خالية من أقفال أو موصده؟‬ ‫‪3-5‬‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪155‬‬
 ‫رقم الصفحة ‪156‬من ‪690‬‬

‫التفتيش الذاتي على مناطق عمل‬ ‫‪HSES-F.13‬‬

‫‪ .4‬الكهرباء‬
‫هل توجد مساحة فارغه (على الأقل ‪ 1‬متر) أمام‬ ‫‪4-1‬‬
‫صندوق أو لوحة المفاتيح الكهربائية؟‬
‫هل المعدات الكهربائية اليدوية تم تأريضها‬ ‫‪4-2‬‬
‫بشكل مناسب او بها عزل مزدوج؟‬
‫هل المنطقة خالية من التوزيعات الكهربائية‬ ‫‪4-4‬‬
‫الممتدة على الأرض؟‬
‫هل جميع المقابس الكهربائية موصولة بشكل‬ ‫‪4-5‬‬
‫مباشر مع افياش الحائط؟‬
‫هل التوصيلات الكهربائية والمقابس خالية‬ ‫‪4-6‬‬
‫من العيوب والكسور والقطع؟‬
‫هل لوحة مفاتيح الكهرباء خالية من المواد‬ ‫‪4-7‬‬
‫القابلة للاشتعال؟‬
‫هل غطاء لوحة المفاتيح موجود ويغطيها؟‬ ‫‪4-8‬‬
‫هل توجد علامة "خطر‪ -‬جهد عالي" على أجهز الضغط‬ ‫‪4-9‬‬
‫العالي التي تبدأ من ‪ 600‬فولت وأكثر؟‬
‫هل جميع الأجهزة الكهربائية وتشمل الإضاءة‬ ‫‪4-10‬‬
‫محمية من الضرر الميكانيكي عن طريق حامي او‬
‫واقي؟‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .5‬معدات الطوارئ‬

‫هل معدات وأجهزة الطوارئ (مثل جرس الإنذار‪ ،‬غسول‬ ‫‪5-1‬‬

‫العينين‪ ،‬وغيرها من الأجهزة) متاحة ومن دون‬
‫عوائق؟‬
‫هل تم توفير غسول العينين في المناطق‬ ‫‪5-2‬‬
‫التي بها مواد كيميائية؟‬
‫هل تم توفير منصات الاستحمام في المناطق‬ ‫‪5-3‬‬
‫التي بها مواد كيميائية؟‬
‫هل جميع معدات الطوارئ بحالة جيدة‪.‬‬ ‫‪5-4‬‬
‫هل معدات تنظيف التسربات بحالة جيدة ويمكن‬ ‫‪5-5‬‬
‫الوصول إليها؟‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .6‬التخزين ‪ -‬عام‬

‫هل النظافة والترتيب جيده (خالية من‬ ‫‪6-1‬‬

‫النفايات والمواد القابلة للاشتعال‪ ،‬والعوائق؟‬
‫هل يتم الحفاظ على الممرات نظيفة؟)‬
‫هل التخزين والمواد المخزنة ثابته ومستقرة ولا‬ ‫‪6-2‬‬
‫توجد مواد تسبب العرقلة او السقوط؟‬
‫هل يوجد مساحة فاصلة بين أعلى المواد‬ ‫‪6-3‬‬
‫والسقف قدرها ‪ 60‬سم على الأقل؟‬
‫المجموع‬
‫‪ .7‬التخزين – الحماية من الحريق‬
‫هل يتم تخزين أقل كمية مطلوبة من المواد‬ ‫‪7-1‬‬
‫القابلة للاشتعال في الموقع؟‬
‫هل توجد مساحة فارغة حول مرشات مياه الحريق‬ ‫‪7-2‬‬
‫في حدود ‪50‬سم؟‬

‫‪156‬‬
 ‫رقم الصفحة ‪157‬من ‪690‬‬

‫التفتيش الذاتي على مناطق عمل‬ ‫‪HSES-F.13‬‬

‫هل تتجاوز كمية السوائل القابلة للاشتعال‬ ‫‪7-3‬‬

‫استهلاك يوم واحد مخزنة بطريقة آمنة وداخل‬
‫خزانات ضد الحريق؟‬
‫يجب ان تكون خزانات خالية من المواد القابلة‬ ‫‪7-4‬‬
‫للاشتعال مثل الوق والخشب وغيرها؟‬
‫هل عبوات تخزين المواد المشتعلة عليها‬ ‫‪7-5‬‬
‫ملصقات تحذيرية؟‬
‫هل عبوات التخزين للمواد القابلة للاشتعال‬ ‫‪7-6‬‬
‫عليها ملصقات تحذيرية تبين محتواها؟‬
‫هل الثلاجات التي تخزن فيها المواد المشتعلة‬ ‫‪7-7‬‬
‫مصممة للحماية ضد الانفجار وموافق عليها من‬
‫هيئات معروفة؟‬
‫هل يتم إرجاع المواد القابلة للاشتعال إلى‬ ‫‪7-8‬‬
‫عبواتها بنهاية اليوم؟‬
‫المجموع‬
‫‪ .8‬التخزين – أسطوانات الغاز المضغوطة‬
‫هل جميع الأسطوانات مربوطة بشكل جيد لمنع‬ ‫‪8-1‬‬
‫سقوطها؟‬
‫هل غطاء الصمام الحامي موضوع في مكانه في‬ ‫‪8-2‬‬
‫حالة عدم استخدام الأسطوانة؟‬
‫هل يتم تخزين الأسطوانات الخالية والممتلئة‬ ‫‪8-3‬‬
‫بشكل منفصل؟‬
‫هل يتم تخزين الأسطوانات المتماثلة مع‬ ‫‪8-4‬‬
‫بعضها؟‬
‫هل يتم تعليم الأسطوانات بشكل واضح؟‬ ‫‪8-5‬‬
‫هل يتم استخدام المنظم الصحيح للأسطوانات؟‬ ‫‪8-6‬‬
‫هل الغازات السامة مخزنة في مكان ذا تهوية‬ ‫‪8-7‬‬
‫جيدة؟‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .9‬معدات الوقاية الشخصية‬

‫هل يتم تطبيق متطلبات ارتداء معدات الوقاية‬ ‫‪9-1‬‬
‫الشخصية؟‬
‫هل يتم ارتداء معدات الوقاية الشخصية؟‬ ‫‪9-2‬‬
‫في حال عدم استخدام معدات الوقاية الشخصية‪،‬‬ ‫‪9-3‬‬
‫هل يتم تخزينها في مكانها الصحيح؟‬
‫هل معدات الوقاية الشخصية متوفرة للجميع‬ ‫‪9-4‬‬
‫من موظفين وزوار؟‬
‫هل معدات الوقاية الشخصية خالية من العيوب؟‬ ‫‪9-5‬‬
‫هل الأشخاص الذين يستخدمون أجهزة التنفس‬ ‫‪9-6‬‬
‫مدربون على ذلك؟‬
‫هل أجهزة التنفس وأسطوانات التنفس يتم‬ ‫‪9-7‬‬
‫صيانتها وفحصها بشكل دوري؟‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .10‬منصات العمل المرتفعة والدرابزين‬

‫هل فتحات التصريف على الأرض محمية لتمنع‬ ‫‪10-1‬‬

‫العرقلة والسقوط؟‬
‫هل يوجد حامي سقوط الأغراض (‪)t oeboard‬؟‬ ‫‪10-2‬‬
‫هل يوجد درابزين معياري؟‬ ‫‪10-3‬‬
‫هل الدرابزين بحالة جيدة وسليمة؟‬ ‫‪10-4‬‬

‫‪157‬‬
 ‫رقم الصفحة ‪158‬من ‪690‬‬

‫التفتيش الذاتي على مناطق عمل‬ ‫‪HSES-F.13‬‬

‫هل توجد منصات عمل آمنة للوصول للمعدات أثناء‬ ‫‪10-5‬‬

‫الصيانة؟‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .11‬السلالم‬

‫هل السلالم المتنقلة في حالة جيدة وآمنة؟‬ ‫‪11-1‬‬

‫هل أعمدة السلامة بحالة جيدة؟‬ ‫‪11-2‬‬
‫هل يتم توفير حامي السقوط في المنصات‬ ‫‪11-3‬‬
‫المرتفعة؟‬
‫هل الدرابزين بحالة جيدة؟‬ ‫‪11-4‬‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .12‬الرافعة الشوكية‬

‫هل الرافعات الشوكية المعطلة تكون خارج الخدمة‬ ‫‪12-1‬‬

‫ومكتوب عليها انها "خارج الخدمة"؟‬
‫هل يتم الاحتفاظ باستمارات تفتيش الرافعات‬ ‫‪12-2‬‬
‫في ملف خاص بذلك؟‬
‫هل أقصى حمل للرافعة مبين عليها بشكل‬ ‫‪12-3‬‬
‫واضح‪.‬‬
‫هل مشغل الرافعة مدرب على ذلك‬ ‫‪12-4‬‬
‫هل يوجد في الرافعة أجهزة الإنذار وحزام الأمان؟‬ ‫‪12-5‬‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .13‬الحماية من الحريق‬

‫هل يوجد تصريح العمل الحار بموقع العمل؟‬ ‫‪13-1‬‬

‫هل جميع الأبواب التي تغلق تلقائيا تعمل‬ ‫‪13-2‬‬
‫بشكل جيد؟‬
‫هل الجدران والأرضيات خالية من الفتحات؟‬ ‫‪13-3‬‬
‫هل يتم وضع علامة "ممنوع التدخين" داخل‬ ‫‪13-4‬‬
‫المكاتب؟‬
‫هل علامات التي تبين أماكن طفايات الحريق‬ ‫‪13-5‬‬
‫واضحة؟‬
‫هل يمكن الوصول لطفايات الحريق من دون‬ ‫‪13-6‬‬
‫عوائق؟‬
‫جميع الطفايات في مكانها ولا تستخدم لجعل‬ ‫‪13-7‬‬
‫الباب مفتوحة؟‬
‫هل يتم فحص الطفايات بشكل شهري؟‬ ‫‪13-8‬‬
‫هل يوجد أي تسريب في انابيب الحريق؟‬ ‫‪13-8‬‬
‫المجموع‬
‫‪ .14‬غرف الحاسوب‬
‫يجب عدم وضع أي مواد قابلة للاشتعال في تلك‬ ‫‪14-1‬‬
‫الغرف؟‬
‫هل الغرف خالية من السوائل القابلة للاشتعال؟‬ ‫‪14-2‬‬
‫هل توجد فتحات في الأرضيات المرتفعة؟‬ ‫‪14-3‬‬
‫هل يمكن الوصول لمعدات الحريق من دون عوائق؟‬ ‫‪14-4‬‬
‫هل الغرفة خالية من آلة القهوة والآلات التي‬ ‫‪14-5‬‬
‫تنتج حرارة؟‬
‫هل توجد علامة "ممنوع التدخين" في الغرفة؟‬ ‫‪14-6‬‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪158‬‬
 ‫رقم الصفحة ‪159‬من ‪690‬‬

‫التفتيش الذاتي على مناطق عمل‬ ‫‪HSES-F.13‬‬

‫‪ .15‬معدات إنقاذ الأرواح‬

‫قوارب النجاة بحالة جيدة وتعمل؟‬ ‫‪15-1‬‬

‫إضاءة الطوارئ والبطاريات تعمل بشكل جيد‬ ‫‪15-2‬‬
‫ستر النجاة – بحالة جيدة وتعمل؟‬ ‫‪15-3‬‬
‫عوامات النجاة – عددها كافي وعليها علامات واضحة‬ ‫‪15-4‬‬
‫وبحالة جيدة؟‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .16‬نقاط أخرى – يمكن للمفتش إضافة نقاط أخرى‪.‬‬

‫‪16-1‬‬
‫‪16-2‬‬
‫‪16-3‬‬
‫‪16-4‬‬
‫‪16-5‬‬
‫‪16-6‬‬
‫‪16-7‬‬
‫‪16-8‬‬
‫‪16-9‬‬
‫‪16-10‬‬
‫المجموع الكلي للنقاط‬
‫تحتسب بقسمة المجموع الكلي على‬
‫نسبة النجاح‬
‫جموع النقاط المفترض وهو ‪460‬‬

‫‪ .17‬الصور‬

‫‪17-2‬‬ ‫‪17-1‬‬

‫‪159‬‬
 ‫رقم الصفحة ‪160‬من ‪690‬‬

‫التفتيش الذاتي على مناطق عمل‬ ‫‪HSES-F.13‬‬

‫‪17-4‬‬ ‫‪17-3‬‬

‫‪17-6‬‬ ‫‪17-5‬‬

‫‪17-8‬‬ ‫‪17-7‬‬

‫المفتش‪:‬‬

‫‪160‬‬
 ‫رقم الصفحة ‪161‬من ‪690‬‬

‫التفتيش الذاتي على مناطق عمل‬ ‫‪HSES-F.13‬‬

‫توقيع المفتش‬ ‫اسم المفتش‬

‫توقيع المسؤول عن‬ ‫اسم المسؤول عن المنطقة‬

‫المنطقة‬

‫الخطوات التصحيحية‬

‫تاريخ التنفيذ‬ ‫اسم المنفذ‬ ‫الخطوات التصحيحية المقترحة‬ ‫الرق‬

‫م‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪3‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫‪7‬‬

‫‪8‬‬

‫‪9‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪11‬‬

‫‪12‬‬

‫‪13‬‬

‫‪161‬‬
 Page Number 162 from 690

Self-Inspection by the Safety Department HSES-F.13

General Information
Date The building
Inspector Name Department
Checklist
1. General list of all places
Evaluation 5 is best
figure description and 1 is worst Comments
1 2 3 4 5
1-1 Are the ceilings valid and all the ceiling tiles in good
condition?
2-1 Are all furniture in good condition and usable?
3-1 Are the walls in good condition and have no cracks?
4-1 Are the floors and surfaces in good condition and free of
cracks, and there are no risks of falling and slipping?
5-1 Are the shelves loaded with many books and heavy
weights and light weights are placed above and heavy
weights below?
6-1 Is it prohibited to consume foods, drinks, etc. in
prohibited places?
7-1 Are bathroom ventilation fans covered with guards that
prevents hands from reaching them?
Total

2. General list for workshops

1-2 Are the equipment, machines and protective cover in

place and in good condition?
2-2 Are machines well installed in the ground such as drilling
machine and grinders?
3-2 Have the equipment and machinery been well
maintained so as to prevent personal injuries and
machine failures ?
4-2 Is the air pressure correct and suitable so that it does not
exceed 30 PSI?
5-2 Has the content of all pipes and the direction of
movement of fluids in them been clearly indicated?
6-2 Are hot pipes covered with a protector that prevents
people from touching them and says "hot"?
7-2 Has the wearing of PPE signs such as protective glasses,
etc., been properly marked and in a clear placeand is it
adhered to?
8-2 Are malfunctioning machines isolated and marked as
"out of service"?

Total

3. Exits and corridors

162
 Page Number 163 from 690

Self-Inspection by the Safety Department HSES-F.13

1-3 Are the doors available and unobstructed?

2-3 Are corridors available and unobstructed?
3-3 Is the "exit" clearly marked and is it lit?
4-3 Can emergency exits be opened from the inside out
without the need for keys or special knowledge to open
them?
5-3 Are the exits free and locked?
Total

4. Electricity
1-4 Is there an empty space (at least 1 meter) in front of a
box or Distribution Board?
2-4 Is manual electrical equipment properly grounded or has
double insulation?
4-4 Is the area free of electrical distributions laying on the
ground?
5-4 Are all electrical plugs directly connected with wall
plugs?
6-4 Are electrical connections and plugs free of defects ,
fractures and cuts?
7-4 Is the Electrical Distribution board free of flammable
materials?
8-4 Is the Electrical Distribution board cover there and
covers it?
9-4 Is there a "risk-high voltage" sign on high-pressure
devices starting at 600V and above?
10-4 Are all electrical appliances including lighting protected
from mechanical damage by a protector/ guard?
Total

5. Emergency Equipment

1-5 Are emergency equipment and devices (such as alarm

bells, eye washes, and other devices) available and
unobstructed?
2-5 Has eye wash been provided in areas with chemicals?
3-5 Have bathing pads been provided in areas with
chemicals?
4-5 Are all emergency equipment in good condition?
5-5 Is leak cleaning equipment in good condition and
accessible?
Total

6. Storage - General

1-6 Is the Housekeeping good (free of waste, flammable

materials , obstacles? are the corridors kept clean?)

163
 Page Number 164 from 690

Self-Inspection by the Safety Department HSES-F.13

2-6 Are the storage and stored materials stable and stable
and there are no materials that cause obstruction or fall?
3-6 Is there a space between the top of the material and the
ceiling of at least 60 cm?
Total
7. Storage – Fire Protection
1-7 Is the minimum amount of flammable material required
stored on site?
2-7 Is there an empty space around the fire water sprinklers
within 50cm?
3-7 Does the amount of flammable fluid exceed the
consumption of one day stored in a safe way and inside
fireproof tanks?
4-7 Should tanks be free of flammable materials such as
lukes, wood and others?
5-7 Are flammable material storage packs with warning
labels?
6-7 Do storage packs for flammable materials have warning
labels showing their content?
7-7 Are the refrigerators in which flammable materials are
stored designed to protect against explosion and
approved by known bodies?
8-7 Will flammable materials be returned to their packaging
by the end of the day?
Total
8. Storage – Compressed Gas Cylinders
1-8 Are all cylinders well tied to prevent them from falling?

2-8 Is the protective valve cap in place if the roller is not

used?
3-8 Are empty and filled cylinders stored separately?
4-8 Are identical cylinders stored together?
5-8 Are the cylinders clearly marked?
6-8 Is the correct regulator used for cylinders?
7-8 Are toxic gases stored in a place with good ventilation?
Total

9. Personal Protective Equipment

1-9 Are the requirements for PPE equipment applied?
2-9 Is PPE worn?
3-9 If PPE is not used, is it stored in place?
4-9 Is PPE available to everyone, both employees and
visitors?
5-9 Is PPE free of damages?
6-9 Are people who use respirators trained in this?

164
 Page Number 165 from 690

Self-Inspection by the Safety Department HSES-F.13

7-9 Are respirators and breathing cylinders maintained and

checked periodically?
Total

10. High work platforms and handrails

1-10 Are the drainage holes on the ground protected to

prevent tripping and fall?
2-10 Is there a toeboard?
3-10 Is there a standard handrail?
4-10 Are the handrails in good condition and intact?
5-10 Are there safe working platforms to access equipment
during maintenance?
Total

11. staircases

1-11 Are stairs in good condition and safe?

2-11 Are the safety columns in good condition?
3-11 Is a fall protector provided in high platforms?
4-11 Is the handrail in good condition?
Total

12. Forklift

1-12 Are broken forklifts out of service and marked as "out

of service"?
2-12 Are forklift inspection forms kept in a special file?
3-12 Is the maximum load of the forklift clearly marked.
4-12 Is the forklift operator trained on it?
5-12 Does the forklift have alarms and seat belt?
Total

13. Fire protection

1-13 Is there a hot work permit on the job site?

2-13 Are all doors that close automatically working?
3-13 Are the walls and floors free of openings?
4-13 Is the "No Smoking" marked inside offices?
5-13 Are the signs showing the locations of fire extinguishers
clear?
6-13 Can fire extinguishers be accessed without obstruction?
7-13 All extinguishers are in place and are not used to make
the door open?
8-13 Are extinguishers checked on a monthly basis?
8-13 Is there any leakage in the fire pipes?
Total

14. Computer Rooms

165
 Page Number 166 from 690

Self-Inspection by the Safety Department HSES-F.13

1-14 Should you not put any flammable materials in those

rooms?
2-14 Are the rooms free of flammable liquids?
3-14 Are there openings in the high floors?
4-14 Is fire equipment accessible without hindrance?
5-14 Is the room free of coffee machine and machines that
produce heat?
6-14 Is there a "No Smoking" sign in the room?
Total

15. Life-saving equipment

1-15 Lifeboats are in good condition and operating?

2-15 Emergency lighting and batteries work fine
3-15 Survival jacket – in good condition and working?
4-15 Life buoys – enough of them, clearly marked and in good
condition?
Total

16. Other points – the inspector can add other points.

1-16
2-16
3-16
4-16
5-16
6-16
7-16
8-16
9-16
10-16
Total Points
It is calculated by dividing the total total by
Success rate
the sum of the supposed points which is 460

17. Pictures

1-17 2-17

166
 Page Number 167 from 690

Self-Inspection by the Safety Department HSES-F.13

3-17 4-17

5-17 6-17

7-17 8-17

Inspector:

167
 Page Number 168 from 690

Self-Inspection by the Safety Department HSES-F.13

Name of the inspector Signature of the inspector

Name of the person in charge of Signature of the administrator

the area of the area

Corrective steps

figur Suggested corrective steps Port Name Execution Date

e
1

10

11

12

13

168
 Page Number 169 from 690
Inspection of work areas by the Safety
Department HSES-F.14

General Information
Date The building
Inspector Name Department
Checklist
1. General list of all places
Evaluation 5 is best
figure description and 1 is worst Comments
1 2 3 4 5
1-1 Are the ceilings valid and all the ceiling tiles in good
condition?
2-1 Are all furniture in good condition and usable?
3-1 Are the walls in good condition and have no cracks?
4-1 Are the floors and surfaces in good condition and free of
cracks, and there are no risks of falling and slipping?
5-1 Are the shelves loaded with many books and heavy
weights and light weights are placed above and heavy
weights below?
6-1 Is it prohibited to consume foods, drinks, etc. in
prohibited places?
7-1 Are bathroom ventilation fans covered with guards that
prevents hands from reaching them?
Total

2. General list for workshops

1-2 Are the equipment, machines and protective cover in

place and in good condition?
2-2 Are machines well installed in the ground such as drilling
machine and grinders?
3-2 Have the equipment and machinery been well
maintained so as to prevent personal injuries and
machine failures ?
4-2 Is the air pressure correct and suitable so that it does not
exceed 30 PSI?
5-2 Has the content of all pipes and the direction of
movement of fluids in them been clearly indicated?
6-2 Are hot pipes covered with a protector that prevents
people from touching them and says "hot"?
7-2 Has the wearing of PPE signs such as protective glasses,
etc., been properly marked and in a clear placeand is it
adhered to?
8-2 Are malfunctioning machines isolated and marked as
"out of service"?

Total

3. Exits and corridors

169
 Page Number 170 from 690
Inspection of work areas by the Safety
Department HSES-F.14

1-3 Are the doors available and unobstructed?

2-3 Are corridors available and unobstructed?
3-3 Is the "exit" clearly marked and is it lit?
4-3 Can emergency exits be opened from the inside out
without the need for keys or special knowledge to open
them?
5-3 Are the exits free and locked?
Total

4. Electricity
1-4 Is there an empty space (at least 1 meter) in front of a
box or Distribution Board?
2-4 Is manual electrical equipment properly grounded or has
double insulation?
4-4 Is the area free of electrical distributions laying on the
ground?
5-4 Are all electrical plugs directly connected with wall
plugs?
6-4 Are electrical connections and plugs free of defects ,
fractures and cuts?
7-4 Is the Electrical Distribution board free of flammable
materials?
8-4 Is the Electrical Distribution board cover there and
covers it?
9-4 Is there a "risk-high voltage" sign on high-pressure
devices starting at 600V and above?
10-4 Are all electrical appliances including lighting protected
from mechanical damage by a protector/ guard?
Total

5. Emergency Equipment

1-5 Are emergency equipment and devices (such as alarm

bells, eye washes, and other devices) available and
unobstructed?
2-5 Has eye wash been provided in areas with chemicals?
3-5 Have bathing pads been provided in areas with
chemicals?
4-5 Are all emergency equipment in good condition?
5-5 Is leak cleaning equipment in good condition and
accessible?
Total

6. Storage - General

1-6 Is the Housekeeping good (free of waste, flammable

materials , obstacles? are the corridors kept clean?)

170
 Page Number 171 from 690
Inspection of work areas by the Safety
Department HSES-F.14

2-6 Are the storage and stored materials stable and stable
and there are no materials that cause obstruction or fall?
3-6 Is there a space between the top of the material and the
ceiling of at least 60 cm?
Total
7. Storage – Fire Protection
1-7 Is the minimum amount of flammable material required
stored on site?
2-7 Is there an empty space around the fire water sprinklers
within 50cm?
3-7 Does the amount of flammable fluid exceed the
consumption of one day stored in a safe way and inside
fireproof tanks?
4-7 Should tanks be free of flammable materials such as
lukes, wood and others?
5-7 Are flammable material storage packs with warning
labels?
6-7 Do storage packs for flammable materials have warning
labels showing their content?
7-7 Are the refrigerators in which flammable materials are
stored designed to protect against explosion and
approved by known bodies?
8-7 Will flammable materials be returned to their packaging
by the end of the day?
Total
8. Storage – Compressed Gas Cylinders
1-8 Are all cylinders well tied to prevent them from falling?

2-8 Is the protective valve cap in place if the roller is not

used?
3-8 Are empty and filled cylinders stored separately?
4-8 Are identical cylinders stored together?
5-8 Are the cylinders clearly marked?
6-8 Is the correct regulator used for cylinders?
7-8 Are toxic gases stored in a place with good ventilation?
Total

9. Personal Protective Equipment

1-9 Are the requirements for PPE equipment applied?
2-9 Is PPE worn?
3-9 If PPE is not used, is it stored in place?
4-9 Is PPE available to everyone, both employees and
visitors?
5-9 Is PPE free of damages?
6-9 Are people who use respirators trained in this?

171
 Page Number 172 from 690
Inspection of work areas by the Safety
Department HSES-F.14

7-9 Are respirators and breathing cylinders maintained and

checked periodically?
Total

10. High work platforms and handrails

1-10 Are the drainage holes on the ground protected to

prevent tripping and fall?
2-10 Is there a toeboard?
3-10 Is there a standard handrail?
4-10 Are the handrails in good condition and intact?
5-10 Are there safe working platforms to access equipment
during maintenance?
Total

11. staircases

1-11 Are stairs in good condition and safe?

2-11 Are the safety columns in good condition?
3-11 Is a fall protector provided in high platforms?
4-11 Is the handrail in good condition?
Total

12. Forklift

1-12 Are broken forklifts out of service and marked as "out

of service"?
2-12 Are forklift inspection forms kept in a special file?
3-12 Is the maximum load of the forklift clearly marked.
4-12 Is the forklift operator trained on it?
5-12 Does the forklift have alarms and seat belt?
Total

13. Fire protection

1-13 Is there a hot work permit on the job site?

2-13 Are all doors that close automatically working?
3-13 Are the walls and floors free of openings?
4-13 Is the "No Smoking" marked inside offices?
5-13 Are the signs showing the locations of fire extinguishers
clear?
6-13 Can fire extinguishers be accessed without obstruction?
7-13 All extinguishers are in place and are not used to make
the door open?
8-13 Are extinguishers checked on a monthly basis?
8-13 Is there any leakage in the fire pipes?
Total

14. Computer Rooms

172
 Page Number 173 from 690
Inspection of work areas by the Safety
Department HSES-F.14

1-14 Should you not put any flammable materials in those

rooms?
2-14 Are the rooms free of flammable liquids?
3-14 Are there openings in the high floors?
4-14 Is fire equipment accessible without hindrance?
5-14 Is the room free of coffee machine and machines that
produce heat?
6-14 Is there a "No Smoking" sign in the room?
Total

15. Life-saving equipment

1-15 Lifeboats are in good condition and operating?

2-15 Emergency lighting and batteries work fine
3-15 Survival jacket – in good condition and working?
4-15 Life buoys – enough of them, clearly marked and in good
condition?
Total

16. Other points – the inspector can add other points.

1-16
2-16
3-16
4-16
5-16
6-16
7-16
8-16
9-16
10-16
Total Points
It is calculated by dividing the total total by
Success rate
the sum of the supposed points which is 460

17. Pictures

1-17 2-17

173
 Page Number 174 from 690
Inspection of work areas by the Safety
Department HSES-F.14

3-17 4-17

5-17 6-17

7-17 8-17

Inspector:

174
 Page Number 175 from 690
Inspection of work areas by the Safety
Department HSES-F.14

Name of the inspector Signature of the inspector

Name of the person in charge of Signature of the administrator

the area of the area

Corrective steps

figur Suggested corrective steps Port Name Execution Date

e
1

10

11

12

13

175
 ‫رقم الصفحة ‪176‬من ‪690‬‬
‫التفتيش على مناطق عمل من قبل‬
‫دائرة السلامة‬ ‫‪HSES-F.14‬‬

‫المعلومات العامة‬
‫المبنى‬ ‫التاريخ‬
‫الادارة‬ ‫اسم المفتش‬
‫قائمة التفتيش‬
‫‪ .1‬قائمة عامة لجميع الأماكن‬
‫التقييم ‪ 5‬أفضل‬
‫و‪ 1‬أسوء‬ ‫الرق‬
‫ملاحظات‬ ‫الوصف‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫م‬
‫هل الأسقف صالحة وجميع بلاط السقف بحالة‬ ‫‪1-1‬‬
‫جيدة؟‬
‫هل جميع الأثاث بحالة جيدة وصالحة للاستخدام؟‬ ‫‪1-2‬‬
‫هل الجدران بحالة جيدة ولا يوجد بها شروخ؟‬ ‫‪1-3‬‬
‫هل الأرضيات والأسطح بحالة جيدة وخالية من‬ ‫‪1-4‬‬
‫الشروخ‪ ،‬ولا توجد هنالك أخطار السقوط والانزلاق؟‬
‫هل الأرفف محملة بالعديد من الكتب والأوزان‬ ‫‪1-5‬‬
‫الثقيلة وتم وضع الأوزان الخفيفة فوق‬
‫والثقيلة بالأسفل؟‬
‫هل يُحظر استهلاك الأطعمة والمشروبات وما إلى‬ ‫‪1-6‬‬
‫ذلك في الأماكن المحظورة؟‬
‫هل مراوح تهوية الحمامات مغطاة بواقي يمنع‬ ‫‪1-7‬‬
‫وصول الأيادي إليها؟‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .2‬قائمة عامة للورش‬

‫هل المعدات والآلات والغطاء الواقي لها في مكانه‬ ‫‪2-1‬‬

‫وبحالة جيدة؟‬
‫هل الآلات مثبته بشكل جيد بالأرض مثل آلة‬ ‫‪2-2‬‬
‫الثقب والمجالخ؟‬
‫هل تم صيانة المعدات والآلات بشكل جيد بحيث‬ ‫‪2-3‬‬
‫تمنع الإصابات الشخصية وعطل الآلات؟‬
‫هل ضغط الهواء صحيح ومناسب بحيث لا يتعدى‬ ‫‪2-4‬‬
‫‪ 30‬بي إس آي؟‬
‫هل تم تبيان محتوى جميع الأنابيب واتجاه‬ ‫‪2-5‬‬
‫حركة الموائع فيها بشكل واضح؟‬
‫هل يتم تغطية الأنابيب الساخنة عبر واقي‬ ‫‪2-6‬‬
‫يمنع لمس الأشخاص لها ومكتوب عليها "ساخن"؟‬
‫هل تم وضع علامة لبس معدات الوقاية مثل‬ ‫‪2-7‬‬
‫النظارة الحامية وغيرها بشكل صحيح وفي مكان‬
‫واضح وهل يتم الالتزام بها؟‬
‫هل يتم عزل الآلات المعطلة ووضع فوقها علامة‬ ‫‪2-8‬‬
‫"غير صالحة وخارج الخدمة"؟‬

‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .3‬المخارج والممرات‬

‫هل الأبواب متاحة ومن دون عوائق؟‬ ‫‪3-1‬‬

‫هل الممرات متاحة ومن دون عوائق؟‬ ‫‪3-2‬‬
‫هل تم وضع علامات "مخرج" بشكل واضح وأنها‬ ‫‪3-3‬‬
‫مضاءة؟‬
‫هل يمكن فتح مخارج الطوارئ من الداخل إلى الخارج‬ ‫‪3-4‬‬
‫من دون الحاجة لمفاتيح أو معرفة خاصة بفتحها؟‬
‫هل المخارج خالية من أقفال أو موصده؟‬ ‫‪3-5‬‬
‫المجموع‬
‫‪176‬‬
 ‫رقم الصفحة ‪177‬من ‪690‬‬
‫التفتيش على مناطق عمل من قبل‬
‫دائرة السلامة‬ ‫‪HSES-F.14‬‬

‫‪ .4‬الكهرباء‬
‫هل توجد مساحة فارغه (على الأقل ‪ 1‬متر) أمام‬ ‫‪4-1‬‬
‫صندوق أو لوحة المفاتيح الكهربائية؟‬
‫هل المعدات الكهربائية اليدوية تم تأريضها‬ ‫‪4-2‬‬
‫بشكل مناسب او بها عزل مزدوج؟‬
‫هل المنطقة خالية من التوزيعات الكهربائية‬ ‫‪4-4‬‬
‫الممتدة على الأرض؟‬
‫هل جميع المقابس الكهربائية موصولة بشكل‬ ‫‪4-5‬‬
‫مباشر مع افياش الحائط؟‬
‫هل التوصيلات الكهربائية والمقابس خالية‬ ‫‪4-6‬‬
‫من العيوب والكسور والقطع؟‬
‫هل لوحة مفاتيح الكهرباء خالية من المواد‬ ‫‪4-7‬‬
‫القابلة للاشتعال؟‬
‫هل غطاء لوحة المفاتيح موجود ويغطيها؟‬ ‫‪4-8‬‬
‫هل توجد علامة "خطر‪ -‬جهد عالي" على أجهز الضغط‬ ‫‪4-9‬‬
‫العالي التي تبدأ من ‪ 600‬فولت وأكثر؟‬
‫هل جميع الأجهزة الكهربائية وتشمل الإضاءة‬ ‫‪4-10‬‬
‫محمية من الضرر الميكانيكي عن طريق حامي او‬
‫واقي؟‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .5‬معدات الطوارئ‬

‫هل معدات وأجهزة الطوارئ (مثل جرس الإنذار‪ ،‬غسول‬ ‫‪5-1‬‬

‫العينين‪ ،‬وغيرها من الأجهزة) متاحة ومن دون‬
‫عوائق؟‬
‫هل تم توفير غسول العينين في المناطق‬ ‫‪5-2‬‬
‫التي بها مواد كيميائية؟‬
‫هل تم توفير منصات الاستحمام في المناطق‬ ‫‪5-3‬‬
‫التي بها مواد كيميائية؟‬
‫هل جميع معدات الطوارئ بحالة جيدة‪.‬‬ ‫‪5-4‬‬
‫هل معدات تنظيف التسربات بحالة جيدة ويمكن‬ ‫‪5-5‬‬
‫الوصول إليها؟‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .6‬التخزين ‪ -‬عام‬

‫هل النظافة والترتيب جيده (خالية من‬ ‫‪6-1‬‬

‫النفايات والمواد القابلة للاشتعال‪ ،‬والعوائق؟‬
‫هل يتم الحفاظ على الممرات نظيفة؟)‬
‫هل التخزين والمواد المخزنة ثابته ومستقرة ولا‬ ‫‪6-2‬‬
‫توجد مواد تسبب العرقلة او السقوط؟‬
‫هل يوجد مساحة فاصلة بين أعلى المواد‬ ‫‪6-3‬‬
‫والسقف قدرها ‪ 60‬سم على الأقل؟‬
‫المجموع‬
‫‪ .7‬التخزين – الحماية من الحريق‬
‫هل يتم تخزين أقل كمية مطلوبة من المواد‬ ‫‪7-1‬‬
‫القابلة للاشتعال في الموقع؟‬
‫هل يتوجد مساحة فارغة حول مرشات مياه الحريق‬ ‫‪7-2‬‬
‫في حدود ‪50‬سم؟‬

‫‪177‬‬
 ‫رقم الصفحة ‪178‬من ‪690‬‬
‫التفتيش على مناطق عمل من قبل‬
‫دائرة السلامة‬ ‫‪HSES-F.14‬‬

‫هل تتجاوز كمية السوائل القابلة للاشتعال‬ ‫‪7-3‬‬

‫استهلاك يوم واحد مخزنة بطريقة آمنة وداخل‬
‫خزانات ضد الحريق؟‬
‫يجب ان تكون خزانات خالية من المواد القابلة‬ ‫‪7-4‬‬
‫للاشتعال مثل الوق والخشب وغيرها؟‬
‫هل عبوات تخزين المواد المشتعلة عليها‬ ‫‪7-5‬‬
‫ملصقات تحذيرية؟‬
‫هل عبوات التخزين للمواد القابلة للاشتعال‬ ‫‪7-6‬‬
‫عليها ملصقات تحذيرية تبين محتواها؟‬
‫هل الثلاجات التي تخزن فيها المواد المشتعلة‬ ‫‪7-7‬‬
‫مصممة للحماية ضد الانفجار وموافق عليها من‬
‫هيئات معروفة؟‬
‫هل يتم إرجاع المواد القابلة للاشتعال إلى‬ ‫‪7-8‬‬
‫عبواتها بنهاية اليوم؟‬
‫المجموع‬
‫‪ .8‬التخزين – أسطوانات الغاز المضغوطة‬
‫هل جميع الأسطوانات مربوطة بشكل جيد لمنع‬ ‫‪8-1‬‬
‫سقوطها؟‬
‫هل غطاء الصمام الحامي موضوع في مكانه في‬ ‫‪8-2‬‬
‫حالة عدم استخدام الأسطوانة؟‬
‫هل يتم تخزين الأسطوانات الخالية والممتلئة‬ ‫‪8-3‬‬
‫بشكل منفصل؟‬
‫هل يتم تخزين الأسطوانات المتماثلة مع‬ ‫‪8-4‬‬
‫بعضها؟‬
‫هل يتم تعليم الأسطوانات بشكل واضح؟‬ ‫‪8-5‬‬
‫هل يتم استخدام المنظم الصحيح للأسطوانات؟‬ ‫‪8-6‬‬
‫هل الغازات السامة مخزنة في مكان ذا تهوية‬ ‫‪8-7‬‬
‫جيدة؟‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .9‬معدات الوقاية الشخصية‬

‫هل يتم تطبيق متطلبات ارتداء معدات الوقاية‬ ‫‪9-1‬‬
‫الشخصية؟‬
‫هل يتم ارتداء معدات الوقاية الشخصية؟‬ ‫‪9-2‬‬
‫في حال عدم استخدام معدات الوقاية الشخصية‪،‬‬ ‫‪9-3‬‬
‫هل يتم تخزينها في مكانها الصحيح؟‬
‫هل معدات الوقاية الشخصية متوفرة للجميع‬ ‫‪9-4‬‬
‫من موظفين وزوار؟‬
‫هل معدات الوقاية الشخصية خالية من العيوب؟‬ ‫‪9-5‬‬
‫هل الأشخاص الذين يستخدمون أجهزة التنفس‬ ‫‪9-6‬‬
‫مدربون على ذلك؟‬
‫هل أجهزة التنفس وأسطوانات التنفس يتم‬ ‫‪9-7‬‬
‫صيانتها وفحصها بشكل دوري؟‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .10‬منصات العمل المرتفعة والدرابزين‬

‫هل فتحات التصريف على الأرض محمية لتمنع‬ ‫‪10-1‬‬

‫العرقلة والسقوط؟‬
‫هل يوجد حامي سقوط الأغراض (‪)t oeboard‬؟‬ ‫‪10-2‬‬
‫هل يوجد درابزين معياري؟‬ ‫‪10-3‬‬
‫هل الدرابزين بحالة جيدة وسليمة؟‬ ‫‪10-4‬‬

‫‪178‬‬
 ‫رقم الصفحة ‪179‬من ‪690‬‬
‫التفتيش على مناطق عمل من قبل‬
‫دائرة السلامة‬ ‫‪HSES-F.14‬‬

‫هل توجد منصات عمل آمنة للوصول للمعدات أثناء‬ ‫‪10-5‬‬

‫الصيانة؟‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .11‬السلالم‬

‫هل السلالم المتنقلة في حالة جيدة وآمنة؟‬ ‫‪11-1‬‬

‫هل أعمدة السلامة بحالة جيدة؟‬ ‫‪11-2‬‬
‫هل يتم توفير حامي السقوط في المنصات‬ ‫‪11-3‬‬
‫المرتفعة؟‬
‫هل الدرابزين بحالة جيدة؟‬ ‫‪11-4‬‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .12‬الرافعة الشوكية‬

‫هل الرافعات الشوكية المعطلة تكون خارج الخدمة‬ ‫‪12-1‬‬

‫ومكتوب عليها انها "خارج الخدمة"؟‬
‫هل يتم الاحتفاظ باستمارات تفتيش الرافعات‬ ‫‪12-2‬‬
‫في ملف خاص بذلك؟‬
‫هل أقصى حمل للرافعة مبين عليها بشكل‬ ‫‪12-3‬‬
‫واضح‪.‬‬
‫هل مشغل الرافعة مدرب على ذلك‬ ‫‪12-4‬‬
‫هل يوجد في الرافعة أجهزة الإنذار وحزام الأمان؟‬ ‫‪12-5‬‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .13‬الحماية من الحريق‬

‫هل يوجد تصريح العمل الحار بموقع العمل؟‬ ‫‪13-1‬‬

‫هل جميع الأبواب التي تغلق تلقائيا تعمل‬ ‫‪13-2‬‬
‫بشكل جيد؟‬
‫هل الجدران والأرضيات خالية من الفتحات؟‬ ‫‪13-3‬‬
‫هل يتم وضع علامة "ممنوع التدخين" داخل‬ ‫‪13-4‬‬
‫المكاتب؟‬
‫هل علامات التي تبين أماكن طفايات الحريق‬ ‫‪13-5‬‬
‫واضحة؟‬
‫هل يمكن الوصول لطفايات الحريق من دون‬ ‫‪13-6‬‬
‫عوائق؟‬
‫جميع الطفايات في مكانها ولا تستخدم لجعل‬ ‫‪13-7‬‬
‫الباب مفتوحة؟‬
‫هل يتم فحص الطفايات بشكل شهري؟‬ ‫‪13-8‬‬
‫هل يوجد أي تسريب في انابيب الحريق؟‬ ‫‪13-8‬‬
‫المجموع‬
‫‪ .14‬غرف الحاسوب‬
‫يجب عدم وضع أي مواد قابلة للاشتعال في تلك‬ ‫‪14-1‬‬
‫الغرف؟‬
‫هل الغرف خالية من السوائل القابلة للاشتعال؟‬ ‫‪14-2‬‬
‫هل توجد فتحات في الأرضيات المرتفعة؟‬ ‫‪14-3‬‬
‫هل يمكن الوصول لمعدات الحريق من دون عوائق؟‬ ‫‪14-4‬‬
‫هل الغرفة خالية من آلة القهوة والآلات التي‬ ‫‪14-5‬‬
‫تنتج حرارة؟‬
‫هل توجد علامة "ممنوع التدخين" في الغرفة؟‬ ‫‪14-6‬‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪179‬‬
 ‫رقم الصفحة ‪180‬من ‪690‬‬
‫التفتيش على مناطق عمل من قبل‬
‫دائرة السلامة‬ ‫‪HSES-F.14‬‬

‫‪ .15‬معدات إنقاذ الأرواح‬

‫قوارب النجاة بحالة جيدة وتعمل؟‬ ‫‪15-1‬‬

‫إضاءة الطوارئ والبطاريات تعمل بشكل جيد‬ ‫‪15-2‬‬
‫ستر النجاة – بحالة جيدة وتعمل؟‬ ‫‪15-3‬‬
‫عوامات النجاة – عددها كافي وعليها علامات واضحة‬ ‫‪15-4‬‬
‫وبحالة جيدة؟‬
‫المجموع‬

‫‪ .16‬نقاط أخرى – يمكن للمفتش إضافة نقاط أخرى‪.‬‬

‫‪16-1‬‬
‫‪16-2‬‬
‫‪16-3‬‬
‫‪16-4‬‬
‫‪16-5‬‬
‫‪16-6‬‬
‫‪16-7‬‬
‫‪16-8‬‬
‫‪16-9‬‬
‫‪16-10‬‬
‫المجموع الكلي للنقاط‬
‫تحتسب بقسمة المجموع الكلي على‬
‫نسبة النجاح‬
‫جموع النقاط المفترض وهو ‪460‬‬

‫‪ .17‬الصور‬

‫‪17-2‬‬ ‫‪17-1‬‬

‫‪180‬‬
 ‫رقم الصفحة ‪181‬من ‪690‬‬
‫التفتيش على مناطق عمل من قبل‬
‫دائرة السلامة‬ ‫‪HSES-F.14‬‬

‫‪17-4‬‬ ‫‪17-3‬‬

‫‪17-6‬‬ ‫‪17-5‬‬

‫‪17-8‬‬ ‫‪17-7‬‬

‫المفتش‪:‬‬

‫‪181‬‬
 ‫رقم الصفحة ‪182‬من ‪690‬‬
‫التفتيش على مناطق عمل من قبل‬
‫دائرة السلامة‬ ‫‪HSES-F.14‬‬

‫توقيع المفتش‬ ‫اسم المفتش‬

‫توقيع المسؤول عن‬ ‫اسم المسؤول عن المنطقة‬

‫المنطقة‬

‫الخطوات التصحيحية‬

‫تاريخ التنفيذ‬ ‫اسم المنفذ‬ ‫الخطوات التصحيحية المقترحة‬ ‫الرق‬

‫م‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪3‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫‪7‬‬

‫‪8‬‬

‫‪9‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪11‬‬

‫‪12‬‬

‫‪13‬‬

‫‪182‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪183 of 690‬‬

‫ملاحظات السلامة‬
‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.15 #‬‬
‫‪Saf et y Observat i on‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫اسم الموظف ‪Empl oyee -‬‬ ‫الميناء‬

‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪Port‬‬

‫رقم الموظف – ‪Empl oyee‬‬ ‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬

‫‪Number‬‬ ‫‪Dat e‬‬

‫المكان ‪Locat i on -‬‬ ‫الادارة ‪Dept‬‬

‫الأوضاع غير الآمنة – ‪Unsaf e Condi t i on‬‬

‫النظافة والترتيب‪ :‬المكان غير‬
‫أخطار كهربائية‪ :‬قد تتسبب في حرائق‬
‫مرتب وليس نظيف ويمكن ان‬
‫أو مرور الكهرباء في جسم الإنسان‪.‬‬
‫‪El ect ri cal Hazard: Can cause Fi re or‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫يتسبب بحادث‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪Housekeepi ng: Not organi ze and not‬‬
‫‪el ect rocut i on‬‬
‫‪cl ean and can cause an Acci dent‬‬
‫الأرض غير مستوية‪ :‬الأرضية‬
‫أخطار صحية‪ :‬مثل الضوضاء وغيرها‪.‬‬ ‫غير مستوية وقد تتسبب‬
‫‪Heal t h Hazards‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫بالسقوط والعرقلة‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪Uneven f l oor‬‬
‫وجود مواد كيميائية‪ :‬مواد‬
‫أخطار الآلات‪ :‬توجد أخطار عدة مرتبطة‬
‫كيميائية خطرة قد تتسبب‬
‫بالآلات‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫بحادث وحروق‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪Machi nery Hazards‬‬
‫‪Chemi cal Hazard‬‬
‫الحريق‪ :‬وجود مواد قابلة‬
‫للاشتعال بالقرب من مصدر‬
‫العمل في الأماكن المرتفعة‪ :‬خطر‬
‫للحرارة وغير محتفظ بها بشكل‬
‫السقوط‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫جيد‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪Worki ng at Hei ght‬‬
‫‪Fi re: Fuel Sources or i gni t i on‬‬
‫‪sources and not cont rol l ed‬‬
‫أخرى (يرجى ذكرها)‪:‬‬
‫) ‪Ot her (Pl ease l i st i t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫الأفعال غير الآمنة‬

‫عدم ارتداء معدات الوقاية‬

‫استخدام معدات وأدوات تالفة أو غير‬
‫الشخصية أو ارتداء معدات تالفة‬
‫مناسبة للعمل‪.‬‬
‫‪Usi ng damaged equi pment and t ool s or not‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫أو غير متطابقة مع المواصفات‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪Not Weari ng PPE, or weari ng‬‬
‫‪appropri at e t o t he work‬‬
‫‪damaged one or non-compl ai nt one‬‬
‫الإشراف غير مناسب أو غير كافي‪.‬‬ ‫الجلوس الخاطئ أثناء أداء الأعمال‪.‬‬
‫‪I nadequat e Supervi si on‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Wrong Post ure‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫رمي النفايات أو الأشياء الزائدة في‬
‫عدم اتباع تعليمات السلامة‬
‫غير الأماكن المخصصة‪.‬‬
‫‪Deposi t i ng wast e not i n i t s speci f i ed‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫وإرشاداتها‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪Not f ol l owi ng Saf et y i nst ruct i on‬‬
‫‪l ocat i on‬‬
‫المناولة اليدوية‪ :‬اتباع طرق‬
‫السرعة أثناء قيادة المعدات والعربات‪.‬‬
‫‪Speedi ng‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫خاطئة‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪Wri ng manual handl i ng‬‬
‫عدم اتباع متطلبات تصريح‬
‫أخرى‪:‬‬
‫‪Ot hers:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫العمل‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪Not usi ng Permi t t o work‬‬

‫‪183‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪184 of 690‬‬

‫ملاحظات السلامة‬
‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.15 #‬‬
‫‪Saf et y Observat i on‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الأفعال الآمنة والأوضاع الآمنة يرجى ذكرها وهي عكس ما ذكر أعلاه ان وجدة‪:‬‬
‫‪Pl ease l i st Good Act and condi t i on whi ch are opposi t e t o t he above‬‬

‫‪184‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪185 of 690‬‬
‫إفادة الحادث المبدئية‬
‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.16 #‬‬
‫‪I nci dent I ni t i al Report‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫الادارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬

‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬
‫رقم الحادث – ‪Port -Year-XXX‬‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬

‫مرض مهني‬ ‫حريق‬ ‫حادث‬ ‫حادث وشيك‬ ‫نوع الحدث‬

‫‪Occupat i onal I l l ness‬‬ ‫‪Fi re‬‬ ‫‪Acci dent‬‬ ‫‪Near Mi ss‬‬ ‫‪Type of t he‬‬
‫☐‬ ‫☐‬ ‫☐‬ ‫☐‬ ‫‪Event‬‬
‫الدائرة‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫الاسم ‪Name‬‬ ‫معلومات‬
‫‪Depart ment‬‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ ‫المبلغ عن‬
‫‪Empl oyee I D‬‬ ‫الحدث‬
‫‪Report er‬‬
‫‪Det ai l s‬‬
‫وقت الحدث‬ ‫تاريخ الحدث‬
‫‪Ti me of Event‬‬ ‫‪Dat e of Event‬‬
‫الدائرة‬ ‫موقع الحدث‬
‫‪Depart ment‬‬ ‫‪Locat i on of‬‬
‫‪Event‬‬

‫مستوى الخطر ‪Ri sk Level‬‬ ‫شدة‬ ‫احتمالية‬

‫(احتمالية الوقوع × شدة‬ ‫الضرر‬ ‫الوقوع‬
‫الضرر)‬ ‫‪Severi t y‬‬ ‫‪Li kel i hood‬‬
‫‪LXS‬‬ ‫(‪)5-1‬‬ ‫(‪)5-1‬‬ ‫تقييم‬
‫مستوى خطورة‬
‫الحدث‬
‫‪Ri sk Level‬‬

‫ملخص عن الحادث (قبل‪ ،‬أثناء وبعد الحادث) )‪Bri ef about t he i nci dent (bef ore, duri ng and af t er‬‬

‫صور من الحادث ‪Pi ct ure of t he Event s‬‬

‫تاريخ الاجتماع الأولي‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫اسم المسؤول عن التحقيق‬

‫‪Fi rst i ni t i al meet i ng‬‬ ‫‪Empl oyee I D‬‬ ‫‪Responsi bl e Person‬‬

‫‪185‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪186 of 690‬‬
‫النموذج الموحد للتبليغ عن الحوادث‬
‫والتسربات‬ ‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.16-1 #‬‬
‫‪Uni f i ed report i ng f or I nci dent s and Spi l l s‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫إرسالية بالفاكس موجهة‬

‫إلى‬
‫‪Fax t o‬‬

‫موقعها‬ ‫اسم المنشأة‬

‫‪Locat i on‬‬ ‫‪Faci l i t y name‬‬
‫مكان الحدث‬
‫‪I nci dent‬‬
‫‪Locat i on‬‬
‫يوم وتاريخ‬
‫وقت انتهاء‬ ‫وقت‬
‫الموافق‬ ‫الحدث‬
‫الحادث‬ ‫الحادث‬
‫‪Dat ed‬‬ ‫‪Day and Ti me of‬‬
‫‪End t i me‬‬ ‫‪Ti me‬‬
‫‪Event‬‬
‫توقف‬
‫عمليات‬ ‫حادث‬ ‫إنذار‬ ‫وفاة‬ ‫إصابة عمل‬ ‫تسرب‬ ‫حريق‬
‫‪Product i on‬‬ ‫‪Acci dent‬‬ ‫‪Warni ng‬‬ ‫‪Fat al i t y‬‬ ‫‪I nj ury‬‬ ‫‪Spi l l age‬‬ ‫‪Fi re‬‬ ‫نوع الحدث‬
‫‪st op‬‬
‫☐‬ ‫☐‬ ‫☐‬ ‫☐‬ ‫☐‬ ‫☐‬ ‫☐‬
‫أسباب الحدث‬
‫‪Reason of t he‬‬
‫‪acci dent‬‬

‫وصف الحدث‬
‫‪Descri pt i on of‬‬
‫‪t he Event‬‬

‫تأثير الحادث‬
‫على سير‬
‫العمل‬
‫‪Ef f ect of t he‬‬
‫‪event on t he‬‬
‫‪work‬‬
‫الأضرار‬
‫المادية‬
‫والبشرية‬
‫‪Personal and‬‬
‫‪physi cal‬‬
‫‪Damages‬‬
‫الإجراءات التي‬
‫تم اتخاذها‬
‫للسيطرة‬
‫على الموقف‬
‫‪Act i on t aken‬‬
‫‪t o cont rol‬‬
‫‪Event‬‬
‫الجهات التي‬
‫شاركت في‬
‫الحادث‬
‫‪Part i ci pant‬‬
‫‪part i es‬‬

‫ملاحظات‬
‫‪Not es‬‬

‫نهائي ( ☐ )‬ ‫هذا التقرير‪ :‬أولي ( ☐ )‬

‫‪Fi nal Report‬‬ ‫‪Prel i mi nary Report‬‬
‫مسؤول الأمن الصناعي‬ ‫المبلغ عن الحادث‬
‫‪I SD Responsi bl e Person‬‬ ‫‪Report er‬‬

‫‪186‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪187 of 690‬‬
‫النموذج الموحد للتبليغ عن الحوادث‬
‫والتسربات‬ ‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.16-1 #‬‬
‫‪Uni f i ed report i ng f or I nci dent s and Spi l l s‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫‪ Name‬الاسم‪:‬‬ ‫‪ Name‬الاسم‪:‬‬

‫‪ Posi t i on‬الوظيفة‪:‬‬ ‫‪ Posi t i on‬الوظيفة‪:‬‬

‫‪Si gnat ure‬التوقيع‪:‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬التوقيع‪:‬‬

‫‪187‬‬
 188 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تقرير الحادث النهائي‬
HSES-F.17 # ‫الوثيقة‬
I nci dent Fi nal Report
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫الميناء‬
Depart ment - ‫الادارة‬
Port

- ‫التاريخ‬
Port -Year-XXX – ‫رقم الحادث‬
Dat e
I nf ormat i on about t he i nj ured Empl oyee(s) :‫معلومات عن الموظفين المصابين‬ .1
‫ساعات‬ ‫سنوات‬ ‫الميناء‬ ‫المسمى الوظيفي‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫اسم الموظف‬
‫العمل‬ ‫الخبرة‬ ‫الشركة‬/ Posi t i on ‫الوظيفي‬ Empl oyee Name
‫الإضافي‬ Years of Port /Company Empl oyee
)‫(س‬ Experi ence Name ID
Overt i me
hours

I nf ormat i on about t he t i me and l ocat i on of t he Event . :‫ معلومات عن وقت ومكان وقوع الحدث‬.2
‫وقت الحدث‬ ‫تاريخ الحدث‬
Ti me Dat e
‫الإدارة‬ ‫موقع الحدث‬
Depart ment l ocat i on
‫المهمة أثناء‬ ‫تاريخ الإبلاغ‬
‫الحدث‬ Report i ng dat e
Task duri ng Event
‫القسم‬ ‫الوردية‬
Sect i on Shi f t
Descri pt i on of t he Event - :‫ وصف الحادث او الحادث الوشيك‬.3
Det ai l s of t he Event (bef ore, duri ng and Af t er) – )‫ أثناء وبعد الحادث‬،‫الحادث بالتفصيل (قبل‬
Bef ore ‫قبل الحدث؟‬

Duri ng ‫أثناء الحدث؟‬

Af t er ‫بعد الحدث؟‬

‫رسومات‬ ‫شهادة الشهود‬ ‫فيديو‬ ‫صور‬ ‫تقرير‬ ‫المرفقات‬

sket ches Wi t ness Test i mony VI EDO Phot os Report
‫أخرى‬ ‫تقييم المخاطر‬ ‫وصف الأعمال‬ ‫وصف الأعمال الآمنة‬ ‫تصريح العمل‬ At t achment
OTHERS RI SK ASSESSMENT ‫المعياري‬ METHOD STATEMENT PERMI T TO WORK
J OB SAFETY ANALYSI S
Cl assi f i cat i on of t he Event :‫ تصنيف الحدث‬.4
‫مصفوفة التقييم‬ ‫مستوى الخطر‬ ‫شدة الضرر‬ ‫احتمالية‬ ‫شدة الإصابة‬ ‫نوع الحدث‬
‫الوقوع‬
‫منخفض‬ ‫بسيط جدا‬ ‫بسيط جدا‬ ‫إسعافات أولية‬ ‫حادث وشيك‬
LOW Sl i ght i nj ury Rare FI RST AI D NEAR MI SS
‫متوسط‬ ‫بسيط‬ ‫بسيط‬ ‫إصابة بسيطة‬ ‫حادث‬
MEDI UM mi nor unl i kel y Mi nor I nj ury Acci dent
‫مرتفع‬ ‫متوسط‬ ‫متوسط‬ ‫إصابة مضيعة‬ ‫حادث‬
HI GH Maj or I nj ury Possi bl e ‫للوقت‬ Acci dent
LTI Lost Ti me I nj ury
ً‫خطير جدا‬ ‫مرتفع‬ ‫مرتفع‬ ‫إصابة تسبب عجز‬ ‫إصابات‬
EXTREME Di sabi l i t y Li kel y ‫جزئي‬ I nj uri es
Part i al di sabi l i t y
ً‫خطير جدا‬ ً‫خطير جدا‬ ‫إصابة تسبب عجز‬ ‫مرض مهني‬
Fat al i t y Al most ‫كلي‬ i l l nesses
Cert ai n Ful l di sabi l i t y
‫الوفاة‬ ‫حريق‬
f at al i t y Fi re
‫تلفيات‬
Propert y
damages

188
 189 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تقرير الحادث النهائي‬
HSES-F.17 # ‫الوثيقة‬
I nci dent Fi nal Report
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫الجزء المصاب من‬ ‫طبيعة الإصابة‬

‫الجسم‬ Nat ure of t he i nj ury or
Body part i nj uri es i l l ness
Responsi bl e person f or t he Event :‫ الشخص المسؤول عن الحدث‬.5
‫اسم المبلغ عن الحدث‬
Report er Name
‫التوقيع‬ ‫اسم المشرف‬
Si gnat ure Supervi sor Name
‫الشخص المسؤول عن‬
‫التوقيع‬ ‫الحدث والتحقيق فيه‬
Si gnat ure Responsi bl e person t o
l ead t he i nvest i gat i on
Cost of t he Event :‫ تكاليف الحدث‬.6
SAR )‫التكلفة (بالريال السعودي‬ Type of Losses – ‫نوع الخسائر‬
Medi cal Treat ment Cost ‫تكاليف العلاج‬
Equi pment Losses ‫الخسائر في المعدات‬
Medi cal Of f Days Cost ‫تكاليف الإجازات المرضية‬
Product i on Losses ‫تكاليف الخسائر في الإنتاج‬
)‫ طلبيات وإلخ‬،‫ اختبارات‬،‫تكاليف التحقيق في الحادث (اجتماعات‬
Cost of I nvest i gat i on (Meet i ngs, Test s, Orders, et c)
:Ot her (can be l i st ed) )‫ (يمكن سردها‬:‫التكاليف الأخرى‬
Tot al :‫المجموع الكلي‬
Di rect :)‫ الأسباب المباشرة للحادث (وهي تنقسم إلى أفعال غير آمنة وأوضاع غير آمنة‬.7
Causes t o t he Event (Unsaf e Act and Unsaf e Condi t i ons)
Unsaf e Condi t i ons – ‫الأوضاع غير الآمنة‬ Unsaf e Act – ‫الأفعال غير الآمنة‬
Guard i s not adequat e ‫وجود واقي أو حاجز غير مناسب‬ Operat i ng equi pment wi t hout ‫تشغيل الآلات من دون تصريح أو تدريب‬
aut hori zat i on or t rai ni ng
PPE i s not adequat e ‫وجود معدات الوقاية الشخصية غير مناسبة‬ Fai l ure t o warn ot hers ‫الفشل في تحذير الآخرين‬
The equi pment i s Damages or ‫معدات وأدوات معطله أو تالفة‬ Fai l ure ‫الفشل في تأمين الحمولة أو المعدة أو أي شيء آخر‬
di sf unct i onal t o secure t he l oad or equi pment
- Exposure t o Noi se‫التعرض للضوضاء‬ ‫تشغيل الآلات في سرعات غير مناسبة‬
Operat i ng equi pment i n i mproper speed
Worki ng i n a – ‫ مكتظة‬/ ‫ مقيدة‬/ ‫منطقة العمل مزدحمة‬ Deact i vat i ng Saf et y Equi pment - ‫تعطيل عمل أجهزة السلامة‬
crowded/ rest ri ct ed area
I mproper Vent i l at i on – ‫تهوية غير مناسبة‬ Removi ng Saf et y Equi pment – ‫إزالة أجهزة السلامة‬
I mproper Warni ng Syst em– ‫نظام الإنذار غير مناسب‬ usage of damaged or – ‫استخدام أجهزة معيبة أو تالفة‬
subst andard equi pment and t ool s
Danger of Expl osi on and Fi re – ‫خطر الانفجار والحريق‬ Not usi ng PPE – ‫عدم ارتداء معدات الوقاية الشخصية‬
I mproper Housekeepi ng – ‫النظافة والترتيب سيئين‬ I mproper Loadi ng – ‫التحميل غير المناسب‬
Envi ronment al Hazards – ‫مخاطر بيئية‬ – ‫وضع المعدات أو الآلات أو الأدوات وغيرها بشكل غير مناسب‬
Pl aci ng Equi pment , Machi nery, t ool s and ot her i n i mproper way
Exposure t o Radi at i on – ‫ التعرض للإشعاع‬Li f t i ng t hi ngs i n i mproper way– ‫رفع الأشياء بطريقة غير مناسبة‬
Exposure t o hi gh or – ‫التعرض لدرجات حرارة عالية أو منخفضة‬ St andi ng or – ‫الوقوف أو التموقع بشكل غير مناسب‬
l owt emperat ure posi t i oni ng i n t he wrong way
I mproper Li ght i ng l evel or – ‫الإضاءة غير مناسبة أو شديدة‬ Mai nt ai ni ng l i ve equi pment – ‫صيانة الآلات وهي تعمل‬
very hi gh l evel
Ot her (l i st t he det ai l s) – )‫أخرى (الرجاء التفصيل‬ Horsepl ay - ‫المزاح‬
Not f ol l owi ng t he i nst ruct i on – ‫عدم إتباع التعليمات المكتوبة‬
Ot her Pl ease l i st i t – )‫أخرى (الرجاء التفصيل‬

‫صف الأفعال غير‬

‫الآمنة‬
Descri be t he unsaf e act
‫صف الأوضاع غير‬
‫الآمنة‬
Descri be t he unsaf e Condi t i on
‫ الأسباب الرئيسية للحادث (وهي تنقسم لعوامل مرتبطة بالعمل وعوامل مرتبطة‬.8
Acci dent Root Causes (i t i s subdi vi ded i nt o J ob Fact ors and Personal Fact ors) - :)‫بالفرد‬
J ob Fact ors :‫ العوامل المرتبطة بالعمل‬.8.1
‫صف بالتفصيل الفشل القائم الذي أدى إلى‬ ‫العوامل المرتبطة بالعمل والإدارة‬
‫الحادث‬ Fact ors Rel at ed t o t he Work and Management
Descri be t he Fai l ure Leadi ng t o t he I nci dent
I nadequat e Leadershi p – ‫القيادة والإشراف غير مناسبين‬

189
 ‫الصفحة ‪190 of 690‬‬
‫تقرير الحادث النهائي‬
‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.17 #‬‬
‫‪I nci dent Fi nal Report‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫‪and Supervi si on‬‬

‫الهندسة للمواد والآلات والمكان غير مناسبين – ‪I nadequat e‬‬
‫‪engi neeri ng f or mat eri al , equi pment and pl ace.‬‬
‫شراء المواد والآلات وغيرها غير مناسب – ‪I nadequat e‬‬
‫‪Purchasi ng‬‬
‫الصيانة غير مناسبة – ‪I nadequat e Mai nt enance‬‬
‫الآلات والمعدات والأدوات غير مناسبين – ‪I nadequat e Tool s‬‬
‫‪and Equi pment‬‬
‫تعليمات العمل المعيارية غير مناسبة – ‪I nadequat e Work‬‬
‫‪I nst ruct i ons and Procedure‬‬
‫التلف والعطب – ‪Wear and Tear‬‬
‫إساءة الاستخدام – ‪Mi ss use‬‬
‫التصميم غير ملائم وغير مريح (غير إرغينوماتي) –‬
‫‪I nadequat e Ergonomi c Desi gn‬‬
‫‪ .8.2‬العوامل المرتبطة بالفرد‪Personal Fact ors :‬‬
‫صف بالتفصيل الفشل القائم الذي أدى إلى‬ ‫العوامل المرتبطة بالفرد‬
‫الحادث‬ ‫‪Personal Fact or‬‬
‫‪Descri be t he Fai l ure Leadi ng t o t he I nci dent‬‬
‫القدرات الفيزيائية (البدنية) غير مناسبة – ‪I nadequat e‬‬
‫‪Physi cal Capabi l i t i es‬‬
‫القدرات النفسية غير مناسبة – ‪I nadequat e Physi cal‬‬
‫‪Capabi l i t i es‬‬
‫القدرات العقلية غير مناسبة – ‪I nadequat e Ment al‬‬
‫‪Capabi l i t i es‬‬
‫الإجهاد البدني أو الفسيولوجي– ‪Physi cal Exhaust i on‬‬
‫الإجهاد العقلي أو النفسي– ‪Ment al and Psychol ogi cal‬‬
‫‪Exhaust i on‬‬
‫عدم‪ /‬قلة المعرفة – ‪I nadequat e Knowl edge or no Knowl edge‬‬
‫عدم‪ /‬قلة المهارة– ‪I nadequat e Knowl edge or no Ski l l s‬‬
‫الدافع أو الحافز غير سليم او غير مناسب ‪I nadequat e‬‬
‫‪Mot i vat i on‬‬

‫صف العوامل المرتبطة‬

‫بالعمل‬
‫‪Descri be J ob Fact ors‬‬
‫صف العوامل المرتبطة‬
‫بالفرد‬
‫‪Descri be Personal‬‬
‫‪Fact ors‬‬
‫‪ .9‬الإجراءات التصحيحية لمنع تكرار الحدث‪Correct i ve Act i on t o prevent recurrences :‬‬
‫تاريخ‬ ‫التوقيع‬ ‫المسمى‬ ‫الشخص‬ ‫الإجراءات لمنع التكرار‬ ‫الرقم‬
‫التنفيذ‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ ‫المسؤول عن‬ ‫‪Act i on t o prevent recurrence‬‬ ‫‪S/N‬‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬ ‫‪Posi t i on‬‬ ‫التطبيق‬
‫‪Responsi bl e‬‬
‫‪Person‬‬
‫مراجعة‪ /‬إجراء‪ /‬تحديث تقييم‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫المخاطر‬
‫‪Revi ew/Updat e/ devel op Ri sk Assessment‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ .10‬الإجراءات الوقائية لمنع تكرار الحدث‪Prevent i ve Act i on t o prevent recurrences :‬‬
‫تاريخ‬ ‫التوقيع‬ ‫المسمى‬ ‫الشخص‬ ‫الإجراءات لمنع التكرار‬ ‫الرقم‬
‫التنفيذ‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ ‫المسؤول عن‬ ‫‪Act i on t o prevent recurrence‬‬ ‫‪S/N‬‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬ ‫‪Posi t i on‬‬ ‫التطبيق‬
‫‪Responsi bl e‬‬
‫‪Person‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ .11‬فريق التحقيق في الحادث‪I nvest i gat i on Team:‬‬

‫‪190‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪191 of 690‬‬
‫تقرير الحادث النهائي‬
‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.17 #‬‬
‫‪I nci dent Fi nal Report‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫التاريخ‬ ‫التوقيع‬ ‫المسمى الوظيفي‬ ‫إسماء المحققين في الحادث‬ ‫الرقم‬

‫‪Dat e‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Posi t i on‬‬ ‫‪I nvest i gat or Name‬‬ ‫‪S/N‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ .12‬الموافقات‪Approval s :‬‬
‫موافقة مالك الحادث أو المسؤول عنه (مراقب القسم أو رئيس القسم)‬
‫‪Approval of t he Responsi bl e Person‬‬
‫التاريخ‬ ‫التوقيع‪:‬‬ ‫الاسم‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬

‫موافقة مدير الإدارة‬

‫‪Depart ment Manager Approval‬‬
‫التاريخ‬ ‫التوقيع‪:‬‬ ‫الاسم‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬

‫موافقة مدير عام الميناء‬

‫‪Port General Manager Approval‬‬
‫التاريخ‬ ‫التوقيع‪:‬‬ ‫الاسم‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬

‫موافقة مدير إدارة الأمن الصناعي بالميناء‬

‫‪Port I SDManager Approval‬‬
‫التاريخ‬ ‫التوقيع‪:‬‬ ‫الاسم‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬

‫موافقة سعادة رئيس الهيئة العامة للموانئ‬

‫‪Port Presi dent Approval‬‬
‫التاريخ‬ ‫التوقيع‪:‬‬ ‫الاسم‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬

‫موافقة مدير الإدارة التنفيذية للصحة والسلامة والبيئة بالهيئة العامة للموانئ‪:‬‬
‫‪HSEDApproval‬‬
‫التاريخ‬ ‫التوقيع‪:‬‬ ‫الاسم‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬

‫‪191‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪192 of 690‬‬
‫استمارة عدم الامتثال‬
‫الوثيقة ‪HSES-F.18 #‬‬
‫‪Non-Compl i ance Form‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫الادارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬

‫رقم الاستمارة – ‪Form‬‬ ‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬

‫‪Port Name-Year-Mont h-XXX‬‬
‫‪Number‬‬ ‫‪Dat e‬‬

‫وصف الإجراءات المخالفة للنظام ‪Descri pt i on of t he non-compl i ance t o t he st andards -‬‬

‫هذا الإجراء مخالف لأي فقرة من النظام – يجب ان يوضع رقم المعيار ورقم الفقرة من المعيار‬
‫الذي تم رصد المخالفة ضده‬
‫‪Thi s i s a non-compl i ance t o whi ch st andard and paragraph – St andard number and paragraph number‬‬

‫توقيع المدقق الداخلي ورئيس المدققين ‪Si gned by t he Audi t or and Lead Audi t or -‬‬
‫اسم رئيس المدققين‬ ‫اسم المدقق الداخلي‪:‬‬
‫‪Lead Audi t or Name‬‬ ‫‪I nt ernal Audi t or Name‬‬
‫التوقيع‪:‬‬ ‫التوقيع‪:‬‬
‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬
‫التاريخ‪:‬‬ ‫التاريخ‪:‬‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬ ‫‪Dat e‬‬
‫الرقم الوظيفي‪:‬‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‪:‬‬
‫‪Empl oyee I D Number‬‬ ‫‪Empl oyee I D Number‬‬
‫الإجراءات التصحيحية من قبل الميناء – يجب على إدارة الميناء التحقيق في عدم الامتثال والتعرف على الأسباب‬
‫الرئيسية لذلك ووضع الحلول المناسبة لمنع تكراره في الميناء‪.‬‬
‫‪Correct i ve Act i on by t he Port – Port Management shal l i nvest i gat e t he Non-compl i ance and I dent i f y t he root causes t o est abl i sh t he ri ght cont rol s‬‬
‫من سيقوم به–‬
‫متى ‪When -‬‬ ‫الإجراء ‪Act i on -‬‬
‫‪Who‬‬

‫عن إدارة الميناء يوقع مدير الادارة وأيضا مدير عام الميناء – ‪Si gned by t he Manager and‬‬
‫‪Port General Manager‬‬
‫التاريخ والتوقيع – ‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫الاسم ‪Name -‬‬ ‫الوظيفة ‪Posi t i on -‬‬
‫‪and Dat e‬‬

‫ترسل نسخة منه إلى الإدارة المركزية للأمن الصناعي بالموانئ (الرياض) وإدارة التنفيذية‬

‫‪192‬‬
 193 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫استمارة عدم الامتثال‬
HSES-F.18 # ‫الوثيقة‬
Non-Compl i ance Form
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫ الميناء مسؤول عن‬.‫للصحة والسلامة والبيئة بالرياض لتسجيله ومتابعة التنفيذ‬

‫تنفيذ تلك التوصيات وإرسال نسخة من ذلك للجهاز الرئيسي بالرياض‬
A copy i s sent t o t he I SD Depart ment and HSED Depart ment i n Ri yadh f or recordi ng and f ol l owup.
Port i s responsi bl e f or i mpl ement at i on and sendi ng t he progress updat e t o t he HQ.

193
 ‫اسم الموظف ‪Empl oyee -‬‬ ‫الميناء‬
‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪Port‬‬

‫رقم الموظف – ‪Empl oyee‬‬ ‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬

‫‪Number‬‬ ‫‪Dat e‬‬

‫المكان ‪Locat i on -‬‬ ‫الادارة ‪Dept‬‬

‫المقاول أو المشغل – أو موظف الميناء –‬

‫‪Cont ract or, Operat or and Port Empl oyee‬‬

‫المخالفة لنظام السلامة والأمن والبيئة – ‪Descri pt i on of Saf et y, Securi t y and Envi ronment‬‬
‫‪Vi ol at i on‬‬
‫البيئة‬ ‫الأمن‬ ‫السلامة‬
‫‪Envi ronment‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Securi t y‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Saf et y‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫متطلبات النظام – يرجى ذكر المعيار والفقرة الواردة في المعيار والتي تم مخالفتها –‬
‫‪St andard Requi rement – Pl ease ment i on t he vi ol at ed St andard and Paragraph‬‬

‫العقوبة المقترحة من قبل الميناء – طبقا للملاحق‬

‫‪Suggest ed Di sci pl i nary act i on al ong wi t h f i nes i mposed – i n accordance wi t h t he appendi x‬‬
‫الجزاء المقترح‬ ‫الغرامة المقترحة‬ ‫الملحق والفقرة‬
‫‪Di sci pl i nary act i on‬‬ ‫‪Suggest ed Fi ne‬‬ ‫‪Appendi x and paragraph‬‬

‫رأي لجنة تقييم المخالفات والغرامات والجزاءات (يستند التقييم إما على الملاحق أو‬
‫التقييم حسب المعيار)‬
‫‪Commi t t ee Opi ni on‬‬

‫قيمة المخالفة ‪Fi ne Val ue -‬‬

‫الجزاء– ‪Di sci pl i nary Act i on‬‬

‫______________________‬
‫توقيع رئيس اللجنة وختم اللجنة‬

‫‪194‬‬
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

CHAPTER 2

Security standards

195
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Physical security
SEC-P.01

196
 1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to provide an overview of the sections covering "physical
security" and the procedures for each section.

2. Physical security standards

2.1. SEC-P.01.01 Access Control
2.2. SEC-P.01.02 ID Cards
2.3. SEC-P.01.03 Visitor Arrivals
2.4. SEC-P.01.04 Vehicle Entry
2.5. SEC-P.01.05 Material Control
2.6. SEC-P.01.06 Control Key

197
Access control
SEC-P.01.01

198
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to ensure that the instructions and measures for controlling
access to the SPA or its facilities are applied in accordance with the instructions issued by the
Supreme Industrial Security Authority and the regulations and regulations in force of the
Authority.
2. Scope:
2.1. This standard applies to all employees, visitors, operators and contractors who enter the
Authority or any of its facilities as pedestrians or by vehicle.
3. Defentions and abbreviations:
3.1. Authority: Is the Saudi Authority of Ports (The Head Quarter) and its ports.
3.2. Access control: Is the process of managing an area, site, databases or information in order to
determine the conditions of authorized entry, such as identifying and defining the person
allowed to enter or access specific areas/buildings/information and what powers are granted
to him, and monitoring and following up entry and exit for all persons.
3.3. Assets: Any person, area, environment, facility, material, information or activity of positive
value to the Authority.
3.4. Visitor categories:
3.4.1. Government official
3.4.2. Government Official - Vip
3.4.3. Reviewer - Non-governmental visitor
3.4.4. Reluctant visitor/operator/contractor/reporter
3.5. Facility: Is a Utilities, factory, building, office, organization, structure, commercial or industrial
complex with all accessories and accompanying functions that are part of an integrated
process.
3.6. Information security: Protect information from unauthorized disclosure, transfer,
modification or destruction, whether accidental or intentional.
3.7. Official identity: Identification of a person by document or official card showing the person's
image, name, nationality, date of birth and identity number.
3.8. ID card: A card issued by the Port Industrial Security Department that is used for the personal
identification of individuals and has multiple advantages, including: the image of the
individual, job data, and also has an electronic chip used to enter the areas authorized to
enter the ports.
3.9. Official identification document: Any form of official identity issued by the State or a company
that displays a picture of the person, his name and identity number, date of birth and the
name of the country or company.
3.9.1. Driver's license.
3.9.2. National Identity Card or Iqama.
3.9.3. Passport.
3.9.4. The identity card of the SPA (Saudi Port Authority).
3.10. Perimeter: Isolation zone around a protected area or the boundary between off-site and in-
site.

199
3.11. Employee Security: This is the main process for protecting the assets and employees of the
Authority as well as protecting visitors, operators, contractors and others by applying
applicable Security standards.
3.12. Restricted areas in the Authority and its ports: areas that are only allowed to enter authorized
persons.
3.13. Non-prohibited areas in the Authority and its ports: are the sites and offices to which the
employees of the Authority and the employees of the operators and contractors are entitled
to enter to perform specific work in accordance with their duties or contracts with them and
with the consent of the beneficiary.
3.14. Temporary entry permits: Permits issued by the Authority when hiring an operator or
contractor to carry out temporary work and the duration of implementation does not exceed
fifteen days, and a temporary collective permit can be issued by the ISD, provided that all
workers belonging to the contractor or operator are mentioned and their nationalities are
specified and the duration, place and date of expiry of the permit are determined. With the
security agency based on the protection of the facility.
3.15. SPA: Saudi Port Authority
3.16. ISD: Industerial Security Department
3.17. HQ: Head Quarter
3.18. HQISD: Head Quarter Security Department.
3.19. SSHE: Security, Safety, Health and Enviroment.
3.20. VIP: Very Important Person.
3.21. SSS: Security Shift Supervisor.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. HQISD Manager.
4.1.1. Review and update access control procedures.
4.2. Port ISD Manager:
4.2.1. Apply this standard at the port.
4.2.2. Provide support and advice to security personnel.
4.2.3. Approval of security clearances.
4.3. Head of Security
4.3.1. Granting access to restricted areas at the request of the directors of the relevant
departments.
4.3.2. Advance arrangements for managing VIP entry or official visits.
4.4. Security Shift Supervisor (SSS)
4.4.1. Support for security personnel to control access at the main gate.
4.5. Security Man (Guard).
4.5.1. Apply access control at the main gate and visitor center as well as check the
movement of visitors/ exit of visitors, parcels and mail, control the entry and exit
of vehicles and loaded materials, control the keys and complete the relevant
records, papers and forms.
4.6. IT (Infromation Technology) Department
4.6.1. Management of IT devices and equipment.
4.6.2. Providing licenses for the transfer of IT equipment.

200
4.7. Operators and Contractors
4.7.1. Compliance with relevant laws and procedures.
4.7.2. Display of car stickers authorized by the SPA.
4.8. Staff
4.8.1.Display of vehicle stickers authorized by the SPA.
4.8.2. Abide by the relevant procedures and apply for visitors' passes before visiting
them.
4.8.3. Compliance with the security measures in this procedure.
5. Procedures
SPA has in place strict measures to monitor access to any building in order to ensure the security
of all its employees and assets.
5.1. Access control – Main Gate
5.1.1. The main gate is operated 24 hours a day, seven days a week, by ISD personnel.
Their role is to open and close mechanical arm barriers and hydraulic bollard as
needed and to give authorized vehicles only access to SPA or any of its facilities,
as follows:
5.1.1.1. Employees, contractors and operators are required to display the vehicle
cards/stickers of the approved body. It must match the area you are about
to enter, the class and license plate number. Security personnel must also
check the expiration date of the permit/label/card and verify there is no
evidence of poster/card manipulation. If there is any evidence of
tampering, you should stop the car and notify the security supervisor
immediately.
5.1.1.2. Department managers or department responsible persons are responsible
for vehicle entry permit applications for their visitors, where visitors' cars
and VIPs must be registered before entering. (Material Pass (SEC-P.01.05))
5.1.1.3. Delivery vehicles must list all loaded materials or equipment in the gate
pass form and the list must be verified and must be filled in properly. The
identity card and vehicle plate number with an invalid gate pass must be
registered. Suspicious cargo vehicles should be stopped at traffic lanes and
the supervisor should be notified immediately. After the form is confirmed,
the vehicle is searched and the driver is identified, the visitor's pass is issued
and access is granted. (Review the Material Control Procedure (SEC-
P.01.05) for additional information.)
5.1.1.4. In case of emergency, security personnel must be notified and the following
data must be recorded:
5.1.1.4.1. Type of emergency vehicle (fire fighting/ civil defense - ambulance -
police - border guards).
5.1.1.4.2. License plate number.
5.1.1.4.3. Number of people in the car upon entry.
5.1.1.4.4. Number of people in the car at checkout.

201
 5.1.1.4.5. Entry/exit time and date.
5.1.1.4.6. The time and date of the emergency.
5.1.1.5. Vehicles without the SPA’s entry posters (i.e. visitors and delivery cars) are
stopped and the security man must inquire about the purpose of the visit -
his destination and if he has a prior appointment or not - and the name of
the employee he intends to meet with and the responsible department,
and the security man then asks the visitor to submit his official identity
document where security officers must check the following:
5.1.1.5.1. The Photo on the ID card matches the visitor's Face.
5.1.1.5.2. The expiration date of the official ID card.
5.1.1.5.3. Any damage or tampering with the ID card such as:
5.1.1.5.3.1. Seals were manipulated if any.
5.1.1.5.3.2. Words or numbers have been changed.
5.1.1.5.3.3. The Photo does not match the person.
5.1.2. If none of the above is adhered to, the official ID card must be retained, the
cardholder arrested and the security supervisor notified immediately for
investigation.
5.1.3. If all of the above is adhered to, the details of the car are recorded and the vehicle
is allowed in.
5.1.4. Vehicles must be subject to random inspection, depending on the level of security
alert.
5.1.5. The visitors' register is kept in the main gate security room or visitors'
centre/office.
5.1.6. Vehicle exits are subject to search and inspection for any materials or equipment
belonging to the SPA that have been removed from the building and are not
authorized to leave.
5.1.7. The SPA’s entrances or facilities must be protected by complying with and applying
security Procedures and through hydraulic or electrical bollard, with drop-down
arms barriers or vehicle block barriers and others equipments.
5.1.8. The gate must remain open during official working hours and activate the use of
hydraulic bollard, and the gate is closed after working hours and controlled from
within the security room and open only when a licensed vehicle enters the facility.
The keys must be in the gate room and vehicle barriers must be in "closed road"
mode and open when an authorized vehicle enters the facility.
5.2. Access Control - Visitor Centre
5.2.1. Receptionists play the most important role in controlling access by identifying and
accepting visitors, operators and contractors who request access to the Authority
or its facilities to ensure the safety of all its employees and assets.
5.2.2. Reception is part of the first step of protection and must be located near or at the
main entrance to the facility.

202
5.2.3. Employees, operators and contractors working full-time at any of the Authority's
facilities are granted an ID card to enter the facility, which they must display and
show at all times.
5.2.4. The employee access card is designed with a photograph that displays information
regarding a person's career affiliation, name, expiration date and employee
number. Review SEC-P.01.02 ID card procedures for more information.
5.2.5. Employees who have lost or forgotten their pass must report this at the gate and
a temporary permit is issued. Review the procedure for dealing with lost items
found 'HSES-P.09.03 for more information.
5.2.6. All visitors (for business or personal) and VIPs must declare the purpose of the visit
and provide an acceptable official identity to the security officer at the visitors'
centre during the service. The security man does not allow anyone to enter the
facility unless:
5.2.6.1. The responsible department submits an SEC-F.02 visitor's application to
the Security Department for prior permission.
5.2.6.2. Responsible management or authorized officer provides oral permission for
the visitor to enter on arrival.
5.2.7. Visitors, operators or contractors without any form of official identity are not
allowed to enter the facility or building under any circumstances.
5.2.8. The security officer should examine the identity of the visitor and check the
following in particular:
5.2.8.1. The Photo on the ID card matches the same person.
5.2.8.2. The expiration date of the ID card.
5.2.8.3. Any damage or tampering with the ID card such as:
5.2.8.3.1. Change words or numbers.
5.2.8.3.2. The Photo does not match the person.
5.2.9. If none of the above is adhered to, the ID card must be retained, the holder
must be kept and the security supervisor notified immediately for investigation.
5.2.10. In the absence of the required identity or the visitor's refusal to hand it over,
the security man must refuse access to the facility.
5.2.11. If all of the above is adhered to, the security officer contacts the officer in charge
and informs him of the visitor's arrival.
5.2.12. After confirming the appointment through the responsible officer, the security
officer issues the visitor's pass in exchange for the reservation of the visitor's
official identity document and records the details in the visitors' register.
5.2.13. After the staff member confirms the visit, the security officer will retain the
visitor's acceptable identity and must register the visitor's details and provide a
visitor's badge/card.
5.2.14. Visitors must be accompanied at all times when they are in the building by the
responsible employee for the visitor (visiting Department).

203
 5.2.15. Visitors must not enter any operational or restricted area without being
accompanied by the responsible person from the visiting department.
5.2.16. During an emergency, visitors must be counted and escorted by the port
employee in charge of the visit.
5.2.17. The host takes full responsibility for his visitor and the actions of the visitor while
in the building.
5.2.18. After the visit, the visitor returns to the main gate to retrieve the official ID
document and return the visitor's badge/card.
5.2.19. The visitors' register is kept in the main gate security room or visitors'
centre/office.
5.2.20. All employees must access the Authority or its facilities using the SPA’s pass.
5.2.21. Upon entry/exit, or any of its facilities or locations after official working hours
or on weekends, employees of SPA must check in and out at the visitors'
reception.
5.2.22. All company employees must enter a port facility using their port SPA ID card.
5.2.23. Operators’ Employees, contractors and temporary employees are issued special
entry cards or temporary permits based on the duration of their work on the
Authority's property using an entry permit form Temporary 'SEC-F.03
Temporary Entry' , as follows:
5.2.23.1. Delivery representatives and others must not deliver goods in the
reception hall and deliver them at the main gate and follow the material
control procedures,'SEC-P.01.05'. After the security check on delivery, the
security man will transfer the goods at the reception to send it. Delivery
persons are prevented from entering the premises of a port facility.
5.2.23.2. Mail delivery must not be received at the visitor/reception centre but
must deliver their shipments at the main gate and follow SEC-P.01.05
material control procedures, and correspondents and couriers are not
allowed access to the operational premises of the Authority or any of its
facilities.
5.2.24. Follow ' SEC-P.01.03 Visitor Access for more information.
5.3. Control access to administrative buildings
5.3.1. The following access/access controls are placed to protect assets:
5.3.1.1. Access to administrative buildings and offices is controlled by access control
systems and surveillance camera systems.
5.3.1.2. Entrance doors for buildings and offices must be closed after working
hours.
5.3.1.3. Office doors must be closed when leaving the office or when absent for a
long time during the day where possible. Personal belongings are not
allowed to be left unattended.
5.3.1.4. Access to the office building must be logged in by security personnel after

204
 normal working hours.
5.3.1.5. Security staff must ensure that all possible access points in the building
(windows, emergency exits, doors, etc.) are closed after normal working
hours.
5.3.1.6. All employees must clearly display the ID card of SPA while they are inside
and around any of the buildings. Visitors are allowed to enter administrative
buildings if they are accompanied by the hosting employee.
5.3.1.7. Laptops must be secured when they are not in use or unattended.
5.3.1.8. Laptops should not be left on offices until the next morning if the office
does not have an access control system.
5.3.1.9. Offices, drawers and lockers containing sensitive, confidential or authority
documents must be secured, whether paper or electronic, when the
employee is away from the office.
5.3.1.10. Office keys and SPA ID must be kept in a safe place.
5.3.1.11. All windows must be locked and all doors closed when leaving the office
whenever possible.
5.3.1.12. The employee should not accept anything from other employees, visitors,
operators and contractors to be left in the office. Any urgent or threatening
situation should be immediately reported to the Direct Manager, the
Security Supervisor and the Safety Section.
5.3.1.13. Access to a closed office is permitted only by the responsible Manager in
the absence of the office owner.
5.4. Access control - perimeter of the facility
5.4.1. Access to the perimeter of the facility or facility is achieved by monitoring
unauthorized access and intrusion attempts.
5.4.2. Monitoring is carried out through surveillance systems in the security control
room.
5.4.3. Regular security patrols must be conducted to secure the perimeter of the facility.
5.5. Monitor access to restricted areas in the building
5.5.1. These areas are classified as restricted areas, which are only allowed to enter for
authorized persons with access cards.
5.5.2. The following measures for restricted areas must be implemented:
5.5.2.1. Access to restricted areas for visitors, operators and contractors is
permitted only by the Manager of the department, the head of the
security department, the security supervisor, or the highest security body
on site, according to the authorized permit.
5.5.2.2. A dedicated log must be kept for all employees/visitors/operators and
contractors to access restricted areas.
5.5.2.3. Vehicle access is controlled by security personnel.
5.5.2.4. Gates and buildings within the restricted area should be monitored by

205
 intruder detection systems, surveillance camera systems and security
patrols, as well as the use of fire fighting systems.
5.6. Arrival of government officials and VIP.
5.6.1. The entry of VIP or officials of the SPA or any of its facilities is arranged by the future
employee or commissioner in the relevant department and through the ISD
manger /Head of Security.
5.6.2. Access is granted before VIP or officials arrive to facilitate their entry into the
facility and the future employee is fully responsible for the visitor for the duration
of the visit.
5.7. Document security
5.7.1. Access controls also include document protection. The document control
procedure number 'HSES-P.12' and document security 'SEC-P.02.01' therefore
contains document protection instructions.
5.7.1.1. Access to all official documents of the SPA (paper, electronic and digital)
must be controlled.
5.7.1.2. All documents and materials containing sensitive information must be
locked in a private locker if the employee leaves his or her office.
5.7.1.3. Departments must contain document-keeping rooms/cabinets to save
archival documents. Access to documents and preservation
rooms/lockers must be restricted to persons allowed only.
5.7.1.4. Access to the SPA’s documents is limited to the staff of the SPA only (both
according to his auhtority). No documents may be handed over to persons
from outside the SPA without official permission from the director of the
department concerned.
5.7.1.5. Staff are responsible for:
5.7.1.5.1. Destruction of unnecessary documents.
5.7.1.5.2. Protect electronic data that includes passwords and login
information.
5.7.1.5.3. Make sure documents are arranged and all cabinets and drawers
closed before departure from the office every day.
5.7.1.5.4. Do not remove the authority's information from the building unless
the information is required for official work.
5.7.1.5.5. Do not dispose of SPA’s documents in garbage bins or recycling bins
even if they are outdated.
5.8. Physical security of IT systems
5.8.1. Access to the server room must be restricted.
5.8.2. IT equipment is controlled only by the Information Technologies Department (IT
DEP).
5.8.3. IT staff are fully responsible for securing, maintaining and maintaining the safety
of all IT devices and equipment issued to them.

206
 5.8.4. Fixed IT devices/equipment may not be transferred from one office to another
without the permission of the IT manager.
5.8.5. No IT devices/equipment may be transferred to and from the Authority or any of
its facilities without an entry/exit permit under the license of the IT Manager.
Review the standard of material control procedures No. 'SEC-P.01.05. .
5.8.6. The property/warehouse management sticker must be placed on the SPA’s
laptops/office computers. The Department of Industrial Security must issue laptop
permits to employees, visitors, contractors, operators, etc., follow the standard of
procedures for laptop, tablet and electronic device information technology no.
'SEC-P.02.03 Electronic Devices'.
5.9. Transfer and protection of property
5.9.1. One of the objectives of access control procedures and instructions is to control
the protection of SPA’s property from loss and theft. Standard operating
procedures - SEC-P.01.05 Material Control contain full details. Below are further
instructions on property entry and exit control:
5.9.1.1. The materials that will be returned after exiting the SPA Facility must be
accompanied by a valid/approved entry/exit permit as specified in the
material control procedures, so that employees responsible for removing
materials from the workplace must obtain an official entry/exit permit
signed and approved by the The Department auhtorized personnel for
these materials. Form SEC-F.08 contains more details, and the relevant
department will be responsbile for the duration of entry and exit of the
materials.
5.9.1.2. The above requirement does not include laptops and its accessories.
5.9.1.3. The security man must compare and match the materials (type,
description and quantity) with the details on the entry permit after
verifying the validity of the permit.
5.9.1.4. The security officer makes sure that the permit is signed and compares it
with the original signature of the person on the list of authorized personnel
for each department.
5.9.1.5. The security man refuses the pass in case there are any differences
between the materials listed in the permit or any other information with
the information in the same permit, and the security man directs the
employee/driver/visitor/operator or contractor to return to the relevant
department to make the necessary permit and then make a report of the
incident, he report it to the security shift supervisor.
5.9.1.6. Issues or disputes about the removal of property must be referred to the
head or acting head of the security department. Security officers must be
on alert for risks of theft of property by the Authority. A thorough
examination of the property that is taken out/removed by visitors must be

207
 carried out in case of suspicion.
5.10. Delivery
5.10.1. Access to materials, mail and parcels to the Authority and its facilities is controlled
in accordance with the 'SEC-P.01.05 Material Control' material control
procedures.
5.11. Key management
5.11.1. Key management is controlled in accordance with SEC-P.01.06 Key Control key
control procedures.
5.12. Information Security
5.12.1.Access to information is controlled in accordance with SEC-P.02 Information
Security and includes access to information by activating firewalls and firewalls of
electronic media and their systems, document security, personal information
security and photography.
6. Forms
No Form Number Form Title Retention Period
001 SEC-F.02 Visitor form 12 months
002 SEC-F.03 Temporary entry 12 months
003 SEC-F.08 Entry and exit permit 12 months

208
ID Cards and Entry Permits
SEC-P.01.02

209
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to develop guidelines for the issuance, receipt, delivery and
use of FDA identity cards, in accordance with regulatory requirements and instructions, and
provides procedures for lost cards and found cards.
2. Scope
2.1. This standard includes procedures for issuing and replacing cards for employees, operators,
contractors and consultants.
3. Defenition and Abbreviation:
3.1. SPA: Is the Saudi Port Authority Ports (the head quarter) and its ports.
3.2. ISD: Industerial Security Department.
3.3. HQ: Head Quarter
3.4. HQISD: Head Quarter Industerial Security.
3.5. Identity Card (ID Card): a card issued by the Port ISD that is used for the personal identification of
individuals and has multiple advantages, including: the photo of the individual, job title, and also has an
electronic chip used to enter the areas authorized to enter the ports, and identifies the holder as an
employee, contractor, contractor, trainee or government official registered with the Authority.
3.5.1. The selection of cards must be in accordance with the specifications and
instructions of the Supreme Industrial Security Authority (SEC-11). Cards must
contain the following information:
3.5.1.1. Card type (employee, operator, contractor, others).
3.5.1.2. The person's name (first name, father and family name).
3.5.1.3. Job ID number (for SPA staff).
3.5.1.4. The company name if it is an operator or contractor.
3.5.1.5. Nationality and date of birth.
3.5.1.6. Serial number.
3.5.1.7. Blood type.
3.5.1.8. Nationality.
3.5.1.9. Management or department in which the cardholder works.
3.5.1.10. Release date.
3.5.1.11. Expiration date.
3.5.1.12. The Photo, the Photo must be colorful and modern.
3.5.1.13. The SPA logo must be printed on the front of the card.
3.5.1.14. The following note should be written on the card: "The use of this card
by someone else is considered a fraud. If the card is found, please
return it to the issuer."
3.5.1.15. All information on the card must be in Both Arabic and English.
3.6. Permits: Approval issued by the relevant authorities authorizing access to ports and their facilities.
3.7. Permits to enter restricted areas: A permit containing personal information and a photograph of a person
allowing him to enter restricted areas and the employee working in these areas needs the approval of
the border guards and the port administration.
3.8. Permits to enter non-prohibited areas: A permit containing personal information and a photograph of the
person enabling him to enter any non-prohibited area in the Authority or its facilities and if the holder
wishes to enter the restricted areas he is treated as a visitor.

210
3.9. Facility: Is a factory, or building or any structure, commercial, industrial or residential complex with all
accessories and accompanying functions and which are part of an integrated operation of the port
business.
3.10. Operator or contractor: Is the company or institution charged with carrying out works or projects of the
Authority under a contract, weather long-term or short.
3.11. Official identity: The person is identified by card or official document showing the person's Photo,
name, nationality, date of birth and identity number.
3.12. Official identity document: Any form of official identity photographed issued by a particular responsbile
authority displaying the person's Photo, person's name, identity number, date of birth, state name and
company name in which he works (for employee identities).
3.12.1. Driver's license.
3.12.2. National Identity Card.
3.12.3. Passport.
3.12.4. Iqama
3.12.5. Authority staff card.
3.13. Restricted areas in the Authority and its ports: areas that are only allowed to enter authorized persons.
3.14. Non-prohibited areas in the Authority and its ports: are the sites and offices to which the employees
of the Authority and the employees of the operators and contractors are entitled to enter to perform
specific work in accordance with their duties or contracts with them and with the consent of the
beneficiary.
3.15. Temporary entry permits: Permits issued by the Authority when hiring an operator or contractor to
carry out temporary work and the duration of implementation does not exceed fifteen days, and a
temporary collective permit can be issued by the ISD, provided that the names and nationalities of
all workers belonging to the operator and the contractor are mentioned and the duration, place and
date of expiry of the permit are determined. The security entity based on the protection of the facility.
3.16. The Induction Training Program on security and safety procedures : a guiding introductory lecture to
inform the person, whether moral or legal, of the security, safety and emergency procedures used at
the facility or facility with the aim of being fully aware of these procedures and applying them upon
entry to the facility.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. HQISD Manager:
4.1.1. Implementation of instructions issued by the Supreme Authority for Industrial
Security and circulated to the directors of industrial security departments.
4.1.2. Follow-up the implementation of the procedures of this standard.
4.2. PORT ISD Manager:
4.2.1. Approving ID Cards.
4.2.2. Implementing the HQISD instructions.
4.2.3. Review and supervise the implementation of this Procedure.
4.3. Head of Security:
4.3.1. Issue, renew, register and return all cards as instructed.
4.3.2. Resolve any specific issue when issuing cards.
4.3.3. Responsible for the overall management of cards, updating and reviewing
general instructions annually or when needed.
4.3.4. Monitor the printing of cards before and after printing as well as version and
save.

211
4.4. Employee:
4.4.1. Fully responsible for maintaining the card issued to him.
4.4.2. Take responsibility for the validity of the data contained in the employee card
application form.
4.4.3. Fully responsible for following up on the expiration date of the card and the
need to inform the ISD before it expires for the purpose of initiating the
procedures for issuing the alternative card.
4.4.4. Fully responsible for reporting in case of card loss.
4.4.5. Always keep your ID card visible.
4.5. Operator or Contractor
4.5.1. Fully responsible for maintaining the card issued to him in accordance with the
instructions.
4.5.2. Permanently highlight the card while inside the Authority's facilities and
facilities.
4.5.3. Report any missing or stolen card to the ISD.
4.6. Operator or contractor representative
4.6.1. Fully responsible for following up on the expiration date of the card and the
need to deliver it before or on the day it expires for the purpose of initiating its
renewal procedures.
4.6.2. Responsible for continuing to issue and receive new, renewed and lost cards.
4.6.3. Responsible for investigating employees, operators or contractors when they
lose or misuse cards.
4.7. Security Shift Supervisor:
4.7.1.Check the ID Cards of employees, contractors employees and visitors.
4.7.2. Responsible for verifying the validity of cards and the areas allowed to enter,
both prohibited and non-prohibited.
5. Procedures
5.1. General information
5.1.1. ID card design
5.1.1.1. Cards must contain the following information:
5.1.1.1.1. Employee name (first, Second and last name/ Surname).
5.1.1.1.2. Employee ID Number.
5.1.1.1.3. The SPA logo must be printed on the face of the card. If there is an
operator/contractor, his name is written on the back of the card.
5.1.1.1.4. Nationality and date of birth.
5.1.1.1.5. National ID number, date and place of issuance, residence permit
no. (Iqama), date and place of issuance (for foreigners) and passport
information for temporary cards.
5.1.1.1.6. The department in which the cardholder will works.
5.1.1.1.7. Release date.
5.1.1.1.8. Expiration date.

212
 5.1.1.1.9. Blood type.
5.1.1.1.10. Photo (40 × 25 mm or bigger) personal. It has to be in a modern
color Photo. (It must be stamped with a seal if the image is pasted.)
5.1.1.1.11. The serial number of the ID card must be printed on the card.
5.1.1.1.12. The ISD Manager signs the card or his deputy.
5.1.1.1.13. The following note should be written on the card: this card is used
only by the owner and if found, please contact us at the number
(the establishment number is placed).
5.1.1.1.14. All information contained in the card must be in Both Arabic and
English.
5.1.2. Port access cards and facilities
5.1.2.1. The card's specifications and data must be in accordance with the security
instructions for the entry card, taking into account the instructions of the
HCIS.
5.1.3. Types of ID cards
5.1.3.1. Body Employee Card: White background and dark blue card back (RED 41,
GREEN 105, BLUE 128) valid for two years.
5.1.3.2. Cards for trainees: White background and light green card back (RED 146,
GREEN 208, BLUE 80), valid for a maximum of one year or training period.
5.1.3.3. Operators and contractors cards: White background and light green card
back (RED 146, GREEN 208, BLUE 80) valid for a maximum of one year or
contract period.
5.1.3.4. Cards for government officials: White background and light green card
back (RED 146, GREEN 208, BLUE 80) valid for a maximum of one year or
period mentioned in the application.
5.1.3.5. Visitor cards: White background and light green card back (RED 146,
GREEN 208, BLUE 80) (administrative area) or red background (no-go zone)
with the word "visitor" printed in white in Both Arabic and English with the
largest line size that can be contained in the entire card area.
5.1.3.6. If the Authority wishes to request the assistance of operators and
contractors to perform temporary work, and its implementation does not
exceed fifteen days, a temporary collective permit is issued.
5.1.3.7. Note - If the ID card shape is to be changed:
5.1.3.7.1. The HCIS must notify the intended changes and be provided with
samples from all newly issued cards. The word "cancel" must also be
written on cards that have been changed in large font or destroyed.
Taking into account the prior approval of the General Secretariat of
the HCIS, the Authority may change the colors set out in the above-
mentioned items.
5.1.3.7.2. The background of the profile picture fixed on the card must be white.
5.2. Application procedures

213
 5.2.1. The department to which the employees who are entitled to the SPA’s ID card must fill out the
application for the issuance of an employee card in the SPA’s electronic personnel services
system. In the event of a system malfunction, the SEC-F.01 ID Card Application uses the ID card
request.'
5.2.2. Employees must fill out the application form and obtain permission from the department
manager. The application will then be referred to the ISD for processing.
5.2.3. Any adjustment identified on the card issude must be reported to the ISD Manager who will take
the necessary action.
5.2.4. Only one ID card will be issued to anyone at a time, regardless of how many facilities a person
needs to access.
5.2.5. The issuance of an ID card does not entitle a legal person to enter ports and their facilities except
with the permission of the relevant party.
5.3. Change the status of the card
5.3.1. Staff
5.3.1.1. Termination: The Department of Industrial Security is notified
immediately, and the ID card issued is returned when the employee is
removed from the authority or leaves the country.
5.3.1.2. Job change: The management supervising the employee whose job is
changing is notified; the individual's ID card is retained. Any necessary
change in the details associated with the change of function must be
requested and authorized in accordance with the procedures set out in
these details.
5.3.1.3. Replacement Card for a lost one:
5.3.1.3.1. The ISD must be informed immediately when the card is lost.
5.3.1.3.2. The ISD should take appropriate measures and issue another card to
those who have lost it.
5.3.1.3.3. The card is marked with a phrase (lost card) after the serial number
of the lost card has been cancelled and indicated in the card register.
5.3.1.3.4. The ISD Informs the security agency responsible for protecting the
facility.
5.3.1.4. Damaged Card:
5.3.1.4.1. The ISD should be notified immediately when the card is damaged.
5.3.1.4.2. The ISD should take appropriate measures and issue another card.
5.3.1.4.3. The card is marked with a phrase (damaged) after the serial number
of the damaged card is cancelled and marked in the card register.
5.3.1.4.4. ISD Informs the security agency responsible for protecting the facility.
5.3.2. Contractors’ Employees
5.3.2.1. The Contract Supervising department manager recovers the ID card when
the contracting worker has completed the task for which the ID card was
granted and returns it to the Department of Industrial Security.
5.4. Presenting ID cards
5.4.1. An ID card must be hung on the chest, on the left side, and the Phot must be visible during the
person's presence in the SPA and its facilities.

214
5.5. Employee ID cards
5.5.1. The new employee who intends to obtain an ID card must attend an safety and security Induction
Training Program.
5.5.2. The employee's department must apply for an ID card. The application should be certified and
signed by the authorized person in the Department.
5.5.3. A copy of the national ID for Saudi citizens and a valid Iqama for non-Saudis working for the SPA
must be attached to the application.
5.6. Cards for trainees
5.6.1. An trainee who intends to obtain an ID card must attend an introductory lecture on safety and
security procedures.
5.6.2. The department responsible for the trainee must submit the application form to the ISD. The
application must be certified and signed by the trainee Supervising department.
5.6.3. A copy of the National Identity Card of Saudi citizens must be attached to the application form.
5.6.4. When the trainee is appointed as a full-time employee, his card is withdrawn, and the employee's
ID card is issued in accordance with the procedures for issuing employee identity cards.
5.7. Cards for Operator and contractors
5.7.1. The contracting company must appoint a representative (Saudi nationality) who will be provided
with instructions for procedures and penalties related to the issuance and renewal of ID cards.
5.7.2. The operator/contractor who intends to obtain an ID card must attend the safety and security
Induction Training Program required for all the workforce that intends to work in the SPA.
5.7.3. The ID card issuance request must be completed with all the information required.
5.7.4. Operators and contractors involved in food preparation and delivery must provide a health
certificate.
5.7.5. The contract Department is responsible for uploading data to the ISD to issue ID cards to
operators or contractors through the required during the period required to issue the ID card and
provide the starting date and the duration of the contract.
5.7.6. The renewal of the ID card must be in line with the renewal period of the contract or must be for
the period required to complete the work, provided that the renewal is not for more than a year.
5.7.7. The contracotr representative is responsible for returning the issued cards to the Supervising
department when the work is completed or in the event of the expiry of the contract and then
the Supervising department will hand it over to the ISD and in case the operator or contractor's
contract is completed without returning the cards, the supervising department is fully
responsible.
5.7.8. The contract Supervising department is responsible for stopping the evacuation of the
operator/contractor until it is sure that all cards have been returned.
5.7.9. If the Authority wishes to request the assistance of operators/contractors to perform temporary
work of up to 15 days, a temporary collective permit will be issued.
5.8. Government officials' cards
5.8.1. The government official must coordinate with the relevant department to apply for the issuance
of the Authority's identity card.
5.8.2. Take into account the government official who applies for the ID card of the Authority to attend
an introductory lecture on safety and security procedures.
5.9. Card renewal and return procedures
5.9.1. Employees: Employee cards are automatically renewed when they expire.
5.9.2. Trainees: The trainee who wishes to renew his identity must submit the application for renewal
by the Department supervising the trainee and approve the application and submit it to the
Department of Industrial Security.

215
 5.9.3. Operators or contractors: The representative must submit the required applications after filling
out all information.
5.9.4. Government officials: The cards of government officials are renewed in coordination between the
ISD Manager and the Supervising department.
5.9.5. In the event of termination of the employee's service, the ID card is handed over to the ISD.
5.10. Issuing Condition and Terms
5.10.1. Anyone who has issued the ID card must sign a pledge that they will:
5.10.1.1. Maintain personal possession of the card.
5.10.1.2. Do not allow unauthorized use of the card.
5.10.1.3. Acknowledge lost and damaged card procedures.
5.10.1.4. The employee must inform the ISD directly after the loss or theft of the card. If a
contractor or operator inform the supervising Department of the operator/contractor
to submit a written letter to the ISD about the incident with a written statement from
the employee.
5.10.1.5. Present the card according to requirements while on site.
5.10.1.6. Return the card to the issuer at the end of he service or when it expires, whichever
happens first.
5.11. Card procedure management
5.11.1. All id card applications must be submitted by filling out a card application form
5.11.2. Identity and submission to the supervisory department. They must control the issuance and
return of all port authority identity cards.
5.11.3. Each issued ID must remain in the possession of the person issued to him at all times. Individuals
must not leave cards on their desks or lend them to others.
5.11.4. No person who has been issued with a party evacuation card or a liquidation of rights should be
given unless he or she submits the proof of return of the card to the Industrial Security
Department.
5.11.5. No operator or contractor with the Authority should be given a final extract for a specified period
unless they hand over their industrial security management cards.
5.12. Lost or stolen cards
5.12.1. Anyone who has lost an ID card or has reason to believe that they have lost the card must notify
the nearest security officer on site immediately to ensure that security is not compromised. He
must immediately notify the direct manager. These notices can be handled over the phone or in
person but must be followed by a written report or a written statement
5.12.2. Procedures to follow in case of loss of ID card
5.12.3. The loss of the ID card must be reported in writing on the specified form and sent to the ISD.
5.12.4. The ISD must cancel the missing ID card as soon as the form is received and give the employee 3
days to search for it.
5.12.5. The head of the security department must conduct an investigation to determine the
circumstances of the loss if the missing ID card is not found.
5.12.6. The penalty provided Listed in the viloation and discplinary procedure must be applied in the
event of loss of ID Card.
5.12.7. An alternative ID card will be issued with the word "Replacement" to the employee. The
department to which the staff and the ISD belong must keep the relevant documents in the
register.
5.13. Missing ID card penalty

Employee type First time. Second time. Third time.

SPA Emplyee Written warning Written warning Written warning to which the

216
 penalty stipulated in the Displinary
procedure applies
Operator/contractor Written warning and fine of 100
Written warning Fine of 100 riyals
or trainee riyals
Public servant It must be subject to sanctions by its supervisor and a report will be submitted to the ISD

5.13.1. In the event of loss of ID card due to theft, car accident or fire, the ID card holder is exempt from
any penalty.
5.13.2. The cardholder reports the loss of the ID card to the ISD.
5.13.3. The cardholder must submit a report from the relevant official government agency, detailing the
event and losing the ID card.
5.14. Procedures to follow when finding a card
5.14.1. Anyone who finds the ID card of the Port Authority must return the card to the nearest security
counter and, if this is not possible, be handed over to the supervising department or the ISD.
5.14.2. The card must be delivered to any of the parties described in paragraph (5.15.1) with details of
where and when the card was found.
5.14.3. If an alternative ID card is issued, the alternative ID card must be entered into the employee's
register and the (old) recovered card must be destroyed.
5.15. Staff member/trainee/operator/contractor procedures without identity card
5.15.1. If the employee/trainee/operator/contractor issues an identity card without bringing it to work
or forgetting it at home, the security officer on duty must:
5.15.1.1. The security officer must confirm the identity of the employee/ trainee/ operator/
contractor through official identity documents or visual identification and compare with
the list of names of employees of the SPA.
5.15.1.2. A person must justify not bringing his ID card with him.
5.15.1.3. A person must be treated as a visitor by entering his or her personal information into the
visitors' portal entry register and issuing the visitor's ID card as an alternative to the official
ID card.
5.16. Violation of procedures
5.16.1. Any violation of these procedures may be a reason for administrative disciplinary action. Each
employee, operator or contractor is responsible for returning all ID cards to the employee/
worker/ operator/ contractor department at the end of their term. Failure to do so would result
in their Money being withheld until the identity card was returned.
5.17. Requests for information
5.17.1. Due to security considerations and the potentially sensitive nature of identity information,
information concerning who has access to the facilities, who has access to them or work areas in
all the SPA’s facilities may not be disclosed without the consent of the ISD Manager.
5.17.2. Requests for this information are processed through the ISD. No access information is published
except with the approval of the ISD Manager.
6. Forms
No Form number Form address/ form
Application form for id
001 SEC-F.04 ID
card application
002 SEC-F.05 Card loss report

217
Visitor arrivals Control
SEC-P.01.03

218
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to describe the procedures for dealing with and monitoring
visitors after accessing the facilities of the General Port Authority.
2. Scope
2.1. This standard describes identifying and verifying all persons before they are allowed access
to the SPA’s facilities, whether they are employees, operators, contractors or visitors.
3. Defenitions and abbreviations
3.1. SPA: Saudi Authority of Ports (Head Quarter) and subsidiary ports.
3.2. Assets: Any person, environment, facility, material, information or activity of positive value to the
Authority.
3.3. ISD: Industerial Security Department
3.4. HQ: Head Quarter
3.5. HQISD: Headquarter Industerial Security
3.6. Visitor categories:
3.6.1. Government official
3.6.2. Government Official - Vip
3.6.3. Customer - Non-governmental visitor
3.6.4. Reluctant visitor/operator or contractor/reporter
3.7. Facility: Is a facility, factory, or building or any structure, commercial, industrial or residential complex
with all accessories and accompanying functions and which are part of an integrated operation of the
port business.
3.8. Information security: Protect information from unauthorized disclosure, transfer, modification or
destruction, whether accidental or intentional.
3.9. Official Indetificaiton: Identification of a person by document or official card showing the person's Photo,
name, nationality, date of birth and identity number.
3.10. Official identification document: any form of official identity of images issued by a state or
company displaying a picture of the person, his name and identity number, date of birth and the name
of the country or company.
3.10.1. Driver's license.
3.10.2. National Identity Card.
3.10.3. Iqama
3.10.4. Passport.
3.10.5. The SPA ID Card.
3.11. Restricted areas in the Authority and its ports: areas that are only allowed to enter authorized persons.
3.12. Non-prohibited areas in the Authority and its ports: are the sites and offices to which the employees of
the Authority and the employees of the operators and contractors are entitled to enter to perform
specific work in accordance with their duties or contracts with them and with the consent of the
beneficiary.
3.13. Permits: Approval issued by the relevant authorities authorizing access to ports and their facilities.
3.14. Permits to enter restricted areas: A permit containing personal information and a Photo of a person
allowing him to enter restricted areas and the employee working in these areas needs the approval of
the border guards and the port administration.
3.15. Permits to enter non-prohibited areas: A permit containing personal information and a Photo of the
person enabling him to enter any non-prohibited area in the SPA or its facilities and if the holder wishes
to enter the restricted areas he is treated as a visitor.

219
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Industrial Security Department
4.1.1. Review and implement the procedures of this standard.
4.2. Head of Security
4.2.1. Issue all new ID cards.
4.2.2. Resolve any deviation identified in the card version.
4.2.3. Manage all identity cards (new and expired).
4.3. Security Shift Supervisor (SSS) /Security Man
4.3.1. Check in and monitor check-in.
4.3.2. Identify visitors and control their arrival.
4.4. Operators and contractors
4.4.1. Follow-up and compliance with procedures.
4.5. Staff
4.5.1. Submit a visitor application form to the head of the security department.
4.5.2. Make sure visitors are interviewed and received as soon as they arrive at the
facility.
4.5.3. Notify the supervisor if any personal card of the Authority is lost.
4.5.4. Be careful that the ID card is visible.
4.6. Visitors
4.6.1. Apply for access to the relevant department.
4.6.2. Keeping your ID card always visible.
5. Procedures
5.1. Delegate visitors
5.1.1. Visitor arrivals
5.1.1.1. The security man may not allow entry to any visitor without a prior
appointment or authorized permit to access the SPA facilities.
5.1.1.2. Persons intending to visit the SPA facilities must coordinate with the port
Management to obtain approval from the relevant authority.
5.1.1.3. Visitors who do not have an official appointment or an approved visitor
request form are not allowed to enter the facility without permission
from the relevant party. Taking into account the department responsible
for overseeing the visit.
5.1.2. Visitors with an appointment
5.1.2.1. When the visitor arrives at the main entrance, the security man checks
whether his vehicle information is registered in the visitor's entry
request. When it is confirmed that the vehicle data is recorded, the
security officer records the visitor's details and forwards him to the
visitors' parking area. In the absence of recorded information about the
car, the visitor is stopped and the security man asks him about the
reason for the visit, his destination and the visiting staff member.
5.1.2.2. The visitor informs the security man of his prior appointment and the
name of the department/staff member concerned.

220
 5.1.2.3. The security man asks the visitor to provide any form of official identity
for verification.
5.1.2.4. The security man compares the visitor's details with the visitor's
application form.
5.1.2.5. The security officer contacts the officer in charge and informs him of the
visitor's arrival.
5.1.2.6. After confirming the appointment through the requesting party, the
security officer issues the SPA visitor's card (ID card) and records the
details in the visitors' register.
5.1.2.7. At the main gate, the security man must confirm the visitor's entry ID
before the visitor enters the facility.
5.1.2.8. Visitors must not allow entry to any of the SPA’s facilities without an
escort by the responsible person or the relevant department
representative.
5.1.2.9. At the end of the visit, the visitor returns to the main gate to return the
visitor's card.
5.1.2.10. The security officer should not allow visitors who do not have any official
identity document to enter the SPA’s facility.
5.1.3. Visitors without an appointment
5.1.3.1. Visitors who do not have a valid appointment or prior entry request are
not allowed to enter the Authority without confirmation from the staff
member he is visiting.
5.1.3.2. The security man at the gate refers the visitor to the entrance
gate/reception desk.
5.1.3.3. The security man at the front desk determines the purpose of the visit
and asks visitor to show official identity.
5.1.3.4. The security man contacts the visiting department to inform them about
the unregistered visitor.
5.1.3.5. After the department confirms the date of the visitor's meeting, the
security officer must issue the SPA ID card to the visitor.
5.1.3.6. Visitors who do not have an approved application form are not allowed
access to the Authority's facilities.
5.1.4. Delegates, operators and contractors
5.1.4.1. Persons without official ID cards from the SPA are treated as ordinary
visitors.
5.1.4.2. Operators and contractors with a long-term contractual relationship
with the Port Authority may apply for a personal card from the Operators
and Contractors Authority. (Review procedure) ‘SEC-P.01.02 ID Card
Procedures’.
5.2. Check-in and exit procedures for persons and vehicles
5.2.1. The security man at the main gate of the Facility:

221
 5.2.1.1. Record attachment data, date and time.
5.2.1.2. Register the names of the security personnel received at the gate and
the time of receipt.
5.2.1.3. Registration of persons and vehicle data when they come to enter the
site as follows (name - ID number - employer - license plate number -
entry time - mobile number) and a visitor card is issued to people.
5.2.1.4. When the visitor has finished his or her purpose and come to the gate
for the purpose of exiting the facility, the time of exit is recorded and the
visitor's card is retrieved.
5.2.1.5. The form passes at the end of the rosary from each day to the security
rose supervisor on site.
5.2.1.6. The security supervisor signs the form and passes it to the head of the
security department.
5.3. Mail deliveries
5.3.1. Reporters and other delivery representatives are allowed to enter the Port
Authority and deliver parcels at the Authority's gate. After a security check of the
delivery, the security officer transfers the packages to the front desk (or mail
room) to be sent to the person concerned or the relevant department.
5.4. Laptops and cameras
5.4.1. All visitors entering the GCHQ facility must declare that they have any laptop or
camera in their possession.
5.4.2. Cameras and laptops are not allowed in the authority's work areas.
5.4.3. Visitors, operators and contractors who need to use their laptops or cameras
within restricted areas must obtain an electronic device access permit (SEC-F.06)
for the computer and a photography permit (SEC-P.07) for the camera.
6. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

12 months SEC-F.02 Visitor's entry request 001

12 months SEC-F.07 Photography permit 002

12 months SEC-F.06 Electronic statement 003

222
Vehicle entry Control
SEC-P.01.04

223
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to describe the measures and procedures for allowing only
authorized vehicles access - access to the General Port Authority facility.
2. Range
2.1. This standard provides guidance and guidance to security department staff to identify
authorized vehicles and allow them to enter the facility.
3. Tariffs
3.1. Official identity: Any form of official identity of images issued by a state or company displaying a picture
of the person, his name and identity number, date of birth and the name of the country or company.
3.1.1.1. Driver's license.
3.1.1.2. National Identity Card.
3.1.1.3. Passport.
3.1.1.4. The identity card of the Port Authority.
3.2. Vehicle entry permit: A permanent or temporary permit issued by the relevant authority to enter ports
and their facilities.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Industrial Security Department of the Authority and Ports
4.1.1.Issuing and regulating procedures for cards, vehicle stickers, access control
systems and evacuation certificates for operators and contractors.
4.2. Head of Security
4.2.1. Review and approve vehicle pass application data.
4.3. Security Rosary Supervisor
4.3.1. Give permits numbers/exact date.
4.3.2. Print the permit stamped for the student and give a copy of the accreditation
to the person responsible for the site.
4.4. Security man.
4.4.1. Control entry and exit for employees, operators, contractors and visitors.
4.5. Employees, operators and contractors
4.5.1. Fill out the SEC-F.04 Vehicle Entry Permit application form and send it to the
Industrial Security Department.
4.6. Visitors
4.6.1.Comply with procedures and instructions, fill out the SEC-F.04 Vehicle Entry
Permit application form and send it to the visiting authority.
5. Procedures
5.1. The distinctive shape and colors of vehicle permits:

224
 5.1.1. The color of the permit of vehicles belonging to the company or institution
allowed to enter the restricted areas is white.
5.1.2. The color of the permit of vehicles belonging to the operators and contractors
dealing with the company or institution allowed to enter the restricted areas is
yellow.
5.1.3. The color of the vehicle permit of government employees allowed to enter the
restricted areas is green.
5.1.4. The shape of the permit must be a triangular or square of equal ribs, each side
of which is ten centimeters long.
5.2. Data to be provided in vehicle permits :
5.2.1. Print the serial number of the statement in Arabic and English.
5.2.2. The start and expiry date of the permit is set.
5.2.3. The logo of the company or organization is placed at the top of the permit.
5.2.4. The name of the area authorized to enter it in Arabic and English.
5.3. Conditions for issuing permits for vehicles :
5.3.1. Before issuing all vehicle permits, the vehicles must have been thoroughly
examined by specialists in the Department of Industrial Security and in the absence
of safety conditions, they are not granted the necessary permission to enter the
prohibited areas, and must be re-examined when renewing the permits and
whenever needed, and the examination procedures are recorded on a special card
placed inside the car and signed by the person who carried out the examination,
providing the date of examination and the number of the vehicle, its type, model,
color and permit number. Serial ownership and expiration date of the permit.
5.3.2. Vehicle permits are designed of the type that cannot be removed after
attaching them without damaging them and are of the light reflective type, and the
serial number represents a quarter of the card area.
5.3.3. The vehicle's permit is attached to the upper left corner of the windshield to
the driver's side from the inside.
5.3.4. All drivers of vehicles allowed into restricted areas are informed not to carry out
any repairs to the vehicle while within the restricted industrial zones.
5.3.5. For vehicles belonging to contractors or operators whose relationship with the
Authority expires, the contractor or operator must undertake to bring the vehicles
to the Industrial Security Department to remove the permit before receiving the rest
of its dues.
5.3.6. Vehicle permits are valid for two years for non-contractors or operators, while
the validity of vehicle permits belonging to contractors or operators must not exceed

225
 a maximum of six months if the contractor/operator's duration of work is more than
that and then renewed .
5.3.7. Fire engines, rescue and emergency ambulances are excluded only from all
vehicle permit requirements.
5.3.8. The security agencies responsible for the guards and authorized their vehicles
to enter the restricted areas examine their vehicles and their responsibility to carry
the driver to prove this examination.
5.3.9. The relevant department/employee, operator or contractor must submit the
application form for sec-F.04 Vehicle Entry Permit' entry permit, which is approved by
the director of the department concerned and then submitted to the Industrial Security
Department for review and accreditation by the Director of Management/Head of The
Security Department or his or her behalf and the permit is issued.
5.3.10. The operator/contractor representative must be present in person to receive
the vehicle permit.
5.4. Procedures for issuing vehicle permits to the Authority's vehicles
5.4.1. The relevant departments must fill out the vehicle entry permit application
form.
5.4.2. All relevant and required information must be provided in the form.
5.4.3. The authorized signature with the department (director of management) must
adopt the form.
5.4.4. The director of the department/security department must issue a vehicle entry
permit poster.
5.5. Procedures for issuing a car sticker to operators and contractors
5.5.1. The operator/contractor representative must fill out the vehicle entry permit
application form for each vehicle and attach the following documents:
5.5.1.1. Copy of the car form
5.5.1.2. The periodic inspection poster excludes new vehicles that are two years
old from the model of the year.
5.5.1.3. A copy of the driver's license/heavy equipment license (whichever
applies).
5.5.1.4. A copy of the driver's issuing authority's ID card (operator/contractor).
5.5.2. The authorized signature from the management responsible for the
operator/contractor adopts the application form.
5.5.3. The application must be sent to the director of the department/head of the
security department for approval and guidance by issuing the vehicle sticker.
5.6. Procedures for issuing a car poster to employees
5.6.1. The employee must fill out the application form for a vehicle pass and attach
the following documents:
5.6.1.1. Copy of the car form
5.6.1.2. Copy of driver's license
5.6.1.3. The periodic inspection poster excludes new vehicles that are two years

226
 old than the model of the year.
5.6.1.4. A copy of the ID card of the General Authority of Official Ports.
5.6.1.5. The employee's manager adopts the form.
5.6.1.6. The application must be sent to the director of the department/head of
the security department for approval and guidance by issuing the
vehicle sticker.
5.6.1.7. Vehicle permits for unregistered vehicles are not permitted in Saudi
Arabia.
5.7. Loss or non-return of vehicle permit:
The Industrial Security Department applies regular procedures in the event that the vehicle's permit is lost
or not returned.
6. Keep poster records/records
6.1. The head of the security department must keep a record of all vehicle entry stickers/permits issued to
employees. The release date, end date, employee name, poster serial number, vehicle type and plate
number are recorded.
7. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/ form figure

12 months SEC-F.04 Vehicle entry permit 001

227
Material control
SEC-P.01.05

228
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to describe the measures and procedures necessary to control
all materials issued and contained in the Authority and its facilities.
2. Range
2.1. This standard describes the measures necessary to ensure the entry and exit of authorized
materials only to the Authority or any of its facilities.
3. Tariffs
3.1. Bulk delivery: Materials that cannot be placed in a safe place at the main gate due to the large volume
or large number of shipments received.
3.2. Materials: Includes any equipment or materials such as (office furniture, IT equipment, spare parts,
security and safety equipment, documents, gifts (and items not stored: but not limited to (cleaning
materials, stationery)) as well as mail and parcels).
3.3. Entry and exit permit: A form of request for a permit to enter or exit materials to and from the SEC-
F.08 Material Gate Pass, which includes a detailed description of the materials, the issuer of the permit
and the person responsible for the receipt of the shipment.
3.4. Person authorized to sign: Is a person whose name has been included in a list collected and approved by
the Department of Industrial Security, after being authorized by the heads of each department to allow
him to remove the materials of the authority under the control of that department.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Director of the Department of Industrial Security
4.1.1. Review material entry and exit control procedures.
4.2. Security Rosary Supervisor
4.2.1. Make sure the procedures are applied.
4.2.2. Support security personnel to control the entry and exit of materials at the main
gate.
4.3. Security man.
4.3.1. Control the entry and exit of materials at the main gate and material gate,
vehicle control, completion of relevant records and papers, and general vigilance.
4.4. Department heads/departments
4.4.1. Provide the names of persons authorized to sign.
4.5. functionary
4.5.1. Notify security personnel of the names and information of visitors or
prospective shipments.
4.5.2. Request entry/exit permits for materials.
5. Procedures
5.1. Delivery/reception of materials
5.1.1. All shipments are delivered to all materials to the authority's main gate or
facilities.
5.1.2. Identify the driver at the entrance to the facility, examine the vehicle and
confirm the shipment to be delivered.
5.1.3. Delivery car drivers are treated as visitors as well as checking the contents of
the vehicle so that it is inspected and the shipment confirmed before issuing the
visitor's ID card.

229
 5.1.4. Delivery car drivers must provide security officers with the original delivery note
or invoice to confirm the materials to be delivered and compare them with the original
permit issued by the responsible administration before allowing receipt or entry of the
materials.
5.1.5. The security man must compare the type of shipment with the material entry
permit to confirm the contents of the delivery car shipment.
5.1.6. The security officer informs the officer in charge or management of the delivery
and confirms the delivery by the department.
5.1.7. After the permit is made by the responsible department or authorized officer,
the security man issues the identity card/visitor's identity to the delivery car driver and
directs him to the delivery point.
5.1.8. Deliberate attempts to transfer unauthorized material to the Authority or its
facilities should be regarded as a security incident in which security communication
procedures are followed, and this should be reported to the Security Rose Supervisor.
5.2. Sending materials
5.2.1. The transmission of materials includes all materials belonging to the Authority
or its facilities that are removed from the facility/site, whether valid, inoperable or
excess materials.
5.2.2. Employees responsible for removing materials from the workplace must obtain
an official entry/exit permit signed and approved by the Commissioner. The permit
must bear the official seal of departments and the signature of the delegate
representative of the departments.
5.2.3. The security man in charge of the exit gate must verify the contents of the
material coming out of the facility on board the vehicles.
5.2.4. The authority must sign the permit when removing the materials by confirming
that the employee is authorized to remove the materials from the building of the
General Authority of Ports, sign the pass of the materials, and seal the permit by sealing
the administration.
5.2.5. The security man must compare and match the materials (type, description and
quantity) with the details on the entry permit after verifying the validity of the permit.
5.2.6. The security officer makes sure that the permit is signed and compares it with
the original signature of the person on the list of authorized commissioners for each
department.
5.2.7. The security officer refuses to pass in case of any differences and informs the
staff member to return to his or her department and then reports the incident.
5.3. Mail
5.3.1. deliverable
5.3.1.1. Mail deliveries must be subject to the same material delivery procedures.
5.3.1.2. The security man at the visitors' centre must inform the mail room when
receiving mail from the main gate.
5.3.1.3. The vehicle or cargo is inspected before the vehicle enters the facility.

230
 5.3.1.4. Mail is delivered to the mail room for careful inspection and distribution.
5.3.1.5. Individual parcels are received by the security man at the visitors'
office/reception to be delivered to the mail room for dispatch to the
person concerned.
5.3.1.6. Mail and incoming parcels must be subject to security checks and material
control procedures.
5.3.2. Sending mail
5.3.2.1. Mail procedures are applied as follows in the Authority.
5.4. Waste exit
5.4.1. Waste contains all waste generated at the facility, whether for recycling or for
final disposal.
5.4.2. Waste for dumping or final disposal (garbage, sewage, etc.) does not require
any exit permit and is subject to general control, inspection and scrutiny.
5.4.3. Waste for recycling or removal of non-workable and destroyed equipment is
controlled by the facility's recycling department.
5.4.4. Access control procedures must be applied when vehicles responsible for
removing and removing waste enter the Authority or its facilities.
5.4.5. Security personnel examine each vehicle and the materials loaded with it to
detect any unauthorized materials when entering or exiting the facility.
5.5. Actions against suspicious shipments
5.5.1. If any suspected purpose is encountered at any stage during this procedure, the
actions contained in the SEC-P.09.02 procedure must be implemented
5.6. Material Control Department
5.6.1. Entry/exit permits
5.6.1.1. The official 'SEC-F.08 Material Gate Pass' entry/exit permit must be used
through the system to pass all items leaving the facility except mail and
parcels sent through the mail room.
5.6.1.2. The Director of Industrial Security is responsible for printing and
controlling the entry/exit permit book.
5.6.1.3. The entry/exit book of the materials must be numbered and registered in
an appropriate register.
5.6.1.4. Entry/exit permit books for materials used must be returned to the
Industrial Security Department for audit purposes.
5.6.1.5. A material entry/exit book is a controlled document that must be saved in
a secure, closed location.
5.6.1.6. Monitoring the entry/exit books of materials and copying permits must be
included in the security screening and checking program.
6. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

12 months SEC-F.08 Order out of materials 001

231
Keys control
SEC-P.01.06

232
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of the key management and control standard is to provide guidance for issuing
and monitoring keys and locks for buildings, facilities and equipment requiring security
measures at the Authority or any of its facilities.
1.2. These instructions represent a framework in which all keys are managed, issued, copied,
stored, controlled, returned, replaced and accounted for.
2. Range
2.1. This standard applies to all keys owned, operated or controlled by the Authority, including
those used for all office doors, vehicles, locks, cabinets, drawers, etc.
2.2. This procedure seeks to:
2.2.1. Create a matrix of responsibilities and access all power data, key holders, and
locations.
2.2.2. Establish a committee under the supervision of the Security Department to issue
the keys and control procedures.
2.2.3. Issue keys to individuals as per the authority granted.
2.3. This procedure also seeks to apply and maintain correct key control.
2.4. All activities involving the use of keys, locks, or related items such as PIN Code are subject to
this procedure.
3. Tariffs
3.1. Key to the building: A key that opens all door locks in the building. Master Key.
3.2. Key Control Department: An individual or group of individuals are responsible for
setting up control and key control procedures, which are usually the
responsibility of the Head of Security.
3.3. Main key of the floor: A key that opens all doors on a particular floor.
3.4. Room key: Key opens one room.
3.5. Sub key: A key that opens all doors in a particular area on a particular floor.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Director of the Central Department of Industrial Security
4.1.1. Review key standard security procedures.
4.2. Director of the Department of Industrial Security:
4.2.1. Implement and update key standard security procedures.
4.3. Head of Security:
4.3.1. Ensure that key control procedures are implemented and implemented.
4.3.2. Ensure that no lock is installed, installed or replaced without the permission or
approval of the Director of the Industrial Security Department.
4.3.3. The door keys version.
4.4. Security Rosary Supervisor
4.4.1. Lock and open the entrance doors of the building at specific times every day.
4.4.2. Keep a set of key copies.
4.4.3. Control the key keys for all locks.
4.4.4. Make an inventory of all keys once a year.

233
 4.4.5. Investigate the loss of keys.
4.5. Security man.
4.5.1. Make sure the keys are protected and used properly.
4.6. Maintenance Department (Project Management Infrastructure and Maintenance)
4.6.1. Produce and copy all keys used for external and internal access to buildings in
the work area.
4.6.2. End the transaction of requests to copy keys that have been properly completed
and submitted by the signature commissioner.
4.6.3. Installation, maintenance, replacement and modernization of all locks used to
secure facilities and property of the authority. This responsibility includes locking
systems design, maintenance and lock service.
4.7. Department Manager
4.7.1. Make sure that his department's office space is secured.
4.8. functionary
4.8.1. Each employee must lock his or her office door after the end of the working
day.
4.8.2. All employees are responsible for the preservation of the Authority's property
and personal property.
4.8.3. Make sure the keys are protected and used correctly.
4.8.4. If no keys are issued to enter one of the locked rooms, ask the security man to
open the door and show him your ID card. In an off-duty period, it is required to fill out
an office opening form.
4.8.5. Apply for keys through the key request form.
5. Procedures
5.1. Key management:
5.1.1. All FDA facilities must use the key control system and adopt administrative
procedures that facilitate the enforcement of key management.
5.1.2. The following are the key and most important key control elements and must
be included at a minimum in key control specifications for all AUTHORITY and utility
sites:
5.1.2.1 The formation of a key control committee and the implementation and imposition of key
control procedures. A specific approach must be applied to implement the issuance and collection of all
keys.
5.1.2.2 Keys and keyboard must be stored in a closed cabinet in a safe area.
5.1.2.3 A key tracking software should be used and it is advisable to use a dedicated computer
application. Attachment A shows key management software elements.
5.1.2.4 All keys remain the property of the facility.
5.1.2.5 Keys must only be given to individuals who have a formal request and are authorized to
obtain the keys, and the keys are not given to anyone requesting the key as long as access is possible by
other means.
5.1.2.6 All keys must be returned and accounted for.
5.1.2.7 Employees must ensure that the keys are maintained and used properly.
5.2. Key control

234
 5.2.1. The head of the security department is responsible for implementing the
procedures for monitoring the keys and facilities of the Authority.
5.2.2. The security rose supervisor must keep a set of key copies for emergencies. He
must control the key keys of all locks in the body and its facilities and must make
an inventory of all keys once a year.
5.3. Key version
5.3.1. Door keys
5.3.1.1. The door keys are issued by the head of the security department and are
controlled by the security man.
5.3.1.2. Any copying, switching or switching of keys is prohibited without
permission by the Industrial Security Department. If this is contrary, the
person who deliberately issued or copied keys in an unauthorized manner
will be subject to disciplinary action.
5.3.1.3. People who have issued the keys should use them only according to this
procedure.
5.3.1.4. Restrictions: Door keys must be issued by the head of the security
department only after receiving a certified and correct key request form.
When the form is filled out, it must be signed by the applicant and must
have a signature of approval from the signature commissioner or the
director of management supervising the employee. If the key keys to the
roles are requested, the request must also be approved by the Director of
the Industrial Security Department;
5.3.1.5. The key keys will not be released to individuals.
5.3.1.6. The main keys are issued only to department heads or administrators with
equivalent or senior ranks, both according to their validity and the office
space of their department.
5.3.1.7. Key roles are issued only to authorized or authorized persons to use these
keys by department managers, department heads and senior positions.
5.3.1.8. The building entrance keys are issued only to people who have a clear need
to reach the building after working hours.
5.3.1.9. Office room keys are issued only to people who have a constant need to
access these rooms.
5.3.1.10. The manager can be provided with an additional key to be used by
subordinates from time to time, in which case the manager must be
responsible for using the keys.
5.3.2. Key version procedures
5.3.2.1. Individuals who wish to obtain the keys must fill out the key application
form. The form must be signed and sent to the Department of Industrial
Security
5.3.2.2. The supervisor keeps the permit file and has the signatures/credits with
which the keys were issued to be used as a basis for following up on the

235
 key issuance process. The keys will only be issued after signatures on key
requests have been validated.
5.3.2.3. The Director of the Department of Industrial Security notifies
departments when the keys are ready to receive them, usually within 24
hours after receiving the order.
5.3.2.4. Upon receipt of the keys, a copy of the application form is submitted to
the requesting department for preservation in its files.
5.3.2.5. Keys that have not yet been delivered are kept in secure lockers in the
office of the head of the security department.
5.3.3. Return key
5.3.3.1. When there is no need for a person to use the keys, whether as a result
of termination of the employment contract or for other reasons, the
employee management has a responsibility to retrieve the key or
unnecessary keys from the employee and return them to the head of the
security department.
5.3.3.2. Any department is prohibited from resetting any keys from one
individual to another without directing the appropriate key request
through the head of the security department for security and data control
reasons.
5.3.4. Lost keys
5.3.4.1. In case of loss of keys, the owner must report the case to the head of
the security department to conduct the investigation. The security rose
supervisor must provide temporary access through the backup keys and
then arrange to replace the lock with others. It must be replaced as soon
as possible.
5.3.4.2. When the keys are lost, all details of the incident must be provided and
the investigation report completed.
5.3.4.3. If a missing key is found later, it must be returned to the head of the
security department immediately.
5.3.5. Key replacement
5.3.5.1. To replace lost or broken keys, you must fill out the key application form
and follow the original key version procedure, taking into account the
choice of a "damaged allowance or lost allowance." The head of the
security department will submit it to the maintenance department for
copying or replacement.
5.3.5.2. Damaged keys that will be replaced with the request form must be
returned.
5.3.6. Record-keeping
5.3.6.1. The head of security must keep a comprehensive list of all door keys
Issued with the name of the received employee and management.
5.3.6.2. This list is provided by department or department on request. The

236
 supervisor will provide each department with the list of keys issued to the
department's employees annually. These lists must be returned to the
head of the security section after their accuracy has been verified.
5.4. Access to buildings by external operators or contractors
5.4.1. The department in question is responsible for arrangements with external
operators and contractors who need access to the Authority's buildings and
facilities.
5.4.2. With the written consent of the manager, the Department may provide keys to
employees of operators, contractors and workers who need access to certain
buildings and rooms.
5.5. Copied keys
5.5.1. The Security Department controls all copied keys and is issued only to the original
owner of the keys, or at the request of the manager or department concerned. A
duplicate of any key may not be made without the written permission of the
Director of the Industrial Security Department/Head of the Security Section.
5.5.2. No employee is allowed to copy the keys to their body.
5.6. Key keys
5.6.1. The facility's security department controls all key keys to buildings or roles that
are used to lock or open doors and gates only in emergencies. The key keys may
not be used to open any portal or offices for routine purposes.
5.6.2. You must keep a record of all emergencies in which key keys are used to lock or
open the door or gate. The Security Section must not use the key keys to open
office doors to staff without using their own office keys.
5.7. Keys that have not been returned
5.7.1. Lost or stolen keys must be charged.
5.7.2. If keys are lost or stolen, there must be procedures for reinstalling or replacing
any locks that can be accessed by the missing keys immediately.
5.7.3. All re-lock fees must be paid by the administration, individual, operator or
contractor responsible for the loss of keys.
5.7.4. Relock charges are determined by the number of locks occupied by lost or stolen
keys.
5.7.5. If incidents of missing, stolen or unretevered keys are repeated twice or more
within one year from a single employee, disciplinary action must be taken against
him.
5.8. Locks
5.8.1. All locks must be in accordance with security requirements. No lock may be
installed or replaced without the permission or consent of the Director of
Management.
5.8.2. The head of the security department keeps a record of all locks and locks installed
in the authority or its facilities and the locks must be issued only by the security
department of the Authority.

237
 5.8.3. All of the above procedures apply to smart lock systems and access control with
business cards.
5.9. Repair and replacement of locks
5.9.1. Locks may not be installed, repaired or replaced on any door without the written
consent of the department or the individual in charge of the office who will be
responsible for any damage or costs resulting in the event of unauthorized
installations or changes.
5.10. Enforcement (action enforcement authority):
5.10.1.This procedure must be adopted with the approval of the Director of the Central
Department of Industrial Security of the Authority to allow full application and
enforcement.
5.10.2. All keys issued are the property of the authority. Keys that are no longer required
for authorized purposes must be returned to the Director of the Industrial
Security Department/Head of The Security Department.
5.10.3. No person or department may intentionally receive or borrow any key to any
particular office or space without obtaining permission/authorization from the
person responsible or authorized to own these keys.
5.10.4. Key recipients must use their assigned keys to open only authorized locks.
5.10.5. Key holders must take measures to protect any keys issued to them or under
their names.
5.10.6. Keyholders may not lend or lend keys to anyone.
5.10.7. Key holders may not use their keys to grant access to unauthorized individuals.
5.10.8. Key holders must report any missing, stolen or damaged keys.
5.10.9. People entering buildings or indoors are responsible for re-securing all doors.
5.10.10. People may not store keys in unsecured office drawers or other unsafe places.
5.10.11. Any violation of these procedures may lead to disciplinary action which can
reach dismissal from the commission.
6. Annex A - Key Management Program Elements
6.1. Key control - "KCA"
6.1.1. Each port authority facility should form a committee under the supervision of the
Director of the Industrial Security Department to control the keys with the
following powers:
6.1.1.1. Develop and implement all procedures related to the key management
system.
6.1.1.2. Assigning the tasks of responsibility of this committee to the head of the
security department to:
6.1.1.2.1. Perform and apply key controls.
6.1.1.2.2. Issue and retrieve keys using appropriate documents and forms.
6.1.1.2.3. Supervision, authorization and control of key security and storage.
6.2. warehousing
6.2.1. Keys must be stored in a secure and protected locker, and their records and

238
 approved orders must be stored in a secure state and protected by lock, key or
safe.
6.2.2. Key chains issued for temporary use must be designed in a resistant manner
to manipulate or tamper so that the keys cannot be removed from the string.
6.2.3. Key records are stored in a safe and protected place against fire and theft and
include:
6.2.3.1.1. Key application forms.
6.2.3.1.2. Receipt and delivery records and annual audit reports.
Electronic data files must be saved to the computer so that they are encrypted
and password protected.
6.3. Record-keeping
6.3.1.All records must be up-to-date at all times and considered to be highly
confidential.
6.3.2. Records must be stored securely.
6.3.3. All transactions must be registered in a timely manner.
6.3.4. Standardized forms and forms must be used.
7. Annex B - Checklist for key control and locks

Num
Question Yes No Answer / Comments
ber

1 Has a key control officer been assigned?

Are all locks and keys controlled for all buildings and entrances by the key
2
manager?

Does the key manager have the public authority and responsibility to issue
3
and replace locks and keys?

Are the unused keys locked in a locked and fireproof locker? Are these
4
keys marked and calculated?

5 Is where the key cabinet is kept and considered a high security area?

Is key or key key or pin saved in a properly secured way? If the PIN is
6
recorded in writing or on the computer, has it been secured?

7 Is key locker and relevant records organized and up-to-date?

239
Num
Question Yes No Answer / Comments
ber

Do current records indicate:

Buildings or doors for which keys are issued.
Number and identity of outgoing keys.
8
Location and number of duplicate keys.
Issue and return keys.
Locations, locks and keys held in the spare key cabinet.

Who is responsible for verifying the ownership / acquisition of keys during

9
auditing?

10 Are keys returned during vacation periods by employees?

Have locks or pin numbers been changed immediately when keys are lost
11
or stolen, or staff resign?

Are current records of treasury confidential numbers and dates for

12
changing them kept? Are these records secure enough?

Are the key keys to buildings and roles free of all the tags you identify as
13
key keys?

Have the serial numbers of manufacturers been blurred off the locks so as
14 not to be visible to unauthorized persons? Were these serial numbers
recorded in the records before blur?

Are the locks mounted on inactive gates and storage facilities sealed? Are
15
these seals regularly checked by control or key control officers?

Are there measures in place to prevent the removal of locks from lockers,
16
gates and buildings?

Are key losses or thefts reported and closed immediately by staff and
17
investigated by key control officers?

If the building was recently constructed, did the operator/contractor keep

the keys during the period when the construction was completed? Have
18
the locks changed since then? Will the operator/contractor give up all the
keys after the building is finished?

Are the secret lock numbers and key control records kept separately (i.e.
19
in a separate safe) from the keys and locks?

Do all the locks used provide adequate protection for the purpose for
20
which they are used?

240
8. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

There's no. 001

241
Information Security
SEC-P.02

242
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to identify the sections of the Information Security
Management System of the General Authority of Ports and the procedures for each section,
from the perspective of the Industrial Security Department (ISD).
2. Range
2.1. This criterion in the application of its procedures is based on:
2.1.1. International Standards Organization (ISO) 27001 Guidelines for the Information
Security Management System (ISMS).
2.1.2. Instructions of the Supreme Industrial Security Authority (HCIS) SEC -
08_Security communications and data networks Item 5.1.3.2 and Annex A: Local
Network (LAN) during which site security systems data are transmitted (SECNET)
2.1.3. SEC-12_ Internal Security Elements Applicable to SECNET
2.2. Any activities in which the Authority's information is created, used, managed, processed or
disposed of under this procedure.
2.3. It should be noted that the definition of information in this procedure includes data and
knowledge. This is reflected in many forms, some of which include the management of some
of these forms of information with a heavy reliance on IT systems. It is therefore important
that the IT department and the Internal Development Department coordinate their
procedures.
2.4. In addition, it should be recognized that some information is not kept on IT systems and that
it is as valuable as information by technological means.
3. Tariffs
3.1. Information: Data and knowledge.
3.2. Availability:Information that can be accessed and usable on request by an
authorized entity.
3.3. Confidentiality: The property of information that is not provided or disclosed to
unauthorized individuals, entities or operations.
3.4. Integrity: Maintaining the accuracy and completeness of information.
3.5. Information security: Maintaining the confidentiality, integrity and availability of
information.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. The Director of Information Security is responsible for ensuring that all elements of the
Information Security Management System (ISMS) are implemented from the perspective of
the Industrial Security Department.
4.2. The It Department Manager is responsible for ensuring that all elements of the Information
Security Management System (ISMS) applied to IT systems are implemented.
5. Procedures
5.1. The following is processed through the Information Security Management System (ISMS):
5.1.1. The objectives of the General Port Authority as an organization that
corresponds to information security.
5.1.2. Identify stakeholders and other stakeholders in information security.

243
 5.1.3. Scope of the Information Security Management System (ISMS).
5.1.4. Commitment from senior management
5.1.5. Information security procedures
5.1.6. Roles and responsibilities
5.1.7. Any process is defined and executed to get to the following:
5.1.7.1. Risk assessments (regularly implemented).
5.1.7.2. Risk management (updated after risk assessments) that will include an
application statement indicating information security controls that are
implemented and those that do not apply.
5.1.8. Information security objectives
5.1.9. resource allocation
5.1.10. Training/competencies for isms
5.1.11. Awareness of the staff of the Authority.
5.1.12. Communications related to the Information Security Management System
(ISMS)
5.1.13. Information Security Management System (ISMS) documents correspond to:
5.1.13.1. Security Department at HSES-P.12 Security Document Controls
5.1.13.2. “SEC-P.01.01 Document Security”
5.1.14. Operational controls
5.1.15. Monitoring the effectiveness of the Information Security Management System
(ISMS) (Audit and Reviews - see HSES-P.18 Internal and External Audits) security
department and security department at HSES-P.19 Management Reviews
5.1.16. Continuous improvement resulting from monitoring outputs.
5.2. Controls apply to:
5.2.1. Information Security Guidance Department
5.2.2. Internal regulation
5.2.3. Mobile devices and remote work
5.2.4. Human Resources Security
5.2.5. Responsibility for information assets
5.2.6. Categorize information according to the security section of "HSES-P.12 Security
Document Controls"
5.2.7. Dealing with media containing information
5.2.8. Access control
5.2.9. Managing user access
5.2.10. User responsibilities
5.2.11. Control access to the system and application
5.2.12. Encryption
5.2.13. Physical Security - See SEC-P.01 Physical Security.
5.2.14. Equipment that contains or deals with information.
5.2.15. Operational procedures and responsibilities

244
 5.2.16. Malware protection
5.2.17. Backup
5.2.18. Sign in and check in
5.2.19. Operational software monitoring
5.2.20. Technical Vulnerability Management
5.2.21. Audits - See HSES-P.18 Internal and External Audits Security Section
5.2.22. Network Security Department
5.2.23. Transfer of information
5.2.24. Acquisition, development and maintenance of the system
5.2.25. supplier relationships
5.2.26. Information Security Incident Management
5.2.27. Continuity of information security
5.2.28. Redundant information processing facilities
5.2.29. Data Protection Program
5.2.30. Compliance with legal and contractual requirements. Note: HCIS SEC-08 5.1.3.2
and Annex A andSEC-12 must be listed
5.2.31. Information Security Reviews - See the Security Section of HSES-P.19
Management Reviews.
6. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

There's no. 001

245
Document security
SEC-P.02.01

246
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to provide instructions and measures to protect the
information of the Authority.
2. Range
2.1. This standard deals with security measures relating to the protection of any documents and
documents of the Port Authority and information protection measures.
2.1.1. Document protection
2.1.2. Office information protection
2.1.3. Social Engineering
2.1.4. Protecting the Internet
2.1.5. Internal network protection
2.2. Laptop, tablet and smartphone permits are covered by sec-P.02.02 and SEC-P.02 electronic
device procedures.
3. Tariffs
3.1. Availability or availability: A property related to information that can be accessed in a format that can be
used on request by the system or authorized person.
3.2. Confidentiality: A property related to information that is not classified as available or available, and is not
disclosed to unauthorized individuals, entities or systems.
3.3. Confidential information: Information that the Authority does not wish to publish, as access to such
information by unauthorized persons can seriously affect the operational effectiveness and commercial
reputation of the Authority.
3.4. Information: All data and information that can be transferred or stored in many forms such as:
3.4.1. Printed paper version
3.4.2. Electronic copies
3.4.3. Handwritten hard copies.
3.4.4. Conversation and face-to-face information
3.4.5. Telecommunications/Radio/Recordings
3.4.6. Photos/Drawings/Photos
3.4.7. Videos
3.4.8. Smartphones and tablets
3.5. Information security: maintaining confidentiality, integrity, availability or validity of information, as well
as accountability, non-repudiation and reliability.
3.6. Integrity: The protection of accuracy and completeness of information.
3.7. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY: Information or intangible property created by the mind
3.8. Human or thought in a way that is valuable and protected by copyright, patent, trademarks or trade
secrets. The Authority's intellectual property includes inventions, know-how, software, data,
information, written material codes and other property owned by the Authority.
3.9. Phishing: Phishing is an attempt to obtain sensitive information such as username, passwords, credit card
details (and sometimes money indirectly) by masquerading as a trustworthy entity in electronic
communication. Phishing is an example of social engineering techniques used to trick users and exploit
some of the current bad web security techniques.
3.10. Private information: Private information is information linked to an individual person.
3.11. Protection measures: All information protection measures such as keeping the office protected
(keeping sensitive information safe) and not unauthorized disclosure of information to any external
entity and avoiding unnecessary internal sharing of information.
3.12. General information: Public information is information intended for public distribution within and outside
the Authority and can be disseminated without any negative consequences to the Authority.

247
3.13. Sensitive information: Any information classified as sensitive or of value so that its unauthorized
disclosure has a significantly detrimental effect on the work or reputation of the Authority.
3.14. Social engineering: Social engineering in the context of information security refers to psychological
manipulation of people to make them conduct procedures to disclose confidential information to the
Authority.
3.15. Top-secret information: Top-secret information is information that, if accessed by unauthorized persons,
can have a serious impact on the operational effectiveness or reputation of the Port Authority.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Director of the Central Department of Industrial Security
4.1.1. Review the procedure.
4.2. Industrial Security Department
4.2.1. Perform and update the procedure.
4.3. Head of Security
4.3.1. Control the classification of sensitive information and the authority to approve
all security measures and guidelines used to protect printed information.
4.4. Security man.
4.4.1. Implement the contents of the action as specified in this document.
4.5. Responsible for controlling and monitoring documents
4.5.1. Responsible for keeping documents under his responsibility.
4.5.2. Make sure the document control room is safe.
4.5.3. Report any breach to the Security Rose Supervisor or suspect any unauthorized
access to the document room.
4.6. It Management
4.6.1. Follow-up and compliance with procedures
4.6.2. Educating employees, workers, operators and contractors in ways and means
of protecting information security, including tips, warnings and instructions through
awareness messages on their emails and mobile communication systems.
4.7. Department managers
4.7.1. Appoint a document controller.
4.8. Employees, operators, contractors and visitors:
4.8.1.Follow-up and compliance with procedures
5. Procedures
5.1. Document protection
5.1.1. Procedures
5.1.1.1. All documents must be properly stored in the work areas or in the
document control room or record in accordance with the instructions of
the department or its department.
5.1.1.2. All departments/departments must activate a file-keeping system or
systems in an appropriate manner and in a way that ensures that the status
of the department or department itself is maintained.
5.1.1.3. It should be ensured that all applicable file systems ensure document
readiness and allow easy access to any document to the authorized person
as soon as possible.

248
 5.1.1.4. Official documents and files must be kept in a secure file cabinet.
5.1.1.5. Only authorized individuals have access to the document control room or
records.
5.1.2. Department document controller:
5.1.2.1. Each manager must appoint a document controller, with responsibilities
as follows:
5.1.2.1.1. Responsible for the preservation of documents of the Department.
5.1.2.1.2. Responsible for controlling access to the document control room or
file-keeping room.
5.1.2.1.3. Emergency contact numbers should be placed on the door of a
preservation room
Files.
5.1.2.1.4. The security man must be notified of any suspicion of unauthorized
access to the room.
5.1.3. Security officers
5.1.3.1. You must respond to the alarm alarm inside the file-keeping room.
5.1.3.2. Check that the file-keeping room is locked and secured after working
hours.
5.1.3.3. The document controller must be informed of the section (or document
controller) if the file-keeping room is not secured.
5.1.3.4. Additional security measures must be taken to protect the contents of the
document control room when needed.
5.1.3.5. Record notes (if any) in the security events register and report to the
security officer on duty to take any appropriate action.
5.1.4. Staff
5.1.4.1. All employees must:
5.1.4.1.1. Destroying unwanted documents.
5.1.4.1.2. Electronic data protection includes passwords and login information.
5.1.4.1.3. Make sure that work/office areas are safe and closed before
departure.
5.1.4.1.4. Ensure that their work surface is free of AUTHORITY documents and
that all tanks and drawers are locked before leaving the office at the
end of the work.
5.1.4.1.5. Do not take the authority's documents out of the office or remove
them without the permission of the Director of Management.
5.1.4.1.6. Do not dispose of FDA information in public garbage cans without
tearing up the document or damaging the CD.
5.1.5. Information protection in the office:
5.1.5.1. Sensitive information must be effectively protected and all staff of the
Authority must comply with the following:
5.1.5.1.1. All official documents of the General Port Authority (papers, CDs,

249
 tapes) must be controlled.
5.1.5.1.2. Sensitive, private, confidential or overclassified information must be
disposed of by destroying or keeping it in a private locked and secure
locker. Sensitive, private, confidential or top-secret information
should not be disposed of in the trash.
5.1.5.1.3. Never place sensitive, confidential or top-secret information on the
Internet or the internal network of the Authority.
5.1.5.1.4. Access to the Authority's documents is limited to its employees only
and no documents may be handed over to persons outside the
Authority without clear permission from the director of the specific
section.
5.1.5.1.5. Do not leave the keys lying or in unsecured drawers where they can
be accessed. Keys must be kept by the employee or locked in a locked
and secure drawer.
5.1.5.1.6. Sensitive, private, confidential or top-secret materials must be
disposed of by tearing them well or leaving them in a closed and
secure custom container. Sensitive, private, confidential or top-
secret information should not be thrown into the trash.
5.1.5.1.7. You must turn off, sign out, or lock personal computers if the
employee is not in the office.
5.1.5.1.8. Complex and difficult passwords for your computer should be chosen
by mixing letters, numbers, capital and small characters,
punctuation, etc., and changing them regularly (according to IT
management procedures). They must not be written in clear places
and not disclosed to anyone even to trusted colleagues.
5.1.5.1.9. You should consider the possible consequences if the information to
be sent (especially if it is confidential or sensitive) is intercepted
before being sent by fax, landline, mobile phone or email.
5.1.5.1.10. Make sure that no one can hear the conversation when discussing
confidential and sensitive information, especially when the
conversation is outside the offices of the Authority.
5.1.5.1.11. Laptops must always be treated as sensitive elements. Do not leave
it unattended or in the trunk of the vehicle, as it always contains
confidential or sensitive information.
5.1.5.1.12. Outside the body, you must use anti-theft software for your laptop
when leaving the device and activate the automatic lock or lock of
the operating system for no more than five minutes.
5.1.6. Social engineering and phishing
5.1.6.1. Social engineering: It is a process of tricking people into disclosing private
or confidential information. The desired item can be computer login

250
 passwords, bidding information, contract prices, and even more serious
potential crimes. Social engineering can be summarized as a set of
techniques used by an adversary to reach an employee of the Authority to
provide the necessary information and to gain access to the Authority's
data or information, or to require staff to take certain actions that are
often apparently unsung and which will be exploited by the adversary as
part of a larger criminal scheme at a later stage.
5.1.6.2. Phishing: Another form of social engineering, a method of obtaining
private information fraudulently online that is a major threat to businesses
around the world. The fraudster usually sends an email that appears to
have been sent by a legitimate company - a bank or credit card company -
requesting "verification" of the victim's personal information and warning
of some serious consequences if they are not provided.
5.1.6.3. In order to combat social engineering in all its forms, all employees of the
Authority must:
5.1.6.3.1. Refer anyone who is asked to grant access to the building to security
officers in charge of access control, even if they are wearing
professional uniforms (delivery companies, mail, etc.).
5.1.6.3.2. Reject excuses regardless of the reasons raised by the person who
asked for help.
5.1.6.3.3. Never answer any questions from a stranger about the body inside
the elevator or in the lobby about the names, responsibilities and
actual location of employees.
5.1.6.3.4. Never disclose any sensitive or top-secret information on the phone,
no matter how harmless the caller seems.
5.1.6.3.5. Be ware of cold calls coming from people pretending to offer a job.
5.1.6.3.6. Always be ware of people looking behind your shoulder (behind you)
while working on your laptop in hotel or aircraft lounges or when
attending a conference.
5.1.6.3.7. Be careful and stay security conscious and always do mind
arbitration.
5.1.6.3.8. Protect your information: Do not send confidential, sensitive or top-
secret information via email.
5.1.6.3.9. Check the address for accuracy, search for signs of suspicious
activities when receiving unexpected emails, and consult the IT
department on suspicion.
5.1.6.3.10. Don't click on links and don't open attachments if you're not sure
where the email is going.
5.1.6.3.11. Check with the IT department of the Authority or with the Industrial
Security Department if you are in doubt or have any suspicion.

251
 5.1.7. Storing and disposing of information
5.1.7.1. The Department of Industrial Security must ensure that the procedures in
place for electronic and material storage of information will provide
adequate protection against threats and risks of disclosing confidential
information, tampering with its health or lack thereil. The procedure for
electronic documents must be coordinated with the IT department of the
Authority, where it must rely on access controls for each user account in
accordance with the powers granted by the Director of Management. For
printed documents, controls will gradually include physical access to
documents by classification of documents from ordinary to prohibited,
then private and then confidential.
5.1.7.2. All users must ensure that any material/document or electronic file
containing confidential or prohibited information is disposed of by being
destroyed correctly and immediately so that it cannot be retrieved.
5.1.7.3. The only authorized way to dispose of paper copies containing
confidential, private or prohibited information is through the use of paper
shredders.
5.2. Document tags (protection marks)
5.2.1.Each document must bear only one protection mark and should always be
suitable for the content of the document. The only protection mark should be clearly
placed at the head of each page of each document, such as "top secret".
5.3. Cybersecurity
5.3.1. It is to protect computers from viruses, so you should follow the following:
5.3.1.1. Keep your employee's antivirus software up to date.
5.3.1.2. Scan CDs and USB media through antivirus software before opening them
on your computer.
5.3.1.3. Back up important information on a regular basis so that it can be
recovered if it is damaged by a virus.
5.3.1.4. Use software only from reliable sources and not trust new programs and
you should refer to IT management before using any new software.
5.3.1.5. Emails may include hiv-infected attachments. When antivirus software
finds a virus in an attachment, you should not forward the message to
others, even if it has been cleared (because it only removes the temporary
version of the attachment on your computer, not the original version
stored inside the server).
5.3.1.6. Use a powerful password to protect your computer when you're not
monitored. If any warning is received from someone outside the authority,
contact the IT department so that it can be verified.
5.3.1.7. When it is suspected that your computer has been infected with a virus:
5.3.1.7.1. Don't panic.
5.3.1.7.2. Do not solve the problem personally. If the antivirus software does

252
 not report successfully repairing the infected file, stop using your
computer while leaving it running, and ask it management for help.
5.3.1.7.3. Isolate any recently used portable storage devices.
5.3.1.7.4. Inform other people at work that there may be a problem.
5.4. Protecting internet use
5.4.1. Internet use is regulated in the Authority and its facilities, and the following actions
must be taken by the authority's staff:
5.4.1.1. Use only an Internet connection created by the IT department in the body.
And not connecting the body's computer to the Internet in any other way.
5.4.1.2. Do not download any software from any unreliable Internet source
because the risk of infection from malware is high. Malware containing
viruses is widespread and often hidden as a useful or entertaining
program.
5.4.1.3. Avoid an internet browser that can automatically download and
implement the software. Cookies or so-called "cookies" are small files that
can be created on your computer through visited websites.
5.4.1.4. Do not change security settings on your computer or in your web browser.
Monitor all warnings from the device's security software.
5.4.1.5. Be ware of email attachments that include software, files, or spreadsheets.
And don't activate it if you doubt it until it's tested for viruses.
5.4.1.6. Emails sent from an external source require additional attention. For
example:
5.4.1.6.1. Address from external sources is not included in internal
transmission lists, to avoid unintentional disclosure of messages.
5.4.1.6.2. Do not include embarrassing or shameful information in emails.
5.4.1.6.3. Do not automatically forward the authority's private email address
to the services of any external e-mail.
5.4.1.6.4. Do not send any sensitive, private or top-secret information abroad
by email unless secure encryption is used.
5.4.1.6.5. Do not send or redirect serial messages. Delete them immediately
without reading the contents.
5.4.1.6.6. Be wary of the email log. If many people use the same email to
respond to each other, be sure before sending that no inappropriate,
embarrassing, sensitive, confidential or top-secret information will
be sent.
5.4.1.7. Send large files only if necessary. It affects the Internet and the internal
network of the Port Authority.
5.4.1.8. Do not browse inappropriate websites and import and download
inappropriate material. The Internet Authority is for the work of the
Authority only. Offenders are subject to disciplinary action, which may

253
 reach the final chapter. It should be noted that the transfer of some
internet content may be illegal and therefore can be prosecuted.
5.5. Internal network protection:
5.5.1. Since access to the internal network is not limited to the Authority's staff, it can include
business partners, operators, contractors, external auditors and consultants, for
example, who may be granted access, which may be accompanied by the risk of leaking
or disclosing sensitive, private or highly confidential information.
5.5.2. The responsibility for the security of information displayed on the internal network
rests with the disclosed person, with the publishers, owners and guardians of the
information responsible for determining the degree of sensitivity and clearly
expressing it to the target readers.
5.5.3. In order to make the information available at the Authority and its facilities safer, the
following guidelines must be adhered to by all FDA staff at their offices or workplace:
5.5.3.1. Top-secret information is not allowed on the internal network.
5.5.3.2. Information classified as confidential or restricted can be placed on the
internal network but with restrictions on access or encryption. If
suspected, the information owner must obtain the approval of the Director
of Industrial Security or the Director of the Industrial Security Department.
5.5.3.3. Classified private information (staff information) should not be placed on
internal network, under no circumstances.
5.5.3.4. Be careful when publishing other unclassified information. All information
posted on the internal network belongs to the Port Authority and carries a
degree of confidentiality.
5.6. Remote access control:
5.6.1. Remote access to and from FDA-owned computer and network systems may be
authorized to support operating and business requirements.
5.6.2. Remote access is permitted for users or only authorized branches of the Authority and
all users who use remote access must be identified and authenticated using the
authority's trusted database to identify the user and passwords.
5.6.3. Users should take the following precautions when accessing FDA systems remotely in
public areas:
5.6.3.1. Do not leave your computer unattended.
5.6.3.2. Be careful who's watching from behind.
5.6.3.3. Choose reputable public computer locations.
5.6.3.4. Delete temporary files or cookies and end the browser session.
5.6.3.5. Do not save any sensitive body information on the computer's local drives.
5.6.3.6. Always delete any documents or data downloaded from the Authority's
systems at the end of the session.
5.7. Password protection
5.7.1. You should choose a complex password that cannot be guessed, for example:
5.7.1.1. It must consist of at least seven characters.

254
 5.7.1.2. Include small and large numbers, letters, punctuation and symbols.
5.7.1.3. Do not use the name, alias, user identification of the Authority, national
identity number, employee number, telephone number, date of birth,
names of a relative or the like.
5.7.2. Change your password once a month (or as per it department procedures). And make
it completely different from any password that has already been used.
5.7.3. Use different passwords for Internet services that are not used in internal computer
systems. Be careful that it is sometimes possible to capture passwords by unauthorized
individuals.
5.7.4. Keep your password confidential. Don't tell others and don't write them down where
they can be seen or found.
5.7.5. If it becomes necessary to detect your password, it must be changed immediately
thereafter.
5.7.6. Do not leave your computer unattended if you log in using your username and
password. Anything that happens under your username becomes the employee's
responsibility.
5.7.7. Activate the password-protected screensaver.
5.7.8. When your computer system is not in use, you must log out of the servers and email
program.
5.7.9. When using any public or private website, you must choose different passwords from
those used for FDA systems.
6. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

SEC-F.09 Document control record 001

255
Photography Control
SEC-P.02.02

256
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to control the use of cameras and to take photographs or
video recordings near, in the Authority or any of its affiliates.
2. Range
2.1. This standard provides procedures andguidelines for unauthorized photo and video
recordings near or at any port authority facility.
3. Tariffs
3.1. Prohibited sites: facilities, seaports, operating buildings and what the Authority defines as a restricted
area.
3.2. Camera mobile phones: mobile devices that have the advantage of photography.
3.3. Digital cameras: cameras that are used for hard/mobile photography.
3.4. DroneG: A remotely piloted or pre-programmed aircraft for a route.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Director of the Central Department of Industrial Security
4.1.1. Review the procedure
4.2. Industrial Security Department
4.2.1. Update, review and implement actions
4.3. Head of security
4.3.1. Issuing photography permits
4.4. Security Rosary Supervisor
4.4.1. Photography Permit Management
4.4.2. Supervising the record of photography permits issued.
4.5. Security man.
4.5.1. Control of photography permits and confiscation of any unauthorized camera
or photography permit.
4.5.2. Requesting photography permits from the Security Rose Supervisor.
5. Procedures
5.1. General provisions:
5.1.1. Photographs and video recordings of any building or individual in the Authority
or its facilities are not permitted without prior approval from the Director of the
Industrial Security Department based on the approval of the relevant security agency.
5.1.2. It is prohibited to take any photographs or video recordings near or at any port
authority facility.
5.1.3. Private cameras, photography equipment and photo-taking devices are not
allowed inside any FDA facility without a certified permit.
5.1.4. Only authorized persons are allowed to take photos or videos for official
purposes.
5.1.5. The Security Department must hang dashboards at the entrance to the facility
of the General Port Authority, which shows that visitors are prohibited from entering
and using cameras or digital cameras that are not authorized by the Industrial Security
Department. These paintings should be prominent in a clear font and are written in
Both Arabic and English.

257
5.2. Authorization
5.2.1. Any employee, visitor, operator or contractor whose official work requires the
use of cameras or other imaging equipment at any port authority facility must obtain
a permit authorizing him to do so before using the camera.
5.2.2. The Director of the Department of Industrial Security is the only authority
authorized to approve all requests for camera permits. This authority may be delegated
to his deputy.
5.3. Photography permit
5.3.1. Employee, visitors, beneficiary companies, shipping agents or contractor
operator whose work requires the formal use of the camera or other imaging
equipment in the Authority or any of its facilities must apply for a camera permit to the
Head of Security, SEC-F.07 Photography Permit.
5.3.2. Upon approval, the Director of The Industrial Security Department/Head of The
Security Department issues the photography permit.
5.3.3. A photo permit must be issued to a particular camera and person.
5.3.4. The camera should only be used in the area specified in the permit.
5.3.5. The photography permit is valid for the specified event or for a maximum of
one year.
5.3.6. Security officers confiscate expired camera permits when they are submitted.
5.3.7. The head of the security department keeps a record of all photography permits
issued.
5.3.8. Security officers must see any photographs taken by non-FDA staff or intended
for external use before they leave.
5.4. Unauthorized use of the camera
5.4.1. Security personnel must conduct the necessary inspection of mobile phones
equipped with cameras and digital cameras at all access points and facilities.
5.4.2. Anyone seen using a camera to photograph the Authority's facilities and
facilities must be verified by security personnel.
5.4.3. The person using the camera must provide his or her photography permit,
which must display the serial number, type and camera making, and these details must
match the details of the camera used.
5.4.4. If there is an unauthorized camera, it is confiscated.
5.4.5. The security man must accompany the person who used the unauthorized
camera to the security escort.
5.4.6. The security man who confiscated the camera must report the security incident
and record the incident in the security incident register.
5.4.7. The supervisor should investigate the incident.
5.4.8. Photos taken without permission must be deleted or the movie destroyed.
5.4.9. Any criminal intent must be reported to the competent government authority.
5.4.10. Any unauthorized use of cameras must be reported to the Industrial Security
Department.

258
 5.5. Photography procedures:
5.5.1. Types of photography available within the facilities of the Authority as follows:
5.5.1.1. Photography
5.5.1.2. Video shoot tip.
5.5.1.3. Filming.
5.5.1.4. Aerial photography using drons (TIP Video - Photos)
5.5.2. Purpose of photography
5.5.2.1. Photography for advertising purposes.
5.5.2.2. Photography for training purposes.
5.5.2.3. Photography for the purposes of insurance company requirements.
5.5.2.4. Photography for periodic maintenance purposes.
5.5.2.5. Filming for accidents, emergencies and accident investigations
5.5.2.6. Photography for any other items not mentioned.
5.6. Procedures for obtaining an aerial photography permit:
5.6.1. Approval of an aerial photography permit by the Drons must be obtained from
each of the relevant security agencies.
5.6.2. These approvals are submitted with a letter of written stamped by the
requesting body of the Director General of the Department.
5.6.3. The Industrial Security Department is directed to fill out the forms required to obtain
the photography permit.
5.6.4. To obtain a photo permit for the purpose described in paragraph 5.5.2.6, this
requires the Industrial Security Department to notify the relevant security
authorities and then complete the usual procedureswith the applicant.
5.6.5. For a photo permit for the remaining types described in paragraph 5.5.2, they are as
follows:
5.6.5.1. The applicant submits a formal letter stamped by the company or the
entity wishing to photograph requesting the approval of the Director
General of the Department.
5.6.5.2. Attached to the official letter is a statement explaining the type, model
and serial number of the camera device with the photographer's
personal data including (name, national identity number or residence,
photographs of the photographer, name, employer's phone, mobile
phone number, electronic mail and photo ID).
5.6.5.3. Go to the Department of Industrial Security with bringing pictures of the
papers submitted to the Director General and the form dedicated to
photography is filled out at the headquarters of the Department of
Industrial Security and signed by the representative of the requesting

259
 authority and then signed by the head of the security department and the
director of the Department of Industrial Security.
5.6.5.4. After the approval of the director general of the department, the
photography permit is issued to the student body.
5.6.5.5. Upon completion of the filming, the photographer must refer to the
Department of Industrial Security to complete the filling out of the
photography model and view, sort and review the video or images taken
by the head of the security department and ensure that there are no
pictures of any sensitive, security or military facilities and if discovered
they are deleted in time and then the final signature of the imaging
models by the Department of Industrial Security.
6. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

12 months SEC-F.07 Photography permit 001

260
Electronic devices Control
SEC-P.02.03

261
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to maintain the security of the Authority's information by
controlling the movement of laptops, tablets and electronic data storage devices in the
Authority and its facilities.
2. Range
2.1. This standard provides guidance on controlling laptops, tablets, electronic data storage
devices and authorized movement inside and outside the authority and its facilities.
3. Tariffs
3.1. Prohibited sites: Facilities, docks, operating buildings or what the Authority defines as a
restricted area.
3.2. Electronic devices: Includes all electronic devices that can be used to record and save data
(e.g. mobile phones, laptops, etc.).
3.3. Electronic data storage media: Includes main volumes (hard drive) and secondary storage
units (CDs - DVD - mobile memory).
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Director of the Central Department of Industrial Security
4.1.1. Review the procedure for this standard.
4.2. Industrial Security Department
4.2.1. Apply, implement and update procedures as specified in this document.
4.2.2. Guidance boards are placed at the authority's main gates and facilities, which
show that visitors are prohibited from entering laptops, tablets and electronic
data storage devices without permission. These paintings should be prominent
in a clear font and are written in Both Arabic and English.
4.3. Director of Management
4.3.1. Approval of the issuance of laptop, tablet and electronic data storage permits.
4.4. Head of Security
4.4.1. Manage requests for laptops, tablets and electronic data storage device permits.
4.4.2. Release a record of laptops, tablets and electronic devices to store data.
4.4.3. Investigation of security incidents related to devices.
4.5. Security Rosary Supervisor
4.5.1. Apply inspection procedures as usual to visitors to prohibited sites to ensure that
they do not carry any electronic data storage devices or media.
4.5.2. Ensure that "device access permit and electronic data storage media" are
available to all devices and electronic data storage media carried with visitors,
match clearance data and allow visitors to enter e-data storage devices and
electronic data storage that meet the requirements.
4.5.3. Keep unauthorized electronic data storage devices and media in a convenient
location at the main gate of the site.
4.6. Employees, operators, contractors and visitors
4.6.1. Follow-up and compliance with procedures.
4.6.2. Disclose any laptop, tablet or electronic data storage device that is not affiliated
with the General Port Authority (personal device) upon access to the Authority

262
 and its facilities.
4.6.3. The obligation not to use electronic data storage devices and media other than
the purpose for which it was brought, and not to use the device to photograph
the banned sites in the Authority, and in the event of a violation, this will expose
the perpetrator to referral to the competent security authorities for action
against him.
4.6.4. Do not use a laptop, tablet or personal electronic data storage devices without
a certified permit.
5. Procedures
5.1. General procedures:
5.1.1. The movement of laptops or tablets to and from the authority and its facilities is
controlled.
5.1.2. Laptops/tablets and electronic devices are not allowed to store data in the
Authority and its facilities without authorized authorization.
5.1.3. Laptops, private tablets and electronic data storage devices are not permitted in
the Authority and its facilities without permission.
5.2. Delegation
5.2.1. Any employee, visitor, operator or contractor requiring their official work to use
a laptop, tablets or electronic data storage devices in any PORT Authority facility
must obtain authorization before using the devices.
5.2.2. The Director of the Security Department is the only commissioner who approves
all applications for such permits. This authority may be delegated to his deputy.
5.3. Device permit
5.3.1. An employee, visitor, operator or contractor requesting the official use of
laptops, tablets or electronic data storage devices in any port authority facility
must apply to the Director of the Security Department for permission.
5.3.2. Based on the approval of the director of the beneficiary department and the
director of the authority responsible for
The site, the laptop and tablet permit is issued by the security department after
the adoption of the director of the security department.
5.3.3. A permit is issued to a specific device and person.
5.3.4. The statement must be indicated by the person's name, employer's name, type,
manufacture and serial number of your laptop, tablet or electronic data storage
device.
5.3.5. The device should only be used in the area indicated in the permit.
5.3.6. The permit shall be valid for the specific task or purpose mentioned in the permit
or for a period of
A maximum of one year.
5.3.7. Expired permits are confiscated by security personnel when submitted.
5.3.8. The Security Rose Supervisor keeps a record of all permits issued.
5.4. Control access to laptops and tablets

263
 5.4.1. Anyone must declare that a laptop, tablet or electronic data storage device is in
their possession when entering the Authority or its facilities.
5.4.2. Smartphones are exempt from permits but must remain in the care of their
owners and cannot be used as cameras or video recorders while in the
Authority's premises.
5.4.3. Security personnel keep unauthorized devices at the gate for safe safe keeping,
and the incident is recorded in the security incident register.
5.4.4. The confiscated device must be returned to the owner when the required permit
is submitted or when the authority or its facilities leave.
5.4.5. If the device, permit, or person providing the permit does not match, both the
device and the permit are confiscated.
5.4.6. Security officers must report the incident to Musharraf for investigation.
5.4.7. Employees with expired permits are allowed to enter the facility with the device
for no more than five working days after the expiration date.
5.5. Control devices when exiting
5.5.1. At the exit gate, the security man must check every person or vehicle in the
event of an unauthorized laptop, tablet or electronic data storage device.
5.5.2. Anyone must declare that a laptop, tablet or electronic data storage device is in
their possession when they leave the Authority or its facilities.
5.5.3. Unauthorized devices are confiscated from the authority or its facilities by
security personnel. A person may not be allowed out of the building.
5.5.4. The security man must notify the security supervisor and record the incident
with the security incident record.
5.5.5. The security rosary supervisor must accompany the person with the source
device to the supervisor for investigation.
5.5.6. If the device, permit, or person providing the permit does not match, the device
is confiscated.
5.5.7. Any criminal suspicion must be reported to the competent authorities.
6. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

SEC-F.06 Electronic device access permit 001

264
Security reports
SEC-P.03.01

265
 1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to prepare a procedure on how to prepare and report security
incidents to the Security Rose Supervisor.
2. Range
2.1. This standard provides guidance to security staff on submitting a daily security report to the
Security Rose Supervisor regarding all security-related activities and incidents during the past
24 hours on a daily basis to the Director of the Department of Industrial Security.
3. Tariffs
3.1. Security personnel reports (report of the security man assigned to a specific mission): the report submitted
by the security man at the end of his shift relates to all activities and incidents that occurred during his
shift at the service site.
3.1.1. Daily Security Report: The daily report compiled by the head of the security
department, which covers a period of 24-hours and collects all the information and
statistics contained in Musharraf's security reports.
3.1.2. Security Incident Report: The security man's report of a particular security incident
clearly describes the incident.
3.1.3. Monthly Security Report: A brief report submitted by the Head of The Security
Department to the Director of the Department of Industrial Security, highlighting
important security events during the month, security exercises and a summary of
security statistics.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Director of the Department of Industrial Security
4.1.1. Give direction to the head of the security department.
4.1.2. Report security performance to the Central Department of Industrial Security.
4.2. Head of Security
4.2.1. Prepare the daily security department report and the monthly security report
of the Director of the Industrial Security Department.
4.3. Security Rosary Supervisor
4.3.1. Prepare the shift report, verify the authenticity of the information and report
to the head of the security department.
4.4. Security man.
4.4.1. Check and follow up on the information and take action. Send a daily report to
a rosy security supervisor.
4.4.2. Prepare the reports of the activities assigned to them and report the incidents
and submit them to the supervisor of the rosy security at the end of his shift.
5. Procedures
5.1. The principle of daily reporting
5.1.1. Security man.
5.1.1.1. Each security officer maintains a record of all activities, accidents,
observations, violations and safety notes during his shift and at his or her
operating centre.
5.1.1.2. At the end of each shift, the security man must collect his security report

266
 from his records and submit the report on his/her position/security shift
location to the security supervisor.
5.1.1.3. Security incident reports for large security incidents must be attached to
the security man's report.
5.1.1.4. The security man's report consists of incident reports and statistics on all
security-related activities at the designated guard site.
5.1.1.5. Implementation of all procedures and instructions issued by the
administration in accordance with the requirements of the Supreme
Industrial Security Authority.
5.2. Security Rose Supervisor (SSS)
5.2.1. Security Supervisor Al-Warda consolidates all reports from security personnel,
adds his activities and observations and submits the security shift report.
5.2.2. Security supervisor should help security personnel draft incident reports when
needed.
5.2.3. The Security Rose Supervisor must question each security officer before he
leaves to ensure that the incident and activities reports mentioned in the security
man's report are complete.
5.2.4. The Security Rose Supervisor must submit his nubia report, along with incident
reports, to the head of the security department before leaving the work site.
5.2.5. Implementation of all procedures and instructions issued by the administration
in accordance with the requirements of the Supreme Industrial Security Authority.
5.3. Head of Security
5.3.1. The head of the security department must take appropriate action on each shift
report, depending on the security situation.
5.3.2. He must integrate all nubia reports over the past 24 hours into a single daily
security report.
5.3.3. The supervisor must add his notes and actions to the report.
5.3.4. The supervisor must include any progress in previous incidents, unfinished
cases and progress in any security-related projects.
5.3.5. The consolidated daily security report is submitted to the Director of the
Department of Industrial Security.
5.4. Director of the Department of Industrial Security
5.4.1. The Director of the Department of Industrial Security compiles a brief report on
important security events and progress on security-related issues to the Director of the
Central Department, to brief the Senior Executive Department (Chairman of the
Authority).
5.4.2. The daily security summary is provided to the Director of the Central
Department of Industrial Security and briefed on the details necessary to brief the
senior executive management (head of the authority) according to the security
situation.
5.4.3. The Director of the Department of Industrial Security updates his database with

267
 daily security statistics and tracks the progress of security departments in key
performance indicators.
5.5. Director of the Central Department of Industrial Security
5.5.1. The Senior Executive Department (Chairman of the Authority) is informed of
security incidents and statistical security reports periodically on a monthly basis.
5.6. Security incident reports
5.6.1. The incident report is compiled for each major security incident.
5.6.2. The security man who is initiating the incident, with the help of the Nubia
security supervisor, compiles the incident report.
5.6.3. The incident report must be completed and submitted during the specified shift
before the security man and security supervisor leave.
5.6.4. The Director of the Department of Industrial Security should check the statistics
on a daily basis, determine a trend of statistics and investigate any incident that
appears unusual or suspicious. The completion of this investigation may lead to the
submission of a special incident report to the port security committee for discussion
with the director of the Central Department of Industrial Security of the Authority and
the Director General of the Port with this procedure.
5.6.5. Review the SEC-P.03.03 Security Incident Report.
5.7. Monthly Security Report
5.7.1. The head of the security department prepares and submits the monthly security
report to the Director of the Department of Industrial Security, the monthly security
report must include a summary of the following:
5.7.1.1. Important security events/incidents during the month
5.7.1.2. Progress in investigations that have not yet been completed
5.7.1.3. Progress in security equipment and projects
5.7.1.4. Aspects of security training
5.7.1.5. Summary of security statistics for the month
5.7.1.6. Performance measurement
5.7.2. Statistics and performance indicators explain the details and form of monthly
statistics and the main performance in security procedures at the General Port
Authority.
6. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

SEC-F.10 Daily Security Report 001

SEC-F.11 Security Incident Report 002

SEC-F.12 Security Post Report 003

268
Statistics and performance indicators
SEC-P.03.02

269
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to develop a procedure for addressing and maintaining
security statistics.
2. Range
2.1. This standard provides guidance to security personnel to maintain incident statistics related
to security activities.
3. Tariffs
3.1. Critical success factors: Critical success factors are strategic elements that need to be implemented
properly in order to ensure the survival and success of the organization and can be success factors, for
example: product characteristics, resources, competencies and competitiveness.
3.2. Guard Post Report: The report submitted by a security officer at the end of his shift with regard to all
activities, incidents and security-related statistics at the designated guard post he occupies during his
shift.
3.3. Key Performance Index: The Main Performance Index is a commercial measure used to assess factors
that are critical to the success of an organization.
3.4. Key area: The area that the Department of Industrial Security wishes to emphasize as part of the annual
security programme.
3.5. Security measure: The security measure is the application of quantitative, statistical or mathematical
analyses to measure security functional costs, benefits, successes, failures and workloads.
3.6. Social Engineering: Social engineering refers to psychological manipulation of people to make them
perform unauthorized actions that serve the interests of the manipulator in obtaining information about
the body or the manipulator himself or to disclose the confidential information of the Authority.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Director of the Central Department of Industrial Security:
4.1.1. Maintain monthly statistics and report progress in key performance indicators
to senior executive management (Chairman).
4.2. Industrial Security Department:
4.2.1. Confirm the accuracy of statistics
4.3. Head of Security:
4.3.1. Monthly statistics and key performance indicators report to the Director of the
Department of Industrial Security
4.4. Security Rosary Supervisor:
4.4.1. Keep a record of all activities and incidents and report to the head of the
security department.
4.5. Security man:
4.5.1. Keep a record of all activities and incidents and report to the Security Rose
Supervisor.
5. Procedures
5.1. Security functions/tasks
5.1.1. The security functions under the Industrial Security Department are:
5.1.1.1. Information Security
5.1.1.2. Staff security
5.1.1.3. Security education and awareness training
5.1.1.4. Surveys and risk management

270
 5.1.1.5. Physical security
5.1.1.6. Contingency planning
5.2. data collection
5.2.1. One of the main issues of metrics is data collection. Each metric decision to
create a data collection process should be decided by answering the following
questions:
5.2.1.1. What specific data will be collected?
5.2.1.2. How will the data be collected?
5.2.1.3. When will the data be collected?
5.2.1.4. Who will collect the data?
5.2.1.5. Where will the data be collected?
5.2.1.6. What does the data reveal?
5.2.1.7. How is it connected?
5.3. Measurements in security performance
5.3.1. Measurements are used in security performance to show the importance of the
security function of the body.
5.3.2. The director of the department/head of the security department is responsible
for recording security events in a security measurement book and working on a
three-level security performance monitoring program.
5.3.3. These three levels of measurements are:
5.3.3.1. Constant measurements: These measurements can be accurately calculated
and proven to be relevant to the performance being measured.
5.3.3.1.1. The cost of guarding a particular site for the number of visitors who
have completed their transactions in a specified period.
5.3.3.1.2. Number of trucks inspected on entry or exit.
5.3.3.1.3. Number of cargo inspections carried out by the main gate security
man/internal gates in one month.
5.3.3.2. Soft measurements: These measurements are used for events that cannot
be accurately calculated but can reasonably be expected from the cause-
effect relationship.
5.3.3.2.1. Percentage of training hours provided to security personnel in
relation to their morale.
5.3.3.3. Qualitative measurements: These measurements should focus on the basic
competencies of security functions.
5.4. The principle of creating key performance indicators

271
 5.4.1. The main performance indicators are the rates, ratios or averages that reflect
or measure the state of the critical success factors in the Authority and the main
performance indicators must be based on the measures observed that reflect the
security situation of the Authority in different security areas
where the main performance indicator aims to improve this
security situation.
5.4.2. Key performance indicators should be applied in the
areas of industrial security management, which are part of its
annual business plan and objectives, and the Director of the
Department of Industrial Security may choose to make
specific efforts in certain security areas called these
preference areas in key areas. The Industrial Security Department decided to make
a special effort for any of the following reasons:
5.4.2.1. Security objectives need to be aligned with strategic business initiatives of

Figure 1: What key performance the General Port Authority.

indicators are required 5.4.2.2. The desire to make some security areas more
private and effective.
5.4.2.3. At the request of the Management of the General Port Authority.
5.4.2.4. Based on new security regulations issued by the Ministry of Interior.
5.4.2.5. These areas need to be matched to certain criteria.
5.4.3. Key areas are selected in the list of security functions mentioned above.
5.4.4. Before setting up a key performance indicator, it is necessary to develop
security measures to understand the key areas that need attention.
5.4.5. Key performance indicators are then determined by a quantitative target that
can be reached within a time range in key areas.
5.4.6. Key performance indicators are divided into leading key performance
indicators, which are areas controlled by the security section and can affect
performance (personal behaviors) and delayed key performance indicators that
serve as areas that security management cannot control and have limited impact on
(employee behaviors).
5.5. An example of the process of creating a key performance indicator:
5.5.1. In order to succeed, it is important that key results indicators and key
performance be translated into objectives and objectives. The principle of building
the main performance index is as follows:
5.5.1.1. Select the main domain (e.g. - control access during peak time).
5.5.1.2. Identify the main performance indicator (e.g. full control of entry processes
for GPC facilities).
5.5.1.3. Set the desired target (full control of 80% access control for the first year).
5.5.1.4. Set the date of achieving the goal (December 31, 2021).
5.5.1.5. Document the link between them all in a unified statement (performance

272
 index).
5.5.2. Key performance indicator: Improve access control by increasing the percentage
of full control of access to THE SDA facilities by 90% by the end of the year.

‫توثيق الصلة‬
‫اختيار مجال‬ ‫اختيار مؤشر‬ ‫تحديد تاريخ‬
‫تحديد الهدف‬ ‫بينهما جميعا في‬
‫النتائج الرئيسية‬ ‫األداء الرئيسي‬ ‫تحقيق الهدف‬
‫بيان‬

Figure 2: The process of creating the main performance

indicator

5.5.3. Here are some examples of creating key performance indicators:

Key results Main performance

Goal Date Key Performance Index
area index target

0% accidents when Improve the credibility of access

Make sure the ID
Control and entering the facility December control by reaching 0% incidents at
card system works
control access. during the morning 2021 the facility during morning peak
satisfactorily
rush hours. time by December 2021

To ensure that all

employees are
educated about social By December 2014, 25% of all Port
Security 25% of the staff of
engineering and for Authority staff will attend an
training and the General Port December
this purpose an awareness and training session in
awareness. Authority attend 2014
awareness plan has the field of social engineering at a
awareness lectures.
been prepared for port authority facility
the work of 12
awareness lectures.
Identify a group of Training at least 5
security experts who security risk
By the end of January 2022, X will
Surveys and risk can conduct a assessment January
be trained by security risk
management. security risk specialists at the 2022
assessment specialists at Y
assessment of General Port
facilities. Authority facility.

5.6. Defining the main performance indicator

5.6.1. Key performance indicators should reflect security objectives and objectives
that need to be monitored in order to improve them by the Department of Industrial
Security.

273
 5.6.2. Based on the strategic objectives issued by the General Port Authority each
year, security performance management is based on the following approach:
5.6.2.1. Develop appropriate standards to guide the right security behavior
towards the General Port Authority's strategy.
5.6.2.2. Setting ambitious and realistic targets on key performance indicators and
identifying key performance indicators by determining a procedure and
deadline through numbers (as numbers, ratios or percentages) and no
indicator without these elements is considered a key performance
indicator but as a measure.
5.6.2.3. Track performance versus goals at all administrative and operational
levels.
5.6.2.4. Create a state of dialogue when you do not achieve or deviate from the
goal.
5.6.2.5. Take corrective action.
‫إعداد المقاييس‬ 5.7. SMART smart targets applied to
key performance indicators
5.7.1. SMART smart goal
‫اتخاذ اإلجراءات‬ ‫إعداد مؤشر‬ standards should be applied when
‫التصحيحية‬ ‫األداء الرئيسي‬
identifying key performance
indicators and questions need to be
asked in order to prepare relevant
key performance indicators, and the
‫التعامل مع‬
‫تتبع األداء‬ following guidelines have been
‫المشكالت‬
Figure 3: Key Performance Indicators
Management Process provided to help prepare key
performance indicators as follows:
5.7.2. Specific/stretching key performance indicators must be - < specific and extended:
5.7.2.1. How difficult is the challenge to achieve the goal?
5.7.2.2. How are you going to compare with last year?
5.7.2.3. What criteria can be used? What does better practice look like?
5.7.2.4. What kind of improvement does it offer to the department or team?
5.7.2.5. Does it contribute to achieving the authority's strategic objectives?
5.7.2.6. Does it help develop and develop employee personality?
5.7.3. Key performance indicators - < must be measurable (quality):
5.7.3.1. How can quality be measured?
5.7.3.2. What are best practices in the field?
5.7.3.3. Who does it very well and what can be learned from them?
5.7.3.4. What criteria help determine whether the result is bad, moderate or
excellent?
5.7.4. Key performance indicators -- < must be measurable (quantitative):
5.7.4.1. How many? And how much?
5.7.4.2. How much more than last year?

274
 5.7.4.3. What percentage? What percentage does it represent to improve
performance?
5.7.5. Key performance indicators -- < should be measurable (time-related):
5.7.5.1. What are the key milestones during implementation and when should they
be completed?
5.7.5.2. How long does it take?
5.7.5.3. What percentage of day, week, month or year does it take to achieve the
goal?
5.7.5.4. What timetable should be used to review progress regularly?
5.7.6. Key performance indicators -- < must be measurable (financially):
5.7.6.1. How much more? How much is the profit?
5.7.6.2. How much is it?
5.7.6.3. How much do you save?
5.7.6.4. Is the budget required?
5.7.6.5. What resources are required?
5.7.7. Key performance indicators must be applicable (achievable, achieved or agreed upon):
5.7.7.1. How committed is the individual to achieving this?
5.7.7.2. Is it a good idea?
5.7.7.3. How interested is the individual? And how excited is he?
5.7.7.4. If this goal is achieved, what will it do for business or individuals?
5.7.7.5. How does an individual feel when it's done?
5.7.7.6. Are there any reservations about the objectives? How can they be
overcome?
5.7.7.7. To what extent is this goal in line with the direction of the Administration?
Business in general and the Port Authority?
5.7.8. Key performance indicators must be relevant, realistic or targeted:
5.7.8.1. What could go wrong? What contingency plans should be prepared?
5.7.8.2. Have similar targets not been achieved during the previous period? If so,
why and what can we learn from it?
5.7.8.3. How is time or resources managed to achieve this goal in the light of other
commitments?
5.7.9. It must have a time limit or time frame: (time-bound)
5.7.9.1. What is the deadline?
5.7.9.2. Does everyone stick to the deadline?
5.7.9.3. What is the main objective? When should I check the level of progress?
5.7.10. The principle of maintaining security statistics and key performance indicators:
5.7.10.1. Each key area should be measured using at least one key performance
indicator and it is recommended that there be 3 to 5 key performance
indicators in each key area.
5.7.10.2. The statistics were created based on daily security reports from security
personnel. See Security Reports, SEC-P.03.01.

275
 5.7.10.3. These statistics are prepared by security personnel working at various
service/security guard sites and patrols.
5.7.10.4. The head of the security department should check the statistics on a daily
basis, identify patterns and directions from those statistics and investigate
any incident that appears unusual or suspicious.
5.7.10.5. The orientation resulting from security statistics refers to the current
security situation and is used to help initiate certain actions and if
necessary measures are taken to improve.
5.7.10.6. The Director of The Department explains industrial security statistics on a
monthly basis and advises the Director of the Central Department of
Industrial Security on the security situation and possible improvements in
security.
5.7.11. Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)
Statistics are used to measure the performance of the Industrial Security
5.7.11.1.
Department and are then monitored from the perspective of following up
on key performance indicators.
5.7.11.2. The Director of the Department of Industrial Security should monitor key
performance indicators during the month and implement measures to
improve them, and the method of this improvement must be recorded in
his monthly report to the Director of the Department of Industrial Security.
5.7.11.3. The Director of the Department of Industrial Security should use key
performance indicators to brief the senior executive management (head
of the Authority) on the performance of the Industrial Security
Department.
5.7.11.4. Key performance indicators are linked to the objectives and action plan of
the Industrial Security Department.
6. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

There's no. 001

276
Incident reporting
SEC-P.03.03

277
 1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to establish a procedure on how to prepare and report on
security incidents.
2. Range
2.1. This standard provides guidance to industrial security personnel and staff on how to prepare
and report on security incidents, as well as explain the components and requirements of the
security incident report, and who should submit it.
3. Tariffs
3.1. Daily Security Report: The daily report compiled by the head of the security department, which covers a
period of 24-hours and collects all the information and statistics contained in the reports of the Rosary.
SEC-F.10
3.2. Security personnel reports (report of the security man assigned to a specific mission): the report submitted
by the security man at the end of his shift relates to all activities and incidents that occurred during his
shift at the service site. SEC-F.12
3.3. Incident Report: Security Incident Report: Report submitted by security man or security supervisor of a
particular security incident, clearly describes the incident. SEC-F.11
3.4. Rosary/Nubia Report: The report submitted by the Security Rose Supervisor at the end of his shift, where
all information from the reports of distributed security personnel is compiled and describes the activities
of each service place and the actions taken regarding the incidents. SEC-F.10
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Head of Security
4.1.1. Provide the necessary guidance and guidance to the members of the Security
Department and submit the security reports collected to the Department of Industrial
Security.
4.2. Security Rosary Supervisor
4.2.1. Check and verify the details in the security incident reports and take
appropriate action.
4.2.2. Reporting to the head of the security department.
4.3. Security man.
Prepare the reports of the activities assigned to them and report the incidents
4.3.1.
and submit them to the supervisor of the security rose.
5. Procedures
5.1 General procedures
5.1.1. Investigations into security incidents and legal and/or disciplinary action against
violators must be carried out to include administrative penalties provided for by the
Authority and may be submitted to the competent judicial authorities depending on
the nature of the violation.
5.1.2. Security personnel must document and report any incident during their shift at
the service site using the Security Incidents Report.
5.1.3. Ensure complete confidentiality when conducting investigations and do not
disclose personal information and the number of people who have access to the
case/incident or who have a specific need for knowledge will be restricted.
5.2. Classification of security incidents

278
 5.2.1. The head of the security department and the security supervisor of al-Warda
should use a classification guide for security incidents to classify them as follows:
5.2.1.1. An accident that did not cause damage but could have resulted in a nearby
injury: an incident in which no property was damaged and no one sustained any
personal injury, but with a slight change in the timing or location of the
accident, it is possible to cause damage or personal injury. (Routine reports) .
5.2.1.2. Important incident: An accident that resulted in injury, loss or unintentional or
unexpected damage. (A report of the incident must be submitted within 24
hours to the head of the security department and the director of the Industrial
Security Department in the business area.)
5.2.1.3. Major accident: An accident involving the risk of death, serious injury, ill health,
significant property damage, service interruption, significant health risk or
threat. (A report of the incident must be submitted within 24 hours to the
Director General of the Department.)
5.3. The general purpose of the incident report
5.3.1. Report the relevant security incident to the relevant department and any
observations, events or circumstances under the department's responsibility.
5.3.2. Provide direct managers with basic detailed information to initiate corrective
action.
5.3.3. Provide the relevant department with information on the performance of staff,
equipment and facilities.
5.4. Key components of the incident report
5.4.1. The incident report should include basic detailed information about the incident
and answers to the following questions:
5.4.1.1. What happened?
5.4.1.2. When did that happen?
5.4.1.3. Where did that happen?
5.4.1.4. Who was involved?
5.4.1.5. How was he involved?
5.4.1.6. Why did it happen or why was he involved?
5.4.1.7. What actions have security personnel taken?
5.5. Elements of the report
5.5.1. The investigation report should include the following elements:
5.5.1.1. General and administrative information
5.5.1.1.1. The report must contain general information such as the definition of
the subject matter of the report/case/investigation or file number and
the type of case/investigation. The case (open or closed), the identity
of the investigator and the date of the report.
5.5.1.2. Summary
5.5.1.2.1. The summary is presented at the beginning of the report and gives a
quick idea to the reader. The supporting facts are mentioned in the

279
 summary part.
5.5.1.3. Narrative
5.5.1.3.1. The narrative part contains the details of the investigation, so each step
of the investigation must be covered and detailed in a separate
paragraph. This part of the report must also be clear, simple and short.
5.5.1.4. Result
5.5.1.4.1. It must appear at the end of the report and contain the outcome of the
investigation and recommendations - (the investigator may not act as
a decision maker but only recommend).
5.5.1.5. Attachments
5.5.1.5.1. Attachments are the elements that support the report's findings or
demonstrate the investigator's effort. The items usually included are:
Initial complaint
Complaints and eyewitness statements.
Other information extracted from interviewees.
Documenting evidence for reports and results of analysis.
Surveillance records
Photographs, illustrations and maps
Blogs
Any form of digital evidence
5.6. Incident report requirements
5.6.1. Accuracy
5.6.1.1. Accuracy where security officers and security supervisor must check and
investigate the facts before reporting them.
5.6.1.2. If third-party information is obtained where it cannot be verified or when
unreliable information is obtained, this is acceptable but must be stated that
it is information that has not been verified or confirmed in the report.
5.6.1.3. Personal beliefs or biases by security officials should not affect the report in
any way. If a particular opinion is mentioned, it should be stated as a personal
opinion or observation.
5.6.2. Integration
5.6.2.1. The report must be complete to include all the necessary facts and
information and meet all the requirements for action or, if necessary, to begin
an investigation.
5.6.2.2. The security man or security supervisor must sign the report, confirming the
accuracy and completeness of the information.
5.6.3. Brevity
5.6.3.1. Incident reports must be brief without negative impact on the completeness,
clarity and accuracy of the information. so that the data are formulated in a
concise manner. Long notes or blurred phrases and twisted explanations

280
 should be avoided.
5.6.3.2. Do not delete relevant or useful information, but that information is recorded
without the use of unnecessary speech.
5.6.4. Clear and understandable
5.6.4.1. The report must be formulated, configured and arranged so that it is easy to
understand and the meanings are quite clear.
5.6.4.2. Phrases or short and concise sentences must be used.
5.6.4.3. Words with questionable significance or those that have more than one
meaning or significance should be avoided.
5.6.5. Spelling and grammar check
5.6.5.1. The author of the report should pay special attention to grammar and spelling
when writing reports.
5.6.5.2. Most spelling and grammatical errors do not result from the use of difficult
words, but from negligence in the use of simple words and sentences.
5.6.5.3. Simple and understandable language must be used by all.
5.6.6. Printed or hand-written reports
5.6.6.1. Incident reports may be issued in handwritten or printed on the computer.
5.6.6.2. Handwritten incident reports must be clear and legible and the font must be
coordinated and written (use capital letters and leave appropriate spaces
between words ).
5.6.6.3. Incident reports must be written in Arabic. When needed, the security rose
supervisor must translate the report into English if necessary.
5.7. Accident investigation
5.7.1. Principles
5.7.1.1. The following principles will apply:
5.7.1.1.1. Preliminary allegations and findings should be reviewed with the
Director of the Department of Industrial Security and the
Representative of the Legal Authority.
5.7.1.1.2. If a decision is taken to conduct a formal investigation, the procedures
and regulations must be adhered to.
5.7.1.1.3. Collection and protection of evidence: Since a large part of the director
associated with the investigation contains documentary evidence, the
original documents must be obtained and protected.
5.7.1.1.4. Documents must be kept sequentially or the paper trail that records
the sequence of information, control, transportation, analysis, and
disposal of physical or electronic evidence must be used.
5.7.1.1.5. People familiar with the matter will be asked to voluntarily come
forward for interviews and provide written information about the
incident and the ongoing investigation. The interviewer must be
warned in order to avoid allegations of harassment, false detention or
intimidation, a bad interview can put the investigation in a difficult

281
 position.
5.7.2. Investigative functions
5.7.2.1. The following tasks are part of the investigative portfolio that the supervisor
can undertake:
5.7.2.1.1. Support the cause/invitation.
5.7.2.1.2. A representative reconstruction of the incident.
5.7.2.1.3. Surveillance
5.7.2.1.4. Background investigations
5.7.2.1.5. Investigation of crimes and criminal activities
5.7.2.1.6. Fraud and financial misconduct detection
5.7.2.1.7. Investigation of suspected arson
5.7.2.1.8. Identifying and questioning witnesses
5.7.2.1.9. Problem solving in general
5.7.2.1.10. Recovery of property and other assets
5.7.2.1.11. Help preventing crimes
5.7.2.1.12. Investigation of staff misconduct and staff claims
5.7.2.1.13. Accident investigation.
5.7.3. Elements of successful investigation
5.7.3.1. The Authority's response to suspected criminal knowledge or activity or
misconduct in the workplace depends on two options: (1) prevention and (2)
intervention.
5.7.3.2. If the option is to intervene, an investigation must be conducted that includes
the following elements:
5.7.3.2.1. Management commitment
5.7.3.2.2. Set valuable goals.
5.7.3.2.3. Identify a well-thought-out strategy
5.7.3.2.4. Properly pooled resources and expertise
5.7.3.2.5. Legal implementation
5.7.4. Decision to conduct investigation
5.7.4.1. In the event of an accident, the director of the Industrial Security Department
or the relevant decision makers must assess the need for an investigation. In
order to make an appropriate decision on an investigation, the Director of the
Department of Industrial Security or decision makers must conduct the
investigation if:
5.7.4.1.1. There is sufficient evidence of violation of the Authority's policies,
sabotage or other misconduct.
5.7.4.1.2. There is a duty to investigate.
5.7.4.1.3. Failure to conduct an investigation has a detrimental effect on the
body.
5.7.4.1.4. The possible results of the investigation can be measured.
5.7.4.1.5. There are precedents or past practices that need to be considered.

282
 Does the intended investigation comply with the instructions issued
5.7.4.1.6.
by the Authority?
5.7.4.2. The director of the Industrial Security Department or the relevant decision
makers must assess who should be assigned to conduct the investigation,
when it will be completed and how much the investigation will cost.
5.7.4.3. All these factors are considerations that must be assessed before deciding to
initiate an investigation.
5.7.5. Objectives of the investigation
5.7.5.1. The first step in the investigation is to determine its objectives.
5.7.5.2. The main objectives of most investigations are:
5.7.5.2.1. Determine the nature and scope of the real problem.
5.7.5.2.2. They are those who have to do with the event and in what capacity.
5.7.5.2.3. Collecting the required information in a way that allows disciplinary
and/or corrective action
5.7.5.2.4. Conducting an investigation is less harmful or confusing to the body
than leaving it.
5.7.5.2.5. The investigation should have a positive impact on the Authority's
investments.
5.7.6. Investigation process
5.7.6.1. Investigations are led by a process called the investigation process. Like all
operations, they gradually increase with each stage built on an earlier
stage. There are five different stages in the investigation process:
5.7.6.1.1. Preparation and planning.
5.7.6.1.2. Collecting information.
5.7.6.1.3. Verification and analysis.
5.7.6.1.4. Make disciplinary decisions and/or take corrective action.
5.7.6.1.5. Prevention and learning.
5.7.7. Investigative methods
5.7.7.1. There are six ways to investigate. They are:
5.7.7.1.1. Physical surveillance.
5.7.7.1.2. Electronic surveillance.
5.7.7.1.3. Search and check.
5.7.7.1.4. Forensic analysis.
5.7.7.1.5. Secret investigation.
5.7.7.1.6. Interviews and interrogations.
5.8. Delivery of an incident report
5.8.1. When it is clear to any FDA employee that there is an incident or activity that
may constitute a security breach or unauthorized disclosure of information (whether
accidental or intentional), they must report this immediately to the Director of the
Department of Industrial Security.
5.8.2. The Director of the Industrial Security Department must inform the relevant

283
 security agency and the central department of industrial security in the Authority of all
cases of security breach or suspected cases of investigation.
5.8.3. The head of the security department must clarify the procedures for reporting
security breaches and violations to all employees.
5.8.4. The incident report must be submitted to the Security Rose Supervisor
immediately before the end of the shift period as soon as possible up to 24 hours after
the accident.
5.8.5. Oral reports can be received from staff depending on their importance and the
need for speedy reporting, but must be copied in writing immediately by the security
supervisor or security man receiving the communication.
5.8.6. All security incident reports submitted by the security personnel must be
verified by the Security Rose Supervisor to ensure their accuracy before they are
submitted to the head of the department.
5.8.7. If follow-up reports are needed, this should be noted in the Notes section.
5.8.8. All incident reports must be reviewed by the Security Rose Supervisor before
they are sent permanently to the head of the security department.
5.8.9. The report submitted to the Department by the Head of the Security Section
should contain all observations, findings, recommendations and any follow-up reports.
5.9. Reporting incidents
5.9.1. Incident reports are provided as follows:

Who presents the report? Who is reporting? When is the report submitted?
Only after the accident, but before
Security man. Security Rosary Supervisor the end of the shift, or depending on
the security situation.
Before the end of the shift or
Security Rosary Supervisor Head of Security
depending on the security situation
Along with the daily security report
Director of the Department of
Head of Security or within 24 hours of the incident or
Industrial Security
depending on the security situation
Director of the Central Department
Director of the Department of of Industrial Security and the Within 24 hours of the accident or
Industrial Security Supreme Industrial Security depending on the security situation
Authority
Senior Executive Management
Director of the Central (Chairman of the Authority) and Within 24 hours of the accident or
Department of Industrial Security The Supreme Industrial Security depending on the security situation
Authority

5.9.2. The security officer involved in the incident (the amount) with the help of the
Security Rose Supervisor must collect the full information of the incident report.
5.9.3. The incident report must be submitted during the seizure before the security
officers and security supervisor leave their shift.
5.9.4. Security Supervisor takes action, including approving the report and submitting

284
 the report to the head of the security department, as part of the daily security report.
5.9.5. Within 24 hours of the incident or depending on the security situation, the
Director of the Industrial Security Department receives an updated report on the
incident to provide the Central Department of Industrial Security with a briefing on the
senior executive management (head of the authority) according to the security
situation.
6. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

12 months SEC-F.10 Daily Security Report 001

12 months SEC-F.11 Security Incident Report 002

12 months SEC-F.12 Security shift report 003

285
 Uniform
SEC-P.03.04

286
 1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to define the standard of uniforms for men and employees of
industrial security. And keep them properly worn throughout the working time.
1.2. The uniform must generally be decent so that it gives the industrial security man prestige and
high edge.
2. Range
2.1. This standard describes the uniform procedures of security personnel and personnel, the
standard of issuance and the maintenance of the uniform.
3. Al,Ta'Rifat
3.1. Uniforms: Uniforms/distinctive clothing worn by employees of the industrial
security sector.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Director of the Department of Industrial Security:
4.1.1. Supervising the instructions of the Supreme Industrial Security Authority
regarding uniforms.
4.2. Industrial Security Department:
Coordination and control of the issuance of uniforms to the officials of the
4.2.1.
administration.
4.3. Supervisory functions of the Department of Industrial Security (Director of Management / Head of Security
Department above):
4.3.1.The obligation to wear uniforms during inspection visits to prohibited sites,
which include:
4.3.1.1. Trousers.
4.3.1.2. A shirt.
4.3.1.3. Safety shoes.
4.3.1.4. Hang the General Authority of Ports card on the shirt pocket.
4.4. Supervisor of Rosy Security:
4.4.1. Daily inspection of uniforms.
4.5. Security officers:
4.5.1. The obligation to wear uniforms, which includes:
4.5.1.1. shirt
4.5.1.2. Pantaloon.
4.5.1.3. Safety shoes.
4.5.1.4. Put the name and job number on the shirt pocket
4.5.1.5. Maintaining and taking care of uniforms.
4.5.1.6. Use the required personal protective equipment while working
properly.
4.5.2. The uniforms of the security personnel are of a special character and are worn
only at work and are strictly prohibited from being used other than what has been
allocated to them.
5. Procedures
5.1. Uniform:

287
 5.1.1. Industrial security personnel in the Authority must wear uniforms during service
in accordance with the instructions of the Supreme Industrial Security Authority in any
facility of the Authority. Uniforms and personal protective equipment must be adhered
to during the proper implementation of work tasks.
5.2. Uniform version:
5.2.1. The Director of the Department of Industrial Security is responsible for
complying with the uniform and issuing it to all employees of the Department of
Industrial Security in accordance with the instructions of the Supreme Industrial
Security Authority.
5.2.2. The head of the department coordinates the requirements of the uniform and
the procedures required to purchase the uniform.
5.2.3. The head of the security department must maintain basic inventory levels to
replace lost or damaged uniforms and replacements.
5.2.4. The following materials must be issued to each security officer when joining the
Industrial Security Department:
5.2.4.1. Number (4) shirts (2 for summer, 2 for winter).
5.2.4.2. Number (4) trousers (2 for summer, 2 for winter).
5.2.4.3. One black belt.
5.2.4.4. Number (2) hat.
5.2.4.5. Name badge and job number.
5.2.4.6. Winter jacket with shoulder badges.
5.2.4.7. Raincoat with number (2) shoulder badges.
5.2.4.8. Black safety shoes.
5.3. Maintaining uniforms:
5.3.1.Security personnel are personally responsible for cleaning their uniforms.
5.3.2. Security supervisors must provide uniforms and personal protective equipment
to their employees.
5.3.3. The Security Rose Supervisor makes sure that industrial security personnel use
personal protective tools and wear full uniforms at work and maintain them in the
appropriate way. Violators are subject to the ensuing statutory penalties.
5.3.4. Security supervisors regularly inspect the uniforms of security personnel.
5.3.5. Lost or damaged items are replaced at the expense of a man/private
responsible security officer.
5.3.6. One set of uniforms is replaced in the calendar year at the expense of the Port
Authority.
5.3.7. Uniforms can only be worn during the official work specified "shifts and within
the body.
6. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

SEC-F.13 Uniform application form 001

288
Maintenance
SEC-P.03.05

289
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to provide maintenance instructions and instructions for
security systems and equipment used in the Authority's facilities.
2. Range
2.1. This standard covers the basic procedures for repair and maintenance of regular and emergency security
systems and equipment.
3. Al,Ta'Rifat
3.1. Security systems: Electronic or mechanical devices installed at THE AUTHORITY's facilities to help improve
the overall security situation of the facility, for example the surveillance camera system, hydraulic vehicle
barriers, etc.
3.2. Routine maintenance: regular regular inspection and maintenance of systems and equipment by
maintenance department staff.
3.3. Emergency maintenance: Emergency repairs to systems when security services are disabled or stopped.
3.4. Predictive maintenance: Monitor the condition of the stomach in order to predict the type and timing of
the malfunction before it occurs.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Director of the Industrial Security Department:
4.1.1. Supervising the follow-up and maintenance of the technical condition of
security systems and equipment.
4.2. Head of Security:
4.2.1. Report breakdowns to security systems and assess the impact of the
malfunction on the security situation.
4.2.2. Implement alternative measures in the event of a malfunction to ensure a
minimum interruption of the normal operation of the systems and the security
situation of the Authority and prepare a report and submit it to the director of the
Department of Industrial Security.
4.2.3. Inform the maintenance department or maintenance service provider to repair
the malfunctions if necessary.
4.3. Security Rosary Supervisor:
4.3.1. Operation and monitoring of security systems during normal operations and
daily operation.
4.3.2. Report any malfunction or failure of the security system or device to the head
of the security department.
4.4. Maintenance department or maintenance service contractor:
4.4.1. Identify the annual maintenance requirements for security systems and
equipment, accreditation and calibration.
4.4.2. Responsible for maintaining all security systems and equipment to ensure a high
level of service and operational effectiveness.
4.4.3. Record all inspection and maintenance activities in the daily report.
4.4.4. Submit a daily report on maintenance work to the head of the security
department.

290
5. Procedures
Various security systems and equipment are installed at the Authority's facilities to assist
security personnel and personnel in monitoring access, detecting infiltrators, monitoring
and security assessment. Continuous operation and easy maintenance of all security
systems and equipment are of paramount importance to ensure efficient security
capability. These security systems and equipment are installed at the perimeter fence,
gates, outlets and buildings of the facility in accordance with the instructions of the
Supreme Industrial Security Authority.
Security personnel operate and monitor systems during their normal work and daily
operation. When the system or device fails to function effectively, it affects the level of
security or security operation.
5.1. Emergency repair and maintenance:
5.1.1. Security personnel must be trained and qualified to implement emergency
procedures (manual operation) on security systems and equipment such as (electric
arm barrier, hydraulic fenders (roadblocks), sliding gate, etc.), to carry out manual
measures to ensure minimal interruption in the event of a malfunction and to ensure
the continuation of the security process.
5.1.2. Security personnel must inform the Security Rose Supervisor of any malfunction
or failure of security systems or agencies.
5.1.3. A maintenance management officer or maintenance service contractor must
respond to the site to assess the situation, inspect equipment to detect failures and
determine the cause of failure, and the maintenance department or maintenance
service provider will also make the necessary repairs to restore the operation of the
system or security apparatus to its normal state.
5.2. Intermittent problems with security systems and equipment:
5.2.1. Security personnel may experience or notice problems that cut or suspend a
particular system or security apparatus. However, it does not impede and does not
directly affect the security process. (When the system does not work as expected or
works inconsistently.)
5.2.2. Security personnel must report the problem to the Security Rose Supervisor,
who in turn will report the problem to the maintenance department or maintenance
service contractor.
5.2.3. The maintenance department or maintenance service contractor must
schedule an inspection of security systems and equipment to assess the problem and
make any necessary repairs.
5.3. Periodic maintenance and inspection:
5.3.1. The maintenance department or maintenance service contractor is responsible
for:
5.3.1.1. Prepare a timetable for regular inspection and maintenance of all security
systems and equipment.
5.3.1.2. Conduct inspections and maintenance according to the inspection and
maintenance schedule.

291
 5.3.1.3. Compiling a schedule for regular inspection and maintenance of all security
systems and equipment.
5.4. Annual inspection and certification of security systems and equipment:
5.4.1. Some security systems and equipment require annual maintenance or
calibration by the agent or manufacturer, for example: X-ray machines, explosive
detectors, etc.
5.4.2. The maintenance department or maintenance service contractor must meet
the requirements of maintenance of security systems and equipment, calibration and
certification in accordance with the factory manual and in accordance with the
instructions of the Supreme Authority for Industrial Security and other procedures
applied to security systems and equipment.
5.4.3. The maintenance department or maintenance service contractor must arrange
and coordinate annual maintenance, calibration and certification of security systems
and equipment with the local agent or supplier.
5.5. Report breakdowns:
5.5.1. Security officers: Report any malfunction in security systems or equipment to
the security rosary supervisor.
5.5.2. Security Rose Supervisor: Include the bug in the nubia report and inform the
maintenance department or maintenance service contractor using the specified
format.
5.5.3. Maintenance department or maintenance services contractor: Complete their
daily report on all periodic maintenance work, emergency maintenance repairs,
inspections and troubleshooting during the day, attach all inspection lists to the report
and then send the report to the head of the security department.
5.6. External maintenance contracts:
5.6.1. The maintenance department hires an external service operator/contractor to
carry out maintenance work in case:
5.6.1.1. Maintenance and repair of security systems and equipment was beyond the
capacity of the maintenance management or maintenance service provider.
5.6.1.2. Annual maintenance, calibration and certification of security systems and
equipment were required.
5.6.1.3. The maintenance department or maintenance service provider had to make
all contacts with external operators/contractors to support, maintain and
repair security systems and equipment.
5.7. Purchase of security systems and equipment:
5.7.1. The requirements of new security systems and equipment are met, systems and
equipment upgraded or replaced in accordance with the statutory procedures.
5.7.2. The maintenance department or maintenance service contractor is responsible
for inspecting and evaluating new security systems and equipment. The findings and
recommendations must be submitted to the Director of the Department of Industrial
Security for approval.

292
6. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

There's no. 001

293
Storing weapons
SEC-P.03.06

294
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to develop basic and uniform guidelines for the handling, use,
storage and maintenance of firearms and electric sticks in accordance with the instructions
of the Supreme Industrial Security Authority and the relevant security agencies.
2. Range
2.1. This standard sets out guidelines for dealing with weapons (firearms and electric sticks), to
determine the conditions required for a security man to become armed, to account for cases
where a firearm and electric stick are used, as well as to control pick-ups and deliveries
between shifts, and to refer to such instructions for violations and penalties established by a
system for misuse of firearms and electric sticks.
3. Tariffs
3.1. There isn't.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Director of the Central Department of Industrial Security.
4.1.1. Implementation and implementation of the measures issued by the Supreme
Authority for Industrial Security and the relevant security agencies.
4.1.2. Work to develop and provide specialized and renewed training programs in
security centers of the ministry of interior sectors only for training in the carrying and
use of weapons for armed security personnel in coordination with the High Industrial
Security Authority.
4.2. Director of the Department of Industrial Security.
4.2.1. Implementation and implementation of the measures issued by the Supreme
Authority for Industrial Security and the relevant security agencies.
4.2.2. Ensure that all security personnel are medically and psychologically fit to carry
and deal with firearms, and submit to the Central Department of Industrial Security by
nominating qualified persons and the required training need for the use of weapons.
4.2.3. Approval of weapons disposal permits for security personnel.
4.2.4. The Authority's Weapons Department.
4.3. Head of Security
4.3.1. Conduct and coordinate all investigations to follow up on weapons-related
incidents.
4.3.2. Replace damaged or lost weapons, ammunition and equipment as required to
maintain the weaponization of vital sites.
4.3.3. Carry out central maintenance of weapons and coordinate the repair and
replacement of weapons.
4.4. Security Rosary Supervisor
4.4.1. Make sure security personnel are aware of this procedure.
4.4.2. Routinely inspect weapons for hygiene purposes and ensure that they are fit for
use.
4.5. Security man.
4.5.1. Perform actions.
4.5.2. Carry and secure the weapons assigned to them properly while they are on duty

295
 and take responsibility for their weapons during their shift and store them properly
and properly.
5. Procedures
5.1. Security personnel
5.1.1. Selection requirements:
5.1.1.1. Security personnel must be adequately trained in the use and maintenance
of weapons in the security centres of the relevant security agencies.
5.1.1.2. The security man must be installed on an official position in the Authority.
5.1.1.3. They must be accredited to use weapons after the security survey required
of them in direct coordination with the Supreme Industrial Security
Authority.
5.1.1.4. The function/mission is linked to field security and requires carrying
weapons.
5.1.1.5. He must have received adequate training in archery, use and maintenance
of weapons.
5.1.1.6. There is no criminal record of a security man nominated for the use of a
weapon - the background of the candidate's security man must be verified.
5.1.1.7. He must have a good reputation.
5.1.1.8. Industrial security personnel must be subjected to medical, mental and
psychological fitness, including drug and alcohol testing at an accredited
medical centre, at most every three years.
5.1.1.9. To be selected and recommended by the head of the security department,
and to be finally approved for the selection of the industrial security man
to carry the firearm by the Department of Industrial Security after notifying
the Central Department of Industrial Security of the Authority .
5.1.1.10. A list of security personnel selected by the Central Department of
Industrial Security of the Authority will be submitted to the General
Secretariat of the Supreme Industrial Security Authority to complete the
procedures.
5.1.2. Post-selection:
5.1.2.1. The security officer's direct security supervisor should constantly monitor
him to observe any changes in his behavior after he has taken up arms.
5.1.2.2. If the armed security man has any symptoms that will challenge his health,
mental and psychological condition, his work will be suspended with the
permit granted to him to carry arms immediately until his reassessment is
completed and the head of the industrial security sector must be notified.
5.1.2.3. If the behaviour of the armed security man is observed, the direct
supervisor will apply to the Human Resources Department for the security
man to be immediately (as needed) reassessed psychologically, medically
and physically.

296
 5.1.2.4. If the results of the reassessment show that the security man is ineligible
to carry weapons, the supervisor of the security rose should notify the
head of the security department immediately so that the director of the
Department of Industrial Security will be submitted and suspended from
the license granted to him to carry weapons.
5.1.3. Medical examinations
5.1.3.1. The security supervisor should ensure that all security personnel are in
good medical and psychological health to carry firearms before they are
discharged and that medical and psychological examinations are carried
out in the approved centers before starting their work at the Authority's
facility.
5.1.3.2. All armed security personnel must be medically and psychologically
reassessed at least once every three years, and after the reassessment, the
medical staff must issue an appropriate report to each security officer and
the Director of the Department of Industrial Security should be
immediately notified of any symptoms that would challenge his health,
mental and psychological condition, which affects his eligibility to carry and
use the weapon safely, and his permit to carry a weapon is suspended until
his assessment is completed.
5.1.3.3. The medical fitness certificate must be issued and renewed every three
years, citing any reason why they should not use weapons.
5.1.3.4. Additional physical and psychological examinations should be carried out
on armed security personnel who have already participated in actual
shootings and provide psychological and advisory follow-up and medical
support.
5.1.3.5. The head of the security department can also perform medical or
psychological examinations of armed security personnel at any time.
5.1.3.6. The armed security man must be constantly monitored by the direct
director to monitor any change in his conduct that would indicate the need
for a medical or psychological reassessment.
5.1.3.7. The Department of Human Resources must distinguish the medical file of
all persons authorized to carry weapons with a special mark.
5.1.4. Exercises
5.1.4.1. Specialized training must be provided to each armed security officer,
including the rules of engagement contained in paragraph (5.4.2) and the
safe handling and cleaning of weapons, and each security officer selected
is subject to training in dealing with confrontational situations and the
practical use of firearms and ammunition, which is carried out by the
facilities security forces or the security agencies of the relevant Ministry of
the Interior.

297
5.1.4.2. Periodic exercises and refresher tests of discharged weapons in use should
also be carried out. Security personnel must successfully complete
firearms training in order to be eligible to carry and use weapons as part
of their functional responsibilities, and the security man to whom they
(firearm certificate) was given (firearm certificate) will be allowed to bear
arms from the command of the facilities security forces or from the
security agencies of the relevant Ministry of the Interior.
5.1.4.3. The security man mobilizes (acknowledge the understanding of
instructions) for the firearm chosen for use and signature, which explains
his responsibilities and duties as an armed security man.
5.1.4.4. After the security man signs the declaration of understanding of the
instructions for the firearm, he is issued with a card (license to carry a
weapon) by the Command of the Facilities Security Forces (Department of
The Management of the Weapons Program) thus allowing him to work as
an armed security man as part of his job, and a security man must carry
the license card with him for the duration of the work.
5.1.4.5. Each security officer must be rehabilitated for the firearms he carries,
before the end of the two-year period following his previous rehabilitation
date, and his failure to rehabilitate the firearm during this period results in
the cancellation of his qualification for carrying a weapon and the
temporary suspension of a (permit to bear arms) card.
5.1.4.6. Training on the electric stick must be carried out in coordination with the
relevant security agency, and once the training has passed, the security
person is granted a certificate proving that he or she is eligible to use the
electric stick and this certificate is valid for three years.
5.1.4.7. All users must be rehabilitated for the electric stick every three years.
5.1.4.8. Individual training records are kept with the Industrial Security
Department.
5.1.4.9. A list of armed individuals accredited to the Department of Industrial
Security must be available.
5.1.4.10. The authority to carry firearms in the security service is derived from the
security forces of facilities or security agencies related to the Ministry of
Interior under the issuance of permits to carry weapons.
5.1.4.11. All security personnel authorized to carry firearms in the course of their
official duties should be authorized and authorized to arm themselves
with:
5.1.4.11.1. 9mm weapon or similar.
5.1.4.11.2. The ak47/M16 or similar primary weapon.
5.1.4.11.3. Bulletproof shield.
5.1.4.11.4. Helmet.

298
 5.1.4.12. Weapons are usually loaded with live ammunition, except in prohibited
cases for safety reasons.
5.1.4.13. Weapons are usually required to maintain security forces and use in
emergencies, riots or other disturbances and must be present at strategic
points and vital areas and weapons must be valid and ready when needed
to be used.
5.1.4.14. The use of privately owned weapons is not authorized at work.
5.2. Dispensing weapons
5.2.1. The delivery of firearms is limited to field industrial security personnel
performing the following tasks:
5.2.1.1. Foot patrols.
5.2.1.2. Patrols.
5.2.1.3. Fixed guards.
5.2.1.4. Gates.
5.2.2. The head of the security department in the business area is responsible for
organizing operations and providing the right place to store firearm devices and electric
sticks.
5.2.3. The head of the security department at the site should prepare data on the
receipt and delivery of the firearm and the electric stick of the industrial security
personnel in each rosary according to the approved models
5.2.4. 'SEC-F.014Arms Receipt and Delivery'
5.2.5. 'SEC-F.15 Receipt and delivery of the electric stick'.
5.2.6. The Director of the Department of Industrial Security has the right not to hand
over the firearm and electric stick to any industrial security personnel without giving
reasons, if the public interest requires it, with the need to notify the Supreme Industrial
Security Authority of this.
5.2.7. Firearms and electric sticks are treated in the event of damage or loss in
accordance with the covenant and property of the Authority and the safety of the
facilities in the area is notified as a result, with the need to notify the Supreme
Industrial Security Authority of this.
5.2.8. The Security Department supervisor maintains the central records of all
weapons, ammunition and equipment, and the register must include serial numbers
and firearms licenses as well as the names of the persons carrying them and their
maintenance records.
5.2.9. The security supervisor must organize the delivery and receipt of firearms and
electric sticks to security personnel at the sites after the end of their term.
5.2.10. Musharraf controls all documents showing the movement and periodic
maintenance of weapons and ammunition.
5.2.11. Firearms are dispensed only to people who have been trained and selected to
be eligible for use.

299
 5.2.12. If weapons are dispensed to individuals or patrols, one weapon should be
allocated to each security officer. They should be given instructions (e.g. the rules of
engagement proposed in paragraph 5.4.2) on how to use force that can lead to serious
injury or loss of life and to make them aware of their potential personal legal
responsibility under the relevant regulations.
5.2.13. The Director of Industrial Security must prepare reports every three months
containing a statement of the numbers and status of firearms and electric sticks in the
Authority, and the number of firearms ammunition referred to and submit them to the
Border Guard Command with any observations, inquiries or suggestions for
consideration.
5.3. Arms handling
5.3.1. General conditions
5.3.1.1. Firearms should always be carried in "safe" safety mode and in the case of
"half fill", i.e. there is no direct cartridge ready for launch and the safety
lock must be in safety mode.
5.3.1.2. Make sure that the industrial security personnel to whom the firearm and
electric stick are handed over are familiar with the correct methods to use
them and know all their technical parts and how to maintain them.
5.3.1.3. Firearms must always be treated as "packed with ammunition", even if
they are empty.
5.3.1.4. The design of some firearms may not allow them to be carried while they
are in a "half-pack" situation, in such circumstances, they can be carried
"packed" and the safety lock must be activated on these firearms.
Industrial security personnel must not carry firearms that do not contain a
safety lock at all.
5.3.1.5. The amount of ammunition carried by the security man must be
determined to be proportionate to his mission and role.
5.3.1.6. Guns must be carried in a certified holder (unless the case requires the
concealment of the weapon and the case must be approved). Long
firearms must be carried by a holder or belt around the shoulder;
additional ammunition is safely carried in a suitable safe.
5.3.1.7. Firearms should be clean and fully operational at all times.
5.3.1.8. Weapons should only be directed against third parties when the conditions
set out in Section 4 are met. 5.
5.3.1.9. Tampering or playing with weapons is strictly prohibited.
5.3.1.10. It is strictly prohibited to lend (credit) the weapon to others for any reason
whatsoever.
5.3.1.11. A security man receiving a firearm or electric stick is prohibited from
leaving the site before handing over the weapon to the security man
authorized to carry the weapon in the next shift, and when there is no

300
 alternative, the security supervisor is handed over in his shift.
5.3.1.12. It is strictly prohibited to remove a firearm from the site permanently and
is carried only during the performance of the work.
5.3.1.13. Weapons must be kept only in FDA facilities and can only be used during
official work.
5.3.1.14. It is prohibited to carry a firearm and electric stick at the same time.
5.3.1.15. The electric stick and firearm may not be used or transported to any other
location until the facilities security forces command has not been informed
and approved.
5.3.1.16. Maintenance is determined on the basis of manufacturing
recommendations by the supplier company, with periodic detection of
the devices according to the proposed periods and according to the
form and model of maintenance of the electric stick and the firearm
'SEC-F.16 Maintenance of Weapons'.
5.3.1.17. These instructions must be communicated to all industrial security
personnel carrying the firearm and to take their signatures on it, and
industrial security officers must observe and abide by them.
5.3.2. Personal weapons
5.3.2.1. At the beginning of each shift, security personnel must personally verify
the weapons received and sign the weapons and ammunition receipt
forms.
5.3.2.2. At the end of the shift, the forms for the receipt of weapons and
ammunition (for the delivery of weapons) must be re-signed and approved
by the security observer.
5.3.2.3. Security personnel must ensure that their personal weapon contains a
complete locker and that the safe and weapon have been properly cleaned
and decorated.
5.3.2.4. The personal weapon contains two packed and the other empty lockers,
where the empty locker must be used in the weapon while carrying out
public patrol duties.
5.3.2.5. If there is a red code, the security man must fill out the weapon, and the
mobilization must be authorized by a pink security supervisor or a higher
authority only. Unless authorized, the empty cabinet must remain used
and packed in a personal weapon.
5.3.2.6. Procedures must be followed so that the likelihood of accidental firing or
misuse of weapons is reduced.
5.3.3. Patrols
5.3.3.1. While patrolling, make sure your weapons and ammunition are safe for
yourself.
5.3.3.2. Make sure your personal weapon is locked in its holster and that your main

301
 weapon is hanging from you.
5.3.4. Electric stick
5.3.4.1. The use of electric stick devices for the purpose of self-defence and control
of any person who poses a threat to the security of the Authority, its assets
or its employees must be limited.
5.3.4.2. The use of the electric stick is limited to field security personnel working in
foot patrols, passengers and stationary guards only.
5.3.4.3. The security man must be fully aware of the correct ways to use the electric
stick and know all its technical parts and how to maintain them.
5.3.4.4. The stick should only be taken out and reviewed in permitted cases such
as cleaning or when receiving and delivering.
5.3.4.5. The use of electric stick devices should be limited to security points only
and in a specific manner as directed and controlled.
5.3.4.6. The security man has the right to use the electric stick to the extent that
he can control the aggressor without accidentally causing serious harm
according to his instructions and training.
Skills after warning the aggressor directly and clearly that the electric stick
will be used against him if he does not respond in the following cases:
5.3.4.6.1. When someone refuses to respond to security instructions and lack
of time to deter them.
5.3.4.6.2. When the security man is subjected to severe resistance, which may
threaten his safety.
5.3.4.7. Firearms and electric sticks are treated in the event of damage or loss in
accordance with the covenant and property of the Authority and are
replaced by the Department of Industrial Security. The procedure,
including the penalty applied to the security man, is notified by the security
forces in the area, and the Supreme Industrial Security Authority must be
notified.
5.4. Use of weapons
5.4.1. An industrial security man may use his firearm in the following cases:
5.4.1.1. When a person's life in a currency area is at imminent serious
risk.
5.4.1.2. When trying to arrest a suspect trying to escape inside the work
areas.
5.4.2. In the event of any situation that poses a threat to the facility or its employees,
the security man with the firearm must deal with the situation in accordance with the
following sequence:
5.4.2.1. Verbally instruct and warn the person concerned (who poses a threat) to
stop and avoid any threat to the facility and its staff. "Stop, I'm an armed
security man."

302
 5.4.2.2. If the person does not respond to the oral guidance and warning, or the
verbal warning cannot be heard, the armed security man launches a live
bullet aimed upwards in space with a duty of caution and caution so that
the person is not harmed or the body in the work area is at risk.
5.4.2.3. A firearm may only be used after all the above instructions and procedures
have been exhausted.
5.4.2.4. If a person continues to try to escape or resist after this warning and is shot
is the only way to prevent him from escaping or resisting, he or she is shot
at his legs or on the wheels of his car if he is driving a car to the extent that
he ensures that the resistance is disabled and hinders his escape.
5.4.2.5. The shooting must be stopped immediately after the necessary end.
5.4.2.6. A security supervisor in Al-Wardaa edits a report on the incident detailing
the circumstances of the shooting. All physical evidence of the incident,
including gunshots or bullets fired by security personnel, must be retained.
5.4.2.7. The incident must be reported to the nearest security agency and in a
manner from the record referred to in the paragraph above.
5.4.2.8. The Supreme Industrial Security Authority must be provided with the form
of the record or any of the relevant security agencies.
5.4.3. In the event of a confrontation with an aggressor trying to penetrate the
surrounding area (protected), the security man must:
5.4.3.1. If this aggressor does not recoil or retreat, one warning shot
should be fired upwards in space.
5.4.3.2. The security man must raise his voice loudly and clearly "Stop I
am an armed security man" before firing a second warning shot into the
air.
5.4.3.3. This procedure must be repeated for a third time and raise its
voice clearly and loudly "Stop I am an armed security man" and fire a
warning shot in the air.
5.4.4. Before using a weapon, permission and authority must first be obtained from
the supervisor.
5.4.5. When using a weapon, the security man must shoot to stop the suspect , not to
kill him.
5.4.6. If he has no other choice but to shoot, he has to shoot only legs or tires.
5.4.7. If the suspect is unarmed, the security man should not fire under any
circumstances.
5.4.8. In such cases (the suspect is unarmed), the security man must use his skills in
public guard to deal with the aggressor.
5.4.9. Security personnel should use "lethal force" only as a last resort, or when the
threat is very serious and imminent and the suspect is armed and the security man
does not have enough time to try to reduce the level of force used.

303
 5.4.10. If any power option is used to influence a situation, the amount of force used
must be minimal and necessary only to control and control the situation and force the
suspect to comply with security directives.
5.4.11. Firearms and electric sticks cannot be transported outside the Authority's
facility and are not allowed to be transported to any other location belonging to the
Authority except with the written approval of the Border Guard Command and the
Supreme Industrial Security Authority.
5.5. Storage of weapons (firearms and electric sticks)
.5.5.1
firearms and ammunition, firecrackers and electric detonators, and must carry out the
organization and preservation of the weapons referred to and provide the appropriate
place to store them, where unused firearms must be stored in a store or tanks of the
court of locking where the weapons are kept and are not packed with ammunition, i.e.
there is no cartridge or locker in the weapon. Ammunition must be stored separately
and safely (taking into account that firearms are not stored with ammunition in one
place). The armory key must also be properly secured to prevent unauthorized access.
5.5.2. Each weapon in the armory has a dedicated safe where the weapon is secured.
5.5.3. The security supervisor is responsible for preparing data on the delivery and
receipt of firearms and electric sticks for on-site security personnel.
5.5.4. Records of serial numbers of all firearms and the quantities and type of
ammunition stored must be kept. A file for each weapon containing all documents
showing the movement of the weapon, ammunition and periodic maintenance has also
been developed.
5.5.5. The director of the Department of Industrial Security must be approved for their
reserve weapons depots, ammunition and accessories before they are used to store
weapons and ammunition.
5.5.6. The security supervisor must record the receipt and delivery of weapons to and
from industrial security personnel through the assigned forms.
5.5.7. Before securing \ storing weapons you must make sure that the cabinet and any
ammunition are removed and re-registered.
5.5.8. The security man should make sure the weapon is cleaned and decorated
before storing it.
5.5.9. The security officer must ensure that he signs the receipt and delivery forms
and also ensures that the security observer signs them.
5.5.10. Weapons and ammunition may only be disbursed to industrial security
personnel who carry out field work only under appropriate supervision and for
authorized purposes only. The disbursement must be reviewed and accounted for and
accounting must occur immediately after the expiry of the period or purpose for which
weapons and ammunition were disbursed.
5.5.11. A rosy security supervisor is responsible for routine inspections of armed and

304
 weapons storage sites during his security shift at least once a week.
5.5.12. A rosy industrial security supervisor must be notified of any damaged or missing
firearms or electrical sticks and must prepare reports every three months containing a
statement of the numbers and electrical sticks in the Authority and its status, the
number of firearms ammunition referred to and submit it to the Command of the
Facilities Security Forces with any observations, inquiries or suggestions for
consideration.
5.6. Maintenance and inspection of weapons
5.6.1. A pink security supervisor routinely inspects and examines weapons to ensure
their cleanliness and usability, and additional inspections are required at the beginning
and end of each shift.
5.6.2. All firearms must be technically examined by an accredited body at least once
a year. This is to ensure that they are kept and maintained properly.
5.6.3. Security personnel should make sure the correct maintenance work is carried
out and determine whether the weapon has been fired. A written report should be
prepared and submitted if any weapon is proven to be used unless the shooting occurs
during licensed and supervised training.
5.6.4. Weapons must be disposed of when they are no longer required or unfit for
service purposes.
5.6.5. The maintenance of the weapons is determined on the basis of manufacturing
recommendations issued by the arms supplier in addition to carrying out periodic
inspections of equipment in accordance with the proposed periods and in accordance
with the model model of maintenance of the electric stick and the SEC-F.16
Maintenance of Weapons.
5.6.6. The command of the security forces of the facilities or any of the relevant
security agencies must be provided with data on the names of industrial security
personnel qualified to use the electric stick and the firearm, its quantity, technical
condition and any other observations to be mentioned, such as (maintenance and
replacement) according to the model adopted (statement of the agencies and
industrial security personnel qualified to carry them)
5.6.7. SEC-F.17 Statement of Weapons and Industrial Security Personnel Qualified to
Carry Weapons - to be updated periodically every three months.
6. Irregularities and sanctions
6.1. Industrial security officers authorized to carry a firearm and electric stick are subject to the
schedule of violations and sanctions approved by the relevant authorities.
6.2. Do not violate any punishment referred to in the weapons and ammunition system or any
other regulations punishing the competent authorities for any violation of the provisions of
this regulation in accordance with the schedule of violations and sanctions in the regulation
of the organization of the work of the Authority, the offender who has been convicted shall
meet the value of the part or the value of the firearm/electric stick damaged or lost, as
determined by the Supreme Authority for Industrial Security.

305
6.3. In case of any violation:
6.3.1. The Director of Industrial Security must be notified and the violation recorded.
6.3.2. The Director of Industrial Security should follow up and immediately inform the
Director of the Central Department of Industrial Security of the violation and take the
necessary measures.
6.3.3. A report of the offence must be made specifying its type, cause, time and place
and liability.
6.3.4. Any loss of weapons must be immediately reported to the security authorities
for generalization and report to the Command of the Facilities Security Forces and the
Supreme Industrial Security Authority for follow-up and action.
6.3.5. Violators must be investigated by the head of the security department and the
violator should be investigated by order of the director of the Department of Industrial
Security or his representative, and propose punishment in accordance with the
schedule of violations and sanctions in the regulation of the organization of work in the
authority, and with the participation of a representative of the border guards in the
region and a representative of the General Secretariat of the Supreme Industrial
Security Authority.
6.3.6. The penalty proposal is submitted to the legal affairs to complete the necessary
for the violation.
6.3.7. The Border Guard Command, the General Secretariat of the Supreme Industrial
Security Authority and the Director of Industrial Security must be notified of the
sanctions agreed against the violator and the Director of Industrial Security must assess
the appropriateness of keeping the violator of the certificate of dealing with weapons.
7. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

SEC-F.14 Receipt and delivery of firearms 001

Receipt and delivery of the
SEC-F.15 002
electric stick
SEC-F.16 Weapons maintenance 003
Statement of the agencies and
SEC-F.17 industrial security personnel 003
qualified to carry them

306
Communication with service providers and
maintenance
SEC-P.03.07

307
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to provide guidance to security officers of the Industrial
Security Department on communication with security service contractors and suppliers.
2. Range
2.1. This standard covers procedures for communicating and communicating with security service
contractors or suppliers to maintain or purchase security systems.
3. Definitions
3.1. Security systems: Electronic or mechanical devices installed in the Authority's facilities to help improve
the overall security situation of the facility, for example the surveillance camera system, hydraulic vehicle
barriers, etc.
3.2. Security equipment: Any special equipment that may be required by the Industrial Security Department
that is not available through the normal logistics support system.
3.3. Security Services: Any private service used or outsourced by the Industrial Security Department such as
(Security Company Cheek : Amenko)
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Director of the Central Department of Industrial Security:
4.1.1. Follow-up the implementation of the measures and update them in accordance
with the instructions of the Supreme Authority for Industrial Security.
4.2. Director of the Industrial Security Department (ISD):
4.2.1. Preparing, reviewing and implementing procedures.
4.2.2. Coordinating annual contracts with contractors and suppliers.
4.3. Head of Security:
4.3.1. Compiling the annual budget of the Security Section.
4.3.2. Identify the requirements of new security equipment and maintain existing
equipment and required maintenance contracts.
4.4. Security Rosary Supervisor:
4.4.1. Communication and communication with contractors and security suppliers.
4.4.2. Report to the head of the security department with the new requirements,
maintenance of existing equipment and required maintenance contracts.
4.5. Maintenance department:
Communication and communication with external contractors to support,
4.5.1.
maintain and repair security systems and equipment.
5. procedure
5.1. General:
5.1.1. The annual budget of the Security Section forms the basis for the purchase,
maintenance and repair of security systems and equipment.
5.1.2. Service and procurement contracts are arranged in accordance with the
procedures of the regulations of the competition system and government
procurement and instructions issued by the Supreme Industrial Security Authority.
5.1.3. The head of the security department in cooperation with The Rosary Security
Supervisor determines the requirements of security equipment, maintenance of
current equipment and required maintenance contracts.
5.1.4. The Industrial Security Department cooperates with the Authority, in

308
 coordination with potential suppliers and contractors to arrange and coordinate
annual contracts.
5.1.5. The Director of the Department of Industrial Security coordinates emergency
"one-time" purchases of security equipment, in accordance with the procedures of the
regulations of the competition system, government procurement and instructions
issued by the Supreme Industrial Security Authority.
5.2. External security service contracts and security supplier contracts:
5.2.1. All communications and communication with external contractors and suppliers
are made to support, maintain and repair security systems and equipment by the
maintenance department.
5.2.2. All security service contractors and suppliers who contact FDA security
personnel must be directed to the maintenance department.
5.3. Purchase of security systems and equipment:
5.3.1.The requirements of new security systems and security equipment are met,
systems updated or systems and equipment replaced in accordance with the
Authority's procedures.
5.3.2. The maintenance department is responsible for inspecting and evaluating new
security systems and equipment. The findings and recommendations must be
submitted to the Head of the Security Section for approval and treatment.
6. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

There's no. 001

309
Waiver of standard procedures
SEC-P.03.08

310
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to provide guidance to security personnel in the security
department in the event of power outages or malfunctions in security systems.
2. Range
2.1. This standard describes the procedures of security personnel in the event of power outages
or malfunctions in the security system to ensure that a high level of security is maintained
without disrupting normal operations.
3. Tariffs
3.1. Normal operations: Conduct the official daily activities of security personnel in the specified manner
without any disturbances or outside interference.
3.2. Security operation: implementation and enforcement of personnel and vehicle access control, material
control, patrols, surveillance, inspections, etc.
3.3. Alternative measures: Any manual measures implemented to ensure the continuation of the security
process.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Security Rosary Supervisor
4.1.1. Implementation of manual measures to ensure continued security operation.
4.2. Security man.
4.2.1. Report power outages or any malfunction immediately to the Security Rose
Supervisor.
4.3. Maintenance Department
4.3.1.Repair an abnormal condition or equipment failure.
5. Procedures
5.1. General
5.1.1. Security systems installed to enhance the security situation in the Authority or
its facilities may be disrupted or shut down due to power outages.
5.1.2. Security personnel need to implement alternative measures to ensure that the
security process continues uninterrupted during this event.
5.2. Power outages or malfunctions
5.2.1. Some systems and equipment continue to operate as usual regardless of power
outages or malfunctions.
5.2.2. The security man immediately reports a power outage or malfunction to the
security supervisor.
5.2.3. The security supervisor should assess the situation and instruct the security
man to implement and enforce alternative measures.
5.2.4. Security shutdown, access control, material control, inspection, patrols, etc.
cannot be stopped due to power outages or equipment failure.
5.3. Alternative measures
5.3.1. The following alternative measures can be considered and implemented during
power outages or equipment failures:

Security system failure Alternative measures by security personnel

Security Lighting - Gate Room Deploying mobile security lights

311
 Security system failure Alternative measures by security personnel
To light the ocean. Increased vehicle patrols
Hydraulic barrier Manually reduced - deployment of moving roadblocks or pointed strips
Lower arm barrier Switch to manual mode - manually lift and drop to control access
Automated gates Switch to manual mode - open the gate and deploy moving barriers
The revolving gate. Switch to manual mode - or redirect employees
Access card system Manual registration of details of the entry and exit of employees
PA System Use battery-powered speakers
X-ray machine Manual and visual inspection of bags/parcels
Metal detector Use of hand metal detectors
CCTV system Increased vehicle and mobile patrols
Intrusion detection system Increased vehicle and mobile patrols
Siren Spreading mobile sirens or air horns
Phones Use of hand-held radios

6. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

There's no. 001

312
Active threat management
SEC-P.04

313
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to determine how to protect the Authority from active
security threats.
2. Range
2.1. Active threat management includes:
2.1.1. Threat Identification (SEC-P.04).
2.1.2. Disclosure (SEC-P.04.01).
2.1.3. Interception (SEC-P.04.02)
2.1.4. Arrest (SEC-P.04.03)
2.1.5. Detention (SEC-P.04.04)
3. Tariffs
3.1. There's no.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Director of Industrial Security:
4.1.1. Ensure that all elements of the active threat management process (threat
identification, detection, interception, arrest and detention) are carried out.
4.1.2. Ensure that all staff, contractors and others working for the Authority receive
training to raise awareness of active threats.
4.1.3. Awareness of all employees, contractors and others working for the Authority
responsible for identifying and reporting any actual or potential security threats
they may face to the Department of Industrial Security.
5. Procedures
5.1. Identifying threats
5.1.1. Identifying threats before they occur will provide the Authority with a preventive
capacity to manage and deal with such threats before any harm, injury or death
occurs. The means by which proactive threat management capability is achieved
are by using the various threat and risk assessment techniques described in this
procedure.
5.1.2. An advisory committee will be established to collect and analyse information
and intelligence. This committee is the Security Advisory Task Group (SATG) and
will report to the Security Management Committee (SMC).
5.1.3. The Port and Port Authority will also be involved in the collection and evaluation
of information and intelligence on security threats, as inputs into the Security
Advisory Task Group (SATG).
5.1.3.1. Official threat and risk assessments:
5.1.3.1.1. For sites that were or are subject to a HCIS project, a preliminary
security risk assessment (SRA) will be conducted in accordance with
the SSA process.
5.1.3.1.2. All port facilities must conduct an assessment of port facilities
security (PFSA) in accordance with the International Code of Ship and
Port Facilities Security (ISPS).

314
 5.1.3.2. The Port Management Authority (SMS) system includes a module to be
introduced into the security of the Port Authority from national security
plans and directives.
5.1.3.3. The Port Authority includes the Security Management System (SMS) unit to
introduce national threat assessments.
5.1.3.4. Local threat assessments should be made with the contribution of:
5.1.3.4.1. Border guards
5.1.3.4.2. Central Department of Industrial Security of the Authority (ISD)
5.1.3.4.3. All employees, contractors and others who work for the Authority.
You must create a security way of thinking with them through
training. The training should also include briefings on the stages and
techniques used by adversaries in preparing for attacks, such as data
collection (including social engineering techniques), reconnaissance,
exercises and the transfer of equipment and personnel to attack
sites.
5.1.3.5. Specific threats (e.g. by phone, social media, email, etc.) to the authority,
facilities and ships.
5.1.3.6. Information accompanying the declaration of security on request, in
accordance with the International Code of Ship and Port Facilities Security
(ISPS), by the Port or Ship Administration.
5.1.3.7. Records and reports of previous incidents relating to the Authority, its
facilities and ships.
5.1.3.8. Sources of current affairs information, such as press reports or published
analyses.
5.1.4. Factors to consider when developing appropriate countermeasures for security
measures related to certain threats include:
5.1.4.1. The degree to which threat information is reliable (specific discount
intention and capacity)
5.1.4.2. The degree to which threat information is confirmed.
5.1.4.3. The degree to which threat information is specific or imminent.
5.1.4.4. the possible consequences of such a security incident.
5.2. Detection
5.2.1. Detection of the preparatory threat stages and the actual attack will be by
surveillance.
5.2.2. Monitoring may be achieved directly by staff, operators, contractors and others
working for the Authority through (sight, hearing or smell) or through technical
means.
5.2.3. Direct human surveillance can be achieved by:
5.2.3.1. Providing fixed security sites with security personnel.
5.2.3.2. Inspection.
5.2.3.3. Persons.

315
 5.2.3.4. Vehicles
5.2.3.5. Sites
5.2.3.6. Shipments
5.2.3.7. Ship stores.
5.2.4. Land and sea patrols
5.2.5. Awareness and vigilance of all persons in the positions of the General Port
Authority in the course of their work.
5.2.6. Border Guard sea boat patrols to protect the port's waterfront.
5.2.7. Technical means are often integrated with physical deterrent countermeasures
such as fences, gates, or doors and locks. Joint monitoring countermeasures are
provided below; actual equipment should be in accordance with the instructions
of the Supreme Industrial Security Authority or the Border Guard Command,
depending on the security situation for specific threats and risks:
5.2.7.1. CCTV)) / Video Assessment and Surveillance System (VASS)
5.2.7.2. Lighting
5.2.7.3. Intrusion detection and evaluation system
5.2.7.4. Automatic license plate recognition system (ALPR)
5.2.7.5. Under detection under vehicles (UVIS)
5.2.7.6. Access Control Systems (ACS)
5.2.7.7. Identity management system and identity cards
5.2.7.8. Sea-side surveillance, extensive detection and surveillance (LRDAS) (options:
optical, thermal, radar)
5.2.7.9. Take advantage of inputs from marine tracking systems such as automatic
identification system (AIS)
5.2.8. With regard to technical countermeasures, warnings should be monitored,
equipped and responded to as a central function if possible.
5.2.9. Security managers should be responsible for monitoring and maintaining all
systems, including maintaining the right and appropriate levels of alarm
sensitivity, and providing the highest achievable accuracy.
5.2.10. Physical and technical countermeasures implemented that an opponent can see
are also a useful tool for deterrence.
5.3. Objection
5.3.1. In order to carry out attacks and/or object to initial attacks, confirmed warnings
must be easily identified and verified to quickly distinguish between false or disturbing
alarms, and once active alert has been confirmed, individual response teams can be
activated and directed to the area in due course to neutralize any imminent threat.
Monitoring should be at the maximum, facilitating the rapid and precise deployment
of troops in areas under attack, if such actions warrant it.
5.3.2. Individuals moving by land and sea must be directed, trained and tested in order
to operate effectively and in conjunction with any specific technical countermeasure
systems installed here.

316
 5.3.3. It is not the authority's competence to respond to confrontations with firearms.
Border Guards are the security authority involved in response plans to allow the
interception of high-risk threats (opponents with firearms and/or explosives).
5.3.4. The numbers of men assigned to security service shifts must be sufficient so
that there is a capacity to respond without leaving critical fixed jobs without security
personnel.
5.3.5. Physical countermeasures, such as fences and gates, should be in place so that
there is maximum practical delay to the ongoing attack, and to allow responders to
intercept the attack before the threat occurs.
5.4. exceptfor detention and detention
5.4.1. When detaining a person (persons) arrested at the time of the crime, the
Authority must record a security report recording the incident as soon as
possible and keep one copy. The detained person was handed over to the
competent security agency for his arrest.
5.4.2. The person (persons) detained can be detained at the place where he was
arrested until the authorities arrive. It is inspected and when there are any
exhibits or objects that can be used as weapons to be taken from it.
5.4.3. Wireless communications, mobile phones, landlines and "sirens" should be
taken into account in each joint private communications plan with the relevant
security agencies.
5.4.4. Security personnel in the authority must use all means at their disposal to arrest
the suspect, without physical force. However, when physically assaulted,
minimum force must be used for self-defence and detention of the person
(persons) until the relevant security agency arrives.
5.4.5. If the security agency authorized to make arrests is not available for immediate
response, it may be necessary to place the person (persons) detained in a safe
place until the relevant security agency arrives. The security officers of the
Authority should be with the detainees. The numbers of security personnel
depend on the numbers arrested. Security personnel should have continuous
radio contact with the Security and Emergency Operations Room.
5.4.6. The period of detention must remain to a minimum.
5.4.7. Each FDA site must have a building or room designated as an emergency in case
of a safe reservation. The security agency authorized to make the arrests will be
informed of the site as part of the authority's security response plan.
5.4.8. A building or detention room must be as follows:
5.4.8.1. Availability of a fixed lockable entrance/exit.
5.4.8.2. There are no windows.
5.4.8.3. There are no equipment, combinations or items that can be picked up and
used as weapons.
5.4.8.4. The furniture is tightly fastened to the floor.
5.4.8.5. It is equipped with lighting of at least 300 lux (30fc).

317
 5.4.8.6. Search the site before and after placing the detained person in a safe place
of detention.

‫إدارة األمن الصناعي‬ ‫قوات حرس الحدود‬

‫بالهيئة العامة للموانئ‬ ‫ تأخير‬، ‫ كشف‬، ‫ردع‬
‫ تأخير‬، ‫ كشف‬، ‫ردع‬ Commu ‫المراقبة‬
‫المراقبة‬ nication ‫منع الجرائم‬
‫منع الجرائم‬
and ‫متابعة اعتراض‬
‫التقاطع األولي‬
coopera
‫ال سلطة لالعتقال‬ tion ‫سلطة االعتقال‬

6. Forms
Retention period Form/form number Form address/form figure

There's no. 001

318
Security standard forms

319
 320 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬

I DCARDREQUEST ‫بطاقة هوية طلب‬ SEC-F.01 # ‫الإستمارة‬

0 # ‫المراجعة‬

Depart ment - ‫الادارة‬ Port ‫الميناء‬

‫المقاول – المشغل‬ - ‫التاريخ‬

Cont ract or - Operat or Dat e

Part 1: For Empl oyee ‫ لاستخدام الموظف‬:1‫جزء‬

‫إعادة‬ ‫بدل تالف‬ ‫تابع‬ ‫متدرب‬ ‫موظف‬
‫بدل فاقد‬ ‫تبديل‬ ‫تجديد‬ ‫جديد‬ Dependant Trai nee Empl oyee
‫توظيف‬ Repl acemen
Lost Change Renewal New
Rehi ri ng t

        
‫ الإقامة‬/‫رقم السجل المدني‬ ‫مقاول‬ ‫احتياجات‬ ‫شخصيات‬
Nat i onal I D No. Cont ract or ‫خاصة‬ ‫هامة‬
Speci al VI P
Needs

  
Fi rst Name Mi ddl e Name Last Name ‫الاسم الأوسط اسم العائلة‬ ‫الاسم الأول‬

‫فصيلة‬ ‫تاريخ الميلاد‬ ‫مكان وتاريخ الإصدار‬ ‫ الجواز‬/ ‫رقم الهوية‬ ‫الجنسية‬
‫الدم‬ Bi rt h Dat e I ssue Pl ace/ Dat e I D/Passport No Nat i onal i t y
Bl ood Type

Empl oyee. ‫الموظف‬ ‫ توقيع‬Work Locat i on ‫مكان العمل‬ Cont ract or ‫اسم المقاول‬ Empl . I D No ‫رقم الموظف‬
Si gnat ure Name
‫هل لديك بطاقة سابقة؟‬
Do you have previ ous Card?
No ‫لا‬ Yes ‫نعم‬
 
Part 2: To Be Fi l l ed by Human Resources Depart ment (New ‫ يعبأ بواسطة إدارة الموارد البشرية (للموظف أو المتدرب‬:2‫جزء‬
Empl oyee/Trai nee) )‫الجديد فقط‬
‫التوقيع والتاريخ‬ ‫صلاحية البطاقة‬ ‫رقم الموظف‬ ‫رقم الطلب‬ ‫دائرة التوظيف‬
Si gnat ure & DATE CARD EXP. DATE ‫لغاية‬ Empl oyee Number Appl i cat i on Number HR and Pl acement

Part 3:- Acknowl edgment ‫ تعهد‬-4:‫جزء‬

I, , undersi gned, acknowl edge recei pt of MWANI ‫الموقع‬ ‫أقر أنا‬

I DNo. and my responsi bi l i t y t o prot ect i t . I cert i f y t hat ‫) وأتعهد بالمحافظة عليها وعدم‬ ( ‫الهيئة رقم‬
I wi l l not reproduce i t , l and or mi suse i t . I acknowl edge my ‫ وان أقوم‬,‫تحريفها أو إعارتها وألا أُسئ استخدامها بأي شكل‬
responsi bi l i t y t o i mmedi at el y report i t s l oss t o t he nearest ‫ مع علمي بأن فقدانها‬,‫بالإبلاغ عن فقدانها فور علمي بذلك‬
I ndust ri al Securi t y Of f i ce. I underst and t hat t he l ost wi l l ‫للمرة الأولى سوف يعرضني لعقوبة خصم يو‬
charge me deduct i on of t wo days basi c sal ary f or t he f i rst t i me(a ‫ وأربعة‬,)‫ ريال في حالة موظفي المقاول‬500( ‫مرتبي الأساسي‬
f i ne of 500 SAR i n case of cont ract or Empl oyee) and f our days f or ‫ ريال في حالة‬1000( ‫أيام في حال فقدانها للمرة الثانية‬
t he second t i me (a f i ne of 1000 SAR i n case of cont ract or Empl oyee) ‫ وإحالتي في المرة الثالثة للجهات الأمنية‬.)‫موظفي المقاول‬
and I wi l l subj ect t o t he of f i ci al i nvest i gat i on i f I l oss i t ‫المختصة للتحقيق معي (ويتم إدراج اسمي بالقائمة‬
more t han t wo t i mes (and my name wi l l be l i st ed i n t he bl ackl i st ‫السوداء في حالة موظفي المقاول) وفقاً لم‬
i n case of cont ract or’s empl oyee). Al so vi ol at i ons of t hese .‫هـ‬1403/8/4 ‫ وتاريخ‬2139 ‫الداخلية رقم‬
acknowl edge responsi bi l i t i es ment i oned above wi l l subj ect me
t o di sci pl i nary act i on as st at ed i n Mi ni st ry of i nt eri or Decree -:‫التاريخ‬ -:‫التوقيع‬
No 2139.
Si gnat ure:- Dat ed:-

320
 321 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬

Vi si t or Appl i cat i on ‫طلب دخول زائر‬ SEC-F.02 # ‫الاستمارة‬

0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫الميناء‬
Depart ment - ‫الادارة‬
Port
‫المقاول – المشغل‬ - ‫التاريخ‬
Cont ract or - Operat or Dat e

For t he benef i ci ary use

‫يعبأ من قبل الجهة المستفيدة‬
Vi si t or's name: Nat i onal i t y I DNumber I DDat e Source
‫اسم الزائر‬ ‫الجنسية‬ ‫رقم الهوية‬ ‫تاريخ‬ ‫المصدر‬
‫الهوية‬

Company’s name: Car Pl at e number:

‫ اسم الشركة‬: ‫ رقم لوحة السيارة‬:
Benef i ci ari es: Cent er of Responsi bi l i t y
‫ الجهة المستفيدة‬: ‫ مركز المسئولية‬:
St art dat e: / /14 H- Correspondi ng: / /20
‫ تاريخ الزيارة‬: / /14 ‫هـ‬ ‫الموافق‬: / /20
End dat e: / /14 H- Correspondi ng: / /20
‫ تاريخ الانتهاء‬: / /14 ‫هـ‬ ‫الموافق‬: / /20
I s t here any compani ons: □ Yes □ No (I f yes, t hei r dat a shal l be recorded i n a separat e st at ement
at t ached t o t he permi t )
‫لا (في حالة وجود مرافقين تسجل بياناتهم في بيان مستقل‬ ‫نعم‬ :‫هل يوجد مرافقين‬
)‫يرفق بالتصريح‬
Appl i cant The responsi bl e aut hori t y of t he I SDapproval
‫الجهة صاحبة الطلب‬ si t e ‫موافقة الأمن الصناعي‬
‫الجهة المسئولة عن الموقع‬
Name Name Name
‫الاسم‬ ‫الاسم‬ ‫الاسم‬
J ob t i t l e J ob t i t l e J ob t i t l e
‫الوظيفة‬ ‫الوظيفة‬ ‫الوظيفة‬
Si gnat ure Si gnat ure Si gnat ure
‫التوقيع‬ ‫التوقيع‬ ‫التوقيع‬
Dat e: / /20 Dat e: / /20 Dat e: / /20
‫التاريخ‬ ‫التاريخ‬ ‫التاريخ‬
For I SDuse
‫خاص بالأمن الصناعي‬
Ent ry t i me /hour ( ) ‫وقت الدخول‬ Exi t t i me /hour ( ) /‫وقت الخروج‬
‫الساعة‬/ ‫الساعة‬
The gi ven vi si t or's card no. ( ) ‫صرفت بطاقة‬ The ret urned vi si t or's card no. ( ) ‫أعيدت بطاقة‬
‫زائر رقم‬ ‫زائر رقم‬

321
 322 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬

Vi si t or Appl i cat i on ‫طلب دخول زائر‬ SEC-F.02 # ‫الاستمارة‬

0 # ‫المراجعة‬

The gi ven saf et y hat no. ( ) ‫صرفت قبعة‬ The ret urned saf et y hat no. ( ) ‫أعيدت قبعة‬
‫السلامة رقم‬ ‫السلامة رقم‬
Type of i dent i t y recei ved: ‫نوع الهوية‬ Vi si t or si gnat ure: ‫توقيع‬
:‫المستلمة‬ :‫الزائر‬
Name of t he securi t y man Name of t he securi t y man
‫اسم رجل الأمن‬ ‫اسم رجل الأمن‬
Shi f t Shi f t
‫الوردية‬ ‫الوردية‬
Si gnat ure Si gnat ure
‫التوقيع‬ ‫التوقيع‬
Not es: :‫الملاحظات‬

Not e 1: Ent ry i s onl y al l owed when l oadi ng or  A copy f or I SD

unl oadi ng  A copy f or t he benef i ci ary
‫ لا يسمح بدخول السيارة إلا بموجب‬:1 ‫ملاحظة‬  A copy f or t he responsi bl e aut hori t y
.‫تصريح وعند التحميل أو التنزيل‬ ‫نسخة للأمن الصناعي‬ 
‫نسخة للجهة المستفيدة‬ 
Not e 2: The f ormi s f i l l ed out by t he appl i cant ‫نسخة للجهة المسئولة عن الموقع‬ 
(benef i ci ary)
‫ يعبأ النموذج من قبل الجهة صاحبة‬:2 ‫ملاحظة‬
)‫الطلب (الجهة المستفيدة‬

322
 323 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح الدخول المؤقت‬
SEC-F.03 # ‫الاستمارة‬
Temporary Ent ry Permi t
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

Depart ment - ‫الادارة‬ Port ‫الميناء‬

‫المقاول – المشغل‬ - ‫التاريخ‬

Cont ract or - Operat or Dat e

For t he benef i ci ary use

‫يعبأ من قبل الجهة المستفيدة‬
Vi si t or's name: Nat i onal i t y I DNumber I DDat e Source
‫اسم الزائر‬ ‫الجنسية‬ ‫رقم الهوية‬ ‫تاريخ‬ ‫المصدر‬
‫الهوية‬

Company’s name: Car Pl at e number:

‫اسم الشركة‬: ‫رقم لوحة السيارة‬:
Benef i ci ari es: Cent er of Responsi bi l i t y
‫الجهة المستفيدة‬: ‫مركز المسئولية‬:
St art dat e: / /14 H- Correspondi ng: / /20
‫ تاريخ الزيارة‬: / /14 ‫هـ‬ ‫الموافق‬: / /20
End dat e: / /14 H- Correspondi ng: / /20
‫ تاريخ الانتهاء‬: / /14 ‫هـ‬ ‫الموافق‬: / /20
I s t here any compani ons: □ Yes □ No (I f yes, t hei r dat a shal l be recorded i n a separat e st at ement
at t ached t o t he permi t )
‫لا (في حالة وجود مرافقين تسجل بياناتهم في بيان مستقل‬ ‫نعم‬ :‫هل يوجد مرافقين‬
)‫يرفق بالتصريح‬
Appl i cant The responsi bl e aut hori t y of t he I SDapproval
‫الجهة صاحبة الطلب‬ si t e ‫موافقة الأمن الصناعي‬
‫الجهة المسئولة عن الموقع‬
Name Name Name
‫الاسم‬ ‫الاسم‬ ‫الاسم‬
J ob t i t l e J ob t i t l e J ob t i t l e
‫الوظيفة‬ ‫الوظيفة‬ ‫الوظيفة‬
Si gnat ure Si gnat ure Si gnat ure
‫التوقيع‬ ‫التوقيع‬ ‫التوقيع‬
Dat e: / /20 Dat e: / /20 Dat e: / /20
‫التاريخ‬ ‫التاريخ‬ ‫التاريخ‬
For I SDuse
‫خاص بالأمن الصناعي‬
Ent ry t i me /hour ( ) ‫وقت الدخول‬ Exi t t i me /hour ( )‫ الساعة‬/‫وقت الخروج‬
‫الساعة‬/
The ret urned vi si t or's card no. ( ) ‫أعيدت بطاقة‬
The gi ven vi si t or's card no. ( ) ‫زائر رقم صرفت بطاقة‬
‫زائر رقم‬

323
 324 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح الدخول المؤقت‬
SEC-F.03 # ‫الاستمارة‬
Temporary Ent ry Permi t
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

The gi ven saf et y hat no. ( ) ‫صرفت قبعة‬ The ret urned saf et y hat no. ( ) ‫أعيدت قبعة‬
‫السلامة رقم‬ ‫السلامة رقم‬
Type of i dent i t y recei ved: ‫نوع الهوية‬ Vi si t or si gnat ure: ‫توقيع‬
:‫المستلمة‬ :‫الزائر‬
Name of t he securi t y man Name of t he securi t y man
‫اسم رجل الأمن‬ ‫اسم رجل الأمن‬
Shi f t Shi f t
‫الوردية‬ ‫الوردية‬
Si gnat ure Si gnat ure
‫التوقيع‬ ‫التوقيع‬
Not es: :‫الملاحظات‬

Not e 1: Ent ry i s onl y al l owed when l oadi ng or  A copy f or I SD

unl oadi ng  A copy f or t he benef i ci ary
‫ لا يسمح بدخول السيارة إلا بموجب‬: 1 ‫ملاحظة‬  A copy f or t he responsi bl e aut hori t y
.‫تصريح وعند التحميل أو التنزيل‬ ‫نسخة للأمن الصناعي‬ 
‫نسخة للجهة المستفيدة‬ 
Not e 2: The f ormi s f i l l ed out by t he appl i cant ‫نسخة للجهة المسئولة عن الموقع‬ 
(benef i ci ary)
‫ يعبأ النموذج من قبل الجهة صاحبة‬: 2 ‫ملاحظة‬
)‫الطلب (الجهة المستفيدة‬

324
 325 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح دخول المركبات‬
SEC-F.04 # ‫الإستمارة‬
Vehi cl e Ent ry Permi t
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫الميناء‬
Depart ment - ‫الادارة‬
Port
‫المقاول – المشغل‬ - ‫التاريخ‬
Cont ract or - Operat or Dat e
PART 1: :1‫جزء‬
Empl oyee Vehi cl e ‫مركبة الموظف‬
‫بدل تالف‬ ‫بدل فاقد‬ ‫تبديل‬ ‫تجديد‬ ‫جديد‬ ‫تابع‬ ‫متدرب‬ ‫موظف‬
Repl acement Lost Change Renewal New Dependent Trai nee Empl oyee
‫مقاول‬ ‫احتياجات خاصة‬ ‫شخصيات هامة‬
VI P Speci al Needs Cont ract or
‫الهوية‬ /‫المدني‬ ‫السجل‬ ‫رقم‬ Fi rst Name Mi ddl e Name Last Name ‫الاسم الأوسط‬ ‫الاسم الأول‬
Nat i onal I D No. ‫اسم العائلة‬

: ‫مكان العمل‬ :‫مركز المسؤولية‬ :‫الإدارة‬ :‫منطقة الأعمال‬ :‫رقم الموظف‬

Dri vi ng Li cence No: Dri vi ng Li cence I ssue Dat e Dri vi ng Li cence Expi ry Dat e Nat i onal i t y

Empl oyee. Si gnat ure ‫توقيع الموظف‬Previ ous Card ‫هل لديك تصريح سابق‬
No / ‫لا‬ Yes / ‫نعم‬
MAWANI Vehi cl e ‫مركبة الهيئة‬
‫بدل تالف‬ ‫بدل فاقد‬ ‫تبديل‬ ‫تجديد‬ ‫جديد‬ Depart ment ‫الإدارة‬ Org. Code ‫رمز الإدارة‬
Repl acement Lost Change Renewal New
PART2: :2‫جزء‬
Proponent Depart ment ‫موافقة الإدارة المعنية‬
Approval
Li cense Pl at e ‫رقم اللوحة‬ Company ‫رقم الشركة‬ Make/Type Col or ‫ اللون‬Model ‫الموديل‬
No. No. ‫النوع‬/‫الصنع‬

‫أخرى‬ ‫مناطق محظورة‬ ‫مناطق غير محظورة‬ ‫مواقف الإدارة العليا‬ ‫مناطق الأحياء‬ ‫نوع التصريح‬
Ot her Rest ri ct ed Areas Areas not Seni or management ‫السكنية‬
Rest ri ct ed Parki ng Camp Areas Type of St i cker

‫حدد الموقع‬
Speci f y Locat i on
‫مسمى وظيفة صاحب‬
‫ التاريخ‬/ ‫التوقيع‬ Aut hori zed ‫اعتماد صاحب الصلاحية اسم صاحب الصلاحية‬
Aut hori zed person ‫الصلاحية‬
Si gnat ure / Dat e
Posi t i on
person Named Approval of
Aut hori zed
Posi t i on
PART 3: :3 ‫جزء‬
To be compl et ed i n by Transport at i on )‫مخصص لاستعمال وحدة تفتيش النقليات (لسيارات الهيئة فقط‬
I nspect i on Uni t Onl y For MAWANI Vehi cl e
‫ التاريخ‬/ ‫التوقيع‬ Empl . ‫رقم الموظف‬ : : ‫الاسم‬ ‫تفتيش السلامة أجري‬
Si gnat ure / Dat e I D No Name ‫بواسطة‬
Saf et y I nspect i on Conduct ed
By
Remarks I f Any: : ‫الملاحظات إن وجدت‬

PART 4: 4:‫جزء‬
To be used i n by I D&Cont rol Uni t ‫لاستعمال وحدة البطاقات والتحكم‬
Val i d ‫صالح لغاية‬ I ssue ‫تاريخ الإصدار‬ I ssued ‫مكان الإصدار‬ ‫رقم التصريح‬
Unt i l Dat e At St i cker No.

325
 326 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح دخول المركبات‬
SEC-F.04 # ‫الإستمارة‬
Vehi cl e Ent ry Permi t
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫ التاريخ‬/ ‫التوقيع‬ ‫مسمى وظيفة صاحب الصلاحية‬ Aut hori zed ‫اعتماد صاحب الصلاحية اسم صاحب الصلاحية‬
Si gnat ure / Dat e Aut hori zed Posi t i on Name Approval of
Aut hori zed
Posi t i on
Recei ved By ‫أستلم‬ I ssued By ‫أصدر‬
‫بواسطة‬ ‫بواسطة‬
Si gnat ure Si gnat ure
‫التوقيع‬ ‫التوقيع‬

Part 5:- Acknowl edgment ‫ تعهد‬-5:‫جزء‬

I , ____________________________, undersi gned, acknowl edge
recei pt of Mawani St i cker No. ___________ and my responsi bi l i t y ,‫اقـر أنا___________________________ الموقع أدناه‬
t o prot ect i t . I cert i f y t hat I wi l l not reproduce i t , l and or mi suse ‫أنني قد استلمت تصريح مركبة من الهيئة‬
i t . I acknowl edge my responsi bi l i t y t o i mmedi at el y report i t s ‫وأتعهد‬.__________ ‫رقم‬ ‫للموانئ‬ ‫العامة‬
l oss t o t he nearest I ndust ri al Securi t y Of f i ce. I underst and t hat ‫بالمحافظة عليه وعدم تحريفه أو إعارته و أن لا‬
t he l ost wi l l charge me deduct i on of t wo days basi c sal ary f or t he
f i rst t i me(a f i ne of 500 SAR i n case of cont ract or ’s Empl oyee) and ‫ وان أقوم بالإبلاغ‬,‫أُسيئ استخدامه بأي شكل‬
f our days f or t he second t i me (a f i ne of 1000 SAR i n case of ‫ مع علمي أن فقدانه‬, ‫عند فقدانه فور علمي بذلك‬
cont ract or’s Empl oyee) and I wi l l subj ect t o t he of f i ci al ‫للمرة الأولى سوف يعرضني لعقوبة الخصم‬
i nvest i gat i on i f I l oss i t more t han t wo t i mes (and my name wi l l be ‫ ريال في حالة‬500( ‫يومين من مرتبي الأساسي‬
l i st ed i n t he bl ackl i st i n case of cont ract or ’s empl oyee). Al so
vi ol at i ons of t hese acknowl edge responsi bi l i t i es ment i oned
‫موظفي ال‬
above wi l l subj ect me t o di sci pl i nary act i on as st at ed i n ‫ ريال في حالة موظفي‬1000( ‫للمرة الثانية‬
Mi ni st ry of i nt eri or Decree No 2139. ‫ وفقدانها لكثر من مرتين أكون عرضة‬.)‫المقاول‬
‫للتحقيق مع الجهات الأمنية المختصة (ويتم‬
Si gnat ure:- Dat ed:- ‫إدراج اسمي بالقائمة السوداء في حالة موظفي‬
‫ وفي حال مخالفتي لأي مما سبق‬.)‫المقاول‬
‫فسوف أكون عرضة للجزا‬
. ‫هـ‬1403/8/4 ‫ وتاريخ‬2139 ‫الداخلية رقم‬
:‫التوقيع‬

326
 327 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫نموذج ابلاغ عن فقدان بطاقة الهيئة‬
SEC-F.05 # ‫الاستمارة‬
I DCARDLOSS Report
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫الميناء‬
Depart ment - ‫الادارة‬
Port
‫المقاول – المشغل‬ - ‫التاريخ‬
Cont ract or - Operat or Dat e

PART 1 To be f i l l ed by t he Request er
‫ يتم تعبئته عن طريق مقدم البلاغ‬:‫الجزء الاول‬
Cont r. Empl . Dependent Trai nee MAWANI I D No.: Name:
Empl
‫ الرقم الوظيفي‬: ‫الاسم‬
‫تابع‬ ‫موظف الهيئة متدرب‬
‫موظف مقاول‬

Dept
‫الإدارة‬

I D Lost Dat e:
:‫تاريخ فقدان البطاقة‬

Bri ef l y Expl ai n HowYou Lost t he Card: ‫ كيف وأين فقدت البطاقة‬،‫قم بوصف موجز‬
‫الشخصية؟‬

Lost report ed t o securi t y depart ment on ……/…….../…….operat i on area of I D card no.…………………………...……

at ……………………………………………………………. report ed t o …………………………………………………………
……………… )‫ (بتاريخ‬.................................‫تم إبلاغ فقدان البطاقة إلى قسم الأمن في منطقة‬
………………‫تمام الساعة‬
................................................................ ‫وتم التبليغ إلى‬

I underst and t hat t he Saudi Port s Aut hori t y and t he Saudi government wi l l t ake di sci pl i nary act i on, i f I
make a f al se st at ement , or I ami nvol ved i n any mi suse of t he l ost card. I wi l l i mmedi at el y ret urn t he card
t o i ndust ri al securi t y i f i t i s f ound.

327
 ‫الصفحة ‪328 of 690‬‬
‫نموذج ابلاغ عن فقدان بطاقة الهيئة‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.05 #‬‬
‫‪I DCARDLOSS Report‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫أقر وأدرك تماماً أن الهيئة العامة للموانئ والجهات المختصة بالحكومة السعودية ستتخذ‬
‫تجاهي إجراءات تأديبية‪ ،‬إذا أدليت بتصريح أو ببلاغ كاذب‪ ،‬أو ثبتت مشاركتي في أي سوء‬
‫استخدام للبطاقة المفقودة‪ .‬وأتعهد بإعادة البطاقة على الفور إلى الأمن الصناعي إذا‬
‫وجدتها‪.‬‬
‫‪Si gnat ure :‬‬ ‫‪Dat e:‬‬
‫‪:‬التوقيع‬ ‫‪:‬التاريخ‬
‫‪PART 2 To be f i l l ed by I SD‬‬
‫الجزء الثاني‪ :‬استلام البلاغ من قبل الأمن الصناعي‬
‫‪Si gnat ure:‬‬ ‫‪Dat e:‬‬ ‫‪Aut hori zed Posi t i on:‬‬ ‫اسم ‪Reci pi ent (Name):‬‬
‫التوقيع‪:‬‬ ‫التاريخ‪:‬‬ ‫الوظيفة‪:‬‬ ‫المستلم‬

‫‪PART 3 To be f i l l ed by I SDf or Human Resources Depart ment‬‬

‫الجزء الثالث‪ :‬يتم ملئ هذا القسم من قبل إدارة الأمن الصناعي لصالح الموارد‬
‫البشرية‬
‫‪Name:‬‬ ‫الرقم ‪Empl oyee no.‬‬ ‫‪Depart ment‬‬ ‫القسم‪:‬‬ ‫‪J ob‬‬
‫الاسم‪:‬‬ ‫الوظيفي‪:‬‬ ‫‪ti tl e‬‬ ‫الوظيفة‪:‬‬

‫‪The above-named empl oyee has l ost hi s i dent i f i cat i on card number:‬‬
‫الموظف المذكور أعلاه فقد بطاقته الشخصية رقم‪)----------------------( :‬‬
‫□ ‪Thi s i s t he Fi rst Ti me‬‬ ‫□ ‪Second Ti me‬‬ ‫□ ‪Thi rd Ti me‬‬

‫للمرة الثالثة‬ ‫□‬ ‫للمرة الثانية‬ ‫□‬ ‫للمرة الأولى‬ ‫□‬

‫‪The l oss has been i nvest i gat ed. Hi s expl anat i on f or t he l oss i s unaccept abl e. Pl ease t ake t he‬‬
‫‪appropri at e act i on t o make a deduct i on f or t he l ost card.‬‬
‫تم التحقيق في الخسارة وأن شرحه للخسارة غير مقبول‪ .‬يرجى اتخاذ الإجراء المناسب لإجراء‬
‫خصم على البطاقة المفقودة‪.‬‬

‫‪Name and Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure of Empl oyee:‬‬ ‫‪Human Resources Act i on Taken‬‬ ‫‪Human Resources‬‬
‫‪of CSO Request er:‬‬ ‫‪and Dat e:‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure:‬‬
‫توقيع الموظف‪:‬‬
‫توقيع رئيس‬ ‫الإجراءات المتخذة من قبل‬ ‫توقيع قسم الموارد‬
‫قسم الأمن‪:‬‬ ‫الموارد البشرية‬ ‫البشرية‪:‬‬
‫والتاريخ‪:‬‬

‫‪328‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪329 of 690‬‬
‫نموذج ابلاغ عن فقدان بطاقة الهيئة‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.05 #‬‬
‫‪I DCARDLOSS Report‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫‪329‬‬
 330 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح دخول المركبات‬
SEC-F.04 # ‫الاستمارة‬
Vehi cl e Ent ry Permi t
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫الميناء‬
Depart ment - ‫الادارة‬
Port
‫المقاول – المشغل‬ - ‫التاريخ‬
Cont ract or - Operat or Dat e

Si t e name
‫اسم الموقع‬
Dat e
/ / 20
‫التاريخ‬

Owner Det ai l s - ‫معلومات المالك‬

Name I DNo.
‫الاسم‬ ‫رقم الهوية‬
Empl oyer Nat i onal i t y
‫جهة العمل‬ ‫الجنسية‬
Management
‫الإدارة‬

Devi ce Det ai l s - ‫معلومات الجهاز‬

SN No.
Type
‫الرقم‬
‫النوع‬
‫التسلسلي‬
Model
‫الطراز‬

The purpose of use - ‫الغرض من الاستخدام‬

I pl edge not t o use t he devi ce l i st ed above ot her t han t he purpose f or whi ch I at t ended t o
do, and not t o use t he devi ce t o phot ograph t he MAWANI banned si t es, and i n case of my
vi ol at i on, t hi s wi l l expose me t o ref erral t o t he compet ent securi t y aut hori t i es.
‫ وعدم‬،‫اتعهد بعدم استخدام الجهاز الموضح اعلاه في غير الغرض الذي احضر من اجله‬
‫ وفي حالة مخالفتي فإن ذلك‬،‫استخدام الجهاز في تصوير المواقع المحظورة بالموانئ‬
.‫سوف يعرضني الى الإحالة الى الجهات الأمنية المختصة‬

Approval s - ‫الموافقات‬
Approval of t he I SDDi rect or
Appl i cant The responsi bl e aut hori t y
‫مصادقة مدير الأمن‬
‫مقدم الطلب‬ ‫الجهة المسئولة عن الموقع‬
‫الصناعي‬
Name: Name: Name:

330
 ‫الصفحة ‪331 of 690‬‬
‫تصريح دخول المركبات‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.04 #‬‬
‫‪Vehi cl e Ent ry Permi t‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫‪ :‬الاسم‬ ‫‪ :‬الاسم‬ ‫‪ :‬الاسم‬

‫‪J ob t i t l e:‬‬ ‫‪J ob t i t l e:‬‬ ‫‪J ob t i t l e:‬‬
‫‪ :‬الوظيفة‬ ‫‪ :‬الوظيفة‬ ‫‪ :‬الوظيفة‬
‫‪Si gnat ure:‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure:‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure:‬‬
‫‪ :‬التوقيع‬ ‫‪ :‬التوقيع‬ ‫‪ :‬التوقيع‬
‫‪Dat e:‬‬ ‫‪/‬‬ ‫‪/ 20‬‬ ‫‪Dat e:‬‬ ‫‪/‬‬ ‫‪/ 20‬‬ ‫‪Dat e:‬‬ ‫‪/‬‬ ‫‪/ 20‬‬
‫‪ :‬التاريخ‬ ‫‪ :‬التاريخ‬ ‫‪ :‬التاريخ‬

‫‪331‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪332 of 690‬‬
‫طلب تصريح التصوير‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.07 #‬‬
‫‪Phot ography Permi t Request‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫الادارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬
‫المقاول – المشغل‬ ‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬
‫‪Cont ract or - Operat or‬‬ ‫‪Dat e‬‬

‫‪Si t e name‬‬
‫اسم الموقع‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬
‫‪/‬‬ ‫‪/‬‬
‫التاريخ‬

‫بيانات المصور ‪Phot ographer Det ai l s -‬‬

‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪I DNo.‬‬
‫الإسم‬ ‫رقم الهوية‬
‫‪Empl oyer‬‬ ‫‪Nat i onal i t y‬‬
‫جهة العمل‬ ‫الجنسية‬
‫‪Management‬‬
‫الإدارة‬

‫معلومات عن الكاميرا ‪Camera Det ai l s -‬‬

‫‪Type‬‬ ‫‪SN No.‬‬
‫نوع الآلة‬ ‫الرقم‬

‫الغرض من التصوير ‪The purpose of phot ography -‬‬

‫القيود ‪Rest ri ct i ons -‬‬

‫‪Fi ni sh Ti me‬‬
‫‪St art Ti me‬‬
‫(‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫وقت‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫)‬
‫وقت البدء‬
‫الانتهاء‬
‫‪Fi ni sh Dat e‬‬
‫‪St art Dat e‬‬
‫‪/‬‬ ‫‪/ 20‬‬ ‫تاريخ‬ ‫‪/‬‬ ‫‪/ 20‬‬
‫تاريخ البدء‬
‫الانتهاء‬
‫‪The area t o be‬‬
‫‪phot ographed‬‬
‫المنطقة المراد‬
‫تصويرها‬

‫الموافقات ‪Approval s -‬‬

‫‪Approval of t he I SDDi rect or‬‬
‫‪Appl i cant‬‬ ‫‪The responsi bl e aut hori t y‬‬
‫موافقة مدير إدارة الأمن‬
‫الجهة صاحبة الطلب‬ ‫الجهة المسئولة عن الموقع‬
‫الصناعي‬
‫‪Name:‬‬ ‫‪Name:‬‬ ‫‪Name:‬‬
‫‪:‬الاسم‬ ‫‪:‬الاسم‬ ‫‪:‬الاسم‬

‫‪332‬‬
 333 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫طلب تصريح التصوير‬
SEC-F.07 # ‫الاستمارة‬
Phot ography Permi t Request
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

J ob t i t l e: J ob t i t l e: J ob t i t l e:
‫الوظيفة‬: ‫الوظيفة‬: ‫الوظيفة‬:
Cent er of Responsi bi l i t y:
‫مركز المسئولية‬/
Si gnat ure: Si gnat ure: Si gnat ure:
‫التوقيع‬: ‫التوقيع‬: ‫التوقيع‬:
Dat e: / / 20 Dat e: / / 20 Dat e: / / 20
‫التاريخ‬: ‫التاريخ‬: ‫التاريخ‬:

333
 334 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح دخول وخروج المواد‬
SEC-F.08 # ‫الاستمارة‬
Mat eri al Gat e Pass
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫الميناء‬
Depart ment - ‫الادارة‬
Port
‫المقاول – المشغل‬ - ‫التاريخ‬
Cont ract or - Operat or Dat e

Ent ry of mat eri al s Exi t mat eri al s

‫دخول مواد‬ ‫خروج مواد‬
For t he i ssui ng aut hori t y ‫خاص بالجهة الصادر منها التصريح‬
The purpose of t he permi t i s: :‫الغرض من التصريح‬
Fromt he si t e: ‫من‬ To t he si t e: ‫إلى‬
:‫الموقع‬ :‫الموقع‬
Dri ver's name: Of f i cer Cont ract or Vi si t or
‫ اسم السائق‬: /‫موظف‬ /‫مقاول‬ /‫زائر‬
Dri ver I D: Dat e of I D: / /
‫ رقم هوية السائق‬: ‫ تاريخ الهوية‬:
Vehi cl e t ype: Pl at e number: Door no.:
‫ نوع المركبة‬: ‫ رقم اللوحة‬: ‫ رقم الباب‬:
Mat eri al dat a ‫بيانات المواد‬
Type of
Type of mat eri al Quant i t y Uni t Quant i t y Uni t
M M mat eri al
‫نوع المواد‬ ‫الكمية‬ ‫الوحدة‬ ‫الكمية‬ ‫الوحدة‬
‫نوع المواد‬
1 3
2 4
The aut hori zed aut hori t y of t he
The appl i cant Securi t y supervi sor's approval
si t e
‫الجهة صاحبة الطلب‬ ‫موافقة مشرف الأمن‬
‫الجهة المسئولة عن الموقع‬
Name: Name: Name:
‫ الاسم‬: ‫ الاسم‬: ‫ الاسم‬:
J ob: J ob: J ob:
‫ الوظيفة‬: ‫ الوظيفة‬: ‫ الوظيفة‬:
Si gnat ure: Si gnat ure: Si gnat ure:
‫ التوقيع‬: ‫ التوقيع‬: ‫ التوقيع‬:
Dat e: / /20 Dat e: / /20 Dat e: / /20
‫ التاريخ‬: ‫ التاريخ‬: ‫ التاريخ‬:
Phone number: Phone number: Phone number:
‫ رقم الهاتف‬: ‫ رقم الهاتف‬: ‫ رقم الهاتف‬:
For i ndust ri al securi t y ‫خاص بالأمن الصناعي‬
Ent er
Exi t /‫الخروج‬ Hour /‫ الساعة‬: Day/‫اليوم‬: Dat e/‫التاريخ‬: / / 20
/‫الدخول‬
Name of previ ewers: J ob I D: Si gnat ure:
‫ اسم المعاين‬: ‫ الرقم الوظيفي‬: ‫ التوقيع‬:

334
 ‫الصفحة ‪335 of 690‬‬
‫تصريح دخول وخروج المواد‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.08 #‬‬
‫‪Mat eri al Gat e Pass‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫‪The name of t he securi t y man:‬‬ ‫‪J ob I D:‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure:‬‬

‫‪ :‬اسم رجل الأمن‬ ‫‪ :‬الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫‪ :‬التوقيع‬

‫‪335‬‬
 336 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫سجل مراقبة المستندات‬
SEC-F.09 # ‫الاستمارة‬
Document Cont rol Regi st rar / Record
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫المالك‬ ‫تاريخ‬ ‫رقم‬ ‫تاريخ‬ ‫اسم المستند‬ ‫نوع المستند‬ ‫رقم المستند‬
‫المراجعة‬ ‫المراجعة‬ ‫الإصدار‬ / ‫ إجراء‬/ ‫(سياسة‬
Owner Ti t l e of t he document Document Number
)‫ أخرى‬/ ‫تعليمات‬
Revi ewDat e Revi si on # I ssue dat e
Type of Document
(Pol i cy/
Procedure/
i nst ruct i on/
ot hers)

i nt el l ect ual Propert y – ‫إشعار الملكية‬

.‫ يحظر صراحة أي إفشاء أو استخدام إلا بإذن كتابي من مواني‬.‫ تحتوي هذه الوثيقة على معلومات خاصة بالموانئ‬Thi s document cont ai ns i nf ormat i on about t he Port s and shal l not be di scl osed wi t hout a wri t t en permi ssi on

336
 337 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫نموذج التقرير اليومي الامني‬ SEC-F.10 # ‫الاستمارة‬
Dai l y Securi t y Report 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

Depart ment - ‫الادارة‬ Port ‫الميناء‬

‫المقاول – المشغل‬
Dat e - ‫التاريخ‬
Cont ract or - Operat or

SECTI ON 1: SECURI TY SUPERVI SOR I NFORMATI ON

‫ معلومات مشرف الأمن‬:‫الجزء الاول‬
Name of Superi nt endent
‫اسم مدير الأمن‬

Fi rst name
‫الإسم الأول‬

J ob Ti t l e
‫المسمى الوظيفي‬

Mawani Empl oyee Number

‫رقم موظف الهيئة‬
‫العامة للموانئ‬
SECTI ON 2: CONSOLI DATEDREPORT
‫ التقرير الموحد‬:‫الجزء الثاني‬
Dat e and peri od covered
‫التاريخ والفترة‬
‫المغطاة‬

I nci dent (s) duri ng t he Yes /‫ نعم‬ No/‫ لا‬

day
‫الحوادث خلال اليوم‬

Li st of i nci dent s  Locat i on Ti me Report *

‫الحوادث الأمنية‬ ‫الموقع‬ ‫رقم التقرير الوقت‬

Suspect ed Break-i n
‫اشتباه اقتحام‬

Suspect ed Thef t
‫اشتباه سرقة‬

Al l eged Hi j acks

337
‫اشتباه في حالة‬
‫اختطاف‬

‫‪Al l eged Harassment‬‬

‫المضايقات‬
‫الشخصية‬

‫‪Al l eged Assaul t‬‬

‫اعتداء‬

‫‪Damage t o propert y‬‬

‫اضرار الممتلكات‬

‫‪Suspect ed Fraud‬‬
‫‪Corrupt i on‬‬
‫اشتباه في حالة‬
‫غش او فساد‬

‫‪Suspect ed‬‬
‫‪Cont raband‬‬
‫مواد مشتبه‬
‫فيها ‪ /‬مواد غير‬
‫القانونية‬

‫‪Suspect ed Sabot age‬‬

‫أعمال تخريبية‬

‫‪Suspect ed‬‬
‫‪Unaut hori zed Access‬‬
‫دخول غير مصرح به‬

‫‪Suspect ed Arson‬‬
‫اشتباه في حالة‬
‫حريق متعمد‬

‫‪Suspect ed Murder‬‬
‫اشتباه في حالة‬
‫قتل‬

‫‪Ot her:‬‬
‫‪:‬معلومات أخرى‬

‫‪338‬‬
Were persons i nj ured Yes /‫ نعم‬ No/‫ لا‬
duri ng any of t hese
I f Yes, expl ai n whi ch act i ons were t aken:
i nci dent s?
‫هل أصيب أي شخص أو‬ ‫ ماهي الإجراءات التي اتخذت؟‬،‫إذا كانت الإجابة بنعم‬
‫أصل خلال أي من هذه‬
‫الحوادث؟‬

Di d you check t he Yes /‫ نعم‬ No/‫ لا‬

veraci t y of t he report s
I f NOexpl ai n why:
by goi ng on si t e?
‫هل تم التحقق من‬ :‫ وضح السبب‬،‫إذا كانت الإجابة بلا‬
‫صحة التقارير من‬
‫خلال الذهاب إلى‬
‫الموقع؟‬

Whi ch act i ons di d you

t ake?
‫ما الإجراءات التي‬
‫اتخذتها؟‬
SECTI ON 3: FOLLOW-UP ANDAREA OF CONCERN
‫ المتابعة ومجال الاهتمام‬:‫الجزء الثالث‬
Pl ease i ndi cat e whet her you t hi nk any of t hese i nci dent s need f ol l owup:
:‫يرجى توضيح ما إذا كنت تعتقد أن أيًا من هذه الحوادث يحتاج إلى متابعة‬

Area of Concern: :‫مجال الاهتمام‬

Dat e and Si gnat ure: :‫التاريخ والتوقيع‬

*Al l rel evant report s t o be at t ached t o t hi s document .

.‫*يجب إرفاق جميع التقارير ذات الصلة بهذه الوثيقة‬

339
 ‫الصفحة ‪340 of 690‬‬
‫نموذج تقرير الحوادث الأمنية‬ ‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.11 #‬‬
‫‪Securi t y I nci dent Report‬‬ ‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫الادارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬
‫المقاول – المشغل‬ ‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬
‫‪Cont ract or - Operat or‬‬ ‫‪Dat e‬‬

‫‪SECTI ON 1: Securi t y Manager I nf ormat i on‬‬

‫الجزء الأول‪ :‬معلومات مدير الأمن‬
‫‪Name of SSI‬‬
‫اسم مدير ادارة الأمن‬

‫‪Fi rst name‬‬

‫الاسم الأول‬

‫‪J ob Ti t l e‬‬
‫المسمى الوظيفي‬

‫‪Mawani Empl oyee Number‬‬

‫رقم هوية موظف‬
‫الموانئ‬
‫‪SECTI ON 2: Uni f i ed REPORT‬‬
‫الجزء الثاني‪ :‬التقرير الموحد‬
‫‪Dat e and Ti me of‬‬ ‫‪/‬‬ ‫‪/20‬‬ ‫‪h:‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬
‫‪I nci dent‬‬
‫تاريخ ووقت الحادثة‬

‫‪Shi f t‬‬ ‫نهار‪Day/‬‬ ‫¨ ليل‪Ni ght /‬‬

‫الوردية‬

‫‪I nci dent Duri ng Shi f t‬‬ ‫نعم‪Yes /‬‬ ‫¨ لا‪No/‬‬

‫الحادثة خلال الوردية‬

‫‪Locat i on of I nci dent‬‬

‫موقع الحادثة‬

‫‪340‬‬
Were persons i nj ured Yes /‫نعم‬ No/‫¨ لا‬
duri ng any of t hese
I f Yes, expl ai n whi ch act i ons were t aken:
i nci dent s?
‫ ماهي الإجراءات التي اتخذت؟‬،‫إذا كانت الإجابة بنعم‬
‫هل أصيب أي شخص أو‬
‫أصل خلال أي من هذه‬
‫الحوادث؟‬

I nci dent Descri pt i on

‫وصف الحادثة‬

Was t he i nci dent

report ed i mmedi at el y?
Yes /‫نعم‬ No/‫¨ لا‬
‫هل تم الإبلاغ عن‬
‫الحادث على الفور؟‬

Dat e and Ti me of Report / /20 h: m

‫تاريخ ووقت الإبلاغ‬

Was t he area of t he Yes /‫¨ نعم‬ No/‫¨ لا‬

i nci dent i nspect ed?
I f no expl ai n why:
‫هل تم تفتيش‬
‫ وضح السبب‬،‫إذا كانت الإجابة بلا‬
‫منطقة الحادث؟‬

What act i ons were t aken?

‫ماهي الإجراءات‬
‫المتخذة‬

Have i mages of t he
i nci dent been t aken?
Yes /‫¨ نعم‬ No/‫¨ لا‬
‫هل تم اخذ صور من‬
‫الحادثة؟‬

Was t he i nci dent

report ed t o t he
supervi sor? Yes /‫¨ نعم‬ No/‫¨ لا‬
‫هل تم إبلاغ الحادثة‬
‫للمشرف؟‬

341
Howwas t he i nci dent
report ed t o t he
supervi sor? Radi o/‫ الراديو‬Tel ephone/‫ ¨ الهاتف‬Verbal l y/‫ ¨ شفهيا‬Ot her /‫¨ أخرى‬
‫كيف تم إبلاغ‬
‫الحادثة للمشرف؟‬

Any ot her comment s

‫أي ملاحظات أخرى‬

SECTI ON 3: FOLLOW-UP ANDAREA OF CONCERN

‫ المتابعة ومجال الاهتمام‬:‫الجزء الثالث‬
Pl ease i ndi cat e whet her you t hi nk any of t hese i nci dent s need f ol l owup:
:‫يرجى توضيح ما إذا كنت تعتقد أن أيًا من هذه الحوادث يحتاج إلى متابعة‬

Area of Concern: :‫مجال الاهتمام‬

Dat e and Si gnat ure: :‫التاريخ والتوقيع‬

*Al l rel evant report s t o be at t ached t o t hi s document .

.‫*يجب إرفاق جميع التقارير ذات الصلة بهذه الوثيقة‬

342
 343 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تقرير رجل الأمن المكلف بمهمة محددة‬
SEC-F.12 # ‫الاستمارة‬
Securi t y Post Report
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫الميناء‬
Depart ment - ‫الادارة‬
Port
‫المقاول – المشغل‬ - ‫التاريخ‬
Cont ract or - Operat or Dat e

SECTI ON 1: SECURI TY MAN I NFORMATI ON

‫معلومات رجل الأمن‬
Name of Securi t y Man
‫اسم رجل الأمن‬

Fi rst name
‫الاسم الأول‬

J ob Ti t l e
‫الوظيفة‬

Mawani Empl oyee Number

‫الرقم الوظيفي‬
‫لموظف الهيئة‬
‫العامة للموانئ‬

Post Order Mai n gat e securi t y man ¨ Mobi l e pat rol ¨

:‫ التكليف‬/ ‫المهمة‬ ‫رجل أمن البوابة الرئيسية‬ ‫دورية راكبة‬
CCTV operat or ¨ Search Faci l i t y ¨
‫ مشغل‬CCTV ‫رجل أمن جهاز الأشعة‬
‫السينية‬
Vi si t or cent er securi t y man ¨ Turnst i l e door ¨
‫رجل أمن مركز الزوار‬ ‫رجل أمن الباب الدوار‬
Foot pat rol ¨ Admi ni st rat i ve bui l di ng ¨
‫دورية راجلة‬ ‫المبنى الإداري‬
Mat eri al gat e ¨ ¨ Ot her ( )
‫رجل أمن بوابة المواد‬ ‫آخر‬
SECTI ON 2: CONSOLI DATEDREPORT
A newreport shoul d be used f or each i nci dent and al l report s wi l l be col l ect ed and del i vered t o t he
SSS /supervi sor at t he end of shi f t .
‫ التقرير الموحد‬:‫الجزء الثاني‬

343
 344 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تقرير رجل الأمن المكلف بمهمة محددة‬
SEC-F.12 # ‫الاستمارة‬
Securi t y Post Report
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫يجب استخدام تقرير جديد لكل حادث ويتم جمع جميع التقارير وتسليمها الى مشرف‬
.‫ المشرف عند انتهاء الوردية‬/ ‫الوردية الأمنية‬
Dat e and Ti me of / /20 h: m
I nci dent
‫تاريخ ووقت الحادثة‬

Shi f t Day/‫نهار‬ Ni ght /‫¨ ليل‬

‫الوردية‬

I nci dent Duri ng Shi f t Yes /‫نعم‬ No/‫¨ لا‬

‫الحادثة خلال الوردية‬

Locat i on of I nci dent

‫موقع الحادثة‬

Where any i nj uri es Yes ¨ No ¨

sust ai ned i n t he
I f Yes what measures have been t aken:
i nci dent ?

I nci dent Descri pt i on

‫وصف الحادثة‬

Was t he i nci dent

report ed i mmedi at el y?
Yes /‫نعم‬ No/‫¨ لا‬
‫هل تم الإبلاغ عن‬
‫الحادث على الفور؟‬

Dat e and Ti me of Report / /20 h: m

‫تاريخ ووقت الإبلاغ‬

Were persons i nj ured Yes /‫نعم‬ No/‫¨ لا‬

duri ng any of t hese
I f Yes, expl ai n whi ch act i ons were t aken:
i nci dent s?
‫ ماهي الإجراءات التي اتخذت؟‬،‫إذا كانت الإجابة بنعم‬

344
 ‫الصفحة ‪345 of 690‬‬
‫تقرير رجل الأمن المكلف بمهمة محددة‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.12 #‬‬
‫‪Securi t y Post Report‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫هل أصيب أي شخص أو‬

‫أصل خلال أي من هذه‬
‫الحوادث؟‬

‫?‪What act i ons were t aken‬‬

‫ماهي الإجراءات‬
‫المتخذة‬

‫‪Have i mages of t he‬‬

‫?‪i nci dent been t aken‬‬
‫¨ نعم‪Yes /‬‬ ‫¨ لا‪No/‬‬
‫هل تم اخذ صور من‬
‫الحادثة؟‬

‫‪Was t he i nci dent‬‬

‫‪report ed t o t he‬‬
‫?‪supervi sor‬‬ ‫¨ نعم‪Yes /‬‬ ‫¨ لا‪No/‬‬
‫هل تم إبلاغ الحادثة‬
‫للمشرف؟‬

‫‪Howwas t he i nci dent‬‬

‫‪report ed t o t he‬‬
‫?‪supervi sor‬‬ ‫أخرى‪ ¨ Ot her /‬شفهيا‪ ¨ Verbal l y/‬الهاتف‪ Tel ephone/‬الراديو‪Radi o/‬‬
‫¨‬
‫كيف تم إبلاغ‬
‫الحادثة للمشرف؟‬

‫‪Any ot her comment s‬‬

‫أي ملاحظات أخرى‬

‫‪SECTI ON 3: FOLLOW-UP‬‬
‫الجزء الثالث‪ :‬المتابعة‬

‫‪345‬‬
 346 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تقرير رجل الأمن المكلف بمهمة محددة‬
SEC-F.12 # ‫الاستمارة‬
Securi t y Post Report
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

Has t he I nci dent report

f ormbeen compl et ed t o
record t he report ?
‫هل تم إكمال‬
‫نموذج تقرير‬
Yes /‫¨ نعم‬ No/‫¨ لا‬
‫الحادث‬
‫لتسجيل‬
‫التقرير؟‬
‘SSM-HQ-03-003-001-F02 Securi t y
I nci dent Report ’

I s t he i nci dent report

accompani ed by t hi s Yes ¨ No ¨
report ?

Area of Concern:

Dat e: Si gnat ure:

*Al l rel evant report s t o be at t ached t o t hi s document .

.‫*يجب إرفاق جميع التقارير ذات الصلة بهذه الوثيقة‬

346
 ‫الصفحة ‪347 of 690‬‬
‫نموذج تسليم الزي الرسمي‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.13 #‬‬
‫‪Uni f ormRecei pt Form‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫التاريخ ‪Dat e -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬

‫‪PART 1 – SECURI TY STAFF I NFORMATI ON‬‬

‫الجزء الأول ‪ -‬معلومات منسوبي الأمن‬
‫‪Name:‬‬
‫‪ :‬الاسم‬
‫‪Empl oyee No.‬‬
‫‪ :‬الرقم‬
‫الوظيفي‬
‫‪Posi t i on Ti t l e:‬‬ ‫‪Cont act Det ai l s‬‬
‫‪ :‬المسمى‬ ‫‪ :‬تفاصيل‬
‫الوظيفي‬ ‫الاتصال‬
‫)‪PART 2 – I TEMS I SSUED(I NI TI AL PACKAGE‬‬
‫الجزء الثاني ‪ -‬البنود الصادرة (الحزمة الأولية)‬
‫‪Recei ve‬‬ ‫‪Recei ve‬‬
‫‪Ite‬‬ ‫‪I ni t i‬‬ ‫‪Ite‬‬
‫‪Descri pt i‬‬ ‫‪No.‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪Descri pt i‬‬ ‫‪No.‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪al s‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪I ni t i al s‬‬
‫‪on‬‬ ‫الع‬ ‫العدد‬ ‫‪on‬‬ ‫الع‬ ‫العدد‬
‫الب‬ ‫التو‬ ‫الب‬ ‫التوقيع‬
‫الوصف‬ ‫دد‬ ‫المست‬ ‫الوصف‬ ‫دد‬ ‫المست‬
‫ند‬ ‫قيع‬ ‫ند‬
‫لم‬ ‫لم‬
‫‪Summer‬‬
‫‪Shi rt‬‬ ‫‪Hat‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫قميص‬ ‫قبعة‬
‫صيفي‬
‫‪Wi nt er‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬
‫‪Shi rt‬‬ ‫‪Pl at e‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫قميص‬ ‫شارة‬
‫شتوي‬ ‫الإسم‬
‫‪Wi nt er‬‬
‫‪Trousers‬‬ ‫‪J acket‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫بنطال‬ ‫سترة‬
‫شتوية‬
‫‪WJ‬‬
‫‪Shoul der‬‬
‫‪Fl ashes‬‬
‫‪Bl ack‬‬
‫شارات‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪Bel t‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫كتفية‬
‫حزام أسود‬
‫للسترة‬
‫الشتوي‬
‫ة‬
‫‪Bl ack‬‬
‫‪Rai ncoat‬‬
‫‪Saf et y‬‬
‫‪wi t h S/F‬‬
‫‪Shoes‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫معطف‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫حذاء‬
‫مطر مع‬
‫السلامة‬
‫واق‬
‫أسود‬

‫‪347‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪348 of 690‬‬
‫نموذج تسليم الزي الرسمي‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.13 #‬‬
‫‪Uni f ormRecei pt Form‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫‪Recei ved i n good order and perf ect condi t i on,‬‬

‫تم استلام الزي بالكمية المذكورة أعلاه وفي حالة جيدة وكاملة‬

‫‪Dat e:‬‬ ‫‪Empl oyee’s Si gnat ure:‬‬

‫‪ :‬التاريخ‬ ‫‪ :‬توقيع الموظف‬
‫)‪PART 3 – I TEMS I SSUED(RENEWAL‬‬
‫الجزء الثالث ‪ -‬البنود الصادرة (التجديد السنوي)‬
‫‪Recei ve‬‬
‫‪Ite‬‬ ‫‪Recei ve‬‬ ‫‪I ni t i‬‬ ‫‪Ite‬‬
‫‪Descri pt i‬‬ ‫‪No.‬‬ ‫‪Descri pt i‬‬ ‫‪No.‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪al s‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪I ni t i al s‬‬
‫‪on‬‬ ‫الع‬ ‫‪on‬‬ ‫الع‬ ‫العدد‬
‫الب‬ ‫الاستل‬ ‫التو‬ ‫الب‬ ‫التوقيع‬
‫الوصف‬ ‫دد‬ ‫الوصف‬ ‫دد‬ ‫المست‬
‫ند‬ ‫ام‬ ‫قيع‬ ‫ند‬
‫لم‬
‫‪Summer‬‬
‫‪Shi rt‬‬ ‫‪Hat‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫قميص‬ ‫قبعة‬
‫صيفي‬
‫‪Wi nt er‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬
‫‪Shi rt‬‬ ‫‪Pl at e‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫قميص‬ ‫شارة‬
‫شتوي‬ ‫الاسم‬
‫‪Wi nt er‬‬
‫‪Trousers‬‬ ‫‪J acket‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫بنطال‬ ‫سترة‬
‫شتوية‬
‫‪WJ‬‬
‫‪Shoul der‬‬
‫‪Fl ashes‬‬
‫‪Bl ack‬‬
‫شارات‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪Bel t‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫كتفية‬
‫حزام أسود‬
‫للسترة‬
‫الشتوي‬
‫ة‬
‫‪Bl ack‬‬
‫‪Rai ncoat‬‬
‫‪Saf et y‬‬
‫‪wi t h S/F‬‬
‫‪Shoes‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫معطف‬
‫حذاء‬
‫مطر مع‬
‫السلامة‬
‫واق‬
‫أسود‬
‫‪Recei ved i n good order and perf ect condi t i on,‬‬
‫تم استلام الزي بالكمية المذكورة أعلاه وفي حالة جيدة وكاملة‬

‫‪348‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪349 of 690‬‬
‫نموذج تسليم الزي الرسمي‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.13 #‬‬
‫‪Uni f ormRecei pt Form‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫‪Dat e:‬‬ ‫‪Empl oyee’s Si gnat ure:‬‬

‫‪ :‬التاريخ‬ ‫‪ :‬توقيع الموظف‬

‫‪349‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪350 of 690‬‬
‫نموذج استلام وتسليم السلاح الناري‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.14 #‬‬
‫‪Fi rearms Recei pt Form‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫الادارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬

‫‪SSS/Securi t y Man‬‬
‫‪Shi f t‬‬ ‫‪Ti me‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Not es‬‬
‫مشرف الوردية‬
‫الوردية‬ ‫الوقت‬ ‫التوقيع‬ ‫الملاحظات‬
‫الأمن ‪ /‬رجل الأمن‬
‫‪Morni ng‬‬
‫صباحا‬
‫‪Fi rst ni ght‬‬
‫أول الليل‬
‫‪Lat e ni ght‬‬
‫آخر الليل‬

‫‪A si gnat ure means t aki ng f ul l responsi bi l i t y f or recei vi ng t he El ect ri c st i ck f rommy‬‬

‫‪col l eague t he SSS/ securi t y of f i cer i n t he previ ous shi f t , who has t he f ol l owi ng numbers:‬‬
‫التوقيع بعالية يعني تحمل المسؤولية الكاملة باستلام السلاح الناري من‬
‫زميلي مشرف الوردية الأمنية ‪ /‬رجل الأمن المناوب في الوردية السابقة‪ ،‬والتي‬
‫تحمل الأرقام التالية‪:‬‬

‫‪No.‬‬ ‫‪El ect ri c st i ck no.‬‬ ‫‪Ammuni t i on‬‬ ‫‪Pod‬‬ ‫‪Si t e‬‬

‫التسلسل‬ ‫رقم العصا الكهربائية‬ ‫الذخيرة‬ ‫الجراب‬ ‫الموقع‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬

‫‪Morni ng shi f t‬‬ ‫‪Fi rst ni ght shi f t‬‬ ‫‪Lat e ni ght shi f t‬‬
‫وردية الصباح‬ ‫وردية أو الليل‬ ‫وردية آخر الليل‬
‫‪J ob I D‬‬
‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Not es‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Not es‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Not es‬‬
‫الرقم‬
‫الاسم‬ ‫التوقيع‬ ‫الملاحظات‬ ‫الاسم‬ ‫التوقيع‬ ‫الملاحظات‬ ‫الاسم‬ ‫التوقيع‬ ‫الملاحظات‬
‫الوظيفي‬

‫‪350‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪351 of 690‬‬
‫نموذج استلام وتسليم السلاح الناري‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.14 #‬‬
‫‪Fi rearms Recei pt Form‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫‪Thi s has been handed over t o t he i ndust ri al securi t y personnel whose names and‬‬
‫‪responsi bi l i t i es are l i st ed‬‬
‫وقد تم تسليمها إلى رجال الأمن الصناعي التالية أسمائهم وبالمسئوليات‬
‫المترتبة على ذلك‬

‫‪Not e: Recei vi ng and handi ng i n can onl y be made by securi t y men onl y i f t he SSS supervi ses‬‬
‫‪more t han one si t e.‬‬
‫ملاحظة‪ :‬يمكن أن يتم الاستلام والتسليم بين رجال الأمن فقط في حال كان مشرف‬
‫الوردية الأمنية يشرف على أكثر من موقع‪.‬‬

‫‪351‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪352 of 690‬‬
‫نموذج استلام وتسليم العصا الكهربائية‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.15 #‬‬
‫‪El ect ri c St i ck Recei pt Form‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫الأمن الصناعي‬ ‫الادارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬
‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬

‫‪SSS/Securi t y Man‬‬
‫‪Shi f t‬‬ ‫‪Ti me‬‬ ‫مشرف الوردية‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Not es‬‬
‫الوردية‬ ‫الوقت‬ ‫الأمنية‪ /‬رجل‬ ‫التوقيع‬ ‫الملاحظات‬
‫الأمن‬
‫‪Morni ng‬‬
‫صباحا‬
‫‪Fi rst ni ght‬‬
‫أول الليل‬
‫‪Lat e ni ght‬‬
‫آخر الليل‬

‫‪A si gnat ure means t aki ng f ul l responsi bi l i t y f or recei vi ng t he El ect ri c st i ck f rommy‬‬

‫‪col l eague t he SSS/ securi t y of f i cer i n t he previ ous shi f t , who has t he f ol l owi ng‬‬
‫‪numbers:‬‬
‫التوقيع بعالية يعني تحمل المسؤولية الكاملة باستلام العصا‬
‫الكهربائية من زميلي مشرف الوردية الأمنية ‪ /‬رجل الأمن المناوب في‬
‫الوردية السابقة‪ ،‬والتي تحمل الأرقام التالية‪:‬‬

‫‪No.‬‬
‫‪El ect ri c st i ck no.‬‬ ‫‪Ammuni t i on‬‬ ‫‪Pod‬‬ ‫‪Si t e‬‬
‫الرقم‬ ‫الكهربائية ‪Morni‬‬
‫‪ng shi f t‬‬ ‫الذخيرة‪Fi rst‬‬
‫‪ni ght shi f t‬‬ ‫الموقع ‪Lat e ni ght shi f‬‬
‫‪t‬‬
‫رقم العصا‬ ‫الجراب‬
‫وردية الصباحالتسلسلي‬ ‫وردية أول الليل‬ ‫وردية آخر الليل‬
‫‪J ob I D1‬‬
‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Not es‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Not es‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Not es‬‬
‫الرقم‬
‫الملاحظات التوقيع الاسم‬ ‫الاسم‬ ‫الملاحظات التوقيع‬ ‫الاسم‬ ‫التوقيع‬ ‫الملاحظات‬
‫الوظيفي‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬

‫‪Thi s has been handed over t o t he i ndust ri al securi t y personnel whose names and‬‬
‫‪responsi bi l i t i es are l i st ed‬‬
‫وقد تم تسليمها إلى رجال الأمن الصناعي التالية أسمائهم‬
‫وبالمسئوليات المترتبة على ذلك‬

‫‪352‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪353 of 690‬‬
‫نموذج استلام وتسليم العصا الكهربائية‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.15 #‬‬
‫‪El ect ri c St i ck Recei pt Form‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫‪Not e: Recei vi ng and handi ng i n can onl y be made by securi t y men onl y i f t he SSS‬‬
‫‪supervi ses more t han one si t e.‬‬
‫ملاحظة‪ :‬يمكن أن يتم الاستلام والتسليم بين رجال الأمن فقط في حال‬
‫كان مشرف الوردية الأمنية يشرف على أكثر من موقع‪.‬‬

‫‪353‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪354 of 690‬‬
‫نموذج صيانة العصا الكهربائية والسلاح الناري‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.16 #‬‬
‫‪Mai nt enance of Weapons‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫الأمن الصناعي ‪I SD-‬‬ ‫الادارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬
‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬
‫المقاول ‪Cont ract or -‬‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬

‫‪Dat e‬‬ ‫‪Ti me‬‬ ‫‪Shi f t‬‬

‫التاريخ‬ ‫الوقت‬ ‫الوردية‬

‫‪Number of ai r‬‬
‫‪Sequence‬‬ ‫‪Type of weapon‬‬ ‫‪Number‬‬ ‫‪t anks‬‬ ‫‪Bat t eri es‬‬
‫التسلسل‬ ‫نوع السلاح‬ ‫رقمه‬ ‫عدد خزانات‬ ‫البطاريات‬
‫الهواء‬

‫‪Faul t s/ Bugs‬‬
‫الخلل‪ /‬الأعطال‬
‫‪........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪................ .................. .................. .................. .................. ................‬‬
‫‪SSS i s responsi bl e f or handi ng over and recei vi ng t he st i ck and t he f i rearm‬‬
‫مشرف الوردية الأمنية هو المسئول عن تسليم واستلام العصا‬
‫الكهربائية والسلاح الناري‬

‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪J ob I D‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬

‫الاسم‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫التوقيع‬

‫‪The el ect ri c st i ck/f i rearmwi t h i t s number and at t achment s were recei ved f or‬‬
‫‪t he purpose of mai nt enance procedures‬‬
‫تم استلام العصا الكهربائية ‪ /‬السلاح الناري الموضح رقمه ومرفقاته‬
‫بعالية وذلك بغرض إجراءات الصيانة‬
‫‪J ob number‬‬
‫‪Ti me‬‬ ‫‪Recei ved‬‬ ‫‪Reci pi ent 's name and si gnat ure‬‬
‫الرقم‬
‫الوقت‬ ‫تاريخ الاستلام‬ ‫اسم المستلم وتوقيعه‬
‫الوظيفي‬

‫‪354‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪355 of 690‬‬
‫نموذج صيانة العصا الكهربائية والسلاح الناري‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.16 #‬‬
‫‪Mai nt enance of Weapons‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫‪Recei vi ng of el ect ri c st i ck/f i rearmaf t er mai nt enance:‬‬

‫‪Not es:‬‬
‫استلام العصا الكهربائية ‪ /‬السلاح الناري بعد الصيانة‪:‬‬
‫الملاحظات‪:‬‬
‫‪........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪................ .................. .................. .................. .................. ................‬‬

‫‪SSS‬‬ ‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Ti me‬‬

‫مشرف الوردية‬ ‫التوقيع‬ ‫الوقت‬
‫الأمنية‬

‫‪355‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪356 of 690‬‬
‫بيان الأسلحة ورجال الأمن الصناعي المؤهلين لحملها‬
‫‪St at ement of Weapons and I ndust ri al Securi t y Personnel‬‬ ‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.17 #‬‬
‫‪Qual i f i ed t o carry Weapons‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫‪No.:‬‬ ‫الرقم‪:‬‬

‫‪Dat e:‬‬ ‫التاريخ‪:‬‬

‫سعادة قائد وحدة أمن الميناء‬

‫‪H.E. / Commander of t he Faci l i t i es Securi t y Force at The Mawani Faci l i t y‬‬

‫المحترم‬
‫السلام عليكم ورحمة الله وبركاته‪:‬‬
‫تجدون أدناه بيان بأسماء عدد رجال الأمن الصناعي المؤهلين لحمل العصا الكهربائية‬
‫والسلاح الناري وكذلك توضيح عن حالة العصا الكهربائية والسلاح الناري والعدد‬
‫الموجود لدينا‪ .‬وتفضلوا بقبول تحياتنا‪.‬‬
‫‪Bel owi s a st at ement of t he number of i ndust ri al securi t y personnel el i gi bl e t o carry‬‬
‫‪t he el ect ri c st i ck and f i rearm.‬‬
‫‪Empl oyee I DNumber‬‬ ‫‪I SDPersonnel Name‬‬ ‫الرقم‬
‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫اسم رجل الأمن الصناعي‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬

‫‪Not es‬‬ ‫‪Locat i on‬‬ ‫‪Quant i t y‬‬ ‫‪Number‬‬ ‫‪Type of weapon‬‬

‫ملاحظات‬ ‫موقعه‬ ‫العدد‬ ‫رقمه‬ ‫نوع السلاح‬

‫‪Not es‬‬ ‫‪Locat i on‬‬ ‫‪Quant i t y‬‬ ‫‪Number‬‬ ‫‪Cart ri dge/Shot s‬‬
‫ملاحظات‬ ‫موقعه‬ ‫العدد‬ ‫رقمها‬ ‫الخرطوشة‪ /‬طلقات‬

‫التوقيع‬ ‫الاسم‬
‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬

‫‪356‬‬
 357 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫بيان الأسلحة ورجال الأمن الصناعي المؤهلين لحملها‬
St at ement of Weapons and I ndust ri al Securi t y Personnel SEC-F.17 # ‫الاستمارة‬
Qual i f i ed t o carry Weapons
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫مدير إدارة الامن الصناعي‬

I SDManager

357
 358 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫التهديد بوجود قنبلة‬
SEC-F.18 # ‫الاستمارة‬
Bomb Threat
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫الميناء‬
Depart ment - ‫الادارة‬
Port
- ‫التاريخ‬
Cont ract or - ‫المقاول‬
Dat e

Name of person report i ng compl ai nt ‫اسم الشخص الذي بلغ عن وجود‬

‫التهديد‬
Tel ephone number t hat cal l was ‫رقم الهاتف الذي تم الاتصال‬
recei ved on ‫منه‬
‫الوقت‬ ‫التاريخ‬ ‫المكالمة الواردة‬
Ti me Dat e Recei ved Cal l
‫هل تم تسجيل المكالمة‬
 ‫ كلي‬Ful l  Yes ‫نعم‬
‫مراقبة‬ Cal l t ape recorded
‫ جزئي‬Part i al l y Moni t ori ng
  No ‫لا‬

Name of person who t al ked ‫اسم الشخص الذي تحدث‬

t o t he cal l er ‫إلى المتصل‬

)‫ (استخدم كلمات المتصل الدقيقة إن أمكن‬:‫وصف التهديد‬

Descri pt i on of t hreat : (Use cal l er’s exact words i f possi bl e)

‫ (يجب مراعاة إبقاء المتصل على الخط لحين الحصول على‬:‫أسئلة يجب طرحها على المتصل‬
)‫كافة المعلومات‬
Quest i ons t o ask (KEEP CALLER ON THE LI NE AS LONG AS POSSI BLE)
‫ متى سوف تنفجر‬.1
1. When i s bomb goi ng t o expl ode?
‫القنبلة؟‬
‫ متى سوف تنفجر‬.2
2. When i s bomb goi ng t o expl ode?
‫القنبلة؟‬
3. Where i s bomb ri ght now? ‫ أين القنبلة الآن؟‬.3
4. What ki nd of bomb i s i t ? ‫ ما هو نوع القنبلة؟‬.4
5. What does bomb l ook l i ke? ‫ صف شكل القنبلة؟‬.5
‫ ما الذي سيجعلها‬.6
6. What wi l l cause i t t o expl ode?
‫تنفجر؟‬
7. Type of expl osi ve? ‫ ما نوع المتفجرات؟‬.7
358
 359 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫التهديد بوجود قنبلة‬
SEC-F.18 # ‫الاستمارة‬
Bomb Threat
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

8. Howmuch expl osi ve? ‫ كم عدد المتفجرات؟‬.8

9. What does i t l ook l i ke? ‫ صف شكلها؟‬.9
‫ هل تعلم لماذا وضعت‬.10
10. Why di d you pl ace t he bomb?
‫القنبلة؟‬
11. Where are you cal l i ng f rom? ‫ من أين تتصل؟‬.11
Ask cal l er t o repeat t he message. Tel l t he i ndi vi dual you are havi ng di f f i cul t y heari ng t he message.
Poi nt out t o t he cal l er t hat t he area i s occupi ed, and t hat t he det onat i on of a bomb coul d resul t i n t he
deat h and/or seri ous i nj ury t o many i nnocent empl oyees. Ask t he cal l er i f he/she has any gri evances
t hey mi ght want t o di scuss wi t h you.
‫ أوضح للمتصل أن تفجير‬.)‫اطلب من المتصل أن يعيد وصفه (للتحقق من صحة المعلومات‬
/ ‫ اسأل المتصل إذا كان لديه‬.‫قنبلة قد يؤدي إلى وفاة أو إصابة العديد من الموظفين الأبرياء‬
.‫لديها أي شكوى قد يرغب في مناقشتها معك‬

I nf ormat i on about cal l er: ‫معلومات عن المتصل‬

1. Age? ‫ العمر؟‬.1
2. Sex? ‫ الجنس‬.2
3. Race? ‫ العرق؟‬.3
4. Accent ? ‫ اللهجة؟‬.4
‫ المستوى‬.5
5. Educat i onal l evel ?
‫التعليمي؟‬
Voi ce Charact eri st i cs ‫خصائص‬ Speech- ‫وصف التحدث‬ Language ‫جودة‬
- ‫الصوت‬ - ‫اللغة‬
Fast ‫سريع‬ Di st ort ed ‫مشوه‬ Excel l ent
Loud - ‫عالي‬ Deep - ‫عميق‬
- - ‫ممتاز‬
Hi gh Di st i nct Nasal ‫صوت من‬ Good - ‫جيد‬
Pl easant ‫لطي‬
Pi t ch ‫نبرة‬ ‫جيد‬ - ‫الأنف‬
-‫ف‬
- ‫عالية‬
Di sgui sed‫متن‬ St ut t er Li sp - ‫ألدغ‬ Poor - ‫ضعيف‬
Raspy - ‫خشن‬
- ‫كر‬ - ‫تمتمة‬
I nt oxi cat ed Fami l i ar ‫مألوف‬ Sl urred Ot her - ‫آخر‬ Foul ‫ضعيف‬
- ‫مخمور‬ - - ‫متوتر‬ - ‫جدا‬
Sof t - ‫ناعم‬ Ot her - ‫آخر‬ Sl ow‫بطيء‬ Ot her - ‫آخر‬
Accent - ‫اللهجة‬ Manner - ‫الأسلوب‬ Ori gi n ‫مصدر‬
- ‫المكالمة‬
Local ‫محلية‬ Cal m- ‫هادئ‬ Angry - ‫غاضب‬ Boot h ‫هاتف‬
- ‫عام‬
Not Local Del i berat e Laughi ng- ‫ضاحك‬ Long
- ‫غير محلية‬ - ‫متعمد‬ Di st ance
‫مكان بعيد‬
‫(دولة أو‬
)‫مدينة أخرى‬
-
Forei gn Exci t ed Emot i onal Local
- ‫أجنبية‬ - ‫منفعل‬ - ‫عاطفي‬ ‫مكالمة‬
- ‫محلية‬

359
 ‫الصفحة ‪360 of 690‬‬
‫التهديد بوجود قنبلة‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.18 #‬‬
‫‪Bomb Threat‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫العرق ‪Race -‬‬ ‫‪Normal‬‬ ‫يبكي ‪Cryi ng -‬‬ ‫مكال ‪I nt ernal‬‬

‫عادي ‪-‬‬ ‫مة من داخل‬
‫المرفق ‪-‬‬

‫ملاحظات الضوضاء الخلفية ‪Background Noi ses-‬‬

‫مركبات ‪St reet Traf f i c -‬‬ ‫موسيقى ‪Musi c -‬‬ ‫صوت آلات ‪Fact ory Machi nes‬‬
‫صناعية ‪-‬‬
‫طائرات ‪Ai rpl anes -‬‬ ‫أصوات ‪Voi ces‬‬ ‫آلات مكتبية ‪Of f i ce Machi nes -‬‬
‫محادثة ‪-‬‬
‫قطار ‪Trai n-‬‬ ‫حفلة ‪Part y -‬‬ ‫نظام الإعلان العام ‪P.A. Syst em-‬‬

‫محركات ‪Mot or -‬‬ ‫هدوء ‪Qui et -‬‬ ‫صوت تشويش ‪St at i c -‬‬

‫‪Ti me cal l er hung up‬‬ ‫وقت انتهاء المكالمة‬

‫‪Remarks‬‬ ‫ملاحظات‬

‫‪Any Suspect‬‬ ‫نعم ‪ -  Yes‬لا ‪ No‬‬ ‫هل هنالك مشتبه به؟‬

‫إذا كانت الإجابة بنعم‪ ،‬فمن‬
‫?‪I f YES, who‬‬
‫هو؟‬
‫‪Have previ ous cal l s been‬‬ ‫هل تم تلقي مكالمات‬
‫?‪recei ved‬‬ ‫نعم ‪ -  Yes‬لا ‪ No‬‬ ‫سابقة؟‬
‫إذا كانت الإجابة بنعم‪،‬‬
‫?‪I f YES, howmany‬‬
‫فكم العدد؟‬
‫?‪Has t he I SD been not i f i ed‬‬ ‫نعم ‪ -  Yes‬لا ‪ No‬‬ ‫هل تم ابلاغ قسم الأمن؟‬

‫إذا كان الجواب لا‪ ،‬اشرح‬

‫‪I f NO, expl ai n why:‬‬
‫لماذا؟‬

‫‪Was any i ncendi ary or expl osi ve‬‬ ‫هل تم العثور على أي جهاز‬
‫?‪devi ce f ound‬‬ ‫نعم ‪ -  Yes‬لا ‪ No‬‬ ‫متفجر؟‬

‫إذا كانت الاجابة نعم‪ .‬اشرح‬

‫‪I f YES, descri be i n det ai l :‬‬
‫بالتفصيل‬

‫‪360‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪361 of 690‬‬
‫الإبلاغ عن المفقودات‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.19 #‬‬
‫‪Lost and Found Report‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫الادارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬
‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬
‫المقاول ‪Cont ract or -‬‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬

‫بالغ عن المفقودات ‪Loss Report -‬‬ ‫عناصر‪/‬ممتلكات تم العثور عليها ‪Found Property Report -‬‬

‫‪Description of items lost / found:‬‬ ‫وصف العناصر المفقودة‪/‬التي تم العثور عليها‪:‬‬

‫‪Date Time and Place Last Seen (Loss):‬‬

‫التاريخ والوقت والمكان (آخر مره شوهدت فيها المفقودات(‪:‬‬
‫أو ‪or‬‬
‫‪Date Time and Place Found:‬‬
‫تاريخ ووقت ومكان العثور على الممتلكات‪:‬‬

‫‪Name and contact details of person reporting loss or finding property:‬‬

‫االسم وتفاصيل االتصال بالشخص المبلغ عن فقدان أو العثور على الممتلكات‪:‬‬

‫‪Date and Time of Report:‬‬

‫تاريخ ووقت التقرير‪:‬‬

‫‪Reporters signature:‬‬
‫توقيع المبلغين‪:‬‬

‫‪ISD Rep. Name and Signature:‬‬

‫اسم وتوقيع ممثل إدارة األمن الصناعي‪:‬‬

‫‪Subsequent Actions and Result.‬‬

‫‪361‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪362 of 690‬‬
‫الإبلاغ عن المفقودات‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.19 #‬‬
‫‪Lost and Found Report‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫اإلجراءات الالحقة والنتائج‪:‬‬

‫‪On return of found property, name and contact details of person to whom property returned:‬‬
‫عند إعادة الممتلكات التي تم العثور عليها‪ ،‬اسم وتفاصيل االتصال للشخص الذي تعود له‪:‬‬

‫‪Date and Time of Return:‬‬

‫تاريخ ووقت االعادة‪:‬‬

‫‪Signature of person to whom property returned‬‬

‫توقيع الشخص الذي أُعيدت إليه الممتلكات‪:‬‬

‫‪362‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪363 of 690‬‬
‫تقرير الحوادث المرورية‬
‫الاستمارة ‪SEC-F.20 #‬‬
‫‪Vehi cl e Acci dent Report‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫الادارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬
‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬
‫المقاول ‪Cont ract or -‬‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬

‫‪Ti me:‬‬ ‫‪Dat e of Acci dent :‬‬

‫‪ :‬الوقت‬ ‫‪ :‬تاريخ الحادث‬
‫‪Locat i on:‬‬ ‫الموقع‪:‬‬

‫‪Weat her Condi t i ons:‬‬ ‫الأحوال الجوية‪:‬‬

‫‪Road Condi t i ons:‬‬ ‫قوانين الطرق‪:‬‬

‫‪Mawani Vehi cl e‬‬ ‫‪Ot her Vehi cl e‬‬

‫سيارة الهيئة العامة للموانئ‬ ‫مركبة أخرى‬

‫‪Li cense Pl at e #:‬‬ ‫‪Li cense Pl at e #:‬‬

‫‪ # :‬لوحة الترخيص‬ ‫‪ # :‬لوحة الترخيص‬

‫‪Year/Make/Model :‬‬ ‫‪Year/Make/Model :‬‬

‫‪ :‬السنة‪/‬الصنع‪/‬الطراز‬ ‫‪ :‬السنة‪/‬الصنع‪/‬الطراز‬

‫‪Dri ver Name:‬‬ ‫‪Dri ver Name:‬‬

‫‪ :‬اسم السائق‬ ‫‪ :‬اسم السائق‬

‫‪Passenger Name/Ph.:‬‬ ‫‪Passenger Name/Ph.:‬‬

‫‪ :‬اسم الراكب‪ /‬ورقم الهاتف‬ ‫‪ :‬اسم الراكب‪ /‬ورقم الهاتف‬
‫‪Passenger Name/Ph.:‬‬ ‫‪Passenger Name/Ph.:‬‬
‫‪ :‬اسم الراكب‪ /‬ورقم الهاتف‬ ‫‪ :‬اسم الراكب‪ /‬ورقم الهاتف‬

‫‪Dri ver's I nf ormat i on‬‬ ‫‪Dri ver's I nf ormat i on‬‬

‫معلومات السائق‬ ‫معلومات السائق‬

‫‪Name:‬‬ ‫‪Name:‬‬
‫‪ :‬الاسم‬ ‫‪ :‬الاسم‬
‫‪Phone Number:‬‬ ‫‪Phone Number:‬‬
‫‪ :‬رقم الهاتف‬ ‫‪ :‬رقم الهاتف‬

‫‪Dri ver's Li cense #:‬‬ ‫‪Dri ver's Li cense #:‬‬

‫‪ :‬رقم رخصة القيادة‬ ‫‪ :‬رقم رخصة القيادة‬

‫‪I nsurance Company I nf ormat i on‬‬ ‫‪I nsurance Company I nf ormat i on‬‬
‫معلومات شركة التأمين‬ ‫معلومات شركة التأمين‬

‫‪363‬‬
 364 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تقرير الحوادث المرورية‬
SEC-F.20 # ‫الاستمارة‬
Vehi cl e Acci dent Report
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

I nsured Name: I nsured Name:

‫ اسم المؤمن عليه‬: ‫ اسم المؤمن عليه‬:

Rel at i onshi p t o Dri ver: Rel at i onshi p t o Dri ver:

‫ العلاقة بالسائق‬: ‫ العلاقة بالسائق‬:

I nsurance Company: I nsurance Company:

‫ شركة التأمين‬: ‫ شركة التأمين‬:

Pol i cy #: Pol i cy #:
‫ رقم البوليصة‬: ‫ رقم البوليصة‬:
Agent /Agency Name: Agent /Agency Name:
‫ الوكالة‬/‫ اسم الوكيل‬: ‫ الوكالة‬/‫ اسم الوكيل‬:

Traf f i c Report I nf ormat i on

)‫معلومات تقرير المرور (نجم‬

Respondi ng Depart ment : :‫قسم الاستجابة‬

Of f i cer's Name: :‫اسم الضابط‬

Pol i ce Report Number: :‫رقم تقرير الشرطة‬

Descri pt i on of :‫وصف الحادث‬

Acci dent :

Si gnat ure of Empl oyee report i ng t he i nci dent and cont act det ai l s.
.‫توقيع الموظف المبلغ عن الحادث وتفاصيل الاتصال‬

364
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

CHAPTER 3

Safety Standards

365
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Safety Guide
OHS-P.01

366
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this guide is to provide minimum safety requirements and information to all
employees of the General Authority of Ports and also to all employees of contractors,
operators and visitors.
1.2. Employees of the General Authority of Ports are required to comply with this manual, as well
as employees of contractors and operators.
1.3. This guide provides the minimum safety requirements, and you must commit not to ignore
any behavior or unsafe situation that is not included in this guide.
2. Scope
2.1. This guide applies to all employees of the General Authority of Ports, operators, contractors
and visitors.
3. Definitions
3.1. HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
3.2. HSED: Health, Safety, and Environment Executive Department.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. HSED Manager:
4.1.1. To be responsible for the periodic updating of the Safety Manual.
4.1.2. To consult with industrial security managers on safety matters in the port to include
what is new in the manual.
4.1.3. Responsible for publishing the manual and distributing it to the ports.
4.2. Port General Manager:
4.2.1. Circular to all government agencies, port administrations, port operators and
contractors with a copy of this manual.
4.3. Port Industrial Security Managers:
4.3.1. Responsible for publishing the manual to all employees, contractors, operators and also
visitors, and placing it on the Authority's website.
4.3.2. Coordinate with the Human Resources Department to provide him with the declarations
of the employees to inform them of the manual.
4.3.3. Ensure that all employees are committed to the application through field visits and also
safety meetings.
4.4. Department Managers, Heads of Departments and Supervisors:
4.4.1. Managers, department heads and supervisors from time to time (monthly) explain some
paragraphs of the manual to employees and the importance of following and applying
it.
4.4.2. Ensure that any new employee receives a copy of the manual.
4.4.3. Distribute new copies of the directory.
4.5. Head of Port Safety Department:
4.5.1. Monitor the application of the manual by all employees, contractors and operators.
4.5.2. Write a quarterly report on the application of the manual.
4.6. Responsibilities of the Director/Heads of Departments/Supervisors
4.6.1. Communicate and inform all employees, contractors and operators of safety rules and
standards.
4.6.2. To be an example to follow in relation to health and safety issues.
4.6.3. Provide appropriate resources, tools and training to employees.

367
 4.6.4. Ensure that safety, health and environmental standards are part of the project and
contract evaluation process.
4.6.5. Hold and document periodic safety meetings.
4.6.6. Conduct a risk assessment of the activities carried out within its departments to ensure
health and safety during the performance of work.
4.6.7. Correct all unsafe situations and unsafe acts immediately.
4.6.8. Conduct routine inspections and tours of safety and environment.
4.6.9. Maintain contingency plans and conduct regular emergency drills.
4.6.10. Investigate injuries, spills and other accidents and provide corrective action
immediately.
4.6.11. Review the performance of operators, contractors and their employees periodically
and provide feedback in the field of health, safety and environment.
4.6.12. Conduct investigations into all accidents and incidents (imminent) thereof and record
the results related to the relevant forms.
4.6.13. Provide written instructions for working methods, identify potential risks and
precautions, and ensure compliance with them.
4.6.14. Ensure that all new employees are provided with a copy of the Safety Manual,
provided with personal protective equipment as appropriate and to inform them of their
personal responsibilities as set out in this Manual.
4.7. Responsibilities of employees:
4.7.1. Adhere to applicable rules, standards and safe working practices.
4.7.2. Identify safety requirements, including emergency response procedures.
4.7.3. Participate in safety meetings.
4.7.4. Operate, inspect and maintain facilities and ensure that they are in safe condition.
4.7.5. Report injuries, spills, unsafe conditions, impending accidents and accidents
immediately.
4.7.6. Assist in accident investigations as necessary.
4.7.7. Use personal protective equipment and clothing in accordance with the requirements
and laws of the General Authority of Ports for occupational health and safety.
4.7.8. Take reasonable care for your own health and safety.
4.7.9. Take reasonable care not to put others, fellow employees, and others at risk by what
you do or don't do in the course of your work.
4.7.10. Not to abuse anything that has been provided for your health, safety or well-being
such as machine protectors, safety systems in devices, alarms, etc.
4.8. Contractors’ Responsibilities:
4.8.1. Ensure that contractor and sub-contractor employees are trained in the health and
safety rules of the General Authority of Ports and ensure their competence in their craft
or skill.
4.8.2. Comply with all rules, standards and procedures of the General Authority of Ports with
regard to security, safety and environment.
4.8.3. Report injuries, spills, actions, unsafe conditions, impending accidents and accidents
immediately.
4.8.4. The operation of the Authority's equipment shall be only with the permission of the
General Authority for Ports and ensure its safety.

368
4.8.5. Hold pre-work and other safety meetings while working.
4.8.6. Assist in accident investigations as necessary.
4.8.7. Each contractor will be responsible for providing its employees with all necessary
clothing and personal protective equipment appropriate to the business activity.
4.8.8. Maintain all portable electrical tools and other equipment and those tools must be
tested for safety periodically and put their inspection label.
4.8.9. Any material entering port sites must be properly identified and in approved containers
or packaging. These materials must be reported to the port's Industrial Security
Department with an appropriate risk assessment to ensure that the material does not
pose a risk to the health or safety of workers and that the correct storage and fire
precautions are adequately met.

369
5. Operational and Organizational Excellence
5.1. The Commission’s employees are committed to operational and organizational excellence
and to recognizing the importance of applying world-class standards and practices in all
business operations and activities.
5.2. To achieve this commitment, the Integrated Management Evaluation System will provide the
necessary foundation for this facility.
5.3. They shall do the following:
5.3.1. Demonstrate clear leadership, commitment and participation regarding health and
safety and associated guidelines.
5.3.2. Compliance with requirements and continuous improvement of the health and safety
system.
5.3.3. Provide the necessary resources and a framework for setting health and safety goals,
plans and targets.
5.3.4. The Authority shall prepare a health and safety policy and ensure that it is understood
by the Authority's employees, operators, contractors and visitors.
5.3.5. Identify and manage environmental, health, safety, security and hazard risks to prevent
accidents, injuries, disease, damage and any form of pollution in ports.
5.3.6. Comply with the international legal standards followed and in force to maintain safety
and the regulatory requirements of other relevant parties.
5.3.7. Carry out the activities of the Authority with integrity, respect and care for all
stakeholders, the local community and the environment in particular.
5.3.8. Manage and address the consumption of natural resources and facilities to minimize
water use, energy consumption and waste recycling in a responsible and sustainable
manner.
5.3.9. Identify and reward the efforts and contributions of stakeholders in sustainable work.

370
6. Basic Safety Instructions
6.1. Accident Reporting
6.1.1. Immediately report all work-related injuries, fires, spills, impending accidents or unsafe condition
through the following means:
6.1.1.1. Inform your direct supervisor.
6.1.1.2. Call the port's emergency number for emergencies.
6.1.1.3. Report via the official emergency channel via radio.
6.1.1.4. Fill out the Incident and Other Cases Reporting Form.
6.2. Follow safe practices
6.2.1. Vehicle operators must comply with all traffic safety instructions within the Authority's facilities,
including compliance with speed limits.
6.2.2. All people in vehicles must wear seat belts at all times whether they are passengers in front or
back or driving the vehicle.
6.2.3. When climbing or descending through the stairs you should use (handrail) and take only one step
at a time.
6.2.4. Closing hazardous work areas with barriers, such as digging into floor surfaces, infrastructure
canals and road crossings, as well as preventing overhead hazards such as falling materials or tools.
6.2.5. Use of appropriate/approved tools and equipment, and the use of personally made or modified
tools on site is prohibited.
6.2.6. Keep the order and cleanliness well in your work area at all times.
6.2.7. Smoking is only allowed in designated areas. For smoking, it is forbidden to acquire sulfur sticks
and lighters in work areas in general.
6.2.8. Dining or rest is allowed only in designated areas. It is strictly forbidden to sleep under machines
and others and must only rest in designated places and eating and drinking is strictly forbidden in
work areas.
6.2.9. Use the right manual lifting techniques, or get help or mechanical lifting tools when lifting loads.
6.2.10. All operating machines and switchgear must have a protector against moving and dangerous
parts and alarm devices and all work well.
6.2.11. When security devices are removed from the Service and/or skipped, the relevant supervisor
and interested parties are notified, the machine is marked with a warning sign, and the action is
properly documented.
6.2.12. All pressure relief valves in the service must be chained or closed.
6.2.13. All fire extinguishers and other emergency equipment must be in good condition, must be
inspected regularly, and remain clear without any barrier preventing them from being seen,
accessed or relocated and used for the purpose of installing doors.
6.2.14. All containers of chemical or hazardous substances must be named and stored correctly. Barrels
must be stored in certified storage cabins.
6.2.15. The driver of any vehicle must be trained and hold a license to operate the vehicle and must
drive the vehicle within the speed limits followed in the port.

371
7. Avoid unsafe activities
7.1. It is forbidden to climb or stand on Equipment or pipes, valves or
unstable surfaces (such as chairs or barrels) Or pipes) to perform
the work, you must use The right tools to perform those works.
7.2. 7.2 Fall prevention equipment (body protector from falling with
double ropes - photo number 1) must be worn for works that are
2 meters high or more.
7.3. While working on scaffolding, the scaffolding must be fully Photo 1- Full Body Harness
attached to the building and in accordance with the requirements
of the Occupational Health and Safety Organization of America (OSHA) No. 1926.451. Any scaffolding
that does not have a label showing the safety of the scaffolding cannot be used, and also it must be
ensured that the scaffolding has been inspected within the last 7 days otherwise it is not permissible to
use it.
7.4. It is forbidden to run and joke in work areas.
7.5. Finger rings, wrist watches, jewelry, loose clothing, long untied, and other loose accessories may not be
worn while working with rotary equipment such as lathe, drill and other equipment of the same nature.
7.6. Do not direct compressed air or other compressed gases to yourself or others.
7.7. It is forbidden to operate equipment marked "Hazard, does not work".
7.8. No maintenance work may be started in any area or on any equipment without the permission of the
person in charge of the General Authority of Ports. A work permit must be issued by the port's Industrial
Security Department to do so.
7.9. Unapproved electrical/electronic devices (such as cell phones and gadgets) may not be used in
restricted areas unless officially permitted.
7.10. It is forbidden to make pranks or quarrels in the General Authority of Ports.
protect yourself
8.1. Certified and flawless safety helmets should be worn in the specified areas. It is forbidden to
wear safety helmets made of metal materials.
8.2. Approved safety shoes must be worn in field operations, operational areas, and other
designated areas.
8.3. Approved safety glasses with side protection should be worn in the specified places.
8.4. Eye protection glasses/face shields for other hazards such as welding, and perforation should
be worn to protect the face and eye from the volatilization of foreign objects (such as grinding,
welding, drilling or abrasion).
8.5. Appropriate personal protective equipment provided for in the Material Safety Data Bulletins
(MSDS) must be worn when handling chemicals or hazardous substances.
8.6. Approved ear protectors should be worn in high-noise areas (i.e. 85 dB or higher).
8.7. Appropriate hand protective gloves should be worn when performing tasks that may expose
a hand injury.
Operational Safety Processes
9.1. This section specifies the general permit and isolation requirements for the following safety
operations at the General Authority of Ports facilities:
9.1.1.Safety Process 1: Safe Work Permit
9.1.2.Safety Process 2: Entering Indoor and Narrow Spaces
9.1.3.Safety Process 3: Safety Analysis for Work/Functional Tasks (JSA)
9.1.4.Safety Process 4: Drilling and Drilling Requirements

372
 9.1.5.Safety Process 5: Isolation and lockdown of power sources and procedures (LOTO).
9.2. These safety processes are often associated and used in conjunction with each other in safe
operations. However, each work permit has a specific purpose, and to ensure proper use and
approval of these important activities, each type of permit must be used for its intended
purpose.
General Safe Work Permit Procedures:
9.3.1.The Safe work permit applicant applies for the issuance of a safe work permit by the
Industrial Security Department (by the supervisor in charge of the work area
operationally).
9.3.2.The person responsible for issuing the safe work permit or his representative together
with the permit applicant conducts a joint inspection of the site before the issuance of
the designated permit and before the approval of the permit.
9.3.3.The Issuer of the permit reviews it, ascertains the requirements of the type of work,
verifies the required gas tests, applied Isolation lists and other precautions in the "Lock
out\Tag out" and then signs and issues the permit.
9.3.4.The Issuer of the permit must obtain the approval and signature of the supervisors of the
areas where their operations may be affected, and close to the work area to which the
permit was issued.
9.3.5.The issuer of the permit, the recipients of the permit, and the labor controllers are
responsible for the safety of workers, visitors, and equipment in the area.
9.3.6.Periodic audits and inspections of the work site are carried out, including gas testing.
9.3.7.The issuer of the permit keeps a copy of the active permit suspended at the work site.
9.3.8.Before the closure of the permit, the issuer of the permit or its designated representative
and the receiver conduct a joint inspection of the work site with the recipient of the
permit.
9.3.9.Permits are closed by obtaining the signatures of both the issuer and the receiver of the
permit.
9.3.10. The original copy of the Permit is kept by the issuer for a period of at least 6 months.
Duration of the permit
9.3.11.1. For one shift or whenever the work is over, whichever is less.
9.3.11.2. The permit can be extended to a total of 16 hours by agreement and signatures
of the issuer and receiver.
9.3.11.3. The use of the permit for night shifts is not allowed except with the consent of
the permit issuer.
9.3.11.4. In emergency cases, the work permit is considered revoked and requires the
re-issue of a new permit from the issuer of the permit.
Safety Process 1: Safe Work Permit
9.4.1.The purpose of the work permit standard is to ensure the safety of the work site,
equipment, systems and personnel and that all risks have been identified and resolved
before the implementation of maintenance work.
9.4.2.A safe work permit is a permit to perform work safely on equipment, facilities or the
working environment after taking predetermined precautionary measures.
Safe Work Permit:
9.4.3.1. Required for the following operations:

373
 9.4.3.1.1. Hot work.
9.4.3.1.2. Radiation work.
9.4.3.1.3. Entry into confined areas.
Hot work:
9.4.4.1. Any process that produces a source of ignition, examples:
9.4.4.1.1. Use open flame/spark producing equipment, welding,
9.4.4.1.2. Cut metal pieces using flame, chipping, grinding, abrasive, and using
essentially unsafe power tools.
Radiological action:
9.4.5.1. To perform tests using radiation, you must follow the following:
9.4.5.1.1. Use of licensed contractors.
9.4.5.1.2. Obtain a permit before non-destructive testing.
9.4.5.1.3. Non-destructive testing is carried out in the presence of a minimum of
personnel.
9.4.5.1.4. The safe distance is calculated by the contractor.
9.4.5.1.5. Guarding the area with warning signs, by the contractor.
9.4.5.1.6. Periodic monitoring by the contractor by authorized measuring
devices.
9.4.5.1.7. Check the source before entering and after removal.
Safety Process 2: Entering Confined Space
9.5.1.The purpose of the entry standard for closed and narrow areas is to ensure that:
9.5.1.1. Proper preparation of narrow and confined areas before entering them.
9.5.1.2. Safe entry for employees, and preparation of rescue plans.
9.5.2.A safe work permit should be applied to closed and narrow areas to protect employees
from the dangers of entering those areas. Closed and narrow areas are defined as any
space or structure (such as a tank, ship, canal, or burial) that is not normally intended for
the occupancy of humans, and in which entry, movement within or exit is restricted. Any
part of the body that passes through the openings is considered an entry. Examples
include:
9.5.2.1. Clean the tanks from the inside.
9.5.2.2. Internal inspection of cabinets.
9.5.2.3. Work in sewers, drill swamps, valve boxes or pipes.
9.5.2.4. Excavations or infrastructure canals are deeper than 1.2 m (4 ft).
Setup
9.5.4. Confined Spaces must be properly isolated according to the process of safe isolation
requitement. It is recommended to use a diagram to help isolate all sources of energy,
water, oil, air and others.
9.5.5. Confined Spaces should be freed from toxic and harmful gases by displacing them
using inert gas, washing them with steam, and cleaning them as necessary to free them
from contaminants (from hazardous substances; iron sulfide deposits).
9.5.6. Mechanical ventilation (such as air fans) is used to ensure positive ventilation and
remove all dangerous airborne pollutants.
9.5.7. Mechanical ventilation should be stopped during air tests.

374
9.5.8. Air (oxygen), minimum explosion, toxic gases and vapors Gases tests are performed
and recorded immediately before entry, after breaks, or interruptions in work
procedures and at periodic intervals by certified gas test.
9.5.9. The minimum oxygen concentration should be 19.5%; The ignition must be zero and
the concentration of hydrogen sulfide (H2S) may not exceed 10 parts per million
(ppm).
9.5.10. All sources of ignition must be eliminated or controlled.
9.5.11. All equipment, including air fans, must be properly grounded. Lighting equipment must
be designed against explosion and against the release of any sparks (intrinsically safe).
9.5.12. Physical hazards, including falling objects and contact with hot surfaces, must be
controlled.
9.5.13. All required personal protective equipment, including respiratory protection, must be
worn while entering confined areas if required.
9.5.14. A means of exit, communication and registering emergency/rescue phone numbers
must be identified on the work permit.
9.5.15. Publish permits and Signs outside narrow areas to inform employees that entry is
under way and to prohibit unauthorized entry.
9.5.16. Trained reserve workers assigned for rescue purposes in closed areas must be
provided with appropriate equipment (such as personal protective equipment, radio
or guidance ropes) stationed outside closed areas to remain in direct contact with
workers within the confined area.
9.5.17. Appropriate rescue equipment including lifetimes, ligaments, and cranes should be
used when entering confined areas of 2 meters or deeper (e.g., tanks).
Entry
9.5.19. Only authorized employees should enter Confined Spaces.
9.5.20. All employees authorized to enter must sign and type the time of entry and exit on the
register.
9.5.21. The atmosphere is periodically checked while employees are in Confined Spaces to
ensure a safe working environment. Continuous monitoring is used when weather
conditions are subject to change in enclosed and narrow areas.
9.5.22. If entry to Confined Spaces is suspended, the entrance is blocked and the "Do Not
Enter" sign is posted.
Restore
9.6.1.When the work is completed and the confined spaces are ready to return to service, the
permit is used as a checklist to restore the confined spaces as appropriate. In addition to
the items listed in the permit, make sure that:
9.6.1.1. All employees are outside closed and narrow areas.
9.6.1.2. All equipment and tools should be removed.
9.6.1.3. All entry routes are closed and sealed. All vessels and valves are returned to
the operating state.
9.6.1.4. All blinds are removed from the pipes as required by the "Isolation" process.
9.6.1.5. All startup procedures are followed.
Requirements for Safety Analysis for Work/Job Tasks (JSA)

375
9.7.1.All "non-routine" jobs and potentially hazardous jobs must be evaluated, and the risks
involved must be monitored by implementing appropriate measures to prevent accidents
resulting in losses.
9.7.2.The basic philosophy of risk identification and control must be applied to ensure that
tasks are well managed. This philosophy is described in the following steps:
9.7.2.1. Learn about all the methods of exposure to loss
9.7.2.2. Assess the risks of each step
9.7.2.3. Develop an action plan
9.7.2.4. Implementation of the action plan
9.7.2.5. Monitoring progress and implementation on a periodic basis
9.7.3.Identifying risks before starting work is an important strategy to prevent accidents so
workers play an important role in identifying the risks associated with their tasks, and
should not rely solely on supervisors and being those who are directly involved in their
work, and have a direct awareness of the risks.
9.7.4.The concept of "quintet what questions" has been introduced where workers can identify
and control risks by asking five important questions:
9.7.4.1. "What could happen by mistake?"
9.7.4.2. "What accidents can lead to?"
9.7.4.3. "What can contribute to this?"
9.7.4.4. "What is the safest way to do this?"
9.7.4.5. "What can I do to correct the situation?"
Safety Process 4: Excavations and Drilling of Canals
9.8.1.The purpose of the excavation control process is to ensure proper planning and design of
excavation operations, including the entry of staff. An excavation permit is required when
these conditions are met:
9.8.2.All fossils are 1.2 m (4 ft) and deeper.
9.8.3.Excavations of 1.2 m (4 ft) and deeper may also require entry permit for enclosed areas.
Duties of staff working in excavations
9.8.4.1. Only authorized employees enter the excavations.
9.8.4.2. Make sure that there is no water leakage in the excavations.
9.8.4.3. Qualified employees test and monitor air while employees are present (such
as combustion, toxic gases or low oxygen).
9.8.4.4. Emergency rescue equipment must be available immediately.
Safety Process 5: Lockout\Tagout
9.9.1.The purpose of the isolation and locking process, Lockout\Tagout is to prevent injuries or
losses due to the release of stored energy. This process applies to electrical power
sources as well as other potentially stored sources of energy described below.
9.9.1.1. Electrical isolation, lockout\tagout procedures must be used before and during
any activity requiring employees to work on/or near parts of the active circuit, or
when there is a risk of injury due to unexpected start-up of equipment (e.g.
motor-driven pump).
9.9.1.2. Other energy sources such as compressed gas, process fluids and hydraulic,
pneumatic, thermal, chemical and mechanical systems must be isolated by
locking and isolation procedures (LOTO), in addition:

376
 9.9.1.3. Departments, operators and contractors at ports develop and review detailed
written Isolation and locking procedures for primary equipment, such as valves.
9.9.1.4. Locked equipment must be marked using the Saudi Ports Authority.
Chemical Safety
Chemical labels
10.1.1. Chemicals must be properly named.
10.1.2. Chemical Hazard Bulletins or Safety Data Leaflets (SDSs) are readily available for each
chemical on site.
10.2. Use of chemicals
10.2.1. Use appropriate PPE/Respiratory Equipment as described in the Safety Data Bulletin
(SDSs).
10.2.2. Do not smell or taste chemicals, eat, drink, smoke or chew gum in areas where
chemicals are present.
10.2.3. Wash your hands thoroughly after handling chemicals.
10.2.4. Do not mix incompatible chemicals.
10.2.5. When mixing chemicals, use appropriate laboratory equipment.
10.2.6. In case of contact with the eyes or skin, wipe the affected areas with clean water
immediately for a long time (minimum 15 min), remove contaminated clothing, and
seek medical attention.
10.2.7. Immediately clean the spills by wearing appropriate special protective equipment, and
properly dispose of all contaminated materials.
10.3. Storage of chemicals
10.3.1. Internal storage of flammable and combustible materials must be in certified metal
cabinets.
10.3.2. Users periodically inspect chemical containers for safety.
10.3.3. The storage of chemicals should be minimized. Storage on benches or at high levels is
not recommended.
10.3.4. Incompatible chemicals may not be stored near each other.
10.3.5. Toxic substances should be separated in a well-defined area with local exhaust
ventilation.
10.3.6. Highly toxic chemicals, which have opened their containers, must be in secondary
containment.
Compressed gas cylinders
11.1. Cylinder handling
11.1.1. Put protective covers on all unused cylinders.
11.1.2. Place cylinders securely, correctly and in an upright position.
11.1.3. Do not use cranes or ropes to transport cylinders.
11.1.4. All cylinders must be named correctly.
11.1.5. Rely only on the supplier's mark to determine the contents of the compressed gas
cylinder.
11.1.6. Do not hit the cylinders with each other.
11.1.7. Keep valves on empty cylinders closed at all times.

377
 11.1.8. Use roller carts, fastening them with chains, cylinder racks, and other appropriate types
of equipment for transporting cylinders.
11.2. Use of cylinders
11.2.1. Use a certified pressure regulator with a one-way valve connected to the cylinder valve
on all cylinders.
11.2.2. Always close the roller valve before trying to stop leaks.
11.2.3. Do not use lubricating oil as a lubricant on valves or their belongings.
11.2.4. Drilling lines on the fittings must correspond to the outlets of cylindrical valves.
11.2.5. Inspect the cylinders to make sure they are in a safe condition before use.
11.2.6. Protect cylinders from direct flames, sunlight and other heat sources.
11.2.7. Inspect all gauges (pressure clock), gas flow regulation tools, hoses, cylinders for
damage and the date of the current water test.
11.2.8. Placing the reflux barrier in acetylene cylinders.
11.3. Storage of cylinders
11.3.1. Store cylinders upright, and safely; use shelves and cylinders whenever possible.
11.3.2. Maintain the storage of oxygen cylinders separated from fuel gas cylinders at a
distance of 6.1 m (20 ft) or with a barrier 1.5 m (5 ft) high and not combustible.

11.3.3. Preservation of cylinders from direct flame, sunlight and other heat sources.
11.3.4. Do not store cylinders at temperatures exceeding 54 °C (130 °F).
11.3.5. Clearly identify empty and complete cylinders.
11.4. This section applies to all types of cranes including mobile and fixed cranes (such as
overhead and giant cranes). See the section "Safety of cranes" for lifting precautions.
11.4.1. Inspection
11.4.1.1. All mobile or stationary cranes must be inspected before use.
11.4.1.2. All cranes must have a valid inspection label from the General Authority of
Ports or from a third party approved by the General Authority of Ports.
Public Safety Precautions
12.1. All welders, including assistants, must use appropriate special protective equipment, and
obtain a hot work permit.
12.2. The equipment should be visually inspected by the user daily.
12.3. Defective equipment must be removed and replaced.
12.4. All welding and polishing processes must be in proper ventilation.
12.5. All unsafe workpieces must be properly installed.
12.6. All equipment must be turned off when it is not in use.
12.7. A portable fire extinguisher must be available within 3 meters (10 feet).
12.8. Combustible objects around the work area must be removed/protected.
12.9. All drainage holes must be covered within 23 m (75 ft) before work.

378
12.10. A fire monitor must be provided for the duration of the welding process, and must stay for
one hour after the welding processes are finished.
12.11. Cutting, welding, and mixing are not allowed in an oxygen-rich environment (i.e. an oxygen
concentration greater than 23.5%).
Electric arc welding processes
13.1. See also the section "Electrical Safety".
13.2. Electric welding machines must be properly grounded and must comply with the
requirements of the General Authority for Electrical Ports.
13.3. All damaged welding cables must be removed from service. Temporary repairs and
interlocking connections are prohibited.
Gas welding, cutting, tin welding
14.1. See also the section "Compressed gas cylinders".
14.2. Do not leave the bonfires unattended.
14.3. Use spark blocker fixtures on hose joints.
14.4. All connections/equipment must be inspected for leaks prior to use (for example, using
soap).
14.5. Gas regulators must be turned off and gas trapped
in hoses disposed of by the end of the seizure or
task.
14.6. Hoses must be protected from possible damage
during the welding process.
14.7. Reflux lightning should be placed in oxygen and
acetylene cylinders.
14.8. Organizers as shown in Figure 2.
Electrical Safety
Qualifications
15.1.1. Could be ‫ل‬For individuals Qualified To do
Business Electrical Doing In the operations ofRepair or installation of equipment
electrical, Or work around live circles. Figure 2- Cylinder gas regulator
15.1.2. Individuals whose work requires either
identification and possibly deactivation of electrical circuits should attend an electrical
hazard recognition training.
15.1.3. Qualified personnel to work in electrical circuits should be trained in first aid and basic
life support (BLS).
Safe Work Practices
15.2.1. All electrical conductors should be considered active unless properly secured, mark a
risk and use "isolation" for it.
15.2.2. Deactivate all circuits before starting work Use "Isolation and locking" to prevent
electrical circuits from being inadvertently activated.
15.2.3. Use appropriate special protective equipment including insulated rubber gloves to
work at high voltage. In addition, rubber carpets may be required to provide Isoaltion
from other items that are activated or grounded.

379
 15.2.4. Employees should not wear rings, wristwatches, other jewelry, glasses with metal
frames, or other similar metal objects while working 60 cm from electrical equipment.
15.2.5. Do not disrupt or sabotage the methods of protection against access to dangerous
parts of the device (Interlock System).
15.2.6. Inflatable valves with certified molten valves should be removed and replaced only
with the appropriate type and classified molten valves.
15.2.7. Metal stairs may not be used when working on or near electrical equipment or
connectors. Just use non-conductive stairs made of wood or fiber only.
15.2.8. Never use defective electrical equipment, defective wiring, or locally made wiring.
Fall protection
16.1. Approved fall protection measures (such as personal fall prevention systems and
scaffolding) are used if the working height is more than 2 meters
from ground level.
Personal Fall Prevention Systems
17.1. The components of the fall prevention system must be
properly classified, compatible, and consist of the following:
Figure 3- Personal Fall Prevention Belts
17.1.1. Connectors with Rope ‫ل‬Shock absorbers as shown in the
figure 4.
17.1.2. Cover the entire body as shown in Figures 4
and 5.
17.1.3. Users should inspect the fall prevention
systems before each use.
17.1.4. Defective components must be removed from
service.
17.1.5. The components of the belts must be
protected to prevent falls from cuts or scratches.
17.1.6. It is not permissible to use systems and Figure 5- Personal fall prevention belts (front)
components Drop Shields Personal To lift the
material.
17.1.7. Waist belts, manual locking or snap-off non-
self-locking hooks are prohibited for use as
part of the personal fall prevention system.

Figure 4- Personal Fall Prevention Belts (Rear)

380
 Scaffolding requirements (working in highlands/high works)
18.1. Work in High places are considered dangerous jobs. In his capacity General ephemeral
theAccidents of this kind that lead to injuries Great If not
deaths. Therefore, any activity/task requires the use of
temporary platforms to work the high must Trace Next:
18.1.1. Installation of scaffolding by skilled, trained and
certified builders in accordance with standard
requirements.
18.1.2. Scaffolding inspection and approval by scaffolding,
trained and certified scaffolding supervisors.
18.1.3. A scaffolding inspection label or label must be clearly
marked to indicate the condition of the scaffolding –
Figure 6.
18.1.4. Re-inspect scaffolding every week (7 days), every time it is changed, or after strong
winds or rain.
18.1.5. Workers must wear personal equipment and fall Figure 6- Scaffolding inspection sticker
prevention ropes (which cover the entire body with double flexible rubber ropes).
19. Forklift, mobile personal forklift, heavy weights lift and work with heavy equipment
19.1. The choice of forklift, mobile personal crane or mobile heavy weight lifter is carefully
planned for use in accordance with regulatory standards and local regulations.
19.2. A forklift, mobile personal crane or mobile heavy weight crane should be used in areas
where risks are present or probable appropriate to their design and specifications.
19.3. The forklift, mobile personal crane or mobile heavy weight crane must be marked with the
manufacturer's plate, showing the weight with the attachments, the weights you can lift,
the maximum allowable height.
19.4. Paintings or markers must be kept in a readable state and kept in place at all times.
19.5. Only authorized operators who hold a valid permit are allowed to operate the forklift,
mobile personal crane or mobile heavy weight lifter in the Authority and its facilities.
19.6. Forklifts may never be used to lift someone, unless an attachment is used in the form of a
certified platform, complete with rails, and tied to a lock.
19.7. Forklift, mobile personal crane or mobile heavy weight crane must be driven at a maximum
speed of 15 km/h.
19.8. The use and operation of a forklift, a mobile personal crane or a mobile heavy weight lifter
is never allowed if the operator is sick or taking medications that can cause drowsiness or
dizziness.
19.9. The load to be lifted and transported must not exceed the maximum allowable load.
19.10. When lifting a load, the center of gravity should not exceed the measurement of the load
center of the fork heel, to avoid overload.
19.11. The forklift, mobile personal crane or mobile heavy weight lifter must be stopped safely, in
a manner that does not impede aisles or access to emergency equipment.
19.12. Operators must slow down or stop at all intersections and sound the horn when
approaching blind spots or entrances or when approaching pedestrian areas.
19.13. It is not allowed to walk under a high load.

381
19.14. Operators must always report any accident or imminent accident while using a forklift,
mobile personal crane or mobile heavy weight lifter to their superiors.
19.15. All cranes must be equipped with a fire extinguisher that conforms to the body standard.
Cleanliness and arrangement
20.1. Good hygiene and order are of paramount importance for accident prevention. Therefore,
it is mandatory that everyone from employees, contractors and operators respects
cleanliness and arrangement at all times.
20.2. Cleanliness and arrangement must be required before, during, and after the execution of
the activity/task by all participants in that activity/task.
20.3. The expiry of work permits may not be signed unless the arrangement and cleanliness are
completed after the implementation of the activity/task.
Waste Management
21.1. All waste generated by contractors is collected and disposed of on the same day. The
accumulation of any waste inside the premises and facilities of the General Authority of
Ports shall not be permitted.
21.2. Contractors must strictly adhere to the waste management procedures of the General
Authority of Ports.
21.3. Any hazardous or toxic waste must be collected in a specific container for the type of waste.
The contractor shall be responsible for the immediate disposal of its hazardous or toxic
wastes in accordance with the requirements of the General Presidency of Meteorology and
the Environment and the Royal Commission for the Transport and Disposal of Waste.
21.4. Waste generated by the General Authority of Ports or approved for temporary storage
inside the premises of the General Authority of Ports shall follow the procedures of waste
management regarding storage requirements. Containers must be individually calledCE
labels.
Chemical exposure
22.1. Do not eat, drink or smoke while using hazardous chemicals.
22.2. Personal protective equipment should be used as required.
22.3. Make sure all chemical containers are labeled correctly
22.4. Always wash hands after using chemicals
22.5. Do not smell or taste chemicals.
22.6. Identify all emergency procedures and equipment
22.7. Read the instructions and safety information sheet for chemicals
before use
22.8. Properly store all hazardous chemicals
22.9. Use hazardous chemicals always as intended
Acting in Chemical Emergencies
22.10.1. Identify the emergency numbers of each port.
22.10.2. Know how to control spills
22.10.3. Knowledge of the procedures for stopping equipment constitutes appropriate and
correct.
22.10.4. Know the appropriate evacuation methods and gathering areas.
First aid for chemicals in the eye:

382
 22.11.1. Do not rub the eyes
22.11.2. You should open the eyelid of the eye, pass flowing water over it for 15 minutes and
use the nearest sink.
22.11.3. Be careful not to contaminate the other eye
22.11.4. Additional medical attention must be sought
22.11.5. Clothing and jewelry must be removed from chemically burned body parts.
Categories of hazardous chemicals
22.12.1. Corrosive substances
22.12.2. Flammable materials
22.12.3. Toxic substances
22.12.4. Reactive materials
22.12.5. Biological substances (causing diseases such as bacteria, viruses, etc.)
22.12.6. Carcinogens (carcinogens)
22.12.7. Radioactive materials.
Material Safety Data – Provides the following information for each chemical:
22.13.1. Name and number of the unified chemical.
22.13.2. Composition information and components of the chemical
22.13.3. Risk Identification
22.13.4. First aid measures
22.13.5. Fire control measures
22.13.6. Measures for accidental leakage of the
substance
22.13.7. Precautions for safe storage and handling
22.13.8. Exposure controls and personal protection
22.13.9. Physical and chemical properties
22.13.10.Stability and interaction
22.13.11.Information on the toxicity of the material
22.13.12.Information on the environmental impact of
the material
22.13.13.Material disposal information
22.13.14.Information on safe transport methods of the
material
22.13.15.Additional Information
Fire Prevention
23.1. No hot work may be carried out within the Figure 7 - Sample of the material safety
hazardous areas classified in ports/factories within the information sheet
precinct of the port unless the equipment or parts
thereof can be removed to allow hot work to be carried out outside the hazardous area.
23.2. Hot work can be carried out within the classified areas of the port if:
23.2.1. It became safe and free of all flammable gases.
23.2.2. The materials and equipment used had the correct electrical classification of the area
in which work was being carried out.
23.3. If hot work is required within electrically classified areas (hazardous areas), the following must
be followed:

383
 23.3.1. All flammable/combustible materials must be removed before work can begin.
23.3.2. When flammable materials cannot be removed from a building, it is acceptable to
cover flammable materials and wet the earth with water.
23.3.3. Fire extinguishing equipment required according to the work permit must be available
and a fire monitor must be present throughout and after the hot work is completed.
23.3.4. The equipment used during the work must comply with the requirements of the
equipment used in the particular classified area.
23.4. Must comply with the requirements of safe business analysis and the requirements of the
hot work permit.
These General Conditions must apply in conjunction with any of the other requirements:
23.5.1. Monitor ongoing work.
23.5.2. Work must cease whenever the conditions change or the conditions are not applied.
23.5.3. It is forbidden to do welding, hot cutting, or other hot work on barrels, tanks, and other
containers until they are cleaned and tested/inspected to ensure that there are no
flammable materials or any materials such as grease, tar, acids, or other materials that,
when exposed to heat, may produce flammable or toxic fumes in barrels and tanks.
23.5.4. Any pipe connected to the tanks must be insulated and a physical insulator placed and
must be locked and signed on the isolation by the person responsible.
23.5.5. Regular tests should be carried out to ensure that barrels and tanks are free of
flammable gases and also of toxic gases.
23.5.6. All equipment cables must be flawless and connected in a correct and secure manner.
Bending / curly or tying / patching in cables is not allowed.
23.5.7. Welding equipment must be operated as soon as all equipment is ready, the fire
monitor is present and all are safe and the permit conditions are complete.
23.5.8. All test certificates, measurement results, etc. must be available for inspection where
appropriate by the inspection officer and safety personnel.
23.5.9. All grounding must be carried out within a maximum distance of 2 meters from the
work site. Gas cylinders and connections must be ensured that leaks are free.
23.5.10. If a gas or steam leak occurs, or if an emergency alarm is activated, all work must be
stopped immediately, hot work equipment extinguished, and the area evacuated
according to the emergency plan.
23.5.11. The requirements and application of the conditions of hot work must be complied with
during all cases of grinding or welding.
23.5.12. In cases where welding/milling is required, care must be taken to ensure that there are
no flammable materials within 11 metres of this working area.
23.5.13. The working area must be covered with approved welding caps.
23.5.14. When possible, all flammable materials must be transported to at least 11 metres from
the work site.
23.5.15. In cases where transportation is impractical, flammable materials must be protected
by flame protective covers or otherwise flame-resistant and certified.
23.5.16. Air ducts (central air conditioners) that may carry sparks to areas where flammable
materials are present must be protected, and must be properly protected or turned
off.

384
23.5.17. When the cutting or welding process is carried out near walls, barriers, or a
combustible roof of construction, fire-resistant shields must be provided to prevent
ignition.
23.5.18. If welding is to be done on a non-combustible wall, or roof, precautions must be taken
to prevent ignition on the other side of the wall or ceiling, due to conductivity or
radiation, preferably by changing the location of flammable materials.
23.5.19. In cases where flammable materials are not transported, a fire monitor is provided on
the other side of the work.
23.5.20. When a weld is suspended for any long period of time, for example during lunch or for
8 hours, all electrodes must be removed from the machine and carefully placed in a
safe place so that no accidental contact can occur between the positive and negative
electrodes and cut off all power sources from the device.
23.5.21. In order to eliminate the possibility of gas escape through leakage from improperly
closed valves, the torch valves and the fuel, gas and oxygen supply to the torch should
be positively closed when the torch is not used for a long period of time, such as during
the lunch hour or overnight.
23.5.22. No hot work is allowed except for competent employees and contractors accredited
by the General Authority of Ports.
It is not permissible to cut or weld in the following cases:
23.6.1. Areas not authorized by the owner of the area.
23.6.2. Buildings with fire spray water systems when these systems are not operational.
23.6.3. In the presence of explosive/flammable gases (a mixture of flammable gases, vapors,
liquids, or dust with air), or explosive/flammable atmospheres that may develop inside
tanks or equipment, which previously contained flammable and explosive materials.
23.6.4. In nearby areas large quantities of exposed and flammable materials are easily stored.
The presence of the backup person during all hot work processes.
23.7.1. Where there are floor openings or cracks in the floors that cannot be closed,
precautions are taken so that combustible materials on the floor below are not easily
exposed to sparks that may fall through the floor. The same precautions are observed
with regard to cracks or holes in walls, open entrances and open or broken windows.
23.7.2. Proper fire extinguishing equipment must be maintained in a state ready for
immediate use depending on the nature and quantity of combustible materials.
23.7.3. When the floors have combustible materials such as paper clippings, sawdust, or
textile fibers, the floor should be cleaned with a radius of 11 meters. Combustible
floors must be kept moist, covered with damp sand, or protected by fire-resistant
shields.
23.7.4. In cases where the floors are wet, workers in the field of electric welding or cutting
equipment must be protected from possible electric shock.
Drains and sewage:
23.8.1. The following precautionary measures are implemented in conjunction with the
precautionary measures identified during the general preventive measures stipulated
in the work permit.
20.8.1.1 The drains must be cleaned as to remove all flammable/combustible
materials before starting any hot work. If this is not possible from practical

385
 actions, the following precautions may be taken, as specified from the formal
process of construction and implementation management.
20.8.1.2 Cover the drains with a foam blanket to prevent the leakage of
flammable fumes.
20.8.1.3 Cover the open sewers and ducts with a foam blanket to ensure steam
suppression.
20.8.1.4 The cesspools must be covered with a foam blanket to suppress
steam.
20.8.1.5 In cases where drains and pipes are interconnected with open sewer
networks, sewer systems associated with the sink or drainage are covered with
a foam blanket to facilitate the prevention of flammable steam leakage.
20.8.1.6 A foam blanket should be maintained while performing hot work.
20.8.1.7 Foam must be applied at the rate required to protect the product, i.e.
3% or 6%.
Issuance of a work permit for hot work work:
23.9.1. A work permit will be issued when the following conditions are met:
23.9.2. Carry out a safe work assessment and be done adequately and adequately.
23.9.3. The equipment to be worked on is determined and verified between the person who
has to perform the hot work and the competent person in the port.
23.9.4. Meet all the conditions of the hot work permit.
The Static Electricity
23.10.1. The danger of static electricity is always at the point of discharge to the ground which
may ignite a mixture of flammable materials, for example when the content of a
petroleum tank is discharged to the tank or vessel.
23.10.2. All equipment must be grounded and ensure that the grounding was done correctly to
make sure when there is any electrical spark.
Cabinets and equipment:
The following must be grounded:
23.11.1.1.Electric pump or steam pump.
23.11.1.2.All solid structures and process equipment.
23.11.1.3.Storage tanks and floating surfaces.
23.11.1.4.Valves.
23.11.1.5.Use ground cables for all flexible pipes that do not have ground wires.
Lightning:
It is a very real source of ignition due to the presence of high amounts of heat and requires the
following precautionary measures:
23.12.1. Equipment structures and all buildings must be grounded to protect the structures
from lightning.
23.12.2. Lightning connectors should be installed in strategic places.
23.12.3. Provide spark retardant on ventilation pipes from cabinets containing flammable
materials.
Vehicles (cars and others)

386
 23.13.1. Internal combustion engines such as gasoline, liquefied petroleum gas or paraffin
engine, are not allowed to enter electrically classified areas under any circumstances
(zone zero and 1).
23.13.1.1.Zone zero: It is an area where flammable gases are present all the time, for
example: the presence of flammable gases inside the fuel tank.
23.13.1.2.One area: It is an area where flammable gases are sometimes present as a
result of normal processes, for example: the leakage of gases from pressure relief
vents in fuel tanks.
23.13.1.3.Area 2: It is an area where flammable gases are sometimes present during
emergencies, for example: oil leakage.
23.13.2. Entry to Area 2 areas will only be allowed after gas tests have been carried out or in
the event of alternative surveillance.
Diesel Engines
23.14.1. Zone zero areas will not be allowed to enter.
23.14.2. Vehicles will be allowed to enter Zone 1 areas only once they
are fully protected in accordance with the standard
specifications of diesel engines modified for use in hazardous
areas.
23.14.3. Zone 1 areas will be allowed to enter without the required protection only if
flammable gas tests are performed.
Smoking
24.1. Smoking is not allowed inside the port other than designated
smoking areas.
Safe Driving
25.1. Adhere to the speed limit for roads according to the road speed
plates specified within the port.
25.2. Priority must be given to pedestrians
Vehicle passengers must
25.3.1. Do not exceed the passenger capacity allowed for the vehicle.
25.3.2. It is strictly forbidden to jump out of the vehicle while it is traveling.
25.3.3. Do not ride on trucks, pickups or on the back of a forklift.
25.4. A seat belt must be used.
25.5. Vehicles must be parked in designated parking spaces only.
25.6. Vehicles are only operated by a person who has a Saudi driver's license.
25.7. Traffic signs scattered on the streets should be followed.

387
 25.8. The entry of vehicles into areas classified as hazardous
(zones zero, 1, 2) is considered dangerous and requires a
permit to enter the vehicles and a gas test as appropriate
for the area.
25.9. The vehicle does not have to be parked in front of the
emergency department (equipment such as fire trucks,
ambulances, etc.)
25.10.The person driving the car should check the safety of the
vehicle before using it.
25.11.Reckless driving is strictly prohibited.
25.12.The driver of the car is responsible for the safety of the passengers.
25.13. In industrial ports, vehicles are required to be parked behind for easy evacuation movement.

Photo 8 Back Stand

Emergency Preparedness Requirements

Types of emergency alarm bell

388
23.2 These alarms are tested every Monday at 10:30 a.m. The announcement is made before the
start of the test. During this period, no evacuation is required unless a genuine state of
emergency is declared.

Forms
Form/Form
figure Title of the form/form Retention period
Number
Remains until the release of the new
001 OHS-F.01 Guide receipt form by employee
directory

Job Safety Analysis (JSA)

OHS-P.02

389
390
 Purpose
The purpose of the work task safety analysis process standard (job safety) is to establish safe
standard methods for performing certain functions to control them and aims to establish the
basics of doing safety analysis of work tasks (functional safety).
Scope
The scope of this standard covers all high-risk jobs which, while done wrongly, may lead to time-
consuming injuries and also to serious injuries and sometimes even death.
Definitions
Time-consuming injuries: An injury that causes the employee not to come to work again
within the next 24 hours.
Severe injuries: Any injury that leads to dysfunction and may cause temporary or
permanent disabilities or disability of the employee.
Danger: It is any object or circumstance that has the ability to cause harm.
Responsibilities
Director of the Central Department of Industrial Security:
Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.
Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard and conduct a
training program for employees on this standard.
Port Industrial Security Managers:
Responsible for training employees on this standard.
Monitor the application of the standard in its port.
Maintain a copy of all functional safety analyses released at its port.
General Manager of the Port:
Ensure that all port employees and operators are aware of this standard and its
applications.
Ensure that all employees are committed to the application through field visits
and also safety meetings.
Provide resources for the port to carry out the task of analyzing the safety of
work/functional tasks, updating and adhering to them.
Department Managers and Supervisors:
Managers and supervisors produce a safety analysis of work/job tasks in their
departments and ensure the participation of the relevant employees during the
writing and development of the safety analysis.
They should train employees on the content of each safety analysis and they are
able to apply it.
Monitor the performance of employees for safety analysis.
Head of Port Safety Department:
Monitor the application of the standard by all employees, contractors and
operators.
Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.
Train all levels of employees on this standard in their ports.

391
5. Analysis of the safety of work tasks (functional safety)
This standard aims to show when departments perform a "Job Safety Analysis" of any task
or function.
Writing a good "Job Safety Analysis" leads to:
Stimulate thought, debate and a safe way of thinking that leads to the recognition
of risks associated with the job or task and helps to control risks at work and
minimize accidents.
It is useful during the application of tasks and the employee can refer to them
permanently and also can be used for the symptoms of training and the
development of standards.
Standard – Methodology:
Job Safety analysis is the development of instructions to do the job safely, contains the
steps of the job performance and explains how you can perform those steps in a safe way.
"Job Safety Analysis" is written using the form OHS-P.02-F-001. The steps are as follows:
First Step: Describe the steps to perform the work/job:
The work or task is divided by steps arranged chronologically which makes
this analysis useful, and the operation and maintenance manual can be used
and reviewed during the process of writing a "Job Safety Analysis".
These steps are written in the first column on the form OHS-P.02-F-001.
Second Step: Identify the risks associated with each step:
Recognizing the risks of each step is the cornerstone of doing a "safety
analysis of work/job tasks", each risk is written along each step and each step
may have more than one risk. The multiplicity of individuals involved in this
analysis and their ability to derive risks helps to produce an excellent "safety
analysis".
The team performing the "Safety Analysis" process must consist of at least
the following functions:
Operation: For the work and functions performed by the Operating
Department and affecting operations.
Maintenance (depending on each team): For the functions
performed by the maintenance department whether mechanical,
electrical, precision machinery and others.
Engineering: For works that may affect facilities internally and
externally.
Safety: For businesses that may affect safety, health and the
environment.
Maritime Operations: For works performed on the maritime side of
the port.
Employees: Employees who perform those tasks must be brought
together in order to share their ideas and experiences.
Step Three: Develop ways to get rid of risks and control risks:
This column includes methods of controlling risks, and while thinking about
solutions you should follow the risk control hierarchy which starts from:

392
 Get rid of risks.
Replace the risk with a less serious one.
Develop engineering solutions to control danger such as physical
barriers.
Write or follow written standards and train on them.
Personal protective equipment.
If the Safety Analysis team can't make that task or job safe, then employees shouldn't
perform that task and the team should think about other ways to make that task safer.
Forms
figure Form Number Form Title Retention period

Remain until issued or

001 OHS-P.02-F-001 Job Safety Analysis Form
modified.

393
 First aid
OHS-P.03

394
Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to formulate first-aid requirements at ports and also first-aid box
requirements.
Scope
The scope of this standard includes all employees of the Authority and all ports.
Definitions
3.1 First aid: It is the primary, immediate and temporary care and care that a person receives as a
result of sudden exposure to an emergency health condition that led to bleeding, wounds,
fractures, fainting and others, to save his life and until specialized medical care is provided to
him by the arrival of the doctor to the scene of the accident or by transferring him to the
nearest hospital or medical clinic. One of its objectives is to preserve the life of the injured
person, prevent the deterioration of the condition of the injured and help the injured to heal.
3.2 Paramedic: A person who provides first aid and care for the injured or who has been exposed to
a sudden medical condition, provided that he is qualified to do this work by obtaining
appropriate training in specialized health centers and has the information that enables him to
provide first aid to the injured or patient correctly to save his life.
3.3 HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
3.4 HSED: Health, Safety and Environment Executive Department.
Responsibilities
4.1 HSED Manager:
4.1.1 Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.
4.1.2 Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard and conduct a training
program for employees on this standard.
4.2 Port Industrial Security Managers:
4.2.1 Responsible for training employees on this standard.
4.2.2 Monitor the application of the standard in its port.
4.2.3 Keep a copy of the list of paramedics at the port.
4.3 Port General Manager:
4.3.1 Ensure that all port employees and operators are aware of this standard and its
applications.
4.3.2 Ensure that all employees are committed to the application through field visits and
also safety meetings.
4.3.3 Sending employees to attend first aid courses.
4.4 Department Managers and Supervisors:
4.4.1 Managers and supervisors nominate employees to be first responders in their
departments.
4.4.2 Place identification stickers in the safety panel showing the names of the first
paramedics in the department.
4.4.3 Ensure the validity of the certificates of the first paramedic, and attend the periodic
training of the first paramedics.
4.5 Head of Port Safety Department:
4.5.1 Monitor the application of the standard by all employees, contractors and operators.
4.5.2 Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.

395
 4.5.3 Train all levels of employees on this standard in their ports.
First aid requirements
The percentage of first responders in the port and in each of the port departments should
not be less than 15% of the employees and if the product of the calculation is broken and
forced to the nearest highest number, for example, if the department has 23 employees,
then the calculation is (23 x 15% = 3.45 employees this is rounded to 4 employees).
Candidates must attend the necessary courses that qualify them to be first responders.
First responders should attend periodic training to renew their licenses.
The duration of the permit is usually 3 years and the management may nominate others to
be first responders.
Contents of the first aid box
The first aid box should contain the following:

figure genre Quantity

1 Burn gauze 50 pieces
2 Sponge bandages 10 pcs
3 Gauze cutting for cleaning 50 pieces
4 Sterile gauze cut (10x10) 50 pieces
5 Pieces of gauze 5x5 50 pieces
6 Gauze Laces 5 x 5 10 laces
7 Tor Nikit 1
8 Compression bands of different sizes 10 laces
9 Medical swabs 100 pieces
10 Blaster Rolls 5 rolls
11 Sterile Blaster Cutting 20 pieces
12 Sterile gloves 20 gloves
13 Mouth masks 10 masks
14 Solution for eye wash (1) Packaging
15 Folding sick stretcher (1)
16 Antiseptic solution for wounds (1) Packaging
17 Airway kit (1)
18 Splint set for thigh, leg and forearm (1)
19 Solid plate for spinal injuries (1)
20 Neck splint kit for neck injuries (1)
21 Scissors of the right size (2)
22 Oversized blanket (1)
23 Tweezers of the right size (2)

6.2 Some of the contents of the box are considered large such as number 17, 18, 19, 20, and
15 and must be kept in the clinic and must be available in the ambulance.
First Aid Tasks
To go immediately if called for an ambulance and apply what he has learned to the injured.
Report and call the emergency number to immediately send an ambulance to the area
where the injured person is and give them details of the location and injury.
7.3 The first responder must inspect the first aid box in the department entrusted to him on a
weekly basis and fill out the form number OHS-F.03.

396
 7.4 If he loses anything from the first aid treasury, he must inform the supervisor of the
administration and also inform the safety department and the fire department responsible
for the ambulance, where one of the employees may have had an accident and did not
report it.
Tasks of supervisors and observers
Nomination and selection of first responders: If the paramedics are employees of the
contractor , it must be ensured that the contractor selects and trains his employees to be
first responders of the same proportions and receives a copy with the names and certificates
of the paramedics and does notensure that they are always present at the work site and
always carry the badge of "first paramedic".
Compensate the contents of the first aid box.
First Paramedic Badge
Each paramedic carries a badge showing that he is a first paramedic and rides on the left side of
the employee's shirt and reads "First Paramedic" with a red crescent.

Records
The inspection record of the first aid boxes is kept for 12 months and then damaged.
The department supervisor must keep the record and be always present for inspection.
Forms
Retention
figure Form Number Title of the form
period
First aid box Contents List Form – For
001 OHS-F.04 One year
Inspection

397
Traffic Safety
OHS-P.04

398
Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to formulate traffic safety requirements in ports and ensure that
they are applied.
Scope
The scope of this standard includes all port employees, all ports, all departments, contractors,
operators and everyone who drives a vehicle within ports.
Definitions
3.1 HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
3.2 HSED: Health, Safety and Environment Executive Department.
3.3 ISD: Industrial Security Department
3.4 HQ: Head Quarter.
3.5 HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security Department
Responsibilities
HSED Manager and HQISD Manager:
Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.
Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard and conduct a
training program for employees on this standard.
Port ISD Managers:
Responsible for training employees on this standard.
Monitor the application of the standard in its port.
Port General Manager:
Ensure that all port employees, operators, contractors and transport companies
are aware of this standard and its applications.
Ensure that all employees are committed to the application through field visits
and also safety meetings.
Department Managers and Supervisors:
Managers make sure that this standard is applied in their departments and also
for pedestrian and vehicle road users.
Ensure that vehicles are safe and that they are well maintained and are fit for
use.
Ensure that their employees, contractors and dock operators have a driver's
license and are qualified to drive safely in the port.
Head of Port Safety Department:
Monitor the application of the standard by all employees, contractors and
operators.
Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.
Vehicle Commanders:
Commitment to safe driving and also ensure the safety of their vehicles and
adhere to traffic lights and driving rules within the port.
Not to drive any unsafe vehicle, and to report it to maintenance for repair.
4.7 Pedestrian
Follow all traffic rules in the port.

399
Vehicles & Vehicles
All vehicles and vehicles entering the port must be in good condition and no vehicles of
which the condition is suspected.
Contractors operating container trucks must carry out voluntary inspections of their
vehicles as per Form No. OHS-F.08 and ensure that those trucks comply with port entry
requirements and that such forms are presented upon entry into the port and if requested
by port safety officials.
For other vehicles such as small cars and SUVs, they must be in good condition, and have
the following:
All lights work well especially headlights, taillights, rotation signal lights as well
as brake lights.
It should have side mirrors.
It should have a front mirror.
Not to have an accident affecting their movement.
To have a windshield.
The brakes should be working well.
It has rain areas and works well.
It should have seat belts.
Have passed the annual inspection of small vehicles.
Be insured against accidents.
It has a fire extinguisher and the extinguisher must be tested and the inspection
is still valid.
5.4 The security and safety inspectors of the port must carry out a random inspection every
day to make sure the cars entering the port and when any infringing vehicle is seized it
must be stopped and made sure that the port is promoted and the entry license to the
port is withdrawn until the vehicle is repaired to comply with the conditions of the port.
For mobile heavy equipment such as a mobile crane and others, it must be licensed for
use and be intended for use in the designated function.
Mobile cranes must:
The equipment must have passed the annual lifting tests and bear a certificate
of this, and it is strictly forbidden to allow any equipment that does not bear that
certificate to enter the port.
They must have clear markings showing the maximum safe load (Safety Working
Load SWL).
Be properly prepared for the employee's ascent and descent from the cockpit.
Have a way to lock the cockpit when the employee (operator) is not inside the
cockpit so as to prevent any unauthorized person from entering the cockpit.
It must have a fire extinguisher and the extinguisher must be tested and the
inspection is still valid.
It should have a load chart that shows the safe level of the load, the lifting angle
and the lifting lever.
It should not have oil leaks.
All mounting screws should be in good condition.

400
 The boom should be free from cracks or shocks.
The crane fittings of ropes, rollers etc. should be in good condition and
functioning.
5.6.11 The mobile crane supplier must carry out voluntary crane inspection each time
the crane enters the port, and shall place a copy of such voluntary inspection in
the crane and submit it whenever requested, form OHS-F.05 shall be filled.
5.7 General rules for Vehicles:
These requirements apply to vehicles used within the port.
Private cars must be parked in designated areas.
It is forbidden to separate the locomotive from the trailer in the cargo docks
except when the wheels are installed. Wheels must be installed between the
period of disconnection of the brake systems and their return.
All drivers of vehicles must adhere to the speeds specified in the port and not
exceed them and adhere to all traffic signs on the streets, and if violating them
will expose the driver to a fine and penalty.
Mandatory parking signs should be placed at the main entrances and exits and
places where visibility is difficult.
Reflective mirrors should be placed in places where it is difficult to see.
The streets must be clearly indicated, clearly marked and planned.
Pedestrian crossing routes should be clearly and safely placed and a risk
assessment should be carried out before footsteps are put in place to ensure that
the place is safe and that the crossing is safe.
You must leave a distance of 6 meters between the carriages and trucks
especially during entry to the port and also about‫ د‬Queue while charging.
Vehicles and trucks should not be left to operate
without their driver so as not to be moved by
anyone who is not authorized to do so.
When trucks are used to load pipes, the pipe fall
blocker must be put in place and must be well
Figure 9- Tightening the pipes with
installed to prevent their lateral fall and the rear
tensile belts
fall due to speed or braking.
Forklifts:
5.8.1 Forklifts should be inspected daily prior to use
and must fill out these forms:
For diesel, oil or gas forklifts OHS-F.06.
For electrically operated forklifts OHS-
Figure 9- Placement of columns that
F.07. prevent the lateral fall of pipes
The forklift must be driven by qualified persons
who are allowed to drive the forklift.
The forklift commander is prohibited from carrying other people with him on the
forklift unless the forklift is designed for it.
When the forklift is left, the forks should be lowered downwards, the gearbox
should be placed in the empty and the brakes should be used unless the crane is
7 meters away and in front of its commander and must be extinguished. If the

401
 crane is at an inclined plane, the slope should be prevented by placing objects
that prevent it from sliding downwards.
Each forklift must bear a mark indicating "Safe Working Load (SWL)" and be clear
to everyone, especially the forklift operator.
All drivers of forklifts must drive with caution and that:
They reduce speed and pressure on horns when turning right or north
and also when visibility is blocked.
The speed should be reduced when descending and climbing the slopes.
The weight should not obscure the front view, and if the weight is a
visor the weight should be tossed behind the forklift.
As for large forklifts carrying large cargoes, sometimes the tools for
attaching the crane to the cargo are invisible to the driver, ways must
be provided to enable the driver to ensure that the shipment has been
attached to the crane.
The operator of the crane must not exceed the "safe operational load".

It is strictly forbidden to lift a human by forklift unless a platform is available and

meets these conditions:
The platform should be a handrail and the
handrail should be characterized by its
ability to withstand at least 100 kilos.
The handrail should consist of a higher
horizontal column with a height of 1070
mm, a medium horizontal column with a
height of 480 mm and there should be a
protective for falling objects with a height
of 100 mm from the base of the platform.
Figure10 - Human lifting
The platform must be free from shocks and platform on Forklift
cracks.
The platform must be attached and fixed to the forklift and be designed
for use with the forklift.
Before any such operation, a risk assessment and a test lifting of the
crane must be carried out by placing a weight equivalent to the weight
of a human being and not less than 70 kilos.
The floor of the podium must be non-slip.
Selection and maintenance of trolleys
The selection and maintenance of safe equipment is one of the most important building
blocks for reducing accidents in ports.
The Director of Maintenance Department and operators should ensure that the
maintenance of equipment and vehicles, especially safety tools such as:
Trumpets.
Alarms and reversing sound.
Seat belts.

402
 Brake.
Front and side mirror.
Modification of vehicles is prohibited only after taking advice from the manufacturer and
his consent to such modification.
The selection of equipment and machinery should also be based on safety and safety
should be one of the ways to differentiate between one machine and another and not
only on the basis of price.
Traffic in ports
All roads must be marked showing the maximum number
of streets in the port.
All drivers must comply with all traffic signs erected on
those streets.
Signs should be placed to stop changing from one street
to another or when the vision is blocked in some form.
Parking lots and streets should be appropriately identified
Figure11- Horizontal lines for
and planned, and also pedestrian crossing places should speed reduction and caution
be identified, and signs should be placed showing
pedestrian traffic sites.
In dangerous areas or streets, yellow lines can be placed so that the driver is cautious and
slows down.
When a maintenance vehicle stands in the docks, traffic cones
with light and light must be placed surrounding the place of the
maintenance staff to warn Driver And not to clash with
maintenance personnel.
must In front of the excavations in the streets of the port,
protect the vehicles and employees from falling by protecting
the excavations, placing clear signs showing the workplaces and
change in the street, and placing a man on the street to control
Figure12- Traffic cones with
traffic in the excavation places. flashing light
Speed in ports
Controlling the speed of vehicles is important in the port, where there are many
loading and lifting operations, transport equipment and vehicles of all kinds
located within the port boundaries and piers, and each equipment and vehicle
has its operational characteristics and must adhere to the specified speedsinside
the port and not exceed them.
Signs and signs specifying the speed level of the port should be placed on all roads
and on major roads.
Safe Driving and Safe Vehicle Operation
Safe operation of vehicles:
Port operators must only commit to the operation of vehicles by qualified, trained
and authorized persons by the operator and port to drive those heavy vehicles in
port.

403
 The operator at the port must train drivers on how to safely operate and safely
load vehicles, that the training be official and that the trainee obtains a certificate
of this.
To name a few, the driver must be trained to leave safe distances of 7 meters
between each vehicle during loading.
Safe Driving:
Training should include safe driving methods and skills and follow factory
instructions, port signs and port driving
instructions.
The driver must be vigilant, especially with
regard to pedestrians and other vehicles.
The operator should evaluate and monitor the
drivers and operators of cars and vehicles, and
the following are some examples of safe driving
that vehicle operators must have:
Intersections must be kept free of cars.
Do not take shortcuts against the direction of travel.
Must be aware of nearby port activities and any possible changes in the
route of vehicles.
Be familiar with all pedestrians in the port.
Never use a mobile phone, it is a port measure to prevent the use of
mobile.
Do not eat in vehicles while driving.
Do not use the radio.
Avoid distractions while driving in general.
Always use a seat belt while driving in port.
It is forbidden to drive vehicles when the driver is tired due to stress or due
to taking any of the narcotic drugs.
Parking:
Private vehicles (vehicles) are allowed to enter the port provided that they are
stopped in the designated places only, and the following must be ensured:
Vehicles should not be parked on the passage lanes of vehicles.
Cars should not be parked in blind spots for heavy vehicles and trucks.
Vehicles should not be parked in the corridor of trucks, cranes and moving
vehicles.
Vehicles must be parked in designated spaces, manual brakes turned on,
and the vehicle's machine turned off before exiting it. And make sure that
the car is parked properly and properly.
Walking in a safe way in the ports
Reflective vests must be worn while working or walking in container handling areas or in
the vehicle's tracks in the port.

404
 Pedestrians must walk in pedestrian areas, and pedestrian walking areas must be
designated as per OHS-P.05 requirements except in cases where the pavement operator
provides buses to transport employees and passengers at the port.
Pedestrians should be careful and know that drivers don't see them when they're in the
blind spot.
When heading to vehicles and trucks, pedestrians should make sure that the driver sees
them and at least have eye contact.
Pedestrians should beware of certain vehicles such as forklift and others.
Pedestrians should walk in the safe areas allocated to them, especially next to the marina
and container handling areas. Pedestrians must wear personal protective equipment such
as a helmet, shoes and yellow reflective jacket.
Training
Drivers must receive adequate training and the training program should contain the
following:
Topics related to forklift and other heavy vehicles.
Vehicle (machine) operating instructions, warning signs, precautions, safe
operating limits and others.
The difference between forklift, heavy machinery and cars.
Forklift and heavy machinery control instructions.
Methods of operation of the machine and engine.
Safe ways to rotate and move.
Vision and its limitations.
Crane accessories, operation and safe limits.
Crane load and balance.
Methods of inspection of crane, heavy machinery and maintenance.
Methods of charging the crane with petroleum or electricity.
The condition of the roads on which the forklift and other trucks will operate.
Infantry in the workplace.
Indoor work and ventilation.
and other appropriate and important topics to perform work safely.
Traffic violations and accidents
Compliance with the requirements of this standard is important to ensure the conduct
of business without any accidents or imminent accidents affecting the safety of
employees, contractors, operators and visitors, and therefore the Industrial Security
Department of the port must conduct inspection tours of the system and surprise to
control traffic safety within the port and monitor violations and also direct the
accident at the site to write the initial report and monitor the facts from the site and
submit to the competent authority.
11.2 Anyone who sees any violation must report it to the port's reporting number and the
Industrial Security Department uses Form OHS-F.09 for traffic violations and traffic
violations.
11.3 For traffic accidents, the following must be done:

405
 11.3.1 If any traffic accident is committed by any vehicle and other vehicle or collides
with a person or any object, the driver of the vehicle shall immediately report
the accident to the Port Security Department which will supervise the accident,
record the data and investigate the accident.
11.3.2 Failure to report any incident that may expose the perpetrator to penalties and
fines.
11.3.3 The perpetrator of the accident must cooperate with the investigation teams to
find out the reasons to avoid such accidents in the future.
11.3.4 The initial traffic accident notification form must be filled out in the OHS-F.10
Initial Traffic Accident Notification Form and followed by an accident
investigation in accordance with HSES-P.16.
Records
Records shall be kept in accordance with the table in paragraph 13 (forms).
Forms
figure Form Number Title of the form Retention period
001 OHS-F.05 Voluntary inspection of mobile cranes 6 months
002 OHS-F.06 Fuel Derivatives Forklifts 6 months
003 OHS-F.07 Electrically powered forklifts 6 months

004 OHS-F.08 Voluntary inspection of trucks 6 months

005 OHS-F.09 Traffic violations and traffic violations 12months
Lifetime – not
006 OHS-F.10 Initial report of a traffic accident
damaged

406
Safety Signs
OHS-P.05

407
Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to formulate the requirements of safety signs (safety signs,
safety signs) and also the coloring requirements in ports.
Scope
The scope of this standard includes safety signs (safety and fire signs), and safety labels.
Definitions
Safety and health signs (safety, health and fire signs): are signs that provide information
and instructions on health, safety and fire by displaying them on the walls and salamat
boards which are paintings of different shape and color.
Safety Signboard: These are boards placed in places with high density of employees and on
which safety guidelines, safety instructions and the latest safety, environment and security
information are placed.
HSE:
HSED:
ISD:
Responsibilities
HSED Manager:
Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.
Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard and conduct a
training program for employees on this standard.
Port Industrial Security Managers:
Responsible for training employees on this standard.
Monitor the application of the standard in its port.
Determine where the safety panels are placed and updated by selecting who is
responsible for the update.
General Manager of the Port:
Ensure that all port employees and operators are aware of this standard and its
applications.
Ensure that all employees are committed to the application through field visits and
also safety meetings.
Provide resources to purchase safety signs and put them in the right place.
Department Managers and Supervisors:
Managers and supervisors determine the type, number and location of painted
marks.
Place identification stickers in the safety panel showing the types of signs and their
meanings.
Port Safety Controllers:
Monitor the application of the standard by all employees, contractors and
operators.
Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.
Train all levels of employees on this standard in their ports.

408
 Assist departments in selecting the appropriate signs and periodically updating the
safety panel responsible for them.
Procurement Department at the General Authority of Ports:
The Procurement Section is obliged to purchase only the indicative signs set out in
this standard and is obliged to obtain the approval of the Central Administration of
the Supreme Authority for Industrial Security of the General Authority for Ports,
and requires the supplier to bring illustrations before supply.
Signs of safety, fire and health
Safety, fire and health signs are divided into five sections and are as follows:
Prohibition: These are signs that ask employees not to do something
forbidden such as smoking.

Warning signs: These are signs that warn employees of a certain danger, such
as the risk of slippage or the danger of electricity.
Mandatory: These are signs that require and order employees to perform a
safe act such as wearing a helmet, wearing shoes and wearing ear shields.
Fire Equipment: These are signs that show the location of firefighting devices
such as extinguishers and water rollers.
Safe Conditions: These are signs that tell employees the right direction to
reach safe places during a fire and get out of the building.
Signs of health and they are only one type
General Health Signs: These are signs that show the health risk of substances
such as corrosive, incendiary and others.
Signs showing the presence of obstacles
Signs that identify the presence of obstacles and dangerous places: are a
type of signs of different colors that determine the presence of an obstacle
on the ground or above ground, places of safe transit and others.
Fixed Safety Boards:
Safety Signboards: These are boards (similar to blackboards) that are hung
in strategic locations in the port so that employees can see them and are
usually in the cafeteria, entrances to buildings or port entrances and are
intended to give safety information to all
employees.
Guiding traffic signs are divided into a set of signs:
Circular markers: They are divided into
Figure 13 -
two parts: Beware of a Figure 14Non-
sliding road rotation to the left
Blue circular markings: And it
gives an order to do something
specific, like turning right or sticking. Yemen as shown in Figure 14.

409
 White circular markings with a red
frame: These are signs that tell you
what not to do, such as not exceeding
30 km/h or not turning left as in
Figure 13.
Triangular markers: It is a triangle of shape
with a white background with a red frame
and is for warning as in Figure 15.
Rectangular markings: They are divided into three sections:
Blue rectangle: Used to place information except
on highways and used to guide directions.
Green rectangle: used for guidance on the main
streets within the port.
Figure 15-
Other signs on the road: Stick to the
Allow the road: It is an inverted triangle with a right

red frame and inside it is written "Let me pass"

Stand: an octagonal shape and inside it is written "Stand".
The language of safety, fire and other signs
The accepted and to be followed at the port is Arabic but other languages such as English
and other languages understood by all can be used. Since the port employees are
A mixture of nationalities, some of whom do not speak Arabic, must take this into
account and write some signs in other languages, and the port administration must
identify other languages besides Arabic.
Using colors for safety signs
Colors should be used in accordance with the requirements of BS EN ISO
7010:12+A5:2015 standards for safety and fire guidelines.
Please refer to the safety signs in the ISO specification: Safety Marks from BS EN ISO
7010:12+A5:20.
Tasks of supervisors, supervisors and directors of departments:
Carry out a comprehensive survey of workplaces and determine the safety
signs to be installed in their workplaces and include all types, and Appendix 1
must be used in the selection.
Industrial Security Department:
Determine the required traffic light on all streets in cooperation with the
Department of Projects Infrastructure and Maintenance at Ports.
Participate in the identification of the required safety marks.
Carry out the purchase order process and also make sure that the mark
conforms to this standard.
Signs of health
Every chemical product harmful to health must come with a label showing the
substance, its type, number and risks, as well as a safety information sheet and all
suppliers must adhere to this label.

410
 Figure 16- Example of a safety label for chemicals

Explain the meanings of the numbers in Figure 16:

Number 1: Product Identification: Mentions the name of the product and the
number of the unified chemical product.
No. 2: The word warning such as "hazard" or "warning" shows how dangerous
the product is.
Figure 3: An explanatory statement of the danger, its quality and nature.
Figure 4: A warning phrase that shows how a person is protected from the
dangers of the substance.
Figure 5: Image of risk as shown below (§ 8.3).
No. 6: The name of the supplier, its address and the method of contacting it.
A table of health signs and their explanation that must be glued to chemical products:

figure Type and explanation Picture

Flammable material:
Flammable gases
Flammable fumes and enclosures
1
Flammable liquids
Flammable solids
and other flammable materials.

Eater material:
Solvents for metals
2
Corrosive and solvent substances for the skin
Substances that cause serious damage to the eye

411
figure Type and explanation Picture

Substance that causes irritation to the skin:

A substance that causes puffiness and irritation to the skin.
A substance that causes poisoning by inhalation,
3
understanding or skin.
A substance that causes inflammation of the eye.
A substance that causes an allergy to the skin

Toxic substance:
4 A substance that causes poisoning by inhalation, skin or
breathing.

Oxidant:
Oxidative gases.
5
Oxidized liquids
Oxidative solids

Explosive Material:
6 1. Explosive materials
2. Unstable and explosive substances

Compressed gases:
Compressed gases
7 Compressed liquid gases
Dissolved gases
Liquefied and refrigerated gases

Substances harmful to the environment:

Substances harmful to the marine environment – immediate
8 damage
Substances harmful to the marine environment – long-term
damage

Substances harmful to health:

Irritating substances of the respiratory tract
Harmful bacteria
Carcinogens
9
Substances that affect the reproductive system
Chemicals that attack a particular organ of the body as a result
of mono exposure or repeated exposure.
The risk of oral absorption of the substance.

Signs of education on pipes

Teaching the names of pipe content is very important so that employees know the
content of each tube and avoid its risks especially in emergency situations and during
hot work.
9.2 Whenever you require pipe education, it should be done as follows:

412
figure Condition (explanation) Picture

On the straight tube should be taught

1
everything from 10 to 15 meters.

Change in the direction of the pipe must

2
be marked in each direction

When the pipe penetrates the wall a sign

3 must be placed before entering the pipe
and also after it exits the wall

4 Near valves and pipe junction point (lips)

Tube content and colors:

Depending on the content of the tube will determine the color of the marking and the
way of writing and there must be an arrow showing the way the liquid moves and the
following table select it (Note: Colors are selected by RGB meaning red, green and
blue):

Pipe Background
figure content description Color example color
type B G R
Liquids with
vapors or Writing in
Flammable emitting black and
1 0 219 255
material vapors capable background
of igniting in yellow
the air
It is a Write in
Flammable combustible white and
2 20 67 101
liquid liquid under background
high grades brown
It is any liquid
Incendiary Writing in
that has the
3 or toxic black and 32 130 245
ability to
substance the
dissolve the

413
 skin or cause background
poisoning of is orange
the body
Water and Writing in
Fire water
other materials white and
4 pipes and 36 29 237
used to fight background
fire pipes
fire red
For all water
Write in
except water
white and
5 waters used to 87 156 5
background
extinguish the
green
fire
It is air under
pressure used
Write in
to operate
Compressed white and
6 some precision 156 82 0
air background
machines and
blue
air-powered
machines.
It is the water
coming out of Write in
the sewers and white and
7 sewage 0 0 0
heading to the background
sewage black
stations

Other colors can be selected if the need arises.

Size of education on pipes:

figure Tube size (diameter) Size of education Line Height

1 19 – 32 mm 25 x 203 mm 13 mm
2 38 – 51 mm 25 x 203 mm 19 mm
3 64 – 203 mm 51 x305 mm 32 mm
4 203 – 254 mm 102x 610 mm 64 mm
5 Larger than 254 mm 153x813 mm Mm
How to put the poster or education:

414
 The poster or instruction must be placed
prominently and staff can read it clearly as in Figure
17.
Fire extinguishers
Fire extinguishers must follow NFPA10color requirements.
All extinguishers must be red in color, provided that part of
the extinguisher body contains data on the type of
extinguisher and the universal color of the material next to
the neck. Figure 17- Place of placement of the
The colors of the extinguishers are according to the table: adhesive or marking on the pipe

Color of
Type of
figure the Color of the part dedicated to data
extinguisher
ashtray
Water
1 red Red and written inside it in white color "Water"
Extinguisher
Foam Cream color and written inside it "foam"
2 red
Extinguisher "Foam"
Powder
3 red Blue color and written inside it "powder"
extinguisher
Carbon dioxide Its color is black and inside it is written "carbon
4 red
extinguisher dioxide" "CO2"
Wet chemical Its color is yellow and it is written inside it "Wet
5 red
extinguisher Chemical"

Figure 18 - Types and types of extinguishers

415
 And they color down the fire extinguishers with‫ل‬Red one
with a base width and length of 30 cm and also the
background of the extinguisher is colored with a width of 30
cm Pal‫ل‬Red Wen and with a height of 120 cm. And the color
red according to the standard RGB He (192,0,0(.
Coloring for lifting equipment
Lifting equipment accessories should be tested every 6
months to make sure they can lift loads.
To facilitate the identification of tested equipment that has
successfully passed the examination, the examiner will color
it with a special color for the next 6 months and the color
must be determined by the Department of Industrial Security
and Safety in the main building and all ports adhere to this Figure19 - Coloring the
color. background and base of
extinguishers
This semi-annual color should be placed clearly and in a clear
place and everyone should be informed about it in multiple ways.
Coloring pedestrian stream (path)
Inside the company and workplaces, safe paths should be
provided for pedestrians and those paths should be 24-
36 inches wide and colored green and on both sides of
the track there are two yellow lines 4-5 inches wide.
12.2 Green with RGB definitions is (84,130,53) and yellow by
the same definition is (255,255,0).
12.3 Administrations, operators and contractors identify safe
routes and dye them as explained in 12.1.
12.4 It is forbidden to put anything on the safe path.
12.5 A safe path should take you to a safe place if used. Figure20 - Shape and color of
the safe passage
12.6 Departments and operators must maintain and dye
these corridors periodically whenever necessary.
Handrail
The color of the handrail should be yellow for all places in the port except
office buildings.
The yellow color is in the form of RGB (255.239.0).

Figure21 -
Yellow
color of the
Handrail

416
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment Standards

Lifting operations
OHS-P.06

417
Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to establish guidelines for the provision and use of safe lifting
equipment.
Lifting equipment is one of the most destructive equipment used in the port during operation
and also during maintenance and construction, and this standard is concerned with handling
such equipment and ensuring its safety.
Scope
The scope of this standard covers load handling equipment that is mechanically operated.
That is, any mechanically operated equipment used at work to raise or lower loads, including
accessories used to fasten, stabilize or support them. Such equipment can be:
Cranes of all kinds.
Forklift
Elevators
This standard also includes lifting accessories such as chains, cranes, screws and others.
Definitions
Lifting equipment: Any mechanically operated equipment used at work to lift or lower loads.
Lifting Accessories (Accessories): These are the supporting equipment in lifting and are
directly related to the lifting process such as chains, the lifting rope with a roller with a rotary
chain.
Safe Working Load: It is the maximum load that the crane can carry without any problems
and is usually determined by the designer company and is clearly written on the crane and
written abbreviated in English SWL.
Responsibilities
The supervisor of the lifting process must coordinate and plan all lifting activities.
Coordination can be done by appropriately briefing the staff involved in the lifting plan.
For simple routine lifting work, the plan will usually be the responsibility of people who use
lifting equipment.
For complex lifting operations for example where two cranes are used to lift one load the
lifting supervisor must develop a plan.
The crane operator must:
Conduct a crane inspection and associated lifting treatment each time before using it.
Ensure that all lifting checks are kept and up to date.
Where appropriate, check the tire pressure, and that the tracks are unobstructed and
undamaged.
Make sure you don't leave loads hanging when the crane is not in use.
Before lifting weights and loads, make sure no one is injured by the crane or load.
Make sure you don't carry weights over people.
Ensure visibility from the lifting site to the weight loss site and that there is a good and
guaranteed way to communicate with people such as the radio or through direct sight
and the use of recognized lifting signals.
Loads should be lifted only vertically; it prevents lateral load pulling.
Power must be disconnected from the crane and use composite locks when the crane is
unattended and has no operator.

418
Procedures
All lifting operations must be planned in detail by a competent person who has practical
knowledge and experience in planning such operations.
The plan should be based on a risk assessment.
The planned activities must be supervised and carried out appropriately in a manner that is
safe for work.
The plan includes:
Weight, size and shape of the payload.
The final place of delivery for download.
Lifting equipment that is placed and installed to reduce risks, as much as reasonably possible
from:
Load fall
Load Breakdown
Cargo collision with persons or property, including ships and vehicles
Crushing
The crane overturned as a result of the load and the wrong load.
Lifting and installation of lifting equipment so that there is little need to lift the positions of
persons and/or assets.
Safe stop without disembarkation or breakdown of the load in case of power outage.
Clarity of warning signs for equipment and overloads, the crane is usually equipped with
those warnings.
Safe Weight Load (SWL) markings
A safe way to fasten, secure and release separate loads
The location and environment in which operations will be carried out, in particular, with
ports in Saudi Arabia, damage or deterioration of equipment or attachments due to humid
and corrosive conditions.
Pre-use checks.
Storage – All elements of lifting equipment (e.g. cranes, hooks, lines, etc.) must be
individually identified, marked and stored to prevent physical damage or deterioration
where possible.
Procedures for pre-lifting inspections:
The equipment must be able to lift and/or transport the load
The equipment must be flawless, well maintained and have an inspection record.
The load should be prepared in such a way as to reduce the likelihood of accidents.
The location and path of lifting and the passage of the load should avoid people, vehicles,
etc.
The latest qualifications of operators.
Safety measures – for forklifts:
Avoid:
5.17.1.1. Speed
5.17.1.2. Maneuvering at a very high speed
5.17.1.3. Wheels collide with obstruction like a pavement
5.17.1.4. Sudden braking
5.17.1.5. Poor tire condition

419
 5.17.1.6. Driving forward down the slope, or incorrect inclination or driving along the
slope, driving directly next to the slope?
5.17.1.7. Load movement, unsafe (use wrap or shrink covers if possible), excessive or
uneven loading, load exceeding truck capacity
5.17.1.8. Collide with people, storage shelves, overhead obstacles etc. using specific
dedicated paths where practical.
5.17.1.9. Poor visibility around the load
5.17.1.10. Passenger
5.17.1.11. Use as a platform
5.17.1.12. Insufficient maintenance
5.17.1.13. Driving Gears.
Ensure that the battery charge process takes place in a safe place with fire protection
measures in place.
For gas-fired trucks, the gas cylinders must be in an external closed cage.
If using diesel trucks, fuel and exhaust smoke storage regulations must be followed.
There must be regular and documented maintenance and inspection. These should
include:
5.17.5.1. Noise
5.17.5.2. Exhaust fumes
5.17.5.3. Vibrations – often caused by unpaved surfaces
5.17.5.4. Tires
5.17.5.5. Brake
5.17.5.6. Reflective mirrors work correctly with lights.
5.17.5.7. The audible backward horn and warning lighting works properly
5.17.5.8. A secure, properly adjusted seat with a seat belt.
5.17.5.9. Correct fluid levels
5.17.5.10. Fully charged batteries when required
5.17.5.11. Correct work of all lifting and tilting systems and crane mast condition
5.17.5.12. Driving gear
Safety measures for cranes:
Cranes should be operated only by authorized persons.
Each crane must be issued a certificate from the manufacturer detailing the Safe
Work Load (SWL). The safe work Load must not be exceeded and the crane structure
must be marked.
For the variable, the safe workload is variable, as with mobile cranes with variable
radius, the safe workload indicator must be installed.
Loads must be controlled, lifting them smoothly and not in a sudden way that leads
to high pressure on the structure of the crane. The load must be properly restrained
and all screws must be tightened.
All controls must be clearly marked and in a position so that the operator has free
space to work in. Controls should not require excessive movement to enable the
desired action.
There must be a mechanism that is safe from failure if the operator and controls are
left behind for any reason. Emergency stop buttons must be observed.

420
 Foot pedals should be non-slip.
All controls must be clearly marked and in a position so that the operator has free
space to work in. Controls should not require excessive movement to enable the
desired action. They must have a mechanism that is safe from failure if it is released
by the operator. Emergency stop buttons must be observed. Shroud start buttons
and pedals. Foot pedals should be non-slip.
(If the risk assessment deems it appropriate) there should be restrictions on switches
to limit the lifting and lowering of cables, horizontal movement or for cranes on
tracks, movement along the track.
If the risk assessment indicates that a crane on a path may be blown by the wind,
work should be avoided in those conditions.
An audible warning should be given before the lifting process.
When a risk assessment indicates that the crane operator will need assistance, for
example when there is a limited supply of the covered part of the crane, a crane
router will be set to provide such assistance.
Use specially designed hooks or hooks with security masks where the risk
assessment indicates the likelihood of displacement of the load when performing
operations.
For all crane operations, avoid:
5.18.14.1. Overload
5.18.14.2. Weak ropes for load
5.18.14.3. Unsafe load
5.18.14.4. An unbalanced load or center of gravity causes the risk of overturning. If the
load is irregular, the center of gravity is not aware, so it should be raised a few
inches above the ground before evaluating the center of gravity before
performing a full lift. Equipped with a crane level indicator
5.18.14.5. Collision with another structure or overhead power lines
5.18.14.6. Installed rules failed.
5.18.14.7. Lack of maintenance or inspection causing the structure failure of the crane.
There must be both:
5.18.14.7.1. Regular inspections of cranes to determine whether equipment can
be safely operated and modified to address defects, damage and damage
5.18.14.7.2. Universal periodic inspection (at least annually), which may include
visual inspection, dismantling, component testing and/or equipment
testing under operating conditions
5.18.14.8. Lack of maintenance or inspection causes:
5.18.14.8.1. The appearance of corrosion or distortion in lifting hooks
5.18.14.8.2. Untangled handcuffs or nails
5.18.14.8.3. Damaged cranes
5.18.14.9. Unqualified or tired operator and/or crane steering officer resulting in error
or incorrect signals
5.18.14.10. The presence of an eyebrow prevents communication with the
operator.

421
 5.18.14.11. Unbalanced load caused by stormy conditions; wind speed indicators
should be installed if necessary.
5.18.14.12. The crane operates when weather conditions may lead to wind, tides
or inflation causing a wave from the ship.
5.18.14.13. Use a crane to pull out a crane or stuck object
If the vessel lifting equipment is to be used, it must be certified as appropriate by a
competent person and subject to pre-use inspection. The ship's documents must show a
history of inspections and thorough inspections.
For mobile cranes, the following points must be taken into account:
Each lift must be planned correctly, with the maximum load and operating radius of
the known arm
General obstacles or hazards should be identified and sufficient head space and
warning signs should be provided if necessary
The ground on which the crane will stand must be evaluated in terms of its ability to
withstand weights.
If installed, substrates should be used
If tower cranes are to be used in construction projects, they must be provided, installed,
operated, maintained and dismantled by a specialized and qualified contractor.
Conveyor belts - safety measures
A protector should be placed to protect the conveyor belt devices where the rollers
and belt meet.
There should be a fixed protective cover and loose clothing should be avoided to
avoid tangles in the car machines.
Place the edges of barriers and barriers along the route of the conveyor to avoid
injury or damage from falling objects.
Head injury should be avoided from contact with overhead systems using safety
helmets or shock caps, warning signs and restricted access.
When it is not possible to pass by sharp edges, the barriers must be placed in place.
Elevators – Safety Measures
A protector should be placed at the top and bottom of the elevator and around the
power drive.

422
423
Handling of Goods
OHS-P.07

424
1. Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to provide a framework on how goods should be handled
2. Scope
The current standard is used for all ports in Saudi Arabia.
3. Definitions
None
4. Responsibilities
4.1 Maritime Agent:
4.1.1 Send the Unified Ship Notification Report and the Unified Pre-Arrival Report of the Vessel
in accordance with the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code (ISPS Code) and
the 2002 Amendments to the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 74 to the port at least 48 hours
prior to arrival for ordinary goods, and 72 hours prior to dangerous goods.
4.1.2 Submit the director's consolidated report on the arrival of the ship.
4.1.3 Take the required permits from the Port Authority.
4.2 Industrial Security Department:
4.2.1 Ensure the required instructions and procedures issued by the relevant authorities for all
activities related to hazardous substances.
4.2.2 Supervise and inspect activities involving dangerous goods.
4.3 Supervisor and Process Leader:
4.3.1 Strictly follow the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Law (IMDG Code) and the
specific safety regulations for the goods to be handled.
5. Procedures
5.1 Labels, signs and signs
5.1.1 Materials are accepted only if they are properly marked, and the labels are visible and
clearly indicate the type and characteristics of the goods.
5.1.2 In particular, dangerous goods must be designated in accordance with the latest version
of the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code).
5.1.3 International Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code) labels may not be removed on empty
transport units before the unit is properly cleaned. International Dangerous Goods Code
labels (IMDG Code) must be removed from the cleaned units, otherwise they will be
considered to contain the goods they have recently contained.
5.1.4 Material Safety Data Bulletins (MSDS) should always be available during material handling
and storage.
5.1.5 Another regulation on the transport of dangerous goods requires that the necessary
instructions in case of emergency be affixed to the cockpit of the vehicle.
5.1.6 A special statement (document) prepared by the consignor and the facilities of the goods
is also required. This statement should be supplemented using the forms issued by the
International Maritime Organization (IMO).
5.1.7 This document should include the following:
5.1.7.1 Sender name and address
5.1.7.2 Description of each of the dangerous goods
5.1.7.3 Quantity
5.1.7.4 Rated

425
 5.1.7.5 Packing
5.1.7.6 Emergency phone numbers
5.2 Handling & Storage:
5.2.1 The handling and storage of goods is described in various procedures. The main ones are:
5.2.1.1 Container Handling
5.2.1.2 Handling explosives and flammable liquids
5.2.1.3 CDs
5.2.1.4 Safe Storage Practices
5.2.2 In addition, the worker must comply with international standards when handling
dangerous goods. In particular, follow the "IAEA: Regulations for the Safe Transfer of
Radioactive Materials SSR-6". In addition to the national requirements for the transport
or arrival of nuclear or radioactive materials or nuclear belongings by means of maritime
transport to, from or through the Kingdom issued by the Nuclear and Radiological
Regulatory Authority.
5.3 Import and Export Permit:
5.3.1 The master of the ship must review the last list of chemicals that require the authorization
of the Ministry of Interior. The Operations Controller must not allow unloading at any of
Saudi Arabia's ports without such permission.
5.3.2 The importer must request at the Ministry of Interior the permit of the Ministry of Interior
and must accompany the shipment. However, before shipment, the consignee must
provide the permit to customs and the carrier.
5.3.3 This written consent must show the importer's name, address, correct phone number as
well as the exact description of the item(s), the number of pieces and the weight of the
shipment.
5.3.4 The captain of the vessel must be aware of both prohibited and restricted goods and make
sure with the parties concerned if necessary, so as to avoid loading unexpected goods on
board.
5.4 Goods in transit:
5.4.1 Goods in transit are treated like the rest of the goods with special attention to the
separation of dangerous goods and the need for easy access to emergency services in the
event of a fire or other accident.
5.4.2 The nature, quantity and location of all goods in the port must be determined at all times,
and this can be done by electronic or other means. Areas containing dangerous goods
must also be clearly defined.
5.4.3 Port employees and operators should be made aware of the general nature of the risks of
any cargo they handle. Precautions to be taken when dealing with a means of transport
intended for dangerous goods.
5.5 Packaging of dangerous goods
5.5.1 The International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code) for packaging requires
the following:
5.5.1.1 Acknowledgement by the consignor that the designated declared dangerous goods
have been identified, classified, packaged, marked, labeled and properly labeled.
5.5.1.2 A declaration from the person packing the container to make sure it was done
correctly.

426
 5.5.2 The Dangerous Goods Statement and the Container Packing Certificate can be in any
format, but must be in accordance with Chapter 5.4 of the International Maritime
Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code). For convenience, the Dangerous Goods Statement
can be combined with the Container Packing Certificate in a single document.
5.6 Restrictions on loading or unloading dangerous goods at night
5.6.1 No person without the permission of the Port Director General may cause or permit the
operation of a ship carrying dangerous goods within the limits of the Port between 6 pm
and 6 am.
5.7 weather conditions
5.7.1 Dangerous goods should not be traded in weather conditions that may seriously increase
the risks posed by these goods. The master or manager of the vessel should also make
timely decisions to ensure that the vessel is brought to immediate readiness status.
5.7.2 The dock operator must develop a risk assessment for different mooring conditions and
payloads commensurate with the characteristics of the common vessels and the docking
location in normal as well as adverse weather conditions. The master of the vessel may
complete the risk assessment with the details of the specified vessel.
5.7.3 Among other things, the master of the ship will want to ensure that before the conditions
become harsh the ship is fully staffed, suitably packed for extreme weather (taking into
account the clearance of the keel at the pier and in port), that it has engines ready, and is
in close contact with the terminal and port authorities regarding the timing and availability
of the cessation of shipping operations, the deployment of additional berths (storms), tugs
and inhabitants etc. More importantly, the ship's captain will need to decide whether it is
safe to stay side by side or leave from the pier to the sea or marina. It should be noted
that additional precautions such as additional mooring lines may not prevent the vessel
from freeing itself from its anchors.
5.7.4 The International Maritime Organization (IMO) has identified the Navigational Telex
System (NAVTEX), a medium-frequency radio system (MF), as an essential means of
transmitting urgent coastal maritime safety information (MSI) to ships. Navigational telex
messages (NAVTEX) are broadcast from United States Coast Guard (USCG) transmitters.
Ships operating outside the range of medium-frequency radio broadcasting (MF) ) is
required to carry Inmarsat satellite equipment. Ships at sea often rely on broadcasting
alphanumeric weather information and graphs, either via radio and satellite broadcasts.
The requirements of the Global System for Distress and Safety at Sea (GMDSS) in Chapter
IV of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) specify the
equipment necessary to be on board a vessel to receive weather information according
to the maritime areas in which the vessel operates.
6. Forms
S/N Form/Form Number Title of the form/form Retention Period

None 001

427
Safe Storage Practices
OHS-P.08

428
1. Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to provide guidance on how to store materials in warehouses and
transit sheds.
2. Scope
The current standard is used as a reference for all ports in Saudi Arabia.
3. Definitions
None
4. Responsibilities
4.1 Industrial Security Department:
4.1.1 Part of their patrol activities is to support cargo inspection activities and highlight any
conclusion discovered during the process.
4.1.2 Request shipment safety documents to ensure that all precautions are implemented while
storing materials.
4.1.3 Inspect storage areas to make sure that administrators perform this procedure.
4.2 Supervisor and Operation Commander
4.2.1 Ensure that employees are competent and properly trained for their specific mission
4.2.2 Collaborate with the Industrial Security Department to ensure that operations are
conducted in a safe manner.
5. Procedures
5.1 Communication between relevant parties
5.1.1 The dock operator and captain of the ship are bound by their joint responsibility for the
safe loading or unloading of bulk carriers in accordance with the procedures issued by the
General Authority of Ports. For this reason, the parties cooperate to exchange all relevant
information before commencing loading or unloading. This includes:
5.1.2 The captain of the ship shall communicate any additional relevant information not
contained in the documents submitted as part of the rules and regulations for seaports in
the Cooperation Council for the Arab States of the Gulf.
5.1.3 The station operator must inform the loading/unloading procedures and assist the captain
of the vessel during the entire mission. In addition, in cooperation with the Industrial
Security Department, the plant operator must complete a safety checklist including the
provision of:
5.1.3.1 Secure access between the ship and the pier.
5.1.3.2 Communications between the ship and the port and communication arrangements.
5.1.3.3 General information about the port and terminal, safety regulations and emergency
procedures on the ship.
5.1.3.4 Clear information regarding the safe atmosphere found in places of detention, confined
spaces, smoked cargo and atmospheric monitoring is carried out as required.
5.2 Shipment Inspection
5.2.1 Goods must be inspected, tested and sampled before they are received and allowed to be
stored in the port, depending on the characteristics of the goods by the general supervisor
of the process. The instructions can include monitoring aspects such as temperature,
radiation, accumulation of toxic fumes, lowering oxygen levels and spontaneous
combustion.

429
 5.2.2 Shipments should be kept free of sharp edges, projections, or rough surfaces that are
likely to infect anyone working near or passing through them.
5.3 Identification of hazardous substances
5.3.1 Ports must accept materials only if properly marked in accordance with the International
Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG code). Labels must be visible and clearly indicate
the type and characteristics of the goods.
5.3.2 International Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code) labels cannot be removed on empty
transport units before the unit is properly cleaned. Dangerous Goods International Code
labels (IMDG code) must be removed from the cleaned units, otherwise they will be
considered to contain the goods they have recently contained.
5.3.3 Material Safety Data Bulletins (MSDS) should always be available during material handling
and storage. In addition, the warehouse area responsible for product characteristics
under storage conditions that may be excluded from material safety data leaflets must be
informed due to the storage of certain goods in specific quantities that may require
compliance with additional safety requirements.
5.4 Lifting and loading operations
5.4.1 In addition to the recommendations included in the lifting procedure, it is appropriate to
highlight that lifting equipment and accessories should be:
5.4.1.1 Strong, stable enough, suitable for specific use and characteristic to indicate safe
workloads.
5.4.1.2 They were laid out and installed to minimize any risks.
5.4.1.3 Obstacles must be removed before the operation
5.4.1.4 You should not stand on or under the load while lifting it.
5.4.2 It must be thoughtful:
5.4.2.1 At a minimum according to the recommendations of the supplier.
5.4.2.2 According to daily visual inspections.
5.4.2.3 Only the tested lifting equipment should be used annually as per the requirements of
the Ministry of Human Resources and the decisions issued by it.
5.4.3 Disconnect lifting equipment/accessories that show signs of damage and clearly identify
them.
5.4.4 When the safety of the load is at risk, a safe method of re-lifting must be devised by an
appropriately competent person.
5.4.5 Staff should not be transported using lifting equipment. If it is necessary to transport
employees via lifting equipment, an appropriate, tested and inspected personnel
transport basket should be used. Any equipment used to lift individuals should be tested
once every 6 months.
5.4.6 Clear lines of communication must be established and maintained between all
participants in the lifting process. Visual and audio communications from the person
responsible for directing cranes to the crane operator must be clear, agreed upon and
understood. When voice communication cannot be established, an agreed system for the
use of manual signals must be followed.
5.5 Storage areas and buildings
5.5.1 Storage areas and buildings must be designed and maintained to ensure that all goods,
materials and equipment are stacked, stored, secured and retained so that:

430
 5.5.1.1 They do not pose a danger to people in their surroundings; and
5.5.1.2 Not to flow, move, roll or collapse, because they pose a danger to the people near them
either on their own, or by virtue of any external force (deliberately applied or
otherwise).
5.5.2 The design of storage areas should be suitable for the purpose:
5.5.2.1 They must be designed and constructed in accordance with the security directives
issued by the Supreme Authority for Industrial Security and the Saudi Building Law,
including fire suppression and distancing regulations, among others.
5.5.2.2 Proper ventilation must be provided in buildings where vehicles with internal
combustion engines are used or toxic, explosive or flammable goods are kept.
5.5.2.3 It must be suitable for the acceptance of the type, weights and composition of the
material and also the acceptance of equipment (with the necessary clearance) used in
the process.
5.5.2.4 They should be protected from/unaffected by external elements.
5.5.2.5 Lanes should be able to maintain safe movement around any stored goods or materials,
and should be used and clearly marked with a continuous yellow line.
5.5.2.6 Top signs are especially important if lifting trucks are used.
5.5.2.7 All openings in the floors and walls must be tightly fenced.
5.5.2.8 All doors of refrigerated rooms in warehouses should always be opened from the inside.
5.5.2.9 The presence of sufficient lighting.
5.5.2.10 Use of certified electrical installations and other equipment.
5.5.3 In addition, storage areas should be kept in good condition. Here are the main
requirements to follow:
5.5.3.1 Proper housekeeping of the area to reduce slips, trips, falls and also fire risks.
5.5.3.2 The floor must be well maintained.
5.5.3.3 Obstacles in the handling areas should be avoided.
5.5.3.4 Platforms and devices similar to containing or supporting loads must have a proper
structure and appropriate strength and be free from visible defects that may affect their
safe use.
5.5.3.5 Separate products must be separated.
5.5.3.6 Keep traffic lights in good conditions.
5.5.4 Storage is done by:
5.5.4.1 Maintain the distance between shipments to allow inspections.
5.5.4.2 Minimize risky handling procedures such as working at height or repetitive movements.
Where appropriate, workers must use the necessary personal protective equipment.
5.5.5 Provision of spill prevention systems:
5.5.5.1 Keeping hazardous materials in secondary containers and separating them by
compatibility with risks.
5.5.5.2 Including protection mechanisms (e.g. reinforced mechanisms, concrete barriers, etc.)
to protect storage areas from vehicle accidents.
5.5.6 Do not obstruct emergency exits.
5.6 Use of forklifts
5.6.1 The proper use of forklifts avoids significant accidents in warehouse areas. Drivers should
be trained in the following safety practices:

431
 5.6.1.1 Drive with caution.
5.6.1.2 The driver must be able to see in the direction of driving and be able to see all other
traffic.
5.6.1.3 To operate the forklift on a slope, the payload must always be on the ascending side of
the slope, leading forward to the top of the slope and driving backward to the bottom
of the slope.
5.6.1.4 Use a seat belt and close the cab door when driving.
5.6.1.5 Use the required tools and personal protective equipment according to the instructions
of the supervisor.
5.6.1.6 The forklift must be removed from all additional elements (label sheets, tape coils, etc.).
5.6.1.7 Adhere to fire and safety instructions around forklift recharge stations.
5.6.1.8 Fire detectors are not damaged by forklifts or loads.
5.6.2 To lift the load on the shelf or from the shelf, the operator must:
5.6.2.1 Driving to loading mode and lifting or lowering the load only when the forklift is at a
standstill (the forklift can easily flip when lifting the load)
5.6.2.2 Start lifting carefully to assess whether the load is stable.
5.6.2.3 Lower the load in place and not slip or push with the tips of the forks
5.6.2.4 Look back before backward, then lower the forks and then back off the shelf
5.6.2.5 Never lift the load on other workers
5.6.3 When loading or unloading from a dock to a truck or container, the operator must ensure
that:
5.6.3.1 The truck or container does not move (stopping the wheels).
5.6.3.2 The pavement plate is secured.
5.6.3.3 Flooring can support the combined weight of the forklift and load.
5.7 Manual handling and lifting

432
 5.7.1 Manual handling and lifting should be done
using common sense in terms of operation
and safety. Operators must:
5.7.1.1 Maintain comfortable postures and proper
lifting technology.
5.7.1.2 Ask for help to avoid bad movements,
especially carrying heavy loads and/or in
the drawer.
Image 24The first step Image 24Step Two
5.7.1.3 Report to the supervisor about each
accident and risky situation.
5.7.1.4 If the pallet is stored high, it must be
lowered to handle the items on it.
5.7.2 Illustrative examples of safe manual handling
methods:
Image 24Step Five
5.7.2.1 First Step: Think Before You Start Lifting
the Load Image 24Step Four
5.7.2.1.1 Make a plan for lifting.
5.7.2.1.2 Select the requirements.
5.7.2.1.3 Make a plan and the way to
move.
5.7.2.2 Step Two: Bring the pregnancy close to the
center of the body
5.7.2.2.1 Carry the load close to the body.
5.7.2.2.2 When necessary, let the Photo 26 Step Six
pregnancy slip until it gets closer to the body.
5.7.2.3 Third Step: Start lifting
5.7.2.3.1 Slightly curvature of the back.
5.7.2.3.2 Bend the knees but without perching on the floor.
5.7.2.4 Step Four: Do not make the back bend further during lifting.
5.7.2.5 Step Five: Avoid twisting
5.7.2.5.1 The shoulders are the same direction as the feet.
5.7.2.5.2 When turning, move the feet.
5.7.2.6 Step Six: Keep the head raised
5.7.2.6.1 Once the pregnancy has been controlled, keep your gaze in the direction in
front of you.
5.7.2.7 Step Seven: Place the load first, then adjust its position
5.7.2.7.1 If necessary, place the load first, then make it slide into the designated place.
6. Forms
S/N Form Number Title of the form Retention Period

433
Handling explosives and flammable liquids
OHS-P.09

434
 Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to provide a minimum of guidance on how to conduct operations in
relation to explosive and flammable liquids.
Scope
This standard is used as a tailor-made reference for each applicable port in Saudi Arabia.
Definitions
4.1 Ship-to-ship (STS): Refers to the transport of vessel cargo, which can be oil or gas cargoes,
between two self-tank vessels, commercial stationed next to each other.
4.2 ISD: Industrial Security Department.
4.3 HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
4.4 HSED: Health, Safety, and Environment Executive Department.
Responsibilities
Maritime Agent
Submit the Consolidated Reporting Report prior to the arrival of the vessel and the
Consolidated Report prior to the arrival of the vessel in accordance with the
International Ship and Facilities Security Code and the 2002 Amendments to the
Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 74 to port at least 48 hours prior to arrival for ordinary
goods, and 72 hours prior to dangerous goods.
Delivery of the consolidated report on the arrival of the ship.
Take permission from the Authority.
ISD and HSED:
Supervise and inspect activities involving explosive and flammable materials as
instructed by the High Authority for Industrial Security.
Port Operations Controller:
Take adequate precautions to prevent the "Short Circuit" in the discharge area.
Inspect and test insulation and grounding systems at appropriate intervals to ensure
their effectiveness.
Ensure that any metal connections between the pier and the ship are protected to
ensure that there is no possibility of sparks due to the collision of the hull of the ship
with metal pieces and especially in the presence of a flammable atmosphere.
Act in accordance with the appropriate checklists in the International Safety Manual
for Oil Tankers and Terminals (ISGOTT).
Ensure that the master of the ship is notified of any situations that may require taking
precautions to avoid sources of ignition on the vessel such as kitchen stoves or
cooking appliances.
Common Responsibilities:
Ensure that cargo handling controls, measurement systems, emergency stop and
alarm systems have been tested and found to conform to specifications before the
start of the cargo handling process.
Before pumping bulk dangerous goods into or out of the vessel or to and from an in-
sea storage facility, handling procedures including maximum loading or unloading
rates must be approved in writing considering:

435
 the permitted arrangement, capacity and maximum pressure of the ship's
shipping lines and coastal pipelines.
the capacity of the steam ventilation system.
Potential for increased pressure due to emergency lockdown measures
Static electricity.
The presence of responsible persons during the commencement of operations on
board ships and at sea.
Procedures
5.1 Communication between relevant parties
5.1.1 The dock operator and captain of the vessel, in connection with their mutual
responsibility for loading or unloading bulk cargo, shall cooperate in the exchange of
all relevant information prior to the commencement of loading or unloading. This
includes:
5.1.1.1 The captain of the vessel must report any additional relevant information that is
not contained in the documents provided as part of the rules and regulations for
seaports in the Cooperation Council for the Arab States of the Gulf.
5.1.1.2 The dock operator must report the loading/unloading procedures and assist the
captain of the vessel during the entire mission. In addition, in collaboration with
the Industrial Security Department, the dock operator must complete the safe
inspection list including:
5.1.1.2.1 Safe entry between the ship and the pier.
5.1.1.2.2 Arrange the connection between the ship and the port.
5.1.1.2.3 General information about the port and pier, safety regulations and
emergency procedures of the ship.
5.1.1.2.4 Measurement of the level of safe atmosphere is carried out in indoor and
confined spaces and sterile charges.
5.2 Risk Assessment
5.2.1 Products classified as flammable or explosive must be stored and shipped in specific
areas free of electrical equipment that could be a potential source of ignition.
5.2.2 A periodic risk assessment is carried out at the pier or piers intended for the shipment
of flammable or explosive materials in order to reduce the identified risks and ensure
that appropriate control measures are taken. Significant risks include:
5.2.2.1 Fire and explosion on the tanker or on the pavement.
5.2.2.2 Spillage of flammable, hazardous or contaminated substances into the sea or
land.
5.2.2.3 Injury to employees as a result of contact with hazardous chemicals.
5.2.2.4 Access to indoor spaces on board tanks and in the port's reservoir area.
5.2.2.5 Inhalation of sterilizing smoke.
5.2.2.6 Some of the risks to be assessed in a facility dealing with bulk liquids and gases,
including:
5.2.2.6.1 Hoses for cargo handling equipment at the pier; including ship hoses;
pipelines and the tank area.

436
 5.2.2.6.2 Operational procedures for the safe loading and unloading of dangerous,
toxic, corrosive and flammable products.
5.2.2.6.3 Fire prevention.
5.2.2.6.4 Control the risks of static electricity.
5.2.2.6.5 Environmental protection.
5.2.2.6.6 Maintenance procedures for port equipment and installations.
5.2.2.6.7 Ship-specific risk assessments, exchange of information prior to ship
arrival, ship arrival meetings, and completion of safe inspection lists.
5.2.2.6.8 Environmental conditions – wind, tides, lightning.
5.2.2.6.9 Arrangements for docking.
5.2.2.6.10 Control the docking process of the ship at the pier.
5.2.2.6.11 Indoor work and a safe work permit system.
5.2.2.6.12 Sampling of products and cabinets.

5.3 Inspection
5.3.1 Loading hoses and pipelines are periodically inspected by the dock operator according
to special operating conditions and ensure:
5.3.1.1 Suitable for flow and pressure rates and adjustment to the pressure level should
be made if necessary.
5.3.1.2 Those hoses and pipes must be tested and there are test certificates.
5.3.1.3 They are removed, numbered and stored correctly.
5.3.2 Critical safety devices, including out-of-range alarms, overload alarms, fire alarms,
explosive atmosphere monitoring and any instruments at the pressure, flow,
temperature or tank level, should be subject to regular inspection and maintenance.
5.3.3 Certificates and the scan log are updated periodically.
5.3.4 In addition to periodic inspections, a vessel carrying explosive substances and
flammable liquids must be inspected immediately after docking with the assistance of
the captain of the ship, when any unsafe situations are observed, the ship's
administrator must be notified and the necessary measures must be taken to
eliminate and minimize those risks.
5.4 Important items during the loading and unloading process
5.4.1 The following items are necessary during loading and unloading operations:
5.4.1.1 Certificate specifying the characteristics of use of flexible hoses that will be
connected to the vessel. It must take into account the temperature and suitability
for use and not use it for other than these shipments.
5.4.1.2 Pipes that clearly show the maximum working pressure, month of production and
year of pipes as the pipe must be electrically continuous except for insulating
junction points (Flanges). Insulation points should be tested in accordance with
Chapter 17 of the International Safety Manual for Oil Tankers and Docks (ISGOTT).
5.4.2 The maintenance and storage of those materials is carried out in accordance with the
standards established by the International Safety Manual for Oil Tankers and Docks
(ISGOTT).
5.4.3 Additionally, the following safety elements must be provided:

437
 5.4.3.1 Gas detectors must be provided, calibrated and ready for use.
5.4.3.2 Placing warning signs, preferably illustrative images, around the area where
flammable materials and explosives are handled.
5.4.3.3 First aid equipment should be placed in a place known by staff that is easily
accessible in case of an emergency or accident.
5.4.3.4 Wireless communication equipment.
5.5 Connecting and disconnecting loading arms or hoses
5.5.1 Most of the significant risks arise when connecting or disconnecting loading arms or
hoses. For this reason, port workers and cargo inspectors shall:
5.5.1.1 Compliance with the safety procedures of the petroleum and material reservoir
area.
5.5.1.2 Be aware of the contingency plan that covers:
5.5.1.2.1 Steps to take in cases of material leakage to land and sea.
5.5.1.2.2 Measures to be taken to prevent accidental contact with dangerous
shipments.
5.5.1.2.3 Firefighting procedures.
5.5.1.2.4 Use of communication systems in fire situations.
5.5.1.3 Wear appropriate personal protective equipment, especially when working in
high-rise places.
5.5.1.4 Not to enter any cargo tanks or other spaces on board a tanker unless authorized
to do so by the captain of the ship.
5.5.1.5 Ensure that the pump chambers are well ventilated and safe to enter.
5.5.1.6 Be aware of the risks and know how to deal with them.
5.5.1.7 Pay attention to the risks of falls and slippage and take the necessary measures.
5.6 Ship-to-ship Transfer (STS)
5.6.1 Transfers from one ship to another require the approval of the Authority. The
following elements must be available on-board ships during these operations:
5.6.1.1 The abundance of equipment on all ships should be in good condition.
5.6.1.2 Characteristics of the shipment and associated hazards with the provision of
safety information.
5.6.1.3 Equipment for fighting fire and oil spills.
5.6.1.4 Channel of communication and communication between the port, ship and other
ships.
5.6.2 During the transportation of materials should be appropriately paid attention to the
difference in the height of the back of the two ships. This task is carried out only by
competent staff.
Forms
S/N Form Number Title of the form Retention Period

001 None 001

438
Safety in Projects
OHS-P.10

439
1. Purpose
1.1 The purpose of this standard is to provide guidance on health and safety management when
implementing projects related to the operations of the General Authority of Ports. The actions that are
taken must always be proportionate to the risks in the project.
2. Scope
2.1 The scope of the projects covered is projects in which the employees of the General Authority for Ports
are among the project sponsors or in which the Authority has pledged to implement a project for the
benefit of one of the project owners, such as another government entity.
2.2 The scope of safety in projects includes:
2.2.1 Risk management by applying the general principles of prevention.
2.2.2 Appoint the right people and the right organizations at the right time.
2.2.3 Ensure that everyone has access to the information, instructions, training and supervision
they need to perform their jobs in a way that ensures health and safety.
2.2.4 Project management team members collaborate with each other and coordinate their work.
2.2.5 Consult and engage with workers to promote and develop effective measures to ensure
health, safety and well-being.
3. Definitions
3.1 Project Owner: An organization or individual for whom a project is carried out.
3.2 Consultant: Persons or organizations who prepare or modify designs for a building, product or system
related to the work of the General Authority for Ports.
3.3 Principal Consultants: Designers appointed by the entrepreneur in projects involving more than one
contractor.
3.4 Main Contractors: Contractors appointed by the entrepreneur to coordinate them as it includes more
than one contractor.
3.5 Contractors: Organizations or individuals who carry out actual project work.
3.6 Workers: persons who perform work for or under the control of contractors.
4. Responsibilities
4.1 Project Proposal: Make appropriate arrangements for project management including but not limited
to:
4.1.1 Other project management team members are appointed
4.1.2 Allocate enough time and resources
4.1.3 Prepare and provide relevant information related to health and safety.
4.1.4 Ensure that the lead designer and lead contractor carry out their duties
4.1.5 Provide health, safety, environmental protection and security facilities and provide
acceptable levels of well-being for workers and employees.
4.2 The Consultant:
4.2.1 When preparing or modifying designs, consider taking measures to eliminate, reduce or
control the anticipated risks that may arise during installation, construction, maintenance
and use of systems when they are built.
4.2.2 Provide information to other project team members to help them perform their duties.
4.3 Principal Consultant:
4.3.1 Planning, management, control and coordination of health and safety in the pre-construction
phase of the project. This includes:
4.3.1.1 Identify, eliminate or control anticipated risks.
4.3.1.2 Ensure that consultants carry out their duties.
4.3.1.3 Prepare and provide relevant information to other project management team
members.

440
 4.3.1.4 Provide relevant information to the main contractor to help him plan, manage, monitor
and coordinate health and safety at the installation and construction stage.
4.4 Main Contractors:
4.4.1 Planning, management, control and coordination of health and safety in the installation and
construction phase of the project. This includes:
4.4.1.1 Communicate with the entrepreneur and lead designer
4.4.1.2 Preparation of the plan of the installation and construction phase
4.4.1.3 Organize cooperation between contractors and coordinate their work.
4.4.1.4 Provide resources to ensure proper safety and health.
4.4.1.5 Make sure that:
4.4.1.5.1 He was offered initial safety training to all employees.
4.4.1.5.2 Take reasonable steps to prevent unauthorized access
4.4.1.5.3 Consulting workers and their participation in securing their health and safety
4.4.1.5.4 Provide care and welfare facilities.
4.5 Contractors:
4.5.1 Planning, managing and controlling installation and construction works under their control
so that they are carried out without risks to health and safety.
4.5.2 For projects with more than one contractor, their activities must be coordinated with others
in the project team – in particular, comply with the directives given to them by the lead
consultant or main contractor.
4.5.3 For single-contractor projects, prepare a plan for the construction phase.
4.6 Workers: They must:
4.6.1 Advice on matters that affect their health and safety.
4.6.2 Take care of their health, safety and others who may be affected by their actions
4.6.3 Report anything, he sees likely to endanger his or her own safety or the safety of others
4.6.4 Collaborate with employers, other workers, contractors and other members of the project
management team.
5. Procedures
5.1 The Project owner and his agent must ensure that those hired to work on the project have the skills,
knowledge and experience to do the work in a way that ensures the health and safety of all employees.
5.2 Contractors must ensure that when hiring anyone to carry out work on a project, they have the
appropriate skills, knowledge, training and experience or are in the process of acquiring them.
5.3 Contractors (including key contractors) must ensure the effectiveness of supervision and provide initial
training for the site and project along with other information – such as procedures to follow in case of
imminent health and safety risk.
5.4 Members of the project management team must collaborate with each other and coordinate their work
to ensure the proper functioning of health and safety requirements. They must also communicate with
each other to make sure everyone understands the risks and measures needed to control health and
safety risks.
5.5 The project management team must:
5.5.1 Avoid risks where possible
5.5.2 Assess unavoidable risks.
5.5.3 Develop appropriate measures to control the source of risk.
5.6 The project site must have the following properties:
5.6.1 Safe access and exit to and from the Site and to every other place available for anyone's use
while working.
5.6.2 Be practical, determined and safe for the health of anyone who works there and without risks
to their health.

441
5.6.3 Have enough workspace and arrange it so that it is suitable for anyone who works, taking into
account any necessary work equipment that is likely to be used there.
5.6.4 Maintain order well without leaving any hazardous substances such as sharp objects.
5.6.5 Identify the perimeter, arrange and/or fence off the project with appropriate markings so
that its range can be easily recognized.
5.6.6 Any structure of this design must have been installed and maintained to withstand any
anticipated loads and is used only for the purposes for which it was designed, installed and
maintained.
5.6.7 If any demolition or dismantling of a building is needed, it must be planned and implemented
in a way that prevents danger or reduces the risk to the lowest practicable level.
Arrangements for the execution of demolitions or dismantling must be recorded in writing
before demolitions or dismantling commencements.
5.6.8 In the case of the use of explosives, a written plan must be developed so that the explosives
are stored, transported and used safely in accordance with the laws and regulations in force
in the Kingdom in coordination with the relevant authorities.
5.6.9 If excavations are required, use supports or other measures to ensure:
5.6.9.1 Do not collapse the pits or part of the drilling process.
5.6.9.2 Not to dismantle or fall any material that forms walls, ceiling or materials adjacent to
any excavation.
5.6.9.3 Not to bury or imprison anyone in a digging process.
5.6.9.4 Take steps to prevent any person, work equipment or any accumulation of material
from any excavation process.
5.6.9.5 Take steps to prevent any part of the excavations or adjacent land from being loaded
by work equipment or materials.
5.6.9.6 Confirmation of these procedures by inspection
by one of the competent team members.
5.6.9.7 In port works if there is a need to build a
temporary dam with garrison walls, it must be
inspected by a qualified team member to
ensure:
Figure 4- Temporary dam with a protective
5.6.9.8 The design and construction are appropriate. box for construction operations
5.6.9.9 Readiness Appropriately so that workers can get
or escape shelter.
5.6.9.10 The ingress of water or materials.
5.6.9.11 Keep it right.
5.6.10 When conducting inspections, reports must be prepared including:
5.6.10.1 Workplace inspection.
5.6.10.2 Description of the workplace or part of that inspected place (including any equipment
and working materials).
5.6.10.3 Date and time of examination.
5.6.10.4 Details of any unsafe situation that can lead to a risk to the safety of employees and
employees.
5.6.10.5 Details of any action taken as a result of any danger.
5.6.10.6 Details of any other procedures considered necessary.
5.6.10.7 Name and function of the person who prepared the report.
5.6.11 The location of electrical power at the project sites should be appropriately identified,
periodically inspected and clearly identified. When there is a risk due to overhead electrical
power cables, you must:

442
 5.6.11.1 Direct them away from the danger zone.
5.6.11.2 Energy isolation and grounding when necessary.
5.6.11.3 Provide appropriate warning notices with appropriate barriers to exclude unsolicited
work equipment and/or to protect suspended cables where vehicles must pass
underneath.
5.6.12 Work in ports often involves the risk of drowning:
5.6.12.1 Preventive measures (barriers, etc.) should be taken to prevent a person from falling
into the water.
5.6.12.2 Minimizing the risk of drowning in case of falls by having easy access to a means to help
get out of the water.
5.6.12.3 Ensure that appropriate rescue equipment is provided, maintained and used to rescue
the person immediately in the event of a fall.
5.6.12.4 Appropriate and sufficient steps must be taken to ensure the safe transportation of
employees.
5.6.13 Traffic routes must be suitable for the people or vehicles you use and be sufficient in
number and size:
5.6.13.1 Pedestrians and vehicles use tracks without causing danger to the health or safety of
people.
5.6.13.2 The door or pedestrian gate must lead to a pedestrian traffic road and allow the sight
of any vehicle or moving heavy equipment approaching.
5.6.13.3 Ensure adequate separation between vehicles and pedestrians to ensure safety or
provide other means (such as barriers) to protect pedestrians.
5.6.13.4 There must be arrangements in place to warn anyone at risk of injury to any vehicle due
to its proximity to sites (including loading docks) where it is unsafe for pedestrians to
use a gate primarily intended for vehicles, and at least one door must be provided
exclusively for pedestrians in the immediate vicinity of the site and clearly marked and
free of obstacles.
5.7 Vehicles:
5.7.1 Control steps must be taken to prevent unintentional movements of any vehicle.
5.7.2 When a person is endangered by the movement of the vehicle there must be measures to
warn anyone who may be at risk of the movement of the vehicle and must be taken by either
the driver or operator of the vehicle or both.
5.7.3 The vehicle used for the purposes of the project must be driven, operated or tossed and
loaded in a safe manner in all circumstances.
5.7.4 No person may ride, be required or permitted to ride, on any vehicle that is not safe in that
vehicle intended for that purpose.
5.7.5 The person must not stay, be asked or allowed to remain on any vehicle while loading or
unloading any loose material unless a safe place is provided on the vehicle.
5.7.6 Necessary measures must be taken to prevent the vehicle from falling into any pit or hole, or
into the water, or bypassing the edge of any dam or excavation.
5.8 Project requirements must be examined to protect a person from the risk of injury from:
5.8.1 Fire or explosion
5.8.2 Floods
5.8.3 Bottlenecks
5.8.4 Take appropriate safety measures if such risks exist.
5.8.5 While working inside buildings and other locations where there is polluted air, steps must be
taken to ensure that there is sufficient amount of fresh or purified air to maintain the health
and safety of workers.

443
 5.8.6 Follow the applicable rules and regulations to monitor temperatures and humidity for
working hours and take action in case of facing high or lower temperature limits.
5.8.7 Provide work sites and roads of passage and entry with appropriate and adequate lighting
which should be as close as possible to natural light. The color of artificial lighting should not
adversely affect employees' perception of any signal or sign placed for health or safety
purposes. Secondary lighting should be provided anywhere in the event of a failure of primary
artificial lighting which can negatively affect health and safety.
5.8.8 Emergency procedures, emergency roads and exits and fire incident response must be in
accordance with the HSES-P.09 Emergency Response Plan.
5.8.9 Avoid working in high places as much as possible. A model of hazards of working in high places
in ports is access to and from ships by stairs and corridors. Work on the surface of the
container, access to the ships on board (barriers, openings, floors, etc.), work adjacent to the
edges of the docks etc. Where work at height cannot be avoided:
5.8.9.1 Do as much work as possible on the site land before moving the work to a high site.
5.8.9.2 Fall prevention strategies are:
5.8.9.2.1 Prevent falls.
5.8.9.2.2 Reduce the fall distance.
5.8.9.2.3 Reduce the consequences of falls.
5.8.9.2.4 This can be done using the right type of equipment. This includes equipment to
reach the required heights (stairs, scaffolding, mechanical cranes etc.).
5.8.9.3 Provide protection from falling objects
5.8.10 Avoid working in a confined place (that is, heavily closed with hazardous substances or lack
of breathable air). When working in confined spaces cannot be avoided, make sure you have
the following:
5.8.10.1 Supervision
5.8.10.2 Competence of workers to work in confined spaces (training and briefing)
5.8.10.3 Communications
5.8.10.4 Testing/Monitoring of the Atmosphere, Gas Ejection, Ventilation
5.8.10.5 Waste Removal
5.8.10.6 Isolation of gases, liquids and other flowing materials
5.8.10.7 Insulation of mechanical and electrical equipment and use of land to avoid static
electricity
5.8.10.8 Selection and use of appropriate equipment and personal protective equipment
5.8.10.9 Controlled use of portable gas cylinders, internal combustion engines and gas supplied
by pipes and hoses if any of them are required
5.8.10.10 Safe and easy access and exit
5.8.10.11 Fire prevention measures
5.8.10.12 Sufficient lighting
5.8.10.13 Smoking ban
5.8.10.14 Contingency and rescue planning and team on standby
5.8.10.15 Limit working time
6. Forms
S/N Form Number Title of the form Retention period

001 N/A

444
Compressed gas cylinders
OHS-P.11

445
 Purpose
1.1 The purpose of this standard is to provide guidance for the receipt, storage, processing and
use of various compressed gases, tanks or cylinders containing gases, regulated valves to
control the flow of gas and pipes used to confine gases during flow.
2. Scope
2.1 The Scope of this procedure involve all Ports Operated by Saudi Port Authority.
3. Definitions
3.1 Compressed gas: Any gas or mixture of gases in a vessel with a pressure of more than 40 psi
at 70 °F (21.1 °C), or regardless of pressure at 70 F (21.1 °C), with a pressure exceeding 104
psi at 130 °F (54.4 °C), or any liquid with an absolute vapor pressure exceeding 40 psi at 100
°C. Fahrenheit (37.8 °C).
3.2 Pressure regulator: A device that regulates pressure and works at its pressure and/or
temperature level to prevent pressure from rising above the predetermined maximum, thus
preventing the explosion of the normally charged cylinder when subjected to a standard fire
test.
3.3 LED Protective Cover: Removable hard cover that is provided to protect the container valve
during handling, transportation and storage.
4. Responsibilities
4.1 Industrial Security Department:
4.1.1 Develop and coordinate the implementation of the comprehensive procedure.
4.1.2 Provide initial and revitalizing training and written instructions for the care, use and
storage of compressed gas cylinders.
4.1.3 Conduct periodic inspections and evaluations of operations management and
contractors of various ports.
5. Procedures
5.1 Receiving the Compressed Cylinders:
5.1.1 During the receipt of compressed Cylinders, compressed cylinders’ recipients must
confirm that the following conditions are acceptable. If not, the recipient must return
the cylinders.
5.1.1.1 Cylinders:
5.1.1.2 They are properly secured during the discharge process.
5.1.1.3 It should always be securely supported.
5.1.1.4 Data Sticker on the Cylinders:
5.1.1.5 Visible and readable.
5.1.1.6 Includes cylinder content and risk warnings.
5.1.1.7 The last scan includes
5.1.2 In addition, the emptied area must be in a risk-free zone that can interfere with it.
Low-risk compressed gases, such as inert gases, oxygen and Freon, may be temporarily
stored in specific locations but not hazardous compressed gases.
5.1.3 Finally, a leakage test should be performed to examine odors, fumes or sounds.
5.2 Storage:
5.2.1 Compressed Cylinders must be disconnected to ensure:
5.2.1.1 Flammable gases are separated from oxygen cylinders or oxidizing gases.

446
 5.2.1.2 Oxygen cylinders are kept at least (20) feet from flammable gas cylinders or
highly combustible materials such as oil, grease and sawdust.
5.2.1.3 For welding processes, oxygen and acetylene are usually paired on a common
transport vehicle for use.
5.2.2 If cylinders are stored closer than 20 feet, they must be separated by a fireproof wall
at least 90 meters high.
5.2.3 Place empty and complete cylinders in a clearly different place.
5.2.4 Compressed cylinders should be stored in a cool, dry and ventilated designated place
away (at least 6.1 m) from all sources of heat or flame.
5.2.5 Storage temperatures should be followed according to the recommendations of the
gas supplier. As a rule, cylinders should not be exposed to temperatures above about
50 ° C.
5.2.6 The quantity and type of ventilation depends on the type and quantity of compressed
gases, the size of the storage area and its layout. Separate ventilation systems may be
required for some compressed gases to keep them away from systems that deplete
incompatible materials. Some gases may require additional emergency ventilation
system, or constant monitoring using appropriate alarms or fire protection
equipment.
5.2.7 Signs banning smoking or open fire must be placed.
5.2.8 The area must be provided with a fireproof floor and all permanent wiring should be
in a corridor.
5.2.9 Light bulbs, portable and stationary, must be equipped with protective devices to
prevent breakage. The switchgear must be located outside the room.
5.2.10 To store compressed gas cylinders outside, it is recommended to use a securely fenced
area. Cylinders should be stored on a raised concrete pillow or a non-combustible
shelf. It is protected from weather, humid areas, soil and direct sunlight.
5.2.11 Regardless of location, the cylinders must be kept upright and fixed on a fixed floor of
the building such as a wall with the cylinders securely attached to the wall. Cylinders
should not be stored in the presence of a regulator.
5.3 Handling
5.3.1 The person who moves, fastens or disconnects the CD on it must be trained. This
activity should be done by wearing appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)
found in Material Safety Data Leaflets (MSDS) which may include safety shoes, gloves,
clothing, eye protection and respirators.
5.3.2 The CD administrator must carefully transport the cylinders, without rolling them or
colliding with the valve safety cover. The following methods are prohibited for
transporting the cylinder:
5.3.2.1 Transfer of cylinders in the same vehicle.
5.3.2.2 Transportation of cylinders containing liquefied hydrogen or toxic gases in
closed vehicles.
5.3.2.3 Transportation of flammable gases and oxidants with toxic or corrosive gases.
5.3.2.4 Lifting compressed gas cylinders with electromagnets.
5.3.3 Valves and regulators should be maintained in good conditions by:

447
 5.3.3.1 "Simple opening" of the valve to clean the opening of dust particles and / or
dirt before laying the proper regulator and not using lubrication on the LED
regulators. This should be done by opening away from the body and not
towards anyone else.
5.3.3.2 Non-exchange between cylinders.
5.3.3.3 Not delivering the valve in a strong way.
5.3.3.4 Do not tamper with safety devices in cylinder valves or organizations.
5.3.3.5 Achieve the screw adjusted on the regulator before opening the cylinder
valve.
5.3.3.6 Stand on the side of the regulator when the valve is opened.
5.3.3.7 Open the valve slowly.
5.3.3.8 Open the valves by hand, instead of a tool, unless the supplier recommends a
specific tool.
5.4 Using a Compressed Gas Cylinder
Keep in mind never to use cylinders if their contents cannot be positively determined
by labels (not by the color of the cylinder). In addition, the following
recommendations should be considered:
Hazardous gases require special procedures such as procedures for the
expulsion of hazardous gases.
Never use a roller without a regulator or any other device to reduce
pressure.
Determination of a regulator recommended to be used with the roller.
Use the pressure, purity and corrosion properties of the gas to determine
the correct regulator.
When ready to draw gas from a high-pressure cylinder, close the regulator
first. Open the main cylinder valve until it stops and adjust the gas flow
rate using the regulator.
For cylinders containing fuel gases, open the cylinder valve quarter-cycle,
and adjust the regulator.
When not in use, close the roller valves. The main roller valve should be
tightly closed, but the needle valves should be narrow only to avoid the
destruction of the valve and valve trunk.
Visually inspect compressed gas cylinders daily for leaks and cracks.
Check the cylinder, pressure vents, valves, protective covers and trunks
(STEMS).
Check the measuring devices to make sure the gas does not remain in the
hoses when the operations are complete.
Mark the empty cylinder (MT) and store it in the area allocated to these
cylinders.
5.5 Maintenance Activities
Customized maintenance procedures and cycles should be developed for specific
maintenance tasks at port facilities.

448
 Periodic inspections, especially regulator valves; the use of personal protective
equipment, especially a self-respirator (SCBA) for highly toxic gases; lock/departure
procedures; should include.
Oxygen, nitrogen or other gases may never be used as a substitute for compressed
air in pneumatic tools, in oil preheating stoves, to start internal combustion engines
or to remove dust from clothing or equipment.
5.6 Emergency Procedures
If the cylinder’s leak, you must follow the following procedure:
Do not remove it.
Operate the gas shut-off valve remotely in case of emergency.
Properly installed hazardous compressed gases have devices that limit flow
or automatic cylinder shutdown valves to reduce and stop gas supply.
Close the main cylinder valve in case of leakage stop and when it is clear
that it is safe to approach.
If this cannot be done expeditiously, a port evacuation plan is applied.
6. Forms
Retention
S/N Form Number Title of the form
period

449
Change Management
OHS-P.12

450
1. Purpose
1.1 The purpose of the Change Management Standard (MOC) is to effectively manage all
temporary and permanent changes in the organization, personnel, processes, systems,
equipment and materials. This is achieved through:
Reduce operational impact
Avoid unnecessary negative impact on employees, port tenants and users.
Maintaining safety
Ensuring compliance with rules and standards
Reducing environmental risks
Achieve the required business results in the shortest possible time

451
 Scope
2.1 This standard includes change management (MOC) requirements within the operational areas
of the Port Authority. The Change Management Standard (MOC) represents an effective
management path to ensure that all PPCA employees work in concerted efforts to successfully
implement change processes, for example when new technology is used; during
organizational or structural changes; Repair or renovation of key facilities. Improve or replace
systems, processes, materials, equipment or machinery, or Safety or environmental
improvements.
2.2 This Change Management Procedure (MOC) does not apply to "in-kind" replacements or
changes with a minor operational or safety impact, but Port Authority employees are
encouraged to adopt basic change management principles as appropriate.
3. Definitions
3.1 Change: Any operation carried out by a certain entity in ports by modifying the designs or
initial specifications of machinery, buildings, processes and procedures.
3.2 Replacement: It is the process of replacing anything defective or damaged with a new one
that carries the same specifications and model.
4. Responsibilities
4.1 It is important that all managers and others with the authority to initiate change initiatives
have a central person to inform them of such initiatives in order to inform safety and security
representatives to analyze the potential impacts on safety and security. Managers should be
aware of this person in charge of change management (MOC).
4.2 Administrations should not make any change subject to this standard unless they follow the
procedures of this standard, by contacting the Change Management Representative (MOC).
4.3 Therefore, the Head of Safety (HSD) appoints a Change Management Representative (MOC)
for the change management process. The Change Management Representative will be
responsible for the overall implementation and monitoring of change management
procedures. The Change Management Representative manages the specific change processes
under the supervision of the Chief Safety Officer.
4.4 The responsibilities of the Change Management Representative include, but are not limited
to, the following:
4.4.1 Implement the Change Management Process (MOC) in accordance with this
procedure, the general instructions in force in the Authority, codes and standards.
4.4.2 Maintain sufficient records of the change management process (MOC).
4.4.3 Submit a periodic status report to the Head of Safety for the Change Management
Process (MOC).
4.4.4 Monitoring changes in systems, processes, materials, equipment, machinery, safety
or environmental factors, within the General Authority of Ports. This must include
the duration and extent of the change, along with any change in the level of safety
or environmental protection.
4.4.5 Ensure that all installations, systems, processes, materials, equipment and
machinery are adequately returned after the completion of the change process.

452
 4.4.6 Keep a record of any unintended incidents or events that occur during the change
process; report to the head of the safety department, explaining the location, nature,
possible cause, and corrective actions taken.
4.4.7 Maintain accurate records of modifications to facilities, systems, processes,
equipment and machinery, and completion during the change process.
5. Procedures
5.1 Change Management Team (MOC)
5.1.1 The Change Management Team (MOC) is formed under the guidance of the Head of
Safety when needed for specific change management. The team will consist of a
change management representative, administrative and technical representatives
from the departments concerned, along with consultants from other organizations
as appropriate. The Change Management Representative will coordinate and
manage the activities and objectives of the Change Management Team. The duties
of the Change Management Team are to promote change objectives and ensure the
smooth implementation of change processes.
5.2 Types of change
5.2.1 The change management process involves three types of changes that may be seen
as having a medium or significant operational impact:
5.2.1.1 Organizational change
5.2.1.2 Technical change
5.2.1.3 Procedural (administrative) change.
5.2.2 Major change processes are changes that have a high potential to cause serious
disruption to the daily operation or safety of one or more sections of the General
Authority of Ports. Moderate change processes are changes with a high potential to
cause serious disruption to the daily operation or safety of one or more units within
the management of the General Authority of Ports.
5.3 Change the effect
5.3.1 Change processes can have a number of levels of impact, ranging from factors
affecting the entire process to just one person; planned or unplanned changes;
changes initiated from within the General Authority of Ports or from external
sources; permanent changes or temporary changes; all with varying time periods.
Examples include:
5.3.1.1 Critical change
5.3.1.2 Large, moderate or simple change
5.3.1.3 Emergency change
5.3.1.4 Temporary change
5.3.1.5 Change is permanent
5.3.1.6 Transient short-term change
5.3.1.7 Long-term change
5.3.1.8 Frequent irregular change
5.3.1.9 Change with significant impact on safety or the environment
5.3.1.10 Organizational and structural changes
5.3.1.11 Equipment, machinery, technology, systems or material change

453
 5.3.1.12 Change location
5.4 The process
5.4.1 Planned or unplanned changes to Ha should be seen as a four-step process:
5.4.1.1 Step 1 - Identify the problem/opportunity, identify the need for change.
5.4.1.2 Step 2 – Develop Corrective Actions/Change Management (MOC)
5.4.1.3 Step 3 - Implement change and manage operational impact
5.4.1.4 Step 4 – Finalize the change and evaluate and monitor the impact of the post-
change
5.4.2 The risk assessment form can be used to monitor change processes, their risks and
ways to make them safe.
5.5 Risk Management - Change Management (MOC)
The change management process (MOC) needs to create a secure operating scope
during change through the use of risk management strategies. Risk management
strategies must be developed before the change process begins and continuously
monitored/re-evaluated/updated during the change implementation process. Risk
management strategies should be developed for all factors expected in the change
management process (MOC), which have the potential to influence the operation
and/or safety of employees. Risk management strategies include but are not limited
to:
5.5.1.1 Establish acceptable upper and lower limit values for all operational and safety
factors.
5.5.1.2 Define border types
5.5.1.3 Inference of acceptable risks using reduction, removal and protection strategies
5.5.1.4 Determination of design, operation and safety codes/standards
5.5.1.5 Benefit from previous operational experience
5.6 Managing the Review of the Effectiveness of Change
The Change Management Representative (MOC) is responsible for conducting a
periodic review and evaluation of change management activities for effectiveness.
Forms
S/N Form Number Title of the form Retention period

454
Selection of contractors
OHS-P.13

455
Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to provide guidance on the selection of contractors to carry
out projects related to the operations of the General Authority of Ports in order to reduce
risks in the project.
Scope
The selection procedures included in this criterion are specifically aimed at ensuring that
selected contractors can develop an effective health and safety system.
Definitions
Project Owner: The organization or individual for whom a construction or construction
project is carried out.
Main Contractors: Contractors appointed by the Populist to coordinate their project as it
includes more than one contractor.
Contractors: Organizations or individuals who carry out actual project work.
Responsibilities
Head of Safety (HSD): Ensure that the procedures described in the Procedures section of this
document are applied by the project sponsors to select the contractor for the work.
Project Supervisor Department: Apply the procedures described in the Procedures section
of this document to all the contractor's choice to work.
Main contractors: Provide information to the Head of the Safety Section on the measures
taken to plan, manage, control and coordinate health and safety at all stages of the project.
Contractors: Provide information to the Head of Safety Section on the measures they have
taken to plan, manage and control installation and construction works under their control so
that they are carried out without risks to health and safety.
Contract and Tender Management: Contracts shall include the information and data
described in clause (5.1) within the scope of project works when selecting contractors.

456
Procedures
The criteria in this section must apply to the processes of selecting a contractor to work on
port projects. Information can be collected to evaluate contractors by:
Details and statistics of questionnaires for the contractor:
Accidents leading to death
Accidents that lead to serious injury. (Clarification of the contractor's
definition of serious injury).
Accidents that lead to work interruption due to work-related diseases.
Accidents that lead to significant damage. (Clarification of contractor's
definition of significant damage) .
Cases filed against the contractor for health or safety violations.
Safety certificate and/or health standards (if any).
Provide Health, Safety and Environment Policy/Manual.
Provide the health, safety and environment plan for the General Authority
of Ports project at hand.
Provide references for satisfactory (if any) completion of previous projects.
Discuss the HSE approach with the contractor's management.
Provide a copy of the risk assessment conducted in previous projects.
Health and Safety Standards for the Contractor:
Does the contractor have a health and safety policy?

457
 Can the contractor prove that the person in charge of the work is
competent?
Will a sufficient number of supervisors be allocated to the project?
Does the contractor have a clear and effective system in place to ensure
that all project participants receive appropriate health and safety advice?
Are the required monitoring statistics available in the questionnaire?
Does their health and safety manual include risk assessment procedures
and the implementation of appropriate control measures?
Does the contractor's health and safety plan include a statement explaining
how they will deal with all the major risks?
Does the contractor's health and safety plan include the extent to which
effective control arrangements have been applied to the PPCA project?
Does the contractor employ trained and experienced staff with appropriate
qualifications?
Can the contractor meet the specific needs of a particular project (e.g.
protective clothing, insulation arrangements, handling of dangerous goods,
etc.)
If subcontractors will be used:
Do they also adhere to standards?
What are the supervision arrangements?
Forms
Retention
S/N Form Number Title of the form
Period

458
Personal Protective Equipment
OHS-P.14

459
1. Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to establish criteria for the selection of personal protective
equipment with the aim of preventing and minimizing injuries caused by unexpected events.
2. Scope
2.1 The scope of this standard covers all functions and tasks performed in ports by all port
employees, operators and contractors.
3. Definitions
3.1 Personal protective equipment: It is equipment worn by the employee to protect him from
flying objects and that may touch his body, for example safety glasses that protect against small
flying objects, gloves that prevent contact with dangerous objects and others.
3.2 Work Areas: These are all areas where business takes place.
3.3 Visitors: is a person who is not involved in routine operations or in operational activities (e.g.
construction work, maintenance work, project works, ship loading activities, truck driving,
operating plant, etc.).
3.4 HSE: Health and Safety and Environment.
3.5 HSED: Health and Safety and Environment Executive Department.
3.6 ISD: Industrial Security Department.
3.7 HQ: Head Quarter.
3.8 HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security Department.
4. Responsibilities
HSED Manager:
Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.
Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard and conduct a training
program for employees on this standard.
4.2 Port Industrial Security Managers:
Responsible for training employees on this standard.
Monitor the application of the standard in its port.
Keep a copy of all personal protective equipment selection assessment released at
its port.
4.3 Port General Manager
Ensure that all port employees and operators are aware of this standard and its
applications.
Ensure that all employees are committed to the application through field visits and
also safety meetings.
Provide resources for the port to purchase the necessary personal protective
equipment.
4.4 Department Managers and Supervisors:
Managers and supervisors issue personal protective equipment to their employees.
Maintain records of the evaluation of the selection of personal protective
equipment.
4.4.3 Placing safety markings according to the OHS-P.05 standard to indicate where
personal protective equipment is used.
4.4.4 Replacement of damaged personal protective equipment for their employees.

460
4.5 Head of Port Safety Department:
Monitor the application of the standard by all employees, contractors and
operators.
Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.
Train all levels of employees on this standard in their ports.
4.6 Procurement and Warehouse Management:
Ensure the purchase of personal protective equipment commensurate with this
standard which sets out the international standards with which the personal
protective equipment must be proportional.
Warehouses must keep sufficient quantities of personal protective equipment to
ensure its availability to employees.

461
5. Personal Protective Equipment
5.1 All Port employees, visitors, operators and contractors must wear personal protective
equipment in all work areas including warehouses, workshops, laboratories, piers and loading
and unloading areas.
5.2 All Personal Protective Equipment shall be available free of charge and no amount may be
charged or deducted from the Employee for the provision of Personal Protective Equipment to
him.
5.3 Personal protective equipment is selected based on the expected risks.
5.4 Employees must report any damage to PPE until it is replaced and ensure that the employee
wears valid equipment and is able to protect it.
5.5 Employees must inspect personal protective equipment before using it to ensure its validity.
5.6 The Department of Stores shall periodically ensure that sufficient quantities of personal
protective equipment are present and usable, such equipment shall not be exposed to sunlight
and shall not be kept in places with high temperatures which may cause damage to such
equipment.
6. Selection of personal protective equipment
6.1 Personal protective equipment should be selected based on the following data:
6.1.1 Fit the equipment with the danger and nature of work.
6.1.2 The time that the employee needs to wear personal protective equipment.
6.1.3 It fits with the employee and how comfortable it is.
6.1.4 Fits it with other personal protective equipment such as wearing a helmet with glasses
and breathing masks.
6.1.5 Conform to international standards.
6.2 Head and face protection equipment
6.2.1 A protective helmet should be provided to all employees
(with a chin belt) and the helmet should be worn in all areas
of operations and construction in the port where the risk of
head injury from falling and volatile objects and electricity
is present.
6.2.2 Employees must inspect the helmet periodically, it has
suspension belts, it is well conducted, and there is sufficient
distance between the head and helmet to allow shock
absorption. If there is any cut in the suspension belts or
damage, the helmet must be replaced immediately.
6.2.3 The helmet must comply with the following global
standards:
6.2.3.1 EN 397
6.2.3.2 BS 5240 Part 1
6.2.3.3 ANSI Z89.1
6.2.4 Any helmet that is 3 years of age or older must be replaced
due to the loss of strength of the helmet because of
exposure to ultraviolet radiation.
6.2.5 If the helmet is damaged and there is a crack or Figure25- Electronic welding
helmet
discoloration in it, it should be replaced immediately.

462
 6.2.6 The helmet must be worn well and there should be 37 mm between the suspension
belts and the helmet structure to allow shock absorption.
6.2.7 Personal protective equipment must fit into the helmet.
6.2.8 The helmet should not be punctured or dyed and if this happens it is considered
damaged and must be replaced.

6.2.9 The use of iron helmets is strictly prohibited.

6.2.10 Gas or electricity welding personnel must wear helmets with a
helmet with a suitable shading to protect the eye and face from the
rays produced by welding. And as for the neighborhood Using the Figure27- Welding
torch employees must wear (Welding) goggles with proper shading. glasses
6.2.11 The face shield protects the face and neck from volatile objects and
chemical vapors.
6.2.12 During the welding process, Table 1 – to determine the level of
shading to protect the eye from the force of the welding rays –
should be followed.
Figure27- Face Shield

Table 1- The level of night degradationrequired during welding operations

Type of welding
Electric Supply Amp Lowest shading level Proposed shading
process
Less than 60 7 -
60 – 160 8 10
Metal electric arc welding
160 – 250 10 12
250 - 550 11 14
Less than 60 7 -
Metal electric arc welding 60 – 160 10 11
and gas curtain 160 – 250 10 12
250 - 550 10 14
Less than 50 8 10
Electric arc welding
50 – 150 8 12
(tungsten and gas curtain)
150 – 500 10 14

6.3 Eye Protection:

6.3.1 Regular and shaded safety glasses are provided to all employees and visitors, and they
must wear them while in the areas of operations, maintenance and others and
whenever there is a risk of objects flying and entering the eye.
6.3.2 Medical safety glasses in which there is a side guard should be provided to employees.
They must be supplied from an institution approved by ports.
6.3.3 Sunglasses should not be worn in offices and shaded places.
6.3.4 In case of loss or damage to safety glasses should be notified to the direct supervisor
to replace them with another one.
6.3.5 Face shields and welding protectors should be worn while working in places with high
dust levels and during grinding and welding.
6.3.6 Safety glasses must follow the following criteria during purchase:
6.3.6.1 Safety glasses: ANSI Z87.1 – PT1989; BS 2092 and EN 166/167/168/170
6.3.6.2 Face shields: ANSI Z87.1 -PT1989; BS 2092

463
 6.3.6.3 Helmet welding: ANSI Z87.1 -PT1989; BS EN 169
6.4 Ear protectors:
6.4.1 Noise levels should be reduced to acceptable levels using engineering methods such
as insulation, mute and other methods.
6.4.2 Hearing shield (ear) should be worn in all noisy places (loud noise).
6.4.3 An earplug and hearing shield will be provided to all staff and visitors.
6.4.4 Ear protectors (plugs or hearing shields) should be worn in
all places with a noise level above 85 dB (a) where there
are signs of wearing a hearing shield.
6.4.5 The hearing shield and stopper must comply with these
global standards:
6.4.5.1 Earplug: ANSI S3.19 -PT 1974; BS EN 352 Part 2
6.4.5.2 Hearing protector: ANSI S3.19 -PT 1974; BS EN 352 Figure29- Earplug
Part 1
6.4.6 Earplugs should be disposed of and replaced whenever
they are damaged, and also with the end of each shift.
6.4.7 Hearing aid plugs should be chosen to match the level of
noise present and also for the frequency of noise.
6.4.8 During the selection, care must be taken to know the level
of noise reduction provided by the earplugs and the
Figure29- Hearing
protection of hearing so that the noise level entering the protectors
ear is less than 85 decibels.
6.4.9 Employees must be trained by safety personnel on how to properly use hearing
shields and earplugs.
6.5 Safety Shoes:
6.5.1 Safety shoes should be selected based on the risks present on site, that they are
resistant to slips, cutting, chemicals and heat and that they are comfortable for
employees.
6.5.2 Safety shoes must have a finger protector made of conforming materials and the base
of the shoe must be non-slip.
6.5.3 Fashionable safety shoes that are made of fabric or nylon are unacceptable.
6.5.4 All employees, visitors and contractors must wear safety shoes in workplaces,
operations, workshops and others except offices. The shoes are given free of charge
to employees and are replaced when damaged.
6.5.5 Safety shoes must comply with these international standards:
6.5.5.1 Safety shoe: ANSI Z41PT 1991; BS EN 344 & BS EN 345-1 & BS EN ISO 20345,
ASTM F2412 and F2413
6.5.5.2 Chemical-proof chaise lounges: ANSI Z41 PT 1991; DIN 48-13
6.6 Protective clothing:
6.6.1 Clothing must suit tasks and their risks, employees must wear clothes that are given
to them (such as Overall laboratory coat, staff apron etc.) to work around ports.
6.6.2 When dealing with chemicals, you should wear a chemical apron or chemical
replacement.
6.6.3 Protective clothing must comply with the following criteria:

464
 6.6.3.1 Work squadrons (Overall): NFPA 701; EN 342 / 343
6.6.3.2 Apron and welding coat: EN 340 / 470
6.6.3.3 Chemical Ulster: EN 463 to 468; US 1919b
6.7 High-visibility jackets:
6.7.1 Jackets must follow the EN ISO 20471 standard.
6.7.2 Employees working at the port who work at night
(in times of darkness) must wear those jackets.
Figure31- High Figure31- High
6.7.3 Protective clothing that has a reflector and acts Visibility clothing
visibility Jackets
like high-definition jackets can be replaced,
usually with pants and a shirt with a lampshade.
6.8 Protective gloves:
6.8.1 Gloves should be worn when dealing with rough, sharp and hot objects, especially if
this leads to harm to the hand and there are several types of gloves that suit the
quality of work.
6.8.2 Employees should make sure that gloves protect them from work hazards and be sure
to inspect the gloves for safety. Gloves must be replaced when damaged.
6.8.3 Gloves must meet the following criteria:
6.8.3.1 Working gloves: OSHA 29 CFR1910-138; EN 420; CE 60903
6.8.3.2 Welding gloves: OSHA 29 CFR1910-156; EN 407
6.8.3.3 Gloves protecting against chemicals: OSHA 29 CFR1910-138; EN 374/388
6.8.3.4 Gloves protecting from electricity: ASTM D120; IEC-1988; BS EN 697
6.9 Fall prevention:
6.9.1 All fall protection devices and drop guard mount must match: ANSI/ASSE Z359.1.
6.9.2 Employees should use a Safety Harassment strap whenever the height is more than
1.8 meters.
6.10 Respirators:
6.10.1 In cases where dangerous dust and fumes are
present and harm the body, employees must
wear respirators and air filters.
6.10.2 Air filters or respirators must meet the
following criteria:
6.10.3 Dust filter (covering mouth and nose) – Figure33 - Mask of Figure33- Face
EN149:2001. the cartridge filter Mask Filter
6.10.4 Cartridge filter that protects against harmful
gases – EN141.
6.10.5 Face mask with cartridge filter – EN136. It is divided into 3 types:
6.10.5.1 Class 1 – for light use and requires simple maintenance.
6.10.5.2 Class 2 – for normal use with parts for maintenance (replacement).
6.10.5.3 Class 3 - for heavy use by firefighters.
6.10.5.4 Mask against gases and double masks (gases and dust) – EN14387.
6.10.5.4.1 Class A – used against a certain class of organic gases and vapors that have
a boiling point greater than 65 ° C. And the color of the cartridge should
be brown.
6.10.5.4.2 Class B – used against inorganic gases and fumes – color the cartridge in

465
 lead.
6.10.5.4.3 Class C – used against sulfur dioxide and acidic gases and their vapors and
colors the cartridge in yellow.
6.10.5.4.4 Class D – used against ammonia and organic ammonia extracts and
colored green.
6.10.6 There are 3 categories of these cartridges according to the concentration of the
material, which are as follows:
6.10.6.1 Class 1 – low concentration – up to 1000 ppm.
6.10.6.2 Class 2 – average up to 5000 ppm.
6.10.6.3 Class 3 – high up to 10,000 ppm.
6.11 Life jacket:
6.11.1 Life jackets must be worn at sea or by the sea.
6.11.2 The jacket must comply with the requirements of the standard:
6.11.2.1 ISO 12402 for life jackets.
6.11.2.2 The jacket must be of a level of 100 or more.
6.12 Visitors:
6.12.1 Visitors must comply with the requirements of personal protective equipment in the
places they visit.
6.12.2 The visitor wears a yellow helmet that distinguishes him from the rest and clearly
reads the word "visitor" on it.
6.12.3 Personal protective equipment is provided to visitors by the port and administrations
must keep some PPE for the use of visitors.
7. Assessment of the needs for the use of personal protective equipment:
7.1 Each port must carry out an assessment of the places in the port and determine the personal
protective equipment required to enter those places.
7.2 After conducting the assessment and selecting the personal protective equipment to be worn
in those places, the mandatory mark indicating what to wear using the OHS-P.05 standard must
be placed on the entrances to those places.
7.3 For evaluation form OHS-F.11 should be used to conduct a PPE needs assessment.
8. Forms
S/N Form Number Title of the form Retention period

Personal Protective Equipment Needs Remains until a new version

0001 OHS-F.11
Assessment or modification.

466
Work Permit
OHS-P.15

467
 Purpose
1.1 This standard specifies the procedures that must be adhered to while carrying out
maintenance work at the port to ensure that such work is carried out in a safe manner and
saves lives and property.
1.2 This standard applies to non-routine and high-risk works carried out in ports by maintenance
crews, contractors and operators.
2. Scope:
2.1 The scope of this standard covers all departments in ports by all port employees and from
operators and contractors everyone must adhere to this standard and its requirements.
3. Objectives
3.1 The main objective of the work permit system is:
3.1.1 Ensure that all non-routine or hazardous work carried out in a safe manner is carried
out in ports.
3.1.2 Ensure that all work is coordinated to avoid conflicting activities to maintain a safe
working environment.
3.1.3 Ensure that the applicant accepts all responsibilities associated with the safe
execution of the works to which the permit is issued.
3.1.4 Ensures that the work area has been inspected, identifying current and potential
risks.
3.1.5 Ensures that any equipment used is fit for purpose and ensures that all necessary
precautions were considered prior to the authorized work.
3.1.6 Ensure that the people who do the work have the right competencies.
3.1.7 Ensure that after the work is completed, the job site is left in a safe state.
3.1.8 Prevent losses by taking all precautions and measures and ensuring the efficiency
and capacity of the business implementers.
3.1.9 Pass the information in writing from one shift to another and inform all parties
concerned in writing.
3.1.10 Isolate the place as a separate unit which facilitates the performance of work.
3.1.11 Define tasks and responsibilities accurately between permit issuers and recipients.
3.1.12 Effective cooperation between the applicant and the executor.
4. Definitions/ Abbreviations
4.1 Work permit: It is a document that allows a person or group to carry out specific maintenance
work on a specific equipment or area for a specific time in which risks are identified and
prevention methods are developed to overcome those risks and the person or group must
carry out those procedures and ensure their existence until the end of the work or the end of
the permit. It is also a written and official statement issued with the signature of an authorized
person stating that it is possible to carry out a specific work other than normal operating work
under specific procedures and precautions or a statement. It signifies that all necessary tests,
examinations and isolation operations were carried out by authorized persons and therefore
the working conditions are satisfactory.
4.2 Issuance (Issuer) of a permit: A person who is authorized by the administration to export the
permit after successfully completing the work permit cycle and passing the permit interview,
and issues permits in the areas under his supervision.

468
 4.2.1 The person must ensure the following:
4.2.1.1 The nature of the work to be carried out is fully understood.
4.2.1.2 All the dangers associated with the permit have been identified and all
precautionary measures have been put in place to prevent those dangers.
4.3 Permit Recipient (Receiver): A person who has been authorized by the Department to receive
the permit (work permit) after successfully completing the work permit course and passing
the permit interview.
4.3.1 The person must ensure the following:
4.3.1.1 Discusses the business fully with the source of the permit.
4.3.1.2 Discusses the details of the work permit with the employees who will do the
work and explains the details of the potential dangers and the method of
prevention of them and is recorded in the permit.
4.3.1.3 Precautionary measures must be applied and remain in place throughout the
period of authorized work.
4.4 Authorized person: is a competent, trained and certified person to perform a particular
activity and work (such as isolating energy sources, placing an insulation card, aand gas tests).
4.5 Blind/ Spade: It is a physical barrier placed on the end of the pipe and the pipe opening is
tightened to prevent leakage or flow of fluid from the pipes during the maintenance process,
and also the pipes are insulated for hydraulic testing operations after the end of maintenance
operations.
4.6 Cold work: It is any activity that does not result in any source of ignition but other risks are
taken into account.
4.7 Cold Work Permit: A cold work permit is issued when there is no source of ignition that can
cause fire or explosion.
4.8 Competent person: is a person who is authorized and specialized in a specific field such as
lifting machines, radiation protection, high voltage and other disciplines.
4.9 Precautions: A list of actions to be taken before and during the execution of the work specified
in the permit to ensure that the work is carried out safely and the hedges vary according to
the types of work permits and other surrounding circumstances.
4.10 Confined places: Confined or enclosed places are places characterized by difficulty in
entering and exiting them and to perform a task assigned to them, and they are not designed
for human use or where there are risks that may cause great risks due to the presence of
hazardous substances. Examples of confined places include reservoirs, pressure vessels,
excavations deeper than 1,2 meters and other places.
4.11 Energy sources: Any source of energy such as electricity, steam, compressed air,
water and others.
4.12 Entry: It is the entry to any place that is considered a confined or closed place.
4.13 Excavation: It is any work that requires excavation of ground level to do a certain work
such as pipe maintenance or power lines and other works.
4.14 Flammable atmosphere: It is any ocean in which the concentration of flammable
substances is between the minimum and maximum flammable extremes.
4.15 Hot work: Any work that uses fire, welding, or any tool or machine that can cause fire
or explosion.

469
 4.16 Fire Watch: It is a certified, trained and authorized employee who performs the
process of monitoring hot works and monitors the occurrence of any fire and directly
extinguishes the fire in its infancy and must remain after the end of the hot work for a period
of (1) full hours to monitor the place to ensure that no fire occurs.
4.17 Hot Work Permit: A hot work permit is issued when there is any source of ignition
that can cause fire or explosion.
4.18 Isolation: It is the process of physically confirming the process of insulation and
discharge of energy from the system. This process is carried out by a person authorized to do
so, and the system is isolated by locking it using locks to prevent the system from operating
physically.
4.19 Confined Space Attendant: A person who is chosen to stay outside confined places to
ensure that no unauthorized person enters the confined places and stays in contact with
people inside the confined place and is trained in this and on warning and rescue operations.
4.20 Owner of the place means the department responsible for the place or facility,
buildings and roads, the responsibilities of each department in the port must be determined,
and permits are issued according to the areas responsible for them in the port.
4.21 Tag (card placement): It is the placement of a card entitled "Danger" on the isolated
device and when that phrase is placed on any device or machine, you should not tamper with
it or try to remove that card or lock.
4.22 Toxic surrounding: An ocean in which the concentration of materials exceeds the level
allowed in the material safety information sheet.
4.23 HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
4.24 HSED: Health, Safety and Environment Executive Department
4.25 ISD: Industrial Security Department.
4.26 HQ: Head Quarter
4.27 HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security.
5. Responsibilities
5.1 HSED Manager:
5.1.1 Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.
5.1.2 Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.
5.1.3 The training program should be based on the work permit system, and there should be
a comprehensive list of all authorized persons in the system and the expiration date of
the permit for them, and manage the process of issuing permits.
5.1.4 Responsible for ensuring that the permit system is in place and receiving periodic
reports on the extent to which the system has been properly implemented and how
effective it is.
5.2 Port General Manager:
5.2.1 Ensure that all port administrators and operators are aware of this standard and its
applications.
5.2.2 Qualify port staff and operators on this system and ensure that it works well in its port.
5.2.3 Responsible for ensuring that the permit system is in place and receiving periodic
reports on the extent to which the system has been properly implemented and how
effective it is.
5.3 Port Industrial Security Managers:

470
 5.3.1 Responsible for introducing port administrators and operators to this standard.
5.3.2 Monitor the application of the standard in its port.
5.4 Department Managers:
5.4.1 To qualify employees in his department to use the permit system and to license them
in the system by sending them for training and making sure that they are competent for
this.
5.4.2 To conduct interviews for qualified persons who have passed the work permit exam and
to authorize them in his department to carry out the work required in the work permit
system.
5.4.3 Be responsible for issuing permits in the places he owns.
5.5 Head of Port Safety Department:
5.5.1 Monitor the application of the standard by all administrators, contractors and
operators.
5.5.2 Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.
5.6 Operators and contractors in the port:
5.6.1 To qualify its employees for the work permit system by attending the required training.
5.6.2 They have to apply this system and its requirements.
5.7 Training Department:
5.7.1 Organize training programs for thepermit system in cooperation with the Industrial
Security Department.
5.7.2 Schedule the training, keep training records and provide the Industrial Security
Departmentwith the results of each course to assist in the preparation of permits and
the issuance of cards.
5.8 Port Employees
5.8.1 They have to apply this system and its requirements.
5.8.2 Employees must stop work if there is an imminent danger to them and their lives.
5.9 Employees of operators and contractors:
5.9.1 They must apply the system and not do any work without a permit.
6. Procedures:
6.1 All maintenance work in the port must be carried out under the work permit and managed by
the owner of the place.
6.2 Types of permits:
6.2.1 Cold work
6.2.2 Hot work (hot)
6.2.3 Confined (indoor) spaces
6.2.4 Work in high places
6.2.5 dives
6.2.6 Explosives Permit
6.2.7 diggings
6.3 Cold Work Permit: It should be used when there are no sources of fire (heat).
6.4 Hot Work Permit: It must be used when there is a source of fire (heat) due to activity such as
welding, heat cutting and other activities.
6.5 Work permit in enclosed (confined) places: The permit must be used to enter to:
6.5.1 Inside any space such as cabinets, pressurized containers, ovens, boilers and others.

471
 6.5.2 Inside tunnels, pits and trenches.
6.5.3 Inside the sewers.
6.5.4 Inside the excavations make 1.2 meters and more.
6.6 The most important procedures in the work permit:
6.6.1 Notification of the Permit Application:
6.6.1.1 The maintenance department, contractor or maintenance department of the
operator shall inform the owner of the place that he will carry out maintenance
operations and shall request the management of the owner of the place to issue
a permit for work and the type of permit required in accordance with the
agreement between the two departments (supervisors) on the type of permit
requested.
6.6.2 Processing of work permit and instructions:
6.6.2.1 To prepare the work permit, it is necessary to collect some information about the
activity and also about the place of activity and the risks in the place, the machine
and materials used, as well as what any risks can be issued as a result of the
activity and can use the maintenance department and the person who will carry
out the work.
6.6.3 Some documents can also be used while preparing such as:
6.6.3.1 Safe business assessment (for hazardous work).
6.6.3.2 Maintenance procedures or maintenance document issued by the contractor
that explains the maintenance steps.
6.6.3.3 List of equipment and spare parts.
6.6.3.4 Accompanying permits such as excavations, work in confined places and others.
6.6.3.5 Insulate power sources and put an insulation card.
6.6.3.6 Any geometric schemes and drawings are required for work.
6.7 Work Permit Forms:
6.7.1 The first section of the declaration is filled in with the information collected from the
information collection process.
6.7.2 Also the following is shown:
6.7.2.1 Date and time of work.
6.7.2.2 The workplace and the machine on which the work will be done.
6.7.2.3 Business description.
6.7.2.4 The time of expiry of the authorized work , and the expiry date of the permit (no
permit exceeds 5 consecutive days).
6.7.2.5 For long-term projects, a work permit of no more than 30 days can be issued, an
exception that must be approved in writing by the Industrial Security
Department.
6.8 Business case and instructions:
6.8.1 Identify a need to apply other types of permit and the number of that permit after it is
issued.
6.8.2 The need to recognize the needs of the work application such as the use of scaffolding,
street closures and other needs.
6.8.3 Identify the needs of insulation.
6.9 Identify the risks and safety procedures to be followed before starting work:

472
 6.9.1 Needs of machine processing, insulation, placement of stoppers, discharge of
electricity, pressure discharge and other equipment.
6.9.2 Requirements for personal protective devices, fire equipment and others.
6.9.3 Gas tests and gas monitoring.
6.9.4 Prepare the place through fencing, the presence of an observer, fire prevention and
others.
6.10 Work permit:
6.10.1 The source of the permit approves the start of work by signing the authorization to start
the work permit and putting his name, number and method of contact.
6.11 Acceptance of work:
6.11.1 The recipient and executor of the permit shall sign the acceptance of the work and its
acceptance of the application of all that is stated in the Risks and Work Procedures
section and that he will ensure that the procedures and precautions remain the same,
and that if there is any change he will be obliged to inform the source of the permit
accordingly.
6.12 Completion of the work:
6.12.1 After the completion of the work, the executor of the work receives the permit to stop
the work and return the workplace to its safe state, sign the completion of the works
and hand over the permit again to the source of the permit.
6.13 Cancellation of the permit:
6.13.1 After receiving the permit, the permit issuer makes sure that the place is safe and that
everything has been returned to its safe status.
6.13.2 He has been lifting insulation and insulation cards and also locks and he can recover the
machines to their normal state.
7. Suspension of work
7.1 The issuer of the permit may discontinue the work of the permit because of a significant
problem in the place, the presence of a serious activity near the workplace or other reasons:
7.1.1 The source of the permit must request the cessation of work and take the permit and
seal it as a position.
7.2 The permit can be re-established, and work can be started again after making sure that the
place has become safe and that the precautions and precautions written in the permit have
been implemented and after the renewal of the permit can start work.
8. If the recipient of aand the source of the permit change
8.1 Sometimes work is done on more than one shift and the source of the permit and the recipient
of the permit change and on this basis the process of receipt and delivery must be done
correctly and until the responsibility shifts from the first parties to the new party.
8.2 The new parties must carry out the process of renewal of the permit by signing the renewal
form.
8.3 The Parties shall be responsible for the safety of individuals and shall ensure that precautions,
precautions and procedures exist and that they will continue to exist.
9. Multiplicity of works and activities

473
 9.1 The maintenance activities that may be interspersed with working on more than one machine
or working on a machine that is considered large and needs more than one crew to work on
in maintenance in the same workplace, issuing only one permit and there must be one
recipient of the work permit who is the leader of the maintenance team who is selected to
carry out the maintenance process in that activity and whose original task is to be the recipient
of the permit.
9.2 The process of isolating power sources and placing an insulation card for all potential power
sources is carried out and all keys must be kept inside the key box.
10. Work permit audit and inspection
10.1 The annual safety and health system audit of the is usually carried out in accordance
with the HSES-P.18 standard but an annual audit of work permits should be devoted to a more
careful consideration of the application of the work permit standard.
10.2 The ISD Manager at Ports shall organize and form a team to ensure the correct
application of the work permit system to ensure the safety and health of workers, operators
and contractors.
11. Training related to work permits
11.1 Awareness of the work permit system: Usually it is for persons who authorize
employees to issue and receive the permit to carry out maintenance work such as managers
and department heads.
11.2 Advanced training on the work permit system: It is for employees who are based on
the permit system and who are responsible for issuing and receiving the permit and this
training ends with the attendance of the pass exam in which it is obligatory for the employee
to be able to issue or receive the permit after passing the interview.
11.3 Refresher Course in the Work Permit System: Eligible persons whose permit has
expired must attend a short refresher course followed by an exam for the reissue of the work
permit card and a new expiry date
12. Permits
12.1 This system contains the following permits and each type must be reviewed for its
requirements, as well as its applications, as well as the form of the form associated with the
permit:

figure Declare Standard Number

1 Hot Work OHS-P.15.01
2 Cold work OHS-P.15.02
3 Confined (indoor) spaces OHS-P.15.03
4 Work in high places OHS-P.15.04
5 dives OHS-P.15.05
6 Explosives OHS-P.15.06
7 diggings OHS-P.15.07
8 Insulate power sources and put a card OHS-P.15.08

474
Records
12.2 The head of the department concerned shall keep copies of work permits for at least
6 months.
12.3 The Safety Section shall retain the accreditation details of the employees accredited
to issue and receive permits, as well as persons qualified for other work in the work permit
such as gas testing or insulation and others.
Forms
Retention period Form/Form Number Title of the form/form figure

None 001

475
Hot Work Permit
OHS-P.15.01

476
Purpose
This standard specifies the procedures that must be adhered to while making a hot work
permit.
This standard applies to non-routine and high-risk works carried out in ports by maintenance
crews, contractors and operators.
Range
The scope of this standard includes all departments in ports by everyone from port
employees, operators and contractors everyone must adhere to this standard and its
requirements.
Objectives
Ensure that all non-routine or hazardous work associated with hot hot work is performed in
a safe manner at ports.
Ensure that the work area has been inspected, identifying current and potential risks.
Ensure that any equipment used is suitable for the purpose and ensures that all necessary
precautions were considered prior to the authorized work.
Ensure that the people who do the work have the right competencies.
Ensure that after the work is completed, the job site is left in a safe state.
Pass the information in writing from one shift to another and inform all parties concerned in
writing.
Isolate the place as a separate unit which facilitates the performance of work.
Define tasks and responsibilities accurately between permit issuers and recipients.
Effective cooperation between the applicant and the executor.
Definitions / Abbreviations
Work permit: It is a document that allows a person or group to carry out specific
maintenance work on a specific equipment or area for a specific time in which risks are
identified and prevention methods are developed to overcome those risks and the person or
group must carry out those procedures and ensure their existence until the end of the work
or the end of the permit. It is also a written and official statement issued with the signature
of an authorized person stating that it is possible to carry out a specific work other than
normal operating work under specific procedures and precautions or a statement. It signifies
that all necessary tests, examinations and isolation operations were carried out by
authorized persons and therefore the working conditions are satisfactory.
Issuance (Issuer) of a permit: A person who is authorized by the administration to export the
permit after successfully completing the work permit cycle and passing the permit interview,
and issues permits in the areas under his supervision.
4.2.1 The person must ensure the following:
4.2.1.1 The nature of the work to be carried out is fully understood.
4.2.1.2 All the dangers associated with the permit have been identified and all
precautionary measures have been put in place to prevent those dangers.
Permit Recipient (Receiver): A person who has been authorized by the Department to
receive the permit (work permit) after successfully completing the work permit course and
passing the permit interview.
4.3.1 The person must ensure the following:
4.3.1.1 Discusses the business fully with the source of the permit.

477
 4.3.1.2 Discusses the details of the work permit with the employees who will do the
work and explains the details of the potential dangers and the method of
prevention of them and is recorded in the permit.
4.3.1.3 Precautionary measures must be applied and remain in place throughout the
period of authorized work.
Authorized person: is a competent, trained and certified person to perform a particular
activity and work (such as isolating energy sources, placing an insulation card, aand gas
tests).
Blind/ Spade: It is a physical barrier placed on the end of the pipe and the pipe opening is
tightened to prevent leakage or flow of fluid from the pipes during the maintenance process,
and also the pipes are insulated for hydraulic testing operations after the end of maintenance
operations.
Cold work: It is any activity that does not result in any source of ignition but other risks are
taken into account.
Cold Work Permit: A cold work permit is issued when there is no source of ignition that can
cause fire or explosion.
Competent person: is a person who is authorized and specialized in a specific field such as
lifting machines, radiation protection, high voltage and other disciplines.
Precautions: A list of actions to be taken before and during the execution of the work
specified in the permit to ensure that the work is carried out safely and the hedges vary
according to the types of work permits and other surrounding circumstances.
Confined places: Confined or enclosed places are places characterized by difficulty in
entering and exiting them and to perform a task assigned to them, and they are not
designed for human use or where there are risks that may cause great risks due to the
presence of hazardous substances. Examples of confined places include reservoirs,
pressure vessels, excavations deeper than 1,2 meters and other places.
Energy sources: Any source of energy such as electricity, steam, compressed air, water and
others.
Entry: It is the entry to any place that is considered a confined or closed place.
Excavation: It is any work that requires excavation of ground level to do a certain work
such as pipe maintenance or power lines and other works.
Flammable atmosphere: It is any ocean in which the concentration of flammable
substances is between the minimum and maximum flammable extremes.
Hot work: Any work that uses fire, welding, or any tool or machine that can cause fire or
explosion.
Fire Watch: It is a certified, trained and authorized employee who performs the process of
monitoring hot works and monitors the occurrence of any fire and directly extinguishes the
fire in its infancy and must remain after the end of the hot work for a period of (1) full hours
to monitor the place to ensure that no fire occurs.
Hot Work Permit: A hot work permit is issued when there is any source of ignition that can
cause fire or explosion.
Isolation: It is the process of physically confirming the process of insulation and discharge
of energy from the system. This process is carried out by a person authorized to do so, and
the system is isolated by locking it using locks to prevent the system from operating

478
 physically.
Confined Space Attendant: A person who is chosen to stay outside confined places to
ensure that no unauthorized person enters the confined places and stays in contact with
people inside the confined place and is trained in this and on warning and rescue
operations.
Owner of the place means the department responsible for the place or facility, buildings
and roads, the responsibilities of each department in the port must be determined, and
permits are issued according to the areas responsible for them in the port.
Tag (card placement): It is the placement of a card entitled "Danger" on the isolated device
and when that phrase is placed on any device or machine, you should not tamper with it
or try to remove that card or lock.
Toxic surrounding: An ocean in which the concentration of materials exceeds the level
allowed in the material safety information sheet.
HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
HSED: Health, Safety and Environment Executive Department
ISD: Industrial Security Department.
HQ: Head Quarter
HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security.
Responsibilities
HSED Manager:
Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.
Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.
The training program should be based on the work permit system, and there should
be a comprehensive list of all authorized persons in the system and the expiration date
of the permit for them, and manage the process of issuing permits.
Responsible for ensuring that the permit system is in place and receiving periodic
reports on the extent to which the system has been properly implemented and how
effective it is.
Port General Manager
5.2.1 Ensure that all port administrators and operators are aware of this standard and its
applications.
5.2.2 Qualify port staff and operators on this system and ensure that it works well in its port.
5.2.3 Responsible for ensuring that the permit system is in place and receiving periodic
reports on the extent to which the system has been properly implemented and how
effective it is.
Port Industrial Security Managers:
5.3.1 Responsible for introducing port administrators and operators to this standard.
5.3.2 Monitor the application of the standard in its port.
Department Managers:
5.4.1 To qualify employees in his department to use the permit system and to license them
in the system by sending them for training and making sure that they are competent
for it.
5.4.2 To conduct interviews for qualified persons who have passed the work permit exam
and to authorize them to manage it to carry out the work required in the work permit

479
 system.
Head of Port Safety Department:
5.5.1 Monitor the application of the standard by all administrators, contractors and
operators.
5.5.2 Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.
Operators and contractors in the port:
5.6.1 To qualify its employees for the work permit system by attending the required
training.
5.6.2 Choose who will qualify them for the system.
Training and Development Department:
5.7.1 To organize training programs for the permit system in cooperation with the Industrial
Security Department.
5.7.2 Schedule the training, keep training records and provide the Industrial Security
Department with the results of each course to assist in the preparation of permits and
the issuance of cards.
Port Employees
5.8.1 They have to apply this system and its requirements.
5.8.2 Employees must stop work if there is an imminent danger to them and their lives.
Captain of the ship:
5.9.1 He is responsible for all work on board the ship and no welding or hot work should be
carried out without his consent.
Employees of operators and contractors:
5.10.1 They must apply the system and not do any work without a permit.
Procedures
Follow the same procedures as mentioned in OHS-P.15. Work permit in addition to the
following procedures for hot work and hot work permit.
Hot Work Permit: It should be used when there is a source of fire (heat) due to activity such
as welding, heat cutting and other activities.
All maintenance work interspersed with hot (hot) works in the port must be carried out
under the OHS-P.15.01 hot work permit and is managed by the owner of the place.
Sometimes such hot work takes place inside confined (closed) places and must also be
issued with the hot work permit Confined Places Work Permit number OHS-P.15.02.
Work permit in enclosed (confined) places: The permit must be used to enter to:
6.5.1 Inside any space such as cabinets, pressurized containers, ovens, boilers and others.
6.5.2 Inside tunnels, pits and trenches.
6.5.3 Inside the sewers.
6.5.4 Inside the excavations make 1.2 meters and more.
You should start thinking if there is any other way of working without using hot (hot) work
such as welding, flame cutting or grinding.
Can hot work be performed inside the workshop dedicated to it or not?
If the process of using hot works is to be carried out, the following must be done during
hot (hot) works:
6.8.1 Cleaning and evacuating the place of flammable materials is 12 m (35 ft) from the hot
workplace.

480
6.8.2 If the staff cannot clean the place of flammable materials, those materials should be
covered with fire covers that ensure that the materials connect the sources of heat to
those flammable materials.
6.8.3 If he cannot apply the above two points, the hot work must stop.
The employee who will do the hot (hot) work must:
6.9.1 He must receive the permit signed by the authorized persons and be aware of the
necessary precautions to perform his work.
6.9.2 All machines and tools must be sure that they are safe and do not cause any danger
to him, and if he finds that the work cannot be performed in a safe way, he must make
sure that those machines and tools are repaired to be safe before using them or
replacing them with safe tools and machines.
6.9.3 He must stop hot work if he discovers during work that the work site has become
unsafe and cannot continue working in those unsafe conditions and must inform the
recipient of the permit directly.
Before youstart in hot (hot) business you should make sure of the following:
6.10.1 That the machines and tools used in hot (hot) work are suitable and that they work
well and in proper condition.
6.10.2 There shall be no flammable materials within a radius of 12 metres (35 ft) of the hot
workplace.
6.10.3 The flammable surface should be moist (to be sprayed with water) and covered with
wet sand or protected with fire covers or similar types of protection.
6.10.4 When the surface is wet, the employee who uses the welding machine (electricity)
must be protected from electric shocks as a result of surface moisture.
6.10.5 Any openings in the wall within the radius (11 meters) must be covered to prevent
sparks from entering them.
6.10.6 If the hot work is near a wall, you should make sure that the material on the other
side is also non-flammable and if it is, it should be removed or covered, made wet,
and a fire watch on the other side should be provided as well.
6.10.7 Provide fire extinguishers suitable for the expected type of fire and must be ready for
use and be full.

481
Fire Watch
He is a person trained and qualified to recognize the fire hazards in the workplace and the
risks associated with hot (hot) business.
The fire monitor must make sure that the
place is safe and keep it safe during the
implementation of the hot works.
The fire monitor must carry with him the
fire extinguisher, be ready for use and be
qualified to use the fire extinguisher.
He must be aware of the place and know
how to turn on the fire alarm in case of fire.
The fire monitor must monitor the fire in
the work area and whenever the fire is small
and accessible to the fire monitor, he must
try to extinguish the heat. If the fire is large,
he must Immediately ring the fire alarm bell
Figure 5- Example of situations requiring more than one
and call the fire unit in the port for help. fire monitor
The fire monitor must remain for (1) one

482
 hour after the end of the hot (hot) works to ensure that the place is free of any fire after the
completion of the work, especially the extinct fire. The period may be extended for more
than an hour if the issuing and receiving parties agree to do so.
More than one fire monitor can be assigned if the fire is to occur in a place that the fire
monitor cannot monitor.
Authorized Gas Tester (AGT) Certified Gas Tester
A person who tests gases in the workplace before and during hot work and also in confined
and enclosed spaces and uses a stomach (device) that measures gases such as oxygen,
hydrogen sulfuric, flammable and explosive gases and carbon monoxide gas.
The device must have been tested and made sure that it is working properly and that the
calibration date is still valid.
The gas laboratory must be a person who has been qualified to do so and is fully aware of
the measurement method and also the limits of the work of the device.
A person should measure gases at multiple levels and in more than one place and record the
measurements in the hot work permit.
Measurement of gases allowed and acceptable to start work:
Oxygen:
Less than 19.5% If work is required, there must be written authorization and
work must be using breathing cylinders.
Between 19.5 – 23.5% The level is considered safe unless the work is in confined
places and must be verified before starting work.
More than 23.5% is not considered safe and prevents work.
Flammable gases:
Zero % is the permissible level to start hot business.
Toxic gases (hydrogen sulfuric H2S):
Between zero ppm up to 10 ppm – the level is considered safe and the work can
be started.
Between 10 parts per million up to 100 ppm can be worked but using breathing
cylinders.
More than 100 ppm does not allow to work at all.
Duration of the Hot Work Permit
The period of any hot work permit shall not exceed 24 hours and shall end with the end of
the third shift, and with the change of the working group on hot work, and the change of the
source and recipient of the permit, the permit must be renewed. After the expiry of the
period, a new permit must be issued.
Areas where hot business is prohibited:
All areas where the port administration prohibits hot work.
In buildings where the fire fighting device is damaged or malfunctioning, unless
additional measures and precautions are taken.
If there is a flammable surroundings in the hot (hot) workplace.
In the event of an unsafe situation or if the equipment has not been properly
equipped, such as tanks that contained flammable materials but were not emptied of
those materials and there is still a source of ignition.

483
Multiplicity of works and activities
The multiplicity of maintenance activities interspersed with work on more than one
machine or on large machines and which need more than one crew to work on in
maintenance in the same workplace, only one permit must be issued and there must be
one recipient of the work permit and he is the leader of the maintenance team who is
selected to carry out the maintenance process in that activity and his original task is to be
the recipient of the permit.
The process of isolating power sources and placing a card for all potential power sources is
done and all keys must be kept inside the key box.
Precautions should be provided for hot work everywhere and also fire monitors for each
place, especially if the distance between the work area and another exceeds 30 meters.
Work permit audit and inspection
The annual audit of the safety and health system is usually carried out in accordance with
the HSES-P.18 standard but an annual audit of work permits should be devoted to a more
careful consideration of the application of the work permit standard.
The Director of Industrial Security at Ports shall organize an audit on the application of the
OHS-P.15 standard and be a team to ensure the correct application of the work permit
system to ensure the safety and health of workers, operators and contractors.
Training related to work permits
Awareness of the work permit system: It is usually for people who authorize employees
to issue and receive the permit to carry out maintenance work such as managers and
department heads.
Advanced training on the work permit system: It is for employees who are based on the
permit system and are responsible for issuing and receiving the permit and this training
ends with the attendance of the pass exam in which it is a duty for the employee to be able
to issue or receive the permit after passing the interview.
Refresher Course in the Work Permit System: Eligible persons whose permit has expired
must attend a short refresher course followed by an exam to reissue the work permit card
and a new expiry date.
Records
The head of the department concerned must keep copies of work permits for at least 6
months.
The safety department must keep the accreditation details of the employees who are
accredited to issue and receive permits, as well as persons qualified for other work in the
work permit such as gas testing or insulation and others.
Forms
Retention
S/N Form Number Title of the form
period

001 OHS-F.12 Hot Work Permit 6 months

002 OHS-F.13 Extension of the permit 6 months

484
Cold Work Permit
OHS-P.15.02

485
Purpose
This standard specifies the procedures that must be adhered to while making a cold work
permit.
Range
The scope of this standard includes all departments in ports by all port employees ,operators
and contractors and everyone must adhere to this standard and its requirements.
This standard is applied to non-routine and high-risk works associated with cold works carried
out in ports by maintenance crews, contractors and operators.
Objectives
The main objective of the cold work permit standard is:
Ensure that all non-routine or hazardous work associated with cold work is
performed in a safe manner at ports.
Ensure that the work area has been inspected, identifying current and potential
risks.
Ensure that any equipment used is suitable for the purpose and ensures that all
necessary precautions were considered prior to the authorized work.
Ensure that the people who do the work have the right competencies.
Ensure that after the work is completed, the job site is left in a safe state.
Pass the information in writing from one shift to another and inform all parties
concerned in writing.
Isolate the place as a separate unit which facilitates the performance of work.
Define tasks and responsibilities accurately between permit issuers and
recipients.
Effective cooperation between the applicant and the executor.
Definitions / Abbreviations
4.1 Work permit: It is a document that allows a person or group to carry out specific maintenance
work on a specific equipment or area for a specific time in which risks are identified and
prevention methods are developed to overcome those risks and the person or group must
carry out those procedures and ensure their existence until the end of the work or the end of
the permit. It is also a written and official statement issued with the signature of an authorized
person stating that it is possible to carry out a specific work other than normal operating work
under specific procedures and precautions or a statement. It signifies that all necessary tests,
examinations and isolation operations were carried out by authorized persons and therefore
the working conditions are satisfactory.
4.2 Issuance (Issuer) of a permit: A person who is authorized by the administration to export the
permit after successfully completing the work permit cycle and passing the permit interview,
and issues permits in the areas under his supervision.
4.2.1 The person must ensure the following:
4.2.1.1 The nature of the work to be carried out is fully understood.
4.2.1.2 All the dangers associated with the permit have been identified and all
precautionary measures have been put in place to prevent those dangers.

486
4.3 Permit Recipient (Receiver): A person who has been authorized by the Department to receive
the permit (work permit) after successfully completing the work permit course and passing
the permit interview.
4.3.1 The person must ensure the following:
4.3.1.1 Discusses the business fully with the source of the permit.
4.3.1.2 Discusses the details of the work permit with the employees who will do the work
and explains the details of the potential dangers and the method of prevention of
them and is recorded in the permit.
4.3.1.3 Precautionary measures must be applied and remain in place throughout the
period of authorized work.
4.4 Authorized person: is a competent, trained and certified person to perform a particular
activity and work (such as isolating energy sources, placing an isolation card, and gas tests).
4.5 Blind/ Spade: It is a physical barrier placed on the end of the pipe and the pipe opening is
tightened to prevent leakage or flow of fluid from the pipes during the maintenance process,
and the pipes are insulated for hydraulic testing operations after the end of maintenance
operations.
4.6 Cold work: It is any activity that does not result in any source of ignition, but other risks are
considered.
4.7 Cold Work Permit: A cold work permit is issued when there is no source of ignition that can
cause fire or explosion.
4.8 Competent person: is a person who is authorized and specialized in a specific field such as
lifting machines, radiation protection, high voltage and other disciplines.
4.9 Precautions: A list of actions to be taken before and during the execution of the work specified
in the permit to ensure that the work is carried out safely and the hedges vary according to
the types of work permits and other surrounding circumstances.
4.10 Confined places: Confined or enclosed places are places characterized by difficulty in
entering and exiting them and to perform a task assigned to them, and they are not designed
for human use or where there are risks that may cause great risks due to the presence of
hazardous substances. Examples of confined places include reservoirs, pressure vessels,
excavations deeper than 1,2 meters and other places.
4.11 Energy sources: Any source of energy such as electricity, steam, compressed air,
water and others.
4.12 Entry: It is the entry to any place that is considered a confined or closed place.
4.13 Excavation: It is any work that requires excavation of ground level to do a certain work
such as pipe maintenance or power lines and other works.
4.14 Flammable atmosphere: It is any ocean in which the concentration of flammable
substances is between the minimum and maximum flammable extremes.
4.15 Hot work: Any work that uses fire, welding, or any tool or machine that can cause fire
or explosion.
4.16 Fire Watch: It is a certified, trained and authorized employee who performs the
process of monitoring hot works and monitors the occurrence of any fire and directly
extinguishes the fire in its infancy and must remain after the end of the hot work for a period
of (1) full hours to monitor the place to ensure that no fire occurs.

487
4.17 Hot Work Permit: A hot work permit is issued when there is any source of ignition
that can cause fire or explosion.
4.18 Isolation: It is the process of physically confirming the process of insulation and
discharge of energy from the system. This process is carried out by a person authorized to do
so, and the system is isolated by locking it using locks to prevent the system from operating
physically.
4.19 Confined Space Attendant: A person who is chosen to stay outside confined places to
ensure that no unauthorized person enters the confined places and stays in contact with
people inside the confined place and is trained in this and on warning and rescue operations.
4.20 Owner of the place means the department responsible for the place or facility,
buildings and roads, the responsibilities of each department in the port must be determined,
and permits are issued according to the areas responsible for them in the port.
4.21 Tag (card placement): It is the placement of a card entitled "Danger" on the isolated
device and when that phrase is placed on any device or machine, you should not tamper with
it or try to remove that card or lock.
4.22 Toxic surrounding: An ocean in which the concentration of materials exceeds the level
allowed in the material safety information sheet.
4.23 HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
4.24 HSED: Health, Safety and Environment Executive Department
4.25 ISD: Industrial Security Department.
4.26 HQ: Head Quarter
4.27 HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security.
Responsibilities
Saudi Authority of Ports President
Responsible for ensuring that the permit system is in place and receiving periodic
reports on the extent to which the system has been properly implemented and how
effective it is.
HSED Manager:
5.2.1 Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.
5.2.2 Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.
5.2.3 The training program should be based on the work permit system, and there should
be a comprehensive list of all authorized persons in the system and the expiration date
of the permit for them, and manage the process of issuing permits.
Port General Manager:
5.3.1 Ensure that all port administrators and operators are aware of this standard and its
applications.
5.3.2 Qualify port staff and operators on this system and ensure that it works well in its port.
Port Industrial Security Managers:
5.4.1 Responsible for introducing port administrators and operators to this standard.
5.4.2 Monitor the application of the standard in its port.
Department Managers:

488
 5.5.1 To qualify employees in his department to use the permit system and to license them
in the system by sending them for training and making sure that they are competent
for it.
5.5.2 To conduct interviews for qualified persons who have passed the work permit exam
and to authorize them to manage it to carry out the work required in the work permit
system.
Head of Port Safety Department:
5.6.1 Monitor the application of the standard by all administrators, contractors and
operators.
5.6.2 Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.
Operators and contractors in the port:
5.7.1 To qualify its employees for the work permit system by attending the required
training.
5.7.2 Choose who will qualify them for the system.
Training and Development Department:
5.8.1 Toorganize training programs for the permit system in cooperation with the
Department of Industrial Security.
5.8.2 Schedule the training, keep training records and provide the Industrial Security
Department with the results of each course to assist in the preparation of permits and
the issuance of cards.
Port Employees
5.9.1 They have to apply this system and its requirements.
5.9.2 Employees must stop work if there is an imminent danger to them and their lives.
Captain of the ship:
5.10.1 He is responsible for all work on board the ship and no welding or cold work should
be carried out without his consent.
5.11 Employees of operators and contractors:
5.11.1 They must apply the system and not do any work without a permit.
Procedures
6.1 Follow the same procedures as mentioned in OHS-P.15. Work permit in addition to the
following procedures for cold work and cold work permit.
6.2 Initiating Work Permit: It must be used for all maintenance, construction, construction,
demolition and other activities mentioned in the definition of cold work.
6.3 Sometimes cold work is interspersed with hot (hot) work such as welding and other hot work
The OHS-P.15.01 hot work permit must be issued and managed by the owner of the place.
6.4 Sometimes such cold work takes place inside confined (indoor) places and must also be issued
with a hot work permit Permit in confined places number OHS-P.15.02.
The most important procedures in a cold work permit
7.1 Maintenance personnel (permit applicant) must request the issuance of a permit before
commencing any maintenance work at the ports.
7.2 The owner of the place reviews the application with the permit applicant and agrees between
them on what the risks are and ways to prevent them. And also if the work requires the
issuance of other permits such as hot work (hot) or work in confined places and other permits.

489
7.3 Energy sources and the method of their isolation must be studied and isolation can be
requested from a competent, qualified and authorized person to carry out the isolation and
closure of energy sources in a safe manner so that the work can be performed safely.
7.4 It is strictly forbidden for any person to issue a permit to him so that he is the source and
recipient of the permit.
7.5 Sometimes the work may require writing a safe working method.
7.6 After agreeing on the risks and methods of control and their implementation, the source of
the permit issues the permit by filling it out and signing the permit, and that its signature
indicates its satisfaction with the equipment on the ground and that what was agreed upon
was implemented.
7.7 The recipient of the permit signs and receives it. The signature of the recipient of the permit
indicates that he will carry out all the equipment and ensure that it remains for the duration
of the cold permit.
7.8 If working conditions change and work becomes a danger to workers and the place, work must
be stopped immediately, the permit must be stopped, the permit issued must be informed,
the permit and status reviewed again and the situation made safe again.
7.9 After the work is finished, the permit recipient must return everything to its safe position and
ensure that all isolation methods that have been put in place to start work are lifted. Then
sign the end of the work and then return the permit to the source of the permit to make sure
of everything and cancel the permit and keep the permit.
Duration of a cold work permit
8.1 The period of any cold work permit shall not exceed 120 hours and shall end at the end of the
fifteenth shift, and if the team changes, and the source and recipient of the permit change,
the permit must be renewed. After the expiry of the period, a new permit must be issued.
8.2 For long-term projects, a work permit of no more than 30 days can be issued, an exception
that must be approved in writing by the Industrial Security Department.
Work permit audit and inspection
9.1 The annual audit of the safety and health procedure is usually carried out in accordance with
the HSES-P.18 standard but an annual audit of work permits should be devoted to a more
careful consideration of the application of the work permit standard.
9.2 The Director of Industrial Security at Ports shall organize an audit on the application of the
OHS-P.15 standard and be a team to ensure the correct application of the work permit system
to ensure the safety and health of workers, operators and contractors.
Training related to work permits
10.1 Awareness of the work permit system: It is usually for people who authorize employees to
issue and receive the permit to carry out maintenance work such as managers and
department heads.
10.2 Advanced training on the work permit system: It is for employees who are based on the
permit system and are responsible for issuing and receiving the permit and this training ends
with the attendance of the pass exam in which it is a duty for the employee to be able to
issue or receive the permit after passing the interview.

490
10.3 Refresher Course in the Work Permit System: Eligible persons whose permit has expired
must attend a short refresher course followed by an exam to reissue the work permit card
and a new expiry date.
Records
11.1 The head of the department concerned must keep copies of work permits for at least 6
months.
11.2 The safety department must keep the accreditation details of the employees who are
accredited to issue and receive permits, as well as persons who are qualified for other work
in the work permit such as gas testing or insulation and others.
Forms
Retention
Retention period Form/Form Number Title of the form/form
period

6 months OHS-F.14 Cold Work Permit 6 months

491
Work permit in confined (indoor) places
OHS-P.15.03

492
Purpose
This standard specifies the procedures to be adhered to while making a permit for confined
(enclosed) places.
Range
The scope of this standard covers all departments in ports by all port employees, operators
and contractors and everyone must adhere to this standard and its requirements.
This standard applies to non-routine and high-risk work associated with entry into confined
(enclosed spaces) carried out in ports by maintenance crews, contractors and operators.
Objectives
Ensure that all non-routine or hazardous work associated with entry into confined (indoor)
places is performed in a safe manner at ports.
Ensure that the work area has been inspected, identifying current and potential risks.
Ensure that any equipment used is suitable for the purpose and ensure that all necessary
precautions were considered prior to authorized work.
Ensure that the people who do the work have the right competencies.
Ensure that after the work is completed, the job site is left in a safe state.
Pass the information in writing from one shift to another and inform all parties concerned in
writing.
Isolate the place as a separate unit which facilitates the performance of work.
Define tasks and responsibilities accurately between permit issuers and recipients.
Effective cooperation between the applicant and the executor.
Definitions / Abbreviations
4.1 Work permit: It is a document that allows a person or group to carry out specific maintenance
work on a specific equipment or area for a specific time in which risks are identified and
prevention methods are developed to overcome those risks and the person or group must
carry out those procedures and ensure their existence until the end of the work or the end of
the permit. It is also a written and official statement issued with the signature of an authorized
person stating that it is possible to carry out a specific work other than normal operating work
under specific procedures and precautions or a statement. It signifies that all necessary tests,
examinations and isolation operations were carried out by authorized persons and therefore
the working conditions are satisfactory.
4.2 Issuance (Issuer) of a permit: A person who is authorized by the administration to export the
permit after successfully completing the work permit cycle and passing the permit interview,
and issues permits in the areas under his supervision.
4.2.1 The person must ensure the following:
4.2.1.1 The nature of the work to be carried out is fully understood.
4.2.1.2 All the dangers associated with the permit have been identified and all precautionary
measures have been put in place to prevent those dangers.
4.3 Permit Recipient (Receiver): A person who has been authorized by the Department to receive
the permit (work permit) after successfully completing the work permit course and passing
the permit interview.
4.3.1 The person must ensure the following:
4.3.1.1 Discusses the business fully with the source of the permit.
4.3.1.2 Discusses the details of the work permit with the employees who will do the work and

493
 explains the details of the potential dangers and the method of prevention of them
and is recorded in the permit.
4.3.1.3 Precautionary measures must be applied and remain in place throughout the period
of authorized work.
4.4 Authorized person: is a competent, trained and certified person to perform a particular
activity and work (such as isolating energy sources, placing an isolation card, and gas tests).
4.5 Blind/ Spade: It is a physical barrier placed on the end of the pipe and the pipe opening is
tightened to prevent leakage or flow of fluid from the pipes during the maintenance process,
and the pipes are insulated for hydraulic testing operations after the end of maintenance
operations.
4.6 Cold work: It is any activity that does not result in any source of ignition, but other risks are
considered.
4.7 Cold Work Permit: A cold work permit is issued when there is no source of ignition that can
cause fire or explosion.
4.8 Competent person: is a person who is authorized and specialized in a specific field such as
lifting machines, radiation protection, high voltage and other disciplines.
4.9 Precautions: A list of actions to be taken before and during the execution of the work specified
in the permit to ensure that the work is carried out safely and the hedges vary according to
the types of work permits and other surrounding circumstances.
4.10 Confined places: Confined or enclosed places are places characterized by difficulty in
entering and exiting them and to perform a task assigned to them, and they are not designed
for human use or where there are risks that may cause great risks due to the presence of
hazardous substances. Examples of confined places include reservoirs, pressure vessels,
excavations deeper than 1,2 meters and other places.
4.11 Energy sources: Any source of energy such as electricity, steam, compressed air,
water and others.
4.12 Entry: It is the entry to any place that is considered a confined or closed place.
4.13 Excavation: It is any work that requires excavation of ground level to do a certain work
such as pipe maintenance or power lines and other works.
4.14 Flammable atmosphere: It is any ocean in which the concentration of flammable
substances is between the minimum and maximum flammable extremes.
4.15 Hot work: Any work that uses fire, welding, or any tool or machine that can cause fire
or explosion.
4.16 Fire Watch: It is a certified, trained and authorized employee who performs the
process of monitoring hot works and monitors the occurrence of any fire and directly
extinguishes the fire in its infancy and must remain after the end of the hot work for a period
of (1) full hours to monitor the place to ensure that no fire occurs.
4.17 Hot Work Permit: A hot work permit is issued when there is any source of ignition
that can cause fire or explosion.
4.18 Isolation: It is the process of physically confirming the process of insulation and
discharge of energy from the system. This process is carried out by a person authorized to do
so, and the system is isolated by locking it using locks to prevent the system from operating
physically.
4.19 Confined Space Attendant: A person who is chosen to stay outside confined places to

494
 ensure that no unauthorized person enters the confined places and stays in contact with
people inside the confined place and is trained in this and on warning and rescue operations.
4.20 Owner of the place means the department responsible for the place or facility,
buildings and roads, the responsibilities of each department in the port must be determined,
and permits are issued according to the areas responsible for them in the port.
4.21 Tag (card placement): It is the placement of a card entitled "Danger" on the isolated
device and when that phrase is placed on any device or machine, you should not tamper with
it or try to remove that card or lock.
4.22 Toxic surrounding: An ocean in which the concentration of materials exceeds the level
allowed in the material safety information sheet.
4.23 HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
4.24 HSED: Health, Safety and Environment Executive Department
4.25 ISD: Industrial Security Department.
4.26 HQ: Head Quarter
4.27 HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security.
Responsibilities
5.1 Saudi Authority of Ports President:
Responsible for ensuring that the permit system is in place and receiving periodic
reports on the extent to which the system has been properly implemented and how
effective it is.
5.2 HSED Manager:
5.2.1 Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.
5.2.2 Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.
5.2.3 The training program should be based on the work permit system, and there should
be a comprehensive list of all authorized persons in the system and the expiration date
of the permit for them, and manage the process of issuing permits.
5.3 Port General Manager:
5.3.1 Ensure that all port administrators and operators are aware of this standard and its
applications.
5.3.2 Qualify port staff and operators on this system and ensure that it works well in its port.
5.4 Port Industrial Security Managers:
5.4.1 Responsible for introducing port administrators and operators to this standard.
5.4.2 Monitor the application of the standard in its port.
5.5 Department Managers:
5.5.1 To qualify employees in his department to use the permit system and to license them
in the system by sending them for training and making sure that they are competent
for it.
5.5.2 To conduct interviews for qualified persons who have passed the work permit exam
and to authorize them to manage it to carry out the work required in the work permit
system.
5.6 Head of Port Safety Department:
5.6.1 Monitor the application of the standard by all administrators, contractors and
operators.
5.6.2 Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.

495
5.7 Operators and contractors in the port:
5.7.1 To qualify its employees for the work permit system by attending the required
training.
5.7.2 Choose who will qualify them for the system.
5.8 Training and Development Department:
5.8.1 Toorganize training programs for the permit system in cooperation with the
Department of Industrial Security.
5.8.2 Schedule the training, keep training records and provide the Industrial Security
Department with the results of each course to assist in the preparation of permits and
the issuance of cards.
5.9 Port Employees
5.9.1 They have to apply this system and its requirements.
5.9.2 Employees must stop work if there is a danger to them and their lives.
5.10 Captain of the ship:
5.10.1 He is responsible for all work on board the ship and no entry to confined (closed)
places should be held without his consent.
5.11 Employees of operators and contractors:
5.11.1 They must apply the standard and not do any work without a permit.
Identify confined places
6.1 The Port Administration shall identify all confined (closed) places in the Port that require the
use of an entry permit for confined premises and can follow Definition No. 4.8.
6.2 Confined (enclosed) spaces must be marked and that entry cannot be made without an entry
permit for indoor spaces.
6.3 Confined spaces should be tightly sealed to make sure no one enters them.

Figure 6- Signs to be placed on confined spaces

From the dangers of confined places
Risks related to the confined place and being part of it such as:
7.1.1 Difficulty entering and exiting and sometimes you may need a staircase or scaffolding
to reach the entry point.
7.1.2 The shape and size of the entrance hole to the confined place so that it is sometimes
difficult to enter with the wearing of protective equipment.
7.1.3 Chemicals inside the confined space, noise, heat and heat stress, vapors and steam,
residues of certain chemicals and oils.

496
 7.1.4 Fixed equipment and devices such as pipes, machinery and others.
Extraneous risks to confined space (but not limited to):
7.2.1 The entry of gases as a result of the presence of an internal combustion machine close
to the place and as a result of ventilation the gases enter the place, and as a result of
the withdrawal of air from a place contaminated with other gases as a result of placing
the site of the air intake for ventilation in the wrong place.
7.2.2 Chemical hazards resulting from works that are held within the confined space such
as dyeing, spraying, and the uses of powerful chemical detergents.
7.2.3 The presence of gas cylinders that are used for welding and cutting and that may
consume oxygen inside the confined place or cause the expulsion of oxygen and
change the air quality inside the confined place.
7.2.4 Welding gases released by hot (hot) works, oxygen consumption in welding processes
or vice versa by adding more oxygen and causing the place to fill up with oxygen is
dangerous.
7.2.5 Electrical hazards.
7.2.6 Falling, slipping and stumbling upon objects that are present or placed inside the
confined space.
7.2.7 Mechanical hazards as a result of mechanical movement that are found in machines.
7.2.8 Noise and poor lighting inside the confined place (darkness).
7.2.9 Biological hazards such as bacteria, viruses, fungi and other organisms that cause
diseases.
7.2.10 Lockdown – Some employees may have a fear of entering and staying indoors.
Procedures
8.1 Follow the same procedures as mentioned in OHS-P.15. Work permit in addition to the
following procedures for entry into confined (closed) places.
8.2 Confined Spaces Permit: The permit must be used to enter to:
8.2.1 Inside any space such as cabinets, pressurized containers, ovens, boilers and others.
8.2.2 Inside tunnels, pits and trenches.
8.2.3 Inside the sewers.
8.2.4 Inside the excavations make 1.2 meters and more.
8.3 All maintenance work carried out within the confined premises of the port must be carried out
under the OHS-P.15.05 cold work permit in addition to the work permit within the confined
areas.
8.4 Hot Work Permit: It must be used when there is a source of fire (heat) due to activity such as
welding, heat cutting and other activities.
8.5 Sometimes hot work is carried out within confined (indoor) places and therefore must also be
issued with the Confined Places Permit number OHS-P.15.02 Hot Work Permit.
The most important procedures in the entry permit for confined Spaces
9.1 Can work be performed without access to confined (enclosed) spaces or not?
9.2 If the process of entering confined (closed) places is required, the following must be followed:
9.2.1 Conduct a risk assessment for entry into confined spaces using Form OHS-F.16. .
9.2.2 In the form the risks will be identified and solutions will also be developed.
Solutions are divided into the following:
9.3.1 Engineering solutions include the following (as an example):

497
 9.3.1.1 Ventilation to expel pollutants and flammable surroundings.
9.3.1.2 Insulate all energy sources, and seal them tightly.
9.3.1.3 Scavenging (expelling) gases by using noble gases.
9.3.1.4 Grounding (if necessary).
9.3.2 Management Solutions:
9.3.2.1 Rotate employees.
9.3.2.2 Reduce entry time to reduce the impact of noise and pollutants on the employee.
9.3.2.3 Placing warning signs to prevent unauthorized entry into confined spaces.
9.3.2.4 Apply the criterion of permitting confined places before entry.
9.3.2.5 Training.
9.3.3 Personal Protective Equipment:
9.3.3.1 Basic personal protective equipment such as helmet, glasses and shoes should be
worn, as well as protective clothing.
9.3.3.2 It may be required to wear and use other personal protective equipment such as
breathing cylinders, gloves, face mask and other equipment required by the
confined space.
The employee who will enter the confined spaces must:
9.4.1 Receive the entry permit to the site by the authorized persons and be aware of the
necessary precautions to perform its work.
9.4.2 All machines and tools must be sure that they are safe and do not cause any danger to
him, and if he finds that the work cannot be performed in a safe way, he must make
sure that those machines and tools are repaired to be safe before using them or
replacing them with safe tools and machines.
9.4.3 At the time of entering confined spaces, if he discovers during work that the work site
has become unsafe and cannot continue working in those unsafe conditions, he must
inform the recipient of the permit directly.
Authorized Gas Tester (AGT) Certified Gas Tester
10.1 It is a person who tests gases in the workplace before and during hot work and in confined
and enclosed spaces and uses a stomach (device) that measures gases such as oxygen,
hydrogen sulfuric, flammable and explosive gases and carbon monoxide gas.
10.2 The device must have been tested and made sure that it is working properly, and that the
calibration date is still valid.
10.3 The gas laboratory must be a person who has been qualified to do so and is fully aware of
the measurement method and the limits of the work of the device.
10.4 A person should measure gases at multiple levels and in more than one place and record
the measurements in the hot work permit.
Measurement of gases allowed and acceptable to start work:
10.5.1 Oxygen:
10.5.1.1 Less than 19.5% If work is required, there must be written authorization and
work must be using breathing cylinders.
10.5.1.2 Between 19.5 – 23.5% The level is considered safe unless the work is in
confined places and must be verified before starting work.
10.5.1.3 More than 23.5% is not considered safe and prevents work.
10.5.2 Flammable gases:

498
 10.5.2.1 Zero % is the level allowed to start business in confined spaces.
10.5.3 Toxic gases (hydrogen sulfide H2S):
10.5.3.1 Between zero ppm up to 10 ppm – the level is considered safe and the work
can be started.
10.5.3.2 Between 10 parts per million up to 100 ppm can be worked but using breathing
cylinders.
10.5.3.3 More than 100 ppm does not allow to work at all.
Attendant:
11.1 A qualified, trained person authorized to control access to closed and confined spaces and
works performed within the enclosed (confined) space that can affect the employees
within the confined (enclosed) space.
11.2 The Attendant must remain outside the confined (closed) space and at a distance that
enables him to communicate with the staff inside the confined space.
11.3 He must communicate with the recipient of the permit and the access supervisor on an
ongoing basis and inform him of any development of the work within the confined space.
11.4 He must monitor the place outside the confined place to ensure that it will not cause any
damage to the confined (closed) place.
11.5 It must perform its full role and can be replaced by someone else to complete the task, and
if the replacement process is made, the first entry controller must inform the new entry
controller of the details of the work and the latest information related to the work.
11.6 It must register the names of all those entering the confined place and ensure that they
are authorized and authorized to enter the confined place and record when they entered
and exited the confined place and ensure their signature on it.
11.7 He can only carry out the rescue operation from abroad.
Person entering the closed (confined) space (Entrant)
12.1 A qualified, accredited and authorized person can enter the closed and confined space
after confirming the following:
12.1.1 He was authorized to enter indoor (confined) spaces.
12.1.2 The enclosed entrance permit has been issued and can be seen.
12.1.3 that the closed (confined) place was evaluated before entry and that the form was
filled.
12.1.4 The gases have been tested and the place is safe.
12.2 He must ensure that his name is registered in the entry list, write his name, sign the list,
and show when he entered and left the confined (closed) place.
12.3 Must be fully aware of the risks within the confined space and aware of the necessary
precautions that have been taken.
12.4 He must be alert to the dangers that can be inside the confined place as well as the
surroundings and the presence of harmful gases and if necessary a gas monitor should be
taken to know the level of gases during work.
12.5 The person must be in constant contact with the access controller either by direct contact
with voice or by radio and other means.
12.6 He must go out immediately when he feels signs of danger, when the gas device warns of
this, or when the entry controller warns him of this.
12.7 He must react to emergencies as he has been trained to protect himself and others.

499
Permit recipient (Entry Supervisor)
13.1 He is a qualified, authorized and trained person to lead and supervise the entry process
and to issue appropriate commands that ensure the safety of individuals during entry.
13.2 Must ensure that all information is recorded in all permit forms and that all ocean (gases)
tests have been conducted correctly and that they have been recorded in the forms.
13.3 He must take all precautions to ensure the safety of entry.
13.4 He must be familiar with the ventilation methods of indoor spaces and apply this to the
enclosed space.
13.5 Indoor access must be coordinated as well as other work that takes place near the place.
13.6 He must cancel the entry whenever the precautions mentioned on the permit have
changed or have not been applied.
13.7 He should develop a way to communicate with the rescue team at the port by informing
the team (firefighters) that there will be access to a closed place and should inform them
of the location and time of start and completion of the work.
13.8 It must be ensured that the power sources are insulated and that the insulation certificate
has been issued and that he is satisfied with that insulation and that he ensures that no
energy source flows to the employees within the confined space.
Rescue Team
14.1 People trained and qualified in the indoor rescue operation.
14.2 The rescue team must have all the necessary equipment to pick up the injured and
evacuate them from the enclosed space.
14.3 They should always try to rescue from outside and if entry is required, the team leader
must agree and provide all necessary equipment to ensure safe access to the rescue team.
Duration of work permit within confined places
15.1 The period of any work permit for confined places shall not exceed one shift period only,
whether it is 8 hours or 12 hours and ends with the end of the shift. After the expiry of the
period, a new permit must be issued.
15.2 It is strictly forbidden to employ employees for a period exceeding 12 continuous hours
per shift, and it is forbidden to renew the permit for the same team for the same
individuals.
Work permit audit and inspection
16.1 The annual audit of the safety and health procedure is usually carried out in accordance
with the HSES-P.18 standard but an annual audit of work permits should be devoted to a
more careful consideration of the application of the work permit standard.
16.2 The Director of Industrial Security at Ports shall organize an audit on the application of the
OHS-P.15 standard and be a team to ensure the correct application of the work permit
system to ensure the safety and health of workers, operators and contractors.
Training related to work permits
17.1 Awareness of the work permit system: It is usually for people who authorize employees
to issue and receive the permit to carry out maintenance work such as managers and
department heads.
17.2 Advanced training on the work permit system: It is for employees who are based on the
permit system and are responsible for issuing and receiving the permit and this training

500
 ends with the attendance of the exam and success in it is a duty for the employee to be
able to issue or receive the permit after passing the interview.
17.3 Refresher Course in the Work Permit System: Eligible persons whose permit has expired
must attend a short refresher course followed by an exam to reissue the work permit card
and a new expiry date.
Records
18.1 The head of the department must keep copies of work permits for at least 6 months.
18.2 The safety department must keep the accreditation details of the employees who are
accredited to issue and receive permits, as well as persons who are qualified for other work
in the work permit such as gas testing or insulation and others.
Forms
S/N Form Number Title of the form Retention period
001 OHS-F.15 Indoor Entry Permit 6 months
002 OHS-F.16 Entry Risk Assessment 6 months
003 OHS-F.17 List of those authorized to enter enclosed spaces 6 months

501
Work permit in high places
OHS-P.15.04

502
Purpose
This standard specifies the procedures that must be adhered to while making a permit to work
in high places.
Range
The scope of this standard covers all departments in ports by all port employees and from
operators and contractors everyone must adhere to this standard and its requirements.
This standard applies to non-routine and high-risk work associated with work in high places
that are carried out in ports by maintenance crews, contractors and operators and that involve
work in high places.
Objectives
Ensure that all non-routine or hazardous work associated with working in high altitudes is
performed in a safe manner at ports.
Ensure that the work area has been inspected, identifying current and potential risks.
Ensure that any equipment used is suitable for the purpose and ensures that all necessary
precautions were considered prior to the authorized work.
Ensure that the people who do the work have the right competencies.
Ensure that after the work is completed, the job site is left in a safe state.
Pass the information in writing from one shift to another and inform all parties concerned in
writing.
Define tasks and responsibilities accurately between permit issuers and recipients.
Effective cooperation between the applicant and the executor.
Definitions / Abbreviations
4.1 Work permit: It is a document that allows a person or group to carry out specific maintenance
work on a specific equipment or area for a specific time in which risks are identified and
prevention methods are developed to overcome those risks and the person or group must
carry out those procedures and ensure their existence until the end of the work or the end of
the permit. It is also a written and official statement issued with the signature of an authorized
person stating that it is possible to carry out a specific work other than normal operating work
under specific procedures and precautions or a statement. It signifies that all necessary tests,
examinations and isolation operations were carried out by authorized persons and therefore
the working conditions are satisfactory.
4.2 Issuance (Issuer) of a permit: A person who is authorized by the administration to export the
permit after successfully completing the work permit cycle and passing the permit interview,
and issues permits in the areas under his supervision.
4.2.1 The person must ensure the following:
4.2.1.1 The nature of the work to be carried out is fully understood.
4.2.1.2 All the dangers associated with the permit have been identified and all precautionary
measures have been put in place to prevent those dangers.
4.3 Permit Recipient (Receiver): A person who has been authorized by the Department to receive
the permit (work permit) after successfully completing the work permit course and passing
the permit interview.
4.3.1 The person must ensure the following:
4.3.1.1 Discusses the business fully with the source of the permit.

503
 4.3.1.2 Discusses the details of the work permit with the employees who will do the work and
explains the details of the potential dangers and the method of prevention of them
and is recorded in the permit.
4.3.1.3 Precautionary measures must be applied and remain in place throughout the period
of authorized work.
4.4 Authorized person: is a competent, trained and certified person to perform a particular
activity and work (such as isolating energy sources, placing an isolation card, and gas tests).
4.5 Blind/ Spade: It is a physical barrier placed on the end of the pipe and the pipe opening is
tightened to prevent leakage or flow of fluid from the pipes during the maintenance process,
and the pipes are insulated for hydraulic testing operations after the end of maintenance
operations.
4.6 Cold work: It is any activity that does not result in any source of ignition, but other risks are
considered.
4.7 Cold Work Permit: A cold work permit is issued when there is no source of ignition that can
cause fire or explosion.
4.8 Competent person: is a person who is authorized and specialized in a specific field such as
lifting machines, radiation protection, high voltage and other disciplines.
4.9 Precautions: A list of actions to be taken before and during the execution of the work specified
in the permit to ensure that the work is carried out safely and the hedges vary according to
the types of work permits and other surrounding circumstances.
4.10 Confined places: Confined or enclosed places are places characterized by difficulty in
entering and exiting them and to perform a task assigned to them, and they are not designed
for human use or where there are risks that may cause great risks due to the presence of
hazardous substances. Examples of confined places include reservoirs, pressure vessels,
excavations deeper than 1,2 meters and other places.
4.11 Energy sources: Any source of energy such as electricity, steam, compressed air,
water and others.
4.12 Entry: It is the entry to any place that is considered a confined or closed place.
4.13 Excavation: It is any work that requires excavation of ground level to do a certain work
such as pipe maintenance or power lines and other works.
4.14 Flammable atmosphere: It is any ocean in which the concentration of flammable
substances is between the minimum and maximum flammable extremes.
4.15 Hot work: Any work that uses fire, welding, or any tool or machine that can cause fire
or explosion.
4.16 Fire Watch: It is a certified, trained and authorized employee who performs the
process of monitoring hot works and monitors the occurrence of any fire and directly
extinguishes the fire in its infancy and must remain after the end of the hot work for a period
of (1) full hours to monitor the place to ensure that no fire occurs.
4.17 Hot Work Permit: A hot work permit is issued when there is any source of ignition
that can cause fire or explosion.
4.18 Isolation: It is the process of physically confirming the process of insulation and
discharge of energy from the system. This process is carried out by a person authorized to do
so, and the system is isolated by locking it using locks to prevent the system from operating
physically.

504
4.19 Confined Space Attendant: A person who is chosen to stay outside confined places to
ensure that no unauthorized person enters the confined places and stays in contact with
people inside the confined place and is trained in this and on warning and rescue operations.
4.20 Owner of the place means the department responsible for the place or facility,
buildings and roads, the responsibilities of each department in the port must be determined,
and permits are issued according to the areas responsible for them in the port.
4.21 Tag (card placement): It is the placement of a card entitled "Danger" on the isolated
device and when that phrase is placed on any device or machine, you should not tamper with
it or try to remove that card or lock.
4.22 Toxic surrounding: An ocean in which the concentration of materials exceeds the level
allowed in the material safety information sheet.
4.23 HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
4.24 HSED: Health, Safety and Environment Executive Department
4.25 ISD: Industrial Security Department.
4.26 HQ: Head Quarter
4.27 HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security.
Responsibilities
Saudi Authority of Ports President
Responsible for ensuring that the permit system is in place and receiving periodic reports
on the extent to which the system has been properly implemented and how effective it
is.
HSED Manager:
5.2.1 Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.
5.2.2 Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.
5.2.3 The training program should be based on the work permit system, and there should be a
comprehensive list of all authorized persons in the system and the expiration date of the
permit for them, and manage the process of issuing permits.
Port General Manager
5.3.1 Ensure that all port administrators and operators are aware of this standard and its
applications.
5.3.2 Qualify port staff and operators on this system and ensure that it works well in its port.
Port Industrial Security Managers:
5.4.1 Responsible for introducing port administrators and operators to this standard.
5.4.2 Monitor the application of the standard in its port.
Department Managers:
5.5.1 To qualify employees in his department to use the permit system and to license them in
the system by sending them for training and making sure that they are competent for it.
5.5.2 To conduct interviews for qualified persons who have passed the work permit exam and
to authorize them to manage it to carry out the work required in the work permit system.
Head of Port Safety Department:
5.6.1 Monitor the application of the standard by all administrators, contractors and operators.
5.6.2 Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.
Operators and contractors in the port:
5.7.1 To qualify its employees for the work permit system by attending the required training.

505
 5.7.2 Choose who will qualify them for the system.
Training and Development Department:
5.8.1 Toorganize training programs for the permit system in cooperation with the Department
of Industrial Security.
5.8.2 Schedule the training, keep training records and provide the Industrial Security
Department with the results of each course to assist in the preparation of permits and
the issuance of cards.
Port Employees
5.9.1 They have to apply this system and its requirements.
5.9.2 Employees must stop work if there is a danger to them and their lives.
Captain of the ship:
5.10.1 He is responsible for all work on board the ship and no operation of the work shall be
carried out in high places without his consent.
5.11 Employees of operators and contractors:
5.11.1 They must apply the system and not do any work without a permit.
Procedures (General Requirements)
6.1 A way to prevent work in high places should be thought of and if it is not able to do so and it
is necessary to work in high places, the risk assessment process should be carried out following
the HSES-P.06 standard.
6.2 According to this standard, all work that requires work in high altitudes must have a work
permit obtained in high altitudes if those works are not on the checklist of works performed
at low altitudes OHS-F.19. .
6.3 The following works require the issuance of a permit to work in high places:
6.3.1 Work at a level that rises from the ground by 11 meters and on a flat surface.
6.3.2 Installation, modification or dismantling of scaffolding that rises from the ground by 4
meters.
6.3.3 Lift people using forklifts or cranes.
6.3.4 Work in high places near unprotected edges at a distance of 2 meters.
During the assessment of risks to work in high places, the following methods of control should
be followed in the same order as possible:
6.4.1 Work from the ground without the need to work at heights.
6.4.2 Work on a stable and stable floor.
6.4.3 Use tools to prevent (prevent) from falling such as: scaffolding, scaffolding crane, loading
platforms, mechanical access systems, and secure work platforms.
6.4.4 Fall prevention and mitigation systems.
6.5 Sometimes the situation may require the use of more than one way to protect the employee
from falling and for example the use of seat belts while working on scaffolding.
6.6 If there is a possibility of injuries, fall protection methods should be applied regardless of the
height of the fall. For simple fall levels, risks should be assessed and practical methods
developed to prevent the employee from falling. For example, if the employee works on a
small surface with a height of 1.7 meters and there is a possibility of falling on an uneven
surface or on sharp machines, then it is necessary to put a protective barrier (balustrade) along
the surface.

506
Working from the ground
7.1 In any case, you should think about working from the ground to avoid the possibility of falling
from above.
7.2 Avoiding work from heights is one of the best ways to avoid the possibility of falling. Examples
include:
7.2.1 Manufacture of iron ceilings on the floor from the allowance of their manufacture on top.
7.2.2 Manufacture of walls on the floor and then hang them.
7.2.3 Reduce the height of the shelves so that the employee can access them.
7.2.4 Use machines with long arms such as a dye brush.
7.2.5 Download machines or equipment so that the employee can carry out their maintenance
on the ground.

Figure 7 - Examples of work from the ground

Work on a hard floor

8.1 Work on a hard floor, such as the floor of a building, the roof of a building, the balcony of a
building, and other hard surfaces.
8.2 Hard and strong surfaces are any surface that has these features:
8.2.1 It has enough strength to carry employees, materials and any weight placed on it.
8.2.2 Around it there is a barrier that prevents individuals from falling and also a barrier around
any opening in the ground.
8.2.3 Flat and accessible surface.
8.2.4 It has safe ways to enter and exit.

507
 Figure 8- Examples of solid ground and methods of protection followed.
Fall Prevention Devices
Temporary work platforms:
9.1.1 They are work platforms that provide employees to perform a certain work for a certain
time. The engineering design of these platforms must prevent employees from falling
from the platform such as scaffolding, high platforms, and basket boxes to lift the
employee using a forklift or crane.
9.1.2 For scaffolding they must be installed, modified and dismantled by qualified and trained
people to do so.
It is forbidden to use the scaffolding except after it has been inspected by a
qualified and trained person and the scaffolding must be inspected every (7) seven
days or while modified.
A mark should be placed that allows the use of scaffolding.
It is forbidden to use any scaffolding that does not have a mark that allows its use.
Hydraulic mobile platforms:
9.3 It must be used by a qualified, trained and competent employee to use it and know its limits
as well as how to use safety belts and personal suspension systems.
9.4 These mobile platforms should be used as a tool to perform business and not to access, enter
and exit.
9.5 They should be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations and also carry out
daily checks as recommended.
9.6 Pallets should be used on flat hard floors unless they are designed for use on different floors.

508
9.7 Work Funds (Baskets) for Raising Employees:
9.7.1 You should avoid using boxes (baskets) to raise employees as much as possible and try to
use hydraulic mobile platforms.
9.7.2 Such boxes (baskets) must be designed according to the international standard BS EN
14502-1:2010.

Figure 9- Mobile platforms

9.7.3 When installing the box (basket) on the forklift must be ensured that it is properly
installed on the fork, and it is strictly forbidden to lift any human being directly on the
fork.
9.7.4 Boxes, forklifts and cranes must be checked by a qualified person to ensure that no one
will fall out of the box (basket).
9.7.5 The employee should not leave the box when he lifts it.
9.7.6 The employee who controls the crane or forklift should not leave when the box (basket)
is raised.
9.7.7 There must be an approved and effective way of communication between the employee
in the box and the crane operator.
9.7.8 It is forbidden to use any other equipment to
reach higher heights such as stairs.
9.7.9 The door of the box must be closed and must
have self-closure.
Stairs-supported platforms:
9.8.1 Other alternative methods and machines to paid
stairs such as scissor lift or light mobile
scaffolding should be considered.
9.8.2 Safety-backed pallets are good to use if the
height is more than 2 meters and must have a
handrail and a fall protector for individuals and
materials.
Figure 10- Lifting boxes for
9.8.3 These pallets are suitable for light work such as
individuals
dyeing and should have a minimum width of 450 mm and should have additional
supports.

509
 Suspension Systems:
9.9.1 These systems need a high level of
competence, knowledge and
training to use them and an
employee with special training must
be present to use them.
9.10 Industrial suspension systems
for a person:
9.10.1 All parties should try to do
without this method as much as
possible and try to use hydraulic
mobile platforms.
9.10.2 If they need to be used, they Figure 11Stair-supported platforms
must:
9.10.2.1 The employee must be highly competent in using the method.
9.10.2.2 That doesn't work alone.
9.10.2.3 Install the system so as to facilitate the rescue process.
9.10.2.4 The machines are inspected by a qualified
person.
9.10.2.5 Use two different ropes and tied to a different
place.
9.10.2.6 The employee must wear comprehensive safety
belts.
9.11 Ropes to prevent falls:
9.11.1 You should use those types of ropes that prevent access
to the edges.
9.12 Personal protective equipment - Fall systems - Safety
ropes: Figure 12- Employee's use of ropes

9.12.1 The task of this equipment is to prevent individuals from

falling over large distances, and to prevent complete falls, they allow them to fall for a
distance of less than two meters.
9.12.2 The user of safety ropes must be a competent person trained to use those ropes and
know how to tie them in a safe way.
9.12.3 All parts of the rope must be inspected by a person trained in it.

510
 9.12.4 A plan should be drawn up to save anyone suspended because of a fall using safety

Figure 13 Edge-blocking systems - right and wrong ways

ropes.
Duration of work permit in high places
10.1 The period of any permit to work in high places does not exceed 24 hours and ends
with the end of the third shift. After the expiry of the period, a new permit must be issued.
Work permit in high places
11.1 The work permit in high places number OHS-F.18 must be issued if it is not considered
a simple business according to Form OHS-F.19.
11.2 You must follow the steps of the work permit.
Work permit audit and inspection
12.1 The annual audit of the safety and
health system is usually carried out in
accordance with the HSES-P.18 standard, but
an annual audit of work permits should be
devoted to a more careful consideration of the
application of the work permit standard.
12.2 The Director of Industrial Security at
Ports shall organize an audit on the application
of the OHS-P.15 standard and be a team to
ensure the correct application of the work
permit system to ensure the safety and health
of workers, operators and contractors.
Training related to work permits
13.1 Awareness of the work permit system:
Usually it is for people who authorize
employees to issue and receive the permit to
carry out maintenance work such as managers
and department heads.
13.2 Advanced training on the work
Figure 14 - Safety cords
permit system: It is for employees who are
based on the permit system and are responsible for issuing and receiving the permit and this
training ends with the attendance of the pass exam in which it is a duty for the employee to
be able to issue or receive the permit after passing the interview.

511
13.3 Refresher Course in the Work Permit System: Eligible persons whose permit has
expired must attend a short refresher course followed by an exam to reissue the work permit
card and a new expiry date.
Records
14.1 The head of the department must keep copies of work permits for at least 6 months.
14.2 The safety department must keep the accreditation details of the employees who are
accredited to issue and receive permits, as well as persons who are qualified for other work
in the work permit such as gas testing or insulation and others.
Forms
S/N Form Number Title of the form Retention period

001 OHS-F.18 Work permit at heights 6 months

002 OHS-F.19 Checklist for work conducted at simple heights 6 months

512
Diving Permit
OHS-P.15.05

513
Purpose
1.1 This standard specifies the procedures that must be adhered to while issuing a diving
(snorkeling) permit.
Range
The scope of this standard covers all departments in ports by all port employees and from
operators and contractors everyone must adhere to this standard and its requirements.
This standard applies to diving (snorkeling) works carried out in ports by maintenance crews,
contractors and operators.
Objectives
Make sure that all diving work is performed in a safe manner in ports.
Ensures that the diving process is well planned, and current and potential risks have been
identified.
Ensures that any equipment used is fit for purpose and ensures that all necessary precautions
were considered prior to the authorized work.
Ensure that the people who do the work have the right competencies.
Pass the information in writing from one shift to another and inform all parties concerned in
writing.
Isolate the place as a separate unit which facilitates the performance of work.
Define tasks and responsibilities accurately between permit issuers and recipients.
Effective cooperation between the applicant and the executor.
Definition / Abbreviation
Work permit: It is a document that allows a person or group to carry out specific maintenance
work on a specific equipment or area for a specific time in which risks are identified and
prevention methods are developed to overcome those risks and the person or group must
carry out those procedures and ensure their existence until the end of the work or the end of
the permit. It is also a written and official statement issued with the signature of an authorized
person stating the possibility of carrying out a specific work other than normal operating work
under specific procedures and precautions or a statement. It signifies that all necessary tests,
examinations and isolation operations were carried out by authorized persons and therefore
the working conditions are satisfactory.
Permit Issuer (Source): A person who is authorized by the Department to export the permit
after successfully completing the work permit course and passing the permit interview.
The person must ensure the following:
The nature of the work to be carried out is fully understood.
All the dangers associated with the permit have been identified and all precautionary
measures have been put in place to prevent those dangers.
4.3 Permit Recipient: A person who has been authorized by the Department to receive the permit
(work permit) after successfully completing the work permit course and passing the permit
interview.
4.3.1 The person must ensure the following:
4.3.1.1 Discusses the business fully with the source of the permit.

514
 4.3.1.2 Discusses the details of the work permit with the employees who will do the work
and explains the details of the potential dangers and the method of prevention of
them and is recorded in the permit.
4.3.1.3 Precautionary measures must be applied and remain in place throughout the
periodof authorized work.
Authorized person: is a person who is competent, trained and certified to perform a particular
activity or work (such as isolation, education (card placement), or gas tests).
4.5 Competent person: is a person who is authorized and specialized in a specific field such as
lifting machines, radiation protection, high voltage and other disciplines.
Hedges (precautions): A list of actions to be taken before and during the execution of the
work specified in the permit to ensure that the work is carried out safely and the hedges vary
according to the types of work permits and other surrounding circumstances.
Confined (indoor) places: Confined or enclosed places are places characterized by difficulty
in entering and exiting them and to perform a task entrusted to them and that they are not
designed for human use or where there are risks that may cause great risks due to the
presence of hazardous substances. Examples of confined places include reservoirs, pressure
vessels, excavations deeper than 1,2 meters and other places.
Insulation: It is the process of physically confirming the process of insulation and discharge of
energy from the system. This process is carried out by a person authorized to do so, and the
system is isolated by locking it using locks to prevent the system from operating physically.
Owner of the place: means the department responsible for the place or facility, buildings and
roads, the responsibilities of each department in the port must be defined.
Tag (card placement): It is the placement of a card entitled "Danger" on the isolated device
and when that phrase is placed on any device or machine, you should not tamper with it or
try to remove that card or lock.
Diving: Any work that involves diving underwater using breathing cylinders, breathing tubes
or diving with a mask and breathing tube.
Responsibilities
Chairman of the General Authority of Ports
Responsible for ensuring that the permit system is in place and receiving periodic
reports on the extent to which the system has been properly implemented and how
effective it is.
Director of the Central Administration of General Industrial Security of Ports:
5.2.1 Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.
5.2.2 Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.
5.2.3 The training program should be based on the work permit system, and there should be
a comprehensive list of all authorized persons in the system and the expiration date of
the permit for them, and manage the process of issuing permits.
Port General Manager:
5.3.1 Ensure that all port administrators and operators are aware of this standard and its
applications.
5.3.2 Qualify port staff and operators on this system and ensure that it works well in its port.
Port Industrial Security Managers:
5.4.1 Responsible for introducing port administrators and operators to this standard.

515
 5.4.2 Monitor the application of the standard in its port.
Department Managers:
5.5.1 To qualify the employees in his department to use the permit system and to license
them in the system by sending them for training and making sure that they are
competent for this.
5.5.2 To conduct interviews for qualified persons who have passed the work permit exam and
to authorize them to manage it to carry out the work required in the work permit
system.
5.5.3 Ensure that the submarine is qualified, trained and fit for health to carry out the diving
process.
Head of Port Safety Department:
5.6.1 Monitor the application of the standard by all administrators, contractors and
operators.
5.6.2 Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.
Operators and contractors in the port:
5.7.1 To qualify its employees for the work permit system by attending the required training.
5.7.2 Choose who will qualify them for the system.
Training and Development Department:
5.8.1 Toorganize training programs for the permit system in cooperation with the
Department of Industrial Security.
5.8.2 Schedule the training, keep training records and provide the Industrial Security
Department with the results of each course to assist in the preparation of permits and
the issuance of cards.
Port Employees
5.9.1 They have to apply this system and its requirements.
5.9.2 Employees must stop work if there is an imminent danger to them and their lives.
5.10 Captain of the ship:
5.10.1 He is responsible for all work on board the ship and must authorize the diving
operation.
5.11 Employees of operators and contractors:
5.11.1 They must apply the system and not do any work without a permit.
Procedures
Follow the same procedures as mentioned in OHS-P.15. Work permit in addition to the
following procedures for diving work OHS-P.17.
6.2 Diving permit: Must be used for all commercial diving activities in the port and in the port
basin.
6.3 Diving/snorkeling operations can only be done in the following cases:
6.3.1 There is a need to do diving or to do research and extract information for research
purposes.
6.4 The diving must be carried out in accordance with the OHS-P.17 standard and OSHA 1910.426
OSHA 29CFR1910.426.
6.5 The OHS-F.20 diving permit must be issued before the diving process.
6.6 It is strictly forbidden to carry out recreational diving operations in the port and its basin.

516
Risk Recognition and Management
7.1 Snorkeling/diving in the Kingdom's ports usually have similar conditions, and the diving
strategy is covered in OHS-P.17. However, the diving supervisor must write a work task safety
analysis (job safety) in accordance with OHS-P.02 and use form OHS-F.02.
7.2 The risks of diving are usually as follows:
7.2.1 Occupational diseases associated with diving:
7.2.1.1 To manage the risk of occupational diseases associated with diving, diving should be
carried out under the supervision of a competent and qualified person to supervise
the diving operations and the absence of a pressure reduction room should be taken
into account.
7.2.2 Manual handling:
7.2.2.1 These are general risks associated with work, and the diver must wear personal
protective equipment (gloves) when working underwater.
7.2.3 Tangles
7.2.3.1 During the diving process, the swimmer must connect the safety ropes so that the
supervisor of the diving process can know the location of the diver, and also use the
safety ropes to send signals from the diver to the diving team on board. There is a
risk that the diver will clasp the safety ropes or any other ropes that may hinder the
diver's swimming again upwards. All divers must carry a knife during diving to help
them get rid of any clash of rope and if they can't seek help
from the assistant diver.
7.2.4 Exposure to cold water and water pressure
7.2.4.1 Divers must wear a diving suit that covers the entire body,
they must wear gloves and the thickness of the suit must
match the coolness of the water during diving. Figure 15- Snorkeling
Consideration must also be considered Wear a diving hood hood
during long dives or during cold weather.
7.2.5 Ship Traffic
7.2.5.1 Collision with ships may cause serious injuries to the
diver and to make sure this does not happen must:
7.2.5.1.1 Should diving be done by following the diving
permit only?
7.2.5.1.2 Continuous communication between the
maritime department and towing vessels is
required.
Figure 16- Diving Science
7.2.5.1.3 The diving flag must be raised on a diving vessel
(boat) during the diving process.
7.2.5.1.4 The diving flag should also be placed on the pier.
7.2.5.1.5 The diving supervisor must find a way to communicate with the diver while he
is under the surface of the water.
7.2.5.1.6 The diving team on board must remain vigilant to the movement of ships in
port and prevent any vessel from being located near the dive effect.
7.2.5.2 In some neighborhoods it is preferable to dive from small ships that do not
require to be held and in such cases the diver must be connected to safety ropes

517
 and also a protector must be placed on the propulsion fan so as to avoid cutting
the safety ropes.
7.2.6 Hardware failure:
7.2.6.1 All diving devices must be maintained and air cylinders must be sealed.
7.2.6.2 You should only use equipment provided by the diving supervisor or inspected
and that matches the diving requirements: If one of the equipment fails, the
diver must:
7.2.6.2.1 Seek help from the co-diver or
7.2.6.2.2 climb and slowly return to the surface of the water or
7.2.6.2.3 Emergency exit to the top.
7.2.6.3 Divers are prohibited from entering any place that does not give them direct
access to the roof and emergency exit cannot be performed.
7.2.7 Expiry of air stocks:
7.2.7.1 The diver must check the gas level regularly and the diver must start with the
orderly exit as soon as the air pressure reaches 50 bar.
7.2.7.2 When diving in the harbor, where visibility is expected to be low, the diver must
take the necessary measures, including carrying a second gas cylinder where
the pressure gauges may not be clear.
7.2.7.3 When visibility drops to zero, the diver must stop working and climb straight to
the surface.
7.2.8 Contaminated air stocks:
7.2.8.1 Before using air cylinders the diving supervisor should check the following
information:
7.2.8.1.1 That the adhesive markings on the cylinder are correct and packed with
uncontaminated air.
7.2.8.1.2 The cylinder is sealed.
7.2.8.1.3 The cylinder charger must be air-driven.
7.2.8.1.4 The cylinder charger must be sealed with an air quality seal.
7.2.9 Receiving injuries from marine organisms:
7.2.9.1 The diver must wear a full diving suit with gloves to avoid the possibility of
infection from marine organisms such as needles such as jellyfish and others.
7.2.9.2 Snorkeling should not take place if there is a dangerous marine organism
nearby.
7.2.10 Drowning:
7.2.10.1 All snorkeling (diving) staff must be trained to use an oxygen resuscitation
device.
7.2.10.2 Medical oxygen must be available on board the snorkeling vessel.
7.2.10.3 The diver must be tied to safety ropes so that the assistant diver is easier to
reach the diver or pull him up in case of an emergency.
7.2.10.4 The diving supervisor must monitor the safety ropes and for any signal sent by
the diver or air bubbles that indicate the condition of the diver.
7.2.11 Trapped (that the diver gets stuck with something that cannot be disposed of):

518
 7.2.11.1 In water suction areas, be careful that the diver may pull and hang on the
suction gate and no work should be done near the water suction gates,
including the water suction holes for ships.
7.2.11.2 The diver is forbidden to enter any confined place that has no direct exit to the
top.
7.2.11.3 If the diver gets stuck the assistant diver must immediately intervene to help
him.
Work permit audit and inspection
8.1 The annual audit of the safety and health system is usually carried out in accordance with the
HSES-P.18 standard but an annual audit of work permits should be devoted to a more careful
consideration of the application of the work permit standard.
8.2 The Director of Industrial Security at Ports shall organize an audit on the application of the
OHS-P.15 standard and be a team to ensure the correct application of the work permit system
to ensure the safety and health of workers, operators and contractors.
Training related to work permits
Awareness of the work permit system: It is usually for people who authorize employees to
issue and receive the permit to carry out maintenance work such as managers and
department heads.
Advanced training on the work permit system: It is for employees who are based on the
permit system and are responsible for issuing and receiving the permit and this training ends
with the attendance of the pass exam in which it is a duty for the employee to be able to issue
or receive the permit after passing the interview.
Refresher Course in the Work Permit System: Eligible persons whose permit has expired must
attend a short refresher course followed by an exam to reissue the work permit card and a
new expiry date.
Records
10.1 The head of the department must keep copies of work permits for at least 6 months.
10.2 The safety department must keep the accreditation details of the employees who are
accredited to issue and receive permits, as well as persons who are qualified for other work
in the work permit such as gas testing or insulation and others.
Forms
S/N Form Number Title of the form/form Retention Period

001 OHS-F.20 Diving Permit 6 months

519
Explosives Permit
OHS-P.15.06

520
Purpose
1.1 This standard specifies the procedures to be observed when a ship carries explosives on board.
Range
The scope of this standard includes all departments in ports by all port employees, operators,
contractors, ship operators (ship captain) and ship agents everyone must adhere to this
standard and its requirements.
This standard applies to non-routine and high-risk works carried out in ports by maintenance
crews, contractors and operators.
Objectives
Ensure that the transportation, loading and unloading of explosives shipments is carried out
under the work permit standard.
These operations should be conducted in a safe manner and with the knowledge of the
captain of the port and the supervisor of the marina.
Definition/ Abbreviation:
Explosives: Any solid, liquid or mixture of which can produce a chemical reaction that has the
ability to produce a gas at a temperature, pressure and speed that enables it to cause damage
to the ocean. Explosive compounds are included in the definition even if they do not produce
a gas.
Explosive vehicles: These are materials, or a mixture of materials designed to produce an
effect through heat, lighting, sound, gas, smoke or a mixture of them that are not explosive
but with self-exothermic reactions.
Explosive material: It is an explosive substance or a mixture of a group of explosive
substances.
All-out explosion: It is a huge instantaneous explosion that affects the entire place and its
surroundings widely.
Work permit: It is a document that allows a person or group to carry out specific
maintenance work on a specific equipment or area for a specific time in which risks are
identified and prevention methods are developed to overcome those risks and the person or
group must carry out those procedures and ensure their existence until the end of the work
or the end of the permit. It is also a written and official statement issued with the signature
of an authorized person stating that it is possible to carry out a specific work other than normal
operating work under specific procedures and precautions or a statement. It signifies that all
necessary tests, examinations and isolation operations were carried out by authorized
persons and therefore the working conditions are satisfactory.
Permit Issuer: A person who is authorized by the Department to export the permit after
successfully completing the work permit course and passing the permit interview.
The person must ensure the following:
The nature of the work to be carried out is fully understood.
All the dangers associated with the permit have been identified and all
precautionary measures have been put in place to prevent those dangers.
Permit Recipient: A person who has been authorized by the Department to receive the permit
(work permit) after successfully completing the work permit course and passing the permit
interview.

521
 4.7.1 The person must ensure the following:
4.7.1.1 Discusses the works fully with the source of the permit.
4.7.1.2 Discusses the details of the work permit with the employees who will do the work
and explains the details of the potential dangers and the method of prevention of
them and is recorded in the permit.
4.7.1.3 Precautionary measures must be applied and remain in place throughout the
periodof authorized work.
Authorized person: is a person who is competent, trained and certified to perform a
particular activity or work (such as isolation, education (card placement), or gas tests).
Competent person: is a person who is authorized and specialized in a specific field such as
lifting machinery, radiation protection, high voltage and other disciplines.
Precautions: A list of actions to be taken before and during the execution of the work
specified in the permit to ensure that the work is carried out safely and the hedges vary
according to the types of work permits and other surrounding circumstances.
Flammable atmosphere: It is any ocean in which the concentration of flammable substances
is between the minimum and maximum flammable extremes.
Hot work: Any work that uses fire, welding, or any tool or machine that can cause fire or
explosion.
Cold work: Any work that includes construction, modification and repair and any task that is
not interspersed with the use of heat and fire nor the issuance of sparks.
Fire Watch: It is a certified, trained and authorized employee who performs the process of
monitoring hot works and monitors the occurrence of any fire and directly extinguishes the
fire in its infancy and must remain after the end of the hot work for a period of (1) full hours
to monitor the place to ensure that no fire occurs.
Hot Work Permit: A hot work permit is issued when there is any source of ignition that can
cause fire or explosion.
Isolation: It is the process of physically confirming the process of insulation and discharge
of energy from the system. This process is carried out by a person authorized to do so, and
the system is isolated by locking it using locks to prevent the system from operating
physically.
Owner of the place: means the department responsible for the place or facility, buildings
and roads, the responsibilities of each department in the port must be defined.
Isolation Tag: It is the placement of a card entitled "Danger" on the isolated device and when
that phrase is placed on any device or machine, you should not tamper with it or try to
remove that card or lock.
:

Responsibilities
Saudi Port Authority President:

522
 Responsible for ensuring that the permit system is in place and receiving periodic
reports on the extent to which the system has been properly implemented and how
effective it is.
HSED Manager:
5.2.1 Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.
5.2.2 Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.
5.2.3 The training program should be based on the work permit system, and there should
be a comprehensive list of all authorized persons in the system and the expiration date
of the permit for them, and manage the process of issuing permits.
Port General Manager:
5.3.1 Ensure that all port administrators and operators are aware of this standard and its
applications.
5.3.2 Qualify port staff and operators on this system and ensure that it works well in its port.
Port Industrial Security Managers:
5.4.1 Responsible for introducing port administrators and operators to this standard.
5.4.2 Monitor the application of the standard in its port.
Department Managers:
5.5.1 To qualify the employees in his department to use the permit system and to license
them in the system by sending them for training and making sure that they are
competent for this.
5.5.2 To conduct interviews for qualified persons who have passed the work permit exam
and to authorize them in his department to carry out the work required in the work
permit system.
Head of Port Safety Department:
5.6.1 Monitor the application of the standard by all administrators, contractors and
operators.
5.6.2 Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.
Operators and contractors in the port:
5.7.1 To qualify its employees for the work permit system by attending the required
training.
5.7.2 Choose who will qualify them for the system.
Training and Development Department:
5.8.1 Toorganize training programs for the permit system in cooperation with the
Department of Industrial Security.
5.8.2 Schedule the training, keep training records and provide the Industrial Security
Department with the results of each course to assist in the preparation of permits and
the issuance of cards.
Port Employees
5.9.1 They have to apply this system and its requirements.
5.9.2 Employees must stop work if there is a danger to them and their lives.
Employees of operators and contractors:
5.10.1 They must apply the system and not do any work without a permit.

523
Breakdown of explosive hazards
Explosives are divided into 6 sections of Class 1 according to the International Maritime
Dangerous Goods Code – 2018 and are as follows:
6.1.1 Section 1.1:
6.1.1.1 They are explosive substances that have the potential to cause a mass
explosion.
6.1.2 Section 1.2:
6.1.2.1 Matter and compounds that have the ability to cause projectiles but do not
cause an all-out explosion.
6.1.3 Section 1.3:
6.1.3.1 Materials and vehicles with a fire hazard with a simple explosion or simple
projectiles or both without a mass explosion.
6.1.3.2 This section is divided into:
6.1.3.2.1 Type that produces a high amount of radioactive heat or
6.1.3.2.2 The type that burns one by one and results in a simple explosion,
projectiles, or both.
6.1.4 Section 1.4:
6.1.4.1 Substances and compounds that do not have a high risk.
6.1.4.2 With this section, explosives are materials and vehicles that have a limited risk
in case of ignition during the transport process. The impact is limited inside the
box without projectiles of high volumes or traveling large distances, and
external fires do not cause a direct explosion.
6.1.5 Section 1.5:
6.1.5.1 It is a non-sensitive substance but causes a mass (huge) explosion.
6.1.5.2 This section contains materials that can cause a huge explosion but are
insensitive and there is little chance of starting the explosion under normal
conditions.
6.1.5.3 Note: The probability of switching from ignition to detonation is usually high
when transported on board. Therefore, the risk is similar between sections 1.1
and 1.5 in terms of storage.
6.1.6 Section 1.6:
6.1.6.1 The material is very insensitive and does not cause a mass (huge) explosion.
6.1.6.2 This section contains non-sensitive materials and there is little chance of
starting to explode under normal conditions.
6.1.6.3 Note: The risk of Section 1.6 is limited to the explosion of only one substance.
Tags
Each shipment arriving at the port must have clear markings showing the type of explosives
and divide them according to the following images:

524
 Sectio Sectio
n 1.1: n 1.4:

Sectio Sectio
n 1.2: n 1.5:

Sectio Sectio
n 1.3: n 1.6:

Procedures
The permit must be issued for all ships transporting explosive substances entering the port
dock 72 (seventy-two) hours before the ship arrives at the port 72 (seventy-two) hours before
the arrival of the cargo at the port.
The ship's agent must obtain a work permit for the entry of that vessel into the port.
Quantities allowed to enter and transport the port:
8.3.1 Section 1.4 allows entry of up to 10 tons into the port.
8.3.2 Sections 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.5 and 1.6 explosives are allowed in, of which no more than 1
kilometer is permitted.
8.3.3 If the quantities exceed the permissible amounts mentioned in 8.3.1 and 8.3.2, the
quantities shall:
8.3.3.1 The permit is delivered at least 7 days in advance.

525
 8.3.3.2 The permit shall deliver with a risk assessment and shall be a comprehensive
assessment containing all the risks related to the entry of the vessel into the port,
the process of unloading and loading and also the exit of the cargo out of the port
on the back of the vehicles. The assessment should address how these operations
are performed safely at the port.
8.3.3.3 The assessment should address fire control methods during docking and shipping,
unloading and transportation operations next to the marina.
8.3.3.4 Contingency plan.
8.3.3.5 and information for the operators of marinas near the charging and unloading
marina.
Requirements when dealing with explosives
9.1 Shipments should not remain in the dock of the port but should be arranged for their exit
immediately after loading from the port and reduce the presence of the shipment in the port
as much as possible.
9.2 You should not start any process before the permit is issued.
9.3 Any accident or imminent accident at the port must be reported immediately.
9.4 No unloading and loading of explosives should be carried out while there are passenger cruise
ships manned by passengers and the process of boarding and disembarking passengers from
the deck.
9.5 When anything happens that causes the degradation of the explosive materials, the captain of
the port and the dock operator must agree on the necessary steps to make the place safe again.
9.6 The company that owns the explosives must be a company authorized by the competent
authorities in the Kingdom to carry out the process of importing, transporting and storing
explosives.
9.7 The dock operator must put in place all necessary security and safety precautions to ensure
that the shipment is not damaged, lost, stolen or tampered with by vandals.
9.8 The carrier and the recipient of the shipment must record the shipments and keep records and
must ensure that no shipment is stolen and in case of detection this must be reported to the
Industrial Security Department and the Border Guard.
Work permit audit and inspection
10.1 The annual audit of the safety and health system is usually carried out in accordance
with the HSES-P.18 standard but an annual audit of work permits should be devoted to a more
careful consideration of the application of the work permit standard.
10.2 The Director of Industrial Security at Ports shall organize an audit on the application
of the OHS-P.15 standard and be a team to ensure the correct application of the work permit
system to ensure the safety and health of workers, operators and contractors.
Training related to work permits
11.1Awareness of the work permit system: It is usually for people who authorize employees to issue
and receive the permit to carry out maintenance work such as managers and department
heads.
11.2Advanced training on the work permit system: It is for employees who are based on the permit
system and are responsible for issuing and receiving the permit and this training ends with the

526
 attendance of the pass exam in which it is a duty for the employee to be able to issue or receive
the permit after passing the interview.
11.3Refresher Course in the Work Permit System: Eligible persons whose permit has expired must
attend a short refresher course followed by an exam to reissue the work permit card and a new
expiry date.
Records
12.1The port must keep records of explosive materials and transport them and the record must be
permanently updated and contain at least the following:
12.1.1 United Nations Explosive Materials Number.
12.1.2 The trade name of the shipment.
12.1.3 Hazard classification of the substance.
12.1.4 Factory.
12.1.5 The name of the ship carrying the material.
12.1.6 The beneficiary of the shipment (the final recipient of the shipment).
12.1.7 Quantity of shipments.
12.1.8 Permit number issued.
12.2The head of the department must keep copies of work permits for at least 12 months.
12.3The safety department must keep the accreditation details of the employees accredited to
issue and receive permits also persons who are qualified for other work in the work permit such
as gas testing or insulation and others.
Forms
S/N Form Number Title of the form Retention period

001 OHS-F.21 Permit for the transport of explosive materials 12 months

527
Excavation Permit
OHS-P.15.07

528
Purpose
This standard specifies the procedures to be adhered to while carrying out drilling operations.
Range
The scope of this standard includes all departments in ports by all port employees, operators
and contractors and everyone must adhere to this standard and its requirements.
This standard applies to non-routine and high-risk works associated with excavations carried
out in ports by maintenance crews, contractors and operators.
Objectives
Ensure that all non-routine, hazardous or excavation-related work is performed in a safe
manner at ports.
Ensure that the work area has been inspected, identifying current and potential risks.
Ensure that any equipment used is suitable for the purpose and ensures that all necessary
precautions were considered prior to the authorized work.
Ensure that the people who do the work have the right competencies.
Ensure that after the work is completed, the job site is left in a safe state.
Pass the information in writing from one shift to another and inform all parties concerned in
writing.
Isolate the place as a separate unit which facilitates the performance of work.
Define tasks and responsibilities accurately between permit issuers and recipients.
Effective cooperation between the applicant and the executor.
Definition/ Abbreviation
Work permit: It is a document that allows a person or group to carry out specific
maintenance work on a specific equipment or area for a specific time in which risks are
identified and prevention methods are developed to overcome those risks and the person or
group must carry out those procedures and ensure their existence until the end of the work
or the end of the permit. It is also a written and official statement issued with the signature
of an authorized person stating that it is possible to carry out a specific work other than normal
operating work under specific procedures and precautions or a statement. Signatory that all
necessary tests, examinations and isolation operations were carried out by authorized
persons and therefore the working conditions are satisfactory.
Excavations: It is the process of removing layers of land/street for the procedures of repairs
to ground services, the placement of new ground services or for construction operations.
Permit Issuer (Source): A person who is authorized by the Department to export the permit
after successfully completing the work permit course and passing the permit interview.
The person must ensure the following:
The nature of the work to be carried out is fully understood.
All the dangers associated with the permit have been identified and all precautionary
measures have been put in place to prevent those dangers.
4.3.2 Permit Recipient: A person who has been authorized by the Department to receive the
permit (work permit) after successfully completing the work permit course and passing
the permit interview.
4.3.3 The person must ensure the following:
4.3.3.1 Discusses the works fully with the source of the permit.

529
 4.3.3.2 Discusses the details of the work permit with the employees who will do the work
and explains the details of the potential dangers and the method of prevention of
them and is recorded in the permit.
4.3.3.3 Precautionary measures must be applied and remain in place throughout the
periodof authorized work.
Authorized person: is a person who is competent, trained and certified to perform a particular
activity or work (such as isolation, education (card placement), or gas tests).
Competent person: is a person who is authorized and specialized in a specific field such as
lifting machines, radiation protection, high voltage and other disciplines.
Attendant: is an authorized and authorized person whose task is to stay outside the confined
place and monitors the work and prevents the entry of any unauthorized person from entering
the confined place and maintains constant contact with the employees inside the confined
place via radio or any other method.
Precautions: A list of actions to be taken before and during the execution of the work specified
in the permit to ensure that the work is carried out safely and the hedges vary according to
the types of work permits and other surrounding circumstances.
Confined Spaces: Confined Spaces are places characterized by difficulty in entering and exiting
them and to perform a task entrusted to them and that they are not designed for human use
or where there are risks that may cause great risks due to the presence of hazardous
substances. Examples of confined places include reservoirs, pressure vessels, excavations
deeper than 1,2 meters and other places.
Flammable Atmosphere: It is any ocean in which the concentration of flammable substances
is between the minimum and maximum flammable extremes.
Hot work: Any work that uses fire, welding, or any tool or machine that can cause fire or
explosion.
Cold work: Any work that includes construction, modification and repair and any task that is
not interspersed with the use of heat and fire nor the issuance of sparks.
Fire Watch: It is a certified, trained and authorized employee who performs the process of
monitoring hot works and monitors the occurrence of any fire and directly extinguishes the
fire in its infancy and must remain after the end of the hot work for a period of (1) full hours
to monitor the place to ensure that no fire occurs.
Hot Work Permit: A hot work permit is issued when there is any source of ignition that can
cause fire or explosion.
Isolation: It is the process of physically confirming the process of insulation and discharge
of energy from the system. This process is carried out by a person authorized to do so, and
the system is isolated by locking it using locks to prevent the system from operating
physically.
Owner of the place means the department responsible for the place or facility, buildings and
roads, the responsibilities of each department in the port must be defined.
Isolation Tag: It is the placement of a card entitled "Danger" on the isolated device and when
that phrase is placed on any device or machine, you should not tamper with it or try to
remove that card or lock.
Toxic Surrounding: An ocean in which the concentration of materials exceeds the level
allowed in the material safety information sheet.

530
 Confined Rescue Team: A group of trained and prepared personnel to deal with emergencies
in confined (indoor) places.
Gas Tester: A qualified, trained and qualified person who performs the process of testing
gases through the use of certified and calibrated devices.
Hazard: Anything that has the potential to harm such as biological, electrical, mechanical,
physical and environmental hazards.
Inert gases: These are inactive gases that do not react with other elements such as nitrogen,
argon and others and are commonly used to sweep (expel) gases such as flammable gases
and oxygen to prevent the ignition process.
Inerting: It is a process in which flammable gases, vapors and oxygen are displaced using
noble (inert) gases so that in the confined place there is no flammable ocean.
Intrinsically safe to use devices: A set of electrical devices that are unable to emit enough
heat to cause a fire in a flammable environment.
Responsibilities
Saudi Port Authority
Responsible for ensuring that the permit system is in place and receiving periodic
reports on the extent to which the system has been properly implemented and how
effective it is.
HSED Manager:
5.2.1 Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.
5.2.2 Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.
5.2.3 The training program should be based on the work permit system, and there should be
a comprehensive list of all authorized persons in the system and the expiration date of
the permit for them and manage the process of issuing permits.
Port General Manager:
5.3.1 Ensure that all port administrators and operators are aware of this standard and its
applications.
5.3.2 Qualify port staff and operators on this system and ensure that it works well in its port.
Port Industrial Security Managers:
5.4.1 Responsible for introducing port administrators and operators to this standard.
5.4.2 Monitor the application of the standard in its port.
Department Managers:
5.5.1 To qualify employees in his department to use the permit system and to license them
in the system by sending them for training and making sure that they are competent for
it.
5.5.2 To conduct interviews for qualified persons who have passed the work permit exam and
to authorize them to manage it to carry out the work required in the work permit
system.
Head of Port Safety Department:
5.6.1 Monitor the application of the standard by all administrators, contractors and
operators.
5.6.2 Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.
Operators and contractors in the port:
5.7.1 To qualify its employees for the work permit system by attending the required training.

531
 5.7.2 Choose who will qualify them for the system.
Training and Development Department:
5.8.1 To organize training programs for the permit system in cooperation with the
Department of Industrial Security.
5.8.2 Schedule the training, keep training records and provide the Industrial Security
Department with the results of each course to assist in the preparation of permits and
the issuance of cards.
Port Employees
5.9.1 They have to apply this system and its requirements.
5.9.2 Employees must stop work if there is a danger to them and their lives.
Employees of operators and contractors:
5.10.1 They must apply the system and not do any work without a permit.
Risks of excavations
Causing damage to ground services can lead to serious injuries and deaths, as well as delays
in projects and cost a lot of money as a result.
The risks of excavations or ground services include:
6.2.1 The dangers of electricity (the presence of high-voltage ground cables).
6.2.1.1 Injuries usually occur because of explosions that occur due to electrical contact and
due to fire, that usually results from the penetration of a metal part of the cables.
6.2.1.2 Injuries also occur because of electric shocks and the passage of electricity in the
human body, and this may cause second- and third-degree burns and sometimes
lead to death.
6.2.1.3 Sometimes next to the power cables there are plastic gas pipes that cause gas
leakage
6.2.2 Risks of gas pipes:
6.2.2.1 Damage to pipes can lead to explosions and fires, and there are two types of
damage:
6.2.2.1.1 Damage that causes gas to leak directly.
6.2.2.1.2 Damage that causes a gas leak later.
6.2.3 Water and sewer pipes:
6.2.3.1 Water usually does not cause injuries, but the following can occur:
6.2.3.1.1 Water may come out with high force due to pressure and gravel may eject
with it and cause various injuries.
6.2.3.1.2 The exit of water may cause a large flow that may cause drowning in
excavations.
6.2.3.2 Sewage is usually flowed by gravity and has no pressure but contains toxic
hydrogen sulfuric gas.
6.2.4 Other pipes:
6.2.4.1 Near the excavations there may be different tubes that carry different liquids and
gases such as:
6.2.4.1.1 Pipes carry flammable gases and liquids and cause fire and explosions.
6.2.4.1.2 In the pipes may be toxic liquids and gases.
6.2.4.1.3 Or it has inert gases such as nitrogen and argon which causes oxygen to be
expelled and leads to suffocation.

532
 6.2.5 Communication Lines – Communication Cables:
6.2.5.1 Damage and damage to communication lines and television cables may incur large
sums of money from ports and cause the interruption of communications between
parties within the ports in addition to the disconnection of CCTV security
connections.
Safe Work – Safe Drilling:
The stages of safe work are divided into 3 stages:
Planning:
7.1.1 Planning begins first by extracting information about ground services and can refer to
the Maintenance and Project Management Department to extract such information.
7.1.2 More than one party must be involved during the planning process to ensure that
appropriate information is extracted from several departments in the port.
7.1.3 Ground services such as:
7.1.3.1 Electricity.
7.1.3.2 Pipes.
7.1.3.3 Phone lines and fiber optics.
7.1.3.4 Other services such as gas pipes, water, fire water and others.
7.1.4 Sometimes those drawings are inaccurate, and you should be careful while using them.
7.2 Identifying ground services:
7.2.1 There are 3 levels of ways to identify ground services.
7.2.1.1 Review the graphics.
7.2.1.2 Review the drawings and carry out a survey on the site and
includes physical survey by opening maintenance holes or
inspection holes near the excavation site, places and
locations of lampposts, and the use of ground service
detectors.
7.2.1.3 The third stage is to carry out manual experimental drilling
to find out where and where the services are. Figure 17- Detector
7.2.2 An insulation certificate showing the whereabouts of the ground
services must be extracted and attached to the work permit (excavations).
7.3 Safe Excavation:
7.3.1 After identifying the locations of the ground services, the process of safe drilling using
mechanical devices should be started.
7.3.2 If ground services are approached, manual drilling should be started with manual
equipment for this.
7.3.3 After drilling, the drilling walls should be pushed in appropriate ways by placing
protective boxes or metal plates on both sides of the drilling.

533
 Figure 18- Drilling wall protection boxes from falling

Confined (indoor) places in excavations

8.1 Any excavations with a depth of 1.2 meters or more are also considered a confined place and
the requirements for confined places must be applied and gas inspection must be carried out
and also login and exit with a guard (waiting) for the confined place.
Hot Business (Hot)
9.1 If excavation work requires hot (hot) work, a hot work permit must also be obtained.
Procedures
10.1 Follow the same procedures as mentioned in OHS-P.15. Work permit in addition to
the following procedures for entry into confined (closed) places.
10.2 Excavation Work Permit: The permit must be used to enter the excavations.
10.3 All maintenance work carried out inside the excavations in the port must be carried
out under the OHS-P.15.05 cold work permit in addition to the excavation permit.
Permit recipient (Entry Supervisor)
11.1 He is a qualified, authorized and trained person to lead and supervise the entry
process and to issue appropriate commands that ensure the safety of individuals during entry.
11.2 Must ensure that all information is recorded in all permit forms and that all tests have
been conducted correctly and that they have been recorded in the forms.
11.3 He must take all precautions to ensure the safety of entry.
11.4 Must be familiar with safe working methods in excavations.
11.5 Entry must be revoked whenever the precautions mentioned on the permit have
changed or not been applied.
11.6 It must be ensured that the power sources are isolated and that the insulation
certificate has been issued and that he is satisfied with that insulation and that he ensures
that no energy source flows to the employees within the confined space.
Duration of the work permit inside the excavations
12.1 The period of any permit for works within the excavations shall not exceed 7 days and
after the expiry of the period a new permit must be issued.
12.2 Excavations must be inspected at the beginning of each shift and the new recipient,

534
 and the new source of the permit sign the extension form, the inspection of the excavations
and the extension of the work.
Work permit audit and inspection
13.1 The annual audit of the HSES-P.18 standard is usually carried out annually, but an
annual audit of work permits should be devoted to a more careful consideration of the
application of the work permit standard.
13.2 The Director of Industrial Security at Ports shall organize an audit on the application
of the OHS-P.15 standard and be a team to ensure the correct application of the work permit
system to ensure the safety and health of workers, operators and contractors.
Training related to work permits
14.1 Awareness of the work permit system: It is usually for people who authorize
employees to issue and receive the permit to carry out maintenance work such as managers
and department heads.
14.2 Advanced training on the work permit system: It is for employees who are based on
the permit system and are responsible for issuing and receiving the permit and this training
ends with the attendance of the pass exam in which it is a duty for the employee to be able
to issue or receive the permit after passing the interview.
14.3 Refresher Course in the Work Permit System: Eligible persons whose permit has
expired must attend a short refresher course followed by an exam to reissue the work permit
card and a new expiry date.
Records
15.1 The head of the department must keep copies of work permits for at least 6 months.
15.2 The safety department must keep the accreditation details of the employees who are
accredited to issue and receive permits, as well as persons who are qualified for other work
in the work permit such as gas testing or insulation and others.
Forms
S/N Form Number Title of the form Retention period

001 OHS-F.22 Excavation Permit 6 months

535
Lock Out Tag Out Procedure
OHS-P.15.08

536
Purpose
This standard specifies the procedures that must be adhered to while isolating all energy
sources before working on the maintenance of machinery and equipment.
Range
The scope of this standard includes all departments in ports by all port employees and from
operators and contractors everyone must adhere to this standard and its requirements.
This standard applies to non-routine and high-risk works carried out in ports by maintenance
crews, contractors and operators.
Objectives
Ensure that all non-routine or hazardous work associated with the work permit is performed
in a safe manner at ports.
Ensure that the work to be studied and all energy sources are studied and that hazardous
energy sources have been isolated and labeled and also tested if they can be operated by
mistake.
Ensure that the people who carry out the process of isolation and education (tawasim) have
the appropriate competencies.
Make sure that after the work is complete, all locks and insulation methods by which the
power sources have been isolated are removed.
Pass the information in writing from one shift to another and inform all parties concerned in
writing.
Isolate the place as a separate unit which facilitates the performance of work.
Effective cooperation between the applicant and the executor of the work and the person
who isolates and teaches (marking) equipment and machines.
Definitions/ Abbreviations
Isolation: It is the process of physically confirming the process of insulation and discharge of
energy from the system. This process is carried out by a person authorized to do so, and the
system is isolated by locking it using locks to prevent the system from operating physically.
Power Sources: Any source that contains electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, compressed air,
chemical, thermal or other types of energies.
Active: Linked to a source of energy or containing residues of stored energy or energy.
Insulation device: It is a device that in a general way isolates power sources and prevents
their restart using a lock or set of locks and the goal is
to prevent the reconnection of the power supply to
the stomach (device) and includes the use of a stopper
to prevent the movement of liquids in the pipes.
Isolated: It is the process of placing the insulation
device on the device or equipment according to the Figure 20- Electrical Figure 20- Pipe
insulation device insulation device
standard ofConfirm the isolation of energy sources (stopper)
from the source and isolate the power supply has to contact the equipment unless the
insulation device is removed, and the equipment is connected to the power source again.
4.6 Isolation Tag: It is the process of placing a card entitled "Danger” on the insulation device and
the insulated machine (stomach) near the power supply to show that the power supply has
been isolated and that it is forbidden to lift the insulation device except by the person who
performed the insulation process.

537
 Work permit: It is a document that allows a person or group to carry out specific maintenance
work on a specific equipment or area for a specific time in which risks are identified and
preventive methods are developed to overcome those risks and the person or group must
carry out those procedures and ensure their existence until the end of the work or the end of
the permit. It is also a written and official statement issued with the signature of an authorized
person stating that it is possible to carry out a specific work other than normal operating work
under specific procedures and precautions or a statement Signed that all necessary tests,
examinations and isolation operations were carried out by authorized persons and therefore
the working conditions are satisfactory.
Permit Issuer: A person who is authorized by the Department to export the permit after
successfully completing the work permit course and passing the permit interview.
The person must ensure the following:
The nature of the work to be carried out is fully understood.
All the dangers associated with the permit have been identified and all precautionary
measures have been put in place to prevent those dangers.
4.9 Permit Receiver: A person who has been authorized by the Department to receive the permit
(work permit) after successfully completing the work permit course and passing the permit
interview.
4.9.1 The person must ensure the following:
4.9.1.1 Discusses the works fully with the source of the permit.
4.9.1.2 Discusses the details of the work permit with the employees who will do the work
and explains the details of the potential dangers and the method of prevention of
them and is recorded in the permit.
4.9.1.3 Precautionary measures must be applied and remain in place throughout the
periodof authorized work.
4.10 Authorized person: is a person who is competent, trained and certified to perform a
particular activity or work (such as isolation, education (card placement), or gas tests).
4.11 Competent person: is a person who is authorized and specialized in a specific field such as
lifting machinery, radiation protection, high voltage and other disciplines.
4.12 Precautions: A list of actions to be taken before and during the execution of the work
specified in the permit to ensure that the work is carried out safely and the hedges vary
according to the types of work permits and other surrounding circumstances.
4.13 Owner of the place means the department responsible for the place or facility, buildings and
roads, the responsibilities of each department in the port must be defined.
4.14 HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
4.15 HSED: Health Safety and Environment Executive Department.
4.16 ISD: Industrial Security Department.
Responsibilities
Saudi Port Authority President
Responsible for ensuring that the permit system is in place and receiving periodic
reports on the extent to which the system has been properly implemented and how
effective it is.
HSED Manager:
5.2.1 Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.

538
 5.2.2 Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard.
5.2.3 The training program should be placed on the system of work permits and isolation, and
that there should be a comprehensive list of all authorized persons in the system and
the expiration date of the permit for them and manage the process of issuing permits.
Port General Manager
5.3.1 Ensure that all port administrators and operators are aware of this standard and its
applications.
5.3.2 Qualify port staff and operators on this system and ensure that it works well in its port.
Port ISD Managers:
5.4.1 Responsible for introducing port administrators and operators to this standard.
5.4.2 Monitor the application of the standard in its port.
Department Managers:
5.5.1 To qualify employees in his department to use the permit system and to license them
in the system by sending them for training and making sure that they are competent for
it.
5.5.2 To conduct interviews for qualified persons who have passed the work permit exam and
to authorize them to manage it to carry out the work required in the work permit
system.
Head of Port Safety Department:
5.6.1 Monitor the application of the standard by all administrators, contractors and
operators.
5.6.2 Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.
Operators and contractors in the port:
5.7.1 To qualify its employees for the work permit system by attending the required training.
5.7.2 Choose who will qualify them for the system.
Training and Development Department:
5.8.1 To organize training programs for the permit system in cooperation with the
Department of Industrial Security.
5.8.2 Schedule the training, keep training records and provide the Industrial Security
Department with the results of each course to assist in the preparation of permits and
the issuance of cards.
Port Employees
5.9.1 They must apply this system and its requirements.
5.9.2 Employees must stop work if there is an imminent danger to them and their lives.
5.10 Captain of the ship:
5.10.1 He is responsible for all work on board the ship and must make sure that the insulation
process is carried out before starting maintenance operations.
5.11 Employees of operators and contractors:
5.11.1 They must apply the system and not do any work without a permit and make sure that
there is the necessary insulation to make their work safe.
5.12 Personal isolation device (person performing personal isolation):
5.12.1 Individuals must complete the isolation training program.
5.12.2 After completing the course, he can put his own lock on the machine and must
personally keep the key.

539
 5.12.3 He has the right to identify all the isolation points and the supervisor must familiarize
the workers with the isolation points and ensure that the power sources can work or
connect to the device or equipment.
5.12.4 It is forbidden to do the individual isolation of another individual, only he can do the
individual isolation of himself only.
5.13 Mass isolation (person who performs mass isolation):
5.13.1 Individuals must complete the isolation training program and must finish the training
program on work permits.
5.13.2 He must study the scope of work to be performed and evaluate the works and isolation
points required to perform the work safely.
5.13.3 He must put locks on all insulation points and also put the isolation card on those points.
5.13.4 All keys to the locks must be placed in the insulation box.
Power Sources
6.1 Moving energy is any source of energy that enables it to drive, move or operate any
equipment, machine or plant. Of the mobile energy sources are the following:
source Examples
Fluid Liquids, steam and hydraulic oils
Gases Compressed gases, compressed air, discharge or suction
Rotary shafts, moving gears, machines, compressors, and other mechanically moving
Mechanical
objects.
Chemical Radiation, volatile chemicals and other toxic, flammable and dangerous chemicals.
Low Electricity – 450V
Electrical
High electricity – more than 450 V
Environmental Wind, waves and gravity (falling things).

Before starting work on machinery, equipment or systems, all energy sources must be isolated
in an efficient manner and a competent person must carry out an assessment process to
determine the isolation points and the best way to isolate.
Procedures
Any machine or equipment to be repaired or replaced must be made inoperable (by isolating
it) by following these three steps:
7.1.1 Insulation and locking of the machine by single lock or mass locking process.
7.1.2 Mark the "Danger" isolation card as "Danger".
7.1.3 Experimentation – An attempt to experiment if the stomach is still working or not by
trying to run it.
Written records:
7.2.1 The insulation record of machines must be kept, both simple and high-risk.
7.2.2 Individual isolation must be recorded in one of these ways:
7.2.2.1 Safe functional analysis.
7.2.2.2 Cold work permit.
7.2.2.3 Or the Pre-Work Inspection Form.
7.2.3 Mass isolation must be registered on Form OHS-F.12 and attached to the work permit
and the serial number is written on the Work Permit Form.
Isolation
7.3.1 Switching off the machine or part of the plant/ Factory.

540
 7.3.2 The applicant for the permit determines with the source of the permit and the
competent person whether the work requires individual or group isolation.
7.3.3 Identify and evaluate all energy sources by undertaking a risk assessment.
7.3.4 Write a list of the isolation points and the method of isolation used.
7.3.5 Isolate and lock all energy sources and discharge all stored energies.
7.3.6 For individual isolation – each employee must do their own personal lock, mark (card)
"Danger" for each point they have locked, isolate and keep the keys.
7.3.7 For mass isolation – each person individually makes the lock on the machine or
equipment and puts a "danger" card on the stomach and then all the keys are collected
in a special box for all the locks and this box is characterized by the presence of more
than one lock to lock it so each team can after putting its keys inside and then lock the
box and take the key and each team has its own key and the box can only be opened
when everyone meets and each team uses its key to open the box.
7.3.8 Before starting work, employees should make an attempt to operate the machine and
make sure it does not work.
7.3.9 After the completion of the work, the team working on the equipment or machine can
lift all the insulation devices and must make sure that all of them are lifted and the locks
are lifted as well as the stoppers and other isolation points.
7.3.10 Each of the following shift employees should make sure that the machines do not work
via their experience and their own locks can be placed on the individual lock.
Isolation and locking rules
7.4.1 An employee (individual isolation) or team (group isolation) must conduct a risk
assessment to determine the isolation points.
7.4.2 Everyone should put his lock on the insulation point and if it requires placing more than
one lock should use a scissor lock which allows the installation of more than one lock.
Sometimes insulation cannot be done locally for the machine but requires insulation
from an electricity source such as power plants from which electricity reaches the
stomach.
7.4.3 The risk card must be filled in full as the person's name, contact number and employer's
name are clearly written and a pen must be used that cannot be erased from the card
and that is not affected by weather conditions.
7.4.4 Locks should be removed after the work has been completed and the equipment or
machine should not return to work until after the insulation has been removed.
7.4.5 Anyone who has forgotten or failed to remove locks and insulation will be asked to
return to the port immediately to remove the locks.
7.5 Remove individual locks:
7.5.1 The only person authorized to remove the lock and the risk card (individual) is the
person who placed the lock and put the card only but in the following cases those locks
can be removed by another authorized person:
7.5.1.1 In the presence of an emergency that may lead to loss of life and requires the
removal of those locks.
7.5.1.2 All locksmiths should be contacted to remove them and if they do not attend in the
event of an emergency the locks must be removed.

541
 7.5.1.3 The operating manager or his representative can order the removal of the locks if
the owner of the lock does not obtain it after filling out the form OHS-F.13. The
right person must remove the lock, if the lock is on a mechanical device, the
mechanical supervisor must remove it, if it is on electricity, the electrical
maintenance supervisor must remove it and so forth.
7.5.2 If any individual lock is removed by mistake, the following must be followed:
7.5.2.1 A replacement lock must be placed on the isolation point and must be marked
(alternate lock card).
7.5.2.2 The supervisor must be informed immediately.
7.5.2.3 The owner of the original lock must be informed of this and asked to place a
replacement lock and keep the key and then remove the replacement lock.
Impractical Isolation:
7.6.1 Sometimes insulation is impractical because of the design of the plant or equipment.
In these cases, the team should carry out a risk assessment process and establish a safe
mechanism for action and should review that mechanism on a regular basis.
Accidents and irregularities:
7.7.1 In the event of any irregularities or accidents related to isolation, they must be reported
in accordance with the requirements of HSES-P.16. The incident must be investigated,
and solutions developed to avoid it in the future.
7.7.2 Violation of this standard is considered a serious violation and the employee, contractor
and operator have been subjected to the sanctions list in ports.
Records
8.1 The head of the department must keep copies of work permits for at least 6 months.
8.2 The Safety Department must keep the accreditation details of the authorized authorized
employees to isolate and educate (labeling) and issue cards to do so.
Power Insulation Cards
Danger card:

Insulation Card:

542
Forms
S/N Form Number Title of the form Retention period

001 OHS-F.23 Isolation Form 6 months

002 OHS-F.24 Locksmith Replacement Form 6 months

543
Smoking at work
OHS-P.16

544
Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to ensure that the working environment is smoke-free and
that private smoking spaces are available with the understanding that smoking of all kinds is
harmful to health, especially secondhand smoke. And also in response to the royal order to
combat smoking in public and government places.
Range
The scope of this standard includes all port employees, all ports, all departments, as well as
operators, contractors, visitors and everyone who enters the port.
Definition/ Abbreviation
Smoking: It is a process in which a substance is burned, which is often tobacco, and then the
smoke is tasted or inhaled. Cigarettes are the most common means of smoking now, whether
the cigarette is artificially produced or hand-wrapped from loose tobacco and cigarette roll
paper. Other means of smoking are pipes, cigars, hookahs, and popping "water pipes". and
e-cigarettes.
3.2 E-cigarettes: They are a portable battery-powered atomizer that mimics the process of
smoking tobacco by providing some behavioral aspects of smoking, including the hand-to-
mouth movement associated with smoking, but without burning tobacco. The use of an
electronic cigarette is known as "vaping" and the user is referred to as "vaper" instead of
cigarette smoke, the user inhales aerosols, known as steam.
3.3 HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
3.4 HSED: Health, Safety and Environment Executive Department.
Responsibilities
HSED Manager:
Supervise anti-smoking programs in ports.
Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.
Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard and conduct a training
program for employees on this standard.
Port Industrial Security Managers:
4.2.1 Responsible for training employees on this standard.
4.2.2 Monitor the application of the standard in its port.
General Manager of the Port:
4.3.1 Ensure that all port employees and operators are aware of this standard and its
applications.
4.3.2 Ensure that all employees are committed to the application through field visits and
also safety meetings.
4.3.3 Provide resources for the application of this standard.
Department Managers and Supervisors:
4.4.1 Placing identification stickers in the safety panel showing the importance of not
smoking.
4.4.2 Placing smoke-free signs in all places provided for in this standard.
Head of Safety Department:
4.5.1 Monitor the application of the standard by all employees, contractors and operators.
4.5.2 Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.

545
 4.5.3 Train all levels of employees on this standard in their ports.
Staff:
4.6.1 Employees must strictly adhere to the non-smoking in all places in the port.
4.6.2 Smoking only in the designated areas of the port and allocated by the port
administration.
Procedures
Smoking of all kinds is strictly forbidden in these places and conditions:

5.1.1 Inside all buildings, offices, facilities, conveyor belts, workshops, warehouses,
warehouses, elevators, toilets and others.
5.1.2 Smoking is prohibited inside vehicles, equipment and factories including cranes,
forklifts,boats, boats and others.
5.1.3 Smoking is prohibited within 8 meters of the entrances to the buildings.
5.1.4 Smoking is prohibited within 8 metres of open windows in the buildings.
5.1.5 Smoking is prohibited within 8 meters of any non-smoker.
5.1.6 It is forbidden to smoke near flour and grain anchors during loading and unloading.
5.1.7 Smoking is prohibited near the charging and unloading anchors for petroleum
derivatives and flammable materials.
5.1.8 It is forbidden to smoke within 25 meters of storage stores of petroleum and its
derivatives.
5.1.9 No smoking in places marked with no smoking.
5.1.10 Places and squares surrounding mosques.
5.1.11 Education, health, sports, cultural and social institutions within the port residence.
5.1.12 Places of manufacture, processing, packaging and consumption of food, food and
beverages.
Designated smoking areas:
5.2.1 Smoking is possible in places not provided for in clause 5.1.
5.2.2 The port can allocate smoking areas, have good ventilation, do not provide any kind
of services, including food and beverages, and prohibit entry for those under the age
of 18.
5.2.3 A sign prohibiting those under the age of 18 must be placed and written in Arabic and
English clearly.
5.2.4 The place should be isolated from its vicinity. Its height should not be less than 3m.
5.2.5 The number of people present at the place at one time should not exceed the
permissible number and at least 1.4 square meters per person.
5.2.6 Cigarette extinguishers should be provided in smoking places and it is forbidden to
throw cigarette shackles on the floor.
Sale of cigarettes in the port:
5.3.1 It is strictly forbidden to sell cigarettes, e-cigarettes and their equipment and also to
refill them anywhere in the port.
5.3.2 The promotion of smoking in ports is strictly prohibited.

546
Anti-smoking in ports
As part of the General Authority of Ports' programs to improve the working environment, the
ports are conducting an awareness process for employees and contractors about the benefits
of quitting smoking through the use of posters, posters, lectures and other methods.
In these lectures, the dangers of smoking, including fire, are also discussed.
Forms
S/N Form Number Title of the form Retention period

547
Diving Activities, drowning protection and floating
equipment
OHS-P.17

548
Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to provide guidance on how to conduct safe diving operations
in Saudi ports.
Range
2.1 This standard is used in every port in Saudi Arabia owned by Saudi Port Authorities.
Definitions
Diving Supervisor: is a qualified and experienced and competent employee who follows the
ports to supervise and conduct diving operations, and to supervise diving contractors.
Diving Contractor: A company or institution that possesses the expertise and competencies
to carry out diving operations safely and provides divers with the experience, knowledge and
competence necessary to carry out diving operations safely and provides equipment for
diving.
HSE: Health, Safety and Environment
3.4 HSED: Health, Safety, Environment Executive Department.
Responsibilities
The Department of Operations and Maritime Safety in cooperation with the HSED shall:
Ensure that the diving contractors are competent to carry out the duties; and approve
the diving contractor for appointment by the port.
Review the risk assessment and diving plan.
Approval of diving permit.
Ensure that the site is safe to use, considering whether other activities in the vicinity
may affect the safety of diving.
Identify known risks to the diving contractor, such as tides, currents, water dam sites
and other underwater and contaminated water obstacles.
Keep the supervisor informed of any changes that may affect the diving process and
ensure that the diving flag is raised during maintenance or otherwise.
Assist and support the diving contractor in case of emergency.
Diving Contractor
4.2.1 Develop a risk assessment and diving plan.
4.2.2 Submit a diving permit 10 days in advance.
4.2.3 Allocate resources, including divers and diving supervisors.
4.2.4 Carry out the diving activity by following safety procedures.
4.2.5 Ensure that all diving operations are recorded correctly.
Diving supervisor
4.3.1 Personally check the safety conditions, risk assessment and diving project plan.
4.3.2 Stay in direct contact with the Operations and Maritime Safety Department/Industrial
Security Department and divers.
4.3.3 Be in possession of the certificates of the diving contractor's team.
Divers
4.4.1 Pay attention to the instructions of the diving supervisor during the diving activity.
4.4.2 Keep a daily diving record for each diver.
Procedures
Diving Operations

549
5.1.1 Underwater Engineering Processes: These are the processes that are performed by
specialists to inspect, build and repair underwater parts of water plants, pipelines,
laying cable lines and other communications. And also the process of shelfing,
maintenance of water plants, maintenance and cleaning of waterways and waterways
in the port.
5.1.2 Ship Lifting: These are the operations carried out by divers to inspect sunken ships and
prepare them for lifting.
5.1.3 Ship repairs: These are operations that are performed by specialists for the repair of
underwater ships.
5.1.4 Ship Service Diving: Carried out to inspect the structures, clean them of dirt and
eliminate damage to the underwater structure and underwater arrangements
involved in the operation.
5.1.5 Rescue diving: These are rescues carried out by divers to save people or control
environmental disasters.
5.1.6 Special diving operations are carried out to provide scientific research and various
types of tests for samples of new diving equipment, inspection of devices in aquatic
areas using an echo probe, side scanning sonar, search for sunken objects, underwater
welding and cutting.
Risk Management Plan
5.2.1 The diving contractor must develop a plan to manage the risks, including risks related
to the specific tasks. It should include risks arising from:
5.2.1.1 Exposure to pollutants such as chemicals, oils, human and animal wastes, and
others.
5.2.1.2 Poor vision, due to contamination of seawater with dirt and others.
5.2.1.3 Exposure to noise on the surface and under water.
5.2.1.4 Snorkeling diseases such as oxygen toxicity, nitrogen disease or pressure disease
(DCI).
5.2.2 The depth/time limits applied to the diving plan should be clearly included in the plan.
5.2.3 The most important is the universe familiar with the site due to site-specific hazards
due to underwater or overwater elements in ports-controlled facilities. These
elements may include locks, dams, water intakes or drainage points that cause suction
or turbulence, and vessel propellers.
5.2.4 The Operations and Maritime Safety Department/Industrial Security Department
must provide this information through the induction program. Employees who carry
out any explanations or training should be identified, and their names recorded. The
satisfactory completion of the identification program should be recorded by everyone
on the diving team.
Diving Project Plan
5.3.1 Based on the risk assessment, the dive project plan should explain how the identified
risks will be controlled and the risks evaluated. The dive project plan may include the
diving contractor's standard operating rules, including general risk assessments.
5.3.2 It should include at least the following sections described below:
5.3.2.1 Review the objectives of the project.
5.3.2.2 Activities/methods of work to be undertaken to achieve these objectives.

550
 5.3.2.3 Logistical aspects of diving operations.
5.3.2.4 Roles and scheme of the chain of command.
5.3.2.5 Necessary documents (e.g., number of diving hours, diver certificates, names and
data of divers, work plan, record of the last diving, records of diving operations in
the project including the names of divers, duration of diving per day, etc.) and
record-keeping tasks.
5.3.2.6 Applicable diving legislation which will be adhered to in the project.
5.3.2.7 Risk assessment of the site.
5.3.2.8 Emergency and Telecommunications Procedures
5.3.3 The dive project plan should follow the document monitoring procedure, emphasizing
that it should:
5.3.3.1 Be a comprehensive document.
5.3.3.2 Show the readiness date.
5.3.3.3 Explain when and how the plan is reviewed. The results of the review should be
recorded only if there is a significant change.
Diving Permit
5.4.1 Diving operations must take place after obtaining the approval of the Industrial
Security Department for the work permit requested by the diver's contractor 10 days
before the scheduled diving date.
Prohibited Practices
5.5.1 Diving without a diving permit.
5.5.2 Diving from ships in the port except for exceptional circumstances authorized by the
port manager.
5.5.3 Dive within 20 minutes of any nearby commercial traffic expected.
5.5.4 Diving if weather conditions are not suitable to start a safe mission. The plan for the
diving project should specify when the process should be suspended for this reason.
5.5.5 Diving if the diver is aware of anything that makes them ineligible for diving (including
any illness or medical condition).
5.5.6 Use a different technique than rooftop diving for diving under the structure. Diving
under the bottom of the hull may prevent direct vertical access to the deck it prevents
the diver from escaping vertically from any danger area and also the diver needs
longer time to get to the surface.
5.5.7 Complete any record without mentioning your name, surname and signature.
Diving Equipment
5.6.1 Divers must wear common diving equipment such as a full-face mask and an
independent secondary source of breathing gas. However, given the specific risks
associated with diving in the port, the following recommendations are applicable:
5.6.1.1 To avoid the risk of diving into contaminated water it is recommended to use a full
face mask and a dry suit with attached shoes, a dry cover, attached dry gloves and
a helmet if necessary.
5.6.1.2 To avoid thermal hazards due to warm water and the use of a suit, it is highly
recommended to use a cold source of fresh water or chemical cooling bottles.
5.6.1.3 Due to the low level of visibility, it is recommended to use a diving system for the
line of return (restoration).

551
 5.6.1.4 Due to the low visibility, it is recommended to use the return line (restore) diving
system.
5.6.1.5 Using a diving computer to avoid:
5.6.1.5.1 Toxicity of oxygen.
5.6.1.5.2 Nitrogen anesthesia.
5.6.1.5.3 Pressure sickness (DCI).
5.6.2 Oxygen must be immediately available at the location where the dive will take place
and pressure chambers should be available in less than two hours of the flight.
Sufficient gas must be provided for the duration of the diver's transfer to the pressure
chamber, hospital or other place.
5.7 Communication Protocol
5.7.1 The supervisor has the right to give orders regarding health and safety to anyone
involved in the diving process. These orders take precedence over the company's
hierarchy. These orders can include directing unnecessary employees to leave the
control area and directing employees to operate the plant.
5.7.2 The supervisor must be in constant contact during the entire underwater activity with
the Operations and Maritime Safety and Industrial Security Departments via a Very
High Frequency Wireless Phone (VHF) that alerts any warning in the vicinity of the
operation. The supervisor must inform them through metric waves (ultra-high
frequency) before the diver enters the water and when suspended/completing diving
operations.
5.7.3 All divers in the water must have a communication system that allows direct voice
communication with the roof supervisor and vice versa. A wired communication
system is preferred because the effectiveness of the water communication system can
be decomposed by acoustic shadow, sediment, air bubbles, turbulence, etc. Practical
testing of the equipment is recommended at the operating site to ensure its
effectiveness. There are benefits to recording these connections and maintaining
recording until the diving is successfully completed. For example, if an accident occurs
while diving, recording may assist in any subsequent investigation.
5.8 Report accidents and events
5.8.1 In the event of an accident or event, the contingency plan included in the diving
project plan should be followed. Investigations shall be carried out in accordance with
the "Accident Investigation Procedures" and reported in accordance with the "Safety
and Reporting Procedures".
5.9 Diver Qualifications
5.9.1 All divers must hold an HSE SCUBA or CMAS 3 certificate or equivalent (BSAC Advanced
diver or PADI Divemaster).
5.9.2 In addition, divers must declare their diving experience on the diver's registration
form.
5.10 Health conditions of divers
5.10.1 All divers must have a valid certificate of medical fitness for diving issued by a medical
examiner approved by the concerned authorities and valid as long as the doctor is
certified, up to a maximum of 12 months.

552
 5.10.2 A certificate of medical fitness for diving is not required for supervisors unless they
are also going to dive into the project.
Forms
S/N Form Number Title of the form Retention period

001 OHS-F.20 Diving Permit 6 months

553
Noise at work
OHS-P.18

554
Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to formulate requirements for the prevention and protection
of employees from the effects of noise, and to establish standards for this.
Range
The scope of this standard includes all port employees in all ports and all departments as well
as contractors, visitors and everyone who enters the port.
Tariffs
Noise: It is a mixture of unwanted annoying sounds, which negatively affect the activity and
productivity of individuals as well as their impact on the nervous system, heart, brain work
and other body systems. Noise is a type of physical pollution, making it one of the largest
pollution factors in the environment.
Decibel (dB): It is a unit of measurement of noise and is symbolized in English (dB) and it
measures the level of pressure produced by noise and the units of measurement are divided
into two parts:
Decibel A: It measures the intensity of noise in a way that is similar to its effect on the
human body.
Decpel (C): It measures the noise intensity of sudden, powerful sounds such as the
sound of a bullet or jet plane launching.
Audiometry Test: The hearing aid test provides an assessment of how well a person feels
hearing and is often performed by an audiologist using an audiometer. An audiometer is used
to determine how sensitive hearing is at a different frequency range .
Initial audiometry Test: It is a test that is conducted the first day an employee joins to
determine their level of hearing and if it is compared with future tests to show differences.
Hertz (Hz): is a unit of measurement of the frequency of sound waves.
Noise Dosage: The number of hours an employee is exposed to noise.
Personal noise dose meter: It is a device given to the employee to measure the level of noise
he is exposed to throughout the day.
Noise Exposure: It is a measure of the level of noise intensity to which an employee is exposed
with the time of exposure.
3.9 HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
3.10 HSED: Health, Safety and Environment Executive Department.
3.11 ISD: Industrial Security Department
3.12 HQ: Head Quarter
3.13 HQISD: Head Quarter Industrial Security Department.
Responsibilities
HSED Manager:
Supervise employee noise protection programs.
Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.
Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard and conduct a training
program for employees on this standard.
Port Industrial Security Managers:
4.2.1 Responsible for training employees on this standard.
4.2.2 Monitor the application of the standard in its port.

555
 4.2.3 Keep a copy of the noise assessment report in the port.
Port General Manager:
4.3.1 Ensure that all port employees and operators are aware of this standard and its
applications.
4.3.2 Ensure that all employees are committed to the application through field visits and
safety meetings.
4.3.3 Provide resources for the application of this standard.
Department Managers and Supervisors:
4.4.1 Managers and supervisors provide noise protection equipment to employees.
4.4.2 Placing identification stickers in the safety panel showing the importance of wearing
noise protection tools.
4.4.3 Mandatory marking of wearing ear protective equipment in places with high noise
(noise level more than 85 dB).
4.4.4 Head of Port Safety Department:
4.4.5 Monitor the application of the standard by all employees,
contractors and operators.
4.4.6 Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.
4.4.7 Train all levels of employees on this standard in their ports.
4.4.8 Follow-up noise assessment report and its applications.
4.4.9 Medical Unit: Figure34 -
4.4.10 Responsible for performing the initial and periodic audiogram test. Mandatory sign to
wear ear
Responsible for carrying out the analysis of the results, comparing protectors
them with the initial planning and issuing her opinion on the tests.
Staff:
4.5.1 Employees must fully adhere to the wearing of ear guards.
4.5.2 Report any damage to the permission protectors to replace them.
Noise Assessment
Noise assessment is divided into two types:
5.1.1 Statistical evaluation to map the noise and noise areas in the port and identify the
noisiest areas.
5.1.2 Measure employee noise exposure using personal exposure meters.
Each port must carry out the process of assessing the noise in the port and also the process of
measuring the level of personal exposure to noise for employees.
This process must be carried out by a person who is specialized and familiar with the process.
This assessment should be held periodically (every 3 years in ports).
As for personal exposure, all jobs in the port must be held in operations.
Noise levels that need to be taken action:
When the noise level reaches these levels, action is required:
6.1.1 Minimum noise level to take action:
6.1.1.1 The noise limit should be 80 dB.
6.1.1.2 or instantaneous noise limit of 135 dB.
6.1.1.3 The actions to be taken are as follows:
6.1.1.3.1 Hearing protective equipment should be provided without forcing
employees to use.

556
 6.1.1.3.2 Train employees on correct use.
6.1.2 Top level of action:
6.1.2.1 The noise limit should be 85 dB.
6.1.2.2 Or the instantaneous noise limit is 137 dB.
6.1.2.3 Top level of action:
6.1.2.3.1 Thinking of engineering solutions to reduce noise by less than 85 dB.
6.1.2.3.2 Hearing protective equipment should be provided, employees should be
forced to use, and its use monitored.
6.1.2.3.3 Train employees on correct use.
6.1.2.3.4 Conduct a health survey of employees who are exposed to noise levels
starting from 85 dB per year, by performing an audio planning test.
6.1.2.3.5 The results of the audiogram should be kept, to be used to make
comparisons and conduct studies to find out noise problems in the port.
Engineering Methods for Noise Reduction
Once the port shows that the noise level exceeds the 85 dB limit, the port must develop
engineering solutions to reduce noise levels, including:
7.1.1 Change ways of working, use quieter methods, and use tools with less noise.
7.1.2 Avoid iron with iron methods, such as internal rubber pipe sheathing to minimize
hitting coarse materials directly with iron or replacing them with tubes made of
rubber.
7.1.3 Reduce vibrations from machines by placing a vibration sucker.
7.1.4 Put a muffler on the machines.
7.1.5 Placing a silencer structure on machines and equipment.
7.1.6 Place a pipette or muffler on the walls of noise-absorbing materials.

557
Procurement procedures for equipment and machines with low noise
8.1 Putting in place a mechanism and procedures to make sure you buy low-
noise equipment is one of the important ways to control noise levels in
the long run.
8.2 You should consider the case of buying new equipment or switching some
equipment for how to reduce the noise from that equipment.
8.3 Determine the noise levels required from all machines to not exceed 80 Figure37- The Wrong
dB. Way

8.4 The supplier asked for the noise level issued by the machine.
8.5 Ensure that the machine has rules that can absorb vibrations and noise.
8.6 Ensure that machines comply with international noise standards.
How to properly use protective equipment
Figure37 – The Right
9.1 Protective equipment is divided into two types:
Way
9.1.1 Earplug.
9.1.2 Ear guard.
9.2 For the earplug, it must first be rotated and squeezed into the auditory
canal and then wait until it swells back to its normal size.
9.3 After inserting both plugs into the ears, be sure to isolate them by placing
the hands on the ears and then raising the hands and noting if there is a Figure37- The problem
difference in sound between the presence of the hands or not. of the entry of the hand
9.4 As for the ear protector, make sure that both covers are applied to the of the glasses between
the head and the ear
outer ear and that there are no gaps between the head and the cover that protector.
allow sound to enter through them. It is always best to use ear protectors
mounted on the helmet to minimize problems with matching a set of personal protective
equipment together.
Training Program
10.1 A training program should be developed by the Central Administration of Industrial Security
containing the dangers of noise, its physical impact, how to protect employees from it, as
well as how to wear earplugs and ear protectors.
10.2 The program must be held for all employees on an annual basis.
Forms
Retention period Form/Form Number Title of the form/form figure

None 001

558
Lighting at work
OHS-P.19

559
Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to formulate lighting requirements in the port, as lighting is an
important part of the business especially for night work and also in offices, workshops and
others.
Scope:
The scope of this standard covers all port areas, all ports, all departments, as well as
contractors and operators.
Definition/ Abbreviation:
Lux: is the unit of measurement of light intensity.
Glare: It is a state that results from the viewing of light of high intensity or because of the
reflection of light from reflective surfaces such as computer screens, windows and glass.
3.3 HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
3.4 HSED: Health, Safety and Environment Executive Department.
3.5 ISD: Industrial Security Department.
Responsibilities
HSED Manager:
Be responsible for the periodic updating of the standard.
Be responsible for monitoring the application of this standard and conduct a training
program for employees on this standard.
Perform scanning inside the main organ of the Authority.
Port Industrial Security Managers:
4.2.1 Responsible for training employees on this standard.
4.2.2 Monitor the application of the standard in its port.
4.2.3 Maintain a copy of the port's lighting assessment report and follow the application of
recommendations with port management at periodic meetings.
Port General Manager:
4.3.1 Ensure that all port employees and operators are aware of this standard and its
applications.
4.3.2 Provide resources for the application of this standard.
4.3.3 Application and implementation of the outputs of the lighting survey report in the port
Department Managers and Supervisors:
4.4.1 Managers and supervisors report any lighting malfunction and ensure that its repair is
followed up in their areas of responsibility.
Maintenance Officers:
4.5.1 Follow up on all commands to request switching lighting and execute them quickly.
4.5.2 Implement the recommendations of the port lighting survey report.
4.5.3 Calibrate the light intensity device every 12 months.
Head of Port Safety Department:
4.6.1 Monitor the application of the standard by all employees, contractors and operators.
4.6.2 Write a quarterly report on the application of the standard.
4.6.3 Carry out the survey at its port.
The importance of proper lighting
Assist employees and operators in noticing and assessing risks.

560
 Helping employees to know the existing materials, their quality and danger, as the materials
contain a label showing their content.
It helps employees and machine operators to notice any change in surfaces, the presence of
drills and holes or the presence of certain objects.
Lighting should not cause a bright light that distracts attention and blocks vision.

Required light levels in the port

6.1 The following table represents – the required lighting levels in the port and those figures are
the lowest permissible level but according to the risk assessment FHD requires higher levels
of lighting.

Medium Lowest allowable

figure Area
Illumination (Lux) level (lux)
Truck Parking
1 Common corridors 20 5
Places of movement of machines, people and vehicles
Construction sites – Equipping construction sites and
removing the green patch before construction.
2 Diggings. 50 20
Land processing works.
Cargo loading areas
kitchens
Factories
3 100 50
Assemble components in the factory and the work
requires some precision
Entry and Approach Equipment
4 Areas used for loading and unloading of shipments - 20
Areas used for other purposes
Areas where the risk of falling and falling is high due to
5 the weather or the entrances are dark, such as the - 30
presence of coal dust

6 Transit Areas - 8

7 Offices 200 100

Hand-made engineering drawing offices,
Factories that install electronic parts and need
8 500 200
precision,
and tissue production

6.2 It is the responsibility of the master of the ship to ensure that there is sufficient lighting on
board the ship during loading and branching. However, before starting the loading and
unloading process, the docking company must ensure that the lighting on board and under
the ship's back (cargo holds) is adequate, taking into account any process that requires
additional lighting.
Perform a lighting scan
7.1 Devices (Lux meter):
7.1.1 It must be a device that accepts lighting from all angles.

561
7.1.2 It must contain an internal correction of lighting especially lighting that from
theOblique corners (sharp and obtuse).
7.1.3 High sensitivity to light from various sources such as sunlight, lead lights, tungisten,
light-emitting diode and others.
7.1.4 It is so sensitive that it can read 1 lux or less and high values of light intensity without
damage.
7.1.5 It must be accurately in accordance with BS 667 and Type 1 and have a margin of error
equivalent to ±10%.
7.1.6 It is preferable that the device can record information.
7.1.7 The device should be calibrated periodically (every 12 months) to ensure that the
device always works properly.
Measurement of light intensity - General:
7.2.1 When using a light intensity measuring device, you should
take care in choosing the position of the device, which
represents the lighting and not the light source and not
extreme in the measurement. It is unacceptable to
measure directly near the light source or focus on dark
spots directly as well. Rather, the measurement must be
done by dividing the area into squares for each square to
be measured.
7.2.2 The survey should consider the weather and the time of Figure38 - Light intensity
day such as day and night. meter
7.2.3 In general, the meter should be placed at a height of 1
meter from the ground or from the surface that represents the working surface in
manual work, sometimes the height of 1 meter does not represent well the working
condition and there may be a need to reduce the height or make it more.
7.2.4 In all cases, the device should be placed parallel to the surface, and it is preferable to
use a mobile surface to place a intensity measuring device so as to ensure that the
height from the middle of the ground (1 meter) is always maintained.
Measuring the intensity of illumination at work sites:
7.3.1 The working area should be divided into zones, and each area represents the local
lighting in that area.
7.3.2 The area should be divided into squares with a length and width of 3 meters and those
squares can be reduced to be less if the area is small or the operations are fixed.
7.3.3 The measurement should be taken in the middle of that square. The open storage
areas are illuminated by the towers and arranged analoguely and can be measured
from the middle of the area to the base of the tower and the distance between the
towers is divided every 3 meters.
Measurement of light intensity in entry methods:
7.4.1 The entry routes must be divided into zones, and each area represents the local
lighting in that area.
7.4.2 The measurement should be done in the middle of the entry road and the interval
between each reading should be 3 meters or less as needed, especially if the road is
short.

562
 7.4.3 As for the pedestrian entry routes:
7.4.3.1 Any reading should not be less than 1 lux ±20%.
7.4.3.2 The average reading in an area should be at least 5 lux. The number of readings
must not be less than 6 readings per region.
7.4.4 For reading it must follow BS 12464.
Recording readings:
7.5.1 Readings must be recorded correctly, and the report should contain the following:
7.5.1.1 Date, time, place and quality of place e.g. work areas, offices or entry routes,
nature of use of the place and corridors of use.
7.5.1.2 Description of lighting and especially damaged ones.
7.5.1.3 Information about the weather and the time of day or night.
7.5.1.4 Description of the lighting intensity meter and measurement method.
7.5.1.5 All readings for each region with average reading and showing where the
readings are the least.
7.5.1.6 Conclusion, recommendations and proposed solutions.
7.5.1.7 A table of proposed solutions in detail.
Repetition (re-scanning)
8.1 The survey should be repeated periodically every 3 years and this period may decrease
depending on the severity of the place.
Mobile lighting
When constant lighting is not practical, mobile lighting may be used and may be considered
sufficient and adequate, especially when considering the nature of the environment in the
workplace, such as indoor spaces, explosive gases, etc.
Forms
S/N Form Number Title of the form Retention period

563
Container Handling
OHS-P.20

564
Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to provide safety guidance on the following activities:
Unloading containers that are unloaded from a vessel for transport to the storage area using
handling equipment.
Store containers in the area allocated to them.
Load a container to leave the storage area and load it to be transported in the train or ship.
Range
2.1 This standard is used as a reference for each port supervised by the General Authority for Ports in the
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
Definitions
3.1 HSE: Health Safety and Environment.
3.2 HSED: Health Safety and Environment Executive Department.
Responsibilities
Captain of the ship
4.1.1 Submit details of shipments through the Consolidated Report prior to the arrival of the vessel
in accordance with the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code and the 2002
Amendments to the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 74 (Article 28) to the Port Authority 48 hours
prior to arrival for general goods and 72 hours prior to dangerous goods.
4.1.2 Make sure that the containers transported in the vessel follow safety recommendations.
Industrial Security Department at Ports:
4.2.1 Supervise container handling activities, including loading, unloading and storage.
4.2.2 Monitor container conditions when needed to keep the container in safe conditions.
4.2.3 Give orders to remove any container that does not follow the prescribed safety measures.
Container Owner
4.3.1 Ensure that all inspections and documentary documents are performed correctly, including
labeling and painting.
Operation Management:
4.4.1 An efficient certified loading and unloading company must be selected to perform the work
safely.
4.4.2 Ensure that the company responsible for loading and unloading provides safety specialists to
supervise the safety of loading and unloading operations, and the specialist is approved by the
operating department and the industrial security department of the port.
Procedures
Loading/unloading activities

565
5.1.1 There are potential risks of injuries during loading and unloading activities due to crushing or
due to a moving load or lifting equipment, or running over by moving equipment, falling from
equipment from a height or jamming between moving parts of the crane.
5.1.2 Specific details are described in the Safe Operating Procedures intended for the operation of
mobile equipment (e.g., cranes, forklifts,
etc.). The following recommendations
should be implemented:
Risk Assessment: Before any loading or
unloading activity, the following
information should be analyzed:
Weather conditions.
Safe Workload (SWL) of the
equipment used. Image 39Types of Safe Workloads
The center of gravity of the loads
and the maximum height of the loads.
That the ship is docked correctly.
The loading area is free of traffic including pedestrians, vehicles and ships.
Visual inspection of ship lifting equipment and accessories where possible.
Vertical tandem lifting is avoided.
5.1.2.2 Periodic inspections: To minimize risks during loading and unloading activities, the following
periodic inspections should be carried out:
5.1.2.2.1 Maintenance of lifting equipment.
5.1.2.2.2 Interlocking on the gates to access the crane.
5.1.2.2.3 Roads, pavement sides, equipment and infrastructure.
5.1.2.2.4 Efficiency of employees.
5.1.3 Communications
5.1.3.1 Clear lines of communication should be established between all participants in the lifting
process.
5.1.3.2 Visual and/or audio communications from the person directing the lifting process
(commonly known in the port industry as Banksmen (responsible for directing cranes), signal
man or ground leg of the vessel) to the crane operator must be clear, agreed upon and
understood.
5.1.3.3 When voice communication cannot be established, an agreed system for the use of manual
signals must be followed.
5.1.4 Work on top of the container: Access to the top of the containers must be by means of access
in the hull of the vessel or by means of protected personnel platforms or cages in accordance
with specific procedures for their use. The Industrial Security Department must ensure that the
cages:
5.1.4.1 Its equipment is inspected every 6 months.
5.1.4.2 Adequate protection including handrails and panels is available to prevent people from
falling, falling or falling equipment on those working below especially in rainy conditions or
in storms.
5.1.4.3 It has an upper protective barrier inside the outer dimensions of the cage or a manual barrier
inside the protective barrier in order to prevent hands from jamming between the protective
barrier and the bowl or other objects; the handrails should be highlighted in a safety color
contrasting with the background so that they are clearly visible and can be found quickly.
5.1.4.4 Doors and gates open inwards and are self-closed to ensure that they are not accidentally
opened while sailing.
5.1.4.5 Provides adequate knee protection such as proper floor covering or filler of kneeling areas.

566
 5.1.4.6 A bulletin board with instructions for safe use is placed on it.
5.1.4.7 In addition, the work permit must include the required fall prevention measures that must
be used.
5.1.4.8 Finally, the area should be free from the risk of falls. For example, the edge of the ship must
be protected, and the roll of the ship properly installed to avoid imbalance.
5.1.5 Container inspection: After unloading the containers and before proceeding with storage, the
containers must be inspected:
5.1.5.1 To detect any external damage to the container and inform the carrier if it is deformed,
cracked or curved. If there is a particular reason to suspect that the parcels are damaged
with dangerous goods, expert advice should be sought.
5.1.5.2 If the Safety Certification Plate with the periodic inspection label indicates the date of the
next required safety inspection.
5.1.5.3 If the seal number differs from the documents or if the seal appears damaged or missing.
5.1.5.4 Temperature monitoring. If the container shows signs of abnormally high temperatures it
should be moved to a safe place and notify the fire department.
5.1.5.5 In case of need to empty the container, the following precautions should be taken:
5.1.5.5.1 Do not damage the floor of the container.
5.1.5.5.2 Make sure that the container is properly ventilated before entering and preferably by
mechanically forced ventilation. If this is not available, the doors should be opened for
a period of time enough to allow the indoor atmosphere to fit into the surrounding
environment.
5.1.5.5.3 Make sure that the atmosphere inside the container is not dangerous, toxic or
suffocating before allowing people to enter it and a gas examiner can be used for this
purpose.
5.1.5.5.4 In the event of a suspected accident, the Industrial Security Department shall inform
the master of the vessel and return the container if circumstances so require.
5.1.6 Container storage
5.1.6.1 The space for storing containers should be preserved:
5.1.6.1.1 Accessible.
5.1.6.1.2 The arrival and exit area is clear.
5.1.6.1.3 The corridors should be properly clear.
5.1.6.1.4 Passages and handrails should be in good condition.
5.1.6.1.5 Seamless access to the container fastening platform.
5.1.6.1.6 Access to the crane.
5.1.6.1.7 People and vehicles must be physically isolated from areas where loads are raised or
lowered.
5.1.6.2 Precautionary measures according to the materials transported:
5.1.6.2.1 Material safety data bulletins or any other instructions must be followed.
5.1.6.2.2 Container labels must be visible.
5.1.6.3 Containers are properly lined and stacked:
5.1.6.3.1 Areas prone to storms should be avoided when stacking containers.
5.1.6.3.2 Mechanical handling equipment is operated by specialists.
5.1.6.3.3 Areas should be monitored continuously.
5.1.6.4 Free of electrical hazards
5.1.6.4.1 Without suspended power lines.
5.1.6.4.2 A secure working system must be used to connect and disconnect electrical
connections.
5.1.6.4.3 Refrigerated containers are in good conditions.
5.1.6.5 Ergonomic (organomatic) design and sound for areas and avoidance:

567
 5.1.6.5.1 Hold on to working positions for long periods of time.
5.1.6.5.2 Frequent access, twisting and rotation when lifting and lowering heavy equipment.
5.1.6.5.3 Incorrect handling of manual work that requires physical strength.
5.1.6.6 Personal protective equipment must be available to:
5.1.6.6.1 Impact protection
5.1.6.6.2 Noise protection.
5.1.6.6.3 Protection from falling when working at a height.
5.1.6.7 The state of hygiene, arrangement and housekeeping should be good and:
5.1.6.7.1 Waste should be kept in designated areas.
5.1.6.7.2 Materials, ropes and cables must be stored correctly
5.1.6.7.3 Surfaces must be clean to avoid slipping.
5.1.6.7.4 Lighting should be sufficient for operations.
5.2 Container Insurance
5.2.1 In the storage areas of the ship:
5.2.1.1 Modern container ships are mostly equipped with guidance cells in storage areas under the
deck When containers are difficult to secure by any structure, stacking cones must be
installed under the surface and in the lower corner of the container before loading them
and using them to secure containers. They are generally installed by employees on the pier.
5.2.2 On deck
5.2.2.1 A variety of equipment is used to secure containers on deck. The most common device is a
twisted lock nut or “twist lock”.
5.2.2.2 The following should be considered when placing and
writing safe working systems associated with the
processes of using the "Twisted Lock nut" on the
sidewalk:
5.2.2.2.1 Secure location for loading and unloading staff
dealing with double locks on the pavement from
car traffic.
5.2.2.2.2 The location of employees and workers during Image No.40Twistlock nut

the lifting and downloading of loads.

5.2.2.2.3 Safe handling, installation and removal techniques for double locks.
5.2.2.2.4 Use of personal protective equipment and its requirements on site.
5.2.2.2.5 Secure access to storage areas for double locks inside boxes and baskets.
5.2.2.2.6 Traffic control systems, i.e. hand signals to stop/go.
5.2.2.3 Automated systems have been developed to remove and insert double locks – however,
these still require a degree of manual intervention in their operation, do not eliminate
previously detailed risks and must be evaluated accordingly.
5.2.3 Suspended locks
5.2.3.1 Damaged double locks or double locks that are not properly installed "stuck" are difficult to
dismantle properly and any working system for unscrewing the attachment fittings of the
suspended container must take into account the additional tensile risks that have arisen in
the crane system due to vessel movements or tides, and the possibility that the suspended
nuts are "free i.e. not properly installed" without notice.
5.2.3.2 Some ships may supply wrap-around "clamps" type nuts for these situations. If they require
the use of heat, you must follow the instructions of the hot work permit.
5.3 Shipping containers

568
 5.3.1 Shipping containers must be secured in the lower layers on deck, and on-board container ships
to the hull of the vessel to ensure the stability of the goods during the ship's voyage.
5.3.2 These shipping containers are usually arranged either lengthwise in descending or ascending
order or stored in ships vertically (at 90 degrees for the ship), and the two are rarely combined.
The process of securing containers in this way is generally known as "installation/binding",
5.3.3 For links/edits, consider the following:
5.3.3.1 Employee Requirements – Usually, the task of binding and editing is performed by two
workers, one of which handles the splicing tape and the other occupies the spin clip.
Personnel requirements must be considered to complete the connecting operations via the
vessel(s), the type and equipment of the connecting equipment, the size of the work area,
the requirements for connecting the vessel and the number of containers through the vessel
to be linked.
5.3.3.2 Personal protective equipment requirements.
5.3.3.3 Employee locations during load lifting operations and working near moving machines. When
unloading, the containers must be attached from the dock first, working in the direction of
the sea. This ensures that suspended loads do not pass or near the fastening and fastening
personnel. The opposite should be applied to binding when loading containers.
5.3.3.4 When using mounting rods, in particular stretch
rails, risk assessment should be carried out and
factors such as the physical capabilities of
employees, risks from working in high places,
manual handling, process requirements and the Image 42Mounting rods
general working environment should be
considered.
5.3.3.5 It is not recommended to use stretched rails due
to increased risks.
5.3.3.6 Handling procedures and safe operation of
fastening equipment.
5.3.3.7 Storage of unused fastening equipment, safe
transportation of fastening equipment from
storage areas to areas of use.
5.3.3.8 Develop the required measures to prevent the fall Photo 42Docking rods on board
of freight forwarders from falling from high places.
5.3.3.9 Develop alternative strategies to protect workers from falling from height if physical
prevention methods are not available in the ship. For example, a container mounted on the
side of a ship can provide adequate protection from falling for cargo tasks performed by the
offloading company in external locations. The use of fall adjustment equipment (or fall
prevention) may be considered.
5.3.3.10 Arrangements are in place to ensure adequate lighting for safe installation systems to
be followed in the event that the fastening tape is jammed into the corner of the container
and cannot be released by the installation equipment. For example, the container may be
unloaded from the vessel with the installation rod on site, and the problem is solved on the
pier, if all participants in the operation are aware of the process (crane driver, individuals on
board the ship and on the pier).
5.4 Dangerous Goods Containers

569
 5.4.1 Undamaged containers should be handled according to the previous section, especially if they
contain dangerous goods.
5.4.2 Dangerous cargo containers must be handled to ensure that all inspections and documentary
requirements are carried out correctly and that the required personal protective equipment is
worn.
Forms
S/N Form Number Title of the form Retention period

001 None

570
Maritime Safety
OHS-P.21

571
Purpose
The purpose of this standard is to establish navigational safety guidelines within the boundaries
of the port.
Scope
This standard is used as a reference for ports in Saudi Arabia.
Definitions
Vessel Traffic Management Information System (VTMIS or VTS): is a system designed to improve
the safety and efficiency of ship traffic and protect the environment.
Chain: It is an iron chain connected to the hook and the length of the lock in it is 27.5 meters
and the hook is responsible for fixing and docking the ship in the area of the hook or for the
safe process of berthing.
Propeller: It is a metal part made of copper in the form of three or five feathers in most ships
and is responsible for pushing the ship forward or backward and there are many types of it
depending on the type of ship.
Maritime operations in the ports are all maritime works that ensure the safety of passage and
sailing of ships within the boundaries of the port area and territorial waters while maintaining
the safety of the relevant facilities.
Ports: means Saudi ports under the supervision of the General Authority for Ports.
Port: means the maritime and land areas under the control of the Port Administration and
includes all port facilities, entrances and anchors located within the boundaries of the port.
Port Boundaries: These are the maritime and land areas under the responsibility of the port
administration and signed with specific coordinates that include the water area located
between a certain latitude within what the Authority deems appropriate.
Port facilities: means all piers, marinas, supporting yards, dry docks, pitfalls, workshops,
transitional sheds, warehouses, open storage yards, roads and buildings under the
administrative and operational control of the port administration.
Marine Vessels Operating within Port Boundaries: All marine tugs, pilotage boats, service boats,
loading and unloading barges, floats intended for certain works or any parts whose operation
is limited to the boundaries of the port area.
Pier: Is every pier, basin, marina, imposition, dolphin, buoy or any station in the middle of the
sea or any other place regularly used to dock and receive ships and complete the work of the
ligament on it and start the work of loading and unloading.
Pilot: A person qualified and licensed by the Authority to exercise the functions of ship
pilotage within the boundaries of the port area.
Ship: Any floating facility intended for normal maritime navigation, even if it is not for profit
and the vessel's accessories are necessary for its exploitation as part of it.
Captain of the ship is the competent and licensed officer of the ship to lead the ship and
responsible for the ship under the mandate of its owner.
Shipowner or agent: The person who operates the vessel on his behalf as the owner, charterer
or manager of the project and the owner is considered equipped unless proven otherwise.
Owner of the goods is the holder of the right to them according to records and documents,
the person who concludes the contract of carriage by sea from the shipping line for the
carriage of the goods, or the person who has the right to receive the goods under the contract
of carriage, the transport document or the electronic transport record to which the licensee

572
 is obliged to ship
or its carriage under a contract of carriage of goods, vehicles or live animals, of any kind or nature,
and it is not prohibited to deal with them.
International Maritime Organization (IMO): means the Maritime Organization of the State,
headquartered in London, United Kingdom.
International Labour Organization (ILO): means the State Labour Organization, headquartered
in Geneva, Switzerland.
Riyadh Memorandum of Understanding means that GCC countries that share common waters
join an agreement called the Riyadh Agreement of Understanding (Riyadh MOU) that ensures
that the standards and standard of ships operating in their region are not low.
ROPME: means Regional Organization for the Protection of the Marine Environment.
Conventions and Treaties: means conventions, treaties, protocols and memorandums of
understanding relating to ports and/or maritime transport, and relating to the United Nations,
the International Maritime Organization (IMO), the International Labour Organization (ILO) or
any competent world organization, regional agreements including those relating to the
protection of the environment and codes, to which the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia has signed
or approved their application, and are listed in the Operational Regulations of Ports.
Dangerous Goods: Any solid, liquid or gaseous substance with hazardous properties that is
harmful due to its chemical, physical or biological components to human health, other living
things or property or has a detrimental effect on the environment.
License: An approval issued by the Authority to a person of natural or legal capacity to practice
an activity or provide a port activation service.
Prohibitions: It is the practice of any work or activity that causes or may cause damage to the
port, directly or indirectly and has negative effects on (security, safety and environment).
Responsibilities
Captain of the ship
Adhere to instructions within the guidance areas.
Carry out coordination between the crews of the ship to conduct the maneuvers safely.
Verify that the guide's transport arrangements for the vessel are public, in good
condition and safe.
Operations and Maritime Safety Department, Maritime Guidance and Towing Services:
Supervise the movement of ships and their routes through the naval control tower.
Provide and equip aids and navigational signs in the port and areas approaching the
port.
Procedures
Guidance (Pilotage) Areas
Water within the boundaries of the port are mandatory demonstration areas.
Automatic guidance systems may not be used during the port approach maneuver and
at no time may the cockpit (the ship's cockpit) be left without a qualified crew.
The ship's command complies with the following guiding requirements while driving
the ship within the port:
Stop any automatic sailing.
Reliance on maritime and radar surveillance.
The Bridge (wheelhouse) is not free of qualified crew members

573
The ship Captain
Must hold a navigation license from an internationally or locally recognized entity.
To be in full mental strength.
It is strictly forbidden to consume alcohol or use drugs.
Certificates and licenses of guidance and navigation in accordance with the procedures of the
quality system for maritime works:
The pilotage license issued by the port authority allows the licensee to advise the
master of the ship during navigation and maneuvering in the pilotage area in which the
licensee is licensed.
The master of the ship is fully responsible for the movement and manoeuvre of the
ship and the process of its docking and departure from the port, whether with or
without assistance,
The guide charged with advising and advising the master of the ship shall in no way be
responsible for the conduct of the ship during navigation, maneuvering, docking,
docking or sailing.
An intern marine guide who holds an intern license may carry out the process of
training in the command of ships on any ship under the supervision of a marine guide
licensed and experienced in working on the tonnage of various ships.
Licenses issued by the General Authority of Ports for both the Maritime Guide and the
Tugboat Master must be respected.
The port authority entrusted with the authority to issue navigation licenses shall
establish procedures for the qualification certificates of tugboat pilots and guides and
the medical and physical fitness requirements approved by the relevant authority, and
for the requirements of vocational training, examination (examination), licensing,
certification and training for tugboat pilots and guides, that authority shall ensure that
standards commensurate with internationally recognized best practices are
established.
Each licensed marine guide must:
5.3.7.1 Maintain medical fitness.
5.3.7.2 Maintain and develop its efficiency.
5.3.7.3 Hold a valid license (navigation license).
5.3.7.4 The period and number of movements required shall be according to the tonnage
of the different ships, provided that there shall be a number of monthly training
hours on board the ships according to the movement of ships in the shipping lines
operating in the port, except in exceptional cases affecting the movement of the
shipping line of ships such as weather conditions, the spread of epidemics and other
cases and as deemed by the concerned department and shall issue a general circular
thereof.
5.3.7.5 To guide ships in the areas licensed to guide according to the navigation license
issued to him.
The Port Authority may refuse the request for a pilotage service for the following
reasons:
5.3.8.1 Bad weather and navigational conditions.
5.3.8.2 Malfunction or insufficiency (defects) in the hull of the vessel, safety equipment or

574
 systems
5.3.8.3 Steering and propulsion by ship.
5.3.8.4 The presence of hazardous substances on board the ship that involve a serious and
imminent danger to the safety of persons or property or a danger to other ships
anchored in the port.
5.3.8.5 If the master of the ship fails without reasonable justification to:
5.3.8.5.1 Provide safe boarding and disembarkation facilities for the guide while he is
there.
5.3.8.5.2 Provide adequate accommodation and meals to the Marine Guide if the
Guide is on board the ship for more than 3 hours.
5.3.8.5.3 Sign the Captain's Consolidated Report submitted by the Port Authority to
the Maritime Guide; or
5.3.8.5.4 Commitment to issue reporting reports on the vessel contained in the rules
and regulations of the seaports in the Cooperation Council for the Arab
States of the Gulf.
Maximum speed
There are two main benefits of limiting the speed of ships:
5.4.1.1 The master of the ship is able to take appropriate and effective measures to avoid
collisions and all maritime operations comply with the instructions issued by the
maritime control tower and communicate with the control tower.
5.4.1.2 Minimizing greenhouse gases (gases that cause global warming).
Limit the maximum speed within the port limits to 7 knots and must consider the safe
speed required by maneuvering.
Knots Miles per hour Kilometers per hour
1 1.15 1.85
5 5.57 9.26
10 11.51 18.52
20 23.02 37.04
30 34.52 55.56
The movement of various ships in the port can be monitored by the Maritime Control
Tower, equipped with an advanced Ship Traffic Management Information System
(VTMIS), to serve and monitor the movement of ships, both in navigational channels,
and within port docks.
Safety while sailing
Automated Ship Encounter Mode
5.5.1.1 When two robotic ships meet on a route opposite or close to the opposite to the
point of putting them at risk of collision, they must change their route to the right
so that they pass on each other's left side.

575
5.5.1.2 At night both means you see the front and rear mast lights with the side lights (green
and red).
5.5.1.3 If the master of the ship suspects
the existence of the collision
situation, he must consider it to
exist and shall act accordingly.
Junction mode for automated means
5.5.2.1 In the event that two lines of
traffic intersect and two
automated sea vehicles to the
point of being at risk of collision,
the commander of the naval unit
who sees the other maritime unit
on his right side must clear the
road and change his route to the
right to allow the passage of the
next naval unit on his left. (At
night he sees the red navigational
light of the naval unit on his right.)
Catch-up mode (and safe overtaking)
of automated means:
5.5.3.1 Any maritime unit attached to
another shall clear the road to the
maritime unit being attached to it,
and in the event of catching for
the purpose of overtaking, an adequate distance must be maintained, and the
attaché shall be informed of the desire to walk on one side in accordance with the
collision prevention procedures until the complete overtaking and the other
maritime unit is clearly seen from behind.
Navigation with a narrow navigation corridor
5.5.4.1 Each maritime unit travelling in a narrow canal or navigation course shall walk as far
as possible near the outer boundary of the canal or navigational lane which is
located on its right side.
5.5.4.2 All maritime means shall not impede the passage of any other maritime unit into
the canal or narrow navigational lane.
5.5.4.3 Each maritime unit shall not cross the canal or narrow navigation lane incidentally
if such transit impedes the passage of another maritime unit that can sail safely only
within the narrow range of the navigational lane.
5.5.4.4 You must always travel at a safe speed in order to take appropriate and effective
action to stop the marine unit during a distance adapted to the prevailing conditions
and conditions to avoid collision, and to determine the safe speed to be taken into
account.
5.5.4.4.1 The following factors:
5.5.4.4.2 The intensity of passage of ships.

576
 5.5.4.4.3 Vision status.
5.5.4.4.4 Maneuverability of the naval unit.
5.5.4.4.5 The state of the sea, water currents and proximity to navigational dangers.
Joint measures to avoid collision
A maritime unit that clears the road must
take positive measures early to avoid
accidents; change its speed or direction so
that it is visible to the other maritime unit,
and it must avoid intersection with the
maritime unit that has priority traffic; if
necessary, stop or turn back.
Constant sirens or sounds can be made to
indicate that not enough measures have been taken to avoid a collision.
A vessel with priority passage must maintain the same speed and direction, but the
operator of the vessel must avoid the other vessel only if it finds that the measures
taken from the other vessel are insufficient; and if necessary, it shall act by taking any
action necessary to move away and avoid a collision.
Operators of small marine means should know the following:
5.6.4.1 Large naval means cannot change course or stop
quickly.
5.6.4.2 Small-sized means may be difficult to see from the
cockpit of large ships.
5.6.4.3 Small-sized means should not assume that other
large means can see them.
5.6.4.4 Large means while sailing in shallow waters may not be able to deviate from their
course, so small means must be ready to take a route away from large maritime
means.
Communication System
Ships usually inform the authorities when they enter a control area of the Ship Traffic
Service System (VTS) by radio and can be tracked by the Ship Traffic Service System.
Ships must monitor a specific frequency for navigational or other warnings, and the
vessel may be contacted directly by the Ship Traffic Service Operator (VTS) (Control
Tower) if there is an imminent danger, or in crowded areas or where vessel passage is
controlled to inform the vessel of movement or standing.
While the ship is in port, the Nubian officer must be present in the cockpit to receive
any communication from the control tower.
When entering ports, you must follow the International Navigation Buoy System
(IALAA).
Navigational Signs
They are floating objects of certain shapes and have a balance in water, fixed to the
seabed
By a chain with a hook or naval unit fixed to the seabed so as not to move from the
position in which it was placed. They are used as navigational or guidelines, as well as
to identify the entrances to ports and canals.

577
 Forms of navigational signs

Types of signs:
5.8.4.1 Signs of narrow waterways
(side buoys): are two types of
buoys placed on either side of
the entrance to the port or
river to determine the direction
of the navigational stream on
the right side of the entrance
when entering the port from
the sea and have a green color.

5.8.4.2 Essential Actors: These buoys

are used to indicate the safe
side of navigation to traverse dangerous areas (rocks, debris, shallow places, etc.).

5.8.4.3 The main north sign: the traversal is from the north side of this sign:
its upper half is black, and the lower half is yellow, and it has two cones
whose heads turn upwards and shows a continuous, fast or very fast
white flash.

578
 5.8.4.4 Basic East Sign: The traversal is from the east side of this sign: divided
into three parts, the upper and lower black and the middle yellow,
and it has at the top two cones whose bases are opposite in black
color and shows a white flash in the form of a set of three fast or
very fast flashes.
5.8.4.5 The main southern sign: the traversal is from the south side of this
sign: its upper half is yellow, and the lower half is black, and at the
top it has two cones whose heads are down and shows a white flash
in the form of a set of six flashes of light followed by a long flash fast
or very fast.
5.8.4.6 The main west sign: the traversal is from the west side of this sign:
divided into three parts, the upper and lower are yellow and the
middle is black, and it has at the top two opposite cones of black
color and shows a white flash in the form of a set of nine fast or very
fast flashes.
5.8.4.7 Safe Water Mark: Used to show that the water around this buoy is
safe from all sides, as well as used to determine the boundaries of
the port when coming from the sea, as well as to be temporarily
placed for a period of time where the isolated danger buoy is
removed if this danger is removed and the isolated danger buoy is
lifted from its place so as not to create confusion on the maritime
means in the event that it passes through an area where a secluded
danger buoy was placed and removed. Its color is white and has
longitudinal strips in red, and it has a red ball at the top And give
5.8.4.8 A long white flash.
5.8.4.9 Isolated danger marker: Used to indicate the presence of an
underwater danger just under this buoy such as a sunken ship or any
obstacle under the surface of the water. They are black and have one or more belts
in red, and at the top they have two black balls and give two flashes of white.
5.8.4.10 Special Marking: Used to identify an area of a special nature, which is suitable
for navigation such as a training area for military operations, or to identify the area
of construction of new berths in a port or around an oil platform and these signs are
usually used in close groups so that ships avoid entering within this area. They are
yellow and at the top there is an X of yellow and the color of lighting is yellow.
Automatic Identification Systems (AIS)
Automated Identification Systems (AIS) are designed to be able to automatically
provide ship-specific information to other vessels and port authorities.
The Regulation of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS)
Chapter V requires the installation of automatic identification systems on board all
ships with a total tonnage of 300 tons and above engaged in international voyages,
cargo ships with a gross tonnage of 500 tons or more, and do not sail on international
voyages and all passenger ships regardless of size.
Licensed tugs and workboats must be equipped with automatic identification systems
for other vessels to recognize them as well as the control tower.

579
Towing Operations
The port must be informed before any operation to move the ship begins.
The master of a ship moored, tied or fixed shall ensure that there are towing ropes in
sufficient numbers to pull the vessel from its pier or tie it (dock) at all times.
The locomotive must be used to carry out any maneuver within the boundaries of the
port. Port management may allow the vessel to move along the pier without the use of
a tug,
The moored vessel is not allowed to operate the ship's engines without permission
from the port administration.
The master of the vessel together with the pilot, control tower or chief guide shall
determine the towing requirements to assist in moving them during the performance
of any maneuver and other operations and such practices shall be based on known best
practices.
In the event that the master of the ship, the sea guide and the control tower are unable
to reach an agreement with respect to the towing process in both number and size, it
shall be referred to the port authority for decision-making and any such decision shall
be binding and the master of the vessel who refuses to comply with those decisions
shall be deprived of any other services.
Depending on the size of the vessel, the master of the vessel must request from the
seafarer licensed by the port, the number and size of tugs required for mooring, sailing
or for any other maneuver of the vessel. According to the conditions:
5.10.7.1 The master of the ship is responsible for the towing operation and the resulting
damages, and that the towing equipment is the responsibility of the master of the
ship and his responsibility extends to be liable for any damage to the ship, other
ships, floating equipment or port facilities;
5.10.7.2 The Port Authority and the Department of Operations and Maritime Safety
(Licensed Towing Service) are not responsible for any delays, interruptions or
insufficient force to withdraw.
Special towing ropes for towing tanks (oil tankers) or cargo vessels of any size and type
are provided by the tugboat at the expense of the vessel. For other vessels, the vessels
must provide towing ropes and be of sufficient strength, suitable in length and in
perfect condition commensurate with the size and weight of the ship.
The withdrawal conditions are activated under the rules and instructions of the
seaports in the GCC countries when towing operations begin. GCC port authorities may
issue additional towing conditions in the Combined Ship's Master Report. Acceptance
of the additional towing terms, as set out in the Consolidated Ship's Master Report
prior to the operation, must be signed by the owner, master or agent of the vessel to
be withdrawn.
Maneuvers using the ship's engines and various equipment (front rack, additional rear
rack, number of main machines more than one machine, technical status, ship life) are
carried out only with approval and coordination with the port management.
Port management may exempt a vessel from using a tugboat after considering all
relevant circumstances in each particular case, such as the type of vessel, its
propulsion, size, maneuverability, traffic, navigation and weather conditions.

580
Anchors
The correct mooring of the naval unit is an important operation to maintain the
integrity of the naval unit.
The master of the ship is responsible for the safe docking of the vessel at all times while
the ship is in port.
The following requirements must be certified by the master of the ship:
5.11.3.1 Use appropriate ropes.
5.11.3.2 The ropes are selected based on the size and operating requirements.
5.11.3.3 The choice of the ideal mooring ropes depends on local factors such as water
depth, tidal range and wave strength, as well as on the materials from which the
mooring ropes are made.
5.11.3.4 The materials and conditions in which the docking of the vessel takes place
must be considered as this is crucial to ensure that the process is safe.
5.11.3.5 The hook should be lowered in a safe and proper manner and not dropped
from the surface of the naval unit and the master controls the number of anchors
required.
5.11.3.6 The track must be lowered at least three times the depth of the water and be
increased to five times the sea in the event of a high wind speed.
5.11.3.7 It should be regularly ensured that the hook does not drift from its place and
the place of anchorage is monitored by the ship.
5.11.3.8 It is forbidden to dock the maritime unit in areas that may cause a navigational
obstacle to other maritime means such as canals and the entrance to the port.
When choosing anchor ropes, consider the following:
5.11.4.1 The weight and diameter of the ropes compared to the required strength.
5.11.4.2 Elasticity of the material.
5.11.4.3 Durability includes resistance to high temperatures, strong sunlight
5.11.4.4 (Ultraviolet radiation) or chemicals.
5.11.4.5 Whether the ropes will float or not.
5.11.4.6 Easy maintenance and repair.
5.11.4.7 Provide additional ropes in the docking area.
5.11.4.8 Record the new tracks and know exactly where they are located
When buying new anchored ropes (wires) it is necessary to report the arrival of those
ropes and know their exact location on the ship. This can be easily achieved by keeping
a record where you can include the position of each rope on board, the date of
manufacture and the date of the first use on board.
Setting up an inspection system on the ropes of the ship's wires – sea fenders
5.11.6.1 To ensure the perfect docking process, it's important to follow the steps below:
5.11.6.1.1 Calculate the estimated life expectancy, if the age is estimated at a
maximum of five years.
5.11.6.1.2 Determine the criteria for the disposal of damaged wire cords.
5.11.6.1.3 Set the intervals for a detailed routine examination.
5.11.6.1.4 Request third-party assistance for inspections.
5.11.6.1.5 Test the remaining tension in the ropes.
5.11.6.2 Inspections and maintenance should be carried out strictly in accordance with

581
 the manufacturer's instructions and carried out by an experienced person. In this
case, the vessel can seek assistance from the third party.
5.11.6.3 Inspections and maintenance operations must be carried out strictly according
to the manufacturer's instructions and are carried out by an expert. In this case, the
vessel can seek the assistance of a third party.
5.11.6.4 In addition, as any damaged, defective or undockable piece can be found
during inspections, it must be taken out of service and either replaced or repaired.
Operating Plan
5.11.7.1 Another step to be taken before the operations begin is the careful planning
of the procedure, and the development of an award plan based on the docking
process and environmental conditions during the docking process.
5.11.7.2 The plan should also be clear on the number of ropes to be used for mooring,
and the crew responsible for the operation should assess the situation.
Safety Discussion Meeting
5.11.8.1 The safety discussion meeting is an important step, as participants will analyze
in detail the plan, potential challenges and various measures to be followed.
5.11.8.2 In addition, the meeting will determine the safety instructions to be followed
by the operating staff and discuss the expected emergencies and how to deal with
them. During the meeting, all dangerous mooring areas are highlighted, and caution
is taken.
5.11.8.3 Docking, especially handling anchor ropes, is an ancient skill that has adapted
to large ships and has evolved mooring machines, but the underlying risks and
exposure to dangerous situations remain.
Implementation of the plan
5.11.9.1 After preparations, plans and alerts about the dangers of docking, the crew
must provide the anchoring ropes and implement the drawn plan.
5.11.9.2 During the process, it is always necessary to take into account the risks and
provide clear guidance to all parties, so that everyone understands their
responsibility and what needs to be done accurately.
5.11.9.3 Communication is the key to safety during operations, and all parties during
the implementation of the docking process must follow the commands and ensure
that those commands are understood correctly.
5.11.9.4 In the event of an abnormal situation or if something is out of plan, crew
members must report it so that it is dealt with quickly and any potential incident is
prevented.
Post-operational activities
5.11.10.1 After the ship is safely docked and secured in the marina, the crew members
must secure all the ropes, put everything back in place – as attention and
arrangement are necessary on board the vessel – and then hold a meeting to
review the procedures and draw lessons.
5.11.10.2 During the meeting, the safety officer must extract information from the crew
regarding all stages of implementation, as the crew must be regularly following
what they can improve in the process.
5.11.10.3 In addition, debriefing provides space for further discussions on deficiencies if

582
 any of the safety measures or that were detected during the docking processes.
5.11.10.4 Additionally, the following practices are prohibited
5.11.10.4.1 The ship's anchor must not obstruct any passage in the port area or
impede any movement of any other vessel.
5.11.10.4.2 Linking them without permission or not following the directions given
by the port.
Anchorage Area
The master of the ship may not throw the hook without permission from the port.
If, in case of emergency, the vessel is forced to dock, the master of that vessel shall, as
soon as practicable, inform the Ship Traffic Service (VTS).
The presence of the captain and crew on board the ship
During towing and docking, the master of the ship must ensure that the ship's crew is
present in sufficient numbers on board the vessel in order to:
5.13.1.1 Stay fully prepared to avoid any risks.
5.13.1.2 Presence during the docking process.
5.13.1.3 Comply with any directives issued by the Port Guide regarding the docking or
movement of his vessel; and deal, as far as practicable, with any emergency that
may arise therefrom.
The ship's guide is responsible for the behavior of the ship's crew members while the
ship is in port. Crew members adhere to the rules of public good conduct and must
abide by the rules and regulations of the GCC seaports.
Inform the competent authorities of any discrepancy on board the vessel between the
master of the ship and its crew or
Any act or violation of the rules and regulations of the seaports in the Cooperation
Council for the Arab States of the Gulf.
Leaving the ship to sail without proper care and attention is a crime and may cause:
5.13.5.1 breach the integrity of operations or cause injury to any person or damage to
property or vessels anchored in the port area (whether directly or indirectly); or
5.13.5.2 influence the navigation, maneuvering, loading and unloading operations of other
ships; or
5.13.5.3 Exposure to the safety of other people in the port area.
If the regulated vessel is at any time unable to move safely via its propulsion
mechanism, the master or owner of the vessel must inform the port authority as soon
as possible.
Leaving the ship by the skipper:
No master may leave the ship in the water or on the harbor unless it is necessary for
the safety of the crew.
Navigational Signs
Navigational signs are used to help with safe navigation to prevent ship accidents.
The Department of Operations and Maritime Safety is responsible for properly placing
and maintaining navigational aids in the port.
The master of the ship is prohibited from attaching the ship to any buoy, beacon or sign
used for navigation purposes.

583
Navigational lights
They are lights used when navigating at night or limited visibility, and the operation of
these lights leads to the knowledge of the direction of the marine means their
direction, size and type (or the nature of their work).
The rules of the International Convention for the Prevention of Collision at Sea, 1972
must be followed COLREG
To avoid a collision, ships must install
navigation lights that allow other vessels
to determine the type and relative angle
of the vessel, thus deciding whether
there is a risk of collision. These lights are
placed in conjunction with the buoyancy
systems of the International Lighthouse
Authorities Authority (IALA). The pattern
is:
5.16.3.1 It consists of a green light on the
right and a red light on the left,
both of which should illuminate an
arc of 112.5 degrees, a white light
in the front (the mast light) that
illuminates around 225 degrees from the horizon, a white light in the back that
illuminates around 135 degrees from the horizon, as well as special lights
(diameter, guidance, etc.).
5.16.3.2 A white light is also placed at the rear of the boat (known as the stern of the ship).
This one
5.16.3.3 It shows uninterrupted light above the arc of the horizon of 135 degrees and is
constant to show the light 67.5 degrees from the right back on each side.
5.16.3.4 The intensity of illumination of the lights in order to be visible must be at least the
following:
5.16.3.4.1 In marine means with a length of 50 m or greater.
5.16.3.4.1.1 The mast light is 6 miles.
5.16.3.4.1.2 The light of the side is 3 miles.
5.16.3.4.1.3 The light of the butt is 3 miles.
5.16.3.4.1.4 The diameter light is 3 miles.
5.16.3.4.1.5 Full rotating light, white, red, green or yellow 3 miles.
5.16.3.4.2 In marine means with a length of 12 m and greater but less than 50
m.
5.16.3.4.2.1 The light of the mast is 5 miles, except for means that are
less than 20 m long and are 3 miles long.
5.16.3.4.2.2 The side light is 2 miles, the rear light is 2 miles, and the
diameter light is 2 miles.
5.16.3.4.2.3 Full round light, white, red, green or yellow 2 miles.
5.16.3.4.3 In marine means less than 12 m in length.
5.16.3.4.3.1 Mast light 2 miles, side light 1 mile, rear light 2 miles and

584
 diameter light 2 miles.
5.16.3.4.3.2 Full round light, white, red, green or yellow 2 miles.
Navigational lights for marine means: motorized marine means
Those whose length is less than 12 m should show the following navigational lights:
5.17.1.1 Side lights, mast lights, and rear light.
5.17.1.2 Side lights (or composite lights) and a white circular light.
5.17.1.3 White circular light for means whose length is less than (7) meters and whose
speed is (7) knots.

Those less than 50 m long are the navigational lights as shown in the photo.
Less than 50 m long, asecond light mast is optional.

For those less than 12 meters long, side lights may be lights mounted on the front
and rear midfield.

Towing
The naval unit conducting the towing operation must show the following lights:
5.18.1.1 Two lights above the front mast, but if the length of the diameter exceeds a
measure from the rear of the locomotive unit to the rear of the trailer unit from
200 m, three lights must be shown in a moored position.
5.18.1.2 Side lights, rear light and diameter light (yellow) in a vertical line above the rear
light of the locomotive.

585
 5.18.1.3 A certain shape in the optimal location for visibility, when the length of the
diameter group exceeds 200 meters.

In the event that the tugboat and the trailer are firmly installed in the vehicle unit, they
shall be deemed to be an automated vessel obliged to display the lights and are as in
clause 5.20.1.
Where the vessel is a mechanism existing by forward propulsion or lateral towing, it
shall, with the exception of a composite unit, display (1) two mast lights in a vertical
line, (2) two side lights, and (3) the rear light.
Maritime Unit
Anchored Maritime Unit
5.19.1.1 A length of 50 m or more should show two full-rotated lights, the front light higher
than the rear, and if it is less than 50 m long, the second (lowest) light in the rear
is optional.

Naval unit with limited maneuverability and movement

5.19.2.1 The naval unit must show three full-rotated lights, the color of the top and bottom
of which is red, and the middle is white, and sail carefully.
5.19.2.2 When sailing the marine unit must show mast lights, side lights and rear.
5.19.2.3 Three shapes on a vertical line in the optimal position of the eye, the upper and
lower shapes are two balls, and the middle is the same shape.
5.19.2.4 Light or lights for the mast, two side lights, light for the rear, in addition to the
lights provided for in clause 5.21.2.1.
5.19.2.5 When docked, the anchor lights must be shown.

586
 Marine vessels restricted by their submersible
5.19.3.1 The naval unit, constrained by its submersible in a narrow channel that is unable
to change direction, shows three full-rotating red lights.

Offshore unit that is disabled and not subject to command and control
5.19.4.1 A fully rounded red noreen should appear, and when moving the side and rear
lights appear.

Stranded ships:
5.19.5.1 Two all-round red lights on a vertical line in the optimal location for visibility.
5.19.5.2 Two balls or similar shapes on a vertical line in the optimal location for visibility.
5.19.5.3 Two side lights and a rear light when the ship is rushing into the water, in addition
to the lights provided for in the above paragraphs.
Marine Guide Transport Arrangements
With regard to arrangements for the transfer of the guide, IMO resolution A.1045(27)
must be implemented:
5.20.1.1 Transmission stairs must be certified by the manufacturer in accordance with the
decision.
5.20.1.2 The side ropes of the guide ladder must be of good and secure materials.
Arrangements that may be more suitable for special types of ships may be accepted,
provided that they are equally safe.
The use of mechanical cranes is prohibited by regulation SOLAS V / 23.
Means must be provided to ensure safe, comfortable and unimpeded passage of

587
 anyone who ascends or descends from the vessel between them the guide ladder or
any other ladder.
Passenger ships
Documents
5.21.1.1 The master of the ship must carry an original copy of the ships' certificates (except
for the compliance document in accordance with the Institute of Supply
Management (ISM) Act, which can be carried on board as a copy) and be ready at
any time for inspection by the port authority and the documents and certificates
are valid except for the DOC-approved secure operating certificate.
Training
5.21.2.1 With regard to training, the following safety standards must be followed:
5.21.2.2 Weekly crew safety training.
5.21.2.3 Security videos are broadcast in English on all TVs in the meeting room on the day
of departure, before leaving.
5.21.2.4 Workouts are performed on a lifeboat for guests before the ships leave when
needed.
Forms
S/N Form Number Title of the form Retention period

588
 ‫‪Safety standards forms‬‬

‫‪ .1‬إجراءات الطوارئ – ‪Emergency Procedure‬‬

‫الإبلاغ عن جميع حالات الطوارئ فورا وكيفية الإبلاغ عن حالات الطوارئ‬
‫من هاتف الموانئ‪ ،‬اتصل على التحويلة )‪ (400‬من داخل الميناء وعن طريق الجوال اتصل‬
‫على الرقم )‪(0133578000‬تحويلة ‪.400‬‬
‫‪Report i ng al l Emergenci es i mmedi at el y and i t shal l be report ed f romPort Land‬‬
‫‪Li ne by cal l i ng Ext ensi on (400) and f romout si de t he port by cal l i ng 0133578000 Ext‬‬
‫‪400‬‬
‫‪Ki ng Fahad I ndust ri al Port i n‬‬ ‫رقم الطوارئ‬ ‫الميناء‪/‬ميناء الملك فهد‬
‫‪J ubai l‬‬ ‫(‪ )0133578000‬تحويلة‬ ‫الصناعي بالجبيل‬
‫(‪)400‬‬

‫‪589‬‬
 ‫ الصفحة‬590 of 690
Saf et y gui de recei vi ng OHS-F.01# ‫الوثيقة‬
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

HQ i n Ri yadh ‫المبنى الرئيس بالرياض‬

J eddah I sl ami c Port ‫ميناء جدة الإسلامي‬
Ki ng Abdul azi z Port i n Dammam ‫ميناء الملك عبد العزيز‬
‫بالدمام‬
J ubai l Commerci al Port ‫ميناء الجبيل التجاري‬
Ras Al Khai r Port ‫ميناء رأس الخير‬
Yanbu Commerci al port ‫ميناء ينبع التجاري‬
Ki ng Fahad I ndust ri al Port i n ‫ميناء الملك فهد بينبع‬
Yanbu ‫الصناعي‬
J i zan Commerci al port ‫ميناء جيزان التجاري‬
Duri ng t he Cal l Say “Thi s i s an . " !‫ "هذه حاله طارئه‬:‫أثناء الاتصال قل‬
Emergency”
 Descri be t he l ocat i on of t he .‫ صِف موقع الحادث‬
event
 Descri be t he Event .‫ صف الحادث‬
 Report I nj uri es i f any .‫ ان وجدت‬،‫ الإبلاغ عن الإصابات‬
 Gi ve your name and I D number .‫ أِعط اسمك ورقم شارتك‬
 Report t he above i nf ormat i on .‫ كرر المعلومات المذكورة أعلاه‬
 Be on t he l i ne t o get new ‫ ابقي على الخط حتى تلقي تعليمات‬
i nst ruct i on .‫اضافيه‬
What shal l be done duri ng Emergency? ‫ما يجب القيام به اثناء حالات الطوارئ؟‬
 Fol l owt he pl ans and l ocal .‫ اتبع الخطط أو التعليمات المحلية‬
i nst ruct i ons
 Be Cal m ‫ ابقي هادئا‬
 St op worki ng ‫ توقف عن العمل‬
 Go t o t he Assembl y Poi nt .‫ المضي قدما بأمان إلى نقطه التجميع‬
 St ay i n t he assembl y Poi nt t i l l i t ‫ البقاء في منطقه التجمع حتى يزول‬
i s al l cl ear .‫الخطر‬
I t he undersi gned conf i rmed t hat I have ‫أقر أنا الموظف الموقع أدناه لاستلامي‬
recei ved t he empl oyee’s Saf et y Handbook ‫كتيب تعليمات السلامة للموظفين‬
and I wi l l f ol l owt he wri t t en i nst ruct i on ‫وأني سوف اتبع الإرشادات المنصوصة‬
i n t he bookl et . .‫فيه‬

:‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ :‫التوقيع‬ :‫الاسم‬

590
 ‫الصفحة ‪591 of 690‬‬
‫تحليل السلامة الوظيفية‬ ‫الوثيقة ‪OHS-F.02 #‬‬
‫‪J ob Saf et y Anal ysi s‬‬ ‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬
‫عنوان النشاط‬ ‫رقم التحليل ‪PORT-P.02-F-CC-001- XXX:J SA #‬‬
‫‪Act i vi t y Ti t l e‬‬
‫معدات الوقاية الشخصية‬ ‫الرقم البريدي‬ ‫اسم‬
‫‪PPE Requi red f or t hi s Task‬‬ ‫للدائرة‬ ‫الإدارة‬
‫‪Depart ment I D‬‬ ‫‪Depart ment‬‬
‫المسمى‬ ‫القسم‬
‫الوظيفي‬ ‫‪Sect i on‬‬
‫‪Ot her‬‬
‫اخرى‬

‫‪Posi t i on‬‬

‫طرق السيطرة على الخطر وأداء العمل‬ ‫الخطر (في كل خطوة شرح الخطر وما يمكن ان يؤدي إليه)‬ ‫وصف الخطوات‬ ‫الرقم‬
‫بطريقة آمنة‬ ‫)‪Hazard (Expl ai n t he Hazard and what can l ead t o‬‬ ‫‪St ep Descri pt i on‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫‪Cont rol Met hod‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬

‫مدير الدائرة (التوقيع والتاريخ)‬ ‫مشرف أو مراقب الدائرة (التوقيع‬ ‫إعداد‪( :‬الاسم والتوقيع والتاريخ)‬
‫)‪Manager of t he Deaprt ment (Name, Si gn and Dat e‬‬ ‫والتاريخ)‬ ‫)‪Prepared by (Name, Si gn and Dat e‬‬
‫)‪Supervi sor/ Head (Name, Si gn and Dat e‬‬

‫‪591‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪592 of 690‬‬
‫تقييم المخاطر‬ ‫الوثيقة ‪OHS-F.03 #‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫قائمة بتقييم المخاطر في الادارة ومستوى كل‬

‫تقييم ‪Li st of al l Ri sk Assessment carri ed out by t he -‬‬
‫‪Depart ment and i t s rank‬‬

‫مستوى الخطر‬ ‫عنوان التقييم‬ ‫رقم التقييم‬ ‫الرقم‬

‫‪Ri sk Level‬‬ ‫‪Ti t l e‬‬ ‫‪Ri sk Assessment I D‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪22‬‬

‫‪592‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪593 of 690‬‬
‫التفتيش على صندوق‬ ‫الوثيقة ‪OHS-F.04 #‬‬
‫الإسعافات الأولية‬ ‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬
‫‪Fi rst Ai d Box I nspect i on‬‬

‫الإدارة‬ ‫الميناء‪/‬الجهة‬
‫‪Depart ment‬‬ ‫‪Port‬‬
‫مكان صندوق الإسعافات‬
‫التاريخ‬
‫الأولية‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬
‫‪Fi rst Ai d Box Locat i on‬‬

‫ملاحظات‬ ‫الكمية‬ ‫الكمية‬ ‫النوع‬ ‫الرقم‬

‫الموجودة‬ ‫المطلوبة‬ ‫‪Type‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫‪ 50‬قطعة‬ ‫شاش الحروق‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪50 Pcs‬‬ ‫‪Fi re Gauze‬‬
‫‪ 10‬قطع‬ ‫ضمادات إسفنجية‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪10 Pcs‬‬ ‫‪Sponge bandages‬‬
‫‪ 50‬قطعة‬ ‫قطع شاش للتنظيف‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪50 Pcs‬‬ ‫‪Gauze cut t i ng f or cl eani ng‬‬
‫‪ 50‬قطعة‬ ‫قطع شاش معقم ‪10x10‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪50 Pcs‬‬ ‫‪St eri l e gauze pi eces 10x10‬‬
‫‪ 50‬قطعة‬ ‫قطع شاش ‪5x5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪50 Pcs‬‬ ‫‪Gauze Pi eces 5 x 5‬‬
‫‪ 10‬أربطة‬ ‫أربطة شاش ‪5 x 5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪10 Pcs‬‬ ‫‪Gauze Laces 5 x 5‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫تور نيكيت‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪Tor Net kit‬‬
‫‪ 10‬أربطة‬ ‫أربطة ضاغطة بمقاسات مختلفة‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪10 Pcs‬‬ ‫‪Compression bands of different sizes‬‬
‫‪ 100‬قطعة‬ ‫مسحات طبية‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪100 Pcs‬‬ ‫‪Medical swabs‬‬
‫‪ 5‬لفات‬ ‫لفات بلاستر‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪5 Rol l s‬‬ ‫‪Blaster Rolls‬‬
‫‪ 20‬قطعة‬ ‫قطع بلاستر معقمة‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪20 Pcs‬‬ ‫‪Sterile Blaster Cutting‬‬
‫‪ 20‬قفاز‬ ‫قفازات معقمة‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪20 Gl oves‬‬ ‫‪Sterile gloves‬‬
‫‪ 10‬كمامات‬ ‫كمامات للفم‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫‪10 Masks‬‬ ‫‪Masks‬‬
‫‪ 1‬عبوة‬ ‫محلول لغسل العين‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫‪1 Bot t l e‬‬ ‫‪Eye Wash‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫نقالة مريض قابلة للطي‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪Folding stretcher‬‬
‫‪ 1‬عبوة‬ ‫محلول مطهر للجروح‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪1 Bot t l e‬‬ ‫‪Antiseptic solution for wounds‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫طقم ممرات هوائية‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫‪Airway kit‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫طقم جبائر للفخذ والساق‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫والساعد‬
‫‪Splint set for thigh, leg and forearm‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫لوح صلب لإصابات العمود‬ ‫‪19‬‬
‫الفقري‬
‫‪Solid plate for spinal injuries‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫طقم جبائر عُنُقية لإصابات‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫الرقبة‬
‫‪Splint set for neck injuries‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫مقص بالحجم المناسب‬ ‫‪21‬‬
‫‪593‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪594 of 690‬‬
‫التفتيش على صندوق‬ ‫الوثيقة ‪OHS-F.04 #‬‬
‫الإسعافات الأولية‬ ‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬
‫‪Fi rst Ai d Box I nspect i on‬‬

‫ملاحظات‬ ‫الكمية‬ ‫الكمية‬ ‫النوع‬ ‫الرقم‬

‫الموجودة‬ ‫المطلوبة‬ ‫‪Type‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫‪Scissors of the right size‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫بطانية بحجم كبير‬ ‫‪22‬‬
‫‪Large blanket‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ملقط بالحجم المناسب‬ ‫‪23‬‬
‫‪Tweezers of the right size‬‬

‫التاريخ والتوقيع‬ ‫الاسم‬ ‫الوظيفة‬

‫المفتش المسعف الأولي‬
‫المشرف المسؤول في الإدارة‬

‫نسخة من هذا التفتيش تذهب‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬قسم السلامة‬
‫‪ .2‬مدير الإدارة‬

‫‪594‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪595 of 690‬‬
‫التفتيش الطوعي على الرافعات‬
‫المتنقلة‬ ‫الوثيقة ‪OHS-F.05 #‬‬
‫‪MOBI LE Cranes Vol unt ary I nspect i on‬‬ ‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫الادارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬

‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬
‫رقم الرافعة – ‪Number Pl at e‬‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬

‫لا ‪-‬‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫الرقم‬

‫ملاحظات ‪Comment s -‬‬ ‫المتطلبات ‪Requi rement -‬‬
‫‪No‬‬ ‫‪Yes -‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫الترخيص باستعمال الرافعة – ‪Aut hori zi ng t he Usage of t he Mobi l e Crane‬‬
‫اجتازت الرافعة الفحوصات المطلوبة من وزارة النقل‪.‬‬
‫يجب إرفاق نسخة من نتيجة الفحص‪.‬‬
‫‪Mobi l e Crane i s approved by MOT. Shal l have a copy of t he‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Approval Cert i f i cat e.‬‬
‫ان تكون الرافعة قد اجتازت الفحص السنوي للرافعات من‬
‫قبل طرف ثالث مرخص قانونا لفحص الرافعات‪ .‬يجب‬
‫إرفاق نسخة من شهادة اجتياز الفحص السنوي للأوزان‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Mobi l e Crane has a val i d Li f t i ng Machi ne (LM) cert i f i cat e‬‬
‫‪(i ssued l ess t han 12 mont hs ago).‬‬
‫المتطلبات العامة – ‪General Requi rement‬‬
‫مكتوب على الرافعة وبشكل واضح الحمل التشغيلي‬
‫الآمن‪.‬‬
‫‪Mobi l e Crane i s provi ded wi t h marki ngs of t he Saf e‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪Worki ng Load and LMnumber.‬‬
‫ان تكون طريقة الصعود والنزول من الرافعة طريقة آمنة‪.‬‬
‫‪Saf e access and egress are provi ded t o t he crane operat or .‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ان يكون الرسم البياني للأوزان موجود ومعروض في‬
‫مقصورة التشغيل‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪A l oad capaci t y chart i s di spl ayed i n t he operat or cabi n.‬‬
‫ان يتوفر في مقصورة القيادة طريقة لقفل‬
‫المقصورة لمنع إي دخول غير مرخص للمقصورة‬
‫وتشغيل الرافعة‪.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪Operat or crane cabi n i s provi ded wi t h a l ocki ng mechani sm‬‬
‫‪t o prevent unaut hori zed ent ry.‬‬
‫وجود طفاية الحريق في مقصورة القيادة‬
‫‪Fi re ext i ngui sher i s f i t f or use and provi ded i n t he‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪operat or cabi n.‬‬
‫أن يكون في الرافعة سجل بيانات التشغيل‬
‫والصيانة‪.‬‬
‫‪An updat ed Operat i on and Mai nt enance l ogbook i s‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪avai l abl e i n t he operat or cabi n.‬‬
‫ان تتواجد نسخة من كتيب التشغيل والصيانة الصادر‬
‫من المُصنِع‪.‬‬
‫‪Manuf act urer Operat i ng Manual and Mai nt enance Manual are‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪made avai l abl e.‬‬
‫الفحوصات البصرية (النظرية) الأخرى – ‪Vi sual Checks‬‬
‫الرسم البياني للأحمال وغيرها من الرموز يجب ان تكون‬
‫متوافرة وواضحة للعيان‪.‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪Load chart s and ot her symbol s are avai l abl e and vi si bl e.‬‬
‫مستويات السوائل الهيدروليكية كافية‪.‬‬
‫‪Hydraul i c f l ui d l evel i s enough.‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫مستويات زيوت الرفع والتدوير كافية‪.‬‬
‫‪Sl ewi ng oi l l evel i s enough.‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫جميع مسامير التثبيت في حالة جيدة‬
‫‪Al l mount i ng bol t s are i n good condi t i on.‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫ان يكون نظام الهيدروليكي (السوائل) خالي من‬
‫التسربات‪.‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫‪Hydraul i c syst emi s f ree of l eaks.‬‬
‫ان يكون ذراع الرافعة خالي من التصدعات‪.‬‬
‫‪Boomsect i ons are f ree of cracks or dent s.‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫أن تكون الحبال الرئيسية والثانوية مُزيتة بشكل‬
‫جيد ولا يوجد بها أي عيوب أو تصدعات أو خلل‪.‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬

‫‪595‬‬
 596 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫التفتيش الطوعي على الرافعات‬
‫المتنقلة‬ OHS-F.05 # ‫الوثيقة‬
MOBI LE Cranes Vol unt ary I nspect i on 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

- ‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫الرقم‬

Comment s - ‫ملاحظات‬ Requi rement - ‫المتطلبات‬
No Yes - SN
Mai n and auxi l i ary wi re ropes are wel l l ubri cat ed and
t hat t here are no vi si bl e def ect s such as broken wi res,
ki nks, excess wear, crushi ng et c.
.‫الرافعات والبكرات والحبال تعمل بشكل جيد‬
Wi nches, pul l eys, and wi re ropes are i n good worki ng 17
condi t i on.
‫أن يحتوي الخطاف على مزلاج الأمان يمنع خروج حبال‬
.‫الرفع من الخطاف‬
Crane hook i s provi ded wi t h a saf et y cat ch t o prevent 18
di spl acement of t he sl i ng or l oad f romt he hook.
‫ان يثبت في الرافعة مؤشر الأحمال بالإضافة إلى نظام‬
.‫الإنذار بتخطي الأحمال‬ 19
A l oad radi us i ndi cat or wi t h warni ng al armi s i nst al l ed.
‫ان تكون آلية الكبح (الفرامل) للرافعة تعمل بشكل‬
.‫جيد ويتم صيانتها بشكل دوري‬
An ef f ect i ve hoi st and derri cki ng braki ng mechani smare 20
mai nt ai ned.
‫نظام قفل التأرجح له القدرة على منع التأرجح والدوران‬
.‫غير المتعمد‬
A swi ng l ock or swi ng brake capabl e of prevent i ng 21
uni nt ended rot at i on i s f unct i onal .
‫المفتاح الحدي لمنع رفع الأوزان الثقيلة ولمنع رفع‬
.‫الخطاف بشكل كبير يعمل بشكل جيد‬
Li mi t swi t ch t o prevent over-hoi st i ng of t he hook (i .e. 22
ant i -t wo bl ock devi ce) i s f unct i onal .
‫المفتاح الحدي لمنع الزيادة في طول ذراع الرفع يعمل‬
.‫بشكل جيد‬
Li mi t swi t ch t o prevent over-derri cki ng of boomi s 23
f unct i onal .
‫مانع الزيادة في حمل الدوران يعمل بشكل جيد لمنع‬
.‫الانقلاب‬
Load Moment Li mi t er t o prevent over-t urni ng moment i s 24
f unct i onal .
Mai nt enance - ‫الصيانة‬
‫مسجل المعلومات التشغيلية للرافعة يعمل بشكل‬
.‫جيد‬
Dat a l ogger f or recordi ng key operat i ng paramet ers of t he 25
crane i s f unct i onal .
‫يوجد برنامج صيانة وقائي للرافعة ويتبع إرشادات‬
.‫المُصنِع‬
Mobi l e Crane has a regul ar mai nt enance programt hat i s i n 26
accordance wi t h manuf act urer’s speci f i cat i ons.
.‫أن يؤدي أعمال الصيانة شخص ذو دراية ومعرفة‬
Mai nt enance work on t he Mobi l e Crane i s carri ed out by 27
Compet ent Persons.

.Company Owni ng t he Mobi l e Forkl i f t – ‫الشركة المالكة للرافعة المتنقلة‬

Si gn and -‫التاريخ والتوقيع‬ Name - ‫الاسم‬ Posi t i on - ‫الوظيفة‬
Dat e

‫يحتفظ بنسخة من هذا التفتيش الطوعي في الرافعة ويجب تعبئته في كل‬ .1

.‫مرة تدخل الرافعة للميناء‬
A copy of t hi s vol unt ary i nspect i on f or t he mobi l e crane shal l be f i l l ed and
kept i n t he Forkl i f t cabi n present duri ng t he ent ry t o t he port
‫ يجب ان يبرز هذا التفتيش إذا طُلب منك من موظفي السلامة في الميناء أو‬.2

596
 597 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫التفتيش الطوعي على الرافعات‬
‫المتنقلة‬ OHS-F.05 # ‫الوثيقة‬
MOBI LE Cranes Vol unt ary I nspect i on 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

.‫من موظفي الأمن بالبوابة‬

Present t hi s i nspect i on whenever request ed by t he Saf et y Personnel or t he
guards on t he gat es.
‫ أن أي معلومات مغلوطة في هذا التفتيش الطوعي قد تعرض المنشأة للغرامة‬.3
.‫والعقوبة‬
Any mi sl eadi ng i nf ormat i on on t he i nspect i on coul d l ead t o Di sci pl i nary act i on
and f i ne by t he port .
.‫ يجب ان تختم الاستمارة من قبل الشركة صاحبة الرافعة‬.4
Thi s f ormshal l be st amped by t he owni ng company.

597
 ‫الصفحة ‪598 of 690‬‬
‫التفتيش على الرافعات الشوكية العاملة بمشتقات‬
‫البترول‬ ‫الوثيقة ‪OHS-F.06 #‬‬
‫‪I nspect i on Checkl i st f or Forkl i f t Operat i ng by‬‬
‫‪Di esel /Pet rol /Gas‬‬ ‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫إدارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬
‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬
‫رقم العربة – ‪Number Pl at e‬‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬
‫مستوى‬
‫مستوى مبرد الماكنة‬
‫الزيت‬
‫‪Cool ant l evel‬‬
‫‪Oi l Level‬‬
‫فحصوات التشغيل والسلامة (قبل كل وردية) – ) ‪Pre-user checks (st art i ng each shi f t‬‬
‫يجب ان يتم اصلاح جميع الأعطال من قبل ميكانيكي مؤهل‬
‫نعم لا‬ ‫الرقم المتطلبات‬
‫ملاحظات ‪Comment s -‬‬
‫‪No Yes‬‬ ‫‪Requi rement s‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫الفحوصات الأولية قبل تشغيل الرافعة (قبل تشغيل المحرك) – ‪I ni t i al user checks (bef ore operat i ng‬‬
‫) ‪f orkl i f t‬‬
‫فحوصات التسريب‪ -‬للبترول والزيت الهيدروليكي وزيت‬
‫المحرك والمبرد‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Leaks – Fuel , Hydraul i c Oi l , Engi ne Oi l or Radi at or Cool ant .‬‬
‫الإطارات – فحص حالة الإطارات والضغط داخل الإطارات‪.‬‬
‫‪Ti res – Condi t i on and Pressure.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫فحص حالة الشوكة وأيضا مسامير الشوكة العلوية وكعب‬
‫الشوكة‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪Forks, Top Cl i p Ret ai ni ng Pi n and Heel – Check Condi t i on.‬‬
‫التأكد من داعم الحمل مركب على الرافعة الشوكية بشكل‬
‫صحيح‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪Load Backrest – Securel y At t ached.‬‬
‫فحص الأنابيب المطاطية والكابلات بواسطة النظر‪.‬‬
‫‪Hydraul i c Hoses, Mast Chai ns, Cabl es and St ops – Check Vi sual l y.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ان يكون السقف الواقي للرافعة مركباً‪.‬‬
‫‪Overhead Guard – At t ached.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ان يكون حامي الأصابع مركباً‪.‬‬
‫‪Fi nger Guards – At t ached.‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫التأكد من خلو أنابيب الغاز من الصدأ او التلف‪.‬‬
‫‪Propane Tank (LP Gas Truck) – Rust Corrosi on, Damage.‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫التأكد من أن أجهزة إنذار السلامة تعمل بشكل جيد‪.‬‬
‫‪Saf et y Warni ngs – At t ached.‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫التأكد من مستويات زيت الهيدروليك‪.‬‬
‫‪Hydraul i c Fl ui d Level – Check Level .‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫مستويات زيت المحرك – استخدام عصا الزيت‪.‬‬
‫‪Engi ne Oi l Level – Di pst i ck.‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫مستويات زيوت صندوق التروس‪.‬‬
‫‪Transmi ssi on Fl ui d Level – Di pst i ck.‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫منظف الترسبات (للديزل)‬
‫‪Fuel Sedi ment (Di esel ).‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫التأكد من مستويات سائل المبرد‪.‬‬
‫‪Radi at or Cool ant – Check Level .‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫ان يكون حزام الأمان مثبتا ويعمل بشكل جيد‪.‬‬
‫‪Seat Bel t – Funct i oni ng Smoot hl y.‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫التأكد من مستويات زيت الفرامل‪.‬‬
‫‪Brake Fl ui d – Check Level .‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫الفحوصات الأولية أثناء تشغيل محرك الرافعة – ‪Pre-user check duri ng operat i ng t he f orkl i f t‬‬
‫يجب فحص مستويات الضوضاء وفي حال وجود ضوضاء عالية‬
‫يجب التأكد من السبب فورا‪.‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫‪Unusual Noi ses Must Be I nvest i gat ed I mmedi at el y.‬‬
‫دواسة البنزين ودواسات التحكم باتجاه الرافعة تعمل بشكل‬
‫جيد‪.‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫‪Accel erat or or Di rect i on Cont rol Pedal – Funct i oni ng Smoot hl y.‬‬
‫الفرامل تعمل بشكل جيد‪.‬‬
‫‪Servi ce Brake – Funct i oni ng Smoot hl y‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬
‫فرامل التوقف – تعمل بشكل جيد‪.‬‬
‫‪Parki ng Brake – Funct i oni ng Smoot hl y.‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫نظام التوجيه والقيادة يعمل بشكل جيد‪.‬‬
‫‪St eeri ng Operat i on – Funct i oni ng Smoot hl y.‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬

‫‪598‬‬
 599 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫التفتيش على الرافعات الشوكية العاملة بمشتقات‬
‫البترول‬ OHS-F.06 # ‫الوثيقة‬
I nspect i on Checkl i st f or Forkl i f t Operat i ng by
Di esel /Pet rol /Gas 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫المتطلبات‬ ‫الرقم‬

Comment s - ‫ملاحظات‬
No Yes Requi rement s SN
‫التحكم بالقيادة – السير للأمام والخلف – يعمل بشكل‬
.‫جيد‬ 22
Dri ve Cont rol – Forward/Reverse – Funct i oni ng Smoot hl y.
‫نظام التحكم بميلان الشوكة للأمام والخلف يعمل بشكل‬
.‫جيد‬ 23
Ti l t Cont rol – Forward and Back – Funct i oni ng Smoot hl y.
.‫نظام رفع الأحمال وإنزالها يعمل بشكل جيد‬
Hoi st and Loweri ng Cont rol – Funct i oni ng Smoot hl y. 24
.‫نظام الإنارة والإنارة التحذيرية مع البوق يعمل بشكل جيد‬
Horn and Li ght s – Funct i oni ng. 25
.‫جميع العدادات تعمل بشكل جيد‬
Gauges: Ammet er, Engi ne Oi l Pressure, Hour Met er, Fuel Level , 26
Temperat ure, I nst rument Moni t ors – Funct i oni ng.
:Ot her comment s – ‫ملاحظات أخرى‬

.Forkl i f t operat or – ‫الطرف المشغل للرافعة الشوكية‬

Si gn and – ‫التاريخ والتوقيع‬ Name - ‫الاسم‬ posi t i on - ‫الوظيفة‬
Dat e
‫مشغل الرافعة الشوكية‬
Forkl i f t Operat or
‫المشرف‬
Supervi sor

599
 ‫التفتيش على الرافعات الشوكية العاملة‬ ‫الصفحة ‪600 of 690‬‬
‫بالكهرباء‬ ‫الوثيقة ‪OHS-F.07 #‬‬
‫‪I nspect i on Checkl i st f or Forkl i f t Operat i ng by‬‬
‫‪El ect ri ci t y‬‬ ‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫إدارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬
‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬
‫رقم العربة – ‪Number Pl at e‬‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬
‫مستوى‬
‫مستوى مبرد الماكنة‬
‫الزيت‬
‫‪Cool ant l evel‬‬
‫‪Oi l Level‬‬
‫فحصوات التشغيل والسلامة (قبل كل وردية) – ‪Pre-operat i onal checks (st art i ng of each‬‬
‫) ‪shi f t‬‬
‫يجب ان يتم اصلاح جميع الأعطال من قبل ميكانيكي مؤهل‬
‫‪Al l probl emneeds t o be f i xed by a compet ent Mechani cs‬‬
‫نعم لا‬ ‫الرقم المتطلبات‬
‫ملاحظات ‪Comment s -‬‬
‫‪No Yes‬‬ ‫‪Requi rement‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫الفحوصات الأولية قبل تشغيل الرافعة – ‪I ni t i al checks bef ore use f orkl i f t‬‬
‫فحوصات التسريب‪ -‬الزيت الهيدروليكي والبطارية‪.‬‬
‫‪Leaks – Hydraul i c Oi l , Bat t ery.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫الإطارات – فحص حالة الإطارات والضغط داخل الإطارات‪.‬‬
‫‪Ti res – Condi t i on and Pressure.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫فحص حالة الشوكة وأيضا مسامير الشوكة العلوية وكعب‬
‫الشوكة‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪Forks, Top Cl i p Ret ai ni ng Pi n and Heel – Check Condi t i on.‬‬
‫التأكد من داعم الحمل مركب على الرافعة الشوكية بشكل‬
‫صحيح‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪Load Backrest – Securel y At t ached.‬‬
‫فحص الأنابيب المطاطية الهيدروليكية والكابلات‬
‫بواسطة نظري‪.‬‬
‫‪Hydraul i c Hoses, Mast Chai ns, Cabl es and St ops – Check‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪Vi sual l y.‬‬
‫ان يكون السقف الواقي للرافعة مركباً‪.‬‬
‫‪Overhead Guard – At t ached.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ان يكون حامي الأصابع مركباً‪.‬‬
‫‪Fi nger Guards – At t ached.‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫البطاريات – ان يكون مستوى الحمض والماء مناسبا‪.‬‬
‫‪Bat t ery – Wat er/El ect rol yt e Level and Charge.‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫التأكد من أن أجهزة انذار السلامة تعمل بشكل جيد‪.‬‬
‫‪Saf et y Warni ngs – At t ached.‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫التأكد من مستويات زيت الهيدروليك‪.‬‬
‫‪Hydraul i c Fl ui d Level – Check Level .‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫مستويات زيوت صندوق التروس‪.‬‬
‫‪Transmi ssi on Fl ui d Level – Di pst i ck.‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫ان يكون حزام الأمان مثبتا ويعمل بشكل جيد‪.‬‬
‫‪Seat Bel t – Funct i oni ng Smoot hl y.‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫التأكد من مستويات زيت الفرامل‪.‬‬
‫‪Brake Fl ui d – Check Level .‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫مثبت البطارية – البطارية مثبتة بشكل جيد‬
‫‪Bat t ery Rest rai nt Syst em– Adj ust and Fast en‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫الفحوصات الأولية أثناء التشغيل – ‪Pre-user check duri ng operat i on‬‬
‫يجب فحص مستويات الضوضاء وفي حال وجود ضوضاء عالية‬
‫يجب التأكد من السبب فورا‪.‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪Unusual Noi ses Must Be I nvest i gat ed I mmedi at el y.‬‬
‫دواسة البنزين ودواسات التحكم باتجاه الرافعة تعمل‬
‫بشكل جيد‪.‬‬
‫‪Accel erat or or Di rect i on Cont rol Pedal – Funct i oni ng‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪Smoot hl y.‬‬
‫الفرامل تعمل بشكل جيد‪.‬‬
‫‪Servi ce Brake – Funct i oni ng Smoot hl y‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫فرامل التوقف – تعمل بشكل جيد‪.‬‬
‫‪Parki ng Brake – Funct i oni ng Smoot hl y.‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫نظام التوجيه والقيادة يعمل بشكل جيد‪.‬‬
‫‪St eeri ng Operat i on – Funct i oni ng Smoot hl y.‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬
‫التحكم بالقيادة – السير للأمام والخلف – يعمل بشكل‬
‫جيد‪.‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬

‫‪600‬‬
 ‫التفتيش على الرافعات الشوكية العاملة‬ 601 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫بالكهرباء‬ OHS-F.07 # ‫الوثيقة‬
I nspect i on Checkl i st f or Forkl i f t Operat i ng by
El ect ri ci t y 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫الرقم المتطلبات‬

Comment s - ‫ملاحظات‬
No Yes Requi rement SN
Dri ve Cont rol – Forward/Reverse – Funct i oni ng Smoot hl y.
‫نظام التحكم بميلان الشوك للأمام والخلف يعمل بشكل‬
.‫جيد‬ 21
Ti l t Cont rol – Forward and Back – Funct i oni ng Smoot hl y.
.‫نظام رفع الأحمال وإنزالها يعمل بشكل جيد‬
Hoi st and Loweri ng Cont rol – Funct i oni ng Smoot hl y. 22
.‫نظام الإنارة والإنارة التحذيرية مع البوق يعمل بشكل جيد‬
Horn and Li ght s – Funct i oni ng. 23
.‫جميع العدادات تعمل بشكل جيد‬
Gauges: Ammet er, Hour Met er, Temperat ure, I nst rument Moni t ors – 24
Funct i oni ng.
‫مؤشر البطارية يعمل‬
Bat t ery Di scharge I ndi cat or – Funct i oni ng 25
:Ot her Comment s – ‫ملاحظات أخرى‬

.Forkl i f t Operat or – ‫الطرف المشغل للرافعة الشوكية‬

Si gn -‫التاريخ والتوقيع‬ Name - ‫الاسم‬ Posi t i on - ‫الوظيفة‬

and Dat e
‫مشغل الرافعة الشوكية‬
Forkl i f t Operat or
‫المشرف‬
Supervi sor

601
 ‫التفتيش الطوعي على الشحنات‬ ‫الصفحة ‪602 of 690‬‬
‫المتنقلة‬ ‫الوثيقة ‪OHS-F.08 #‬‬
‫‪Truck and Trai l er Vol unt ary I nspect i on‬‬ ‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫الميناء‬
‫الادارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫‪Port‬‬
‫رقم الشاحنة – ‪Number‬‬ ‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬
‫‪Pl at e‬‬ ‫‪Dat e‬‬

‫لا ‪-‬‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫الرقم‬

‫ملاحظات ‪Not es -‬‬ ‫المتطلبات ‪Requi rement -‬‬
‫‪No‬‬ ‫‪Yes -‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫تفاصيل الشاحنة – ‪Trai l er Det ai l s‬‬
‫رقم الترخيص للشاحنة يظهر بصورة واضحة‪.‬‬
‫‪Regi st rat i on Number i s cl ear and as per t he l egal‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪requi rement .‬‬
‫رقم الشاصي للسيارة (المحرك) موجود‬
‫‪Chassi s Number i s avai l abl e.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫الفرامل ‪Brakes -‬‬
‫جميع أجزاء الفرامل موجود وموصلة بالشاحنة الخلفية‬
‫وتعمل بشكل جيد‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪Al l Brakes component s are t here and work properl y.‬‬
‫مكابح المقطورة الاضطرارية والتي تعمل في حال‬
‫انفصال المقطورة عن القاطرة تعمل بشكل جيد‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪Breakaway Prot ect i on i s f unct i oni ng properl y.‬‬
‫فرامل القاطرة التي تشغل فرامل المقطورة تعمل‬
‫بشكل جيد‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪Servi ce Brake work properl y‬‬
‫فرامل الوقوف تعمل بشكل جيد‪.‬‬
‫‪Parki ng Brakes are worki ng properl y.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ان تكون آلية الكبح (الفرامل) للرافعة تعمل بشكل‬
‫جيد ويتم صيانتها بشكل دوري‪.‬‬
‫‪An ef f ect i ve hoi st and derri cki ng braki ng mechani smare‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪mai nt ai ned.‬‬
‫أنظمة التعليق والتوجيه ‪St eeri ng and Suspensi on -‬‬
‫هذه الأجزاء يجب ان تعمل بشكل جيد – ‪i t shoul d be i n good condi t i on and worki ng‬‬
‫محاور العجلات‪.‬‬
‫‪Axl es.‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫الوسائد الهوائية وزنبرك المحور والإطارات‪.‬‬
‫‪Spri ngs/Ai r Bags.‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫أنظمة التعليق‪.‬‬
‫‪Hangers.‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫ماص الصدمات‬
‫‪Shock Absorbers.‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫حاشيات التعليق المطاطية من حيث التآكل أو التلف‪.‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪Bushes.‬‬
‫الإطارات والعجلات ‪ -‬هذه الأجزاء يجب ان تعمل بشكل جيد وان تكون بحالة جيدة – ‪Tyers shal l be i n‬‬
‫‪good condi t i ons‬‬
‫الإطارات والدواليب‪.‬‬
‫‪Wheel s/Ri ms.‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫صواميل الإطارات مثبته جميعها‪.‬‬
‫‪Wheel Nut s/Fast eners.‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫محاور العجلات وأجزاءها‪.‬‬
‫‪Wheel s hub.‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫محامل العجلات‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪Wheel Beari ngs‬‬
‫حالة هيكل الشاحنة ‪ -‬هذه الأجزاء يجب ان تعمل بشكل جيد وان تكون بحالة جيدة – ‪Vehi cl e‬‬
‫‪Chassi s shal l be i n good condi t i on‬‬
‫واقيات الطين حول الإطارات‬
‫‪Mudguards‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫الشاصي – الهيكل الجانبي‬
‫‪Chassi s/Sub-f rame‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫العلامات الخلفية على الشاحنة تكون واضحة‬
‫‪Rear marki ng pl at es‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬
‫حالة جسم الشاحنة‬
‫)‪Tray/Body Condi t i on (i f appl i cabl e‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬

‫‪602‬‬
 ‫التفتيش الطوعي على الشحنات‬ 603 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫المتنقلة‬ OHS-F.08 # ‫الوثيقة‬
Truck and Trai l er Vol unt ary I nspect i on 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

- ‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫الرقم‬

Not es - ‫ملاحظات‬ Requi rement - ‫المتطلبات‬
No Yes - SN
Li ght s and mi rrors shal l be i n good – ‫الإنارة والمرآي العاكسة – أن كون بحالة جيدة وتعمل‬
condi t i ons
‫إنارة الفرامل تعمل بشكل جيد‬
Brake l i ght s 21
‫إنارة مؤشر الاتجاه لليمين واليسار تعمل بشكل‬
.‫جيد‬ 22
Di rect i onal l i ght s are worki ng properl y
‫إنارة الرجوع للخلف تعمل بشكل جيد مع الإنذار‬
.‫الصوتي‬
Reversi ng l i ght s al ong wi t h reversi ng al armare worki ng 23
properl y
‫الإنارة الأمامية تعمل بشكل جيد‬
Head Li ght s are worki ng properl y 24
‫الإنارة الجانبية تعمل بشكل جيد‬
Si de Marker are worki ng properl y 25
‫إنارة المقطورة الخلفية والجانبية تعمل بشكل جيد‬
Trai l er l i ght s are worki ng properl y 26
‫المرآة العاكسة الجانبية والأمامية تعمل بشكل جيد‬
)‫وبحالة جيدة (غير مكسورة‬
The ref l ect i ve mi rrors si de and f ront shal l be i n good 27
condi t i on and are worki ng properl y
ot hers - ‫أمور أخرى‬
‫وجود طفاية الحريق في مقصورة القيادة‬
Fi re ext i ngui sher i s f i t f or use and provi ded i n t he 28
operat or cabi n.
‫عدم جلب أي من عبوات غاز الطبخ داخل العربات‬
Gas cooki ng Bot t l es are not al l owed i n t he Port s. 29
‫ حذاء‬،‫معدات الوقاية الشخصية – قبعة السلامة‬
‫السلامة والنظارة‬
Personal Prot ect i ve Equi pment at mi ni mumHard Hat , Saf et y 30
Shoes and Saf et y gl asses
Addi t i onal st uf f and comment s -‫إضافات أو ملاحظات أخرى‬

31

32

33

.‫الشركة المالكة للشاحنة المتنقلة‬

Dat e and – ‫التاريخ والتوقيع‬ Name - ‫الاسم‬ Posi t i on - ‫الوظيفة‬
Si gn

‫ يحتفظ بنسخة من هذا التفتيش الطوعي في الشاحنة ويجب تعبئته في‬.1

.‫كل مرة تدخل الشاحنة للميناء‬
A copy of t he vol unt ary sel f -i nspect i on shal l be kept i n t he car and done every t i me .2

603
 ‫التفتيش الطوعي على الشحنات‬ 604 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫المتنقلة‬ OHS-F.08 # ‫الوثيقة‬
Truck and Trai l er Vol unt ary I nspect i on 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

t he vehi cl e ent ers t o t he port

‫يجب ان يبرز هذا التفتيش إذا طُلب منك من موظفي السلامة في الميناء أو‬ .3
.‫من موظفي الأمن بالبوابة‬
Thi s i nspect i on shal l be present ed i n t he gat e i f asked by t he Saf et y personnel or .4
t he Securi t y guards
‫أن أي معلومات مغلوطة في هذا التفتيش الطوعي قد تعرض الشركة المالكة‬ .5
.‫للغرامة والعقوبة‬
Any wrong i nf ormat i on coul d subj ect t he owni ng company t o di sci pl i nary act i on and .6
f i nes
.‫يجب ان تختم الاستمارة من قبل الشركة صاحبة الشاحنة‬ .7
Shal l be st amped by t he owni ng company of t he t rucks .8

604
 ‫الصفحة ‪605 of 690‬‬
‫المخالفات المرورية ومخالفات السير‬
‫الوثيقة ‪OHS-F.09 #‬‬
‫‪Traf f i c and dri vi ng Vi ol at i ons‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫رقم الاستمارة ‪Form -‬‬ ‫الميناء‬

‫‪Seri al #‬‬ ‫‪Port‬‬
‫التاريخ ‪-‬‬
‫‪Dat e‬‬

‫بيانات المركبة‬ ‫بيانات السائق‬

‫رقم لوحة المركبة ‪Pl at e‬‬

‫الإسم ‪Name‬‬
‫‪Number‬‬

‫نوع المركبة – ‪Type of‬‬ ‫الجنسية‬

‫‪Vehi cl e‬‬ ‫‪Nat i onal i t y‬‬
‫رقم الهوية‬
‫الطراز – ‪Model‬‬
‫‪I D#‬‬
‫رخصة القيادة‬
‫اللون – ‪Col or‬‬ ‫‪Dri vi ng‬‬
‫‪Li cense‬‬
‫جهة العمل‬
‫المالك – ‪Owner‬‬
‫‪Company‬‬

‫ملاحظات ‪Not es -‬‬ ‫المخالفات – ‪:Vi ol at i ons‬‬

‫موقع المخالفة ‪Locat i on‬‬
‫‪of t he Vi ol at i on‬‬

‫وقت المخالفة ‪Ti me -‬‬

‫‪ ‬مخالفة بسيطة – ‪Mi nor Vi ol at i on‬‬ ‫نوع المخالفة – ‪Vi ol at i on‬‬

‫‪ ‬مخالفة جسيمة – ‪Maj or Vi ol at i on‬‬ ‫‪Type‬‬

‫الإجراءات المتخذة والعقوبات والغرامات – ‪Act i on Taken al ong wi t h Di sci pl i nary Act i on and Fi nes‬‬

‫الغرامات – ‪Fi nes‬‬

‫بيانات محرر المخالفة – ‪Det ai l ed of t he vi ol at i on Recorder‬‬
‫التاريخ والتوقيع – ‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫الاسم ‪Name -‬‬ ‫الوظيفة‪Posi t i on -‬‬
‫‪and Dat e‬‬

‫وحدة أمن الميناء –‪Port I SD‬‬

‫التاريخ والتوقيع – ‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫الاسم ‪Name -‬‬ ‫الوظيفة‪Posi t i on -‬‬
‫‪and Dat e‬‬

‫الختم‬
‫‪STAMP‬‬

‫‪605‬‬
 ‫الصفحة ‪606 of 690‬‬
‫بلاغ حادث مروري ‪ /‬سير‬
‫الوثيقة ‪OHS-F.10 #‬‬
‫‪Traf f i c Acci dent i ni t i al Report‬‬
‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫رقم الاستمارة ‪Form -‬‬

‫الميناء ‪Port‬‬
‫‪Seri al #‬‬

‫الوقت – ‪Ti me‬‬ ‫التاريخ ‪Dat e -‬‬

‫شدة الضرر –‬ ‫الاحتمالية –‬ ‫تصنيف الحادث من حيث الضرر واحتمالية‬
‫الخطورة – ‪Ri sk‬‬
‫‪Severi t y‬‬ ‫‪Probabi l i t y‬‬ ‫الإصابة‬
‫(‪)25-1( )P x S‬‬
‫( ‪)5 -1‬‬ ‫( ‪)5 – 1‬‬ ‫‪Cl assi f i cat i on of acci dent Severi t y and‬‬
‫‪Li kel i hood‬‬
‫بيانات السائق ‪ – 1-‬الطرف الأول ‪1PP PPPPP -‬‬
‫بيانات المركبة – ‪1PP PPPPPPP PPPPPPP – 1‬‬ ‫‪Dri ver‬‬
‫رقم لوحة المركبة ‪Pl at e‬‬
‫الاسم ‪Name‬‬
‫‪Number‬‬

‫نوع المركبة – ‪Type of‬‬

‫الجنسية ‪Nat i onal i t y‬‬
‫‪Vehi cl e‬‬
‫الموديل – ‪Model‬‬ ‫رقم الهوية ‪I D#‬‬

‫رخصة القيادة ‪Dri vi ng‬‬

‫اللون – ‪Col or‬‬
‫‪Li cense‬‬

‫المالك – ‪Owner‬‬ ‫جهة العمل ‪Company‬‬

‫بيانات السائق ‪ – 2-‬الطرف الثاني – ‪2PP‬‬

‫بيانات المركبة – ‪2PP PPPPPPP PPPPPPP – 2‬‬ ‫‪Part y Dri ver‬‬
‫رقم لوحة المركبة ‪Pl at e‬‬
‫الاسم ‪Name‬‬
‫‪Number‬‬

‫نوع المركبة – ‪Type of‬‬

‫الجنسية ‪Nat i onal i t y‬‬
‫‪Vehi cl e‬‬

‫الموديل – ‪Model‬‬ ‫رقم الهوية ‪I D#‬‬

‫رخصة القيادة ‪Dri vi ng‬‬

‫اللون – ‪Col or‬‬
‫‪Li cense‬‬

‫المالك – ‪Owner‬‬ ‫جهة العمل ‪Company‬‬

‫وصف الحادث (يوصف ما قبل وأثناء وبعد الحادث) – ‪Descri be bef ore, duri ng and af t er t he acci dent‬‬
‫قبل ‪:Bef ore‬‬

‫أثناء ‪:Duri ng‬‬

‫بعد ‪:Af t er‬‬

‫الأضرار والتلفيات ‪Losses -‬‬

‫الإصابات البشرية ‪I nj uri es -‬‬
‫الوفيات ‪Fat al i t i es -‬‬
‫أضرار الممتلكات – ‪Propert y l oss‬‬
‫أضرار المركبة ‪Vehi cl e #1 – 1‬‬

‫‪606‬‬
 607 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫ سير‬/ ‫بلاغ حادث مروري‬
OHS-F.10 # ‫الوثيقة‬
Traf f i c Acci dent i ni t i al Report
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

Vehi cl e #2 – 2 ‫أضرار المركبة‬

I l l ust rat i ve Sket ch – ‫رسم توضيحي للحادث‬

Records and i t s quant i t y – ‫الوثائق وعددها‬

Qt y - ‫العدد‬ t ype of Document – ‫نوع الوثيقة‬ Qt y - ‫العدد‬ t ype of Document – ‫نوع الوثيقة‬

‫نسخة من استمارة المركبة‬ ‫تصريح دخول الميناء للموظف‬

Copy of t he Vehi cl e Regi st rat i on Port Access Permi t f or t he Empl oyee
‫نسخة من رخصة القيادة‬ ‫تصريح دخول الميناء للمركبة‬
Copy of t he Dri ver Li cense Port Access Permi t f or t he Vehi cl e
Prel i mi nary Reasons f or t he acci dent – ‫الأسباب المبدئية للحادث‬

– ‫توقيع الطرف الثاني‬ – ‫توقيع الطرف الأول‬

Si gn #1 Si gn #1
Head of Saf et y – ‫رئيس قسم السلامة‬ Saf et y Of f i cer – ‫ضابط السلامة‬

Name - ‫الاسم‬ Name - ‫الاسم‬

Si gnat ure - ‫التوقيع‬ Si gnat ure - ‫التوقيع‬

I SDManager Approval - ‫اعتماد مدير الأمن الصناعي‬

Dat e and Si gnat ure – ‫التوقيع والتاريخ‬ Name - ‫الاسم‬

607
 ‫الصفحة ‪608 of 690‬‬
‫تقييم احتياجات معدات الوقاية‬ ‫استمارة ‪OHS-F.11 #‬‬
‫الشخصية‬ ‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫‪ .1‬معلومات عامة عن تقييم احتياجات معدات الوقاية‬

‫الشخصية‪PPE Requi rement Assessment :‬‬
‫الرقم التسلسلي لتقييم ‪-‬‬
‫‪Assessment SN‬‬
‫الميناء ‪Port -‬‬
‫الادارة ‪Depart ment -‬‬
‫القسم ‪Sect i on-‬‬
‫المكان ‪Locat i on -‬‬
‫تاريخ التقييم – ‪Assessment Dat e‬‬
‫‪ .2‬فريق تقييم المخاطر‪Assessment t eam:‬‬
‫التوقيع‬ ‫المسمى‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫الرقم الاسم‬
‫‪Si gnat ure‬‬ ‫الوظيفي الوظيفي‬ ‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫‪Posi t i on‬‬ ‫‪Empl oyee‬‬
‫‪ID‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .3‬تقييم احتياجات معدات الوقاية الشخصية‪:‬‬
‫معدات‬ ‫شدة الإصابة المتوقعة‬ ‫مصدر‬ ‫الرقم الخطر‬
‫الوقاية‬ ‫‪Severi t y of t he I nj ury‬‬ ‫الخطر‬ ‫‪Hazard‬‬ ‫‪SN‬‬
‫المقترح‬
‫بسيطة متوسطة عالية‬ ‫‪Source‬‬
‫‪Suggest ed PPE‬‬
‫‪Hi gh‬‬ ‫‪Medi um‬‬ ‫‪Low‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬

‫‪608‬‬
 609 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
)‫تصريح العمل الحار (الساخن‬ OHS-F.12 # ‫استمارة‬
Hot work permi t 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

)1( Sect i on One - )1( ‫القسم الأول‬1

)‫التاريخ (إلى‬ )‫التاريخ (من‬
‫الوقت‬ ‫والوقت‬
Dat e and t i me(end) Dat e and t i me (st art )
The permi t must not exceed more t han 24 hours (3) shi f t s - .‫) ورديات فقط‬3( ‫ ساعة‬24 ‫يجب ان لا يتعدى التصريح أكثر من‬
.onl y
‫المعدة ورقمها‬ ‫الموقع‬
Eq. seri al number Locat i on
)Descri pt i on of t he Task/Work t o be done( ‫وصف الأعمال‬

Sect i on Two (2) - Hazard and Cont rol s (Precaut i ons) - )‫) – المخاطر والحلول (الاحتياطات‬2( ‫القسم الثاني‬
)Cont rol s ( ‫الحلول‬ )Hazards ( ‫المخاطر‬

Gas t est i ng ‫اختبار الغازات‬

‫هل يحتاج تكرار‬ 0% ‫ غازات‬0% ‫غازات مشتعلة‬ 0-10 ppm ‫كبريت‬ 19.5-23.5% ‫الأكسجين‬
‫الإختبار؟‬ ‫سامة‬ Fl ammabl e ‫الهيدروجين‬ O2
Frequency of Test ? Toxi c gases H2S
gases
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫اسم مُختبِر‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ ‫الغازات‬
Si gnat ure, t i me and Empl oyee number Gas Test er Name
dat e
Speci al precaut i ons - ‫احتياطات خاصة‬
‫معدات الوقاية اللازمة والإجراءات‬ ‫قائمة التصاريح العمل الصادرة‬
Necessary prot ect i ve equi pment (PPE) and procedures ‫والمرتبطة بالعمل الحار‬
Li st of i ssued PTWrel at ed t o t he hot work
‫معدات الوقاية الشخصية‬ ‫تصريح العمل الساخن‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes ‫الأساسية‬ Hot work permi t
PPE
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫نظارة اللحام‬ ‫تصريح الأماكن المغلقة‬
No Yes
Wel di ng Goggl es Conf i ned Space
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫واقي الوجه من اللحام‬ ‫تصريح الحفريات‬
No Yes
Wel di ng f ace Shi el d Excavat i on permi t
‫إسطوانات التنفس‬ ‫تصريح العمل في‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes Breat hi ng Apparat us ‫الأماكن المرتفعة‬
Work at Hei ght s Permi t
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫طفاية الحريق‬ :I nsul at i on Li st :‫قائمة العزل‬
No Yes
Fi re ext i ngui sher
‫متر‬11 ‫إبعاد المواد المشتعلة‬ ‫لا‬
‫هل تم عزل مصادر الطاقة؟‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes Keepi ng away t he f l ammabl e ‫يوجد‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes I s t he Energy source
None
mat eri al s 11 met ers i sol at ed?
‫آلالات اللحام سليمة وآمنة‬ ‫رقم شهادة العزل‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes Wel di ng Eq. are saf e and I sol at i on cert i f i cat e
secure number
‫هل تم تنظيف المكان‬ )‫كســــح الغاز (إن وجد‬
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫وترطيب الأرض‬ ‫لا‬
‫يوجد‬
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ Gas Purgi ng (i f any)
No Yes I s t he pl ace cl eaned and t he None
No Yes

f l oor wi t t ed?
‫مراقب الحريق ( هو موظف معتمد ومدرب ومخول يقوم بعملية مراقبة الأعمال الحارة ويراقب حصول أي حريق ويقوم مباشرة بإطفاء الحريق في بدايته ويجب ان‬
)‫) ساعة كاملة‬1( ‫يبقى بعد إنتهاء العمل الحار لمدة‬
Fi re Wat ch (i s an approved, t rai ned and aut hori zed empl oyee who perf orms t he process of moni t ori ng hot works and moni t ors t he occurr ence of any f i re and i mmedi at el y
ext i ngui shes t he f i r e at i t s begi nni ng and must remai n af t er t he end of t he hot work f or a peri od of (1) hours)
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ )1( ‫مراقب الحريق‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ Fi re Wat ch)1(
Si gnat ure, t i me, and Empl oyee number
dat e

609
 610 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
)‫تصريح العمل الحار (الساخن‬ OHS-F.12 # ‫استمارة‬
Hot work permi t 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ )2( ‫مراقب الحريق‬

‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ Fi re Wat ch (2)
Si gnat ure, t i me, and Empl oyee number
dat e
:‫ التصريح للعمل – إصدار تصريح العمل من مُصدِر التصريح‬:)3( ‫القسم الثالث‬
Sect i on Three (3): PTW- I ssuance of a work permi t f romt he i ssuer of t he permi t :
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُصدر التصريح‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ I ssuer of t he permi t
Si gnat ure, t i me, and Empl oyee number
dat e
‫ وانه يقر أن المكان آمن وانه سيظل أمنا طيلة فترة إنجاز العمل‬:‫ مستلم التصريح والموافق عليه‬:)4( ‫القسم الرابع‬
Sect i on (4): The Recei ver acknowl edges t hat t he pl ace i s saf e and t hat i t wi l l remai n saf e f or t he durat i on of t he work
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُستلم التصريح‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ Recei ver of t he
Si gnat ure, t i me and Empl oyee number permi t
dat e
‫ إنهاء العمل وإرجاع التصريح‬:)5( ‫القسم الخامس‬
Sect i on (5): Compl et i on of t he work and t he ret urn of t he permi t

‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُستلم التصريح‬

‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ Recei ver of t he
Si gnat ure, t i me and Empl oyee number permi t
dat e
Sect i on (6): Cancel l at i on ‫ إلغاء التصريح‬:)6( ‫القسم‬
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُصدر التصريح‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ I ssuer of t he permi t
Si gnat ure, t i me and Empl oyee number
dat e

610
 611 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
Work Permi t Ext ensi on (General ) OHS-F.13 # ‫استمارة‬
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

.‫حين ينتهي التصريح يجب إلغاءه أو تمديده حسب الحاجة وحسب متطلبات المعيار الخاص بهذا التصريح‬
‫الهدف من هذه الاستمارة التأكد من ان كلا الطرفين يعلمون بحالة العمل والمخاطر الموجودة وان جميع‬
‫المخاطر مسيطر عليها وان الحلول التي وضعت كافية ولا يحتاج لإضافة المزيد وان الطرفان الجديدان يعلمان‬
.‫بماهية تصريح العمل ومحتواه‬
When t he permi t expi res, i t must be cancel ed or ext ended as needed and accordi ng t o t he
requi rement s of t he st andard of t hi s permi t .
The ai mof t hi s f ormi s t o make sure t hat bot h part i es are aware of t he work si t uat i on and t he
exi st i ng ri sks, t hat al l ri sks are cont rol l ed, t hat t he sol ut i ons t hat have been devel oped are
suf f i ci ent and do not need t o add more, and t hat t he newpart i es knowwhat t he work permi t i s and
i t s cont ent .
‫تاريخ التصريح‬ ‫الموقع‬ ‫رقم التصريح الممدد‬
Dat e of permi t Locat i on Ext ended permi t
number
:)1( ‫التمديد رقم‬
Ext ensi on No. 1:
:‫التصريح للعمل – إصدار تصريح العمل الممدد من ُمصدِر التصريح‬
Work Permi t - I ssuance of t he ext ended work permi t f romt he i ssuer of t he permi t :
‫التوقيع والوقت والتاريخ‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫ُمصدر التصريح القديم‬
Si gnat ure, t i me and Empl oyee I ssuer of t he ol d
dat e number permi t
‫التوقيع والوقت والتاريخ‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫ُمصدر التصريح الممدد‬
and t i me Si gnat ure, Empl oyee I ssuer of t he
dat e number ext ended permi t
‫ وانه يقر أن المكان آمن وانه سيظل أمنا طيلة فترة إنجاز العمل‬:‫مستلم التصريح الممدد والموافق عليه‬
The reci pi ent of t he ext ended and approved st at ement acknowl edges t hat t he pl ace i s saf e and t hat
he wi l l remai n saf e t hroughout t he compl et i on of t he work
‫التوقيع والوقت والتاريخ‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫مستلم التصريح القديم‬
and t i me Si gnat ure, Empl oyee Recei ver of t he
dat e number ol d permi t
‫التوقيع والوقت والتاريخ‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫مستلم التصريح الممدد‬
and t i me Si gnat ure, Empl oyee Recei ver of t he
dat e number ext ended permi t
:)2( ‫التمديد رقم‬
Ext ensi on No. 2:
:‫التصريح للعمل – إصدار تصريح العمل الممدد من ُمصدِر التصريح‬
Work Permi t - I ssuance of t he ext ended work permi t f romt he i ssuer of t he permi t :
‫التوقيع والوقت والتاريخ‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫ُمصدر التصريح القديم‬
and t i me Si gnat ure, Empl oyee of t he ol d I ssuer
dat e number permi t
‫التوقيع والوقت والتاريخ‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫ُمصدر التصريح الممدد‬
and t i me Si gnat ure, Empl oyee of t he I ssuer
dat e number ext ended permi t
‫ وانه يقر أن المكان آمن وانه سيظل أمنا طيلة فترة إنجاز العمل‬:‫مستلم التصريح الممدد والموافق عليه‬
The reci pi ent of t he ext ended and approved st at ement acknowl edges t hat t he pl ace i s saf e and t hat
he wi l l remai n saf e t hroughout t he compl et i on of t he work
‫التوقيع والوقت والتاريخ‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫مستلم التصريح القديم‬
and t i me Si gnat ure, Empl oyee of t he Recei ver
dat e number ol d permi t
‫التوقيع والوقت والتاريخ‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫مستلم التصريح الممدد‬
and t i me Si gnat ure, Empl oyee of t he Recei ver
dat e number ext ended permi t
:)3( ‫التمديد رقم‬
Ext ensi on No. 3:
:‫التصريح للعمل – إصدار تصريح العمل الممدد من ُمصدِر التصريح‬
Work Permi t - I ssuance of t he ext ended work permi t f romt he i ssuer of t he permi t :
‫التوقيع والوقت والتاريخ‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫ُمصدر التصريح القديم‬
and t i me Si gnat ure, Empl oyee of t he ol d I ssuer
dat e number permi t

611
 612 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
Work Permi t Ext ensi on (General ) OHS-F.13 # ‫استمارة‬
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫التوقيع والوقت والتاريخ‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫ُمصدر التصريح الممدد‬

and t i me Si gnat ure, Empl oyee of t he I ssuer
dat e number ext ended permi t
‫ وانه يقر أن المكان آمن وانه سيظل أمنا طيلة فترة إنجاز العمل‬:‫مستلم التصريح الممدد والموافق عليه‬
The reci pi ent of t he ext ended and approved st at ement acknowl edges t hat t he pl ace i s saf e and t hat
he wi l l remai n saf e t hroughout t he compl et i on of t he work
‫التوقيع والوقت والتاريخ‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫مستلم التصريح القديم‬
and t i me Si gnat ure, Empl oyee of t he Recei ver
dat e number ol d permi t
‫التوقيع والوقت والتاريخ‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫مستلم التصريح الممدد‬
and t i me Si gnat ure, Empl oyee of t he Recei ver
dat e number ext ended permi t
:)4( ‫التمديد رقم‬
Ext ensi on No. 4:
:‫التصريح للعمل – إصدار تصريح العمل الممدد من ُمصدِر التصريح‬
Work Permi t - I ssuance of t he ext ended work permi t f romt he i ssuer of t he permi t :
‫التوقيع والوقت والتاريخ‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫ُمصدر التصريح القديم‬
and t i me Si gnat ure, Empl oyee of t he ol d I ssuer
dat e number permi t
‫التوقيع والوقت والتاريخ‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫ُمصدر التصريح الممدد‬
and t i me Si gnat ure, Empl oyee of t he I ssuer
dat e number ext ended permi t
‫ وانه يقر أن المكان آمن وانه سيظل أمنا طيلة فترة إنجاز العمل‬:‫مستلم التصريح الممدد والموافق عليه‬
The reci pi ent of t he ext ended and approved st at ement acknowl edges t hat t he pl ace i s saf e and t hat
he wi l l remai n saf e t hroughout t he compl et i on of t he work
‫التوقيع والوقت والتاريخ‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫مستلم التصريح القديم‬
and t i me Si gnat ure, Empl oyee of t he Recei ver
dat e number ol d permi t
‫التوقيع والوقت والتاريخ‬ ‫الرقم الوظيفي‬ ‫مستلم التصريح الممدد‬
and t i me Si gnat ure, Empl oyee of t he Recei ver
dat e number ext ended permi t

612
 613 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
Col d Work Permi t OHS-F.14 # ‫استمارة‬
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

)1( Sect i on One - )1( ‫القسم الأول‬1

)‫التاريخ (إلى‬ )‫التاريخ (من‬
‫الوقت‬ ‫والوقت‬
Dat e and t i me(end) Dat e and t i me (st art )
The permi t must not exceed more t han 24 hours (3) shi f t s - .‫) ورديات فقط‬3( ‫ ساعة‬24 ‫يجب ان لا يتعدى التصريح أكثر من‬
.onl y
‫المعدة ورقمها‬ ‫الموقع‬
Eq. seri al number Locat i on
)Descri pt i on of t he Task/Work t o be done( ‫وصف الأعمال‬

Sect i on Two (2) - Hazard and Cont rol s (Precaut i ons) - )‫) – المخاطر والحلول (الاحتياطات‬2( ‫القسم الثاني‬
)Cont rol s ( ‫الحلول‬ )Hazards ( ‫المخاطر‬

Gas t est i ng ‫اختبار الغازات‬

‫هل يحتاج تكرار‬ 0% ‫ غازات‬0% ‫غازات مشتعلة‬ 0-10 ppm ‫كبريت‬ 19.5-23.5% ‫الأكسجين‬
‫الإختبار؟‬ ‫سامة‬ Fl ammabl e ‫الهيدروجين‬ O2
Frequency of Test ? Toxi c gases H2S
gases
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫اسم مُختبِر‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ ‫الغازات‬
Si gnat ure, t i me and Empl oyee number Gas Test er Name
dat e
Speci al precaut i ons - ‫احتياطات خاصة‬
‫معدات الوقاية اللازمة والإجراءات‬ ‫قائمة التصاريح العمل الصادرة‬
Necessary prot ect i ve equi pment (PPE) and procedures ‫والمرتبطة بالعمل البارد‬
Li st of i ssued PTWrel at ed t o t he hot work
‫معدات الوقاية الشخصية‬ ‫تصريح العمل البارد‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes ‫الأساسية‬ Col d work permi t
PPE
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫نظارة اللحام‬ ‫تصريح الأماكن المغلقة‬
No Yes
Wel di ng Goggl es Conf i ned Space
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫واقي الوجه من اللحام‬ ‫تصريح الحفريات‬
No Yes
Wel di ng f ace Shi el d Excavat i on permi t
‫إسطوانات التنفس‬ ‫تصريح العمل في‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes Breat hi ng Apparat us ‫الأماكن المرتفعة‬
Work at Hei ght s Permi t
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫طفاية الحريق‬ :I nsul at i on Li st :‫قائمة العزل‬
No Yes
Fi re ext i ngui sher
‫متر‬11 ‫إبعاد المواد المشتعلة‬ ‫لا‬
‫هل تم عزل مصادر الطاقة؟‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes Keepi ng away t he f l ammabl e ‫يوجد‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes I s t he Energy source
None
mat eri al s 11 met ers i sol at ed?
‫آلالات اللحام سليمة وآمنة‬ ‫رقم شهادة العزل‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes Wel di ng Eq. are saf e and I sol at i on cert i f i cat e
secure number
‫هل تم تنظيف المكان‬ )‫كســــح الغاز (إن وجد‬
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫وترطيب الأرض‬ ‫لا‬
‫يوجد‬
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ Gas Purgi ng (i f any)
No Yes I s t he pl ace cl eaned and t he None
No Yes

f l oor wi t t ed?
‫مراقب الحريق ( هو موظف معتمد ومدرب ومخول يقوم بعملية مراقبة الأعمال الحارة ويراقب حصول أي حريق ويقوم مباشرة بإطفاء الحريق في بدايته ويجب ان‬
)‫) ساعة كاملة‬1( ‫يبقى بعد إنتهاء العمل الحار لمدة‬
Fi re Wat ch (i s an approved, t rai ned and aut hori zed empl oyee who perf orms t he process of moni t ori ng hot works and moni t ors t he occurr ence of any f i re and i mmedi at el y
ext i ngui shes t he f i r e at i t s begi nni ng and must remai n af t er t he end of t he hot work f or a peri od of (1) hours)
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ )1( ‫مراقب الحريق‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ Fi re Wat ch)1(
Si gnat ure, t i me, and Empl oyee number
dat e
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ )2( ‫مراقب الحريق‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ Fi re Wat ch (2)

613
 614 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
Col d Work Permi t OHS-F.14 # ‫استمارة‬
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

Si gnat ure, t i me, and Empl oyee number

dat e
:‫ التصريح للعمل – إصدار تصريح العمل من مُصدِر التصريح‬:)3( ‫القسم الثالث‬
Sect i on Three (3): PTW- I ssuance of a work permi t f romt he i ssuer of t he permi t :
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُصدر التصريح‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ I ssuer of t he permi t
Si gnat ure, t i me, and Empl oyee number
dat e
‫ وانه يقر أن المكان آمن وانه سيظل أمنا طيلة فترة إنجاز العمل‬:‫ مستلم التصريح والموافق عليه‬:)4( ‫القسم الرابع‬
Sect i on (4): The Recei ver acknowl edges t hat t he pl ace i s saf e and t hat i t wi l l remai n saf e f or t he durat i on of t he work
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُستلم التصريح‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ Recei ver of t he
Si gnat ure, t i me and Empl oyee number permi t
dat e
‫ إنهاء العمل وإرجاع التصريح‬:)5( ‫القسم الخامس‬
Sect i on (5): Compl et i on of t he work and t he ret urn of t he permi t

‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُستلم التصريح‬

‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ Recei ver of t he
Si gnat ure, t i me and Empl oyee number permi t
dat e
Sect i on (6): Cancel l at i on ‫ إلغاء التصريح‬:)6( ‫القسم‬
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُصدر التصريح‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ I ssuer of t he permi t
Si gnat ure, t i me and Empl oyee number
dat e

)1( Sect i on One)1( ‫القسم الأول‬

)‫التاريخ (إلى‬ )‫التاريخ (من‬
‫الوقت‬ ‫والوقت‬
Dat e and t i me (end) Dat e and t i me
(st art )
.‫) وردية واحدة فقط‬1( ‫ ساعات‬8 ‫يجب ان لا يتعدى التصريح أكثر من‬
The permi t must not exceed more t han 8 hours (1) onl y one shi f t .
‫المعدة ورقمها‬ ‫الموقع‬
Equi pment and seri al number Locat i on
Descri pt i on of Task/Work‫وصف الأعمال‬

)‫) – المخاطر والحلول (الاحتياطات‬2( ‫القسم الثاني‬

Sect i on Two (2) - Hazard and Cont rol (Precaut i ons)
Cont rol ‫الحلول‬ Hazard‫المخاطر‬

614
 ‫الصفحة ‪615 of 690‬‬
‫تصريح الدخول في الأماكن‬ ‫استمارة ‪OHS-F.15 #‬‬
‫المغلقة‬ ‫المراجعة ‪0 #‬‬

‫‪Conf i ned Space Permi t‬‬

‫اختبار الغازات‪Gas t est i ng‬‬

‫هل يحتاج تكرار‬ ‫‪0%‬‬ ‫غازات سامة‬ ‫‪0%‬‬ ‫غازات‬ ‫‪0-10 ppm‬‬ ‫كبريت‬ ‫‪19.5-23.5%‬‬ ‫الأكسجين‬
‫الإختبار؟‬ ‫‪Toxi c gases‬‬ ‫مشتعلة‬ ‫الهيدروجين‬ ‫‪Oxygen‬‬
‫‪Does t he t est need‬‬ ‫‪Fl ammabl e‬‬ ‫‪Hydrogen sul f ur‬‬
‫‪?t o be repeat ed‬‬ ‫‪gases‬‬
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫اسم مُختبِر‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ ‫الغازات‬
‫‪Si gnat ure, t i me and‬‬ ‫‪Empl oyee number‬‬ ‫‪Gas Test er Name‬‬
‫‪dat e‬‬
‫احتياطات خاصة ‪Speci al precaut i ons‬‬
‫معدات الوقاية اللازمة والإجراءات‬ ‫قائمة التصاريح العمل الصادرة‬
‫‪Necessary prot ect i ve equi pment (PPE) and procedures‬‬ ‫والمرتبطة بالعمل الحار‬
‫‪Li st of i ssued PTWrel at ed t o t he hot work‬‬
‫معدات الوقاية الشخصية‬ ‫تصريح العمل البارد‬
‫لا‬
‫‪No‬‬
‫نعم‬
‫‪Yes‬‬ ‫الأساسية‬ ‫‪Col d work permi t‬‬
‫‪Basi c PPE‬‬
‫التهوية‬ ‫تصريح العمل الحار‬
‫لا‬
‫‪No‬‬
‫نعم‬
‫‪Yes‬‬ ‫‪Vent i l at i on‬‬ ‫(الساخن)‬
‫‪Hot work permi t‬‬
‫لبس أسطوانة الهواء أو هواء‬ ‫تصريح الحفريات‬
‫لا‬
‫‪No‬‬
‫نعم‬
‫‪Yes‬‬ ‫خارجي‬ ‫‪Excavat i on permi t‬‬
‫‪BA set‬‬
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫قياس مستمر للغازات‬ ‫تصريح العمل في‬
‫‪No‬‬ ‫‪Yes‬‬
‫‪Cont i nuous Moni t ory‬‬ ‫الأماكن المرتفعة‬
‫فتح جميع فتحات التهوية‬ ‫قائمة العزل‪:‬‬
‫لا‬
‫‪No‬‬
‫نعم‬
‫‪Yes‬‬ ‫‪Openi ng al l Vent i l at i on‬‬ ‫‪:I sol at i on Li st‬‬
‫‪Hat ches‬‬
‫خط الوصول الخارجي‬ ‫لا‬
‫هل تم عزل مصادر الطاقة؟‬
‫لا‬
‫‪No‬‬
‫نعم‬
‫‪Yes‬‬ ‫للموظف‬ ‫يوجد‬
‫لا‬
‫‪No‬‬
‫نعم‬
‫‪Yes‬‬‫‪I s t he Energy source‬‬
‫‪None‬‬
‫‪Saf et y Li ne‬‬ ‫‪?i sol at ed‬‬
‫أجهزة الاتصال الراديو‬ ‫رقم شهادة العزل‬
‫لا‬
‫‪No‬‬
‫نعم‬
‫‪Yes‬‬ ‫‪Radi o Communi cat i on‬‬ ‫‪I sol at i on cert i f i cat e‬‬
‫‪number‬‬
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫يوجد معدات الطوارئ‬ ‫لا‬
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫كســــح الغاز (إن وجد)‬
‫‪No‬‬ ‫‪Yes‬‬
‫‪Emergency Equi pment‬‬ ‫‪None‬‬
‫‪No‬‬ ‫‪Yes‬‬
‫)‪Gas Purgi ng (i f any‬‬
‫مراقب الدخول ( هو موظف معتمد ومدرب ومخول يقوم بعملية مراقبة الدخول في الأماكن المغلقة)‬
‫‪Access Cont rol‬‬ ‫)‪(i s an accredi t ed, t rai ned, and aut hori zed empl oyee perf ormi ng t he i ndoor access cont rol process‬‬
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مراقب الدخول‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيف‬ ‫‪Access observer‬‬
‫‪Si gnat ure, t i me and dat e‬‬ ‫ي‬
‫‪Empl oyee‬‬
‫‪number‬‬
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مشرف الدخول‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيف‬ ‫‪Ent ry Supervi sor‬‬
‫‪Si gnat ure, t i me and dat e‬‬ ‫ي‬
‫‪Empl oyee‬‬
‫‪number‬‬
‫القسم الثالث (‪ :)3‬التصريح للعمل – إصدار تصريح العمل من مُصدِر التصريح‪:‬‬
‫‪:Sect i on Three (3): Work Permi t - I ssuance of a work permi t f romt he i ssuer of t he permi t‬‬
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُصدر التصريح‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيف‬ ‫‪I ssuer of t he‬‬
‫‪Si gnat ure, t i me and dat e‬‬ ‫ي‬ ‫‪permi t‬‬
‫‪Empl oyee‬‬
‫‪number‬‬
‫القسم الرابع (‪ :)4‬مستلم التصريح والموافق عليه‪ :‬وانه يقر أن المكان آمن وانه سيظل أمنا طيلة فترة إنجاز العمل‬
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُستلم‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيف‬ ‫التصريح‬
‫‪Si gnat ure, t i me and dat e‬‬ ‫ي‬

‫‪615‬‬
 616 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح الدخول في الأماكن‬ OHS-F.15 # ‫استمارة‬
‫المغلقة‬ 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

Conf i ned Space Permi t

Empl oyee Recei ver of t he

number permi t
‫ إنهاء العمل وإرجاع التصريح‬:)5( ‫القسم الخامس‬
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُستلم‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيف‬ ‫التصريح‬
Si gnat ure, t i me and dat e ‫ي‬ Recei ver of t he
Empl oyee permi t
number
‫ إلغاء التصريح‬:)6( ‫القسم الرابع‬
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُصدر التصريح‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيف‬ I ssuer of t he
Si gnat ure, t i me and dat e ‫ي‬ permi t
Empl oyee
number

)1( Sect i on One)1( ‫القسم الأول‬

‫التاريخ (إلى) الوقت‬ )‫التاريخ (من‬
Dat e and t i me(end) ‫والوقت‬
Dat e and t i me (st art )
‫المعدة ورقمها‬ ‫الموقع‬
Equi pment and seri al Locat i on
number
‫وصف المكان‬
‫المغلق‬
Conf i ned Space
descri pt i on
Descri pt i on of t he Task/ Work - ‫وصف الأعمال‬

)‫) – المخاطر والحلول (الإحتياطات‬2( ‫القسم الثاني‬

Sect i on Two (2) - Ri sks and Sol ut i ons (Precaut i ons)
‫ إذا كانت إحدى الإجابات على هذه الأسئلة بنعم فيمنع الدخول للمكان‬،‫التقييم المبدئي للدخول للأماكن المغلقة‬
‫المغلق إلا إذا تم التعرف على الخطر وتمت معالجته والسيطرة عليه ويتم منح حق الدخول بواسطة المشرف على‬
.‫ إذا كانت الإجابات كلها ب "لا" يمكن الدخول للمكان المغلق‬.‫عملية الدخول‬
I ni t i al assessment of ent ry t o Conf i ned Spaces, i f one of t he answers t o t hese quest i ons i s yes, ent ry t o t he Conf i ned
Spaces i s f orbi dden unl ess t he ri sk has been i dent i f i ed and has been addressed and cont rol l ed and access i s grant ed by t he
access cont rol supervi sor. I f al l answers are "no", t he Conf i ned Space can be ent ered.

:‫توقيع الشخص المُقيم للدخول واسمه‬

Si gnat ure of Ent ry Assessor and hi s name:

_______________ :‫ ______________________ التاريخ‬:‫ _______________________________________________ التوقيع‬:‫الاسم‬

Name:------------------------------------------------------------------ Si gnat ure:------------------------ Dat e:-------------------------------

616
 617 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫قائمة المصرح لهم بدخول الأماكن‬ OHS-F.17 # ‫استمارة‬
‫المغلقة‬ 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

Li st of t hose aut hori zed Ent rant t o Conf i ned

Space

‫المخاطر الموجود أو التي يحتمل وجودها (بين ذلك ب"نعم" أو "لا")؟‬ ‫التعرف على المخاطر‬
Exi st i ng or pot ent i al hazards (hi ghl i ght i t by “yes” or “no”)? Hazard I dent i f i cat i on
‫مخاطر بالقرب من‬ ‫مخاطر يمكن ان‬ ‫المخاطر‬
.‫تتكون بسبب العمل مكان العمل‬ ‫الموجودة‬
Hazard near t he ‫ أو غيره‬Exi st i ng
workpl ace. Hazards t hat can be Hazard
caused by work or
ot herwi se
‫مخاطر ميكانيكية‬
Mechani cal hazards
‫مخاطر كهربائية‬
El ect ri cal hazards
‫الاختناق بالمواد‬
‫ او‬،‫الفيزيائية كالمياه‬
‫السوائل أو البودرة‬
‫السائبة وغيرها‬
Asphyxi a wi t h physi cal
subst ances such as wat er,
l i qui ds, or l oose powder, et c.
،‫السوائل الهيدروليكية‬
.‫ السوائل وغيرها‬،‫الغازات‬
Hydraul i c f l ui ds, gases,
l i qui ds, and ot hers.
‫المواد الكيميائية‬
Chemi cal s
‫المواد البيولوجية من‬
‫فيروسات وبكتريا‬
‫وطفيليات‬
Bi ol ogi cal mat eri al s
i ncl udi ng vi ruses, bact eri a,
and parasi t es
‫الجو السام‬
Toxi c at mosphere
‫اختبار الغازات‬
‫يجب ان لا تتعدى الأرقام‬
:‫الآمنة التالية‬
- 19.5 ‫الأكسجين ما بين‬
%23.5
‫كبريت الهيدروجين ما بين‬
‫ جزء‬10-0
%0 – ‫الغازات المشتعلة‬
%0 – ‫الغازات السامة‬
Gas t est i ng
Must not exceed t he f ol l owi ng
saf e l i mi t s:
O2 i s bet ween 19.5 -23.5%
H2S i s bet ween 0-10 part s
Fl ammabl e Gases - 0%
Toxi c Gases - 0%

)1( Sect i on One - )1( ‫القسم الأول‬

617
 618 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫قائمة المصرح لهم بدخول الأماكن‬ OHS-F.17 # ‫استمارة‬
‫المغلقة‬ 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

Li st of t hose aut hori zed Ent rant t o Conf i ned

Space

‫التاريخ (من) والوقت‬ ‫التاريخ (من) والوقت‬

Dat e and t i me (st art ) Dat e and t i me (st art )
.‫) وردية واحدة فقط‬1( ‫ ساعات‬8 ‫يجب ان لا يتعدى التصريح أكثر من‬
The permi t must not exceed more t han 8 hours (1) onl y one shi f t .
‫المعدة ورقمتها‬ ‫الموقع‬
Eq. and Number Locat i on
‫رقم تصريح العمل في الأماكن المغلقة‬
Conf i ned Space Permi t Number
)‫مراقب الدخول ( هو موظف معتمد ومدرب ومخول يقوم بعملية مراقبة الدخول في الأماكن المغلقة‬
At t endant (i s an accredi t ed, t rai ned, and aut hori zed empl oyee perf ormi ng t he Conf i ned Space Ent ry cont rol process)
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مراقب الدخول‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ Conf i ned Space
Si gnat ure, t i me, and Empl oyee number At t endant
dat e
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مشرف الدخول‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ Ent ry Supervi sor
Si gnat ure, t i me, and Empl oyee number
dat e

)‫ خ = خروج‬،‫أوقات الدخول والخروج للأماكن المغلقة (د = دخول‬

Conf i ned Space ent ry and exi t t i mes (en = ent ry, ex = exi t ) ‫الاسم‬ ‫ر‬
‫خ‬ ‫د‬ ‫خ‬ ‫د‬ ‫خ‬ ‫د‬ ‫خ‬ ‫د‬ ‫خ‬ ‫د‬ ‫خ‬ ‫د‬ Name No.
ex en ex en ex en ex en ex en ex en
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

)1( Sect i on One - )1( ‫القسم الأول‬

)‫التاريخ (الانتهاء‬ )‫التاريخ (من‬
‫والوقت‬ ‫والوقت‬
Dat e and t i me (End) Dat e and t i me (f rom)
‫المعدة ورقمها‬ ‫الموقع‬
Eq. and i t s Number Locat i on
Descri pt i on of Task / Work – ‫وصف الأعمال‬

)‫) – المخاطر والحلول (الإحتياطات‬2( ‫القسم الثاني‬

Sect i on Two (2) – Hazards and Cont rol (Precaut i ons)
‫الحلول‬ ‫المخاطر‬
Cont rol Hazards

618
 619 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح العمل في الأماكن‬ OHS-F.18 # ‫استمارة‬
‫المرتفعة‬ 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

Permi t t o Work at Hei ght s

‫احتياطات عامة‬
General precaut i ons
‫معدات الوقاية اللازمة والإجراءات‬ ‫قائمة التصاريح العمل الصادرة والمرتبطة‬
Necessary prot ect i ve equi pment (PPE) and procedures ‫بالعمل في الأماكن المرتفعة‬
Li st of i ssued work permi t s associ at ed wi t h
Worki ng at hei ght
‫هل العمل على منصة‬ ‫معدات الوقاية الشخصية‬ ‫تصريح العمل البارد‬
،‫فوق سطح الماء‬ ‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes ‫الأساسية‬ Col d work permi t
‫يحتاج الموظف سترة‬ Basi c PPE
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬
No Yes ‫نجاة؟‬ ‫لبس حزام السلامة الشامل‬ ‫تصريح الأماكن المغلقة‬
Does t he worki ng above ‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ Saf et y Harness i s worn Conf i ned Space Permi t
wat er requi res a l i f e No Yes

j acket ?
‫هل توجد خطة للإنقاذ؟‬ ‫السقالات ومركبة بشكل‬ ‫تصريح الحفريات‬
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬
I s a Rescue Pl an i n ‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫صحيح‬ Excavat i on permi t
pl ace? No Yes
Scaf f ol di ng and properl y
i nst al l ed
‫تم وضع العلامات وطرق الحجز‬ ‫تصريح العمل الحار‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes Barri ers has been put i n )‫(الساخن‬
pl ace Hot work permi t
‫هل توجد طرق آمنة للصعود‬ :‫قائمة العزل‬
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫والنزول؟‬ :I sol at i on Li st
No Yes Are t here saf e ways t o go up
and down?
‫هل تم إزالة المخاطر العلوية‬ ‫لا‬
‫هل تم عزل مصادر الطاقة‬
‫مثل الكهرباء وغيرها؟‬ ‫يوجد‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes I s t he Energy source
None
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ Have t he overhead hazards ?i sol at ed
No Yes l i ke El ect ri cal Cabl es and ‫رقم شهادة العزل‬
ot hers been removed? I sol at i on cert i f i cat e
number
‫هل يتحمل السطح الأوزان؟‬ ‫لا‬ )‫طرد الغاز (إن وجد‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes Does t he surf ace bear t he ‫يوجد‬
None
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes Gas Purgi ng (i f any)
wei ght ?
:‫ التصريح للعمل – إصدار تصريح العمل من مُصدِر التصريح‬:)3( ‫القسم الثالث‬
:Sect i on Three (3): Work Permi t - I ssuance of a work permi t f romt he i ssuer of t he permi t
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُصدر التصريح‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيف‬ I ssuer of permi t
Si gnat ure, t i me, and ‫ي‬
dat e Empl oyee
number
‫ وانه يقر أن المكان آمن وانه سيظل أمنا طيلة فترة إنجاز العمل‬:‫ مستلم التصريح والموافق عليه‬:)4( ‫القسم الرابع‬
Sect i on 4 (4): The reci pi ent of t he permi t and t he approved person acknowl edges t hat t he pl ace i s saf e and t hat he wi l l
remai n saf e f or t he durat i on of t he work
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُستلم‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيف‬ ‫التصريح‬
Si gnat ure, t i me, and ‫ي‬ Recei ver of permi t
dat e Empl oyee
number
‫ إنهاء العمل وإرجاع التصريح‬:)5( ‫القسم الخامس‬
Sect i on Fi ve (5): Compl et i on of t he work and t he ret urn of t he permi t
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُستلم‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيف‬ ‫التصريح‬
‫ي‬ Recei ver of permi t

619
 620 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح العمل في الأماكن‬ OHS-F.18 # ‫استمارة‬
‫المرتفعة‬ 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

Permi t t o Work at Hei ght s

Si gnat ure, t i me, and Empl oyee

dat e number
‫ إلغاء التصريح‬:)6( ‫القسم الرابع‬
Sect i on 4 (6): Cancel l at i on of t he permi t
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُصدر التصريح‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيف‬ I ssuer of permi t
Si gnat ure, t i me, and ‫ي‬
dat e Empl oyee
number

‫ الأعمال التي تتطلب إصدار "تصريح العمل في الأماكن‬.‫لا يمكن استخدام هذه الاستمارة لجميع الأعمال في الأماكن المرتفعة‬
:‫ هي‬OHS-F.18 ‫المرتفعة " رقم‬
Thi s f ormcannot be used f or al l worki ng at hei ght j obs. J ob requi ri ng t he i ssuance of work permi t f or hi gh pl aces OHS-F.18
are:
‫ العمل في صندوق رفع الموظف عن طريق معدات الرفع أو الرافعة‬ ‫ متر وأكثر من‬11 ‫ استخدام المنصات المرتفعة على ارتفاع‬
.‫الشوكية‬ .‫سطح الأرض‬
‫ الأعمال الكبيرة التي تكون قريبة من الحواف التي يمكن ان‬ ‫ تركيب أو تعديل أو تفكيك السقالات ذات ارتفاع أكثر‬
.)‫ متر‬2 ‫يسقط منها الموظف (بالقرب من‬ .‫ متر‬4 ‫من‬
 Worki ng i n t he Man Li f t Box by l i f t i ng equi pment or f orkl i f t .  Use el evat ed work pl at f orms 11 met ers above t he
 Large works t hat are cl ose t o t he edges f romwhi ch t he empl oyee ground.
can f al l (2 met ers approxi mat el y).  I nst al l at i on, modi f i cat i on or di smant l i ng of
scaf f ol di ng wi t h a hei ght of more t han 4 met ers.
‫الاسم‬
‫رقم العمل‬ ‫التاريخ‬
‫الكامل‬
J ob number Dat e
Ful l name
:‫المتطلبات العامة لجميع الأعمال التي تعمل على ارتفاعات‬
General requi rement s f or al l al t i t ude work:
‫هل سيتطابق العمل مع المتطلبات القانونية لقوانين الصحة والسلامة؟‬
Does t he work compl y wi t h t he l egal requi rement s f or heal t h and saf et y l aws?
.‫الموظفون مدربون بشكل جيد ويمتلكون الكفاءة اللازمة للعمل في الارتفاعات‬
 ‫ضع علامة‬
The st af f are wel l -t rai ned and compet ent t o work at hei ght s.
‫للتأكد من أن‬
.‫طرق الدخول والخروج للعمل والصعود والنزول من منصات العمل آمنة‬ ‫جميع طرق‬
The met hods of ent eri ng and exi t i ng t he work si t e and goi ng up and down f romt he work ‫السيطرة‬
pl at f orms are saf e. ‫ستكون موجودة‬
.‫ستكون منصات العمل قادرة على تحمل الأوزان شاملة لوزن الموظفين والأدوات‬
Pl ease t i ck  t o
The work pl at f orms can carry wei ght s i ncl udi ng t he wei ght of empl oyees and t ool s.
ensure al l
.‫ستكون مناطق الخطر أسفل منصة العمل محجوزة لمنع دخول الناس أسفل تلك المنصة‬ cont rol s are i n
The danger areas bel owt he work pl at f ormwi l l be reserved t o prevent peopl e f roment eri ng pl ace
t he bot t omof t hat pl at f orm.
.‫تم وضع خطة إنقاذ في حالة حصول حادث في المكان المرتفع‬
A rescue pl an has been drawn up i n t he event of an acci dent at t he al t i t ude.
:‫استخدام الأدوات في الأماكن المرتفعة‬
Usi ng t ool s i n hi gh pl aces:
‫ على طرق السيطرة التي بالأسفل للتأكد من وجودها‬ ‫ضع علامة‬ yes   ‫هل سيتم‬
Pl ace a t i ck  on t he cont rol met hods bel owt o ensure t hey are present  ‫نعم‬ no ‫استخدام أدوات‬
‫لا‬ ‫في الأماكن‬
‫استخدام الأدوات الكهربائية تتطلب استخدام حبال الوصل أو طريقة‬ ‫المرتفعة؟‬
.‫لقفلها لمنع سقوطها‬

620
 621 of ‫الصفحة‬
‫قائمة المراجعة والتدقيق للأعمال‬ 690
‫التي تجرى على ارتفاعات بسيطة‬ OHS- # ‫استمارة‬
F.19
Checkl i st and checkl i st f or busi ness done
at si mpl e hei ght s 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

Usi ng el ect ri cal t ool s requi res t he use of connect i on cords or a way t o Wi l l t ool s be used
l ock t hemt o prevent t hemf romf al l i ng of f . i n hi gh pl aces?
‫حين عدم استخدام يجب منعها من السقوط باستخدام حامي الأطراف على‬
‫السقالات أو المنصات المرتفعة أو يتم تخزينها في صندوق أدوات‬
.‫مخمي من السقوط‬
When not i n use, t hey shoul d be prevent ed f romf al l i ng of f by usi ng t he
edge guard on scaf f ol di ng or rai sed pl at f orms or st ored i n a f al l -
prot ect ed t ool box.
‫سوف يتم نقل الأدوات بشكل أمن من وإلى المنصة سوآءا عن طريق‬
.‫الحبال او البكرات أو غيرها من الطرق‬
Tool s wi l l be saf el y t ransf erred t o and f romt he pl at f orm, whet her by
ropes, pul l eys, or ot her met hods.
‫ متر‬11 ‫ أو المنصات المتنقلة بارتفاع أقل من‬،‫ الرافعات المتنقلة‬،‫العمل من المنصات المرتفعة مثل الرافعة المقصية‬
Work f romel evat ed pl at f orms such as sci ssor l i f t , mobi l e cranes, or mobi l e pl at f orms wi t h a hei ght of l ess t han 11 met ers
‫ على طرق السيطرة التي بالأسفل للتأكد من وجودها‬ ‫ضع علامة‬ yes   ‫هل يتطلب‬
Pl ace a t i ck  on t he cont rol met hods bel owt o ensure t hey are present  ‫نعم‬ no ‫العمل استخدام‬
‫لا‬ ‫منصات بارتفاع‬
‫يجب ان يتوفر تقرير الصيانة وأيضا التفتيش قبل الاستخدام‬ ‫ م؟‬11 ‫أقل من‬
‫للتأكد من ان المعدة صالحة للاستخدام‬ Does work requi re
A mai nt enance report and i nspect i on must be avai l abl e bef ore use t o t he use of
ensure t hat t he equi pment i s sui t abl e f or use pl at f orms l ess
‫المشغل يمتلك الكفاءة المناسبة وأيضا التراخيص المطلوبة‬ t han 11 met ers
‫ويكون لابسا لحزام السلامة الشامل إذا تطلب الأمر حسب القوانين‬ hi gh?
.‫والمعايير وتعليمات المُصنِع‬
The operat or possesses t he appropri at e compet ence as wel l as t he
requi red l i censes and shal l be dressed wi t h Saf et y Harness i f requi red i n
accordance wi t h t he l aws, st andards, and manuf act urer 's i nst ruct i ons.
‫وجود ملاحظ للسلامة للتأكد من عدم وجود أخطار تهدد سلامة العاملين‬
.‫على المنصة‬
The presence of a saf et y observer t o ensure t hat t here are no hazards t hat
t hreat en t he saf et y of workers on t he pl at f orm.
.‫لن يخرج الموظفين من المنصة المرتفعة أثناء وجودها بالأعلى‬
Empl oyees wi l l not exi t f romt he pl at f ormt hat i s at t he al t i t ude whi l e i t
i s at t he t op.
.‫ متر‬4 ‫ أو تركيبها أو تعديلها أو تفكيكها بارتفاع أقل من‬،‫العمل من السقالات‬
Work f romscaf f ol di ng, erect i on, modi f i cat i on or di smant l i ng at a hei ght of l ess t han 4 met ers.
‫ على طرق السيطرة التي بالأسفل للتأكد من وجودها‬ ‫ضع علامة‬ yes   ‫العمل من‬
Pl ace a t i ck  on t he cont rol met hods bel owt o ensure t hey are present  ‫نعم‬ no ‫ أو‬،‫السقالات‬
‫لا‬ ‫تركيبها أو‬
‫تعديلها أو‬
‫المنصة مناسبة للعمل‬ ‫السقالات مستوية وعلى‬ ‫تفكيكها بارتفاع‬
The pl at f ormi s sui t abl e f or work ‫أرضية قوية‬ ‫ متر من‬4 ‫أقل من‬
Scaf f ol di ng i s st rong and on a .‫الأرض‬
sol i d ground Work f rom
‫أربطة السقالات ونقاط التثبيت‬ ‫وجود حواجز حول المنصة وحوافها‬ scaf f ol di ng,
‫بحالة جيدة‬ .‫لمنع السقوط‬ erect i on,
Scaf f ol di ng t i es and f i xi ng poi nt s Barri ers around t he pl at f ormand modi f i cat i on or
are i n good condi t i on i t s edges t o prevent f al l s. di smant l i ng at a
hei ght of l ess t han
.‫وجود حامي الأطراف السفلي‬ 4 PPPPPP.
The presence of t he t oe board.
‫ على طرق السيطرة التي بالأسفل للتأكد من وجودها‬ ‫ضع علامة‬ yes   ‫ارتفاع السقالات‬
Pl ace a t i ck  on t he cont rol met hods bel owt o ensure t hey are present  ‫نعم‬ no ‫ متر؟‬4 ‫أكثر من‬
‫ لا‬The hei ght of
‫علامة تفتيش السقالة موجودة وتبين أنها بحالة جيدة وقادرة على‬ scaf f ol di ng more
.‫تحمل الأوزان‬ t han 4 met ers?
The scaf f ol d i nspect i on mark i s present and i ndi cat es t hat i t i s i n good
condi t i on and abl e t o wi t hst and wei ght s.

621
 622 of ‫الصفحة‬
‫قائمة المراجعة والتدقيق للأعمال‬ 690
‫التي تجرى على ارتفاعات بسيطة‬ OHS- # ‫استمارة‬
F.19
Checkl i st and checkl i st f or busi ness done
at si mpl e hei ght s 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫مسافات الوصول (الاقتران) الآمن‬

Saf e access di st ances
‫ على طرق السيطرة التي بالأسفل للتأكد من وجودها‬ ‫ضع علامة‬ yes   ‫العمل بالقرب من‬
Pl ace a t i ck  on t he cont rol met hods bel owt o ensure t hey are present  ‫نعم‬ no ‫خطوط الكهرباء‬
‫لا‬ ‫وفي مناطق منع‬
‫العمل كما هو‬
‫لقد تم تنفيذ جميع المتطلبات القانونية والمعيارية من ضمنها‬ .‫محدد قانونا‬
‫ وأي متطلبات‬،‫ موافقة مشغل شبكة الكهرباء‬،‫وجود ملاحظ السلامة‬ Work near
.‫أخرى‬ el ect ri ci t y
Al l l egal and st andard requi rement s have been i mpl ement ed, i ncl udi ng t he l i nes or i n work-
presence of saf et y not es, t he approval of t he el ect ri cal net work operat or ban areas as
and any ot her requi rement s. def i ned by l aw.
.‫ متر‬2 ‫العمل على الأسطح وبالقرب من الحواف غير المحمية بمسافة‬
Work on surf aces and 2 met ers near t he unprot ect ed edges.
‫ على طرق السيطرة التي بالأسفل للتأكد من وجودها‬ ‫ضع علامة‬ yes   ‫العمل على‬
Pl ace a t i ck  on t he cont rol met hods bel owt o ensure t hey are present  ‫نعم‬ no ‫الأسطح وبالقرب‬
‫لا‬ ‫من الحواف غير‬
.‫لا يتم العمل على الأسطح أثناء الطقس السيء‬ ‫المحمية‬
Ensure t hat no work shal l be execut ed on t he roof duri ng bad weat her. ‫ متر‬2 ‫بمسافة‬
‫العمل على أسطح ذات طابق الواحد المستوي وذات إنحاء بسيط جدا؟‬ ‫ماعدا الصعود‬
Worki ng on a si ngl e st orey l evel roof and i s very si mpl e curve ‫والنزول؟‬
.‫سوف يتم استخدام مانع للسقوط أو أنظمة منع السقوط‬ Work on roof t ops
Fal l arrest or or Fal l prevent i on syst ems wi l l be used. and near t he
‫يجب توافر شخصين على الأقل حتى يتمكن أحدهما من الإبلاغ عن أي‬ unprot ect ed
.‫حادث‬ edges 2 met ers
At l east t wo peopl e are requi red f or one of t hemt o report any acci dent . apart f romgoi ng
.‫يتم القيام بعمليات صيانة بسيطة فقط‬ up and down?
Onl y mi nor mai nt enance i s perf ormed.
‫السلالم‬
St ai rs
‫ على طرق السيطرة التي بالأسفل للتأكد من وجودها‬ ‫ضع علامة‬ yes   ‫هل سيستخدم‬
Pl ace a t i ck  on t he cont rol met hods bel owt o ensure t hey are present  ‫نعم‬ no ‫الدرج كجزء من‬
‫لا‬ ‫العمل؟‬
‫ موضحة كيفية اختيار السلم كعنصر تحكم‬،‫المعلومات الواردة أدناه‬ Wi l l t he st ai rs be
The i nf ormat i on bel owexpl ai ns howt o choose t he .ً‫مناسب قراءةً وفهما‬ used as part of
.st ai rs as a conveni ent readi ng and underst andi ng cont rol t he work?
‫ ويتم فحص السلم قبل‬،‫يتطابق الدرج مع المواصفات والمعايير‬
.‫كجم‬120 ‫الاستخدام وان الدرج يستحمل‬
The l adder conf ormt o t he st andard and t he st ai r are i nspect ed and t he
l adder can wi t hst and 120Kg
.‫سيكون هنالك شخص واحد على الدرج في جميع الأوقات‬
There wi l l al ways be one person on t he st ai rs.
‫ نقاط دائما مثلا رجلين ويد أو‬3 ‫يجب ان يمسك الموظف الدرج عبر‬
.‫يدين ورجل وهكذا‬
The empl oyee must hol d t he st ai rs t hrough 3 poi nt s, f or exampl e, t wo l egs,
one hand or t wo hands, one l eg, and so on.
‫ على طرق السيطرة التي بالأسفل للتأكد من وجودها‬ ‫ضع علامة‬  ‫ نعم‬  ‫هل سيستخدم‬
Pl ace a t i ck  on t he cont rol met hods bel owt o ensure t hey are present ‫لا‬ ‫درج فريد أو‬
‫ وسطح‬،‫ على أساس ثابت‬،‫يتم تأمين السلالم الممددة أو المفردة‬ ‫امتداد له؟‬
‫ وتمتد القضبان‬، ‫ ويتم تثبيتها بشكل صحيح في الأعلى‬، ٍ‫مستو‬
‫الجانبية لمسافة لا تقل عن متر واحد فوق سطح الهبوط العلوي إذا‬
‫ وبميل مناسب (أي المسافة بين قاعدة السلم و‬، ‫خرجت من الأعلى‬
‫يجب أن يكون الهيكل الداعم حوالي متر واحد لكل أربعة أمتار من ارتفاع‬
.)‫سلم العمل‬
The ext ended or si ngl e l adder are secured on a st abl e basi s wi t h a f l at
surf ace, t he l adder shal l be properl y i nst al l ed at t he t op and t he si de
rai l s ext end at l east one met er above t he t op l andi ng roof i f t hey exi t

622
 623 of ‫الصفحة‬
‫قائمة المراجعة والتدقيق للأعمال‬ 690
‫التي تجرى على ارتفاعات بسيطة‬ OHS- # ‫استمارة‬
F.19
Checkl i st and checkl i st f or busi ness done
at si mpl e hei ght s 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

f romt he t op and wi t h an appropri at e i ncl i nat i on (i .e. t he di st ance

bet ween t he base of t he st ai rs and t he support i ng st ruct ure must be about
one met er f or every f our met ers of t he hei ght of t he work l adder.)
‫يقوم الشخص بوضع قدم السلم الفردي أو الممتد للتأكد من أنه لا‬
‫ينزلق (أثناء الاستخدام) أو أن السلم مؤمن على الأرض (بالإضافة إلى‬
.)‫الجزء العلوي‬
The person pl aces t he f oot of t he i ndi vi dual or ext ended l adder t o ensure
t hat i t does not sl i p (duri ng use) or t hat t he l adder i s secured t o t he
f l oor (i n addi t i on t o t he t op).

)1( ‫القسم الأول‬

Sect i on One)1(
)‫التاريخ (إلى‬ )‫التاريخ (من‬
‫الوقت‬ ‫والوقت‬
Dat e and t i me (end) Dat e and t i me
(st art )

623
 624 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح الغوص‬ OHS-F.20 # ‫استمارة‬
Di vi ng Permi t 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫تاريخ ووقت الجزر‬ ‫تاريخ ووقت المد‬

The dat e and t i me of The dat e and t i me of
t he l owt i de t he hi gh t i de
‫ أيام من تاريخ الغوص‬10 ‫) واحدة – يجب ان يقدم قبل‬1( ‫ ساعات وردية‬8 ‫يجب ان لا يتعدى التصريح أكثر من‬
The permi t must not exceed more t han 8 shi f t hours (1) one shi f t - i t must be submi t t ed 10 days bef ore t he dat e of di vi ng
‫المعدة ورقمها‬ ‫موقع الغوص‬
Equi pment and Di vi ng l ocat i on
seri al number
Descri pt i on of Task/Work - ‫وصف الأعمال‬

‫مقاول الغوص‬
Di vi ng cont ract or
:‫اسم مقاول الغوص‬
Di vi ng cont ract or name:
:‫عنوان مقاول الغوص‬
Di vi ng cont ract or
address:
:‫أرقام الاتصال‬
Cont act numbers:
:‫اسم مشرف الغوص‬
Name of di vi ng supervi sor:
)‫أقصى عمق للغوص (م‬
Max. Di vi ng dept h (met ers)
‫فريق الغوص‬
Di vi ng t eam
‫تاريخ انتهاء الشهادة‬ ‫رقم الشهادة‬ ‫الاسم‬
Li cense expi ry Li cense no. Name

)‫) – المخاطر والحلول (الاحتياطات‬2( ‫القسم الثاني‬

Sect i on Two (2) - Ri sks and Sol ut i ons (Precaut i ons)

‫الحلول‬ ‫المخاطر‬
Cont rol Hazard

‫احتياطات خاصة‬
Speci al precaut i ons
‫معدات الوقاية اللازمة والإجراءات‬ ‫قائمة التصاريح العمل الصادرة‬
Necessary prot ect i ve equi pment (PPE) and procedures ‫والمرتبطة بالغوص‬
Li st of work permi t s i ssued and associ at ed
wi t h di vi ng
‫هل توجد سفينة الدعم؟‬ ‫تصريح العمل البارد‬
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫رقمها؟‬ Col d work permi t
No Yes No Yes I s t here a support shi p and
what i s i t s number?
‫تسجيل المكالمات بتردد‬ ‫تصريح الأماكن المغلقة‬
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ٍ‫عال‬ Conf i ned Space permi t
No Yes No Yes
Hi gh-f requency cal l
recordi ng
‫علامة نداء الغوص بتردد عال‬ ‫تصريح العمل الحار‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes Hi gh f requency di vi ng cal l )‫(الساخن‬
si gn Hot work permi t

624
 625 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح الغوص‬ OHS-F.20 # ‫استمارة‬
Di vi ng Permi t 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

:‫رقم هاتف الغوص‬ ‫تصريح العمل في‬

‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes Di vi ng phone number: ‫الأماكن المرتفعة‬
Worki ng at hei ght Permi t
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes
: I sol at i on Li st :‫قائمة العزل‬
‫لا‬
‫هل تم عزل مصادر الطاقة‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes
‫يوجد‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes I s t he Energy source
None
i sol at ed?
‫رقم شهادة العزل‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes I sol at i on cert i f i cat e
number
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬
‫لا‬
‫يوجد‬
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ )‫وجد‬ ‫(إن‬ ‫الغاز‬ ‫طرد‬
No Yes No Yes
None
No Yes
Gas Purgi ng (i f any)
:‫ التصريح للعمل – إصدار تصريح العمل من مُصدِر التصريح‬:)3( ‫القسم الثالث‬
Sect i on Three (3): Work Permi t - I ssuance of a work permi t f romt he i ssuer of t he permi t :
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُصدر التصريح‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيف‬ Permi t I ssuer
Si gnat ure, t i me, and ‫ي‬
dat e Empl oyee
number
‫ وانه يقر أن المكان آمن وانه سيظل أمنا طيلة فترة إنجاز العمل‬:‫ مستلم التصريح والموافق عليه‬:)4( ‫القسم الرابع‬
Sect i on f our (4): The reci pi ent of t he permi t and t he approved person: He acknowl edges t hat t he pl ace i s saf e and t hat he wi l l
remai n saf e t hroughout t he peri od of compl et i on of t he work
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُستلم‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيف‬ ‫التصريح‬
Si gnat ure, t i me, and ‫ي‬ Permi t Recei ver
dat e Empl oyee
number
‫ إنهاء العمل وإرجاع التصريح‬:)5( ‫القسم الخامس‬
Sect i on Fi ve (5): Compl et i on of t he work and t he ret urn of t he permi t
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُستلم‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيف‬ ‫التصريح‬
Si gnat ure, t i me, and ‫ي‬ Permi t Recei ver
dat e Empl oyee
number
‫ إلغاء التصريح‬:)6( ‫القسم الرابع‬
Sect i on si x (6): Cancel l at i on of t he permi t

‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُصدر التصريح‬

‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيف‬ Permi t I ssuer
Si gnat ure, t i me, and ‫ي‬
dat e Empl oyee
number

625
 626 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح الغوص‬ OHS-F.20 # ‫استمارة‬
Di vi ng Permi t 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫وفقا لمدونة البحرية الدولية للبضائع الخطرة فإن المواد المتفجرة هي مواد صلبة أو سائلة (أو خليط من المواد) والتي لها‬
‫ المواد‬.‫القدرة الذاتية على التفاعل كيميائيا وينتج عن ذلك التفاعل غازات بدرجة حرارة وضغط وبسرعة تؤدي إلى أضرار للمحيط‬
.‫المتفجرة محكومة بقانون سلامة المواد المتفجرة‬
‫يجب تقديم هذا التصريح من قبل السفينة التي تحمل المتفجرات أو التي تقوم بمناولتها في جميع الموانئ السعودية‬
.‫التابعة للهيئة العامة للموانئ‬
.)‫ كيلو‬10,000( ‫) عشرة أطنان‬10( ‫ بكمية لا تتجاوز‬1.4 ‫ تقبل الهيئة العامة للموانئ المتفجرات طبقا للتصنيف‬.1
.‫) واحد كيلو‬1( ‫ بكمية لا تتجاوز‬1.6‫ و‬1.5 ،1.3 ،1.2 ،1.1 ‫ تقبل الهيئة العامة للموانئ المتفجرات طبقا للتصنيف‬.2
‫) أيام من وصول السفينة‬7( ‫ إذا تعدت الكميات المسموح بها فيجب تسليم هذا التصريح للهيئة العامة للموانئ قبل‬.3
.‫ومرفق معه تقييم للمخاطر‬
:‫ بالإضافة لذلك يجب أيضا ان يتضمن التالي‬.4
.‫ متطلبات ومعدات الحريق عند الرصيف‬.4.1
.‫ خطة الطوارئ على الرصيف‬.4.2
.‫ معلومات لمشغل الرصيف عن خطورة المواد وطرق التعامل معها‬.4.3
Accordi ng t o t he (I MDG Code), expl osi ve mat eri al s are sol i d or l i qui d mat eri al s (or mi xt ures of bot h) t hat have t he abi l i t y t o i nt eract
chemi cal l y, and t hat react i on resul t s i n gases of t emperat ure, pressure, and speed t hat cause damage t o t he surroundi ng. Expl osi ve
subst ances are governed by t he Expl osi ve Mat eri al Saf et y Act .
Thi s permi t must be present ed by t he shi p t hat carri es expl osi ves or t hat i t i s handl i ng i t at al l Saudi port s af f i l i at ed
wi t h t he Saudi Port s Aut hori t y (SPA).
1. The Saudi Port s Aut hori t y (SPA) accept expl osi ves accordi ng t o cl assi f i cat i on 1.4, wi t h an amount not exceedi ng (10)
t en t ons (10,000 ki l ograms).
2. The Saudi Port s Aut hori t y (SPA) accept expl osi ves accordi ng t o cl assi f i cat i on 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.5 and 1.6 i n a quant i t y not
exceedi ng (1) one ki l ogram.
3. I f t he permi t t ed quant i t i es exceed t he permi ssi bl e amount , t hi s permi t must be del i vered t o The Saudi Port s
Aut hori t y (SPA) 7 days bef ore t he arri val of t he shi p and a ri sk assessment at t ached t o i t .
4. I n addi t i on, i t shoul d al so i ncl ude t he f ol l owi ng:
4.1. Fi re requi rement s and equi pment at t he bert h.
4.2. The emergency pl an on t he bert h.
4.3. I nf ormat i on f or t he j et t i es’ operat or about t he severi t y of t he mat eri al s and met hods of deal i ng wi t h i t .
‫) – معلومات عن مقدم الطلب‬1( ‫القسم الأول‬
Sect i on one (1) - I nf ormat i on about t he appl i cant
‫الشركة‬ ‫الاسم‬
Company Name
24( ‫رقم الاتصال‬ ‫البريد‬
)‫ساعة‬ ‫الإلكتروني‬
Cont act number (24 Emai l
hours)
‫تاريخ ووقت‬ ‫تاريخ ووقت‬
‫الانتهاء‬ ‫البدء‬
Dat e and t i me (end) Dat e and t i me
(st art )
‫ ممثل الحضور‬- ‫تفاصيل المرسل‬
Sender Det ai l s - At t endance Represent at i ve
‫الشركة‬ ‫الاسم‬
Company Name
24( ‫رقم الاتصال‬ ‫البريد‬
)‫ساعة‬ ‫الإلكتروني‬
Emai l

626
 627 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح المواد المتفجرة‬ OHS-F.21 # ‫استمارة‬
Expl osi ve subst ances permi t 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

Cont act number (24

hours)
‫ ممثل الحضور‬- ‫تفاصيل المرسل‬
Sender Det ai l s - At t endance Represent at i ve
‫الشركة‬ ‫الاسم‬
Company Name
)‫ ساعة‬24( ‫رقم الاتصال‬ ‫البريد‬
Cont act number (24 hours) ‫الإلكتروني‬
Emai l
‫تفاصيل السفينة‬
Shi p det ai l s
‫الرصيف‬ ‫اسم السفينة‬
bert h Shi p’s name
I MO‫رقم السفينة‬ ‫ميناء التسجيل‬
Shi p number I MO Regi st ry port
‫رقم الاتصال‬ ‫اسم قبطان‬
‫بالقبطان‬ ‫السفينة‬
Capt ai n's cont act Name of t he shi p
number capt ai n
‫تصنيف المتفجرات حسب المدونة البحرية الدولية للمواد المتفجرة‬
Cl assi f i cat i on of expl osi ves accordi ng t o t he I nt ernat i onal Mari t i me Code f or Expl osi ves I MDG Code
1.4 ‫التصنيف‬
Cl assi f i cat i on 1.4
no ‫لا‬ yes ‫نعم‬ ‫ طن‬10 ‫هل تتعدى كميات المواد المتفجرة أكثر من‬
Do t he quant i t i es of expl osi ve mat eri al s exceed 10 t ons?
no ‫لا‬ yes ‫نعم‬ .‫ فهل تم إرفاق تقييم للمخاطر‬،‫إذا كانت الإجابة بنعم‬
I f yes, i s a ri sk assessment at t ached?
‫تصنيف المتفجرات حسب المدونة البحرية الدولية للمواد المتفجرة‬
Cl assi f i cat i on of expl osi ves accordi ng t o t he I MDG Code
1.6 ‫ تصنيف‬- 1.5 ‫ تصنيف‬- 1.3 ‫ تصنيف‬- 1.2 ‫ تصنيف‬- 1.1 ‫تصنيف‬
Cl assi f i cat i on 1.6 - cl assi f i cat i on 1.5- cl assi f i cat i on 1.3- cl assi f i cat i on 1.2- cl assi f i cat i on 1.1
no ‫لا‬ yes ‫نعم‬ ‫ كيلو‬1 ‫هل تتعدى كميات المواد المتفجرة أكثر من‬
Do t he quant i t i es of expl osi ve subst ances exceed more t han 1 kg?
no ‫لا‬ yes ‫نعم‬ .‫ فهل تم إرفاق تقييم للمخاطر‬،‫إذا كانت الإجابة بنعم‬
I f yes, i s a ri sk assessment at t ached?
‫التصنيف‬ ‫الكميات‬ ‫وصف الأعمال‬
Cl assi f i cat i Quant i t i es Descri pt i on of Task/Work
on
‫تحميل المواد المتفجرة على ظهر السفينة‬
Loadi ng expl osi ve mat eri al on board
‫تفريغ السفينة من المواد المتفجرة على الرصيف‬
Unl oadi ng t he shi p f romexpl osi ve mat eri al s on t he bert h
‫التعامل مع المواد المتفجرة بالقرب من السفينة‬
Deal i ng wi t h expl osi ve mat eri al s near t he shi p
)‫الاحتفاظ بالمواد المتفجرة على ظهر السفينة (عبور‬
Keep expl osi ve mat eri al on board (t ransi t )
‫الاستعادة – التعامل مع المواد المتفجرة على متن السفينة‬
Recovery - handl i ng expl osi ve mat eri al on board
‫قائمة بالمتطلبات‬
Li st of requi rement s
‫فصل المواد طبقا لمتطلبات المدونة الدولية البحرية للمواد المتفجرة‬
Separat i on of mat eri al s accordi ng t o t he requi rement s of t he I nt ernat i onal Mari t i me Code f or Expl osi ve Mat eri al s
I MDG Code
‫ مترا من منطقة‬15 ‫يجب تأمين منطقة الرصيف التي يتم فيها التعامل مع المتفجرات ومساحة لا تقل عن‬
.‫ ويُستبعد الموظفون غير الأساسيين‬.‫المناولة المباشرة وترسيمها بوضوح‬
Securi ng t he bert h area i n whi ch expl osi ves are handl ed and a mi ni mumof 15 met ers f romt he area of di rect handl i ng
and cl earl y demarcat ed. Non-core st af f are excl uded.
‫ ويجب توفير نسخة منه‬.‫تم الانتهاء من تحليل السلامة الوظيفية وتوقيعه من قبل جميع المشغلين‬
‫ وكذلك توضع نسخة منه في الموقع في جميع الأوقات‬،‫لجميع المشغلين والمستأجرين المجاورين بالموقع‬
.‫العمل‬

627
 628 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح المواد المتفجرة‬ OHS-F.21 # ‫استمارة‬
Expl osi ve subst ances permi t 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

J ob saf et y anal ysi s i s compl et ed and si gned by al l operat ors. A copy must be provi ded t o al l operat ors and t enant s of
t he nei ghbori ng si t e, and a copy must be pl aced on t he si t e at al l worki ng t i mes.
.‫وتم الاتفاق على خطة إجلاء طارئ تشمل أرقام الاتصال والتواصل أثناء الطوارئ‬
An emergency evacuat i on pl an was agreed, and i t i ncl udes emergency cont act numbers.
‫يجب أن تكون معدات مكافحة الحرائق القادرة على إخماد أي حريق يمكن التنبؤ به بحسب بأنواع وكميات‬
.‫المتفجرات التي يتم التعامل معها في الرصيف وان تكون تلك المعدات متاحة في جميع الأوقات‬
Fi ref i ght i ng equi pment must be abl e t o put out any predi ct abl e f i re accordi ng t o t he t ypes and quant i t i es of
expl osi ves t hat are handl ed on t he bert h and t hat such equi pment i s al ways avai l abl e.
.‫يجب ان يكون جميع المشغلين مرخصين وكفؤين للقيام بتلك المهام‬
Al l operat ors must be l i censed and qual i f i ed t o perf ormt hese t asks.
‫الأعمال القريبة من الرصيف‬
Works near t he bert h
no ‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ،‫ بالقرب من الأعمدة أو بالقرب من حبال المراسي؟ إذا كانت الإجابة بنعم‬،‫هل الأعمال المجاورة لرصيف‬
yes .‫راجع الملاحظات الإلزامية‬
Are t he works adj acent t o t he Bert h, near t he col umns or near t he moori ngs? I f yes, see mandat ory not es.
no ‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫لقد قرأت وفهمت المخاطر المرتبطة بالعمل بالقرب من السفن الراسية كما تم التعريف به في‬
yes .‫البرنامج التعريفي للميناء‬
I have read and underst and t he ri sks associ at ed wi t h worki ng near moori ng vessel s as def i ned i n t he port
i nduct i on program.
)‫ متر‬5( ‫العمل بالقرب من انابيب الوقود بمسافة‬
Work near t he f uel pi pel i nes wi t hi n 5 met ers
no ‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫ متر)؟ أذا كانت الإجابة بنعم فيجب رؤية التعليقات‬5( ‫هل العمل سيتم بالقرب من انابيب الوقود‬
yes .‫الإلزامية‬
Wi l l t he work be done near t he f uel pi pel i nes (5 met ers)? I f t he answer i s yes, you shoul d see t he
mandat ory comment s.
‫ أمتار من منشأة وقود أو خط أنابيب يجب على مشرف الرصيف مناقشة الطلب مع مشغل خط‬5 ‫إذا كان العمل على بعد‬
.‫الأنابيب المرخص قبل إصدار التصريح‬
I f t he work i s 5 met ers away f roma f uel or pi pel i ne f aci l i t y, t he bert h supervi sor must di scuss t he request wi t h t he
l i censed pi pel i ne operat or bef ore i ssui ng t he permi t .
‫الشركة‬ ‫اسم‬
Company Name
‫التاريخ‬ ‫التوقيع‬ ‫مشرف الرصيف‬
Dat e Si gnat ure Bert h supervi sor
‫تقييم الميناء الداخلي‬
I nt ernal port eval uat i on
‫التاري‬ ‫التوقيع‬ ‫الاس‬ ‫قبطان‬
‫خ‬ Si gnat ure ‫م‬ ‫الميناء‬
Dat e Name Port
capt ai n
‫تمت الموافقة – مع اشتراطات إضافية‬ ‫تم الرفض – يجب مراجعتها وتقديمها من جديد‬
Approved - wi t h addi t i onal requi rement s Rej ect ed - Must be revi ewed and submi t t ed agai n
:‫ الملاحظات‬/‫التعليقات‬
Comment s / not es:

‫قبول المتطلبات‬
Accept t he requi rement s
‫ تمت قراءة الشروط التي بالأسفل وفهم وقبول شروط وأحكام هذا الطلب ويؤكد‬،‫من خلال التوقيع على هذه الوثيقة‬
.‫أن جميع المعلومات صحيحة ودقيقة‬
By si gni ng t hi s document , t he bel owt erms have been read. The t erms and condi t i ons of t hi s appl i cat i on are underst ood and
accept ed and conf i rmt hat al l i nf ormat i on i s correct and accurat e.
:‫تاريخ‬ ‫التوق‬ ‫اسم مقدم‬
Dat e: ‫يع‬ ‫الطلب‬
Si gnat ur appl i cant 's
e name
.‫تصدر الموافقة فقط عن التوقيع على القسم التالي من قبل ممثل الميناء والرصيف فقط‬
The approval i s i ssued onl y by si gni ng t he f ol l owi ng sect i on by t he port and bert h represent at i ve onl y
‫الموافقة النهائية من الميناء‬
‫قبطان الميناء‬ ‫مشرف الميناء‬ ‫موافقة من قبل‬
Port ’s capt ai n Port ’s supervi sor Approval f rom

628
 629 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح المواد المتفجرة‬ OHS-F.21 # ‫استمارة‬
Expl osi ve subst ances permi t 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫التاريخ‬ ‫التوقي‬ ‫اسم الموظف الذي‬

Dat e ‫ع‬ ‫اعتمد‬
Si gnat ur Name of t he empl oyee
e who i s approved
‫تم معالجتها من قبل مشرف الرصيف‬
I t was handl ed by t he bert h supervi sor
‫التاري‬ ‫التوقي‬ ‫الاسم‬
‫خ‬ ‫ع‬ Name
Dat e Si gnat ur
e

‫للاستخدام المكتبي‬
For of f i ce use
‫التاريخ‬ ‫تم تسجيل التصريح في سجل التصاريح‬
Dat e The permi t i s recorded i n t he permi t l og
‫التاريخ‬ ‫تم الانتهاء من التصريح وتم التأكد من الموقع‬
Dat e The permi t has been compl et ed and t he si t e has been conf i rmed
‫التاريخ‬ ‫تم إغلاق التصريح‬
Dat e Permi t cl osed
‫الشروط‬
Condi t i ons
‫ يجب تقديم الطلب في غضون يومين قبل بدء العمل في حالة عدم‬،‫لضمان الموافقة في الوقت المناسب‬ 1
.‫تجاوز الكميات المسموح بها حسب التصنيف‬
To ensure t i mel y approval , t he appl i cat i on must be submi t t ed wi t hi n t wo days bef ore work begi ns i f t he permi ssi bl e
quant i t i es do not exceed t he cl assi f i cat i on.
‫لا يمكن البدء بأي عمل حتى يتم استلام موافقة موقعة من قبل الميناء (في نسخة مطبوعة أو عبر البريد‬ 2
.‫الإلكتروني) وتم قبول الشروط أو أي متطلبات إضافية‬
I t i s not possi bl e t o st art any work unt i l a si gned approval i s recei ved by t he port (i n hard copy or vi a e-mai l ) and
t he condi t i ons or addi t i onal requi rement s are accept ed.
.‫يجب الإبلاغ عن بدء الأعمال بشكل يومي لبرج المراقبة او مشرف الرصيف وعند الانتهاء يجب ابلاغهم أيضا‬ 3
The commencement of work must be report ed dai l y t o t he Tower or t he bert h supervi sor and not i f y t hemwhen i t i s
compl et ed al so.
"‫يجب رفع العلم الأحمر "برافو‬ 4
Red Bravo Fl ag must be rai sed
‫يجب الإبلاغ عن جميع الحوادث البيئية وحوادث السلامة لإدارة الميناء عبر إبلاغ برج المراقبة بالميناء‬ 5
.‫ومشرف الرصيف‬
Al l envi ronment al and saf et y i nci dent s shoul d be report ed t o t he port admi ni st rat i on by i nf ormi ng t he port
cont rol t ower and t he bert h supervi sor.
.‫على جميع الموظفين الذين يدخلون الميناء وضع البطاقات التعريفية بشكل واضح‬ 6
Al l empl oyees ent eri ng t he port must cl earl y present t he i dent i f i cat i on cards.
‫إن الإخلال بمتطلبات التصريح وبمتطلبات السلامة بإلغاء دخول الميناء وإيقاع الغرامات المنصوص عليها‬ 7
.‫في جدول الغرامات‬
Vi ol at i on of permi t requi rement s and saf et y requi rement s means cancel l at i on of ent ry t o t he port and t he
i mposi t i on of f i nes st i pul at ed i n t he schedul e of f i nes.
.‫يجب وضع التصريح في موقع العمل دائما‬ 8
The permi t must al ways be pl aced on t he si t e.

‫ قبطان الميناء‬:‫المسؤول‬
Responsi bl e: t he capt ai n of t he port

629
 630 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح المواد المتفجرة‬ OHS-F.21 # ‫استمارة‬
Expl osi ve subst ances permi t 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

)1( Sect i on One - )1( ‫القسم الأول‬1

)‫التاريخ (إلى‬ )‫التاريخ (من‬
‫الوقت‬ ‫والوقت‬
Dat e and t i me(end) Dat e and t i me (st art )
The permi t must not exceed more t han 24 hours (3) shi f t s - .‫) ورديات فقط‬3( ‫ ساعة‬24 ‫يجب ان لا يتعدى التصريح أكثر من‬
.onl y
‫المعدة ورقمها‬ ‫الموقع‬
Eq. seri al number Locat i on
)Descri pt i on of t he Task/Work t o be done( ‫وصف الأعمال‬

Sect i on Two (2) - Hazard and Cont rol s (Precaut i ons) - )‫) – المخاطر والحلول (الاحتياطات‬2( ‫القسم الثاني‬
)Cont rol s ( ‫الحلول‬ )Hazards ( ‫المخاطر‬

Gas t est i ng ‫اختبار الغازات‬

‫هل يحتاج تكرار‬ 0% ‫ غازات‬0% ‫غازات مشتعلة‬ 0-10 ppm ‫كبريت‬ 19.5-23.5% ‫الأكسجين‬
‫الإختبار؟‬ ‫سامة‬ Fl ammabl e ‫الهيدروجين‬ O2
Frequency of Test ? Toxi c gases H2S
gases
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫اسم مُختبِر‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ ‫الغازات‬
Si gnat ure, t i me and Empl oyee number Gas Test er Name
dat e
Speci al precaut i ons - ‫احتياطات خاصة‬
‫معدات الوقاية اللازمة والإجراءات‬ ‫قائمة التصاريح العمل الصادرة‬
Necessary prot ect i ve equi pment (PPE) and procedures ‫والمرتبطة بالحفرياا‬
Li st of i ssued PTWrel at ed t o di ggi ng work

630
 631 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح الحفريات‬ OHS-F.22 # ‫استمارة‬
Excavat i on permi t 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫معدات الوقاية الشخصية‬ ‫تصريح العمل البارد‬

‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes ‫الأساسية‬ Col d work permi t
PPE
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫نظارة اللحام‬ ‫تصريح الأماكن المغلقة‬
No Yes
Wel di ng Goggl es Conf i ned Space
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫واقي الوجه من اللحام‬ ‫تصريح العمل الساخن‬
No Yes
Wel di ng f ace Shi el d Hot work permi t
‫إسطوانات التنفس‬ ‫تصريح العمل في‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes Breat hi ng Apparat us ‫الأماكن المرتفعة‬
Work at Hei ght s Permi t
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫طفاية الحريق‬ :I nsul at i on Li st :‫قائمة العزل‬
No Yes
Fi re ext i ngui sher
‫متر‬11 ‫إبعاد المواد المشتعلة‬ ‫لا‬
‫هل تم عزل مصادر الطاقة؟‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes Keepi ng away t he f l ammabl e ‫يوجد‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes I s t he Energy source
None
mat eri al s 11 met ers i sol at ed?
‫آلالات اللحام سليمة وآمنة‬ ‫رقم شهادة العزل‬
‫لا‬
No
‫نعم‬
Yes Wel di ng Eq. are saf e and I sol at i on cert i f i cat e
secure number
‫هل تم تنظيف المكان‬ )‫كســــح الغاز (إن وجد‬
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ ‫وترطيب الأرض‬ ‫لا‬
‫يوجد‬
‫لا‬ ‫نعم‬ Gas Purgi ng (i f any)
No Yes I s t he pl ace cl eaned and t he None
No Yes

f l oor wi t t ed?
‫مراقب الحريق ( هو موظف معتمد ومدرب ومخول يقوم بعملية مراقبة الأعمال الحارة ويراقب حصول أي حريق ويقوم مباشرة بإطفاء الحريق في بدايته ويجب ان‬
)‫) ساعة كاملة‬1( ‫يبقى بعد إنتهاء العمل الحار لمدة‬
Fi re Wat ch (i s an approved, t rai ned and aut hori zed empl oyee who perf orms t he process of moni t ori ng hot works and moni t ors t he occurr ence of any f i re and i mmedi at el y
ext i ngui shes t he f i r e at i t s begi nni ng and must remai n af t er t he end of t he hot work f or a peri od of (1) hours)
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ )1( ‫مراقب الحريق‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ Fi re Wat ch)1(
Si gnat ure, t i me, and Empl oyee number
dat e
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ )2( ‫مراقب الحريق‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ Fi re Wat ch (2)
Si gnat ure, t i me, and Empl oyee number
dat e
:‫ التصريح للعمل – إصدار تصريح العمل من مُصدِر التصريح‬:)3( ‫القسم الثالث‬
Sect i on Three (3): PTW- I ssuance of a work permi t f romt he i ssuer of t he permi t :
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُصدر التصريح‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ I ssuer of t he permi t
Si gnat ure, t i me, and Empl oyee number
dat e
‫ وانه يقر أن المكان آمن وانه سيظل أمنا طيلة فترة إنجاز العمل‬:‫ مستلم التصريح والموافق عليه‬:)4( ‫القسم الرابع‬
Sect i on (4): The Recei ver acknowl edges t hat t he pl ace i s saf e and t hat i t wi l l remai n saf e f or t he durat i on of t he work
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُستلم التصريح‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ Recei ver of t he
Si gnat ure, t i me and Empl oyee number permi t
dat e
‫ إنهاء العمل وإرجاع التصريح‬:)5( ‫القسم الخامس‬
Sect i on (5): Compl et i on of t he work and t he ret urn of t he permi t

‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُستلم التصريح‬

‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ Recei ver of t he
Si gnat ure, t i me and Empl oyee number permi t
dat e
Sect i on (6): Cancel l at i on ‫ إلغاء التصريح‬:)6( ‫القسم‬
‫التوقيع والوقت‬ ‫الرقم‬ ‫مُصدر التصريح‬
‫والتاريخ‬ ‫الوظيفي‬ I ssuer of t he permi t
Si gnat ure, t i me and Empl oyee number
dat e

631
 632 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫تصريح الحفريات‬ OHS-F.22 # ‫استمارة‬
Excavat i on permi t 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫تقييم أخطار المعدات‬

Equi pment hazards assessment
‫التعريف بالمعدة‬
Def i ni t i on of t he equi pment
‫رقم المعدة‬ ‫اسم المعدة‬
Equi pment no. Equi pment name
)‫الطراز (الموديل‬ ‫الرقم‬
Model ‫التسلسلي‬
Seri al number
‫المبنى‬ ‫الموقع‬
‫السفينة‬/ l ocat i on
Bui l di ng / shi p
‫تاريخ التقييم‬ ‫اسم المقيّم‬
Assessment dat e Assessor name
‫تقييم مصادر الطاقة الخطرة‬
Assessment of hazardous energy sources
‫رقم القفل‬ ‫هل يمكن غلقه‬ ‫طريقة العزل‬ ‫الحجم‬ ‫مصادر الطاقة‬
Lock no. Can i t be cl osed I sol at i on met hod Si ze energy resources
‫ لا‬no - ‫ نعم‬yes ‫الطاقة‬
‫الكهربائية‬
el ect ri ci t y
‫ لا‬no - ‫ نعم‬yes – ‫كيميائية‬
‫سوائل‬
Chemi cal - l i qui ds
‫ لا‬no - ‫ نعم‬yes ‫هيدروليكية‬
Hydraul i c
‫ لا‬no - ‫ نعم‬yes ‫الضغط الهوائي‬
Ai r pressure
‫ لا‬no - ‫ نعم‬yes ‫حرارة‬
Temperat ure
‫ لا‬no - ‫ نعم‬yes ‫طاقة‬
‫ميكانيكية‬
Mechani cal energy
‫ لا‬no - ‫ نعم‬yes ‫حركة‬
‫ميكانيكية‬
Mechani cal mot i on
‫ لا‬no - ‫ نعم‬yes ‫إشعاعية‬
Radi at i on
‫ لا‬no - ‫ نعم‬yes ‫خدمات أرضية‬
Ground servi ces

‫ تم إرفاق معلومات إضافية‬- ‫المعدات‬/‫طريقة إغلاق المعدة‬

Addi t i onal i nf ormat i on at t ached Howt o cl ose t he equi pment (s)

632
 633 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫شهادة العزل‬ OHS-F.23 # ‫استمارة‬
I sol at i on cert i f i cat e 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

‫موقعها على الآلة‬ ‫أدوات التحكم والتشغيل‬ ‫الرقم‬

I t s l ocat i on on t he Cont rol and operat i on t ool s No.
machi ne
1

‫ تم إرفاق معلومات إضافية‬- ‫التأكد من عزل مصادر الطاقة جميعا‬

Addi t i onal i nf ormat i on at t ached Ensure al l energy sources are i sol at ed

‫التار‬ ‫التوقي‬ ‫الاس‬ ‫توقيع المشرف المسؤول عن عزل‬

‫يخ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫م‬ :‫المعدة وأنها آمنة‬
Dat e Si gnat ur Name Si gnat ure of t he supervi sor
e responsi bl e f or i sol at i ng t he
equi pment i nsuri ng i t i s saf e:

‫يجب ملء الاستمارة عن طريق الشخص المخول فقط‬

The f ormmust be compl et ed by t he aut hori zed person onl y
‫تاريخ الطلب‬ ‫اسم الشخص طالب‬
Dat e of ‫كسر القفل‬
appl i cat i on Name of t he request or
t o break t he l ock
‫اسم الشركة‬ ‫اسم مالك القفل‬
‫المالكة‬ ‫الغائب‬
Name of t he owner Name of t he absent
company l ock owner
‫رقم استمارة العزل‬
I sol at i on f ormnumber
‫يجب محاولة الاتصال بمالك القفل الغائب‬
You shoul d t ry t o cont act t he absent l ock owner
‫التاري‬ ‫تم الاتصال بمالك القفل وإبلاغه قبل‬
:‫خ‬ ‫كسر القفل وإزالته‬
yes ‫نعم‬
Dat e: no ‫لا‬
The ow ner of t he l ock was cont act ed and
:‫الوقت‬ not i f i ed bef ore breaki ng and removi ng t he
Ti me: l ock
‫يجب محاولة الاتصال بمشرف الموظف مالك القفل‬
You shoul d t ry t o cont act t he Supervi sot of t he l ock owner
‫التاري‬ ‫تم الاتصال بمشرف الموظف مالك القفل‬
:‫خ‬ .‫وإبلاغه قبل كسر القفل وإزالته‬
Dat e: yes ‫نعم‬ __________________________:‫اسم المشرف‬
no‫لا‬ The empl oyee's supervi sor, t he owner of t he
:‫الوقت‬ l ock, was cont act ed and not i f i ed bef ore t he
Ti me: l ock was broken and removed.

633
 634 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫استمارة كسر الأقفال وإزالتها‬ OHS-F.24 # ‫استمارة‬
Breaki ng and removi ng l ocks Form 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

Supervi sor’s name: ---------------------------

.‫بعد محاولة الاتصال بمالك القفل أو مشرف القفل‬
‫يجب اخذ موافقة قائد الفريق وبعد ذلك تتم إزالة القفل وعلامته‬
Af t er t ryi ng t o cont act t he l ock owner or l ock admi ni st rat or.
Obt ai n t he approval of t he t eaml eader, af t er whi ch t he l ock and i t s l abel wi l l be removed
‫ وتاريخ ووقت إعطاء الموافقة على كسر القفل وإزالة العلامة من‬،‫اسم‬
:‫قبل رئيس الفريق‬
Name, dat e, and t i me of approval t o break t he l ock and remove t he mark by
t he t eaml eader:
‫اسم الشخص‬
:‫التاريخ‬ Name
Dat e:
‫التوقيع‬
Si gnat ure
‫اسم المالك‬
‫الجديد‬
‫الوقت‬ The nam e of t he
Ti me: new owner
‫والبريد‬
‫الإلكتروني‬
Emai l
‫ورقم الهاتف‬
Cont act number
:‫وقت كسر القفل‬
Ti me of breaki ng l ock:
:‫تاريخ كسر القفل‬
Dat e of breaki ng l ock:
:‫توقيع الشخص المسؤول‬
Si gnat ure of t he responsi bl e person:

634
 635 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
‫استمارة كسر الأقفال وإزالتها‬ OHS-F.24 # ‫استمارة‬
Breaki ng and removi ng l ocks Form 0 # ‫المراجعة‬

CHAPTER 4
Environmental Standards

635
 Security, Safety, Health and the environment
Standards Standard

Environmental Plan
ENV-P.01

636
 1. Purpose
1.1. Annex V of MARPOL defines the Red Sea and Arabian Gulf region as a special area which means that the
requirements for environmental protection specific to those areas must be implemented by ports
located at the coasts of the Red Sea and the Arabian Gulf in Saudi Arabia.
1.2. The need to develop a general environmental plan that contains an overview of environmental aspects
and also various procedures to take care of the environment and protect it from pollution resulting from
port operations.
1.3. National regulations and relevant executive orders shall be adopted to coordinate between government
agencies in the development and application of environmental standards, including those national laws
and their role as follows:
1.3.1. "Environment Law" issued by Royal Decree No. (M/165) dated 19/11/1441 AH and its executive
Order.
1.3.2. " The Coastal Areas Protection Permanent Committee" formed by Royal Decree No. (143) dated
10/3/1439 AH.
1.3.3. "Law of Maritime Zones of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia" issued by Royal Decree No. (M/6) dated
18/1/1439H.
1.3.4. "The general strategy of the General Transport Authority and its strategic partners in the Kingdom
for the implementation and enforcement of maritime conventions, codes and protocols issued by
the International Maritime Organization”
1.3.5. Royal Circular No. (13662) dated 20/3/1438 AH, the first and second clauses of which states "1)
Establishment of environmental protection units from pollution by complying with the
environmental regulations, standards and standards issued by the General Authority for
Meteorology and Environmental Protection (National Center for Environmental Compliance
Control), 2) Provide the General Authority for Meteorology and Environmental Protection (National
Center for Environmental Compliance Control) with information on the environmental status of
facilities within its facilities on an ongoing basis."
1.3.6. The National Plan to Combat Pollution of the Marine Environment with Oil and Other Harmful
Substances in Emergency Cases Caught by Cabinet Resolution No. (157) dated 20/11/1411H.
1.3.7. The National Plan for Maritime Disaster Management issued by the Committee formed by Royal
Decree No. 3057/MB, dated 3/3/1426H.
2. Scope
2.1. This standard applies to activities carried out in ports bordering the Red Sea and the Arabian Gulf. The
activities included in the environmental plan with environmental impact from operators or contractors.
3. Definitions and abbreviations
3.1. HSED: Safety, Health and Environment Executive Department
3.2. HSE: Safety, Health and Environment.
3.3. BEP: Best Environmental Practices.
3.4. RC: Royal Commission
3.5. SPA: Saudi Port Authority
4. Responsibilities
4.1. The Environment responsibility are shared responsibilities among all parties and its aim to avoid
environmental damage, especially deliberate ones, and the responsibility to avoid it cannot be the
responsibility of a single party.
4.2. Each port operator must implement and adapt the environmental procedures to specific situations
applicable to the port and share the developed procedures with all stakeholders to comply with the
requirements of this standard and legal requirements. Port operators must also implement, follow up and
verify compliance with the requirements to be implemented by them and the rest of the stakeholders.

637
 4.3. Operators of various facilities can cooperate within the port and must also comply with environmental
procedures and submit the required records to the port.
4.4. The Ship Captain must facilitate the implementation of environmental requirements by implementing
best practices and carrying documents proving this.
4.5. The Safety, Health and Environment Executive Department (HSED) is the focal point for all in relation to
environmental affairs.
4.6. Maritime inspection is responsible for ship inspection.
4.7. Contractors are responsible for following the environmental plans and procedures in the ports, and
ensuring that all their activities do not cause environmental damage and if any environmental damage
results from those activities, the environmental authorities in the port must be informed.
5. Procedures
5.1. Shared Documents
5.1.1. The port environmental Procedures and Directives shall be put in the manual and should be visible
to internal and external stakeholders. Stakeholders can include government agencies, customers,
port users, community, media, port staff etc.
5.1.2. These directives should be fully regulated by establishing procedures describing the environmental
procedures and shall include the organizational structure of the port and assign to each role
environmental responsibilities.
5.1.3. Involve all internal and External stakeholders in the management system is a must to create an
environmentally friendly culture where cooperation is the essence of success.
5.2. Planning
5.2.1. The environmental aspect is part of the organization's activities, products or services that can
interact with the environment. Managing the Environmental Aspect, especially for that task, with
a better understanding of environmental risks by port management, operators, contractors and
other stakeholders. Based on these risks that studies or control protocols may also envisage and
workers or external stakeholders, the Health and Safety Committee described in Standard HSES-
P.07 should meet periodically to discuss actions derived from this analysis.
5.2.2. The minimum requirement must be compliance with the legal requirements which is managed by
the HSED. The Department will review all legislation and laws issued by the Government, in
accordance with standard HSES-P.08. In addition, HSED is required to establish voluntary realistic
obligations.
5.2.3. Although a great deal of effort has been put in placing while planning activities. However, Risk is
always there. For this reason, an emergency planning covering environmental emergencies must
be developed in each port. The communication protocol must be clear and effective including
internal and external communications especially in these cases but not only during emergency
conditions.
5.2.4. Environmental training planning must be developed, specifically to communicate environmental
commitments and prospects to ensure that port services and activities are delivered in an
environmentally friendly manner. Such a plan should include concepts of environmental
awareness for new employees and new and refreshing concepts for the rest of the staff and
stakeholders and ensure that they understand their responsibilities in protecting the environment.
Training courses should be complemented by periodic exercises to complement theoretical
concepts and forums in which other ports share good practices and lessons learned to improve
environmental protection.
5.2.5. All documents including procedures, templates and records associated with them must be
controlled with the constant indication of the number of copies, the philosophy of distribution and
the preservation of documents. In general, the required documents are clarified in the various
procedures. Specifically, for the environmental documents to be carried on board the vessel are

638
 summarized in Annex 1.
5.3. Environment Operational Procedures
5.3.1. Operational environmental procedures describe the most common ways to reduce the
environmental impact caused by air emissions, water and hazardous material pollution, waste and
spillage management, and noise generation. In addition, other port-specific procedures have been
developed such as refueled vessels, ballast water and dredging procedures.
5.3.2. Recommended BEPs are also part of these procedures. They can be specific and customized such
as the maintenance or replacement of certain machines or they can involve the entire orginization,
such as calculating the carbon footprint of ports.
5.3.3. These procedures should be updated periodically to reflect feedback and learning during port
operations.
5.4. Check
5.4.1. The verification means making sure that the above steps are complied with and investigating if
none of the requirements are met, especially if the result has a significant environmental impact.
5.4.2. The primary monitoring is to carry out periodic follow-up of legal requirements. If a suspicion of
incompatibility is detected, a test should be carried out to confirm or dismiss it.
5.4.3. In the event of an accident/event, it must be investigated and reported to the National Centre for
Environmental Compliance Control or the Royal Commission if the port is within the supervision
of the Royal Commission. All these events must be monitored in statistics representing the
evolution of environmental performance.
5.5. Review
5.5.1. This step consists mainly of a third-party audit that conducts internal audits (by other port
management) or external audits (such as the International Maritime Organization), with the
possibility of detecting non-compliant standards. If the environmental plan procedure is approved,
the approved company must conduct external audits.
5.5.2. A meeting shall be held with the authorized person in SPA to show the results and to complete the
necessary resources to improve the procedures in accordance with the procedure No. HSES-P.19.
This meeting is held periodically and the conclusions must be in line with the objectives and
initiatives of the Authority's strategy.
6. Forms
Retention period Form/Form Number Title of the form/form figure

None 001

639
7. Appendix 1: Documents to be onboard the ship:
7.1. The below is a list of important environmental documents that the master must carry onboard the ship.
The list below can be used as a checklist of MARPOL requirements under the Maritime Inspection
Convention:
Document Reference
International Oil Pollution Prevention MARPOL 73/78, Annex I, regulation 5
Certificate
Oil Record Book MARPOL 73/78, Annex I, regulation 20
Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan MARPOL 73/78, Annex I, regulation 26
International Sewage Pollution Prevention MARPOL 73/78, Annex IV, regulation 5
Certificate
Garbage Management Plan MARPOL 73/78, Annex V, regulation 9
Garbage Record Book MARPOL 73/78, Annex V, regulation 9
Record of oil discharge monitoring and MARPOL 73/78, Annex I, regulation 15 (3)(a)
control system for the last ballast voyage
Dedicated Clean Ballast Tank Operation MARPOL 73/78, Annex I, regulation 13A
Manual
Crude Oil Washing Operation and MARPOL 73/78, Annex I, regulation 13B
Equipment Manual (COW Manual)
Condition Assessment Scheme (CAS) MARPOL 73/78, Annex I (2001 amendments
Statement of Compliance, CAS Final Report (resolution MEPC.95 (46)), regulation 13G; resolution
and Review Record MEPC.94 (46)
Hydrostatically Balanced Loading (HBL) MARPOL 73/78, Annex I (2001 amendments
Operational Manual (resolution MEPC.95 (46)), regulation 13G;
Oil Discharge Monitoring and Control MARPOL 73/78, Annex I, regulation 15(3)(c)
(ODMC) Operational Manual

7.2. Additionally, depending on the material transported, other documentation may be required as per the
Rules and Regulations for Seaports (Cooperation Council for the Arab States of the Gulf)-Schedule 4
based on the material transported.

640
Best practices in buildings
ENV-P.02

641
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this document is to show some examples of good environmental practices at offices.
Each Port Operator should be responsible for implement them due to the following benefits:
1.1.1. Reduce costs
1.1.2. Improve resource efficiency
1.1.3. Reduce carbon footprint
1.1.4. Improve environmental performance
1.1.5. Improve Organization image
1.1.6. Increasing employees' environmental awareness
2. Scope
2.1. The following practices shall be applicable at the buildings under Port Operator Scope. Nevertheless,
Port Operator shall share this document or the implemented measures to the rest of contractors to get
a global good environmental performance at the whole port. Additionally, most of the aspects covered
could be used at the housing area.
3. Definitions/ Abbreviations:
3.1. Best Environmental Practices: Apply the best set of environmental control measures and strategies.
3.2. BEP: Best Environmental Practices
3.3. HSE: Safety, Health and Environment
3.4. HSED: Safety, Health and Environment Department
3.5. ISD: Industrial Security Department.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Safety, Health and Environment Executive Department.
4.1.1. Promote environmental awareness of employees.
4.1.2. Promote environmental campaigns.
4.1.3. Collect invoices or meter readings information for measuring the resources consume and
implement environmental objectives.
4.1.4. Develop environmental goals associated with best practices in buildings.
4.2. Port General Manager
4.2.1. Provide resources for the effective implementation of best environmental practices in buildings.
4.2.2. Develop environmental goals associated with best practices in buildings.
5. Procedures
5.1. BEP Course
5.1.1. BEP in buildings is implemented through:
5.1.1.1. Stakeholder Awareness
5.1.1.2. Involving internal stakeholders, such as the Port General Manager, the ISD Manager, the
Director of the Procurement Department, the Department of Operations and Maritime
Safety.
5.1.1.3. Inform external stakeholders, such as other port operators, port contractors, environmental
service companies and suppliers.
5.1.2. Measures:
5.1.2.1. Determine the consumption of resources, such as water, electricity or paper.
5.1.2.2. Keeping waste generation inventories
5.1.2.3. Using meter readings or invoices for this purpose.
5.1.3. Implementation of objectives.
5.1.3.1. Based on the results of the above actions, develop an objective plan.
5.1.4. Awareness Campaigns
5.1.4.1. Use campaigns to achieve the objectives and keep the environmental awareness.

642
 5.1.4.2. Provide internal and external training to the employees on a topic related with environment.
5.1.4.3. Place signs at the offices to remind:
5.1.4.3.1. Switch off the device after use
5.1.4.3.2. Minimize use of water/paper
5.1.4.3.3. Segregate the waste (if possible)
5.1.4.4. Stakeholder involvement.
5.1.5. Place BEPs
5.1.5.1. Properly maintain the machines and installation.
5.1.5.2. More specific examples are illustrated in the sections below:
5.2. Power Consumption
5.2.1. Energy consumption can be reduced by:
5.2.1.1. Maximizing the use of natural light
5.2.1.2. Upgrading to LEDs the office lighting.
5.2.1.3. Using of smart power bars which circuitry is designed to monitor and control power to each
electrical outlet in the strip to improve energy efficiency and prevent household electronics
from wasting power.
5.2.1.4. Using of power saver features on computers and other equipment to save energy in the
stand-by mode.
5.2.1.5. Using of photosensor and motion sensors to turn the lights for a designated period of time.
5.2.1.6. Implementing programs that automatically powers down company computers at night
5.3. Water consumption
5.3.1. Water consumption can be rationalized by:
5.3.1.1. Replacing older toilets with low-flow toilets that uses significantly less water keeping an
ample flushing power.
5.3.1.2. Installing proper low-flow aerators at the bathroom/kitchen faucets to reduce the flow of
water without reducing pressure.
5.3.1.3. Use of recycling water for gardening areas.
5.4. Paper consumption
5.4.1. Paper consumption can be minimized by:
5.4.1.1. Use print management software that identifies these waste areas in printing, alerts the user
to potential wasted space, and recommends how to dispose of them.
5.4.1.2. Configure the printer with duplex printing as the default.
5.4.1.3. Get digital approvals instead of signing documents in paper.
5.4.1.4. Remind employees to use only the necessary materials.
5.4.1.5. Eliminate paper towels.
5.5. Waste Management
5.5.1. Avoiding waste generation is the most effective way to manage waste. Separation is highly
recommended but depends on the waste infrastructure at the specified location. Waste can be
minimized by:
5.5.1.1. Replace disposable products with reusable ones.
5.5.1.2. Provide separation baskets for different types of waste if possible.
5.6. Sustainable Procurement
5.6.1. Making the right decisions during the purchase period contributes to the creation of an
environmentally friendly philosophy:
5.6.1.1. Purchasing from local vendors when possible to support them and minimize transportation.
5.6.1.2. Order environmentally friendly materials such as:
5.6.1.2.1. Chlorine-free paper
5.6.1.2.2. Materials produced with recyclable products

643
 5.6.1.2.3. Materials with less packaging
5.6.1.3. Planning the deliveries to minimize transportation.
5.6.1.4. Repair if possible, rather than replace.
5.6.1.5. Plan deliveries to reduce transportation.
5.6.1.6. Repair if possible, rather than replacement.
5.6.1.7. Considering the use of multi-purpose machines that handle copying, scanning, faxing, and
printing, as well as other multi-tasking machines.
6. Forms
Retention period Form/Form Number Title of the form/form figure

None 001

644
Air Pollution
ENV-P.03

645
 1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to provide guidelines for air emissions and air quality control to protect
human health and the environment from the harmful effects of air pollution.
2. Scope
2.1. This standard applies to activities that take place in ports applicable to the coasts of the Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia. These activities include not only direct operational control activities, but various activities
with environmental impact from other operators, contractors or neighboring companies in the port.
3. Definitions/ Abbreviations:
3.1. Volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and (VOC) means any compound of carbon, except carbon
monoxide, carbon dioxide, carbonic acid, metal carbides or carbonates, and ammonium carbonate,
which are involved in photochemical reactions in the atmosphere (Clean Air Law)
3.2. Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS). A compound that contributes to stratosphere ozone depletion
3.3. HSE: Safety, Health and Environment Executive.
3.4. HSED: Safety, Health and Environment Executive Department.
3.5. VOC: Volatile Organic Compounds.
3.6. ODS: Ozone-depleting substance.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. General Directorate of Monitoring and Inspection:
4.1.1. Carry out maritime inspections on board the ship.
4.2. HSED (Environment section):
4.2.1. Keep a copy of the records required in this procedure.
4.2.2. Include relevant information in environmental reports.
4.3. Ship Captain:
4.3.1. Implement a specific VOC management plan.
5. Procedures
Emissions during the construction phase: The primary focus may result in combustion emissions from the
use of vehicles, equipment and engines (e.g. trucks, excavators, mobile barge locomotives, etc.) to carry out
dredging, drilling, paving, material transport, construction construction activities. The Main pollutants are
PM, SO2 and NOx emissions.
During the operational phase: During the operational phase, the construction machinery is replaced by
ships, port machinery and vehicles, but the main pollutants are remaining the same due to consist on
combustion exhaust emissions. Additionally, VOCs may be emitted due to shipboard incineration and from
fuel storage tanks and fuel transfer activities. During maintenance or decommissioning phase, ODS could
be discharged to the atmosphere if the gases are not duly collected in a controlled manner.
5.1. Environmental Studies
5.1.1. In the event of port expansion or current use will change significantly It is recommended to
deliver emission models, especially for ships passing through the ocean (and may be mandatory).
These studies are preventive measures that may be useful for making decisions at an early stage.
5.2. Source of standard emissions
5.2.1. Ships
5.2.1.1. Ships are the only sector in ports that are regulated by the International Maritime
Organization (IMO). The upper and lower limits applicable are set out in Annex VI (Articles 13
and 14) of the MARPOL Convention. This annex is reviewed periodically, so the update of
legal requirements should be pursued. The port operator must validate the ship's engine
performance documents and certify to ensure compliance with combustion emission
specifications.
5.2.1.2. the emissions to be monitored are sulfur oxides (SO x), particulate matter and nitrogen oxides

646
 (NOx) and reports must be delivered from the vessel showing the level of pollution emitted by
the vessel.
5.2.2. Industrial facilities within ports
5.2.2.1. Industrial facilities must comply with the local regulations in force or the regulations of the
Royal Environmental Commission (RCER) if the port falls within their scope or the general
environmental regulations and rules issued by the National Center for Environmental
Compliance Control. Industrial facilities within the port must submit emission inventories for
these facilities.
5.2.3. Fueling Stations
5.2.3.1. Ensure that the fuel supplied at the port complies with the characteristics of the IMO. The
level of sulfur in the fuel should not exceed 0.5% of the mass.
5.2.4. Fugitive emissions (non-combustion emissions ):
5.2.4.1. Volatile organic compounds originating from tankers specifically are regulated in the
MARPOL Convention, Annex VI, Article 15. In particular, the port must:
5.2.4.1.1. Request a specific VOC management plan for all crude oil tankers.
5.2.4.1.2. Control of volatile organic compounds at the plant using the Steam Emission Control
System (VECS).
5.2.4.2. In addition, for plant facilities within the port boundaries, the port operator must follow up
on compliance with the requirements of VOC and hazardous air pollutants set out in the Royal
Commission for Environmental Regulations (RCER, Section 2.8 to 2.10) or the General
Environmental Regulations and Rules issued by the National Centre for Environmental
Compliance Control. Actions to be taken, including but not limited to:
5.2.4.2.1. Visual inspection of facilities
5.2.4.2.2. Supervise maintenance activities and request records
5.2.4.2.3. Supervise the loading of volatile organic compounds and hazardous air pollutants
5.2.4.2.4. Record the results of environmental monitoring systems.
5.2.4.2.5. Inform local authorities quickly in case of non-compliance.
5.3. Ozone-depleting substance (ODS)
5.3.1. The port must ensure that no substances harmful to the ozone layer are leaked and the necessary
programs must be put in place to combat the leakage or use of gases that deplete the Ozone layer.
5.3.2. Ports must ensure that all port operators and contractors are aware of and adhere to the
importance of this standard.
5.3.3. For ships, the General Directorate of Monitoring and Inspection shall check the existence of a
Register of Ozone-Depleting Substances, the Register of Ships containing ozone-depleting
substances or equipment that require an international certificate for pollution prevention (see
Annex 6 of MARPOL, Article 6 for more details)
5.4. Air Quality
5.4.1. The port must be able to check whether the air quality in the port complies with the air quality
standards applied in:
5.4.1.1. Environmental regulations of the Royal Commission if the port falls within its scope.
5.4.1.2. General environmental regulations and rules issued by the National Center for Environmental
Compliance Control.
5.4.2. The port must coordinate with local authorities to determine the installation sites of measuring
equipment.
5.5. Monitoring
5.5.1. Each port must have monitoring systems at sources of pollutant emission (e.g. chimney) and at
representative locations (representing the amount of pollutants in a real way) to measure air
quality. Monitoring is required to:

647
 5.5.1.1. Ensure compliance with applicable legislation
5.5.1.2. Judging the impact of port operations and determining whether port air quality is affected
by external sources
5.5.1.3. Find the source of pollutants
5.5.1.4. Take immediate action
5.5.1.5. Set air emission reduction targets and objectives.
5.5.2. Facilities and operators located within the port boundaries must implement the control systems
required by the environmental permit and/or applicable legislation.
5.5.3. Monitoring devices must be supplemented by visual examinations through the control tower.
5.5.4. During the construction phase, visual inspections are also suitable for controlling the
implementation of dust suppression mechanisms (e.g. water spray).
5.6. Best Practices
5.6.1. Start the emission reduction with the focus on the emitters where the port operator has direct
influence, such as their own vehicle fleet.
5.6.2. Keep stakeholders up to date with air quality and how they are affected. Develop an incentive
program to reward ships, contractors and operators to improve their performance.
5.6.3. Design port operations to reduce transportation requirements and vehicle use.
5.6.4. Carry out periodic and proactive maintenance of equipment (transport equipment in particular)
and replace old equipment with low-emission ones.
5.6.5. Use less emission fuel and improve fuel use by injecting fuel with improved materials.
5.6.6. Reduce fugitive dust emissions by:
5.6.6.1. Use telescopic arms, chutes to reduce the free fall of materials and reduce the need to throw
materials into the air and emit dust because of it.
5.6.6.2. Regular cleaning of sidewalks and handling areas, truck and rail storage areas, paved road
surfaces, and the use of suction wagons in cleaning operations due to which heavy dust may
be generated.
5.6.6.3. Use of continuous slurry, air or screw carrier transport and coverage of other types of
conveyors
5.6.6.4. Minimize the heights of piles of dry goods and surround piles with perimeter walls and/or a
fence to break the wind.
5.6.6.5. Remove material from the bottom of the piles to reduce the re-spread of dust in the air.
6. Forms
Retention period Form/Form Number Title of the form/form figure

None 001

648
Water Environment
ENV-P.04

649
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to provide guidelines on legal compliance and best practices related to
water management in ports.
2. Scope:
2.1. This standard applies to water management in the ports. Although the procedure focuses mainly on
the sea, the rest of the water sources are described.
3. Definitions/ Abbreviations:
3.1. HSE: Safety, Health and Environment Executive.
3.2. HSED: Safety, Health and Environment Executive Department.
3.3. ISD: Industrial Security Department
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Ship Master:
4.1.1. Report in any of the cases described in Section 5.4
4.2. HSED:
4.2.1. Preparation of the Marine Monitoring Programme and the Pollution Prevention Plan
4.2.2. Coordination of monitoring activities
4.2.3. Follow-up compliance requirements
4.2.4. Reporting and following up on any type of pollution carried out inside the port and the
procedures resulting therefrom.
4.2.5. Sending reports related to marine accidents and marine pollution and issuing navigational
bulletins.
4.2.6. The coordination with the National Center for Environmental Compliance Control in relation to
the National Plan to Combat Pollution of the Marine Environment with Oil and Other Harmful
Substances in Emergency Situations, as well as the National Plan for Maritime Disaster
Management.
4.3. General Directorate of Monitoring and Inspection:
4.3.1. Coordinate with the Center in relation to environmental matters such as the entry of pollution
control vessels belonging to the Center to the port, stopping them and inspecting them only.
5. Procedures
5.1. Sea Water Monitoring
5.1.1. Based on this document and on the principles of environmental procedures, the port
management and operators must prepare a seawater monitoring program to:
5.1.1.1. Water Quality Assessment
5.1.1.2. Identification and investigation of pollution risks
5.1.1.3. Protect the water environment from potential hazards and accidents
5.1.1.4. Explore water quality improvements and include them as environmental objectives
5.1.1.5. Reduce the impact on the marine environment especially during turbulent activities such
as dredging.
5.1.2. Seawater monitoring is carried out on the basis of visual inspection, sampling campaigns and
continuous monitoring systems.
5.1.3. Visual Inspection
5.1.3.1. By doing patrols, the patrol man can find and report prohibited discharges.
5.1.4. Sampling campaigns
5.1.4.1. Sampling campaigns are recommended:
5.1.4.1.1. Periodically, to know the evolution of water quality standards. It must be
complementary to continuous monitoring.
5.1.4.1.2. In the most sensitive areas due to environmental conditions or due to risks caused

650
 by the activities prepared in this area.
5.1.4.1.3. Representative samples must be taken, and during sampling many factors such as
time of year, weather conditions, tidal conditions, etc. Use both biotoxic and
chemical data for materials.
5.1.4.2. Sampling campaigns may require sampling or measurement from the site. The samples
are collected by specialists who are coordinated under the management of the
environment and the laboratories involved in this process are accredited for the required
analysis. To make appropriate measurements on site, all instruments must be calibrated
before each day of sampling and five repeated measurements are taken for the purpose
of quality at each site.
5.1.5. Continuous monitoring
5.1.5.1. The network of the plant provides continuous water quality monitoring. These measures
provide real information about measurements, and reveal related changes that are likely
to occur due to water pollution. The results can be shared with port staff and the public
as part of an awareness campaign.
5.2. Rainwater (storms)
5.2.1. The runoff of wastewater can carry sediments, nutrients and other contaminants such as oils,
greases and heavy metals into the surrounding environment. For this reason, storm water is one
of the most common risks of seawater contamination.
5.2.2. For this reason, in addition to the maritime monitoring plan, the port operator must develop a
pollution prevention plan that includes details of existing/desirable infrastructure and
countermeasures.
5.2.3. Details of the infrastructure, including characteristics such as entrances, sewers, aqueducts, and
water and sewage trenches, should be displayed in drainage maps. A rainwater survey is carried
out periodically to ensure that rainwater discharge cases are in good condition and to determine
any non-rainy water discharge.
5.2.4. An additional good practice is to undertake opportunistic monitoring of potential contaminants
in stormwater, when sufficient rainfall allows.
5.3. Port Expansions
5.3.1. Sensitive receptors in water can be affected by dredging and water disposal activities associated
with port expansion. The impact can be permanent, reversible and minimized, and a permit
application must be submitted by environmental stakeholders. The above monitoring
procedures are usually requested during this application period.
5.4. Communication Protocol
5.4.1. For both preventive and corrective measures, the port must work closely with all stakeholders,
including environmental bodies and adjacent facilities.
5.4.2. The Port shall, to prevent or mitigate any threat to maritime safety, the safety of individuals,
property or the environment, ensure that the master of the ship immediately reports on:
5.4.2.1. Any accident or event affecting the safety of the Ship, such as collision, fire, fall, damage,
malfunction, collapse, flood, carriage of goods, any defects in the ship's steering devices,
failure of the hull; or any other damage.
5.4.2.2. Any accident or event that threatens the safety of shipping, such as malfunctions that are
likely to affect the maneuverability or seaworthiness of the vessel.
5.4.2.3. Any situation that is likely to lead to contamination of the water or shore.
5.4.2.4. Any slick of oil or other polluting materials and containers or packages seen drifting at
sea.
5.4.3. The report to be completed shall be the Uniform Vessel Accident Report included in the Rules
and Regulation for Sea Ports in the Cooperation Council for the Arab States of the Gulf (GCC).

651
 5.4.4. The ISD/HSED should receive the report and inform the National Center for Environmental
Compliance Control immediately if necessary.
5.5. Water Standards
5.5.1. The Royal Commission and the National Center for Environmental Compliance Control have
developed environmental regulations and environmental rules to implement water quality
standards in the Red Sea and the Arabian Gulf. These regulations include standards and
guidelines for wastewater treatment at the point of discharge to central treatment facilities,
water quality standards for discharge directly to coastal waters and ballast water discharge as
well as drinking water quality standards and irrigation.

Royal Commission for Environmental

Form Name
Regulations 2015
Coastal receiving water Table 3A
Direct Discharge to Coastal Waters Table 3C
Discharge to Central Treatment Facilities Table 3B and 3B-1
Irrigation Water Table 3D
Ballast Water Table 3E
Drinking Water Table 3F

6. Forms:
No Form/Form Number Title of the form/form
001 N/A

652
Refueling ships within port limits
ENV-P.04.01

653
 1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to describe certain requirements and guidelines to avoid air pollution
and fuel spills due to bunkering activities. This procedure focuses on preventive measures, as
corrective measures are described in the spill control procedure.
1.2. The best options for reducing the environmental impact of refueling activities are to reduce fuel use
and to carry out adequate maintenance of the vessel. However, risks are always present in all ports,
especially ports that offer refueling services.
2. Scope:
2.1. This procedure applies to bunkering activities within the boundaries of the port.
3. Definitions/ Abbreviations
3.1. Certificate of Quality (CoQ). is the final stage of validity of the fuel produced for sale or distribution.
3.2. HSE: Safety, Health and Environment Executive
3.3. HSED: Safety, Health and Environment Executive Department
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Port operator.
4.1.1. Ensure that the fuel provided complies with the applicable specifications and laws.
4.1.2. Ensure that ships comply with the requirements described.
4.1.3. Provide safety measures in refueling areas and supervise refueling activities.
4.2. SHIP Master
4.2.1. Inform in advance of the need to refuel to the port.
4.2.2. Follow the safe instructions for refueling described in the procedure.
4.3. Maritime Inspection and Monitoring
4.3.1. Issuance of the permits
5. Procedures
5.1. Fuel properties
5.1.1. Ports that provide fuel must follow the joint industry guidelines "Supply and use of marine fuels
with 0.50% sulfur".
5.1.2. Suppliers are expected to supply fuel that complies with the requirements of Chapter II.2 of
Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) and Rules 14 and 3.18 of the International Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL), Annex VI. Verification of compliance with these
requirements falls within the competence of the port operator in which suppliers are registered.
Suppliers are also expected to provide fuel that meets the appropriate grade as defined in
ISO8217: 2017, the maximum specified sulfur content if it is part of their contractual agreement
with the buyer. And if an alternative standard or specification is agreed between the seller and
the buyer, the fuel that is provided is to meet the requirements of the contract.
5.1.3. Following the latest ISO 8217 standard specifications: , it is not practical to request a detailed
chemical analysis for each fuel delivery that exceeds the requirements mentioned in Schedule 1
(Marine Distillates) or Schedule 2 (Marine Residual) in the Standard. Instead, as detailed above,
the supplier must have appropriate supply chain quality management procedures in place to
ensure fuel compliance with ISO 8217 requirements: Article 18.3 of the International Convention
for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL) is Annex VI. In the event that a Certificate
of Quality (CoQ) is requested or submitted, the parameters listed in Schedule 1 or Schedule 2
should be included, as appropriate, in the Certificate of Quality (CoQ). If the supplier after the
delivery of the fuel is aware in the event of a fuel problem, they must notify the buyer/vessel
receiving immediately to enable appropriate action to be taken.
5.2. Non-Complaint fuels
5.2.1. The port must provide complaint fuel. However, a ship may come with non-complaint fuel in its

654
 tanks. The port operator must not allow entry to this vessel and inform the authorities. In case
of doubt, inspections shall be carried out.
5.3. Refueling area
5.3.1. Hazard warning signs should be placed on site warning people against carrying out refueling
activities and that the area has access restrictions. Physical protection/warning must also be
provided to avoid potential vehicle accidents.
5.3.2. The refueling area must also be equipped with the correct firefighting equipment, which
complements the ship's equipment. In addition, spill trays and associated spill equipment (e.g.
absorbent material) must be readily available to clean spills.
5.3.3. If portable fuel tanks are used to supplement the fuel tanks on board, they must be kept in a
place where they can be quickly taken off the boat.
5.3.4. Refueling is a risky activity, so intrinsically safe communication systems shall be used to report
any accident/incident that may occur.
5.4. Safe Refueling
5.4.1. Safe refueling means taking all precautions to avoid the risk of gasoline vapors exploding. The
steps to be followed are:
5.4.1.1. Support the captain to dock the ship safely.
5.4.2. Confirmation with the Captain:
5.4.2.1. The engine and all possible sources of flame are shut off.
5.4.2.2. Turn off the exposed lights.
5.4.2.3. Hatches, doors and ports are closed.
5.4.3. During the activity, the refueling officer shall:
5.4.3.1. Grounding the nozzle of the refueling tube.
5.4.3.2. Run the fuel dispenser only manually – do not lock or cram the fuel dispenser into fuel flow
mode.
5.4.3.3. Always use fuel lines to transport fuel from mobile tanks to internal tanks or directly to the
engine, although it is preferable to pour fuel through a funnel or faucet.
5.4.3.4. Do not overfill the tank. The fuel expands at high temperatures and may overflow.
5.4.3.5. Ensure that the connection between the hose nozzle and the filling neck is maintained to
avoid static electricity.
5.4.3.6. Make sure the dispenser is turned off before removing the hose nozzle from the tank.
5.4.4. After the completion of the refueling process, the refueling officer shall:
5.4.4.1. Notify the captain to operate the blower for at least five minutes, ventilate the cabins and
enclosed spaces.
5.4.4.2. If fuel spills into the bilges of the ship, manually pump the spill into a vessel or tank outside
the vessel and ventilate the spill site until there is a complete change of air.
5.4.4.3. Check for vapor odors using the "sniffer" device and use the sense of smell.
5.4.4.4. Inform the captain to start the engines and allow the crew to re-board.
5.5. Accident/Event
5.5.1. In the event of an accidental spill, refueling must be stopped immediately, the Operations and
Maritime Safety department must be informed, and spill control procedures shall be activated.
5.5.2. In the event of major accidents such as explosions, safety procedures must be followed.
5.6. Other forms of protection
5.6.1. There are other preventive measures that are not directly related to the operation of the port
and are mainly focused on the design of ships. An example is the amendment to the International
Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL), Annex I, to include a new
regulation 12A on the protection of the fuel tank.
6. Forms

655
No Form/Form Number Title of the form/form retention
001 N/A

656
Ballast water
ENV-P.04.02

657
 1. Purpose
1.1. Saudi Arabia is driving forward with enforcing of ballast water laws and port operators must follow
these laws and demands compliance with the Ballast Water Management Agreement issued by the
International Maritime Organization (IMO).
1.2. while ballast water is essential for safe and efficient modern shipping operations, it can cause serious
environmental, economic and health problems due to the abundance of marine species carried in
ships' ballast water. These include bacteria, microbes, small invertebrates, eggs, cysts and larvae of
various species. Species transported to form a reproductive group may survive in the host
environment, become competing invasive native species and multiply pests.
2. Scope
2.1. This standard applies to all Saudi-flagged vessels wherever they are located and to foreign vessels that
arrive at the Kingdom's ports and operate within the Kingdom's maritime areas.
3. Definitions
3.1. Ballast water: It is the water and materials suspended by it carried on board the ship to adjust the
level, inclination, submersible, equilibrium or stresses of the ship.
3.2. Control equipment: It is the equipment that is used for sampling and testing.
3.3. HSE:
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Ship:
4.1.1. Retain the documents described in the procedures of this standard.
4.2. Maritime Inspection:
4.2.1. Request ballast water documents that should be on board the ship.
4.2.2. Taking and analyzing ballast water samples for the purpose of determining whether the vessel
complies with the Ballast Water Management Convention in accordance with Article 9 "Vessel
Inspection" for the purpose of allowing discharge in ports.
4.2.2.1. Apply evidentiary testing procedures for ships coming from international waters to
industrial ports compulsorily and for commercial ports optionally. Annex to the
Environmental Standard for Inferential Tests
4.2.2.2. Coordination with the National Center for Environmental Compliance Control to issue
periodic reports on the evacuated Ballast water in Saudi waters
4.2.3. Cooperate with the of HSE Department and give them the required information regarding ballast
water from ships.
5. The importance of ballast water
5.1. The pumping of ballast water inside the vessel reduces the pressure on its hull, maintains its cargo
pressure within acceptable limits, regulates its stability, provides occasional stability, improves
propulsion and maneuverability, and most importantly compensates for weight changes in the various
levels of cargo loads. The ships used solids to balance them before 1880 such as gravel and sand, where
they were prone to leakage causing instability. Water was a better choice 120 years ago thanks to the
introduction of pumping techniques that make filling and unloading easier and cheaper and ensure
better stability because the ratio of water weight to volume is good. Ballast water is filled in tanks as
in the listed figure.
5.2. Despite the importance mentioned, it creates serious environmental, economic and health problems,
as studies have shown that the water reservoir carries with it thousands of aquatic organisms that may
die before reaching the desired destination and re-emptying, so ballast is a medium for transporting
alien species from one geographical area to another around the world. Species are considered alien
(extraneous) if they do not exist in an ecosystem and are considered invasive (from invasion) when
their entry causes damage to the local environment, economy, or human health. These species may

658
 include pests or disturbing species, and the Ballast Water Management Convention has included these
organisms as follows: Aquatic organisms or pathogens whose introduction into the sea, estuaries or
fresh water poses risks to the environment and human health and property, and their introduction
spoils biodiversity and affects the traditional uses of the region. Transported alien species may survive
if the new environment is suitable for them, to settle and form a group capable of reproducing in
harmful proportions in the host environment, competing with the native species leading to the loss of
biodiversity of the local environment.
5.3. The entry effects of these organisms vary according to their type and the location of the discharge
point of the ballast water of the ships carrying them. Alien species in the marine and coastal
environment have been identified as one of the four most serious threats to the world's oceans
besides: marine pollution from land-based sources, overexploitation of living marine resources and
physical interference or destruction of marine habitats. Ballast is estimated to transport 7,000 to
10,000 invasive species a day around the world. Ships carry 3-5 billion tons of water per year loaded
with bacteria, plankton, small invertebrates, eggs, as well as plant and animal species at different
stages of their lives, from spores and larvae to fish. Added to all this are the deposits of shallow areas
that are deposited in reservoirs forming an environment for Flagellate. The appearance of a large mass
of Asian phytoplankton in the North Sea was in 1903 The first signs of the emergence of invasive
species as Canada and Australia suffered from this problem. Mnemiopsis leidyi combed jellyfish are a
prominent invasive organism on the coast of the American Atlantic and in the Black Sea and Caspian
where it competes with commercial fish for their food.

6. Procedures
6.1. Ballast water discharge

6.1.1. Ballast water is drained in one of the following ways:

6.1.1.1. According to the D-1 standard: ballast water exchange standard.
6.1.1.1.1. The ship must switch ballast water 200 miles from the coast into the water 200
meters deep.
6.1.1.2. According to the D-2 standard: ballast water performance standard.
6.1.1.2.1. There are limitations in the amount of viable organisms allowed to be discharged

659
 and when discharging microbes specified for indicators harmful to human health.
6.2. Ballast Water Documents
6.2.1. The following documents must be kept on board and requested from the port's Environment
Department:
6.2.1.1. Ballast Water Management Plan - For each vessel, the Ballast Water Management Plan
includes a detailed description of the actions to be taken to implement ballast water
management requirements and additional ballast water management practices. It should
include:
6.2.1.1.1. International rules and regulations for various port state controls around the world.
6.2.1.1.2. The location of ports that provide a facility for draining beaches from sediment and
ballast water.
6.2.1.1.3. Duties of employees on board the ship to carry out the ballast operation.
6.2.1.1.4. Operational procedures along with a method to be used in ballast water.
6.2.1.1.5. Locations in different coastal waters for ballast exchange should be mentioned in
the plan.
6.2.1.1.6. The sampling point and treatment method should be given in the ballast water
management plan.
6.2.1.2. Ballast Water Record Book - for registration when ballast water is taken on board the ship;
circulating or treating it for ballast water management; and unloading it into the sea. It
must also be recorded when ballast water is discharged to the reception facility and other
accidental or exceptional discharges of ballast water.
6.2.1.2.1. The ballast water record book may be an electronic recording system or may be
integrated into a record or other record system.
6.2.1.2.2. Ballast water record book entries must be kept on board the vessel for at least two
years after the last entry.
6.2.1.3. International Ballast Water Management Certificate (vessels with a tonnage of 400 tons or
more) - issued by the concerned authorities and confirming that the vessel carries out
ballast water management in accordance with the Ballast Water Management Agreement
(BWM) and specifies the standard to which the vessel is committed, as well as the
expiration date of the certificate.
6.3. Sampling Requirements
6.3.1. The above documents must indicate compliance with the following requirements:
6.3.1.1. Vessels exchanging ballast water in accordance with Article D-1 of the Convention:
6.3.1.1.1. The exchange efficiency should be at least 95 percent of the volumetric exchange of
ballast water.
6.3.1.1.2. For ships exchanging ballast water by pumping method, pumping must be three
times the size of each ballast water tank conforming to the standards. Pumping less
than three times the volume may be accepted provided that the vessel proves that
the volumetric exchange has been met by at least 95 per cent.
6.3.1.2. Vessels that manage ballast water in accordance with the D-2 Regulation must:
6.3.1.2.1. Less than 10 organisms per cubic meter greater than or equal to 50 μm in the
minimum.
6.3.1.2.2. Less than 10 organisms per milliliter less than 50 μm in the minimum and greater
than or equal to 10 μm in the minimum.
6.3.1.2.3. The discharge of microbes should not exceed the indicator:
6.3.1.2.3.1. toxic cholera vibrio (01 and 0139) with less than 1 colony-forming unit (cfu)
per 100 milliliters or less than 1 cfu per 1 g of animal specimens (wet
weight).

660
 6.3.1.2.3.2. Escherichia coli (E. coli) less than 250 cfu per 100 milliliters.
6.3.1.2.3.3. Enterococci less than 100 cfu per 100 milliliters
6.4. Sampling Protocol
6.4.1. The HSE Department should develop a sampling protocol based on resolution MEPC.173(58)
adopted on October 10, 2008, guidelines for ballast water sampling (G2) and that the protocol
should follow the requirements of the National Center for Environmental Compliance Control.
6.4.2. The sampling protocol must:
6.4.2.1. Take the results of samples that represent the entire discharge of ballast water from any
one tank or any group of tanks that are discharged.
6.4.2.2. considering the possibility of loading suspended sediment into the discharge to influence
the results of the samples.
6.4.2.3. Take sample at appropriate discharge points.
6.4.3. Samples should be:
6.4.3.1. Be sufficient (in terms of quantity and quality) to prove whether the ballast water being
discharged complies with the relevant standards.
6.4.3.2. Do it in a safe and practical way.
6.4.3.3. to be concentrated to size so that they can be controlled.
6.4.3.4. be taken, sealed and stored to ensure that they can be used to test compliance with the
Convention.
6.4.3.5. To be fully analyzed within the test method, specifying the lead time using an accredited
laboratory; they are transported, processed and stored taking into account the chain of
detention.
6.4.4. Control Equipment:
6.4.4.1. In the event of a replacement of surveillance and control equipment, means should be
provided to ensure that the data recorded prior to replacement remain available on board
the vessel for a period of 24 months.
6.4.4.2. Be able to store data for at least 24 months.
6.4.4.3. Be able to view or print a record for official inspection as required.
7. Forms
No Form Number Form Title Retention Period
001 N/A

661
Hazardous Materials Management
ENV-P.05

662
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to provide guidelines for the management of hazardous substances
that can cause harm to humans and the environment either on their own or through interaction
with other factors.
2. Scope:
2.1. This standard focuses primarily on the environmental impacts of hazardous material management,
in addition to being intrinsically linked to safety impacts.
3. Definitions
3.1. PCBs: are a group of organic compounds used in the manufacture of plastics, lubricants, insulating
liquids in transformers, in protective coatings of wood, metal, concrete, in adhesives, wire coatings,
etc.
3.2. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS): A document containing information about the potential health
effects of exposure to chemicals, or other potentially hazardous substances, and safe working
procedures when handling chemical products.
3.3. ISD: Industrial Security Department
3.4. HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
3.5. HSED: Health, Safety and Environment Executive Department.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Port Manager:
4.1.1. Allow or prohibit the entry of any vessel carrying dangerous goods into the port.
4.2. ISD Manager:
4.2.1. Supervise the storage areas of hazardous materials.
4.2.2. Require port contractors and operators to adhere to this plan.
5. Procedures
5.1. Classification of hazardous substances
5.1.1. The regulations on the classification of hazardous substances in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
are described in the Environmental Regulations of the Royal Commission (2015):
5.1.1.1. Flammability - A material is considered flammable if the representative sample of a
material has any of the following properties:
5.1.1.1.1. A liquid other than an aqueous solution that contains less than 24% alcohol by
volume; it has a bright spot below 60 ° C (F1400).
5.1.1.1.2. A liquid, capable under standard temperature and pressure of causing fire through
friction, moisture absorption or spontaneous chemical changes. When ignited, it
burns strongly and continuously leading to danger.
5.1.1.1.3. It is a compressed flammable gas.
5.1.1.1.4. It is oxidized and can cause or contribute to the combustion of other substances
by producing oxygen or other oxidants, whether the substance is combustible by
itself or not.
5.1.1.2. Corrosive material - A corrosive material is considered corrosive if the representative
sample of the material contains any of the following properties:
5.1.1.2.1. Its aqueous solution has a pH of less than, equal to, greater than, or equal to or
equal to 12.5.
5.1.1.2.2. Liquid and corrosive steel (SAE 1020) at a rate greater than 6.35 mm per year at a
test temperature of 55 °C (130 °F).
5.1.1.3. Interactive - A substance is considered reactive if the representative sample of the
substance contains any of the following properties:
5.1.1.3.1. It is usually unstable and easily undergoes a violent change without detonation.

663
 5.1.1.3.2. Reacts violently with water.
5.1.1.3.3. It forms a potentially explosive mixture with water.
5.1.1.3.4. When mixed with water, it generates gases, smoke or toxic fumes in sufficient
quantity to pose a risk to public health or the environment.
5.1.1.3.5. It is a cyanide or sulfide-carrying substance, which when exposed to a pH between
2 and 12.5 can generate gases, smoke or toxic fumes in sufficient quantity to pose
a danger to health and the environment.
5.1.1.3.6. It is capable of detonation, explosive decomposition or reaction at a temperature
or standard pressure.
5.1.1.4. Toxic substance - It is considered a toxic substance if it is present in quantities and
concentrations that have the potential to be harmful to human health or living
organisms in their natural environment based on available human, animal or plant
toxicity test data.
5.1.1.5. Radioactive materials – Radioactive materials are any materials that automatically emit
either alpha molecules, beta particles, gamma rays, X-rays, neutrons, or other atomic
molecules above normal background levels.
5.1.1.6. Substances with biological hazards - refers to biological substances that pose a danger
to the health of living organisms, mainly from humans. This can include medical waste
or samples of microorganisms, viruses or toxins (from a biological source) that can affect
human health. It may also include substances harmful to other animals.
5.2. Transportation of hazardous substances
5.2.1. General requirements for vehicles (ships, trucks, trains)
5.2.1.1. The ISD inspects hazardous materials transported by vehicles within the boundaries of
the port. Hazardous materials must be properly transported in containers and clearly
sealed in Arabic and English. The vehicle carrier must also keep the following documents
inside the vehicle:
5.2.1.1.1. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).
5.2.1.1.2. Documents specifying the address, name and contact details of the owner, carrier,
consignee and consignee of hazardous substances.
5.2.1.1.3. Documents in Arabic and English specifying the technical name, quantity and risk
classification of hazardous substances. These documents may vary depending on
the vehicle used for transportation.
5.2.1.1.4. A specific contingency plan due to the vehicle and hazardous materials
transported.
5.2.1.2. Each vehicle must have loading and unloading:
5.2.1.2.1. Fully Equipped Spill/Containment Kit
5.2.1.2.2. Personal protective equipment needed (PPE) for loading and unloading.
5.2.1.2.3. Any other equipment required in the safety data sheet of the transported product.
5.2.2. Vessel transporting hazardous materials
5.2.3. The captain of the ship transporting hazardous materials to the port must list the transported
materials and submit them to the port operator at least 48 hours prior to arrival by completing
the following:
5.2.3.1.1. List of hazardous substances described in Annex 17. Marine Environment
Protection Committee (MEPC) Resolution .269(68) (adopted May 15, 2015).
5.2.3.1.2. Consolidated report prior to the arrival of the ship in accordance with the
International Ship and Port Facility Security Act of 2002 and the Safety of Life at Sea
Amendments (SOLAS) 74 (Section 28) of the GCC Ports.
5.2.3.1.3. Report of shipments exporting fumes. Phosphine (from aluminum phosphide or

664
 magnesium phosphide or directly from cylinders) is the only evaporator currently
adopted under the recommendations of the International Maritime Organization
(IMO). They are toxic to humans and have been shown to be fatal in exposure that
exceeds the exposure limit (see Maritime Accident Bulletin No. 1/2008).
5.2.3.2. The IMO uses the rules of the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Regulations (IMDG-
Code) as a basis for international enforcement of the transport of dangerous goods by ship.
These regulations are amended every two years with each amendment valid for three years.
The Industrial Security Department must follow up on the new requirements to be
implemented at each specific port.
5.2.4. Trucks transporting hazardous materials
5.2.4.1. Any shipment of hazardous materials entering the port boundaries requires approval
following access control procedures.
5.2.4.2. The truck must be numbered with the hazard classification of the materials being transported
according to the United Nations Chemical Hazard Classification System, for the transport of
dangerous goods. The ISD examines truck billboards and follows international standards.
5.2.4.3. Trucks must strictly comply with traffic safety regulations, and drivers must be highly aware
of the potential risks of transporting hazardous materials.
5.2.5. Trains transporting hazardous materials
5.2.5.1. Port operators must follow international recommendations for carrying materials by rail. One
of the most important is the Intergovernmental Organization for International Rail Transport
(OTIF) which can be used as a reference.
5.2.6. Pipes that transport hazardous materials
5.2.6.1. Pipes are designed in accordance with the regulations associated with the hazardous
substances transported. Proper control and maintenance of the associated pipes and devices
must be carried out to avoid environmental emissions.
5.3. Hazardous Material Handling
5.3.1. The port operator must have specific specialists and necessary permits to deal with hazardous
materials. This aspect is especially important when dealing with explosive or radioactive
materials and/or during loading and unloading operations.
5.3.2. The operator of a terminal engaged in the circulation of oil, liquid chemicals or gas has the
authority to issue responsible instructions regarding the liability of tankers, operations, safety
and security and the prevention of pollution applied within the boundaries of the port as
determined by the port operator. This document is issued as the "Tank Terminal Guide" and
will be developed based on Article 33 of the GCC Sea Port Rules and Regulations.
5.3.3. Each operator of terminal handling tanks for loading or unloading liquid or gaseous oil or
chemical, repeatedly every four years and at the expense of the terminal operator, shall
prepare a comprehensive and detailed report (terminal assessment report ) for approval by
the port operator operating the port; The first assessment report shall be completed within 4
years from the date of entry into force of these regulations. It will be developed based on
Article 34 of the GCC Seaports Rules and Regulations Arabic.
5.3.4. The Industrial Security Department must ensure that loading and unloading activities are safe,
that areas are properly signed, and that access is restricted to individuals involved in the
activity.
5.3.5. In addition, the Industrial Security Department prepares an effective contingency plan,
provides inspectors with procedures for the entry of hazardous materials into the port area
and ensures that ships are marked, and navigation is safely informed.
5.4. Storage of hazardous substances
5.4.1. The storage of hazardous substances must be based on local legislation received from the

665
 competent authorities, and in accordance with the instructions of the supplier. The Industrial
Security Section must:
5.4.1.1. Provide access control areas with containers/tanks suitable for each type of material. The
zones are designed according to the type and quantity of the expected material.
5.4.1.2. The use of damaged containers that cannot be kept closed is not allowed.
5.4.1.3. Provide shaded areas and spill containment arrangements.
5.4.1.4. Ensure that containers/tanks are labeled correctly.
5.4.1.5. Provide separate areas for different types of hazardous substances to avoid a mixture of them,
especially those that are incompatible.
5.4.1.6. Provide secondary fittings for cabinets, valves and associated fittings.
5.4.1.7. Provide barriers, dams, restrictions or collection systems designed to retain the nominated
material.
5.5. Prohibited Items
5.5.1. It is forbidden to use PCBs and asbestos in any port. In the event of dismantling any facility
containing these materials, this is done by the approved companies and following the waste
management plan.
6. Forms
Retention period Form/Form Number Title of the form/form figure

None 001

666
Waste Management Plan
ENV-P.06

667
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to provide a framework for waste management in port facilities. Based
on this procedure, each operator in the port must implement its own waste management plant, which
must be reviewed at least every three years.
1.2. Indicate the supplementary and specific information carried by each vessel relating to its responsibility
in relation to waste management.
2. Scope:
2.1. Applies to all employees and departments of ports, operators and contractors.
3. Definitions
3.1. Waste: Any material that is neglected, rejected, abandoned, undesirable or surplus, whether intended
or not intended for sale, recycling, reprocessing, recovery or purification through a process separate
from that produced; or anything declared under environmental protection measures is a residue,
whether valuable or not.
3.2. Hazardous waste: Controlled residues containing hazardous substances. This may include residues with
explosive properties, flammable, oxidized, irritating, harmful, toxic, carcinogenic or corrosive
properties.
3.3. Effluent vessel waste includes oil residues (lubricants that need to be periodically changed to ensure the
lubricating function of engines) and wastewater. Wastewater can be divided into oily and non-oily
wastewater. The source of wastewater is from engine rooms and machine spaces, for example pump
rooms.
3.4. HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
3.5. HSED: Health, Safety and Environment Executive Department.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Port Manager:
4.1.1. Provide adequate facilities for the receipt and disposal of various wastes generated on board ships,
including those associated with cargo handling.
4.2. HSED Department:
4.2.1. Design and provide supervision of temporary disposal areas and waste contractors.
4.2.2. Report to the supervisor according to this procedure.
4.2.3. Maintain waste records and develop a waste management logbook.
4.3. Responsible Ship:
4.3.1. Before arrival, ships must notify the port of the remnants on board, by completing and submitting
the consolidated notification report prior to the arrival of the vessel contained in the rules and
regulations for seaports in the Cooperation Council for the Arab States of the Gulf. The amount of
residues on board the vessel should be estimated in cubic meters, and separately according to the
category if possible.
4.3.2. The standard issued by the National Center for Environmental Compliance Control shall be applied.
5. Procedures
5.1. Classification of waste
5.1.1. Residues in the port can be classified into the following categories:
5.1.1.1. By characteristics
5.1.1.1.1. Hazardous Waste
5.1.1.1.2. Non-hazardous waste (excluding municipal and inert waste)
5.1.1.1.3. Municipal waste
5.1.1.1.4. Inert residues
5.1.1.2. Depending on the case
5.1.1.2.1. Solid

668
 5.1.1.2.2. Liquid
5.1.1.2.3. Residues containing gases
5.1.1.3. By ori gi n
5.1.1.3.1. From the vessel or terminal operator
5.1.1.3.2. From the construction site
5.1.1.3.3. From the port building/facility/residential complex
5.2. Authorized Waste Contractors
5.2.1. Waste collection, transport and disposal is carried out only by properly certified waste contractors
by the competent local authorities.
5.2.2. These waste contractors must be under the responsibility of the Operations and Maritime Safety
Department and the HSED Department (Environment Section) or any of the port operators.
5.3. Temporary disposal area
5.3.1. The temporary waste disposal area must be within the port facility. In terms of their capacity and
diversity, they must be able to receive the types and quantities of waste generated in ship facilities
and ports. It should have a suitable design for the area that prevents the accumulation of waste
and the creation of health risks, fire or disturbance. The location of the temporary disposal area
should also be suitable to stimulate its use.
5.3.2. Residues should be stored in suitable containers that prevent any spillage or leakage. Inert and
municipal waste must be stored in reusable and resistant baskets for proper use. Hazardous and
non-hazardous wastes should also be stored in containers made of waste-compatible materials
with an information label containing a minimum of the following information:
5.3.2.1. Name of waste
5.3.2.2. Waste Producer Name
5.3.2.3. History of waste generation
5.3.2.4. Statement Number
5.3.2.5. Classification of risks and placement of hazardous signs according to the legislation in force.
5.3.3. Hazardous and non-hazardous waste cannot be stored for more than 180 days. Municipal waste
must be collected daily.
5.3.4. Temporary disposal in construction areas should conform to the same requirements.
5.4. Waste Transportation
5.4.1. The Operations and Maritime Safety Department and HSE Department (Environment Section)
should be fully involved in the following activities:
5.4.1.1. Ensure that all carriers are licensed to transport a particular type of waste by keeping a
record.
5.4.1.2. Request evidence of maintenance of vehicles collecting waste, especially if the result of a
visual inspection is insufficient.
5.4.1.3. Follow up the carrier if hazardous waste is not collected 6 days before the acceptance of
waste materials.
5.4.1.4. Conduct an appropriate investigation in the event of an accident within the port boundaries
and request the carrier to report the incident.
5.4.1.5. Submit the waste statement form to the carrier.
5.5. Waste Forms
5.5.1. The shipowner, Captain or agent must submit the waste statement form to the port operator
which contains the details of the vessel and the data required for waste collection. Details of the
form are included in Table 5B, Notification and Reporting Forms of the "GCC Seaports Rules and
Regulations".
5.5.1.1. Before delivering the waste outside the port limits, the person in charge of the temporary
waste disposal area must hand over to the carrier a waste statement form to the port

669
 operator containing the following information:
5.5.1.1.1. Unique sequential statement number
5.5.1.1.2. Company name, address, phone number and contact name of the waste producer.
5.5.1.1.3. Company name, address, phone number and carrier contact name
5.5.1.1.4. Company name, address, phone number and contact name
5.5.1.1.5. For non-hazardous industrial waste, a description of the waste including synthetic
data.
5.5.1.1.6. For hazardous wastes, detailed chemical and physical analysis, safety precautions and
handling of hazardous substances, and hazard class shall be carried out in accordance
with clause 3.1 of this procedure.
5.5.1.1.7. The proposed method of recycling, reuse, processing or disposal.
5.5.1.1.8. The total amount of waste transported, the number and type of containers being
transported to the specified disposal facility.
5.5.1.1.9. All industrial waste transport activities are carried out by authorized transport
companies.
5.5.1.2. The waste statement form must follow applicable environmental regulations.
5.5.1.3. The HSE Department receives a copy of those records and keeps a waste management
record book (waste inventory). This notebook will also be used to design temporary disposal
areas.
5.6. Hazardous Waste
5.6.1. Hazardous waste must be treated according to the same requirements described in the Hazardous
Substances Management procedure. However, hazardous residues cannot be mixed with
hazardous substances.
5.7. Effluents
5.7.1. All ships must be equipped with waste management facilities from toilets and others, hospital
facilities, medical care areas, and food waste mills. These facilities include safe processing systems
and/or storage tanks and properly equipped with pumps and pipes. Waste may be discharged
from secure storage tanks to port connections, boats or special trucks. The design of treatment
systems and waste tanks is responsible for environmental management.
5.8. Best Practices
5.8.1. The port operator shall facilitate the transport of waste through ship operators by:
5.8.1.1. Maintain effective practices for receiving ship waste to stimulate the non-illegal discharge
into the sea.
5.8.1.2. Approve the time of transport of waste to avoid causing undue delays to ships.
5.8.1.3. Keep ship officials informed of the location, cost and procedures of the waste facilities. This
information may remain up to date on the Site.
5.8.2. The port operator implements best waste management practices such as:
5.8.2.1. Waste should not be disposed of outside or from the berth.
5.8.2.2. Use the Best Available Methods (BAT)
5.8.3. The port operator must carry out a campaign to minimize waste to share with boats/ Ships and all
port workers. Here are some examples:
5.8.3.1. Provide reduced fees for environmentally friendly vessels.
5.8.3.2. Recycling programs for common waste flows such as paper or cardboard.
5.8.3.3. Implement waste reduction goals.
5.8.3.4. Awareness campaigns that mention that the Red Sea and Gulf regions are special areas
listed in the MARPOL Convention, Annex V.
6. Forms

670
Number Form Title Form Number Retention period

(1) Table 5B (Rules and

Regulations of Seaports in the
001 Waste Statement Forms 5 years
Cooperation Council for the Arab
States of the Gulf)
1 Table 5B. (Rules and
Notification report before the arrival of Regulations of Sea Ports in the
002 5 years
the unified vessel Cooperation Council for the Arab
States of the Gulf)
At the discretion of the
003 Waste Management Record Book 5 years
operator/port

671
Control of leaks
ENV-P.07

672
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to provide some guidance to control the risk of contamination due
to leaks arising from the operation of the port.
2. Range
2.1. The standard covers the procedures for disposition in the event of minor and large leaks in the land
or at sea within the boundaries of the port.
3. Definitions
3.1. Spills/ Leaks: Any deliberate or unintentional discharge of potential contamination on land,
rainwater streams, or directly into the port (or other water).
3.2. HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
3.3. HSED: Health, Safety and Environment Executive Department.
3.4. ISD: Industrial Security Department.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Environmental Officer from the relevant authorities:
4.1.1. To be the focal point of any leakage reported in the port.
4.2. Operations and Maritime Safety Department and HSE Department:
4.2.1. Coordinate the Spill/ leak protocol in case of leaks.
5. Procedures
5.1. Prevention of leaks
5.1.1. The same preventive philosophy shall be applied to other environmental aspects of this Protocol.
The main preventive measures are applied in hazardous materials management procedures and
waste management procedures.
5.2. Identify the type of Spill/ leaks
5.2.1. The port must follow the guidelines according to the type of leaks:
5.2.1.1. Simple Spill.
5.2.1.2. It can be cleaned inside the working area using the available equipment.
5.2.1.3. The material of the leaks does not represent an immediate and direct effect. If leaks
cannot be identified, the assumption must be that the substance is hazardous and must
be classified as a major leak.
5.2.2. Large leakage
5.2.2.1. Due to the dimensions, activating the emergency response plan requires an emergency
response team, and any additional assistance that may be required.
5.2.2.2. Spilled material has a direct and fast effect with negative effects.
5.3. Instant Communication Protocol
5.3.1. The land can be contaminated with the leakage, or the sewage system or the sea. Leakage in the
ground can be detected by contractors, operators or patrol team, and a leak at sea can be
detected by ship personnel or by a control tower.
5.3.2. In all cases, anyone who detects a leak must inform the ISD and HSE Department using the fastest
method.
5.4. Spill/ Leak Control
5.4.1. A Spill/ leak can be considered controlled if the leak source stops. The main procedure
performed to control the leak is to isolate the source of the leaks immediately if it is safe to do
so. This may include closing valves, closing equipment, closing pipe valves and others, to prevent
further leaks. Sometimes transporting leaking material is a good way to control leakage.
5.4.2. These actions are taken by people trained in specific physical procedures and the use of required
personal protective equipment according to the circumstances. The ISD helps in asking people
to leave the area and the elimination of all possible sources of ignition.

673
5.5. Containing leaks/ Spill
5.5.1. Trained staff, with the support of the HSE Department and Operations and Maritime Safety
Department, to contain Spills/ leaks, must:
5.5.1.1. Analyze environmental conditions and identify sensitive receptors to avoid the spread of
leaks to them if possible.
5.5.1.2. Continue to examine the possibility of the flammable gases/liquids or vapor presence or
incompatible chemicals that may increase the risk of leaks and causes Fire.
5.5.2. Contain leaks by:
5.5.2.1. Floating barriers for leaks into the sea.
5.5.2.2. Stretching arms, pads or oil-absorbent pillows and other absorbent tools on site.
Absorbent substances should be non-porous.
5.5.2.3. Avoid using sand as sorbents, if possible, to cause them to produce a large amount of
contaminated waste.
5.5.2.4. Prevent access to rainwater drains by:
5.5.2.4.1. The use of drainage covers (drainage Cover located in all small oil spill groups).
5.5.2.4.2. Connect rainwater pipes using inflatable fenders.
5.5.3. Spill/ Leak kits are critical to containing leaks, and the HSED should verify the following:
5.5.3.1. The number, size and location of leak groups depend on the risk assessment.
5.5.3.2. A sign indicating the nearest Spill Kit should be available when necessary.
5.5.3.3. Correctly count the inventory of the Spill Kit indicating the model, number of items,
purpose and location.
5.5.3.4. The materials of the Spill/ leak Kit are replenished immediately after the leakage incident
is resolved.
5.5.3.5. Leak kits are routinely checked as part of a monthly environmental inspection by the HSED
and Operation and Maritime Safety Department.
5.6. Cleaning leaks
5.6.1. Cleaning the leak means removing the spilled material. The cleaning process will vary according
to weather conditions, materials and soil (if the receivers of the leaks are the ground). In some
cases, leak receptors require a decontamination procedure that must be performed by an
authorized specialized company.
5.6.2. Good hygiene practices are very important during the cleaning process by:
5.6.2.1. Use adequate personal protective equipment during the cleaning process.
5.6.2.2. Quick and good cleaning of personal protective equipment after cleaning activities.
5.6.2.3. Wash before eating or drinking.
5.6.2.4. The drainage of bathing or cleaning facilities should be directed to the tanks and never
drainage to the sewage areas or to other areas.
5.6.3. For sea leaks, the use of cleaning boats is an effective means of cleaning them.
5.6.4. Contaminated materials (including leaking materials, contaminated soil, contaminated personal
protective equipment, clothing, etc.) must be clearly marked as "hazardous waste" or
"contaminated waste", depending on the contents and disposed of in accordance with the waste
management plan.
5.7. Reporting
5.7.1. The facility operator shall immediately report the concerned authorities of all incidents leading
to the leakage or release of hazardous substances in quantities that may affect port operations
or the environment outside the limits of the plant. The report should include a minimum of the
following:
5.7.1.1. Description of the accident
5.7.1.2. Duration.

674
 5.7.1.3. Estimating the quantity and type of emissions, discharges or hazardous wastes
5.7.1.4. Actions to be taken to minimize the spread.
5.7.1.5. Actions to be taken to clean up this spread.
5.7.2. Internal investigation and reporting are carried out by following the procedures for reporting
and investigating incidents.
5.8. Training Requirements
5.8.1. Activities related to the control of leaks are carried out by trained specialists who can:
5.8.1.1. Fast, accurate and following the procedure
5.8.1.2. Protect the most sensitive receptors when there is more than one impact.
5.8.1.3. Choose and wear adequate personal protective equipment according to the danger.
5.8.2. Courses should be planned in a training plan, including a good set of theories and practices, with
periodic update courses and exercises.
5.8.3. Courses should be planned in a training plan, including a sufficient set of theories and practices,
with update courses and periodic exercises.
6. Forms
Form Number Form Title Retention Period

675
Dredging procedures
ENV-P.07

676
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to provide a framework on dredging activities.
2. Definitions
2.1. Dredging: The process of removing subsurface water sediment by mechanical or hydraulic means.
2.2. HSE: Health and Safety and Environment.
2.3. HSED: Health and Safety and Environment Executive Department.
3. Responsibilities
3.1. Health and Safety and Environment Executive Department (HSED):
3.1.1. Environmental Impact Assessment
3.1.2. Obtain approval from the competent authorities.
3.1.3. Support the dredging contractor if the above activities are within its scope.
3.2. Dredging Contractor:
3.2.1. Development of the dredging plan.
3.2.2. Develop tasks considering possible environmental impacts.
4. Procedures
4.1. Types of dredging
4.1.1. There are three main types of dredging:
4.1.1.1. Dredging maintenance work is carried out on a routine basis to maintain current access to
the port and is responsible for ensuring that all vessels using the port can do so safely.
4.1.1.2. Basic dredging can take the form of deepening or widening an existing channel.
Sometimes, it may be necessary to create a completely new channel to facilitate access to
new facilities.
4.1.1.3. Cleaning Cliff: Deliberate removal of contaminated substances for human health and
environmental protection purposes.
4.1.2. Dredging activities can be carried out in two different ways:
4.1.2.1. Mechanical.
4.1.2.2. Hydraulic.
4.2. Material disposal
4.2.1. It is not permissible to carry out dredging or disposal of dredged materials outside the port
without limitation.
4.2.2. Approval is granted by the competent authorities.
4.2.3. The means and location of waste disposal must also be agreed upon and approved with all
concerned parties.
4.3. Environmental Impact Assessment
4.3.1. An environmental impact assessment must be carried out and this study should always be to
conserve marine biodiversity. It should include impacts related to dredging and material disposal
activities.
4.3.2. The main objectives are:
4.3.2.1. to produce only minimal temporary effects, especially on sensitive receptors.
4.3.2.2. Reduce the risk of real or perceived effects that can lead to the cessation of dredging
work.
4.3.3. The environmental impacts recommended for inclusion in the study are:

Benthic Communities and Habitat Direct damage to benthic habitat

Increase in water column turbidity

Hypoxia
Marine and Terrestrial Environmental
Release of metals and nutrients
Quality
Soils
Hydrocarbon spills and waste generation
Marine Fauna Noise

677
 Threated or endangered species
Introduced marine pests
Sediment in fauna
Navigational hazards
Public safety, harbor amenity and access
Wind-blown dust and sand
Social Surroundings
Noise
Odor
Aboriginal Heritage

4.3.4. At a minimum, the following analysis/models are recommended.

4.3.4.1. Analysis of seabed samples from areas where dredging is proposed for chemical analysis.
4.3.4.2. Hydrographic survey
4.4. Dredging Plan
4.4.1. Based on the results of the environmental impact assessment, the dredging contractor must
submit a dredging plan which includes:
4.4.1.1. A schedule of activities that reflect on seasonal factors such as weather, marine life
(spawning and migration), flora and fauna.
4.4.1.2. Preventive and mitigating measures must be taken to mitigate the effects on coastal
erosion, water circulation, depth, current pattern, water variability and water
temperature.
4.4.1.3. Monitoring methods that will be used.
4.4.1.4. The method of temporary storage and final disposal of dredged material.
4.4.1.5. All requirements set by the concerned authorities.
4.5. Best Environmental Practices
4.5.1. The following environmental practices are common practices for dredging practices in the port
to reduce the impact on the environment. The port operator must consider that some of them
are mandatory under local regulations, such as the Royal Commission for Environmental
Regulation (RCER):
4.5.1.1. Consult with all interested parties before developing dredging activities.
4.5.1.2. Reduce the amount of dredged material. There are many engineering examples already
carried out in important ports.
4.5.1.3. Reuse of the dredged material if the results of physical, contaminated or biological test
data are acceptable. Contaminated materials must be handled, transported and disposed
of by an authorized contractor.
4.5.1.4. Placing a silt curtain or any floating barrier before the dredging process, especially in
sensitive marine areas.
5. Forms
Form Number Form Title Retention Period

678
Noise pollution
ENV-P.09

679
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this standard is to describe the mandatory and recommended requirements for the
management of noise pollution risks in ports.
2. Range
2.1. This standard applies to all ports, including operator and contractor operations, ships in port,
machinery, etc. It focuses only on noise pollution despite being closely associated with professional
noise.
3. Definitions/ Abbreviations
3.1. Noise pollution: It can be defined as any disturbing or unwanted noise that interferes with or harms
humans or wildlife and marine life.
3.2. HSE: Health, Safety and Environment.
3.3. HSED: Health, Safety and Environment Executive Department.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. HSE Department:
4.1.1. Conduct periodic noise studies and when anticipating new activities.
4.1.2. Control border noise to ensure compliance with legislation.
4.1.3. Keep a copy of the necessary records to ensure compliance with the requirements.
5. Procedures
5.1. Noise sources
5.1.1. The main sources of noise are:
5.1.1.1. ships
5.1.1.2. Truck entry and exit
5.1.1.3. Cars
5.1.1.4. Port Equipment
5.1.1.5. Railways
5.1.1.6. Dredging activities
5.1.1.7. Dock façade: Ship slope
5.1.1.8. Cargo Handling: Container, Bulk Cargo
5.1.1.9. Air traffic, such as helicopters.
5.2. Noise receptors
5.2.1. For the International Maritime Organization (IMO), ship noise is primarily a matter of
occupational health, however, there are noise receptors that affect the environment such as:
5.2.1.1. Boundaries of neighboring companies
5.2.1.2. Underwater marine environment
5.3. Noise levels
5.3.1. Noise levels should not exceed:
5.3.1.1. 75 dBA measured at port boundary. This value is a reference for the ports under PME
jurisdiction, but compulsory for the port under Royal Commission Control.
5.3.1.2. 85dBA at 1 meter of any equipment, except emergency equipment. This is an occupational
control countermeasure, but also very useful to comply with the boundary noise levels.
5.4. Noise measures
5.4.1. The Environmental Responsible shall take regularly measures and always in case of suspicion
that above levels are exceeded, especially during cargo handling and loading and unloading
activities. Following the same philosophy, he shall also request to the ship captain the ship
machinery noise control registers.
5.5. How to reduce noise in the port
5.5.1. Implementing several measures, the noise can be reduced. In general, the measures to reduce

680
 the noise are not especially expensive. But as always, preventive measures are more effective
and less expensive than corrective ones. Below there is a summary of some recommended
practices for existing ports:
5.5.1.1. Development of a noise model study to modify the port layout
5.5.1.1.1. Relocation of functional areas to less crowded areas and/or fewer relocations can
result.
5.5.1.1.2. Noisy activities should be away from neighboring areas.
5.5.1.2. Noisy activities shall be located far away from the neighbored areas.
5.5.1.3. Use materials that absorb/reduce noise, such as:
5.5.1.3.1. Silent asphalt
5.5.1.3.2. Rubber liners and insulators in the slopes of ships
5.5.1.3.3. Insulation for sound-intensive components
5.5.1.3.4. Construction of walls as a low-cost measure over existing facilities
5.5.1.4. Reduce and limit speed:
5.5.1.4.1. of vehicles
5.5.1.4.2. From cargo handling equipment
5.5.1.5. Ensure that the machines are properly maintained by operators.
5.5.1.6. Replace old port machines with silent machine fleet. Always order noise level sheets (in
octave bands).
5.5.1.7. Onshore Power Supply, OPS, can be used instead of auxiliary engines to produce electricity
to berthed vessels.
5.5.1.8. Allocate piers far from residential areas for noisy ships.
5.5.1.9. Organize schedules to avoid noisy activities during the night hours.
5.5.1.10. Provide benefit to environmentally friendly ships and to the most silent vessels by applying
discounts in fees. These ships must provide:
5.5.1.10.1. Exhaust pipes and ventilation devices are silent.
5.5.1.10.2. Do not use loudspeakers in the sidewalk.
5.5.1.10.3. Supply power to the ship during mooring.
5.5.1.11. Issuing fines to companies with low noise sources of insulation
5.5.1.12. Improve the work environment by raising awareness about noise pollution among
employees.
5.6. Action Plan
5.6.1. To get effective noise reduction, individual measures are usually not appropriate, so an action
plan must be developed to coordinate noise reduction strategies.
5.6.2. It should be:
5.6.2.1. Inside Boundary companies, such as contractors, operators and logistics companies.
5.6.2.2. Outside Boundary Stakeholders, such as the government or other ports.
5.6.3. The measures included in the work plan should be a combination of planning, technical,
formative and organizational measures. Priority should be given to preventive measures
generally recognized as the most cost-effective.
6. Forms
Form Number Form Title Retention Period

681
Biofouling
ENV-P.10

682
1. Purpose
1.1. The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines on how to manage the biofouling that may result in
the establishment of invasive aquatic species which may pose threats to human, animal and plant life,
economic and cultural activities and the aquatic environment.
2. Range
2.1. This is applicable to all Saudi Port Authority Ports and Port Operators.
3. Definitions
3.1. biofouling: The accumulation of aquatic organisms such as microorganisms, plants and animals on surfaces
and structures that are submerged or exposed to the aquatic environment and especially ship hulls.
3.2. Anti-fouling system: coating, paint, surface treatment, surface, or device that is used on a ship to control
or prevent attachment of unwanted organisms.
4. Responsibilities
4.1. Ship Captain
4.1.1. Determine the appropriate anti-fouling system in accordance with the required technical advice.
4.1.2. Maintain the ship to avoid the proliferation of biofouling.
4.1.3. Keep, update and complete the Biofouling Management Plan and the Biofouling Record Book.
4.2. Maritime Inspection Department:
4.2.1. Request the Biofouling Management Plan and the Biofouling Record Book.
4.2.2. Request to get rid of the biofouling issued by the flag state.
4.2.3. Request and analyze the biofouling impact assessment in case an in-water cleaning or maintenance
is required.
4.3. Operations and Maritime Safety Department/ HSE Department (Environment Section)
4.3.1. Approve anti-fouling activities on ships.
4.3.2. Conduct inspection in water when necessary.
5. Procedures
5.1. Ship fouling and its management
5.1.1. All ships have some degree of biofouling as a natural process. Nevertheless, implementing practices
to control and manage biofouling can greatly assist in reducing the risk of the transfer of invasive
aquatic species. These practices include the use of anti-fouling systems and other operational
management practices shall be outlined in a biofouling management plan, and records of them shall
be kept in a biofouling record book.
5.2. Biofouling Management Plan
5.2.1. Each vessel entering the port boundary must have a biofouling management plan and a valid
certificate from the flag state stating the removal of the fouling and materials used including the
following information:
5.2.1.1. Relevant parts of the Guidelines for the Control and Management of biofouling for Ships to
Reduce the Transport of Invasive Aquatic Species.
5.2.1.2. Details of anti-fouling systems and operational practices or treatments used to include those
specific to specialized areas.
5.2.1.3. Hull locations susceptible to biofouling, schedule of planned inspections, repairs,
maintenance and renewal of anti-fouling systems.
5.2.1.4. Details of the recommended operating conditions suitable for anti-fouling systems and
selected operational practices.
5.2.1.5. Details of the documents required to verify any treatments registered in the biofouling

683
 Records Book as described in the following section 5.3.
5.2.2. The biofouling management plan should be updated as necessary.
5.3. Biofouling record book
5.3.1. Every ship entering the port boundaries should maintain a biofouling record book including the
record details of all inspections and biofouling management measures undertaken on the ship. This
is to assist the shipowner and operator to evaluate the efficacy of the specific anti-fouling systems
and operational practices on the ship in particular, and of the biofouling management plan in
general. The record book could also assist interested Port authorities to assess the potential
biofouling risk of the ship quickly and efficiently, and thus minimize delays to ship operations.
5.3.2. The information that should be recorded in a Biofouling Record Book includes the following:
5.3.2.1. Details of the anti-fouling systems and operational practices used (where appropriate as
recorded in the Anti-fouling System Certificate), where and when installed, areas of the ship
coated, its maintenance and, where applicable, its operation.
5.3.2.2. Dates and location of dry dockings/slippings, including the date the ship was re-floated, and
any measures taken to remove biofouling or to renew or repair the anti-fouling system.
5.3.2.3. The date and location of in-water inspections, the results of that inspection and any corrective
action taken to deal with observed biofouling.
5.3.2.4. The dates and details of inspection and maintenance of internal seawater cooling systems,
the results of these inspections, and any corrective action taken to deal with observed
biofouling and any reported blockages; and
5.3.2.5. Details of when the ship has been operating outside its normal operating profile including any
details of when the ship was laid-up or inactive for extended periods of time.
5.3.3. Guidelines for the control and management of ships' biofouling must be followed to minimize the
transmission of invasive aquatic species.
5.4. Install, reinstall or repair the anti-fouling system
5.4.1. The marine anti-fouling system is installed, reinstalled or repaired only within ship repair docks.
5.4.2. The installation, reinstallation or repair of the anti-fouling system within port boundaries requires
that this activity be included in the consolidated notification report prior to the vessel's arrival at
GCC ports (where applicable) and the approval of the port operator.
5.4.3. These activities should be developed only in designated areas intended to avoid marine pollution.
These measures include:
5.4.3.1. Capturing biological material to minimize the risk of organism survival and establishment and
other impacts of biological material being released into the aquatic environment.
5.4.3.2. Treating and/or disposing of captured biological material in an environmentally appropriate
manner.
5.4.3.3. Scheduling of ships' arrival and departure at cleaning and maintenance facilities and at
locations where ships are moored while waiting for cleaning and maintenance to minimize
the risk of fouled ships contaminating other ships and the surrounding environment.
5.4.3.4. Removing biofouling from all underwater surfaces of a ship when in dry-dock, including niche
areas; and
5.4.3.5. Lowering or extending retractable equipment such as stabilizers, thrusters, transducers and
similar when a ship is in dry-dock or slipped, to permit access for the removal of biofouling
from the equipment and its housing.
5.4.4. Other niche areas can also be particularly susceptible to biofouling growth such as:
5.4.4.1. Dry docking support strips

684
 5.4.4.2. Bow and stern thrusters
5.4.4.3. Welding edges and joints
5.4.4.4. Rudder hinges and fin fixing holes
5.4.4.5. Propeller and motor shaft
5.4.4.6. Stern tube seal assemblies and the internal surfaces of rope guards
5.4.4.7. Cathodic protection anodes (CP)
5.4.4.8. Pitot pipes
5.4.4.9. Sea inlets and external drainage pipes
5.4.5. Maritime management must follow the growth of marine prudence in these areas.
5.4.6. All anti-fouling system used must comply with the Anti-fouling Systems Agreement (AFS).
5.5. In Water inspection, cleaning and maintenance
5.5.1. In-water inspection can be a useful and flexible way to inspect the condition of the fouling resistance
systems and the marine fouling status of the vessel. In-water inspections should be carried out
periodically as a general means of routine monitoring, with specific inspections increased as
necessary to address any high-risk situations.
5.5.2. Operations and Maritime Safety Department must plan inspections in the water to ensure the
availability of resources.
5.5.3. Cleaning and maintenance in water is allowed only after a risk assessment has been carried out. The
Operations and Maritime Safety Department analyzes the study, approves or rejects the proposal
and supervises the activities.
5.6. Additional Benefits of anti-fouling Management
5.6.1. Biofouling management practices can also improve a ship's hydrodynamic performance, as hull
fouling leads to significant increases in ship resistance, which in turn has a severe impact both on
fuel costs and on emissions of air pollutants and greenhouse gases. Therefore, biofouling
management can be an effective tool in enhancing energy efficiency and reducing air emissions from
ships.
6. Forms
Retention
S/N Form Number Form Title
period

001 None

685
Environmental Standards
Forms

686
 687 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬

STANDARDFORMAT OF THE ADVANCE

NOTI FI CATI ON FORMFOR WASTE DELI VERY ENV-F.1 # ‫استمارة‬
TOPORT RECEPTI ON FACI LI TI ES
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

STANDARD FORMAT OF THE ADVANCE NOTIFICATION FORM FOR

WASTE DELIVERY TO PORT RECEPTION FACILITIES
Notification of the Delivery of Wastes/Residues to: …………….…..…………………….. (enter name of port or terminal) The
master of a ship should forward the information below to the designated authority at least 24 hours in advance of arrival
or upon departure of the previous port if the voyage is less than 24 hours.
This form should be retained on board the ship along with the appropriate Oil Record Book, Cargo Record Book or
Garbage Record Book.

DELIVERY FROM SHIPS (ANF)

1. SHIP PARTICULARS

1.1 Name of ship: 1.5 Owner or operator:

1.2 IMO number: 1.6 Distinctive number or letters:

1.3 Gross tonnage: 1.7 Flag State:

1.4 Type of ship: Oil tanker Chemical tanker Bulk carrier Container
Other cargo ship Passenger ship Ro-ro Other (specify)

2. PORT AND VOYAGE PARTICULARS

2.1 Location/Terminal name and POC: 2.6 Last Port where wastes/residues were delivered:

2.2 Arrival Date and Time: 2.7 Date of Last Delivery:

2.3 Departure Date and Time: 2.8 Next Port of Delivery (if known(:

2.4 Last Port and Country: 2.9 Person submitting this form is (if other than the master(:

2.5 Next Port and Country (if known(:

3. TYPE AND AMOUNT OF WASTES/RESIDUES FOR DISCHARGE TO FACILITY

687
 688 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬

STANDARDFORMAT OF THE ADVANCE

NOTI FI CATI ON FORMFOR WASTE DELI VERY ENV-F.1 # ‫استمارة‬
TOPORT RECEPTI ON FACI LI TI ES
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

3
MARPOL Annex I – Oil MARPOL
Quantity (m
Annex) V – Garbage Quantity (m3)

Oily bilge water A. Plastics

Oily residues (sludge) B. Food wastes

Oily tank washings C. Domestic wastes

Dirty ballast water D. Cooking oil

Scale and sludge from tank cleaning E. Incinerator ashes

Other (please specify) F. Operational wastes

Quantity (m3)
MARPOL Annex II – NLS G. Animal
/Name 1 carcasses

Category X substance H. Fishing gear

Category Y substance I. E-waste

Category Z substance J. Cargo residues (non-HME)2

OS – other substances K. Cargo residues (HME)2

3
MARPOL Annex IV – Sewage MARPOL
Quantity (m
Annex) VI – Air pollution Quantity (m3)

Ozone-depleting substances and

equipment containing such
substances

Exhaust gas-cleaning residues

1
Indicate the proper shipping name of the NLS involved.

2
Indicate the proper shipping name of the dry cargo.

688
 689 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
STANDARDFORMAT FOR THE WASTE
ENV-F.2 # ‫استمارة‬
DELI VERY RECEI PT
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

STANDARD FORMAT FOR THE WASTE DELIVERY RECEIPT

The designated representative of the reception facility provider should provide the following form to the master of a
ship that has just delivered wastes/residues.
This form shall be retained on board the ship along with the appropriate Oil Record Book, Cargo Record Book or
Garbage Record Book.

1. RECEPTION FACILITY AND PORT PARTICULARS

1.1 Location/Terminal name:

1.2 Reception facility provider(s(

1.3 Treatment facility provider(s( – if different from above:

1.4 Waste/residue Discharge Date and Time from: to

2. SHIP PARTICULARS
2.1 Name of ship: 2.5 Owner or operator:

2.2 IMO number: 2.6 Distinctive number or letters:

2.3 Gross tonnage: 2.7 Flag State:

2.4 Type of ship: Oil tanker Chemical tanker Bulk carrier Container
Other cargo ship Passenger ship Ro-ro Other (specify)

3. TYPE AND AMOUNT OF WASTES/RESIDUES RECEIVED

689
 690 of 690 ‫الصفحة‬
STANDARDFORMAT FOR THE WASTE
ENV-F.2 # ‫استمارة‬
DELI VERY RECEI PT
0 # ‫المراجعة‬

MARPOL Annex I – Oil Quantity (m3) MARPOL Annex V – Garbage Quantity (m3)

Oily bilge water A. Plastics

Oily residues (sludge) B. Food wastes

Oily tank washings C. Domestic wastes

Dirty ballast water D. Cooking oil

Scale and sludge from tank cleaning E. Incinerator ashes

Other (please specify) F. Operational wastes

MARPOL Annex II – NLS Quantity (m3)/Name1 G. Animal carcasses

Category X substance H. Fishing gear

Category Y substance I. E-waste

Category Z substance J. Cargo residues (non-HME)2

OS – other substance K. Cargo residues (HME)2

MARPOL Annex IV – Sewage Quantity (m3) MARPOL Annex VI – related Quantity (m3)
Ozone-depleting substances and
equipment containing such substances
Exhaust gas-cleaning residues
On behalf of the port facility I confirm that the above wastes/residues were delivered.
Signature: ……………………………… Full Name and Company Stamp: …………………………………………

1
Indicate the proper shipping name of the NLS involved.

2
Indicate the proper shipping name of the dry cargo.

690